Skip to main content

Full text of "Observations on man, his frame, his duty, and his expectations"

See other formats


GIFT  OF 
SEELEY  W.  MUDD 

and 

GEORGE  1.  COCHRAN    MEYER  ELSASSER 
DR.  JOHN  R.  HAYNES    WILLIAM  L.  HONNOLI) 
JAM  ES  R.  MARTIN         MRS.  JOSEPH  F.  SARTORI 

to  tin 

UNIVERSITY  OF  CALIFORNIA 
SOUTHERN  BRANCH 


JOHN  FISKE 


This  book  is  DUE  on  the  last  date  « 


THE  LIBRARY 

OF 

THE  UNIVERSITY 
OF  CALIFORNIA 

LOS  ANGELES 


OBSERVATIONS 


ON 


M    A    N, 


HIS   FRAME,    HIS    DUTY,    AND   HIS 
EXPECTATIONS. 


IN  TWO  PARTS. 


PART    THE    SECOND: 

CONTAINING 
OBSERVATIONS     ON      THE 

DUTY  AND  EXPECTATIONS  OF  MANKIND. 
BY  DAVID  HARTLEY,  M.  A. 


THE    FOURTH    EDITION. 


1535 


LONDON: 

FIRST  PRINTED  IN  MDCCXLIX. 
Reprinted  for 

J.  JOHNSON,  St.  PAUL'S  CHURCH-YARD,  BY  W.  EYRES,  HORSF.-MARKtfl. 
WARR1NGTON. 

M  DCCC  I. 


1375 
AZ 

THE 


CONTENTS 

OF      THE 

SECOND    PART. 


INTRODUCTION. 
Diftribution  ofthefecondpart,  Page  3,  4. 

CHAP.     I. 

Of  the  BEING  and  ATTRIBUTES  of  GOD, 
and  of  NATURAL  RELIGION. 

Something  muft  have  exifted  from  all  eternity,  5,  6. 
'There  tnuft  be  an  infinite  and  independent  Being,  6 — 9. 
c±he  infinite  and  independent  Being  is  indued  with  infi- 
nite power  and  Knowledge,  9 — 13.  God  is  infinitely 
benevolent,  13 — 23.  Five  notions  of  infinite  benevo- 
lence confidered,  and  compared  together,  23 — 30.  There 
is  but  one  God,  30,  31.  God  is  a  fpiritual  being,  31 
— 34.  God  is  an  eternal  and  omniprejent  being,  34, 
35.  God  is  an  immutable  being,  35.  God  is  a  free 
being,  35 — 37.  Holinejs,  juftice,  veracity,  mercy, 
arid  all  other  moral  perfections,  ought  to  be  ajcribed  t» 
God  in  an  infinite  degree,  37 — 41.  God  is  to  be  con- 
federed  by  us  not  only  as  our  creator,  but  alfo  as  cur 
governor,  judge,  and  father,  41 — 45.  The  fore- 
going evidences  for  the  divine  attributes  afford  a  pro- 

A   2  per 


iv  -  CONTENTS    OF    THE 

per  foundation  for  natural  religion,  45 — 48.  Na- 
tural religion  receives  great  light  and  confirmation 
from  revealed,  48 — 52.  Religion  prefuppofes  free- 
will in  the  popular  and  practical  Jenje,  \.  e.  /'/  pre- 
fuppcfes  a  'voluntary  power  over'  our  affeftions  and 
a  ft  ions,  53 — 55.  Religion  does  not  prefuppoje  free- 
will in  the  philofophical  fenfe,  i.  e.  it  does  not  prefuppofe 
a  power  of  doing  different  things,  the  previous  circum- 
fianees  remaining  the  fame,  56 — 66.  The  infinite  power 
and  knowledge  of  God  exclude  free-will  in  the  pbilofo- 
pbicalfenfe,  66—70. 

CHAP.     II. 
Of  the  TRUTH  of  the  CHRISTIAN  RELIGION. 

The  genuinenefs  of  the  fcriptures  proves  the  truth 
of  the  faffs  contained  in  them,  72—77.  The  genu- 
insnefs  of  the  Jcriptures  proves  their  divine  autho- 
rity, 77,  78.  The  truth  of  the  principal  faffs,  con- 
tained in  the  fcriptures  proves  their  divine  authority, 
79,  80.  Three  different  fuppofitions,  which  may  be 
made  concerning  the  divine  inspiration  of  the  fcriptures, 
80 — 84.  The  manner  in  which  the  fcriptures  have 
been  handed  down  from  age  to  age,  proves  both  their 
genuinenefs  and  truth,  84 — 86.  The  great  importance 
of  the  fcriptures  proves  both  their  genuinenefs  and 
truth,  86 — 96.  The  language,  ftyle,  and  manner 
of  writing  ufed  in  the  fcriptures,  prove  their  genu- 
inenefs, 97,  98.  The  great  number  of  particular 
circumftances  of  time,  place,  perfons,  &c.  mentioned 
in  the  fcriptures,  prove  both  -their  genuinenefs  and 
truth,  99 — 104.  The  agreement  of  the  fcriptures 
with  hiftory,  natural  and  civil,  is  a  proof  of  their 
genuinenefs  and  truth,  104 — 122.  The  agreement 
of  the  books  of  the  Old  and  New  Teftaments  with 
themfehes  and  each  other,  is  an  argument  both  of  their 
gtnuincnefs  and  truth,  122 — 126.  ~Tbe  unity  of 
dcfign,  which  appears  in  the  difpenfations  recorded  in 

the 


SECOND     PART.  v 

the  Jcriptures,  is  an  argument  not  only  of  their  truth 
and  genuinenejs,  but  aljo  of  their  divine  authority, 
126 — 136.  Divine  communications •,  miracles,  and 
prophecies,  are  agreeable  to  natural  religion,  and 
Jeem  even  necejjary  in  the  infancy  of  the  world,  137 
— 141.  'The  objections  made  againft  the  miracles  re- 
corded in  the  Jcriptures,  from  their  being  contrary  to 
I  he  courfe  of  nature,  is  of  little  or  no  force,  142 — 

149.  'The    hiftorical    evidences  for    the    genuinenejs, 
truth,  and  divine   authority,   of  the  Jcriptures,   do  not 
grow  lefs  from  age  to  age,   but  rather  increafe,    149, 

1 50.  The  prophecies  delivered  in  the  Jcripiures  prove 
their   divine   authority,    150 — 157.      'The  objcurity   of 
the  prophecies   does   not   invalidate  this  proof,    157 — 
1 60.     'The  double  ujes   and  applications    of   the  types 
and  prophecies  are  no  objection  to  the  evidences  deducible 
from  them,  but  rather  a  confirmation  of  thefe  evidences 

1 60,  161.  The  application  of  the  types  and  prophe- 
cies of  the  Old  Teftamcnt,  by  the  writers  of  the  New, 
does  not  weaken  the  authority  of  thefe  writers,  but 
rather  confirm  it,  162 — 166.  The  moral  characters 
of  Chrift,  the  prophets,  and  apoftles,  prove  the  truth 
and  divine  authority  of  the  Jcriptures,  167 — 172. 
The  excellence  of  the  dottrines  contained  in  the  Jcrip- 
tures is  an  evidence  of  their  divine  authority,  172 
— 174.  The  many  advantages  which  have  accrued  t» 
the  world  from  the  patriarchal,  judaical,  and  chrij- 
tian  revelations,  prove  the  divine  authority  of  the 
Jcriptures,  174 — 177.  The  wonderful  nature,  and 
Juperior  excellence,  of  the  attempt  made  by  Chrift  and 
his  apoftles,  are  evidences  of  their  divine  authority, 
177,  178.  The  manner  in  which  the  love  of  God, 
find  of  our  neighbour,  is  taught  and  inculcated  in  the 
Jcriptures,  is  an  evidence  of  their  divine  authority, 
178 — 1 80.  The  doRrine  of  the  neceffary  Jubjerviency 
of  pain  to  pleajure,  unfolded  in  the  Jcriptures,  is  an 
evidence  of  their  divine  authority,  180,  181.  The 
mutual  inflrumsntality  of  beings  to  each  other's  hap- 

A  3  finefs 


vi  CONTENTS   OF   THE 

pinefs  and  inifery,  Unfolded  in  the  Jcriptures,  is  an 
argument  of  their  divine  authority ,  182 — 184.  'The 
divine  authority  of  the  Jcriptures  may  be  inferred  from 
the  Juperior  wifdom  of  the  Jewifh  laws,  considered  in 
a  •political  light,  and  from  the  exquijile  workman/hip 
Jhewn  in  the  tabernacle  and  temple,  184.  'The  want 
of  univerfalify  in  the  publication  of  revealed  religion, 
is  no  objection  to  it ;  but  on  the  contrary,  the  time 
and  manner  in  which  the  fcriptures  were  written, 
and  delivered  to  the  world,  are  arguments  for  their 
divine  authority,  184 — 187.  'The  exclujion  of  all 
great  degrees  of  enthufiafm  and  impojlure  from  the 
characters  cf  Chrift,  the  prophets  and  apoftles,  proves 
their  divine  authority,  187 — 189,  'The  reception 
which  Chrift,  his  fore-runners  and  followers,  with 
their  doftrines,  have  met  with  in  all  ages,  is  an  argu- 
ment cf  their  divine  authority,  189 — 191.  The  re- 
ception which  falfe  religiens  have  met  with  in  the 
world,  are  arguments  sf  the  truth  of  the  chriftiant 
19*1-195. 

GHAP.    111. 
Of  the  RULE  of  LIFE. 

SECT.     I. 

Of  the  Rule  of  Life,  as  dcducible  from  the  Practice 
and  Opinions  of  Mankind. 

The  pr office  cf  mankind  affords  Jome  diretHon  in 
rejfeft  of  the  rule  of  life,  197,  198.  The  opinions 
cf  mankind  afford  a  better  direction  in  refpecJ  of  the 
rule  of  life,  than  their  practice,  198,  199.  The  rule 
of  life  drawn  from  the  fraftice  and  opinions  of  man- 
kind is  favourable  to  the  caufe  of  virtue,  199 — 207. 
This  rule  correfts  and  improves  itfelf  perpetually,  207 

—  210. 

SECT. 


SECOND     PART.  vit 

SECT.      II. 

Of  the   Regard  due  to  the  Pleafures  and  Pains  of 
Senfation,  in  forming  the  Rule  of  Life. 

'The  pleafures  of  Jenjation  ought  not  to  be  made  a 
primary  purfuit,  211  —  215.  'The  purfuit  of  fenftble 
pleafure  ought  to  be  regulated  by  the  precepts  of  piety  > 
benevolence  ',  and  the  moral  Jenje,  215  —  218.  Prac- 
tical rules  concerning  diet,  218  —  228.  Practical  rules 
concerning  the  commerce  between  the  Jexes,  228-  —  238. 
Practical  rules  concerning  the  hardjhips,  pains,  and 
uneafmejfes,  which  occur  in  the  daily  intercourfes  of  life, 
238—241. 

SECT.     III. 

Of  the  Regard  due  to  the  Pleafures  and   Pains  of 
Imagination  in  forming  the  Rule  of  Life. 


pleajures  of  imagination  ought  not  to  be  made 
a  primary  purfuit,  242  —  245.  The  purfuit  of  the 
pleafures  of  imagination  ought  to  be  regulated  by  the 
precepts  of  benevolence,  piety,  and  the  moral  fenfe,  245 
—  248.  Practical  rules  concerning  the  elegancies,  and 
amufements  of  life,  248  —  251.  Practical  rules  con- 
cerning mirth,  wit,  and  humour,  251  —  253.  Prac- 
tical rules  concerning  the  polite  arts,  and  particularly 
of  painting,  mufic,  and  poetry,  253,  254.  Practical 
rules  concerning  the  purfuit  of  Jcience,  255,  256. 
Practical  rules  concerning  the  ignorance,  difficulties,  and 
perplexities,  in  which  we  find  ourf  elves  involved,  256 
-—258. 

SECT.     IV. 

Of  the  Regard  due  to  the  Pleafures  of  Honour,  and 
jthe  Pains  of  Shame,  in  forming  the  Rule  of  Life. 

The  pleafures  of  honour  ought  not  to  be  made  a  pri- 
mary purfuit,    259  —  262.     The    pleajures    of   honour 

may 


Yiii  CONTENTS   OF  THE     , 

may  be  obtained  in  their  great  eft  degree,  and  higbeft 
perfection,  by  faying  a  ftrift  regard  to  the  precepts 
tf  benevolence,  piety,  and  the  moral  fenfe,  262 — 264. 
Practical  obfervations  on  the  nature  of  humility,  and  the 
methods  of  attaining  it,  264 — 270. 


SECT.     V. 

Of  the  Regard  due  to  the  Pleafures  and   Pains  of 
Self-iotereft  in  forming  the  Rule  of  Life. 

The  pleafures  of  f elf -inter  eft  ought  not  to  be  made  a 
primary  purfuit,  271 — 279.  A  ftrift  regard  to  the 
precepts  of  benevolence,  piety,  and  the  moral  fenfey 
favours  even  grofs  fclf-intereft,  and  is  the  only  method 
by  which  the  refined  and  rational  can  be  Jecured9  27  9, 
280.  Practical  obfervations  on  Jelf- inter  eft  and  Jelf- 
annihilation,  280  —  282. 

SECT.     VI. 

Of  the  Regard  due  to  the  Pleafures  and  Pains  of 
Sympathy,  in  forming  the  Rule  of  Life. 

The  pleafures  of  fympathy  improve  thofe  of  Jen- 
Jation,  imagination,  ambition,  and  felf-iniereft  j  and 
unite  with  thofe  of  theopathy  and  the  moral  fenfe  : 
they  are  felf-confiftent,  and  admit  of  an  unlimited  ex- 
tent j  and  confequently  they  may  be  our  primary  pur- 
fnit,  283 — 290.  Practical  rules  for  augmenting  the 
benevolent  affeftions,  and  fupprejfing  the  malevolent 
ones,  291,  292.  Practical  rules  for  the  condutf  of 
men  towards  each  other  in  fociety,  292 — 300.  Of 
the  duties  ari/ing  from  the  principal  relations  of  lifet 
301—308. 


SECT. 


SECOND    PART.  ix 


SECT.    VII. 

Of  the  Regard  due  ta  the  Pleafures  and  Pains  of 
Theopathy,  in  forming  the  Rule  of  Life. 

The  love  of  God  regulates,  improves,  and  perfetts 
all  the  other  parts  of  our  nature*  and  affords  a  plea- 
Jure  Juperior,  in  kind  and  degree,  to  all  the  reft ;  and 
therefore  is  our  primary  purjuit,  and  ultimate  end, 
309 — 315.  Practical  rules  concerning  the  theopa- 
thelic  affections,  faith,  fear,  gratitude,  hope,  truft, 
resignation,  and  love,  316—330.  Practical  rules 
concerning  the  manner  of  exprejjing  the  theopathetic 
aff eft  ions  by  prayer,  and  other  religious  exercijes,  331 
— 336- 

SECT.     VIII. 

Of  the  Regard  due  to  the  Pleafures  and  Pains  of  the 
moral  Senfe,  in  forming  the  Rule  of  Life. 

The  moral  Jenje  ought  to  be  made  the  immediate 
guide  of  our  aflions  on  all  Judden  emergencies,  337 
—339.  Practical  rules  for  the  regulation  and  im- 
provement of  the  moral  Jenje,  339,^  340.  General 
corollaries  to  thejeven  laftjeffions,  341 — 346. 

,SECT.     IX. 
Of  the  Rule  of  Faith. 

An  inquiry  how  far  faith  in  natural  and  revealed 
religion,  alfo  in  the  particular  tenets  of  chriftian 
churches,  is  neceffary  for  the  purification  and  perfection 
»f  our  natures,  347 — 358. 

CHAP. 


CONTENTS    OF    THE 


CHAP.     IV. 

Of  the  EXPECTATIONS  of  MANKIND,  here 
and  hereafter,  in  Confequence  of  their 
OBSERVANCE  or  VIOLATION  of  the  RULE 
of  LIFE. 

SECT.     I. 

Of  the  Expectation  of  Individuals  In  the  prefent 
Life. 

//  is  probable,  that  moft  or  all  men  receive  more 
happinefs  than  mifery,  in  their  pajfage  through  the 
prefent  life,  359 — 361.  The  balance  cannot  be  much 
in  favour  even  of  the  moft  happy,  during  the  prefent 
life,  361 — 363,  Virtue  has  always  the  fairejl  prof- 
peft  even  in  this  life,  and  vice  is  always  expofed  to  the 
great  eft  hazards,  363.  And  yet  it  does  not  Jeem  at  all 
probable ',  that  happinefs  is  exaftly  proportioned  to  virtue 
in  the  prefent  life,  364,  365. 


SECT.    II. 

Of  the  Expectation  of  Bodies  Politic,  the  Jews  in 
particular,  and  the  World  in  general,  during  the 
prefent  State  of  the  Earth. 

//  is  probable,  that  all  the  prefent  civil  governments 
will  be  overturned,  366 — 370.  //  is  probable,  that 
the  prefent  forms  of  church-government  will  be  dif- 

Jolvedt 


SECOND    PART  xi 

Jolved,  370 — 372.  //  is  probable,  thai  tbe  Jews  will 
be  reftored  to  Palseftine,  373 — 375.  The  chriftian 
religion  will  be  preached  to,  and  received,  by  all  nations, 
376 — 380.  It  is  not  probable,  that  there  will  be  any 
pure  or  complete  happinefs  before  the  deftruclion  of  this 
world  by  fire,  380,  381. 


SECT.     III. 

Of  a  future  State  after  the  Expiration  of  this  Life. 

//  is  probable,  from  the  mere  light  of  nature,  that 
there  will  be  a  future  ft  ate,  382 — 392.  The  chrif- 
tian revelation  gives  us  an  abfolute  affurance  of  a 
future  ftate,  393 — 395.  The  rewards  and  puni/h- 
ments  of  a  future  life  will  far  exceed  tbe  bappinefs  and 
mijery  of  this,  both  in  degree  and  duration,  395 — 397. 
It  is  probable,  that  the  future  happinefs  of  tbe  good  will 
be  of  a  Jpiritual  nature ;  but  the  future  mijery  of  the 
wicked  may  be  both  corporeal  and  mental,  397 — 402. 
//  Jeems  probable,  that  the  Joul  may  remain  in  a  ftate  of 
inactivity,  though  perhaps  not  of  infenftbility,  from  death 
to  the  refurreftion,  402,  403. 


SECT.     IV. 
Of  the  Terms  of  Salvation. 

//  follows  from  the  foregoing  theory  of  our  intellectual 
pleafures  and  pains,  as  well  as  from  other  ways  of  con- 
fidering  them,  that  the  bulk  of  mankind  are  not  qualified 
for  pure,  unmixed  bappinejs,  404,  405.  //  follows 
from  tbe  declarations  of  the  Jcripiures,  that  the  bulk  of 
mankind  are  not  qualified  for  the  manfeons  of  the  ble/ed, 

405 


xii  CONTENTS. 

405 — 407.     A  praftic  a  I  application  of  this  doftrine  to 
tbe  real  circumftances  of  mankind,  407 — 418. 


SECT.    V. 

Of  the  final  Happinefs  of  all  Mankind  in  fome 
diftant  future  State. 

//  is  probable  from  reafon,  that  all  mankind  will  be 
made  happy  ultimately,  419— -425.  It  is  probable 
from  the  Jcriptures,  that  all  mankind  will  be  made 
happy  ultimately,  426 — 437. 


CONCLUSION,   438. 


O  B  S  E  R- 


OBSERVATIONS 


ON 


MAN, 


IN      TWO      PARTS. 


PART     II. 

Containing    OBSERVATIONS    on    the    DUTY    and 
EXPECTATIONS  of  MANKIND. 


INTRODUCTION. 

\V  HATEVER  be  our  doubts,  fears,  or  anxi- 
eties, whether  fclfifh  our  fbcial,  whether  for  time 
or  eternity,  our  only  hope  and  refuge  muft  be 
in  the  infinite  power,  knowledge,  and  goodnefs 
of  God.  And  if  thefe  be  really  our  hope  and 
refuge,  if  we  have  a  true  practical  fenfe  and  con- 
viction of  God's  infinite  ability  and  readinefs  to 
protect  and  blefs  us,  an  entire,  peaceful,  happy 
resignation  will  be  the  refult,  notwithftanding  the 
clouds  and  perplexities  wherewith  we  may  fome- 
times  be  encompafied.  He  who  has  brought  us 
into  this  ftace,  will  conduct  us  through  it:  he  knows 
all  our  wants  and  diftrefles :  his  infinite  nature  will 
VOL.  II.  B  bear 


ii  INTRODUCTION. 

bear  down  all  oppofition  from  our  impotence,  igno- 
rance, vice,  or  mifery :  he  is  our  creator,  judge, 
and  king,  our  friend,  and  father,  and  God. 

And  though  the  tranfcendent  greatneis  and  glo- 
rioufnefs  of  this  profpecl:  may,  at  firft  view,  make 
our  faith  ilagger,  and  incline  us  to  difbelieve  through 
joy ;  yet,  upon  farther  confideration,  it  feems  rather 
to  confirm  and  eftablilh  itfelf  on  that  account ;  for 
the  more  it  exceeds  our  gratitude  and  comprehen- 
fion,  the  more  does  it  coincide  with  the  idea  of  that 
abfolutely  perfect  being,  whom  the  feveral  orders  of 
imperfecl:  beings  perpetually  fuggeft  to  us,  as  our 
only  refting  place,  the  caufe  of  caufes,  and  the  fu- 
preme  reality. 

However,  on  the  other  hand,  it  muft  be  acknow- 
ledged, that  the  evils  which  we  fee  and  feel  are  ftrong 
arguments  of  the  poflibility  of  ftill  greater  evils,  of 
any  finite  evils  whatever,  and  of  their  confiftency 
with  the  divine  attributes.  All  finites  are  equally 
nothing  in  refpecl:  of  .infinite;  and  if  the  infinite  pow<- 
er,  knowledge,  and  goodnefs  of  God  can  permit  the 
leaft  evil,  they  may  permit  any  finite  degree  of  it, 
how  great  foever,  for  any  thing  that  we  know  to 
the  contrary.  And  this  moft  alarming  confideration 
cannot  but  compel  every  thinking  perfon  to  ufe  his  ut- 
moft  endeavours,  firft  for  his  own  prefervation  and 
deliverance;  and  then,  in  proportion  to  his  benevo- 
lence, for  the  prefervation  and  deliverance  of  others. 

Nor  can  fuch  a  perfon  long  hefitate  what  method 
to  take  in  the  general.  The  duties  of  piety,  bene- 
volence, and  felf-government,  confidered  in  the  ge- 
neral, have  had  fuch  a  ftamp  fet  upon  them  by  all 
ages  and  nations,  by  all  orders  and  conditions  of 
men,  approve  themfelves  fo  much  to  our  frame  and 
conftitution,  and  are  fo  evidently  conducive  to  both 
public  and  private  happinefs  here,  that  one  cannot 
doubt  of  their  procuring  for  us  not  only  fecurity,  but 
our  Jummum  bonum,  our  greateft  pofiible  happinefs, 

during 


INTRODUCTION.  in 

during  the  whole  courfe  of  our   exiftence,  whatever 
that  be. 

Thefe  are  the  genuine  dictates  of  what  is  called 
natural  religion.  But  we,  who  live  in  chriftian 
countries,  may  have  recourfe  to  far  clearer  light, 
and  to  a  more  definite  rule :  the  chriftian  revela- 
tion is  attefted  by  fuch  evidences  hiftorical,  prophe- 
tical, and  moral,  as  will  give  abundant  comfort  and 
fatisfaction  to  all  who  feek  them  earneftly.  A  future 
life,  with  indefinite,  or  even  infinite,  rewards  and 
punifhments,  is  fet  before  us  in  exprefs  terms,  the 
conditions  declared,  examples  related  both  to  en- 
courage our  hopes,  and  alarm  our  fears,  and  aflu- 
rances  of  afiiftance  and  mercy  delivered  in  the  ftrong- 
efl  and  moft  pathetic  terms. 

Yet  ftill  there  are  difficulties  both  in  the  word  of 
God,  and  in  his  works ;  and  thefe.  difficulties  are 
ibmetimes  fo  magnified,  as  to  lead  to  fcepticifm,  in- 
fidelity, or  atheifm.  Now,  the  contemplation  of 
our  own  frame  and  conftitution  appears  to  me  to 
have  a  peculiar  tendency  to  leflen  thefe  difficulties 
attending  natural  and  revealed  religion,  and  to 
improve  their  evidences,  as  well  as  to  concur  with 
them  in  their  determination  of  man's  duty  and  ex- 
pectations. With  this  view,  I  drew  up  the  foregoing 
obfervations  on  the  frame  and  connection  of  the 
body  and  mind ;  and,  in  profecution  of  the  fame 
defign,  I  now  propofe, 

Firft,  To  proceed  upon  this  foundation,  and  upon 
the  other  phenomena  of  nature  to  deduce  the  evi- 
dences for  th&  being  and  attributes  of  God,  and  the 
general  truths  of  natural  religion. 

Secondly,  Laying  down  all  thefe  as  a  new  founda- 
tion, to  deduce  the  evidences  for  revealed  religion. 

Thirdly,  To  inquire  into  the  rule  of  life,  and 
the  particular  applications  of  it,  which  refult  from 
the  frame  of  our  natures,  the  dictates  of  natural 
religion,  and  the  precepts  of  the  fcriptures  taken 

B  2  together, 


iv  INTRODUCTION. 

together,    compared   with,    and   calling  light  upon 
each  other.     And, 

Fourthly,  To  inquire  into  the  genuine  doctrines 
of  natural  and  revealed  religion  thus  illuftrated, 
concerning  the  expectations  of  mankind,  here  and 
hereafter,  in  confequence  of  their  obfervance  or  vio- 
lation of  the  rule  of  life. 

I  do  not  prefume  to  give  a  complete  treatife  on 
any  of  thefe  fubjefts  j  but  only  to  borrow  from  the 
many  excellent  writings,  which  have  been  offered  to 
the  world  on  them,  fome  of  the  principal  evidences 
and  deductions,  and  to  accommodate  them  to  the 
foregoing  theory  of  the  mind;  whereby  it  may  ap- 
pear, that  though  the  doctrines  of  afibciation  and 
mechanifm  -do  make  fome  alterations  in  the  method 
of  realbning  on  religion,  yet  they  are  far  from  lef- 
fening  either  the  evidences  for  it,  the  comfort  and 
joy  of  religious  perfons,  or  the  fears  of  irreligious 
ones. 


UBSERVA- 


OBSERVATIONS 

\ 

ON 

MAN, 

HIS  FRAME,  HIS  DUTY,  AND  HIS  EXPECTATIONS. 


CHAP.     I. 

Of  the  BEING  and  ATTRIBUTES  of  GOD,  and  of 
NATURAL  RELIGION. 


PROP.     I. 

Something  muft  havg  exifted  from  all  Eternity ;  or,  there 
never  was  a  'Time  when  Nothing  exifted. 

FOR,  when  we  place  ourfelves  in  fuch  an  imagi- 
nary point  of  time,  and  then  try  to  conceive  how 
a  world,  finite  or  infinite,  mould  begin  to  exift,  abfo- 
lutely  without  caufe,  we  find  an  inftantaneous  and 
irrefiftible  check  put  to  the  conception,  and  we  are 
compelled  at  once  to  reject  the  fuppofition :  fo  that 
the  manner  in  which  we  reject  it,  is  a  proper  authority 
for  doing  fo.  It  is  fuperfluous,  in  this  cafe,  to  inquire 
into  the  nature  of  this  check  and  rejection,  and  dif- 
fent  grounded  thereon  j  fince,  after  all  our  inquiries,  we 
muft  (till  find  an  infuperable  reluctance  to  affent. 
The  fuppofition  will  not  remain  in  the  mind,  but  is 
B  3  thrown 


6  O/  the  Being  and  Attributes  of  God, 

thrown  out  immediately  j  and  I  do  not  fpeak  of  this, 
as  what  ought  to  follow  from  a  proper  theory  of 
evidence  and  aflent,  but  as  a  fact,  which  every  man 
feels,  whatever  his  notions  of  logic  be,  or  whether 
he  has  any  or  no ;  and  1  appeal  to  every  man  for  the 
truth  of  this  facl.  Now,  no  truth  can  have  a  greater 
reality  to  us,  nor  any  falfehood  a  greater  evidence 
againft  it,  than  this  inftantaneous,  neceflary  aflent  or 
difient,  I  conclude,  therefore,  that  there  never  was 
a  time  when  nothing  exifted  j  or,  in  other  words, 
that  fomething  muft  have  exifted  from  all  eternity. 


PROP.     II. 

There  cannot  have  been  a  mere  Succejfion  of  finite  depen- 
dent Beings  from  all  Eternity ;  but  there  muft  exift,  at 
hajlt  one  infinite  and  independent  Being. 


IP  an  infinite  fuccefllon  of  finite  dependent  beings 
be  poffible,  let  M,  N,  0,  &c.  reprefent  the  feveral 
links  of  this  chain  or  feriesj  N  is  therefore  the  mere 
effect  of  M>  O  of  Ny  &c.  as  we  defcend ;  and 
as  we  afcend,  M  is  the  effect  of  Ly  L  of  K,  &c. 
£,ach  particular  being,  therefore,  is  a  mere  effect* 
and  therefore  the  fuppofition  of  fuch  a  fucceffion 
finite  a  parte  ante,  would  be  rejected  immediately 
according  to  the  laft  propofition,  fince  A  the  firft 
term,  would  be  an  effect  absolutely  without  a  caufe. 
And  the  fame  thing  holds,  whatever  number  of 
terms  be  added  a  parte  ante.  If,  therefore,  an  infi- 
nite number  be  added  (which  I  here  fuppoie  pofijble 
for  argument's  fake),  ib  that  the  feries  may  become 
infinite  a  parte  antet  the  fame  conclufion  muft  be  va- 
lid according  to  the  analogy  of  all  mathematical  rea- 

fonings 


and  of  Natural  Rtligion.  7 

fonings  concerning  infinites :  fmce  we  do  not  ap- 
proach to  the  poflibility  of  this  feries  in  any  ftep  of 
our  progrefs,  but  always  remain  in  the  fame  ftate  of 
utter  inability  to  admit  it,  we  can  never  arrive  thither 
ultimately.  Wherever  the  ultimate  ratio  of  quanti- 
ties, fuppofed  then  to  be  infinitely  great  or  fmall,  is 
different  from  that  of  trie  fame  quantities  fuppofed  to 
be  finite,  there  is  a  perpetual  tendency  to  this  ultimate 
ratio  in  every  increafe  or  diminution  of  the  quanti- 
ties: it  follows,  therefore,  that  an  infinite  fucceflion 
of  mere  finite  dependent  beings  is  impofiible  to  us ; 
which  relative  impofiibility,  as  I  obferved  before,  is 
our  ne  plus  ultra.  Though  we  fhould  fancy  relative 
impoflibles  to  be  pofiible  in  themfelves,  as  it  is  fome- 
times  phrafed,  the  utter  rejection,  which  forces  itfelf 
again  and  again  upon  the  mind,  when  we  endeavour 
to  conceive  them  fo,  fuppreffes  all  nafcent  tenden- 
cies to  afient. 

The  fame  thing  may  be  confidered  thus :  if  there 
be  nothing  more  in  the  univerfe  than  a  mere  fuccek 
(ion  of  finite  dependent  beings,  then  there  is  fbme 
degree  of  finitenefs  fuperior  to  all  the  reft  j  but  this 
is  impoffible,  fince  no  caufe  can  be  afiigned  for  this 
degree  rather  than  any  other:  befides,  this  fupreme 
finite  being  will  want  a  caufe  of  its  exiftence,  fince 
it  is  finite ;  which  yet  it  cannot  have,  fmce  all  the  reft 
are  inferior  to  it. 

Or  thus :  if  an  infinite  fucceffion  of  finite  beings 
be  poflible,  let  us  fuppofe  it  in  men:  it  will  be  ne- 
ceflary,  however,  to  fuppofe  one  or  more  beings  fu- 
perior to  man,  on  account  of  the  exquifitenefs  of  his 
frame  of  body  and  mind,  which  is  far  above  his  own 
power  co  execute,  and  capacity  to  comprehend : 
and  if  this  being  or  beings  be  not  infinite,  'we 
muft  have  recourfe  to  a  fecond  infinite  fucceffion  of 
finite  beings.  But  then  it  will  be  natural  to  fup- 
pofe, that  thefe  beings,  though  able  to  comprehend 
man  through  their  fuperior  faculties,  cannot  comprc- 
B  4  hend 


8  Of  the  Being  and  Attributes  of  God, 

hend  themfelves,  and  fo  on  till  we  come  to  an  infinite 
being,  who  alone  can  comprehend  himfelf. 

There  are  many  other  arguments  and  methods  of 
reafoning  of  the  fame  kind  with  thofe  here  delivered, 
which  lead  to  the  fame  conclufion  ;  and  they  all  feem 
to  turn  upon  this,  that  as  all  finite  beings  require  a 
fuperior  caufe  for  their  exiftence  and  faculties,  fo 
they  point  to  an  infinite  one,  as  the  only  real  caufe, 
himfelf  being  uncaufed.  He  is,  therefore,  properly 
denominated  independent,  felf-exiftent,  and  necefla- 
rily  exiftent  ;  terms  which  import  nothing  more, 
when  applied  to  the  Deity,  thin  the  denial  of  a  fo- 
reign caufe  of  his  exiftence  and  attributes;  notwith- 
ftanding  that  thefe  words,  on  account  of  their  differ- 
ent derivations,  and  relations  to  other  words,  may 
feem  to  have  a  different  import,  when  applied  to  the 
Deity. 

If  it  be  objected,  that  a  caufe  is  required  for  an 
infinite  being,  as  well  as  for  a  finite  one  j  I  anfwer, 
•that  though  the  want  of  a  caufe  for  finite  beings, 
with  other  arguments  to  the  fame  purpofe,  leads  us 
neceflarily  to  the  confederation  and  admifllon  of  an 
infinite  one ;  yet,  when  we  are  arrived'  there,  we  are 
utterly  unable  to  think  or  fpeak  properly  of  him: 
however,  one  would  rather  judge,  that,  for  the  fame 
reafon  that  all  finitenefs  requires  a  caufe,  infinity  is 
incompatible  with  it. 

If  it  be  fuppofed  poflible  for  a  man,  through  logi- 
cal and  metaphyfical  perplexities,  or  an  unhappy 
turn  of  mind,  not  to  fee  the  force  of  thefe  and  fuch 
like  reafonings,  he  muft,  however,  be  at  leaft  in 
<equilibrio  between  the  two  oppofite  fuppofitions  of 
the  propofition,  viz.  that  of  an  infinite  fucceffion 
of  finite  dependent  beings,  and  that  of  an  infinite 
•independent  being.  In  this  cafe,  the  teftimony  of 
all  ages  and  nations,  from  whatever  caufe  it  arifes, 
and  of  the  fcriptures,  in  favour  of  the  laft  fuppofi- 
tion,  ought  t6  have  fome  weight,  fince  fome  credi- 
bility 


and  of  Natural  Religion.  9 

bility  mud  be  due  to  thefej  in  whatever  light  they 
be  confidered.  If,  therefore,  they  have  no  weight, 
this  may  ferve  to  (hew  a  man,  that  he  is  not  fo  per- 
fectly in  ^equilibria,  as  he  may  fancy. 

This  propofition  will  alfo  be  confirmed  by  the  fol- 
lowing. My  chief  defign  under  it  has  been  to  pro- 
duce the  abftract  metaphyfical  arguments  for  the 
exiftence  of  an  infinite  independent  being.  Some  of 
thefe  are  more  fatisfactory  to  one  perfon,  Ibme  to 
another;  but  in  all  there  is  fomething  of  perplexity 
and  doubt  concerning  the  exact  propriety  of  expref- 
fions,  and  method  of  reafoning,  and  perhaps  ever 
will  be ;  fince  the  fubject  is  infinite,  and  we  finite. 
I  have  given  what  appears  moft  fatisfactory  to  my- 
felf;  but  without  the  leaft  intention  to  cenfure  the 
labours  t>f  others  upon  this  important  fubject.  If 
we  underftood  one  another  perfectly,  not  only  our 
conclufions,  but  our  methods  of  arriving  at  them, 
would  probably  appear  to  coincide.  In  the  mean 
time,  mutual  candour  will  be  of  great  ufe  for  the 
preventing  the  ill  effects  of  this  branch  of  the  con- 
fufion  of  tongues. 

PROP.     III. 

Vhe   infinite   independent   Being   is  endued  ivitb  infinite 
Power  and  Knowledge. 

THIS  Propofition  follows  from  the  foregoing;  it 
being  evident,  that  moft  or  all  the  ways  there  deli- 
vered, or  referred  to,  for  proving  an  infinite  being, 
do,  at  the  fame  time,  prove  the  infinity  of  his  power 
and  knowledge.  To  fuppofe  a  being  without  any 
power,  or  any  knowledge,  is,  in  effect,  to  take  away 
his  exiftence,  after  it  has  been  allowed.  And  to  fup- 
pofe an  infinite  being  with  only  finite  power,  or  finite 
knowledge,  is  fo  difibnant  to  the  analogy  of  lan- 
guage, and  of  the  received  method  of  reafoning,  that 
it  muft  be  rejected  by  the  mind. 

But 


io  Of  the  Being  and  Attributes  of  God, 

1  But  the  infinity  of  the  divine  power  and  know- 
ledge may  alfo  be  proved  in  many  independent  ways, 
and  thefe  proofs  may  be  extended,  in  a  contrary 
order,  to  infer  the  foregoing  propofitiort. 

Thus,  Firft ;  When  a  man  confiders  the  feveral 
orders  of  fentient  and  intelligent  beings  below  him, 
even  in  the  moft  tranfient  way,  and  afks  himfelf 
whether  or  no  mankind  be  the  higheft  order  which 
exifts  within  the  whole  compafs  of  nature*  as  we  term 
it,  he  cannot  but  refolve  this  queftion  in  the  nega- 
tive; he  cannot  but  be  perfuaded,  that  there  are  beings 
of  a  power  and  knowledge  fuperior  to  his  own,  as  well 
as  inferior.  The  idea,  the  internal  feeling,  of  the 
actual  exiftence  of  fuch  beings  forces  itfelf  upon  the 
mind,  adheres  infeparably  to,  and  coalefces  with,  the 
reflection  upon  the  inferior  orders  of  beings,  which 
he  fees.  Farther,  as  we  can  perceive  no  limits  fee  to 
the  defcending  fcale,  fo  it  is  natural,  even  at  firft  * 
view,  to  imagine,  that  neither  has  the  afcending  fcale 
any  limits ;  or,  in  other  words,  that  there  actually 
exifts  one,  or  more  beings,  endued  with  infinite 
power  and  knowledge. 

Secondly,  When  we  contemplate  the  innumerable 
inftances  and  evidences  of  boundlefs  power,  and 
exquifice  (kill,  which  appear  every  where  in  the 
organs  and  faculties  of  animals,  in  the  make  and 
properties  of  the  vegetable  and  mineral  kingdoms, 
in  the  earth,  water,  and  air  of  this  globe,  in  the 
heavenly  bodies,  in  light,  gravity,  electricity,  mag- 
netifm,  the  attraction  of  cohefion,  &c.  &c.  with  the 
manifeft  adaptations  and  fubferviencies  of  all  thefe 
things  to  each  other,  in  fuch  manner  as  to  fhew  both 
the  moft  perfect  knowledge  of  them,  and  of  all  their 
properties,  and  the  moft  abfolute  command  over 
them ;  when  we  confider  alfo  that  vaft  extent  of 
thefe  effects  of  power  and  knowledge,  which  tele- 
fcopes,  microfcopes,  and  the  daily  obfervations  and 
experiments  of  mankind,  open  to  our  view  j  the  real 

exiftence, 


and  of  Natural  Religion  1 1 

exiftence,  firft,  of  power  and  knowledge  far  beyond 
human  conception,  and  then,  of  thofe  that  are 
actually  infinite,  forces  itfelf  upoa  the  mind,  by  the 
clofe  connection  and  indiflbluble  union  between  the 
feveral  ideas  here  mentioned. 

For,  Thirdly,  Though  no  finite  being  can  com-, 
prehend  more  than  the  finite  effects  of  power  and 
knowledge;  nay,  though  to  fuppofe  infinite  effects, 
i.  e.  an  infinite  univerfe,  is  thought  by  fome  to  in- 
volve a  contradiction,  to  be  the  lame  thing  as  fup- 
pofing  an  actually  infinite  number;  yet  it  appears  to 
me,  that  the  other  branch  of  the  dilemma  repels  us 
with  the  greateft  force.  To  fuppofe  a  finite  univerfe, 
is  to  fuppofe  a  (top  where  the  mind  cannot  reft ;  we 
fhall  always  afk  for  a  caufe  of  this  finitenefs,  and,  not 
finding  any,  reject  the  fuppofuion.  Now,  if  the 
univerfe  be  fuppofed  infinite,  this  proves  at  once  the 
abfolute  infinity  of  the  divine  power  and  knowledge, 
provided  we  allow  them  to  follow  in  a  finite  degree, 
from  the  finite  evidences  of  power  and  knowledge,  in 
that  part  of  the  univerfe  which  is  prefented  to  our 
view. 

As  to  the  foregoing  objection  to  the  infinity  of 
the  univerfe,  we  may  obferve,  that  it  arifes  merely 
from  the  finitenefs  of  our  comprehenfions.  We  can 
have  no  conception  of  any  thing  infinite,  nor  of  the 
poffibility  that  any  other  being,  conceived  by  us, 
can  conceive  this,  &c.  &c.  But  all  this  vanifhes, 
when  we  come  to  confider,  that  there  actually  is,  that 
there  neceflarily  muft  be,  an  infinite  being.  This 
being  may  conceive  his  own  infinite  works,  and  he 
alone  can  do  ir.  His  own  infinite  nature,  which  we 
cannot  but  admit,  is  as  much  above  conception  as 
the  infinity  of  his  works.  And  all  apparent  contra- 
dictions, in  thefe  things,  feem  to  flow  merely  from 
our  ufmg  the  words  denoting  infinity,  of  which  we 
can  neither  have  any  idea,  nor  any  definition,  but  by 
equivalent  terms,  like  thofe  words  of  which  we  have 

ideas 


12  Of  the  Being  and  Attributes  of  God, 

ideas  or  definitions.  In  the  fame  manner  as  when 
the  conditions  of  an  algebraic  problem  are  impoffible, 
the  unknown  quantity  comes  out  indeed  by  the  re- 
folution  of  the  equation  under  an  algebraic  form,  as 
in  other  cafes  j  but  then  this  form,  when  examined, 
js  found  to  include  an  impoffibility. 

As  the  infinity  of  the  divine  power  and  knowledge 
may  be  deduced  from  that  of  the  uniyerfe,  fo  the 
laft  may  be  deduced  from  the  firft,  fuppofed  to  be 
proved  by  other  arguments.  And  it  may  be  obferved 
in  general,  upon  all  inquiries  into  this  fubjec"t,  that 
the  mind  cannot  bear  to  fuppofe  either  God  or  his 
works  finite,  however  unable  we  may  be  to  think  or 
fpeak  of  them  properly,  when  they  are  fuppofed  to  be 
infinite. 

Fourthly,  As  it  appears  from  the  train  of  reafon- 
ing  ufed  in  this  and  the  foregoing  propofition,  that 
an  infinite  being  is  abfolutely  neceflary  for  the  exift- 
ence  of  the  vifible  world,  as  its  creator;  fo  the  con- 
fideration  of  this  leads  us  to  the  infinity  of  his  power 
and  knowledge.  The  things  created  mud  be  merely 
paflive,  and  fubject  entirely  to  the  will  of  him  who 
created  them.  In  like  manner,  all  the  powers  and 
properties,  of  created  things,  with  all  the  refults  of 
thefe,  in  their  mutual  applications,  through  all  eter- 
nitv,  muft  be  known  to  him.  And  this  follows  in 
whatever  manner  we  confider  creation,  of  which  we 
can  certainly  form  nojuft  idea.  It  is  evident,  as  juft 
now  mentioned,  that  an  author  of  this  world  is  ab- 
folutely required ;  alfo,  that  this  author  muft  have 
been  from  all  eternity.  It  is  therefore  mofl  natural 
for  us  to  conclude,  that  there  have  been  infinite  effects 
of  his  almighty  power  from  all  eternity.  But  then 
this  does  not  exclude  creations  in  time,  I  mean  of 
things  made  from  nothing.  For  it  feems  to  me,  that 
our  narrow  faculties  cannot  afford  us  the  leaft  foun- 
dation for  fuppofirig  the  creation  of  things  from 
nothing  impoffible  to  God. 

.Laftly, 


and  of  Natural  Religion.  13 

Laftly,  There  is  a  great  acceffion  of  evidencle  for 
the  infinity  of  the  divine  power  and  knowledge,  and 
for  the  creation  of  all  things  by  God,  and  their  entire 
fubjection  to  him,  from  the  declarations  of  the  fcrip- 
tures  to  this  purpofe.  This  acceflion  of  evidence  can 
fcarce  be  neceffary  in  this  age;  but,  in  the  infancy 
of  the  world,  revelation  feems  to  have  been  the  chief 
or  only  foundation  of  faith  in  any  of  the  divine  attri- 
butes. And  even  now,  it  cannot  but  be  matter  of 
the  greateft  comfort  and  fatisfaftion  to  all  good  men, 
to  have  an  independent  evidence  for  thefe  important 
truths.;  and  that  more  efpecially,  if  their  minds  have 
been  at  all  perplexed  with  the  metaphyfical  difputes 
and  fubtleties,  which  are  often  darted  on  thefe  fub- 
jedts. 

PROP.     IV. 

God  is  infinitely  benevolent. 

As  all  the  natural  attributes  of  God  may  be  com- 
prehended under  power  and  knowledge,  fo  benevo- 
lence feems  to  comprehend  all  the  moral  ones.  This 
propofition  tl^prefore,  and  the  foregoing,  contain  the 
fundamentals  of  all  that  reafon  can  difcover  to  us 
concerning  the  divine  nature  and  attributes. 

Now,  in  inquiring  into  the  evidences  for  the  divine 
benevolence,  I  oblerve,  firft,  that  as  we  judge  of  the 
divine  power.and  knowledge  by  their  effects  in  the 
conftitution  of  the  vifible  world,  fo  we  muft:  judge 
of  the  divine  benevolence  in  the  fame  way.  Our 
arguments  for  it  muft  be  taken  from  the  happinefs, 
and  tendencies  thereto,  that  are  obfervable  in  the 
fentient  beings,  which  come  under  our  notice. 

Secondly,  That  the  mifery,  to  which  we  fee  fen- 
tient beings  expofed,  does  not  deftroy  the  evidences 
for  the  divine  benevolence,  taken  from  happinefs, 
unlefs  we  fuppofe  the  mifery  equal  or  iuperior  to 
the  happinefs.  A  being  who  receives  three  degrees  of 

happinefs, 


14  Of  the  Being  and  At 'tributes  of  God, 

happinefs,  and  but  one  of  mifery,  is  indebted  for  two 
degrees  of  happinefs  to  his  Creator.  Hence  our  in- 
quiry into  the  divine  benevolence  is  reduced  to  an 
inquiry  into  the  balance  of .  happinefs,  or  mifery, 
conferred,  or  to  be  conferred,  upon  the  whole  fyftem 
of  fentient  beings,  and  upon  each  individual  of  this 
great  fyftem.  If  there  be  reafon  to  believe,  that 
the  happinefs  which  each  individual  has  received, 
or  will  receive,  be  greater  than  his  mifery,  God  will 
be  benevolent  to  each  being,  and  infinitely  fo  to  the 
whole  infinite  fyftem  of  fentient  beings ;  if  the  ba- 
lance be  infinitely  in  favour  of  each  individual,  God 
will  be  infinitely  benevolent  to  each,  and  infinito- 
infinitely  to  the  whole  fyftem. 

It  is  no  objection  to  this  reafoning,  that  we  defire 
pure  happinefs,  and  prefer  it  to  an  equal  balance  of 
happinefs  mixed  with  mifery  j  or  that  the  confidera- 
tion  of  mifery,  amidft  the  works  of  an  infinitely 
benevolent  being,  gives  us  perplexity.  For  this 
difappointment  of  our  defires,  and  this  perplexity, 
can  amount  to  no  more  than  finite  evils,  to  be  de- 
ducted from  the  fum  total  of  happinefs ;  and  our  ob- 
ligations to  the  author  of  our  beings  muft  always  be 
in  proportion  to  this  remaining  fum.  We  may  add, 
that  as  this  difappointment  and  perplexity  are  fources 
of  mifery  at  prefent,  they  may,  in  their  future  confe- 
quences,  be  much  ampler  fources  of  happinefs  j  and 
that  this  feems  to  be  the  natural  refult  of  fuppofing, 
that  happinefs  prevails  over  mifery. 

Thirdly,  Since  the  qualities  of  benevolence  and 
malevolence  are  as  oppofue  to  one  another,  as  happi- 
nefs and  mifery,  their  effects,  they  cannot  co-exift  in 
the  lame  fimple  unchangeable  being.  If  therefore  we 
can  prove  God  to  be  benevolent,  from  the  balance 
of  happinefs,  malevolence  muft  be  entirely  excluded ; 
and  we  muft  fuppofe  the  evils,  which  we  fee  and  feel, 
to  be  owing  to  fome  other  caufe,  however  unable  we 

may 


and  of  Natural  Religion.  1 5  ( 

may  be  to  affign  this  caufe,  or  form  any  conceptions 
of  it. 

Fourthly,  Since  God  is  infinite  in  power  and 
knowledge,  i.  e.  in  his  natural  attributes,  he  muft  be 
infinite  in  the  moral  one  alfo,  i.  e.  he  muft  be  either 
infinitely  benevolent,  or  infinitely  malevolent.  All 
arguments,  therefore,  which  exclude  infinite  male- 
volence, prove  the  infinite  benevolence  of  God. 

Laftly,  As  there  are  fome  difficulties  and  per- 
plexities which  attend  the  proofs  of  the  divine  felf- 
exiftence,  power,  and  knowledge,  fo  it  is  natural  to 
expect,  that  others  equal,  greater,  or  lefs,  fhould 
attend  the  confideration  of  the  divine  benevolence. 
But  here  again  revelation  comes  in  aid  of  reafon,  and 
affords  inexprefiible  fatisfaction  to  all  earned  and  well- 
difpofed  perfons,  even  in  this  age,  after  natural  philo- 
fophy,  and  the  knowledge  of  natural  religion,  have 
been  fo  far  advanced.  In  the  early  ages  of  the  world, 
divine  revelation  muft  have  been,  almoft  the  only 
influencing  evidence  of  the  moral  attributes  of 
God. 

Let  us  now  come  to  the  evidences  for  the  divine 
benevolence,  and  its  infinity. 

Firft,  then,  It  appears  probable,  that  there  is  an 
over-balance  of  happinefs  to  the  fentient  beings  of  this 
vifible  world,  confidered  both  generally  and  parti- 
cularly. For  though  diforder,  pain,  and  death,  do 
very  much  abound  every  where  in  the  world,  yet 
beauty,  order,  pleafure,  life,  and  happinefs,  feem  to 
fuperabound.  This  is  indeed  impoffible  to  be  afcer- 
tained  by  any  exact  computation.  However,  it  is 
the  general  opinion  of  mankind,  which  is  fome  kind 
of  proof  of  the  thing  itfelf.  For  fince  we  are  inclined 
to  think,  that  happinefs  or  mifery  prevails,  ac- 
cording as  we  ourfelves  are  happy  or  miferable 
(which  both  experience,  and  the  foregoing  doctrine 
of  aflbciation,  fhew),  the  general  prevalence  of  the 
opinion  of  happinefs  is  an  argument  of  the 

general 


1 6  Of  the  Being  and  Attributes  of  God, 

general  prevalence  of  the  thing  itfelf.  Add  to  this, 
that  the  recollection  of  places,  perfons,  &c.  which 
we  have  formerly  known,  is  in  general  pleafant  to  us. 
Now  recollection  is  only  the  compound  veftige  of  all 
the  pleafures  and  pains,  which  have  been  aflbciated 
with  the  object  under  confideration.  It  feems  there- 
fore, that  the  balance  muft  have  been  in  favour  of 
pleafure.  And  yet  it  may  be,  that  fmall«or  moderate 
actual  pains  are  in  recollection  turned  into  pleafures. 
But  then  this  will  become  an  argument,  in  another 
way,  for  the  prevalence  of  the  pleafures,  and  parti- 
cularly of  thofe  of  recollection,  *'.  e.  mental  ones.  It 
appears  alfo,  that  the  growth  and  health  of  the  body 
infer  the~general  prevalence  of  happinefs,  whilft  they 
continue.  Afterwards,  the  mental  happinefs  may 
over-balance  the  bodily  mifery. 

Secondly,  If  we  fhould  lay  down,  that  there  is  juft 
as  much  mifery  as  happinefs  in  the  world  (more  can 
fcarce  be  fuppofed  by  any  one),  it  will  follow,  that  if 
the  laws  of  benevolence  were  to  take  place  in  a  great- 
er degree  than  they  do  at  prefent,  mifery  would  per- 
petually decreafe,  and  happinefs  increafe,  till,  at  laft, 
by  the  unlimited  growth  of  benevolence,  the  ftate  of 
mankind,  in  this  world,  would  approach  to  a  para- 
difiacal  one.  Nowf  this  ihews  that  our  miferies  are, 
in  a  great  meafure,  owing  to  our  want  of  benevo- 
lence, i.  e.  to  our  moral  imperfections,  and  to  that 
which,  according  to  our  prefent  language,  we  do  and 
muft  call  ourjehes.  It  is  probable  therefore,  that, 
upon  a  more  accurate  examination  and  knowledge  of 
this  fubject,  we  (hould  find,  that  our  miferies  arofe 
not  only  in  great  meafure,  but  entirely,  from  this 
fource,  from  the  imperfection  of  our  benevolence, 
whilft  all  that  is  good  comes  immediately  from  God, 
who  muft  therefore  be  deemed  perfectly  benevolent. 
And  fince  the  courfe  of  the  world,  and  the  frame 
of  our  natures  are  fo  ordered,  and  fo  adapted  to  each 
other,  as  to  enforce  benevolence  upon  us,  this  is  a 

"   farther 


and  of  Natural  Religion.  17 

farther  argument  of  the  kind  intentions  of  an  over- 
ruling Providence.  It  follows  hence,  that  malevo- 
lence, and  confequently  mifery,  mud  ever  decreafe. 

Thirdly,  All  the  faculties,  corporeal  and  mental, 
of  all  animals,  are,  as  far  as  we  can  judge,  contrived 
and  adapted  both  to  the  prefervation  and  well-being 
of  each  individual,  and  to  the  propagation  of  the 
'fpecies.  And  there  is  an  infinite  coincidence  of  all 
the  feveral  fubordinate  ends  with  each  other,  fo  that 
no  one  is  facrificed  to  the  reft,  but  they  are  all  obtained 
in  the  utmoft  perfection  by  one  and  the  fame  means. 
This  is  a  ftrong  argument  for  all  the  divine  per- 
fections, power,  knowledge,  and  goodnefs.  And  it 
agrees  with  it,  that  final  caufes,  i.  e.  natural  good, 
are  the  bed  clue  for  guiding  the  invention  in  all  at- 
tempts to  explain  the  ceconomy  of  animals. 

Fourthly,  As  order  and  happinefs  prevail  in  ge- 
neral more  than  their  contraries,  fo  when  any  dif- 
order,  bodily  or  mental,  does  happen,  one  may  ob- 
fcrve,  in  general,  that  it  produces  fome  confequences, 
which  in  the  end  rectify  the  original  diforder  j  and 
the  inftances  where  diforders  propagate  and  increafe 
themfelves  without  vifible  limits,  are  comparatively 
rare.  Nay,  it  may  be,  that  all  the  apparent  ones  of 
this  kind  are  really  otherwife  j  and  that  they  would 
appear  otherwife,  were  our  views  fufficiently  eoueri- 
five. 

Fifthly,  The  whole  analogy  of  nature  leads  us 
from  the  confideration  of  the  infinite  power  and 
knowledge  of  God,  and  of  his  being  the  creator  of  all 
things,  to  regard  him  as  our  father,  protector, 
governor,  and  judge.  We  cannot  therefore  but  im- 
mediately hope  and  expect  from  him  benevolence, 
juftice,  equity,  mercy,  bounty,  truth,  and  all  pof- 
fible  moral  perfections.  Men  of  great  fpeculation 
and  refinement  may  defire  to  have  this  analogical 
reafoning  fupported,  and  (hewn  to  be  valid  ;  and  it  is 
very  ufcful  to  do  this  as  far  as  we  are  able.  But  it 

VOL.  II.  C  carries 


i  8  Of  the  Being  and  Attributes  of  Gotty 

carries  great  influence  previoufly  to  fuch  logical  in* 
quiries  j  and  even  after  them,  though  they  ihould  not 
prove  fatisfactory,  a  perfon  of  a  fober  and  well-dif- 
pofed  mind,  would  ftill  find  himfelf  affected  by  it  in 
no  inconfiderable  degree.  Such  a  perfon  would  be 
compelled,  as  it  were,  to  fly  to  the  infinite  creator  of 
the  world  in  his  diftrefles,  with  earneftnefs,  and 
with  fome  degree  of  faith,  and  would  confider  him 
as  his  father  and  protector. 

Sixthly,  Whenever  we  come  to  examine  any  par- 
ticular law,  fad:,  circumftance,  &c.  in  the  natural 
or  moral  world,  where  we  have  a  competent  in- 
formation and  knowledge,  we  find  that  every  thing 
which  has  been,  was  right  in  relpect  of  the  fum  total 
of  happinefs  j  and  that  when  we  fuppofe  any  change 
to  have  been  made,  which  appears,  at  firft  fight, 
likely  to  produce  more  happinefs;  yet,  after  fome 
reflection,  the  confideration  of  fome  other  things 
neceflarily  influenced  by  fuch  a  change,  convinces 
us,  that  the  prefent  real  conftitution  of  things  is  beft 
upon  the  whole.  Books  of  natural  hiftory  and  na- 
tural philofophy,  and  indeed  daily  obfervation,  fur- 
nifh  abundant  inftances  of  this;  fo  as  to  (hew,  that, 
other  things  remaining  the  fame,  every  fingle  thing 
is  the  mod  conducive  to  general  happinefs,  that  it 
can  be  according  to  the  bed  of  our  judgments.  And 
though  our  judgments  are  fo  fhort  and  imperfect,  that 
this  cannot  pafs  for  an  abfolutely  conclufive  evidence, 
yet  it  is  very  remarkable,  that  thefe  imperfect  judg- 
ments of  ours  (hould  lie  conftantly  on  the  fame  fide. 
We  have  no  reafon  to  fuppofe,  that  a  better  acquaint- 
ance with  things  would  give  us  caufe  to  alter  ir,  but 
far  otherwife,  as  appears  from  the  univerfal  confent 
of  all  that  are  inquifitive  and  learned  in  thefe  matters. 
And  if  there  were  a  few  objections  in  the  other  fcale 
(which  I  believe  philofophers  will  fcarce  allow),  they 
can,  at  the  utmoft,  have  no  more  than  the  fame 
imperfect  judgment  to  reft  upon, 

Seventhly, 


and  of  Natural  Religion.  19 

Seventhly,  Suppofing  that  every,  fingle  thing  is, 
other  things  remaining  the  fame,  the  mod  conducive 
to  happinefs  that  it  can  be,  then  the  real  deficiencies 
that  are  found  in  refpect  of  happinefs,  and  which,  at 
firft  fight,  appear  to  arife  from  a  proportional  defi- 
ciency in  the  divine  benevolencej  may  be  equally 
afcribed  to  a  deficiency  in  the  divine  power  or  know- 
ledge. For  this  wonderful,  precife,  minute  adapta- 
tion of  every  thing  to  each  other  is  fuch  an  argument 
for  benevolence  in  the  mod  unbounded  fenfe,  that 
one  would  rather  afcribe,  whatever  diforders  there  are 
in  the  univerfe,  to  fome  neceflary  imperfection  in 
things  themfelves,  furpafiing,  if  pofiible,  the  divine 
power  or  knowledge  to  rectify  j  this  appearing  to  be 
the  weaker  fide  of  the  dilemma. 

By  a  fingle  thing  in  the  two  foregoing  paragraphs, 
I  mean  one  that  is  fo  comparatively ;  fo  that  I  call 
not  only  a  fingle  part  of  an  animal  (which  yet  is  a 
thing  decompounded,  perhaps,  without  limits),  but  a 
whole  fyftem  of  animals,  when  compared  with  other 
fyftems,  a  fingle  thing.  Now,  to  a(k  whether  happi- 
nefs could  not  be  promoted,  if  the  whole  univerfe 
was  changed,  is  abfurd ;  fince  it  is  probable,  from 
what  is  already  offered,  that  the  happinefs  of  the 
'univerfe  is  always  infinitely  great  j  the  infinity  of  the 
divinine  power  and  knowledge  requiring  infinite 
benevolence,  i.  e.  the  infinite  happinefs  of  the  creation, 
if  benevolence  be  at  all  fuppofed  a  divine  attribute, 
as  has  been  noted  before, 

Eighthly,  Since  the  apparent  defects  that  are  in 
happinefs  may,  according  to  the  lad  paragraph  but 
one,  be  equally  referred  to  fome  fuppofed  defect  in 
one  of  the  principal  attributes  of  power,  knowledge, 
or  goodnefs,  it  does  even  from  hence  appear  proba- 
ble, that  thefe  defects  are  not  owing  to  any  defect  in 
any  of  them,  i.  e.  that  there  are  no  fuch  defects  in 
reality,  but  that  all  our  difficulties  and  perplexities 
in  thefe  matters  arife  from  fome  mifapprehenfion  of 
C  2  '  our 


2O  Of  the  Being  and  Attributes  of  God, 

our  own,  in  things  that  infinitely  furpafs  our  capa- 
cities i  this  fuppolition,  whatever  reluctance  we  may 
have  to  it,  being  far  the  mod  eafy  and  confiitent  of 
any. 

Ninthly,  I  remarked  above,  that  the  exclufion  of 
infinite  malevolence  from  the  divine  nature,  does 
itfelf  prove  the  infinite  benevolence  of  God.  Let  us 
fee  what  arguments  there  are  for  this  exclufion. 
Now,  malevolence  always  appears  to  us  under  the 
idea  of  imperfection  and  mifery  j  and  therefore  infi- 
nite malevolence  muft  appear  to  us  to  be  infinitely 
inconfiftent  with  the  infinite  power  and  knowledge 
proved,  in  the  foregoing  propofition,  to  belong  to  the 
divine  nature.  For  the  fame  reafons,  infinite  bene- 
volence which  always  appears  to  us  under  the  idea  of 
perfection  and  happinefs,  feems  to  be  the  immediate 
and  necefiary  confequence  of  the  natural  attributes  of 
infinite  power  and  knowledge  :  fince  the  wifhing 
good  to  others,  and  the  endeavouring  to  procure  it 
for  them,  is,  in  us,  generally  attended  with  a  plea- 
furable  ftate  of  mind,  we  cannot  but  apply  this 
obfervation  to  the  divine  nature,  in  the  fame  manner 
that  we  do  thofe  made  upon  our  own  power  and 
knowledge.  And  to  deny  us  the  liberty  of  doing 
this  in  the  firft  cafe,  would  be  to  take  it  away  in  the 
laft,  and  confequently  to  reduce  us  to  the  abfurd  and 
impofijble  fuppofition,  that  there  is  no^  power  or 
knowledge  in  the  umverfe  fuperior  to  our  own. 

Tenthly,' Malevolence  may  alfo  be  excluded  in  the 
following  manner :  If  we  fuppofe  a  fyflem  of  beings 
to  be  placed  in  fuch  a  fituation,  as  that  they  may 
occafion  either  much  happinefs,  or  much  mifery,  to 
each  other,  it  will  follow,  that  the  fcale  will  turn 
more  and  more  perpetually  in  favour  of  the  produc- 
tion of  happintfsj  for  the  happinefs  which  A  receives 
from  J3,  will  lead  him  by  afibciation  to  love  B, 
and  to  wifh'  and  endeavour  B's  happinefs,  in  return: 
B  will  therefore  have  a  motive,  arifing  from  his 

defire 


and  of  Natural  Religion.  21 

defire  of  his  own  happinefs,  to  continue  his  good 
offices  to  A ' :  whereas  the  mifery  that  A  receives  from 
Bj  will  lead  him  to  hate  B,  and  to  deter  him  from 
farther  injuries.  This  muft  necefikrily  be  the  cafe,  if 
we  only  admit,  that  every  intelligent  being  is  actuated 
by  the  view  of  private  happinefs,  and  that  his  me- 
mory  and  trains  of  ideas  are  of  the  fame  kind  with 
ours.  Now,  the  firft  fuppofition  cannot  be  doubted, 
and  to  exclude  the  laft  would  be  to  forbid  all  reafon- 
ing  upon  other  intelligent  beings :  not  to  mention, 
that  thefe  two  fuppofitions  cannot,  perhaps,  be  iepa- 
rated,  fince  the  defire  of  happinefs  feems  in  us  to  be 
the  mere  refult  of  aflbciarion,  as  above  explained ; 
and  aflbciation  itfelf  the  general  law,  according  to 
•which  the  intellectual  world  is  framed  and  conducted. 
Now  this  different  tendency  of  benevolence  and  ma- 
levolence, viz.  of  the  firft  to  augment  itfelf  without 
limits,  of  the  latter  to  deftroy  itfflf  ultimately,  ap- 
pears to  be  a  very  ftrong  argument  for  the  infinite 
benevolence  of  God.  For,  according  t&  this,  bene- 
volence muft  arife  in  all  beings,  other  things  being 
alike,  in  proportion  to  their  experience  of  good  and 
evil,  and  to  their  knowledge  of  caufes  and  effects. 
One  cannot  doubt,  therefore,  but  that  infinite  bene- 
volence is  infeparably  connected  with  the  fuprerne 
intelligence  :  all  the  higher  orders  of  intellectual  beings 
have,  probably,  higher  degrees  of  it,  in  the  general, 
and  accidental  differences,  as  we  call  them,  being 
allowed  for ;  and  therefore  the  higheft  intelligence, 
the  infinite  mind,  muft  have  it  in  an  infinite  degree; 
and  as  every  degree  of  benevolence  becomes  a  pro- 
portional fource  of  happinefs  to  the  benevolent,  fo 
the  infinite  benevolence  of  the  fupreme  Being  is  the 
fame  thing  with  his  infinite  perfection  and  happinefs. 
In  like  manner,  the  contemplation  of  the  infinite  per- 
fection and  happinefs  of  God  is  an  inexhauftible  trea- 
fure  of  happinefs  to  all  his  benevolent  and  devout 
creatures  j  and  he  is  infinitely  benevolent  to  them, 

C  3  in 


22  Of  the  Being  and  Attributes  of  God y 

in  giving  them  fuch  faculties,  as  by  their  natural 
workings,  make  them  take  pleafure  in  this  contem- 
plation of  his  infinite  happinefs. 

Eleventhly,  A  reafon  may  be  given  not  only  con- 
fident with  the  infinite  benevolence  of  God,  but  even 
anting  from  it,  why  fome  doubts  and  perplexities 
fhould  always  attend  our  inquiries  into  it,  and  argu- 
ments for  it,  provided  only  that  we  fuppofe  our  pre- 
fent  frame  to  remain  fuch  as  it  is  j  for  it  appears 
from  the  frame  of  our  natures,  as  I  (hall  fhew  here- 
after, and  was  hinted  in  the  Jaft  paragraph,  that  our 
ultimate  happinefs  mud  confift  in  the  pure  and  per- 
fect love  of  God  j  and  yet,  that,  admitting  the  pre- 
fent  frame  of  our  natures,  our  love  of  God  can 
never  be  made  pure  and  perfect  without  a  previous 
fear  of  him.  Jn  like  manner,  we  do,  and  muft, 
upon  our  entrance  into  this  world,  begin  with  the 
idolatry  of  external  things,  and,  as  we  advance  in  it, 
proceed  to  the  idolatry  of  ourfelvesj  which  yet  are 
infuperable  bars  to  a  complete  happinefs  in  the  love 
of  God.  Now,  our  doubts  concerning  the  divine 
benevolence  teach  us  to  fet  a  much  higher  value  upon 
it,  when  we  have  found  it,  or  begin  to  hope  that  we 
have;  our  fears  enhance  our  hopes,  and  nafcent  love; 
.and  altogether  mortify  our  love  for  the  world,  and 
1  our  interefted  concern  for  ourfelves,  and  particularly 
that  part  of  it  which  feeks  a  complete  demonflration 
of  the  divine  benevolence,  and  its  infinity,  from  a 
mere  felfifh  motive  ;  till  at  Jaft  we  arrive  at  aij 
entire  annihilation  of  ourfelves,  and  an  abfolute  ac- 

•* 

quiefcence   and    complacence     in    the   will  of  God, 
which  afford  the  only  full  anfwer  to  all  our  doubts, 
\  and  the  only  radical  cure  for  all  our  evils  and  per- 
;  pi  ex  5  ties. 

Twelfthly,  It  is  probable,  that  many  good  reafons 
might  be  given,  why  the  frame  of  our  natures  fhould 
be  as  it  is  at  prefent,  all  confident  with,  or  even  flow- 
ing from,  the  benevolence  of  the  divine  nature ;  ancj 

yet 


and  of  Natural  Religion.  33 

yet  ftill  that  fome  fuppofition  mud  be  made,  in  which 
the  fame  difficulty  would  again  recur,  only  in  a  lefs 
degree.  However,  if  we  fuppofe  this  to  be  the  cafe, 
the  difficulty  of  reconciling  evil  with  the  goodnefs 
of  God  might  be  diminifhed  without  limits,  in  the 
fame  manner  as  mathematical  quantities  are  exhaufted 
by  the  terms  of  an  infinite  feries.  It  agrees  with 
this,  that  as  long  as  any  evil  remains,  this  difficulty, 
which  is  one  fpecies  of  evil,  muft  remain  in  a  pro- 
portional degree  j  for  it  would  be  inconfiftent  to  fup~ 
pofe  any  one  fpecies  to  vanifti  before  the  reft.  How- 
ever, if  God  be  infinitely  benevolent,  they  muft  all 
decreafe  without  limits,  and  confequently,  this  diffi- 
culty, as  juft  now  remarked.  In  the  mean  time,  we 
muft  not  extend  this  fuppofition  of  evil,  and  of  the 
difficulty  of  accounting  for  it,  to  the  whole  creation : 
we  ate  no  judges  of  fuch  matters;  and  the  fcrip- 
tures  may,  perhaps,  be  thought  rather  to  intimate, 
that  the  mixture  of  good  and  evil  is  peculiar  to  us, 
than  common  to  the  univerfe,  in  the  account  which 
they  give  of  the  fin  of  our  firft  parents,  in  eating  of 
the  tree  of  the  knowledge  of  good  and  evil. 

Thirteenthly,  Some  light  may,  perhaps  be  caft 
upon  this  moft  difficult  fubject  of  the  origin  of  evil, 
.if  we  lay  down  the  feveral  notions  of  infinite  good- 
nefs, which  offer  themfelves  to  the  mind,  and  com- 
pare them  with  one  another,  and  with  the  appear- 
ances of  things.  Let  us  fuppofe  then,  that  we  may 
call  that  infinite  benevolence,  which  makes  either. 

1.  Each  individual  infinitely  happy  always.     Or, 

2.  Each  individual  always  finitely  happy,  without 
any  mixture  of  mifery,.and  infinitely  fo  in  its  pro- 
grefs  through  infinite  time.     Or, 

3.  Each  individual  infinitely  happy,  upon  the  ba- 
lance, in  its  progrefs  through  infinite  time,  but  with 
a  mixture  of  mifery.     Or, 

4.  Each   individual  finitely  happy  in  the  courfe  of 
its  exiftence,  whatever  that  be,  but  with  a  mixture 

€4  Qf 


24  Of  the  Being  and  Attributes  of  Gody 

of  mifery  as  before ;  and  the  univerfe  infinitely  happy 
upon  the  balance.     Or, 

5.  Some  individuals  happy  and  fome  miferable  upon 
the  balance,  finitely  or  infinitely,  and  yet  fo  that  there 
fhall  be  an  infinite  overplus  of  happinefs  in  the  uni- 
verfe. 

All  poffible  notions  of  infinite  benevolence  may, 
I  think,  be  reduced  to  fome  one  of  thefe  five  j  and 
there  are  fome  perfons  who  think,  that  the  infinity  of 
the  divine  benevolence  may  be  vindicated  upon  the 
laft  and  lowed  of  thefe  fuppofitions.  Let  us  confider 
each  particularly. 

The  firft,  viz.  That  each  individual  fhould  be 
always  happy  infinitely,  is  not  only  contrary  to  the 
fa 61  at  firft  view,  but  alfo  feems  impofiible,  as  being 
inconfiftent  with  the  finite  nature  of  the  creatures. 
We  reject  it  therefore  as  foon  as  propofed,  and  do  not 
expect,  that  the  divine  benevolence  fhould  be  pro- 
ved infinite  in  this  fenfe.  And  yet  were  each  individual 
always  finitely  happy  according  to  the  next  fuppoii- 
tion,  we  fhould  always  be  inclined  to  afk  why  he  had 
not  a  greater  finite  degree  of  happinefs  conferred- 
upon  him,  notwithftanding  the  manifeft  abfurdity  of 
fuch  a  queftion,  which  muft  thus  recur  again  and 
again  for  ever. 

The  fecond  fuppofition  is  that  which  is  moft  natural 
as  a  mere  fuppofition.  We  think  that  pure  benevo- 
lence can  give  nothing  but  pure  happinefs,  and  in- 
finite benevolence  muft  give  infinite  happinefs.  But 
it  is  evidently  contrary  to  the  fact,  to  what  we  fee 
and  feel,  and  therefore  we  are  forced,  though  with 
great  unwillingncfs,  to  give  up  this  notion  alfo.  It 
may,  however,  be  fome  comfort  to  us,  that  if  we  could 
keep  this,  the  fame  temper  of  mind  which  makes  us 
prefer  it  to  the  next,  would  fuggeft  the  queftion, 
IVby  not  more  happinefs  ?  again  and  again  for  ever,  as 
]uft  now  remarked;  fo  that  we  fhould  not  be  fatisfied 
with  it,  unlefs  our  tempers  were  alfo  altered.  This, 

indeed, 


and  of  Natural  Religion.  25 

indeed,  would  be  the  cafe,  becaufe,  as  I  obferved  be- 
fore, all  the  fpecicfes  of  evil  and  imperfection  mud 
vanifh  together.  But  then  this  confideration,  by 
fhewing  that  the  endlefs  recurrency  of  the  queftion 
above-mentioned,  and  the  concomitant  diffatisfa&ion, 
are  imperfections  in  us,  fhews  at  the  fame  time,  that 
they  are  no  proper  foundation  for  an  objection  to  the 
divine  benevolence. 

The  third  fuppofition  is'poffible  in  itfelf  j  but  then 
it  can  neither  be  fupported,  nor  contradi£bed,  by  the 
fa6h.  If  there  appear  an  unlimited  tendency  towards 
the  prevalence  of  happinefs  over  mifery,  this  may  be 
fome  prefumption*  for  itt  But  all  our  judgments, 
and  even  conjectures,  are  confined  within  a  fhort 
diftance  from  the  prefent  moment.  A  divine  reve- 
lation might  give  us  an  ailurance  of  it.  And  it 
feems,  that  this  fuppofition  is,  upon  an  impartial 
view,  equally  eligible  and  fatisfactory  with  the  fore- 
going. We  eftimate  every  quantity  by  the  balance, 
by  what  remains  after  a  fubtraction  of  its  oppofite; 
and  if  this  be  an  allowed  authentic  method,  in  the 
feveral  kinds  of  happinefs,  why  not  in  happinefs  con- 
fidered  in  the  abftract  ?  But  we  muft  not  conclude 
that  this  is  the  genuine  notion  of  the  divine  bene- 
volence. There  may  perhaps  be  fome  prefumptions 
for  it,  both  from  reafon  and  fcripture ;  but  I  think 
none,  in  the  prefent  infancy  of  knowledge,  fufficient 
to  ground  an  opinion  upon.  However,  there  feem 
to  be  no  poffible  prefumptions  againll  it ;  and  this 
may  encourage  us  to  fearch  both  the  book  of  God's 
word,  and  that  of  his  works,  for  matter  of  comfort 
to  ourlelves,  and  arguments  whereby  to  reprcfent  his 
moral  character  in  the  mod  amiable  light. 

The  fourth  fuppofition  is  one  to  which  many 
thinking,  fcrious,  benevolent,  and  £>ious  perfons  are 
now  much  inclined.  All  the  arguments  here  ufed 
for  the  divine  benevolence,  and  its  infinity,  feem  to 
infer  it,  or,  if  they  favour  any  of  the  other  fuppo- 

fitions, 


16  Of  the  Being  and  Attributes  of  God> 

fitions,  to  favour  the  third,  which  may  be  faid  to 
include  this  fourth.  There  are  alfo  many  declara- 
tions in  the  fcriptures  concerning  the  goodnefs, 
bounty,  and  mercy  of  God  to  all  his  creatures,  which 
can  fcarce  be  interpreted  in  a  lower  fenfe. 

As  to  the  fifth  fuppofnion,  therefore,  it  follows, 
that  it  is  oppofed  by  the  preceding  arguments,  /.  e. 
by  the  marks  and  footfteps  of  God's  goodnefs  in  the 
creation,  and  by  the  declarations  of  the  fcriptures 
to  the  fame  purpofe.  However,  there  are  a  few  paf- 
fages  of  fcripture,  from  whence  fome  very  learned  and 
devout  men  ftill  continue  to  draw  this  fifth  fuppo- 
fition  j  they  do  alfo  endeavour  to  make  this  fuppo- 
fition  confident  with  the  divine  benevolence,  by 
making  a  farther  fuppofition,  viz.  that  of  philofo- 
phical  liberty,  as  it  is  called  in  thefe  obfervations, 
or  the  power  of  doing  different  things,  the  previous 
circumftances  remaining  the  fame.  And  it  is  highly 
incumbent  upon  us  to  be  humble  and  diffident  in  the 
judgments  which  we  make  upon  matters  of  fuch 
importance  to  us,  and  fo  much  above  our  capacities. 
However,  it  does  not  appear  to  many  other  learned 
and  devout  perfons,  either  that  the  fcripture  paffages 
alluded  to  are  a  proper  foundation  for  this  opinion, 
or  that  of  philofophical  free-will,  though  allowed, 
can  afford  a  fufficient  vindication  of  the  divine  attri- 
butes. 

Thefe  obfervations  feem  naturally  to  occur,  upon 
confidering  thefe  five  fuppofitions,  and  comparing 
them  with  one  another,  and  with  the  word  and  works 
of  God.  But  there  is  alfo  another  way  of  confider- 
ing the  third  fuppofition,  which,  as  it  is  a  prefumption 
for  it,  though  not  an  evidence,  agreeably  to  what  was 
intimated  above,  I  (hall  here  offer  to  the  reader. 

Firft  then,  Affociation  has  an  evident  tendency  to 
convert  a  (late  of  fuperior  happinefs,  mixed  with  in- 
ferior mifery,  into  one  of  pure  happinefs,  into  a  pa- 
radifiacal  one,  as  has  been  fhewn  in  the  firft  part  of 

thefe 


and  of  Natural  Religion.  yj 

xhefe  obfervations,  Prop.  14.  Cor.  9.  Or,  in  other 
words,  affociation  tends  to  convert  the  ftate  of  the 
third  fuppofition  into  that  of  the  fecond. 

Secondly,  When  a,ny  fmall  pain  is  introductory  to 
a  great  pleafure,  it  is  very  common  for  us,  without , 
any  exprefs  reflection  on  the  power  of  affociation, 
to  confider  this  pain  as  coalefcing  with  the  fubfequent 
pleafure,  into  a  pure  pleafure,  equal  to  the  difference 
between  them ;  and,  in  fome  cafes,  the  fmall  pain 
itfelf  puts  on  the  nature  of  a  pleafure,  of  which  we 
fee  many  inftances  in  the  daily  occurrences  of  life, 
where  labour,  wants,  pains,  become  actually  plea- 
fant  to  us,  by  a  luftre  borrowed  from  the  pleafures 
to  be  obtained  by  them.  And  this  happens  moft 
particularly,  when  we  recollect  the  events  of  our  pad 
Jives,  or  view  thofe  of  others.  It  is  to  be  obferved 
alfo,  that  this  power  of  uniting  different  and  oppofite 
fenfations  into  one  increafes  as  we  advance  in  life, 
and  ,in  our  intellectual  capacities ;  and  that,  llrictly 
fpeaking,  no  fenfation  can  be  a  monad,  inafmuch 
as  the  moft  fimple  are  infinitely  divifible  in  refpect  of 
time  arid  extent  of  impreffion.  Thofe,  therefore, 
which  are  efteemed  the  pureft  pleafures,  may  con- 
tain fome  parts  which  afford  pain  ;  and,  converfely, 
were  our  capacities  fufficiently  enlarged,  any  fenfa- 
tions connected  to  each  other  in  the  way  of  caufe 
and  effect,  would  be  efteemed  one  fenfation,  and  be 
denominated  a  pure  pleafure,  if  pleafure  prevailed 
upon  the  whole. 

Thirdly,  As  the  enlargement  of  our  capacities 
enables  us  thus  to  take  off  the  edge  of  our  pains,  by 
uniting  them  with  the  fubfequent  fuperior  pleafures, 
fo  it  confers  upon  us  more  and  more  the  power  of 
enjoying  our  future  pleafures  by  anticipation,  by 
extending  the  limits  of  the  prefent  lime,  :.  e.  of  that 
time  in  which  we  have  an  intereft.  For  the  prefent 
time,  in  a  metaphyfical  fenfe,  is  an  indivifible  mo- 
ment i  but  the  prefent  time,  in  a  practical  fenfe,  is  a 

finite 


28  Of  the  Being  and  Attributes  of  Godt 

finite  quantity  of  various  magnitudes,  according  to 
our  capacities,  and,  beginning  from  an  indivifible  mo- 
ment in  all,  fe«ms  to  grow  on  indefinitely  in  beings 
who  are  ever  progreflive  in  their  paflage  through  an 
eternal  life. 

Suppofe  now  a  being  of  great  benevolence,  and  en- 
larged intellectual  capacities,  to  look  down  upon  man- 
kind palTing  through  a  mixture  of  pleafures  and  pains, 
in  which,  however,  there  is  a  balance  of  pleafure,  to 
a  greater  balance  of  pleafure  perpetually,  and,  at  laft, 
to  a  ftate  of  pure  and  exalted  pleafure  made  fo  by 
aflbciation :  it  is  evident,  that  his  benevolence  to 
man  will  be  the  fource  of  pure  pleafure  to  "him  from 
his  power  of  uniting  the  oppofite  fenfations,  and  of 
great  prefent  pleafure  from  his  power  of  anticipation. 
And  the  more  we  fuppofe  the  benevolence  and  capa- 
cities of  this  being  enlarged,  the  greater  and  more 
pure  will  his  fympathetic  pleafure  be,  which  arifes 
from  the  contemplation  of  man.  It  follows  there- 
fore, that,  in  the  eye  of  an  infinite  mind,  creatures 
conducted,  as  we  think,  according  to  the  third  of 
the  foregoing  fuppofitions,  are  conducted  according 
to  the  fecond,  and  thefe  according  to  the  firft ;  or, 
in  other  words,  that  the  firft,  fecond,  and  third, 
df  the  foregoing  fuppofitions,  are  all  one  and  the 
fame  in  the  eye  of  God.  For  all  time,  whether 
paft,  prefent,  or  future,  is  prefent  time  in  the  eye 
of  God,  and  all  ideas  coalefce  into  one  to  him  ;  and 
this  one  is  infinite  happinefs,  without  any  mixture 
of  mifery,  viz.  by  the  infinite  prepollence  of  happi- 
nefs above  mifery,  fo  as  to  annihilate  it  j  and  this 
merely  by  confidering  time  as  it  ought  to  be  con- 
fidered  in  ftrictnefs,  /'.  e.  as  a  relative  thing,  belong- 
ing to  beings  of  finite  capacities,  and  varying  with 
them,  but  which  is  infinitely  abforbed  in  the  pure 
eternity  of  God.  Now  the  appearance  of  things  to 
the  eye  of  an  infinite  being  muft  be  called  their  real 
appearance  in  all  propriety.  And  though  it  be  im- 

pofliblc 


and  of  Natural  Religion.  29 

poflible  for  us  to  arrive  as  this  true  way  of  conceiving 
things  perfectly,  or  directly,    yet  we  (hall   approach 
nearer  and  nearer  to  it,  as  our  intellectual  capacities, 
benevolence,  devotion,    and  the  purity  of  our  hap- 
pinefs,    depending  thereon,    advance:    and  we  feem 
able,  at  prefent,    to  exprefs  the  real  appearance,  in 
the  fame  way  as  mathematicians  do  ultimate  ratios, 
to  which  quantities  ever  tend,  and   never  arrive,  and 
in  a  language  which   bears   a   fufficient   analogy   to 
other  expreffions  that  are  admitted.     So  that  now  (if 
we  allow  the  third    fuppofition)    we   may   in   fome 
fort  venture  to  maintain  that,    which    at  firft  fight 
feemed  not  only  contrary  to  obvious  experience,  but 
even  impoffible,  viz.  that  all  individuals  are  actually 
and  always  infinitely  happy.     And  thus  all  difficulties 
relating  to  the  divine  attributes  will  be  taken  away  j 
God  will  be  infinitely  powerful,  knowing,  and  good, 
in  the  moft  abfolute  fenfe,  if  we  confider  things  as 
they  appear  to  him.     And  furely,  in   all   vindications 
of  the  divine  attributes,  this  ought  to  be  the  light 
in  which   we  are  to  confider  things.     We  ought  to 
fuppofe  ourfelves  in  the  centre  of  the  fyftem,  and  to 
try,  as  far  as  we  are  able,  to  reduce  all  apparent  re- 
trogradations  to  real  progrefiions.    It  is  alfo  the  greateft 
fatisfaction  to  the  mind  thus  to  approximate  to  its 
firft  conceptions  concerning  the  divine  goodnefs,  and 
to  anfwer  that  endlefs  queftion,  JVby  not  lefs  mifery, 
and  wore  bappinefs  ?  in  a  language  which  is  plainly 
analogous  to  all -other  authentic  language,  though  it 
cannot  yet  be  felt  by  us  on  account  of  our  prefent  im- 
perfection, and  of  the  mixture  of  our  good  with  evil. 
Farther,  it  is  remarkable,  that  neither  the  fourth  nor 
fifth  fuppofitions  can  pafs  into   the  third,    and   that 
the  fifth  will  always  have  a  mixture  of  mifery  in  ir, 
as  long  as  the  pricipium  individuationis  is   kept   up. 
And  if  this  be  taken  away,  the  fuppofitions  them- 
felves  are  deftroyed,  and  we  entirely  loft. 

I  have 


3&  Of  the  Being  and  Attributes  of  Gody 

I  have  been  the  longer  in  confidering  the  divine 
benevolence,  on  account  of  its  importance  both  to 
our  duty  and  happinefs.  There  feems  to  be  abun- 
dant foundation  for  faith,  hope,  refignation,  gra- 
titude, love.  We  cannot  doubt  but  the  judge  and 
father  of  all  the  world  will  conduct  himfclf  accord- 
ing to  juftice,  mercy,  and  goodnefs.  However,  I 
defire  to  repeat  once  more,  that  we  do  not  feem  to 
have  fufficient  evidence  .to  determine  abfolutely  for 
any  of  the  three  laft  fuppofitions.  We  cannot  indeed 
but  wifli  for  the  third,  both  from  felf-intereft  and 
benevolence ;  and  its  coincidence  with  the  firft  and 
fecond,  in  the  manner  juft  now  explained,  appears 
to  be  fome  prefumption  in  favour  of  it. 

PROP.     V, 

'There  is  but  one  Being  infinite  in  Power,  Knowledge,  and 
Goodnejs  j  i.  e.  but  one  God. 

FOR,  if  we  fuppofe  more  than  one,  it  is  plain, 
fince  the  attributes  of  infinite  power,  knowledge,  and 
goodnefs,  include  all  poffible  perfection,  that  they 
muft  be  entirely  alike  to  each  other,  without  the  leaft 
poffible  variation.  They  will  therefore  entirely  co- 
alelce  in  our  idea,  /.  e.  be  one  to  us.  Since  they  fijil 
all  time  and  fpace,  and  are  all  independent,  omni- 
potent, omnifcient,  and  infinitely  benevolent,  their 
ideas  cannot  be  feparated,  but  will  have  a  numerical, 
as  well  as  a  generical,  identity.  When  we  fuppofe 
other  beings  generically  the  fame,  and  yet  numeri- 
cally different,  we  do  at  the  fame  time  fuppofe,  that 
they  exift  in  different  portions  of  time  or  fpace; 
which  circumftances  cannot  have  place  in  refpect  of 
the  fuppoled  plurality  of  infinite  beings.  We  con- 
clude, therefore,  that  there  is  but  one  infinite  being, 
or  God. 

The  unity  of  the  godhead  is  alfo  proved  by  reve- 
lation, confidercd  as  fupported  by  evidences  which 

have 


and  of  Natural  Religion.  Jl 

have  no  dependence  on  natural  religion.  And  as 
this  proof  of  the  unity  is  of  great  importance  even 
now,  fo  it  was  of  far  greater  in  ancient  times,  when 
the  world  was  over- run  with  polytheifm.  And  it  is 
highly  probable  to  me,  that  as  the  firft  notions  of  the 
divine  power,  knowledge,  and  goodnefs,  which 
mankind  had,  where  derived  from  revelation,  fb  much 
more  were  their  notions  of  the  unity  of  the  God- 
head. 

PROP.    VI. 

God  is  a  Spiritual,  or  immaterial  Being. 

\ 

SINCE  God  is  the  caufe  of  all  things,  as  appears 
from  the  foregoing  propofuions,  he  muft  be  the 
caufe  of  all  the  motions  in  the  material  world.  If 
therefore  God  be  not  an  immaterial  being,  then  mat- 
ter may  be  the  caufe  of  all  the  motions  in  the  material 
world.  But  matter  is  a  mere  paffive  thing,  of 
whofe  very  eflence  it  is,  to  be  'endued  with  a  vis 
inertia  j  for  this  vis  inertia  prefents  itfelf  immediately 
in  all  our  obfervations  and  experiments  upon  it,  and 
is  infeparable  from  it,  even  in  idea.  When  we 
confider  any  of  the  active  powers  of  matter,  as  they 
are  called,  fuch  as  gravitation,  magnetifm,  electri- 
city, or  the  attractions  and  repulfions,  which  take 
place  in  the  cohefions  and  feparations  of  the  fmall 
particles  of  natural  bodies,  and  endeavour  to  refolve 
thefe  into  fome  higher  and  fimpler  principles,  the  vis 
inertia  is  always  the  common  bafis  upon  which  we 
endeavour  to  erect  our  folutions.  For  the  active 
party,  which  is  fuppofed  to  generate  the  gravitation, 
inagnetifm,  &c.  in  the  paffive  one,  muft  have  a  mo- 
tion, and  a  vis  inerti<£,  whereby  it  endeavours  to  per- 
fift  in  that  motion,  elfe  it  could  have  no  power;  and, 
by  parity  of  realbn,  the  paffive  party  muft  have  a 
vis  inertia  alfo,  elfe  it  could  neither  make  refiftance 
to  the  active  party,  nor  imprefs  motion  on  foreign 

bodies. 


32  Of  the  Being  and  Attributes  of  God, 

bodies.  Let  us  proceed  therefore  as  far  as  we  pleafc 
in  a  feries  of  fuccefiive  folutions,  we  (hall  always 
find  a  vis  inertia  inherent  in  matter,  and  a  motion 
derived  to  it  from  feme  foreign  caufe.  If  this  caufe 
be  fuppofed  matter  always,  we  fhall  be  carried  on  to 
an  infinite  feries  of  folutions,  in  each  of  which  the 
fame  precife  difficulty  will  recur,  without  our  at  all 
approaching  to  the  removal  of  it.  Whence,  accord- 
ing to  the  mathematical  doctrine  of  ultimate  ratios, 
not  even  an  infinite  feries,  were  that  poifible  in  this 
cafe,  could  remove  it.  We  mutt  therefore  flop 
fomewhere,  and  fuppofe  the  requifite  motion  to  be 
imparted  to  the  fubtle  matter,  by  fomething,  which 
is  not  matter  j  /.  e.  fince  God  is  the  ultimate  author 
of  all  motion,  we  muft  fuppofe  him  to  be  imma- 
terial. 

The  fame  thing  may  be  inferred  thus :  if  there 
be  nothing  but  matter  in  the  world,  then  the  mo- 
tions and  modifications  of  matter  muft  be  the  caufe 
of  intelligence.  But  even  finite  intelligences,  fuch  as 
that  of  man,  for  inftance,  fhew  fo  much  {kill  and 
defign  in  their  conftitution,  as  alfo  to  (hew,  that  their 
caufes,  /.  e.  the  appropriated  motions  and  modifi- 
cations of  matter,  muft  be  appointed  and  conducted 
by  a  prior  and  fuperior  intelligence.  The  infinite  in- 
telligence of  God  therefore,  proved  in  the  third  pro- 
pofition,  fince  it  refults  ftom  the  motions  and  modi- 
fications of  matter,  requires  another  -infinite  intelli- 
gence to  direct  thefe  motions,  which  is  abfurd.  God 
is  therefore  proved  to  be  immaterial  from  his  infinite 
intelligence. 

It  is  true,  indeed,  that  our  fenfes  convey  nothing 
to  us  but  impreflions  from  matter;  and,  therefore, 
that  we  can  have  no  exprefs  original  ideas  of  any  things, 
beGdes  material  ones;  whence  we  are  led  to  conclude, 
that  there  is  nothing  but  matter  m  the  univerfe. 
However,  this  is  evidently  a  prejudice  drawn  from  our 
fituation,  and  an  argument  taken  merely  from  our 

ignorance, 


and  of  Natural  Religion.  33 

ignorance,  and  the  narrownefs  of  our  faculties. 
Since  therefore,  on  the  other  hand,  mere  matter 
appears  quite  unable  to  account  for  the  fimpleft  and 
moft  ordinary  phenomena,  we  mult  either  fuppofe 
an  immaterial  fubftance,  ,or  elfe  fuppofe,  that  matter 
has  forne  powers  and  properties  different  and  fupe- 
rior  to  thofe  which  appear.  But  this  laft  fuppofition 
is  the  fame  in  effect  as  the  firft,  though,  on  account  of 
the  imperfection  -of  language,  it  feems  to  be  different. 

At  the  fame  time  it  ought  to  be  obferved,  that  if 
a  perfon  acknowledges  the  infinite  power,  knowledge, 
and  goodnefs  of  God,  the  proofs  of  which  are  prior 
to,  and  quite  independent  on,  that  of  his  immateri- 
ality, this  perfon  acknowledges  all  that  is  of  prac- 
tical importance.  But  then,  on  the  other  hand,  it 
is  alfo  to  be  obferved,  that  the  opinion  of  the  ma- 
teriality of  the  divine  nature  has  a  tendency  to  leffen 
our  reverence  for  it,  and,  confequently,  to  invalidate 
the  proofs  of  the  divine  power,  knowledge,  and 
goodnefs. 

How  far  the  fcriptures  deliver  the  immateriality 
of  God  in  a  drift  philofophical  fenfe,  may  perhaps 
b'e  doubted,  as  their  ftyle  is  in  general  popular. 
However,  there  is  a  ftrong  preemption,  that  they 
teach  this  doctrine,  fince  the  popular  fenfe  and  natu- 
ral interpretation  of  many  fublime  paflages  concern- 
ing the  divine  nature  infer  its  immateriality.  There 
is  therefore  fome  evidence  for  this  attribute,  to  be 
taken  from  revelation,  confidered  as  (landing  upon 
its  own  diftinct  proofs. 

COROLLARY.  Since  God  is  immaterial,  matter 
muft  be  one  of  the  works  of  his  infinite  power.  In 
the  mean  time,  this  does  not  feem  to  me  to  exclude 
the  poflibility  of  its  having  exifted  from  all  eternity. 
But  then,  neither  have  we,  on  the  other  hand,  any 
reafon  to  conclude,  that  the  whole  material  fyftem, 
or  any  part  of  it,  could  not  hive  been  created  in  time. 
It  is,  perhaps,  moft  probable,  ;'.  £.  fuitable  to  the 

VOL.  II.  D  divine 


34  Of  the  Being  and  Attributes  of  God, 

divine  attributes,  that  infinite  material  worlds  have 
exifted  from  alt  eternity.  But  it  becomes  us,  in  all 
thefe  things,  to  diftruft  our  own  reafonings  and  con- 
jectures to  the  utmoft. 

PROP.     VII. 

God  is  an  eternal  and  omniprefent  Being. 

* 

GOD'S  eternity,  a  parte  ante,  appears  from  the 
fecond  propofition  in  which  his  independency  is 
proved  j  and  the  eternity,  a  parte  poft,  is  infe- 
parably  connected  with  that  a  parte  ante.  Both  are 
alfo  included  in  the  idea  of  infinite  power,  or  of  in- 
finite knowledge  j  and,  indeed,  when  we  fay,  that  God 
is  eternal  a  parte  ante,  and  a  parte  poft,  we  do,  we  can, 
mean  no  more,  than  to  fay,  that  his  power  and  know- 
ledge extend  to  all  times.  For  we  muft  not  conceive, 
or  affirm,  that  he  exifts  in  fucceffion,  as  finite  beings 
do  i  through  whole  imaginations,  or  intellects,  trains 
of  ideas  pafs.  All  time,  as  was  faid  before,  is  equally 
prefent  to  him,  though  in  a  manner  of  which  we  can- 
not form  the  lead  conception. 

In  like  manner,  by  God's  -omniprefence,  or  ubi- 
quity, we  muft  be  underftood  to  mean,  that  his  power 
and  knowledge  extend  to-ajl  places.  For  as  time, 
and  its  exponent,  the  fucceffion  of  ideas,  is  a  thing 
that  relates  merely  to  finite  beings ;  fo  fpace  and 
place  relate,  in  their  original  fenfe,  to  material  ones 
only;  nor  can  we  perceive  any  relation  that  they 
bear  to  immaterial  ones,  unlefs  as  far  as  we  feign,  a 
refemblance  between  material  and  immaterial  beings, 
which  is  furely  an  inconfiftent  fiction.  We  cannot, 
therefore,  difcover  any  relation  which  fpace  or  place 
bear  to  the  divine  exiftence.  It  is  a  fufficient  ac- 
knowledgment both  of  God's  eternity  and  omnipre- 
fence,  that  we  believe  his  power  and  knowledge  to 
extend  to  all  times  and  places,  though  we  be  entirely 
at  a  lofs  how  to  conceive  or  exprefs  the  manner  of 

this 


and  of  Natural  Religion.  35 

this  infinite  extent  of  thefe  attributes.  And  there 
is  a  remarkable  agreement  between  innumerable 
paflages  of  the  fcriptures,  and  this  practical  notion 
of  God's  eternity  and  omniprefence. 

PROP.     VIII. 

God  is  an  immutable  Being. 

. 

THIS  follows  from  the  infinity  of  the  divine  power, 
knowledge,  and  goodnefs,  /.  e.  from  his  infinite  per- 
fection. For  if  the  divine  nature  admitted  of  any 
variation,  it  would  alfo  admit  of  different  kinds  and 
degrees  of  perfection,  and  therefore  could  not  always 
be  infinitely  perfect.  This  is  the  moft  abftrafted 
and  philofophical  way  of  considering  the  divine  im- 
mutability. In  a  popular  and  practical  fenfe,  it 
excludes  all  that  which  we  call  inconftant,  arbitrary, 
and  capricious,  in  finite  beings  j  and  becomes  a  fure 
foundation  for  hope,  truft,  and  refignation.  We 
may  confider  ourfelves  as  being  at  all  times,  and 
in  all  places,  equally  under  the  direction  and  pro- 
tection of  the  fame  infinite  power,  knowledge,  and 
goodnefs,  which  are  fo  confpicuous  in  the  frame  of 
the  vifible  world. 

PROP.     IX. 
God  is  a  free  Being. 

THE  authors  who  have  treated  upon  the  divine 
nature  and  attributes,  ufually  afcribe  liberty  or 
freedom  to  God,  and  fuppofe  it  to  be  of  a  nature 
analogous  to  that  free-will  which  they  afcribe  to 
man.  But  it  appears  to  me,  that  neither  the  philo- 
fophical, nor  popular  liberty,  as  they  are  defined 
below  in  the  fourteenth  and  fifteenth  propofitions,  can 
be  at  all  applied  to  God.  Thus,  we  can  neither 
apply  to  God  the  power  of  doing  different  things,  the 
D  2  previous 


j6  Of  the  Being  and  Attributes  of  God, 

previous  circumftances  remaining  the  fame,  nor  a 
voluntary  generated  power  of  introducing  ideas,  or 
performing  motions ;  nor  any  thing  analogous  to 
either  of  thcfe  powers,  without  the  grofleft  anthropo- 
morphitifm. 

But  liberty  is  alfo  ufed  in  another  fenfe,  viz.  as 
the  negation  of,  and  the  freedom  from,  a  fuperior, 
compelling  force ;  and  in  this  fenfe  it  may  and  muft 
be  applied  to  the  Deity;  his  independency  and  infi- 
nity including  it.  And  in  this  fenfe  it  is  contrary  to 
the  notion  of  thofe  heathens,  who  fuppofed  even  God 
himfelC  fubject  to  fate. 

Upon  the  whole,  if  by  liberty,  freedom,  or  free- 
will, be  meant  any  thing  great  or  gloriolis,  God 
certainly  has  it ;  if  otherwife  certainly  not.  Thus,  if 
it  mean  freedom  from  a  fuperior  compelling  caufe  of 
any  kind,  as  in  the  laft  paragraph,  God  certainly  has 
it,  he  being  the  caufe  of  caufes,  the  univerfal,  the 
one  only  caufe.  If  it  mean,  that  God  could  have 
made  an  univerfe  lefs  perfect  than  that  which  actually 
exifts,  he  certainly  has  it  not,  becaufe  this  would 
make  God  lefs  perfect  alfo.  And  here  it  feems  to  be 
a  thing  eitablilhed  amongft  writers  on  this  matter,  to 
maintain,  that  God  is  fubject  to  a  moral  necefllty, 
and  to  the  perfection  of  his  own  nature  ;  which 
expreffions,  however,  are  to  be  confidered  as  nothing 
more  than  particular  ways  of  afierting  the  infinity 
of  the  divine  power,  knowledge,  and  goodnefs.  If  it 
be  faid,  that  4jod  might  have  made  a  different  uni- 
verfe, equally  perfect  with  that  which  now  exifts,  and 
that  his  freedom  confifts  in  this,  the  anfwer  feems 
to  be,  that  we  are  entirely  loft  here,  in  the  infinities 
of  infinities,  &c.  ad  infinitum,  which  always  have 
exifted,  and  always  will  exift,  with  refpect  to  kind, 
degree,  and  every  poffible  mode  of  exiftence.  One 
cannot,  in  the  lead,  prefume  either  to  deny  or  affirm 
this  kind  of  freedom  of  God,  fince  the  abfolute  per- 
fection of  God  feems  to  imply  both  entire  uniformity, 

and 


and  of  Natural  Religion.  37 

and  infinite  variety  in  his  works.  We  can  here  only 
fubmic,  and  refer  all  to  God's  infinite  knowledge 
and  perfection. 

PROP.     X. 

Holinefs,  Juftice,  Veracity,  Mercy,  and  all  other  moral 
Perfections,  ought  to  be  ajcr'ibed  to  God  in  an  infinite 
Degree. 

I  HAVE  in  the  lad  four  propositions  treated  of  fuch 
attributes  of  the  divine  nature,  as  have  a  more 
immediate  connection  with  the  natural  ones  of  inde^ 
pendency,  infinite  power,  and  infinite  knowledge. 
I  corne  now  to  thofe,  that  are  deducible  from,  and 
explanatory  of  the  moraj  one,  viz.  of  the  divine 
benevolence. 

The  chief  of  thefe  feem  to  be  holinefs,  juftice, 
veracity,  and  mercy.  Thefe  are  afcribed  to  all  earthly 
fuperiors,  to  whom  we  pay  refpect  and  love,  and 
therefore  mud  belong,  in  the  popular  and  practical 
fenfe,  to  him,  who  is  the  higheft  object  of  reve- 
rence and  affection.  Let  us  lee  how  each  is  to  be 
defined,  and  what  relation  they  bear  to  benevolence. 

Firft,  then,  Holinefs  may  be  defined  by  moral 
purity  and  rectitude.  And  thefe,  when  applied  to 
the  Deity,  can  only  denote  the  rectitude  of  his 
actions  towards  his  creatures.  If  therefore  he  be 
benevolent  to  all  his  creatures,  he  cannot  but  have 
moral  purity  and  rectitude.  • 

The  fame  thing  may  be  confidered  thus:  all 
moral  turpitude  in  us  proceeds  from  our  felfifh  fears 
or  defires,  made  more  irregular  and  impetuous 
through  our  ignorance,  and  other  natural  imperfec- 
tions. But  none  of  thefe  caufes  can  take  place  with 
refpect  to  the  Deity  ;  he  muft  therefore  be  free  from 
all  moral  turpitude. 

Juftice  is  that  which  gives  to  every  one  according 
to  his  deferts,  at  leaft  as  much  as  his  good  deferts 

D  3  require, 


o  i\ 


38  Of  the  Being  and  Attributes  of  God, 

\ 

'require,  and  not  more  than  is  fuitable  to  his  evil  ones. 
But  this  is  evidently  included  in  the  divine  bene- 
volence, even  according  to  the  fifth  of  the  fuppofi- 
tions,  mentioned  Prop.  4.  by  thofe  who  defend  that 
fuppofition,  and,  according  to  the  third  and  fourth, 
by  the  common  confent  of  all,  and  the  plain  reafon 
of  the  thing.  No  man  can  deferve  more  from  his 
Creator  than  a  balance  of  happinefs  proportional  to 
his  merit,  which  is  the  fourth  fuppofition ;  and  con- 
fequently  the  divine  benevolence,  according  to  the 
third  fuppofition,  in  which  the  balance  of  happinefs 
is  infinite,  includes  ftrict  juftice,  and  infinitely  more. 
And  all  this  will  hold  equally,  whether  we  define 
defert  in  the  popular,  practical  way,  by  the  three 
meritorious  principles  of  action,  benevolence,  piety, 
and  the  moral  fenfe,  alone;  or 'by  thefe,  with  the 
additional  fuppofition  of  philofophical  liberty,  if  we 
embrace  either  the  third  or  fourth  fuppofitions. 
Philofophical  liberty  is  indeed  neceflary  for  the  vin- 
dication of  the  divine  benevolence  and  juftice,  ac- 
cording to  the  fifth  fuppofition,  in  -the  opinion  of 
moft  of  thofe  who  hold  this  fuppofition.  But  then 
they  efteem  it  to  be  alfo  fufficient  for  this  purpofe, 
and  confequently  maintain  tfye  divine  juftice,  into 
which  we  are  now  inquiring. 

It  may  alfo  be  reckoned  a  part  of  juftice  not 
to  let  offenders  go  unpunifhed,  or  efcape  with  too 
flight  a  degree  of  punifhment ;  the  order  and  happi- 
nefs of  the  world,  /'.  e.  benevolence,  requiring,  that 
frail  men  fhould  be  deterred  from  vice  by  the  dread- 
ful examples  of  others,  and  mifchievous  perfons 
difarmed.  However,  this  does  not  at  all  hinder, 
but  that  the  fame  perfons,  wjio  are  thus  punifhed  and 
difarmed,  may  afterwards  receive  a  balance  of  hap- 
pinefs, finite  or  infinite.  And  thus  punitive  juftice 
may  be  reconciled  to  bounty  and  '  benevolence, 
according  to  the  third  or  fourth  fuppofitions. 

Veracity 


and  of  Natural  Religion.  39 

Veracity  in  men  is,  the  obfervance  of  truth,  and 
fidelity  in  all  their  declarations  and  promifes  to 
others  j  and  the  obligation  to  it  arifes  from  its  great 
ufefulnefs  in  all  the  intercourfes  of  mankind  with 
each  other,  and  the  extreme  mifchiefs  which  fiction 
and  fraud  occafion  in  the  world.  And  it  cannot  be 
doubted,  but  that  the  divine  benevolence,  according 
to  any  of  the  fuppofitions  above  made,  includes  what 
is  analogous  to  this  moral  quality  in  men. 

In  like  manner,  it  cannot  be  doubted  but  that  the 
divine  benevolence  includes  mercy,  or  all  that  ten- 
dernefs  to  offenders  which  the  order  and  happinefs 
of  the  world  will  permit.  Or,  if  the  fifth  fuppo- 
fition  made  concerning  the  divine  benevolence  be 
found  to  exclude  it,  this  will  be  a  ftrong  argument 
for  rejecting  that  (uppofition. 

I  have  here  fhewn  in  what  manner  we  may  vin- 
dicate thefe  attributes  of  the  divine  nature,  from 
the  whole  of  things,  i.  e.  the  courfe  of  events, 
both  as  they  now  appear  in  the  prefent  ftate,  and  as 
we  expect  they  will  appear  in  a  future  one.  But  God 
has  alfo  given  us  fufficient  general  evidences  of  thefe 
his  relative  moral  attributes,  from  the  prefent  ftate 
alone;  at  the  fame  time  that,  if  we  extend  our  views 
no  farther,  fome  difficulties  and  perplexities  will  arife 
in  refpect  of  certain  particulars.  I  will  mention  fome 
both  of  the  evidences  and  difficulties  in  regard  to 
each  of  thefe  four  attributes  of  holinefs,  juftice,  vera- 
city, and  mercy. 

It  might  be  expected,  that  God,  if  he  thought  fit  to 
inftitute  a  religion  by  revelation,  fhould  inftitute 
one  in  which  holinefs  and  moral  purity  fhould  be 
eminently  enjoined,  and  moral  turpitude  prohibited 
in  the  moft  awful  manner.  And  it  is  a  remarkable 
coincidence  of  things,  and  evidence  of  the  divine 
purity,  that  the  Jewifh  and  Chriftian  religions  fhould 
both  have  this  internal  proof,  and  the  moft  cogent 
external  ones  in  their  favour.  Whilfton  the  contrary, 

D  4  the 


40  Of  the  Being  and  Attributes  of  God, 

the  impure  Pagan  religions  had  all  the  external  marks 

C  CO.'  J    f 

or  fiction  and  forgery. 

The  voice  of  confcience,  or  the  moral  fenfe, 
within  a  man,  however  implanted  or  generated,  en- 
joining moral  rectitude,  and  forbidding  moral  tur- 
pitude, and  accordingly  acquitting  or  condemning, 
rewarding  or  punifhing,  bears  witnefs,  in  like  man- 
ner, to  the  moral  rectitude  of  that  univerfal  caufe 
from  whom  it  muft  proceed  ultimately. 

At  the  fame  time  there  are  difficulties  in  revealed 
religion,  and  deviations  in  the  moral  fenfe,  much 
contrary  to  what  we  feem  to  expect  from  our  firft 
notions  of  the  divine  rectitude. 

Since  God  is  juft,  we  may  expect  that  virtue  will 
be  the  fource  of  happinefs,  vice  that  of  mifery,  even 
in  this  world.  And  fb  we  find  it  in  general ;  at  the 
fame  time  that  there  are  many  particular  exceptions 
of  both  kinds. 

The  veracity  of  God  feems  to  engage  him  to  take 
care,  that  all  thofe  intimations  which  may  be  reckoned 
calls  and  cautions  of  nature,  fhould  give  us  right  in- 
formation j  alfo  that  all  perfons  who  have  the  appa- 
rent credentials  of  being  lent  from  him,  /'.  e.  thofe  of 
performing  miracles,  fhould  be  in  truth  fo  fern. 
And  all  things  concur,  in  general,  to  verify  both 
thefe  pofitions.  There  are,  however,  feveral  parti- 
cular exceptions,  as  is  weir  known. 

Mercy  requires,  that  fuch  perfons  as  repent  and 
amend  Ihould  have  opportunities  of  frefh  trial,  and 
of  retrieving,  afforded  them.  And  this  is  remarkably 
fo  in  the  general.  Mod  men  are  tried  again  and  again 
before  their  healths,  fortunes,  credit,  &c.  become 
irrecoverable.  And  yet  there  are  fome  inftances  of 
extraordinary  feverity  upon  the  very  firft  offence. 

Now  it  may  be  obferved  of  all  thefe  inftances, 
that  the  general  tenor  is  fufficient  to  eftablifh  the  at- 
tributes here  aflerted  j  it  being  reafonable  to  expect, 
from  our  ignorance  of  the  prefent  ftate,  and  much 

more 


and  of  Natural  Religion.  4! 

more  from  that  of  the  future  one,  that  great  difficulties 
and  exceptions  muft  occur  to  us.  And  as  thefe 
unfearchable  judgments  of  God  ferve  to  humble 
us,  and  make  us  fenfible  of  our  ignorance,  they  even 
concur  with  the  general  tenor. 


PROP.     XI. 


God  is  to  be  eanfidered  by  us,  not  only  as  vur  Creator,  but 
aljo  as  our  Governor,  Judge,  and  Father. 

THAT  God  is  our  Creator,  is  evident  from  the 
three  firft  -  'propofitions ;  in  which  his  indepen- 
dency and  infinite  power  are  eftablifhed,  from  the 
necefiity  which  vye  finite  and  dependent  beings  have 
of  an  infinite  and  independent  Creator :  and  this 
appellation  belongs  to  him  alone. 

The  three  following  appellations  are  firft  applied 
to  earthly  fuperiors;  and  therefore  belong  to  God 
only  in  an  analogical  fenfe.  It  is,  however,  a  fenfe  of 
infinite  importan'ce  to  be  acknowledged  and  regarded 
by  us :  let  us  therefore,  fee  in  what  manner  analogies 
drawn  from  language,  and  from  the  phenomena 
of  nature,  lead  us  to  call  God  our  governor,  judge, 

J    C     L  ' 

and  father. 

As  God  is  our  creator,  he  has,  according  to  the 
analogy  of  language,  a  right  to  difpofe  of  us,  to 
govern  and  judge  us,  and  is  alfo,  our  father  in  a 
much  higher  fenfe  than  pur  natural  parents,  who  are 
only  occafioftal  caufes,  as  it  were,  of  our  exiftence. 
In  like  manner,  his  infinite  power  and  knowledge  en- 
title him  to  be  our  governor,  and  his  infinite  bene- 
volence to  be  our  father :  the  intimations  alfo  which 
he  gives  of  his  will,  both  in  his  word  and  works, 
and  the  rewards  and  punifhments  which  he  beftows 
in  the  way  of  natural  confluences,  as  we  term  it, 
all  fhevv,  that  he  is  our  governor  and  judge.  And 

as 


41  Of  the  Being  and  Attributes  of  God, 

as  the  moral  attributes  afferted  in  the  laft  propofition 
may  be  deduced  from  thefe  appellations  of  governor, 
judge,  and  father,  eftablifhed  on  independent  prin- 
ciples, fo  they,  when  proved  by  their  own  peculiar 
evidences,  infer  thefe  appellations :  all  which  may 
be  fummed  up  in  this  general  pofition,  that  the 
events  of  life,  and  the  ufe  of  language,  beget  fuch 
trains  of  ideas  and  aflbciations  in  us,  as  that  we  can- 
not but  afcribe  all  morally  good  qualities,  and  all 
venerable  and  amiable  appellations,  to  the  Deity  j  at 
the  fame  time  that'  we  perceive  the  meaning  of  our 
expreffions  not  to^be  ftrictly  the  fame,  ,as  when  they 
are  applied  to-  menj  but  an  analogical  meaning, 
however  a  higher,  more  pure,  and  more  perfect  one. 
The  juftnefs  of  this  application  is  farther  confirmed 
by  the  common  confent  of  all  ages  and  nations,  and 
by  the  whole  tenor  of  the  fcriptures. 

If  it  be  faid,  that  fince  this  method  of  fpeaking  is 
not  flrictly  literal  and  true,  but.  merely  popular  and 
anthropomorphitical,  it  ought  to  be  rejected  i  I 
anfwer,  that  even  the  attributes  of  independency,  om- 
nipotence, omnifcience,  and  infinite  benevolence, 
though  the  moft  pures  exalted,  and  philofophical 
appellations,  to  which  we  can  attain,  fait  infinitely  fhorc 
of  the  truth,  of  reprefenting  the  Deity  as  he  is,  but 
are  mere  popular  and  anthropomorphitical  expreflions. 
And  the  fame  might  ftill  be  faid  for  ever  of  higher 
and  more  pure  expreflions,  could  we  arrive  at 
them :  they  would  ever  be  infinitely  deficient,  and 
unworthy  of  God.  But  then  it  appears  from  the  pre- 
ceding propofuions,  and  other  writings  of  a  like 
nature,  that,  if  we  will  cbnfider  the  phenomena  of 
the  world,  and  argue  from  them  fufficiently,  we  muft 
needs  fee  and  acknowledge,  that  there  is  an  infinite 
being,  and  that  power,  knowledge,  and  goodnefs, 
are  his  character.  We  cannot  get  rid  of  this  internal 
feeling  and  conviction,  but  by  refufing  to  confider 
the  fubjedt,  and  to  purfue  the  train  of  reafoning, 

which 


and  of  Natural  Religion.  43 

which  our  own  faculties,  or  the  preceding  inquiries 
of  others,  will  lead  us  to.  God  is  not  to  be  efteemed 
an  unreal  being,  or  deftitute  of  all  character,  becaufe 
he  is  infinite  and  incomprehenfible,  or  becaufe  we 
have  not  adequate  phrafes  whereby  to  denote  his  ex- 
iftence  and  attributes.  On  the  contrary,  his  infinite 
nature  feems  ftrongly  to  argue,  that  exiftence,  power, 
knowledge,  and  goodnefs,  do  really  and  -properly 
belong  to  him  alone ;  and  that  what  we  call  fo  here 
on  earth,  in  our  firft  and  literal  fenfes,  are  mere 
lhadows  and  figures  of  the  true  realities.  And  it 
would  be  in  vain  to  bid  us  reject  this  language,  fince 
it  muft  recur  again  and  again  from  the  frame  of  our 
natures,  if  we  purfue  the  fubject.  In  like  manner, 
the  relative  moral  attributes  of  holinefs,  juftice,  ve- 
racity, mercy,  &c.  and  the  relative  moral  appella- 
tions of  governor,  judge,  .and  father,  &c.  are  infe- 
parably  connected  with  the  ufe  of  language,  and 
the  courfe  and  conftitution  of  the  vifible  world. 
We  fee  that  things  have  happened,  and  muft  believe* 
that  they  will  hereafter  happen '(7.  e.  in  the  general, 
and  allowing  for  particular  exceptions,  as  above  re- 
marked), after  fuch  a  manner  as  thefe  attributes  and 
appellations  intimate  to  us :  they  are,  confequently, 
a  convenient  and  highly  ufeful  method  of  ranging 
and  explaining,  pa'ft  events,  and  predicting  future 
ones,  and  therefore  may  be  ufed  for  .this  purpofe ; 
nay,  they  muft  be  fo  uied,  fince  the  events  of  life 
thus  ranged,  explained,  and  predicted  by  them,  do 
neceflarily  fuggeft  them  to  us,  and  imprefs  upon  us 
this  their  ufe,  admitting  only  the  real  exiftence  of 
God,  and  his  infinite  power,  knowledge,  and  good- 
.nefsj  which,  as  was  juft  now  (hewn,  cannot  but  be 
admitted,  if  men  will  think  fufficiemly  on  the  fubject. 
However,  fince  the  ufe  of  thefe  relative  moral  attri- 
butes and  appellations  is  popular,  and  attended  with 
particular  exceptions ;  whereas  that  of  the  attributes 
of  infinite  power,  knowledge,  and  goodnefs,  is  more 

philofophical 


44  Of  the  -Being  and  Attributes  of  God, 

philofophical  and  extenfive,  it  will  be  proper  to  bear 
this  in  mind ;  and  where  there  appears  to  be  any  op- 
pofition  between  the  popular  and  philofophical  lan- 
guage, to  interpret  that  in  fubordination  to  this. 

COROLLARY.  The  doctrine  of  Providence,  ge- 
neral and  particular,  may  be  confidered  as  a  confe- 
quence  from  the  foregoing  attributes  and  appella- 
tions of  the  divine  nature.  By  general  providence, 
I  mean  the  adjufting  all  events  to  the  greateft  good 
of  the  whole ;  by  particular,  the  adjufting  all  to  the 
greateft  good  of  each  individual ;  and,  confequently, 
by  both  together,  the  adjufting  the  greateft  good  of 
the  whole,  and  of  each  individual,  to  each  other; 
fo  that  both  fhall  fall  exactly  upon  the  fame  point. 
However  difficult  this  may  feem,  I  take  it  to  be  the 
genuine  confequence  of  the  foregoing  propofitions. 
Infinite  power,  knowledge,  and  goodnefs,  muft  make 
our  moft  kind  and  merciful  Father  both  able  and  will- 
ing to  effect  this:  it  does,  therefore,  actually  take 
place,  though  we  cannot  fee  it.  However,  that  there 
are  many  marks  both  of  general  and  particular  provi- 
dence, as  thus  explained,  is  fufficiently  evident  and 
acknowledged  by  all:  both  thefe  appear  alfo  to  be 
affeited  in  the  fcriptures. 

The  following  obfervation  affords  a  ftrong  evi- 
dence, for  K  particular  providence.  When  a  perfon, 
furveys  the  events  of  his  paft  life,  he  may  find 
many,  which  have  happened  much  contrary  to  natu- 
ral expectation,  and  his  then  defires,  which  yet  ap- 
pear extremely  beneficial  and  defirable  at  the  now 
prefent  time,  as  alfo  to  .have  proceeded  from  natu- 
ral caufes  then  unknown  to  him.  Now,  we  may 
conclude  from  hence,  that  God  conceals  the  tenden- 
cies and  refults  of  the  courfe  of  nature  at  the  then 
prefent  time,  left  we  (hould  truft  in  that,  and  for- 
fake  him  j  but  difcovers  them  afterwards  with  their 
harmonies  and  ufes,  that  we  may  fee  his  goodnefs, 
knowledge,  and  power,  in  them,  and  fo  truft  him  in 

future 


and  of  Natural  Religion.  45 

future  perplexities.  It  is  analogous  to  this  that  the 
fcripture  prophecies  are  inexplicable  before  the  event, 
and  often  fufficiently  clear  afterwards. 


PROP.     XII. 

The  Manner  of  Reafoning  here  ufed>  in  refpett  of  the 
Courfe  and  Conjlitution  of  Nature,  has  a  Tendency  to 
beget  in  us  Love  and  Reverence  towards  Gody  and 
Obedience  to  his  Will:  or,  in  other  Words,  there  is 
a  Religion  of  Nature  properly  Jo  called. 
• 

NATURAL  religion  appears  to  be  ufed  in  different 
fenfes  by  different  writers :  however,  they  are  all,  I 
think,  reducible  to  the  three  that  follow,  and  will  all 
be  found  to  coincide  ultimately,  though  they  may 
appear  different  at  firft  view. 

The  Firft  Senfe,  in  which  natural  religion  may 
be  ufed,  is  that  of  this  proportion;  in  which  it  is 
put  for  that  love  and  reverence  towards  God,  and 
obedience  to  his  will,  which  the  light  of  nature, 
or  the  confideratibn  of  the  works  of  God,  enjoins. 
In  this  fenfe  it  is  moft  properly  oppofecl  to,  and  con- 
tradiftinguifhed  from,  revealed  religion,  or  thofe  affec- 
tions and  actions  towards  God,  which  the  fcripture,  or 
the  word  of  God,  enjoins. 

Secondly,  Natural  religion  may  be  defined  fueh  a 
regulation  of  the  affections  and  actions  as  the  moral 
fenie  requires :  for  the  moral  fenfe  is  part  of  the 
light  of  nature,  and  of  our  natural  faculties,  whether 
it  be  confidered  as  an  inftinct,  or  as  the  generated 
refult  of  external  impreflions  and  our  natural  frame 
taken  together,  according  to  what  is  delivered  in  the 
firft  part  of  thefe  obfervations ;  and  this  moral  fenfe 
approves  and  commands,  or  difapproves  and  forbids, 
certain  difpofitions  of  mind,  and  bodily  actions  flow- 
ing therefrom.  It  is  alfo  called  the  law  of  firft 

infcription 


46  Of  the  Being  and  Attributes  of  G<%/, 

inscription  by  many  perfons,  and  under  that  term 
diftinguifhed  from  the  law  of  revelation,  which  is 
fuppofed  pofterior  to  it  in  order  of  time.  Hence 
the  fame  perfons  eonfider  the  moral  fenfe,  or  law 
of  firft  infcription,  as  the  foundation  of  natural 
religion  :  and,  indeed,  mod  perfons  either  exprefsly 
adopt,  or  implicitly  refer  to,  this  definition  of  natural 
religion  in  their  writings  and  difcourfes.  The  heathen 
world,  not  having  the  immediate  light  of  revelation, 
are  fuppofed  to  have  had  nothing  more  than  the  mere 
light  of  nature,  and  mere  natural  religion  j  and  they 
feem  to  have  been  chiefly  directed  by  the  fenfe  of 
what  was  fit,  right,  and  proper,  upon  the  occafion, 
*'..  e.  by  the  moral  fenfe.  Natural  religion  may  there- 
fore, according  to  this  way  of  confidering  it,  be 
properly  defined  by  the  moral  fenfe. 

Thirdly,  Natural  religion  may  be  defined  by  ra- 
tional felf-intereft,  /.  e.  it  may  be  called  fuch  a  re- 
gulation of  our  affections  and  actions,  as  will  pro- 
cure for  us  our  Jummum  bonum,  or  greateft  poffible 
happinefs.  If  we  fuppofe  the  inquiries  of  the  an- 
cients concerning  the  Jummum  bonum  to  have  been  of 
a  religious  and  moral  nature,  then  will  this  definition 
be  fuitable  to  their  notions.  However,  it  has  a  very 
important  ufe,  viz.  that  of  compelling  us  to  be  at- 
tentive, impartial,  and  earned  in  the  inquiry. 

I  will  now  proceed,  firft,  to  prove  the  proposition, 
or  to  deduce  love  and  reverence  to  God,  and  obe- 
dience to  his  will,  from  the  preceding  method  of 
reafoning  concerning  the  courfe  and  conftitution  of 
nature;  and,  fecondly,  to  fhew  the  perfect  agree- 
ment of  all  thefe  three  definitions  of  natural  religion 
with  each  other. 

Now  it  is  at  once  evident,  that  the  confideration 
of  the  infinite  power,  knowledge,  and  goodnefs  of 
God,  of  his  holinefs,  juftice,  veracity,  and  mercy, 
and  of  his  being  our  creator,  governor,  judge,  and 
father,  muft  infpire  us  with  the  higheft  love  and 

reverence 


and  of  Natural  Religion.  47 

reverencd  for  him,  and  beget  in  us  that  tendency 
to  comply  with  his  will,  which  according  to  the 
proper  ufe  of  language,  is  called  a  fenfe'  of  duty, 
obligation,  of  what  we  ought  to  do.  It  is  evident 
alfo,  that  the  will  of  God  muft  be  determined 
by  his  attributes  and  appellations.  He  muft  there- 
fore will,  that  we  Ihould  apply  to  him,  as  we  do 
to  earthly,  fuperiors  of  the  fame  character,  purifying, 
however,  and  exalting  our  affections  to  the  utmoft ; 
that  we  Ihould  be  merciful,  holy,  juft,  &c.  in 
imitation  of  him,  and  becaufe  this  is  to  concur 
with  him  in  his  great  defign  of  making  all  his  crea- 
tures happy  j  and  laftly,  that  we  fhould  fo  ufe  the 
pleafures  of  fenfe,  and  the  enjoyments  of  this  world, 
as  not  to  hurt  ourfelves  or  others.  There  is  therefore 
a  courfe  of  action  regarding  God,  our  neighbour, 
and  ourfelves,  plainly  enjoined  by  the  light  of  na- 
ture; or,  in  the  words  of  the  propofition,  there  is 
a  religion  of  nature  properly  fo  called. 

I  come,  in  the  next  place,  to  fhew  the  agreement 
of  the  fecond  and  third  definitions  of  natural  reli- 
gion with  the  firft,  or  with  that  of  the  propofition. 

Now,  that  compliance  with  the  moral  fenfe  coin- 
cides with  obedience  to  the  will  of  God,  needs  no 
proof,  it  being  the  firft  and  immediate  dictate  of  the 
moral  fenfe,  that  it  is  fit,  right,  and  our  necefiary 
duty,  to  obey  God,  as  foon  as  he  is  difcovered  with 
the  amiable  and  awful  attributes  and  appellations 
above  afcribed  to  him.  There  is,  therefore,  an  entire 
agreement  between  the  firft  and  fecond  definitions. 
It  may  appear  alfo,  that  the  firft  rule  of  duty  is 
necefiary  to  perfect  the  fecond.  For  the  moral  fenfe, 
as  will  appear  from  the  preceding  hiftory  of  its  rife 
and  growth,  muft  be  vague  and  uncertain,  and  vary 
according  to  the  various  circumftances  of  life.  But 
the  moral  character  of  God,  as  delivered  in  the 
foregoing  proportions,  affords  a  plain  rule  of  life, 

applicable 


48  Of  tbe  Being  and  Attributes  of  God, 

applicable  and  prec'ife  in  the  various  circumftances  of 
it.  When,  therefore,  obedience  to  the  will  of  God 
is  eftablilhed  by  the  moral  fenfe,  it  does,  in  return, 
become  a  regulator  to  this,  determine  its  uncertain- 
ties, and  reconcile  its  inconfiftencies.  And,  agree- 
ably to  this,  we  may  obfcrve,  that  the  perfection  of 
the  moraf  fenfe  is,  in  general,  proportional  to  the 
perfection  of  our  notions  of  the  divine  nature ;  and  that 
the  idolatry  of  the  heathens,  and  their  ignorance  of 
the  true  God,  muft  have  produced  an  utter  perverfion 
and  oirruption  of  their  moral  fenfe,  agreeably  to  the 
declarations  of  the  fcriptures ;  which  is  a  remarkable 
coincidence  of  reafon  with  revelation. 

In  like  manner,  it  needs  no  proof,  that  rational 
felf-intereft,  and  obedience  to  the  will  of  God,  are 
the  fame  thing.  Our  only  hope  and  fecurity,  here 
and  hereafter,  muft  be  in  our  obedience  to  him,  who 
has  all  power1  and  all  knowledge.  And  thus  the  firft 
and  third  definitions  are  found  to  be  perfectly  coin- 
cident. The  fecond  and  third,  therefore,  *.  e.  the 
whole  three,  are  coincident  alfo. 

This  coincidence  might  be  confirmed  by  number- 
lefs  inftances,  were  we  to  confider  and  compare 
together  the  dictates  of  the  moral  character  of  God, 
of  our  own  moral  fenfe,  properly  directed,  and  of 
rational  felf-intereft  in  the  feveral  particular  circum- 
ftances of  life.  But  this  would  be  to  anticipate  what 
I  have  to  fay  in  the  third  chapter  of  this  fecond  part 
concerning  the  rule  of  life. 

PROP.     XIII. 

Natural  Religion  receives  great  Light  and  Confirmation 
from  Revealed. 

IT  feems  to  be  the  opinion  of  fome  perfons,  that 
revealed  religion  is  entirely  founded  upon  natural ; 
fo  that  unlefs  natural  religion  be  firft  eftablifhed 
upon  its  own  proper  evidences,  we  cannot  proceed 

at 


and  of  Natural  Religion.  49 

at  all  to  the  proof  of  revealed.  If  this  were  fo, 
revealed  religion  could  not  caft  any  light  or  evi- 
dence upon  natural,  but  what  it  hac^  before  re- 
ceived from  it  *  and  confequently,  this  propofition 
would  be  built  upon  that  falfe  way  of  reafoning 
which  is  called  arguing  in  a  circle.  But  there  are 
certainly  independent  evidences  for  revealed  reli- 
gion, as  well  as  for  natural ;  they  both  receive  light 
and  confirmation  from  each  other  j  and  this  mutual 
confirmation  is  a  ftill  farther  evidence  for  both.  I 
will  give  a  (hort  account  of  all  thefe  particulars,  that 
the  propofition  may  the  more  fully  appear. 

Firft,  Natural  religion  has  independent  evidences. 
This  has  been  the  bufinefs  of  the  foregoing  propofi- 
tions,  and  particularly  of  the  laft,  to  mew.  -And 
indeed,  it  is  acknowledged  by  all,  unlefs  they  be 
atheifts  or  fceptics.  We  are  certainly  able  to  infer  the 
exiftence  and  attributes  of  God,  with  ouiv  relation 
and  duty  to  him,  from  the  mere  confideration  of 
natural  phenomena,  in  the  fame  manner  as  we  do  any 
conclufions  in  natural  philofophy.  And  though  our 
evidence  here  may  not  perhaps  be  demonftrative,  it 
is  certainly  probable  in  the  higheft  degree. 

Secondly,  Revealed  religion  has  alfo  independent 
evidences.  For,  if  we  allow  the  miracles  mentioned 
in  the  Old  and  New  Teftaments,  the  genuinenefs 
and  accomplifhment  of  the  prophecies  contained 
therein,  and  the  moral  characters  of  Chrift,  the  pro- 
phets and  apoftles,  it  will  be  impoflible  not  to  pay 
the  greateft  regard  to  the  do&rines  and  precepts 
which  they  deliver,  /'.  e.  to  revealed  religion.  We 
do,  and  we  muft  always  give  credit  to  perlbns  much 
iuperior  toourfelves  in  natural  and  moral  endowments. 
Thefe  endowments  ftrike  us  with  awe  and  reverence, 
engage  our  attention,  humble  us,  and  put  us  into  a 
teachable,  flexible  difpofuion.  And  I  appeal  to  all 
thofe,  who  do  really  believe  the  miracles  and  moral 
characters  of  Chrift,  the  prophets  and  apoftles,  and 
VOL.  II.  E  the 


50  Of  the  Being  and  Attributes  of  God, 

the  accomplifhment  of  the  prophecies  delivered  by 
them,  whether  they  do  not  immediately  find  them* 
felves  in  this  humble,  teachable  difpofition  of  mind, 
upon  confidering  thefe  credentials  of  a  divine  mif- 
fion,  and  that  exclufively  of  all  other  confiderations. 
As  to  thofe  who  do  not  fuppofe  Chrift,  the  prophets 
and  apoftles,  to  have  had  thefe  credentials,  they  can 
fcarce  be  proper  judges,  what  would  be  the  genuine 
confequence  of  a  date  of  mind,  of  a  belief,  which 
they  have  not.  However,  one  may  appeal  even  to 
them,  provided  they  will  only  fuppofe  thefe  creden- 
tials true  for  a  moment,  in  order  to  fee  what  would 
then  follow.  And  it  is  a  flrong  argument  of  the 
juftnefs  of  this  reafoning,  that  all  thofe  who  reject 
revealed  religion,  do  alfo  reject  the  credentials,  *.  e. 
the  truth  of  the  fcripture  hiftory.  Revealed  reli- 
gion is  therefore  built  upon  the  truth  of  the  fcrip- 
ture  hiftory,  i.  e.  upon  the  external  evidences  com- 
monly called  hiftorical  and  prophetical.  But  thefe 
evidences  are  to  be  tried  in  the  fame  manner  as  the 
evidences  for  any  other  hiftory,  and  have  no  more 
connection  with  natural  religion,  and  its  evidences, 
fuch,  for  inftance,  as  thofe  delivered  in  this  chapter, 
than  the  evidences  for  the  Greek  or  Roman  hiftory. 
So  that  revealed  religion  has  evidences,  and  thofe 
of  the  ftrongeft  kind,  entirely  independent  on  natural 
religion. 

Thirdly,  Natural  religion  receives  much  light 
and  confirmation  from  revealed,  agreeably  to  the 
proposition  here  to  be  proved.  This  follows  both 
becaufe  revealed  religion,  now  fhewn  to  have  its  inde- 
pendent evidences,  teaches  the  fame  doctrines  con- 
cerning God,  as  I  have  remarked  already  in  feveral 
places,  and  delivers  the  fame  precepts  to  man,  in  the 
general  as  natural;  and  becaufe  thefe  very  indepen- 
dent evidences,  viz.  the  miracles  and  moral  cha- 
racters of  Chrift,  the  prophets  and  apoftles,  and  the 
accomplilhment  of  their  prophecies,  have  a  direct 

and 


and  of  Natural  Religion.  51 

and  immediate  tendency  to  beget  in  us  a  deep  fenfe 
and  conviction  of  a  fuperior  power,  and  of  his  provi- 
dence and  moral  government  over  the  world.  So 
that  if  a  man  fhould  either  be  ignorant  of  the  chain 
of  reafoning  by  which  the  exiftence  and  attributes  of 
God  and  natural  religion  are  proved  from  the  phas- 
nomena  of  the  world,  or  fhould,  from  fome  depra- 
vation of  mind,  'intellectual  or  moral,  be  difpofed  to 
call  in  queftion  this  chain,  of  reafoning,  in  whole  or  in 
part  j  he  muft  however  come  to  the  fame  conclufions, 
from  the  mere  force  of  the  hiftorical  and  prophetical 
evidences  in  favour  of  the  fcriptures.  And  this  is 
a  thing  of  the  utmpft  importance  to  mankind,  there 
being  many  who  are  incapable  of  purfuing  this  chain 
of  reafoning,  many  -who,  though  capable,  are  difin- 
clined  to  it,  many  who  from  their  vices  have  a  con- 
trary inclination,  and  fbme  who  feeing  the  perplexity 
and  obfcurity  that  attend  fome  fubordinate  pans  of 
this  reafoning,  are  difpofed  to  doubt  about  the  whole. 
For  though  fomething  of  the  fame  kind  holds  in  re- 
fpect  of  the  hiftorical  and  prophetical  evidences  for 
the  truth  of  the  fcriptures,  especially  of  the  laft,  yet, 
in  general,  thefe  are  more  level  to  the  capacities  of 
the  inferior  ranks  amongft  mankind,  and  more  fim- 
ple  and  ftriking,  than  the  independent  evidences  for 
natural  religion ;  and  if  they  were  but  equally  con- 
vincing, they  would,  however,  make  the  evidence 
double  upon  the  whole.  Not  to  mention,  that  it  is 
an  inexpreffible  fatisfaction  to  the  bed  men,  and  the 
ableft  philofophers,  thofe  who  have  the  moft  entire 
conviction  from  natural  reafon,  to  have  this  new  and 
diftinct  fupport  for  fuch  important  truths.  It  may 
be  added  as  an  argument  in  favour  of  the  reafoning 
of  this  paragraph,  i.  e.  of  the  proportion  here  fo  be 
proved,  to  thofe  who  believe  revealed  religion,  that 
God  has  thought  fit  to  teach  mankind  natural  reli- 
gion chiefly  by  means  of  revealed. 

E  2  Fourthly, 


52  Of  the  Being  and  Attributes  of  GoJ, 

Fourthly,  Revealed  religion  receives  great  light 
and  confirmation  from  natural.  For  if  we  fuppofe 
a  perfon  to  be  firft  inftrufted  in  the  doctrines  and  pre- 
cepts of  natural  religion,  and  to  be  entirely  convinced 
of  their  truth  and  fitnefs  from  the  mere  light  of 
reafon,  and  then  to  have  the  fcriptures  communi- 
cated to  him,  the  conformity  of  thefe  with  his  previ- 
ous notions  would  be  a  ftrong  evidence  in  their  fa- 
vour, i.  e.  in  favour  of  the  miracles,  prophecies,  and 
thofe  doctrines  which  are  peculiar  to  revealed  re- 
ligion. When,  farther,  he  came  to  perceive,  that  many 
of  the  writers  of  the  facred  books  lived  when  the 
truths  of  natural"  religion  were  unknown  to  the  reft 
of  the  world,  and  that  many  alfo  were  of  fo  low 
a  rank  in  life,  that  they  cannot  be  fuppofed  to  have 
known  even  fb  much  as  the  reft  of  the  world  did,  by 
natural  means,  he  will  be  ftrongly  inclined  to  allow 
them  that  fupernatural  light  which  they  claim,  /.  e. 
to  allow  their,  divine  authority. 

Laftly,  The  mutual  light  and  confirmation  which 
natural  and  revealed  religion  caft  upon  each  other, 
and  the  analogy  which  there  is  between  their  proper 
evidences,  and  even  that  between  the  feveral  obfcu- 
rities  and  perplexities  that  attend  each,  are  a  new 
argument  in  favour  of  both,  confidered  as  united  to- 
gether, and  making  one  rule  of  life,  and  the  charter 
of  a  happy  immortality.  For  refemblance,  agree- 
ment, and  harmony  of  the  parts,  are  the  peculiar 
characteriftics  of  truth,  as  inconfiftency  and  felf- 
contradiction  are  of  fiction  and  falfehood. 


PROP. 


and  of  Natural  Religion,  53 

PROP.     XIV. 

Religion  prefuppojes  Free-will  in  the  popular  and  praffi* 
cal  Senfe,  i.  e.  ;/  prejuppofes  a  voluntary  Power  over 
our  Affections  and  Aftions. 

FOR    religion    being    the    regulation   of   our    af- 
fections and  actions  according  to  the  will  of  God, 
it  prefuppofes,    that  after  this  will  is  made  known 
to    us,    and    we,    in    confequence   thereof,    become 
defirous  of  complying  with  it,  a  fufficient  power  of 
complying  with  it   fhould   be  put   into   our   hands. 
Thus,  for  inftance,    fince  religion  commands  us  to 
love  God  and  our  neighbour,  it  prefuppofes  that  we 
have  the  power  of  generating  thefe  affections  in  our- 
felves,  by  introducing  the  proper  generating  caufes, 
and  making  the  proper  aflbciations,  i.  e.  by  medita- 
tion, religious  converfation,  reading  practical   books 
of  religion,  and  prayer.     Since  religion  requires  of 
us  to  perform  beneficent  actions,  and  to  abflain  from 
injurious   ones,    alfo  to   abftain  from  all  thofe  felf- 
indulgences,  which  would  be  hurtful  to  ourfelves,  it 
prefuppofes,  either  that  we  have  a  power  of  fo  doing, 
or  at  lead  a  power  of  generating  fuch  difpofitions  of 
mind,  as  will  enable  us  fo  to  do.     Farther,  it  pre- 
fuppofes that  we  have  a  power  of  making  perpetual 
improvement    in    virtuous    affections    and    actions, 
fince  this  alfo  is  required  of  us   by  it.     Still  farther, 
fince  religion  requires  of  a   man  this  regulation  of 
his    affections    and    actions,    and    fince   the  powers 
hitherto  mentioned  are  all  grounded  upon  a  fufficienc 
defire   thus  to  regulate  himfelf,    it  muft  prefuppofe 
a  power  of  generating  this  fufficient  defire,  and  fo  on 
till  we  come  to  fomething  which  the  man  is  already 
poflefTed  of,  as  part  of  his  mental  frame,  either  con- 
ferred in  a  fupernatural  way,  or  acquired  in  the  ufual 
courfe   of  nature.      For   religion,    in   requiring  the 
powers  above-mentioned,  requires  alfo  whatever  pre- 

E  3  vious 


54  Of  the  Being  and  Attributes  of  God> 

vious  powers  are  neceflary  to  the  actual  exertion  of 
thefe  powers.  But  all  thefe  powers,  of  whatever 
order  they  are,  the  laft  excepted,  are  thofe  powers 
over  our  affections  and  actions,  which  I  have,  in 
the  foregoing  part  of  this  work,  endeavoured  to  de- 
rive from  affociation,  and  fhewn  to  be  the  fame  with 
thofe  which  are  commonly  called  voluntary  powers. 
It  follows,  therefore,  that  religion  requires  voluntary 
powers  over  our  affections  and  actions,  or  free-will 
in  the  popular  and  practical  fenfe. 

This  may  be  illuftrated  by  the  consideration  of  the 
ftate  of  madmen,  idiots,  children,  and  brutes,  in 
refpeft  of  religion.  For  as  they  are  all  efteemed  to 
be  incapable  of  religion,  and  exempted  from  the 
obligation  thereof,  fo  the  reafon  of  this  in  all  is  evidently, 
that  they  are  deftitute  of  the  proper  voluntary  powers 
over  their  affections  and  actions;  the  affociations 
requifite  thereto  having  never  been  formed  in  idiots, 
children,  and  brutes,  and  being  confounded  and 
deftroyed  in  madmen.  For  fuppoie  the  child  to  be 
grown  up,  and  the  madman  to  recover  his  fenfes,  /.  e. 
fuppofe  the  affociations  requifite  for  the  voluntary 
powers  to  be  generated  or  reftored,  and  religion  will 
claim  them  as  its  proper  fubjects.  *  , 

In  like  manner,  it  may  be  obferved,  that  when 
any  action  is  commended  or  blamed,  this  is  always 
done  upon  fuppofition,  that  the  action  under  confider- 
ation  was  the  effect  of  voluntary  powers.  Thus, 
when  a  man  commits  an  action  otherwife  blame- 
able,  through  inattention,  ignorance,  or  difeafe,  he 
is  excufed  on  account  of  its  being  involuntary  j 
unlefs  the  inattention,  ignorance,  or  difeafe,  were 
themfelves  voluntary,  and  then  the  blame  remains. 
But  commendation  and  blame  are  ideas  that  belong 
to  religion :  it  appears  therefore,  that  voluntary  powers 
muft  belong  to  it  alfo. 

I  afferted  above,  that  religion  not  only  requires 
and  prefuppofes  the  common  voluntary  poWers,  by 

which 


and  of  Natural  Religion.  55 

which  we  perform  and  forbear  actions,  and  new- 
model  our  affections,  but  alfo  whatever  elfe,  volun- 
tary or  involuntary,  is  neceffary  for  the  actual  exer- 
tion of  thefe  powers.  And  the  connexion  between 
thefe  points  feems  to  be  immediate  and  undeniable ; 
to  require  any  thing,  muft  be  to  require  all  that  is 
neceflary  for  that  thing.  And  yet,  fincq  all  men  do 
not  a6t  up  to  the  precepts  of  religion,  it  feems  unde- 
niable, on  the  other  hand,  that  fome  want  fome- 
thing  that  is  neceflary,  immediately  or  mediately, 
for  the  actual  exertion  of  the  proper  voluntary  powers 
over  their  affections  and  actions.  Now,  I  fee  no 
way  of  extricating  ourfelves  from  this  difficulty,  but 
by  fuppofing,  that  thofe  who  want  this  one  necef- 
fary thing  at  prefent,  will,  however,  obtain  it  here- 
after, and  that  they  who  fhall  obtain  it  at  any  diftant 
future  time,%  may  be  faid  to  have  obtained  it  already, 
in  the  eye  of  him  to  whom  pad,  prefent,  and  future, 
are  all  prefent,  who  quickenetb  the  dead,  and  calleth 
the  things  that  be  not  as  though  they  were.  For  that 
the  fuppofition  of  free-will,  in  the  philofophical 
fenfe,  cannot  folve  this  difficulty,  will  appear,  I 
think,  in  the  next  propofition. 

COROLLARY.  It  may  be  reckoned  fome  confirma- 
tion of  religion,  that  the  voluntary  powers  which  it 
requires,  according  to  this  propofition,  are  an  evident 
fact,  and  alfo  that  they  are  deducible  from  the  frame 
of  our  natures,  i.  e.  from  our  original  faculties,  and 
the  law  of  aflbciation,  taken  together.  For  thus 
religion  may  be  faid  to  harmonize  with  obfervations 
and  with  the  nature  of  man,  its  fubject. 


£4  PROP. 


56  Of  the  Being  and  Attributes  of  God, 


PROP.     XV. 

Religion  does  not  prefuppofe  Free-will  in  the  philofo- 
phieal  Senfe,  i.  e.  it  does  not  prefuppofe  a  Power  of  doing 
different  Things,  the  previous  Circumftances  remaining 
thejame. 

FOR,  Firft,  It  has  been  fhewn,  in  the  foregoing 
part  of  this  work,  that  we  do  not,  in  fact,  ever 
exert  any  fuch  power  in  the  important  actions  of  our 
lives,  or  the  ftrong  workings  of  our  affections, ,  all 
thefe  being  evidently  determinable  by  the  previous 
circumftances.  There  are  therefore  no  actions  or 
affections  left,  except  trifling  and  evanefcent  ones,  in 
which  religion  can  prefuppofe  philofophical  free-will, 
or  liberty ;  and  even  here  the  evidence  for.  it  is 
merely  an  argumentum  ab  ignorantid.  But  if  religion 
requires  philofophical  liberty  at  all,  it  muft  require 
it  chiefly  in  the  mod  important  actions  and  affections. 
It  does  not  therefore  require  it  at  all.  We  cannot 
fuppole  religion  to  be  at  variance  with  common 
obfervation,  and  the  frame  of  our  natures. 

Secondly,  Some  reafons  have  been  given  already, 
in  the  firft  part  of  this  work,  and  more  will  be  added 
in  the  next  propofition,  to  fhew  that  philofophical 
liberty  cannot  take  place  in  man,  but  is  an  impoffi- 
bility.  It  is  therefore  impofiible,  that  religion  fhould 
require  it. 

Thirdly,  It  appears  from  the  courfe  of  reafoning 
ufed  under  the  foregoing  propofition,  that  all  which' 
religion  does  require  and  prefuppofe,  is,  firft,  a  fuffi- 
cient  defire,  hope,  fear,  felf-intereft,  or  other  fuch 
like  motive,  and  then  fufficient  voluntary  powers, 
whereby  to  regulate  our  affections  and  actions  agree- 
ably to  the  will  of  God.  But  philofophical  liberty,  or 
the  power  of  doing  different  things,  the  previous 
circumftances  remaining  the  fame,  is  fo  far  from 

being 


and  of  Natural  Religion.  57 

being  required,  in  order  to  our  obtaining  any  of  thefe 
requifites,  that  it  is  inconfiftent  with  them.  For  the 
fufficient  defire,  &c.  unlefs  it  be  given  by  God  in  a 
fupernatural  way,  is  of  a  factitious  nature,  and  fol- 
lows the  previous  circumftances  with  a  rigorous  ex- 
aftnefs  j  in  like  manner  the  voluntary  powers  are  all 
generated  according  to  the  law  of  affociation,  which 
law  operates  in  a  mechanical  neceflary  way,  and 
admits  of  no  variations,  while  the  circumftances  re- 
main the  fame;  all  which  is,  I  prefume,  fufficiently  evi- 
dent to  thole  who  have  well  confidered  the  foregoing 
part  of  this  work.  Thefe  requifites  are  therefore 
inconfiftent  with  philofophical  liberty,  inafmuch  as 
this  implies,  that  though  there  be  a  defire  fufficient  to 
caufe  the  exertion  of  the  will,  this  exertion  may  or 
may  not  follow ;  alfo,  that  though  the  voluntary 
powers  depending  on  this  exertion  be  completely  ge- 
nerated by  afibciatipn,  they  may  or  may  not  follow 
it  in  fact.  This  fuppofition  is  indeed  abfurd  at  firft 
fight ;  however,  if  it  be  admitted  for  a  moment,  in 
order  to  fee  what  would  follow,  it  is  manifeft,  that 
the  man  will  be  rendered  lefs  able  to  comply  with  the 
will  of  God  thereby,  and  that  it  will  not  add  to,  but 
take  away  from,  the  requifites  propofed  by  religion. 
Philofophical  liberty  does  not  therefore  help  us  to 
folve  the  difficulty  mentioned  under  the  laft  propofi- 
tion,  but,  on  the  contrary,  increafes  it. 

If  it  fhould  be  faid,  that  we  are  not  to  fuppofe  the 
defire  fufficient,  and  the  voluntary  powers  complete, 
and  then  farther  to  fuppofe,  that  thefe  may  or  may 
not  take  effect,  but  only  to  fuppofe  defire  in  general, 
fufficient  or  infufficient,  and  voluntary  powers  in  ge- 
neral, complete  or  incomplete,  and  that  thus  it  will 
not  be  unreafonable  to  fuppofe,  that  they  may  or  may 
not  take  effect ;  whence  the  manifeft  abfurdity  men- 
tioned in  the  laft  paragraph  will  be  removed  •,  I  an- 
fwer,  that  this  is  to  defert  the  hypothefis  of  philofo- 
phical liberty,  the  previous  circumftances  being 

fuppofed 


5  8  Of  the  Being  and  Attributes  of  God, 

fuppofed  different,  that  fo  their  confequences  may  be 
different  alfo.  If  any  particular  degree  of  defire  or 
voluntary  power  be  fixed  upon,  and  all  the  other  con- 
curring circumftances  of  body  and  mind  fixed  like- 
wife,  i.  e.  if  the  previous  circumftances  be  rigoroufly 
determinate,  which  is  the  fuppofition  of  philofophical 
liberty,  this  one  fixed,  determinate  degree  of  defire, 
or  voluntary  power,  cannot  have  the  two  oppofite 
epithets  of  fufficient  and  inefficient,  or  of  complete 
arid  incomplete,  both  predicated  of  it  with  truth,  de- 
fine fufficiency  or  completenefs  as  you  pleafe.  Phi- 
lofophical liberty  does  not  therefore  allow  us  to  fup- 
pofe  defire  or  voluntary  power  in  general,  in  order 
that  they  either  may  or  may  not  take  effect. 

Fourthly,  It  will  appear  that  religion  does  not 
prefuppofe  philofophical  liberty,  if  we  enter  upon  the 
examination  of  thofe  arguments  which  are  common- 
ly brought  to  fhew  that  it  does.  Thefe  are,  that  un- 
lefs  philofophical  liberty  be  admitted,  there  will  be  no 
foundation  for  commendation  or  blame,  and  con- 
fequently  no  difference  between  virtue  and  vice ; 
that  all  punifhment  for  actions,  ufually  called  vicious, 
will  be  unjuft  j  and  that  God  will  be  the  author  of 
fuch  actions,  which  it  is  impious  to  fuppofe ;  inaf- 
much  as  the  notion  of  popular  liberty  is  not?  fufficient 
to  obviate  thefe  difficulties.  Now,  to  this  I  anfwer, 
that  there  are  two  different  methods  of  fpeaking,  and, 
as  it  were,  two  different  languages,  ufed  upon  thefe 
fubjects  j  the  one  popular,  and,  when  applied  to  God, 
anthropomorphical ;  the  other  philofophical  j  and 
that  the  notion  of  popular  liberty  is  fufficient  to  ob- 
viate thefe  difficulties,  while  we  keep  to  the  popular 
language  alone;  alfo,  that  the  philofophical  lan- 
guage does  of  itfelf  obviate  thefe  difficulties,  while 
we  keep  to  it  alone ;  but  that,  if  we  mix  thefe  lan- 
guages, then,  and  not  till  then,  infuperable  difficul- 
ties will  arife,  as  might  well  be  expected.  Let  us 
confider  each  of  thefe  pofitions  particularly. 

Firft 


and  of  Natural  Religion.  59 

Firft  then,  I  fay  that  the  fuppofition  of  popular 
liberty  is  fufficient  to  obviate  the  forementioned 
difficulties,  whilft  we  keep  to  the  popular  language 
alone.  For,  in  the  popular  language,  a  man  is 
commended  and  blamed  merely  for  the  right  or 
wrong  ufe  of  his  voluntary  powers ;  the  firft  is  called 
virtue,  the  laft  vice  ;  and  rewards  and  punilhments 
are  faid  to  be  refpectively  due  to  them.  Thus,  when 
a  man,  having  an  opportunity  to  do  a  beneficent 
action,  exerts  an  act  of  will,  and,  in  confequence 
thereof  does  it,  he  is  commended  for  it;  it  is  called 
a  virtue,  or  a  right  ufe  of  his  voluntary  powers,  and 
is  faid  to  deferve  a  reward ;  whereas,  had  he,  in  like 
circumftances,  done  a  malevolent  action,  he  would 
have  been  blamed  for  it ;  it  would  have  been  called 
a  wrong  ufe  of  his  voluntary  powers,  or  a  vice ;  and 
a  punifhment  inflicted  upon  him,  in  confequence 
hereof,  would  have  been  faid  to  be  juft.  This  is  a 
mere  hiftory  of  the  fact,  and  a  narration  of  the  me- 
thod in  which  the  words  here  confidered  acquire  their 
proper  fenfes;  and  I  appeal  to  the  general  tenor  of 
writings  and  difcourfes  for  the  fupport  of  what  is 
here  aflerted.  If  no  voluntary  action  be  exerted, 
the  words  commendation,  right  ufe,  virtue,  re- 
ward, on  one  hand,  alfo  the  words,  blame,  wrong 
ufe,  vice,  punifhment,  on  the  other,  become  en- 
tirely unapplicable.  If  there  be,  and  the  motive  be 
good,  fuppofe  piety  or  benevolence,  the  firft  fet  of 
words  take  place;  if  the  motive  be  bad,  the  laft. 
Men,  in  the  common  ufe  of  language,  never  con- 
fider  whether  the  agent  had  it  in  his  power  to  have 
done  otherwife,  the  previous  circumftances  remaining 
the  fame ;  they  only  require,  that  he  fhould  have  done 
a  beneficient  action,  from  a  benevolent  intention. 
If  they  find  this,  they  will  apply  the  words,  com- 
mendation, right  ufe,  &c.  And  the  fame  holds  in 
refpect  of  injurious  actions,  and  malevolent  intentions. 
The  agent  will,  in  this  cafe,  be  blamed,  and  faid  to 
be  juftly  punifhed,  without  any  farther  inquiry.  Some- 
times 


60  Of  the  Being  and  Attributes  of  God, 

times,  indeed,  they  do  inquire  farther,  viz.  into  the 
original  of  thefe  intentions.  But  then  this  comes  to 
the  fame  thing  at  laft;  for  if  thefe  intentions  were 
generated  voluntarily,  it  enhances  the  commendation 
or  blame  due  to  them  ;  if,  in  great  meafure,  involun- 
tarily, abates  it.  Popular  liberty,  or  voluntary 
powers,  do  therefore  afford  fufficient  foundation  for 
commendation  and  blame,  for  the  difference  between 
virtue  and  vice,  and  for  the  juftice  of  punifhing  vice 
according  to  the  popular  language.  Where  it  is  to 
be  remarked,  that  whatever  will  juftify  puniftiments 
inflicted  by  men,  will  juftify  thofe  inflicted  by  God 
in  like  circumftances,  fince  juftice  is  afcribed  to  God 
only  in  a  popular  and  anthropomorphitical  fenfe. 

And  as  popular  liberty  fuffices  for  the  foremen- 
tioned  pur  poles,  whilft  we  ufe  the  popular  language, 
fo  it  vindicates  God  from  the  charge  of  being  the 
author  of  fin,  according  to  the  fame  language.  For, 
according  to  this,  all  voluntary  actions  are  afcribed 
to  men,  not  to  God ;  but  fin,  or  vice,  always  pre- 
fuppofes  an  exertion  of  a  voluntary  power,  accord- 
ing to  the  popular  language ;  therefore  fin  muft  be 
afcribed  to  man,  and  not  to  God,  as  long  as  we  conti- 
nue to  fpeak  the  popular  language. 

Secondly,  I  fay,  that  if  we  keep  to  the  philofophi- 
cal  language  alone,  it  will  obviate  all  difficulties,  and 
enable  us  to  talk  confidently  and  clearly  upon  thefe 
fubjects.  For,  according  to  this,  virtue  and  vice 
are  to  actions,  what  fecondary  qualities  are  to  na- 
tural bodies ;  /'.  e.  only  ways  of  exprefling  the  re- 
lation which  they  bear  to  happinefs  and  mifery,  juft 
as  the  fecondary  qualities  of  bodies  are  only  modifi- 
cations of  the  primary  ones.  And  the  fame  may  be 
faid  of  all  the  other  words  belonging  to  the  moral 
fenfe.  Hence  it  follows,  that,  according  to  the  phi- 
lofophical  language,  we  are  to  confider»all  the  moral 
appellations  of  actions  as  only  denoting  their  rela- 
tion to  natural  good  and  evil,  and  that  moral  good 
and  evil  are  only  compofitions  and  decompofuions 

of 


and  of  Natural  Religion.  61 

of  natural.  There  is,  however,  a  difference  between 
moral  good  and  moral  evil,  becaufe  they  are  differ- 
ent and  oppofite  compofitions  j  they  may  alfo  be 
attended  with  different  and  oppofite  compofitions, 
from  the  frame  of  our  natures,  and  circumftances  of 
our  lives,  fuch  as  commendation  and  blame. 

And  as  juftice  in  God  is,  by  the  fame  language, 
exalted  into  benevolence,  he  may  inflict  punifhment, 
?'.  e.  another  fpecies  of  natural  evil,  juftly,  provided 
it  be  confident  with  benevolence,  /'.  e.  with  a  balance 
of  happinefs.  Man  may  alfo  inflict  punifhment 
juftly,  provided  he  does  it  according  to  fome  defi- 
nition of  juftice  amongfi  men,  previoufly  fettled 
and  allowed,  fuppofe  compliance  with  the  will  of 
God,  the  laws  of  fociety,  the  greater  good  of  the 
whole,  &c. 

Farther,  fince  all  the  actions  of  man  proceed  ulti- 
mately from  God,  the  one  univerfal  caufe,  we  muft, 
according  to  this  language,  annihilate  felf,  and  afcribe 
all  to  God.  But  then,  fince  vice,  fin,  &c.  are  only 
modifications  and  compofitions  of  natural  evil,  ac- 
cording to  the  fame  language,  this  will  only  be  to 
afcribe  natural  evil  to  him  ;  and,  if  the  balance  of 
natural  good  be  infinite,  then  even  this  natural  evil 
will  be  abforbed  and  annihilated  by  it. 

It  may  a  little  illuftrate  what  is  here  delivered,  to 
remark,  that  as  we  mould  not  fay  of  a  fuperior  being, 
whofe  figr)t  could  penetrate  to  the  ultimate  conftitu- 
tion  of  bodies,  that  he  diftinguifhed  colours,  but 
rather,  that  he  diftinguifhed  thofe  modifications  of 
matter  which  produce  the  appearances  of  colours  in 
us,  fo  we  ought  not  to  afcribe  our  fecondary  ideas  of 
virtue  and  vice  to  fuperior  intelligences,  and  much 
lefs  to  the  fupreme. 

Thirdly,  1  fay,  that  if  we  mix  thefe  two  languages, 
many  difficulties  and  abfurdities  muft  enfue  from  this 
previous  abfurdity.  Thus,  if,  retaining  the  popular 
notions  of  moral  good  and  evil,  we  fuppofe  God, 

according 


6  2  Of  the  Being  and  Attributes  of  Gody 

according  to  the  philofophical  language,  to  be  bene- 
volent only,  /.  e.  to  regard  only  natural  good  and 
evil,  or  to  be  the  author  of  all  actions,  the  confe- 
quence  will  be  impious.  If  we  adhere  to  the  philofo- 
phical notions  of  virtue  and  vice,  we  muft  not  retain 
the  popular  notion  of  God's  juftice.,  inafmuch  as  pu- 
nifhment  will  then  be  unjuft ;  as  it  will  alfo  be,  if  we 
join  the  popular  notion  of  God's  juftice  with  the  phi- 
lofophical one,  of  his  being  the  author  of  all  actions. 
Laftlyj  if  we  allow  man  to  confider  himfelf  as  the 
author  of  his  own  actions,  he  muft  alfo  confider 
virtue  and  vice  according  to  the  popular  notions,  and 
conceive  of  God  as  endued  with  the  popular  attribute 
of  juftice,  in  order  to  be  incited  to  virtue,  and  de- 
terred from  vice  i  whereas,  could  man  really  annihi- 
late himfelf,  and  refer  all  to  God,  perfect  love  would 
caft  out  fear,  he  would  immediately  become  partaker 
of  the  divine  nature,  and,  being  one  with  God,  would 
fee  him  to  be  pure  benevolence  and  love,  and  all 
that  he  has  made  to  be  good. 

The  following  remark  may  perhaps  contribute  to 
illuftrate  this  matter.  Virtue  and  vice,  merit  and 
demerit,  reward  and  punifliment,  are  applied  to 
voluntary  actions  only,  as  before- mentioned.  Hence 
they  are  efteemed  unapplicable  to  involuntary  ones. 
But  involuntary  actions  are  neceflary  by  a  necefiity 
ab  extra,  which  is  generally  feen  j  and  becaufe  the 
neceflity  ab  intra,  which  caufes  voluntary  actions, 
is  feldom  feen,  thefe  are  fuppofed  not  to  be  neceflary. 
Hence  not  neceflary,  and  neceflary,  are  put  for  volun- 
tary and  involuntary,  refpectively ;  and  moral  appel- 
lations fuppofed  peculiar  to  the  firft,  i.  e.  not  necef- 
fary  j  inconfiftent  with  the  laft,  /.  e.  neceflary.  Hence, 
when  we  come  to  difcover  pur  miftake,  and  to  find, 
that  voluntary  actions  are  neceflary,  an  inconfiftency 
ariles ;  we  apply  moral  appellations  to  them  as  volun- 
tary from  a  primary  aflbciation,  deny  thefe  appella- 
tions of  them  on  account  of  their  new  denomination 

of 


and  of  Natural  Religion.  63 

of  neceflary,  and  a  fecondary  and  tralatitious  ailbcia- 
tion.  Here  then,  if  we  can  either  perfift  in  our  miftake, 
and  ftill  fuppofe  voluntary  actions  not  to  be  necefiary ; 
or,  finding  this  miftake,  can  however  perfift  to  apply 
moral  appellations  to  fuch  neceflary  actions  as  are 
voluntary,  from  the  primary  aflbciation ;  or,  laftly, 
not  being  able  to  whhftand  the  force  of  the  fecon- 
dary aflbciation,  whereby  moral  appellations  are 
denied  of  neceflary  actions,  voluntary  'as  well  as 
involuntary,  can  perceive  that  moral  good  and  evil 
are  only  compofitions  of  natural,  i.  e.  if  we  can  either 
fee  the  whole  truth,  or  fhut  our  eyes  againft  that 
part  that  offends  us  j  no  difficulty  will  arife. 

Philofophical  liberty  is  alfo  fuppofed  by  fome  ne- 
ceflary, in  order  to  folve  the  origin  of  evil,  and  to 
juftify  the  eternity  of  punilhment ;  and  the  obviating 
of  thefe  difficulties  is  brought  as  an  argument  in 
fupport  of  it.  Now  here  I  obferve, 

Firft,  That  the  origin  of  evil  may  be  made  con- 
fident with  the  benevolence  of  God,  by  fuppofwig 
that  every  creature  has  a  balance  of  happinefs j  and, 
confequently,  fince  this  is  a  fuppofition  highly  pro- 
bable, there  feems  to  be  little  need  of  philofophical 
liberty  for  this  purpofe. 

Secondly,  That,  fince  this  fuppofition  is  highly 
probable,  the  eternity  of  punifhment  is  highly  im- 
probable; and,  confequently,  that  philofophical 
liberty  may  be  needlefs  here  alfo. 

Thirdly,  That  philofophical  liberty  will  not  folve 
the  origin  of  evil.  The  method  of  reafoning  ufed 
here  is  Tome  fuch  as  this.  If  man  have  not  philofo- 
phical liberty,  but  always  does  the  fame  thing,  where 
the  previous  circumftances  are  the  fame,  then  all 
his  actions  are  to  be  referred  to  God ;  confequently, 
if  he  have  philofophical  liberty,  all  his  actions  need 
not  be  referred  to  God  ;  he  is  an  independent  creature 
in  fome  things,  and  is  himfelf  alone  chargeable  with 
fome  of  his  actions.  Let  man  act  wrong  in  thefe  in- 
dependent 


64  Of  tbe  Being  and  Attributes  of  God, 

dependent  cafes,  and  the  evil  which  follows  will  be 
chargeable  upon  man,  and  not  God,  i.  e.  the  origin 
of  evil  will  be  accounted  for.     But  here  it  is  to  be 
obferved,    that  there  are  'fome   evils,   or   fufferings, 
which  cannot  be  fuppofed  to  arife  from  the  abufe  of 
free-will  in  the  creature  that  fuffers,  as  in  the  pains 
which  happen  to  children  juft  born,  and  to  brutes. 
Thefe  evils  are  not  therefore  chargeable  upon  them. 
Jf,    therefore,    they  be  chargeable  upon   free-will,  it 
muft  be  the  free-will  of  fome  other  creature.     But 
this  is  as.  great  a  difficulty,  as  that  which  it  is  brought 
to  folve  j  and  cannot  be  folved  but  by  fuppofing  that 
God  gives  a  balance  of  happinefs  to  Ay  for  wh'at  he 
fuffers  from   B.      Now  this  fuppofition,    in    its   full 
extent,   will  folve  the  firft  difficulty,  and  make  the 
hypothefis    of  free-will   entirely   unnecefiary,    as  ob- 
ferved  above.    But,  befides  this,  it  is  to  be  confidered, 
that  fince  free-will  is  thus  the  occafion  of  introducing 
evil   into   the   world,    the  reftlefs,    felfifh,    objecting 
creature  will  afk   why  he   has  free-will,    fince   it  is 
not  this,  but  happinefs,  which  he  defires,  and  hoped 
from   the  divine   benevolence,    the  attribute    now  to 
be  vindicated.     He   that  produces  any  caufe,  does, 
in  effect,  produce  the  thing  caufed*     To  give  a  be- 
ing a  power  of  making  itfelf  miferable,  if  this  being 
ufe  that  power,  is  juft  the  fame  thing,  in  him  who 
has  infinite  power  and  knowledge,  as  directly  making 
him  miferable ;  and  appears  to  be  no  otherwife  con- 
fident with  benevolence   to   that   being,    than   upon 
fuppofition,  that  fuperior  happinefs  is  conferred  upon 
him  afterwards.      Now   this   removes   the   difficulty 
in  the  cafe  of  necefilty,  as  well  as  of  free-will,  in  the 
eye  of  reafon,  of  an  infinite  being  j  and  clafhes  lefs 
and  lefs  without  limits  with  the  imagination,  as  we 
advance    in  intellect,   difintereftednefs,   and    abfolute 
refignation  to  God. 

If  it  be  faid,  that  God  could  not  but  beftow  free- 
will upon  his  creatures,  I  anfwer,  that  this  is  gratis 


and  of  Natural  Religion.  65 

,  there  not  being  the  leaft  appearance  of  evi- 
dence for  it;  alfo,  that  it  is  making  God  fubject  to  a 
neceffity  fuperior  to  himfelf,  which  would  be  to  raife 
a  greater  difficulty  than  it  folves;  and,  upon  the 
whole,  we  may  conclude,  that  the  fuppofition  of 
free-will,  or  liberty,  in  the  philofophical  fenfe,  does 
not  at  all  help  us  to  account  for  tht  origin  of  evil. 

Fourthly,  Since  free-will  cannot  account  for  finite 
evil,  much  lefs  can  it  account  for  infinite,  i,  e.  for 
the  eternity  of  punifhment.  An.d  indeed  many,  who 
receive  free-will,  do,  however,  fee  its  infufficiency 
for  this  purpofe,  and,  in  confequence  thereof,  be- 
lieve that  the  punifhments  of  a  future  (late  will  not 
be  eternal.  It  is  true,  indeed,  that  the  arguments 
againft  the  eternity  of  punifhment  are  fhorter,  flronger, 
and  clearer,  upon  the  fuppofition  of  necefiity,  of 
God's  being  the  real,  ultimate  author  of  all  actions, 
than  upon  the  fuppofition  of  free-will.  But  then 
this  feems,  if  all  things  be  duly  confidered,  to  be 
rather  a  preemption  in  favour  of  the  doctrine  of 
necefiicy,  than  otherwife. 

The  invention  and  application  of  the  hypothefis 
of  free-will,  for  the  vindication  of  the  divine  bene- 
volence, has  probably  arifen  from  the  application  of 
what  paries  in  human  affairs,  in  too  ftrict  a  manner, 
to  the  relation  between  the  Creator  and  his  creatures, 
i.  e.  to  an  anthropomorphitifm  of  too  grofs  a  kind. 
Thus  the  actions  of  a  fbn  are  free,  in  refpect  of  his 
father,  ;.  e.  though  the  father  can,  and  does  influence 
the  fon  in  many  things,  yet  the  fon's  actions  de- 
pend upon  many  circumftances,  imprefiions,  afifo- 
ciations,  &c.  in  which  the  father  has  no  concern. 
It  will  therefore  be  a  fufficient  vindication  of  the 
father's  benevolence  to  the  fon,  if  he  has  taken  care, 
that  the  fon  fuffers  nothing  from  the  things  over 
which  the  father  has  power.  What  evils  happen  to 
the  fon,  from  quarters  where  the  fon  is  free  in  re- 

VOL.  II.  F  fpect 


66  Of  the  Being  and  Attributes  of  God, 

fpect  of  his  father,  i.  e.  uninfluenced  by  him,  thefe 
are  no  ways  to  be  referred  to  the  father.  Now,  it  is 
very  natural  for  humble  and  pious  men,  in  confider- 
ing  the  fins  and  miferies  of  mankind,  to  fuppofe 
that  we  have  fome  fuch  powers  independent  of  God j 
and  that  all  the  evil,  which  happens  to  each  perfon, 
is  to  be  derived  from  thefe  independent  powers.  But 
then  this  notion  fhould  not  be  haftily  and  blindly 
embraced  and  maintained,  without  an  examination 
of  the  faft,  and  of  the  confiftency  of  fuch  a  notion 
with  piety,  in  other  refpects.  The  firft  of  thefe 
points  I  have  already  confidered  in  the  foregoing 
part  of  this  work }  the  laft  I  fhall  now  confider  in 
the  following  propofition. 


PROP.    XVI. 

The  natural  Attributes  of  God,  or  his  infinite  Power 
and  Knowledge,  exclude  the  Pojfibility  of  Free-will  in 
the  philojophical  Senfe. 

FOR,  to  fuppofe  that  man  has  a  power  independent 
of  God,  is  to  fuppofe,  that  God's  power  does  not 
extend  to  all  things,  *'.  e.  is  not  infinite.  If  it  be 
faid,  that  the  power  itfelf  depends  upon  God,  but 
the  exertion  of  it  upon  man,  the  fame  difficulty  will 
recur ;  fmce  the  exertion  does  not  depend  upon  God, 
there  will  be  fomething  produced  in  the  world,  which 
is  not  the  effect  of  his  power,  /.  e.  his  power  will 
not  extend  to  all  things,  confequently  not  be  infinite* 
And  the  fame  thing  holds,  if  we  refine  farther,  and 
proceed  to  the  exertion  of  the  exertion,  &c.  If  this 
depend  upon  man,  God's  power  will  be  limited  by 
man's  j  if  upon  God,  we  return  to  the  hypothefis 
of  neceflity,  and  of  God's  being  the  author  of  all 
things.  However,  the  fimpleft  and  cleared  way  is 
to  fuppofe,  that  power,  and  the  exertion  of  power, 

are 


and  of  Natural  Religion.  67 

are  one  and  the  fame  thing ;  for  power  is  never 
known  but  by  its  actual  exertion,  ;.  e.  is  no  power 
till  it  be  exerted.  If,  indeed,  we  fay  that  man's 
actions  depend  both  upon  God  and  himfelf,  this 
feems  at  firft  fight  to  folve  the  difficulty.  Since  they 
depend  upon  God,  his  power  may  be  infinite ;  fince 
they  depend  on  man,  they  may  be  afcribed  to  him. 
But  then  the  thing  in  man  on  which  they  depend, 
call  it  what  you  plcafe,  muft  either  depend  upon  God 
or  not ;  if  it  does,  neceffity  returns ;  if  not,  God's 
infinite  power  is  infringed.  And  the  fame  thing  will 
hold,  as  it  appears  to  me,  in  any  other  way  of  ftating 
this  matter. 

Again,  to  fuppofe  that  a  man  may  do  either  the 
action  A,  or  its  oppofite  at  the  previous  circum- 
ftances  remaining  the  fame,  is  to  fuppofe  that  one  of 
them  may  arife  without  a  caufe ;  for  the  fame  pre- 
vious circumftances  cannot  be  the  caufe  of  the  two 
oppofite  effects.  Now,  if  any  thing  can  arife  without 
a  caufe,  all  things  may,  by  parity  of  reafon ;  which 
is  contrary  to  the  firft  propofition  of  this  chapter,  or 
to  the  common  foundation  upon  which  writers  have 
erected  their  arguments  for  the  being  and  attributes 
of  God.  To  fay  that  free-will  is  the  caufe,  is  an 
identical  propofition ;  fince  it  is  faying,  that  the 
power  of  doing  different  things,  the  previous  cir- 
cumftances remaining  the  fame,  is  the  caufe  that  this 
may  be  done,  viz,  that  either  A  or  a  may  follow  the 
fame  previous  circumftances.  Or,  if  we  put  for  phi- 
lofophical  free-will  the  power  of  doing  things  with- 
out a  caufe,  it  will  be  a  word  of  nearly  the  fame  im- 
port as  chance.  For  chance  is  the  ignorance  or  de- 
nial of  a  caufe.  It  will  therefore  be  as  unfit  to  afcribe 
a  real  cafuality  to  free-will  as  to  chance. 

And  as  free-will  is  inconfiftent  with  the  infinite 
power  of  God,  fo  it  is  with  his  infinite  knowledge  alfo. 
For  infinite  knowledge  muft  include  the  knowledge 

F  2  of 


68  Of  fbe  Being  and  Attributes  of  God, 

of  all  future  things,  as  well  as  of  all  paft  and  prefent 
ones.  Befides,  paft,  prefent  and  future,  are  all  pre- 
fent with  refpect  to  God,  as  has  been  obferved  before. 
Infinite  knowledge  muft  therefore  include  prcfcience. 
But  free-will  does  not  allow  of  prefcience.  Know- 
ledge of  all  kinds  prefuppofes  the  certainty  of  the 
thing  known,  /'.  e.  prefuppofes  that  it  is  determined 
in  refpedb  of  time,  place,  manner,  &c.  i.  t.  pre- 
fuppofes it  to  be  necefiary.  Thus,  if  we  confider 
any  thing  as  known  certainly,  or  certain  fimply, 
fuch  as  a  mathematical  truth,  a  paft  fact,  &c.  we 
fhall  find  it  to  be  neceflary,  and  that  it  cannot  be 
otherwife  than  it  now  is,  or  was  formerly  ;  which  is  the 
contrary  to  what  is  fuppofed  of  the  aftions  of  crea- 
tures endued  with  free-will.  Thefe  actions,  there- 
fore, cannot  be  known,  or  foreknown,  not  being  the 
objects  of  knowledge. 

The  maintainers  of  neceffity  do  indeed  deny,  that 
there  is  any  fuch  thing  as  uncertainty  at  all ;  unlefs 
as  far  as  this  is  put  relatively  for  the  limitation  of 
knowledge  in  any  being,  fo  that  the  thing  called 
uncertain  may  or  may  not  be,  for  any  thing  that  this 
being  knows  to  the  contrary.  But  if  they  do,  for 
argument's  fake,  allow  fuch  a  thing  as  abfolute  uncer- 
tainty, i.  e.  that  a  thing  either  may  or  may  not  be, 
it  is  plain,  that  this  abfolute  uncertainty  muft  include 
the  relative,  i.  e.  exclude  knowledge  and  foreknow- 
ledge. That  action  of  B  which  either  may  or  may 
not  be,  cannnot  be  known  certainly  to  be  by  A,  be- 
caufe  it  may  not  be ;  it  cannot  be  known  not  to  be, 
becaufe  it  may  be.  Suppoie  A  to  make  conjectures 
concerning  any  future  action  of  B.  Then  this  action 
may  or  may  not  be,  for  any  thing  A  knows  to  the 
contrary  j  it  alfo  may  or  may  not  be  in  itfelf,  pro- 
vided there  be  any  fuch  thing  as  abfolute  uncertainty. 
Suppofe  A\  conjectures  to  pafs  into  a  well-grounded 
probability  of  a  high  degree,  that  the  action  will 

happen, 


and  of  Natural  Religion.  69 

happen,  then  both  the  relative  and  abfolute  may  not> 
are  reduced  to  narrow  limits.  Suppofe  A's  con- 
jectures to  arife  to  knowledge,  or  certainty,  then  both 
the  relative  and  abfolute  may  noty  vanifh.  A  cannot 
know,  or  be  certain,  that  a  thing  will  happen,  at  the 
fame  time  that  it  may  or  may  not  happen  for  any 
thing  that  he  knows  to  the  contrary ;  nor  can  a 
thing  be  relatively  certain,  and  abfolutely  uncertain. 
A\  foreknowledge  does  therefore  imply  ^relative  cer- 
tainty, this  requires  abfolute  certainty  j  and  abfolute 
certainty  is  in  exprefs  terms  oppofite  to  philofophical 
free-will.  Foreknowledge  is  therefore  inconfiftent  with 
free-will  j  or  rather  free-will,  if  it  were  pofiible, 
would  exclude  foreknowledge.  It  is  not  therefore 
poflible. 

Nor  does  it  alter  the  cafe  here  to  allege,  that  God's 
infinite  knowledge  muft  extend  infinitely  farther  than 
man's,  and,  confequently,  may  extend  to  things  un- 
certain in  themfelves,  fince  the  very  terms  knowledge 
and  uncertain  are  inconfiftent.  To  make  "them  con- 
fident, we  muft  affix  fbme  new  and  different  fenfe  to 
one  of  them,  which  would  be  to  give  up  either  the 
divine  foreknowledge  or  free-will  in  reality,  while 
we  pretend  in  words  to  maintain  them.  If  God's 
knowledge  be  fuppofed  to  differ  fo  much  from  man's 
in  this  fimple  effential  circumftance,  that  the  cer- 
tainty of  it  does  not  imply  the  certainty  of  the  thing 
known,  we  lofe  all  conception  of  it.  And  if  the 
fame  liberties  were  ufed  with  the  divine  power  and 
benevolence,  we  fhould  lofe  all  conception  of  the 
divine  nature. 

To  which  it  may  be  added,  that  the  reafoning  in 
the  laft  paragraph  but  one,  concerning  the  knowledge 
of  the  being  A,  is  not  at  all  affected,  or  altered,  by  his 
rank,  as  to  intelligence.  Suppofe  his  intellectual 
capacities  to  be  greater  and  greater  perpetually,  ftill 
all  things  remain  precifely  the  fame,  without  the 

F  3  lead 


jo  Of  the  Being  and  Attributes^  &c. 

lead  variation.  They  will  therefore,  according  to 
the  analogy  of  ultimate  ratios,  remain  precifely  the 
fame  though  his  knowledge  be  fuppofed  infinite.  It 
follows,  therefore,  that  God's  infinite  and  certain 
knowledge,  or  his  foreknowledge,  is  as  inconfiftent 
with  philofophical  free-will,  as  man's  finite,  but; 
certain,  knowledge  or  foreknowledge. 


CHAR 


Of  the  Truth  of,  &c.  71 


CHAP.     II. 

Of  the  TRUTH  of  the  CHRISTIAN  RELIGION. 


To  believe  the  chriftian    religion,   is  to  believe 
that  Mojes  and  the  prophets,  Chrift  and  his  apoftles,, 
were  endued  with  divine  authority,    that   they   had 
a  commifiion   from   God    to  aft  and  teach  as  they 
did,  and  that  he  will  verify  their  declarations  con- 
cerning future  things,  and  efpecially  thofe  concerning 
a  future  life,  by   the  event  j  or,  in  other  words,   it 
is  to  receive  the  fcriptures  as  our  rule  of  life,   and 
the  foundation  of  all  our  hopes  and  fears.     And  as 
all   thofe   who   regulate  their  faith   and  practice   by 
the  fcriptures  are  chriftians;    fo  all   thofe   who   dif- 
claim  that  name,   and  pafs  under  the  general  title  of 
unbelievers,  do  alfo  difavow  this  regard  to  the  fcrip- 
tures.    But  there  are  various  clafies  of  unbelievers. 
Some  appear  to  treat  the  fcriptures  as  mere  forgeries  j 
others  allow  them  to  be  the  genuine  writings  of  thole 
whofe  names  they  bear,  but  fuppofe  them  to  abound 
with  fictions,    not  only  in  the  miraculous,  but   alfo 
in  the  common  part  of  the  hiftory  j    others,  again, 
allow  this  part,  but  reject  that  j  and,  laftly,  there  are 
others  who  feem  to  allow  the  truth  of  the  principal 
facts,  both  common  and  miraculous,  contained  in  the 
fcriptures,    and  yet  ftill  call  in   queftion    its    divine 
authority,    as  a  rule  of  life,    and  an  evidence   of  a 
happy  futurity    under  Chrift  our  faviour  and  king. 
He,    therefore,  that  would  fatisfy  himfelf  or  others 
in  the  truth  of  the  chriftian  religion,  as  oppofed  by 
F  4  thefc 


1%.  Of  the  fyufb  of 

thefe  feveral  claffes  of  unbelievers,  muft  inquire  into 
thefe  three  things: 

Firft,  The  genuinenefs  of  the  books  of  the  Old 
and  New  Teftaments. 

Secondly,   The  truth  of  the  principal  facts  con- 
tained in  them,  both  common  and  miraculous.     And, 

Thirdly,  Their  divine  authority. 

I  will  endeavour,  therefore,  to  ftate  fome  of  the 
chief  evidences  for  each  of  thefe  important  points, 
having,  firft  premifed  three  preparatory  propofitions, 
or  lemmas,  whereby  the  evidence  for  any  one  of 
them  may  be  transferred  upon  the  other  two. 

PROP.     XVII. 

y"be  Genuinenefs  of  the  Scriptures  proves  the  Truth* of 
the  principal  Faffs  contained  in  them. 

FOR,  Firft,  It  is  very  rare  to  meet  with  any 
genuine  writings  of  the  hiftorical  kind,  in  which 
the  principal  facts  are  not  true  j  unlefs  where  both 
the  motives  which  engaged  the  author  to  falfify,  and 
the  circumftances  which  gave  fome  plaufibility  to  the 
fiction,  are  apparent;  neither  of  which  can  be  alleged 
in  the  prefent  cafe  with  any  colour  of  reafon.  Where 
the  writer  of  a  hiftory  appears  to  the  world  as  fuch, 
not  only  his  moral  fenfe,  but  his  regard  to  his 
character  and  his  intereft,  are  ftrong  motives  not 
to  falfify  in  notorious  matters;  he  muft  therefore 
have  ftronger  motives  from  the  oppofite  quarter,  and 
alfo  a  favourable  conjuncture  of  circumfiances,  before 
he  can  attempt  this. 

Secondly,  As  this  is  rare  in  general,  fo  it  is  much 
more  rare,  where  the  writer  treats  of  things  that 
happened  in  his  own  time,  and  under  his  own  cog- 
nizance or  direction,  and  communicates  his  hiftory 
to  perfons  under  the  fame  circumftances.  All  which 
may  be  faid  of  the  writers  of  the  fcripture  hiftory. 

That 


the  Chriftian  Religion.  73 

That  this,  and  the  following  arguments,  may  be 
applied  with  more  cafe  and  clearnefs,  1  will  here,  in 
one  view,  refer  the  books  of  the  Old  and  New  Tefta- 
ments  to  their  proper  authors.     I  fuppofe  then,  that 
the  Pentateuch  confifts  of  the  writings  of  Mofes,  put 
together  by  Samuel,  with   a  very  few  additions ;  that 
the  books  of  Jojbua  and  Judges  were,  in  like  manner, 
collected  by  him ;  and  the  book  of  Ruth,  with  the 
firft  part  of  the  firft  book  of  Samuel,  written  by  him  j 
that  the  latter  part  of  the  firft  book  of  Samuel,  and  the 
lecond   book,    were   written    by    the    prophets   who 
fucceeded  Samuel,  fuppofe  Nathan  and  Gad-,  that  the 
books  of  Kings  and  Chronicles  are  extracts  from  the 
records  of  the  fucceeding  prophets  concerning  their 
own  times,  and  from  the  public  genealogical  tables, 
made  by  Ezra;  that  the  books  of  Ezra  and  Nehemiah 
are  collections  of  like  records,  fome  written  by  Ezra 
and  Nehemiah  and  fome  by  their  predecefibrs ;  that 
the  book  of  Efther  was  written  by  fome  eminent  Jew, 
in  or  near  the  times  of  the  tranfaction  there  record- 
ed, perhaps  Mordecai;  the  book  of  Job  by  a  Jew  of 
an  uncertain  time;  the  Pfalms  by  David,  and  other 
pious  perfons ;  the  books  of  Proverbs  and  Canticles  by 
Solomon-,  the  book  of  Ecclefiaftes  by  Solomon,  or  per- 
haps by  a  Jew  of  later  times,  fpeaking  in  his  perfon, 
but  not  with   an  intention  to  make  him  pafs  for  the 
author  -,  the  prophecies  by  the  prophets  whofe  names 
they  bear  j  and  the  books  of  the  New  Teftament  by 
the  perfons  to  whom  they  are  ufually  afcribed.    There 
are  many  internal  evidences,  and  in  the  cafe  of  the 
New  Teftament  many   external   evidences   alfo,    by 
which  thefe  books  may  be  (hewn  to  belong  to  the 
authors  here  named.     Or,    if  there  be  any  doubts, 
they  are  merely  of  a  critical  nature,  and  do  not  at  all 
affect  the  genuinenefs  of  the   books,    nor   alter  the 
application   of  thefe   arguments,    or   not   materially. 
Thus,    if  the  Epiftle  to   the   Hebrews   be   fuppofed 
written,  not  by  St.  Paul,  but  by  Clement  or  Barnabas, 
or  any  other  of  their   cotemporaries,    the  evidence 

therein 


74  Of  tie  Truth  of 

therein  given  to  the  miracles  performed  by  Chrift,  and 
his  followers,  will  not  be  at  all  invalidated  thereby. 

Thirdly,  The  great  importance  of  the  fads  men- 
tioned in  the  fcriptures  makes  it  ftill  more  impro- 
bable, that  the  feveral  authors  fhould  either  have 
attempted  to  falfify,  or  have  fucceded  in  fuch  an 
attempt.  This  is  an  argument  for  the  truth  of  the 
facts,  which  proves  the  genuinenefs  of  the  books  at 
the  fame  time,  as  I  fhall  fliew  below  in  a  diftinct 
propofition.  However,  the  truth  of  the  facts  is  in- 
ferred more  directly  from  their  importance,  if  the 
genuinenefs  of  the  fcriptures  be  previoufly  allowed. 
The  fame  thing  may  be  obferved  of  the  great  num- 
ber of  particular  circumftances  of  time,  place,  per- 
fons,  &c.  mentioned  in  the  fcriptures,  and  of  the 
harmony  of  the  books  with  themfelves,  and  with 
each  other.  Thefe  are  arguments  both  for  the  genu- 
inenefs of  the  books,  and  truth  of  the  facts  diftinctly 
confidered,  and  alfo  arguments  for  deducing  the 
truth  from  the  genuinenefs.  And  indeed  the  argu- 
ments for  the  general  truth  of  the  hiftory  of  any  age 
or  nation,  where  regular  records  have  been  kept,  are 
fo  interwoven  together,  and  fupport  each  other  in 
fuch  a  variety  of  ways,  that  it  is  extremely  difficult  to 
keep  the  ideas  of  them  diftinct,  not  to  anticipate, 
and  not  to  prove  more  than  the  exactnefs  of  method 
requires  one  to  prove.  Or,  in  other  words,  the  in- 
confiftency  of  the  contrary  fuppofition  is  fo  great, 
that  they  can  fcarce  ftand  long  enough  to  be  con- 
futed. ^  Let  any  one  try  this  in  the  hiftory  of  France 
or  England^  Greece  or  Rome. 

Fourthly,  If  the  books  of  the  Old  and  New  Tefta- 
ments  were  written  by  the  perfons  to  whom  they  were 
afcribed  above,  i.  t.  if  they  be  genuine,  the  moral 
characters  of  thefe  writers  afford  the  ftrongeft  af- 
furance,  that  the  facts  afferted  by  them  are  true. 
Falfehoods  and  frauds  of  a  common  nature  fhock  thfc 
moral  fenfe  of  common  men,  and  are  rarely  met  with, 

except 


the  Chriftian  Religion.  75 

except  in  perfons  of  abandoned  characters :  how  in- 
confiftent  then  muft  thofe  of  the  moft  glaring  and 
impious  nature  be  with  the  higheft  moral  characters  ! 
That  fuch  characters  are  due  to  the  facred  writers, 
appears  from  the  writings  themfelves  by  an  internal 
evidence ;  but  there  is  alfo  ftrong  external  evidence 
in  many  cafes  $  and  indeed  this  point  is  allowed  in 
general  by  unbelievers.  The  fufferings  which  feve- 
ral  of  the  writers  underwent  both  in  life  and  death, 
in  atteftation  of  the  facts  delivered  by  them,  is  a 
particular  argument  in  favour  of  thefe. 

Fifthly,  The  arguments  here  alleged  for  proving 
the  truth  of  the  icripture  hiftory  from  the  genuine- 
nefs  of  the  books,  are  as  conclufive  in  refpect  of  the 
miraculous  fads,  as  of  the  common  ones.  But 
befides  this  we  may  obferve,  that  if  we  allow  the 
genuinenefs  of  the  books  to  be  a  fufficient  evidence  of 
the  common  facts  mentioned  in  them,  the  miracu- 
lous facts  muft  be  allowed  alfo,  from  their  clofe 
connection  with  the  common  ones.  It  is  neceffary  to 
admit  both  or  neither.  It  is  not  to  be  conceived,  that 
Mofes  fhould  have  delivered  the  Jfraelites  from  their 
flavery  in  Egypt,  or  conducted  them  through  the 
wildernefs  for  forcy  years,  at  all,  in  fuch  manner 
as  the  common  hiftory  reprefents,  unlefs  we  fuppofe 
the  miraculous  facts  intermixed  with  it  to  be  true  alfo. 
In  like  manner,  the  fame  of  Chrift's  miracles,  the 
multitudes  which  followed  him,  the  adherence  of  his 
difciples,  the  jealoufy  and  hatred  of  the  chief  priefts, 
fcribes  and  pharifees,  with  many  other  facts  of  a 
common  nature,  are  impoflible  to  be  accounted  for, 
unlefs  we  allow,  that  he  did  really  work  miracles. 
And  the  fame  obfervations  hold  in  general  of  the 
other  parts  of  the  fcripture  hiftory. 

Sixthly,  There  is  even  a  particular  argument  in  fa- 
vour of  the  miraculous  part  -of  the  fcripture  hiftory, 
to  be  drawn  from  the  reluctance  of  mankind  to  re- 
ceive miraculous  facts.  It  is  true  that  this  reluctance 

is 


76  Of  the  Truth  of 

is  greater  in  fome  ages  and  nations  than  in  others,- 
and  probable  reafons  may  be  afiigned  why  this  reluc- 
tance was,  in  general,  lefs  in  ancient  times  than  in 
the  prefent  (which,  however,  are  prcfumptions  that 
fome  real  miracles  were  then  wrought) :  but  it  muft 
always  be  confiderable  from  the-  very  frame  of  the 
human  mind,  and  would  be  particularly  fo  amongft 
the  Jews  at  the  time  of  Chrift's  appearance,  as  they 
had  then  been  without  miracles  for  four  hundred 
years,  or  more.  Now  this  reluctance  muft  make 
both  the  writers  and  readers  very  much  upon  their 
guard;  and  if  it  be  now  one  of  the  chief  prejudices 
againft  revealed  religion,  as  unbelievers  unanimoufly 
aflert,  it  is  but  reafonable  to  allow  alfo,  that  it  would 
be  a  ftrong  check  upon  the  publication  of  a  miracu- 
lous hiftory  at  or  near  the  time  when  the  miracles 
were  faid  to  be  performed,  i.  e.  it  will  be  a  ftrong 
confirmation  of  fuch  an  hiftory,  if  its  genuinenefs  be 
granted  previously. 

And,  upon  the  whole,  we  may  certainly  con- 
clude, that  the  principal  facts,  both  common  and 
miraculous,  mentioned  in  the  fcriptures,  muft  be 
true,  .if  their  genuinenefs  be  allowed.  The  objection 
againft  all  miraculous  fads  will  be  confidered  below 
after  the  other  arguments  for  the  truth  of  the  fcrip- 
ture  miracles  have  been  alleged. 

The  converfe  of  this  propofition  is  alfo  true,  /'.  e. 
if  the  principal  facts  mentioned  in  the  fcriptures  be 
true,  they  muft  be  genuine  writings.  And  though 
this  converfe  propofition  may,  at  fir  ft  fight,  appear 
to  be  of  little  importance  for  the  eftablilhment  of 
chriftianity,  inafmuch  as  the  genuinenefs  of  the  fcrip- 
tures is  only  made  ufe  of  as  a  medium  whereby  to 
prove  the  truth  of  the  facts  mentioned  in  them,  yet 
it  will  be  found  otherwife  upon  farther  examination. 
For  there  are  many  evirVences  for  the  truth  of  parti- 
cular facts  mentioned  in  the  fcriptures,  fuch,  for 
inftance,  as  thofe  taken  from  natural  hiftory,  and  the 

cotemporary 


the  Chriftian  Religion.  77 

cotemporary  profane  hiftory,  which  no  ways  prefup- 
pofe,  but,  on  the  contrary,  prove  the  genuinenefs  of 
the  fcripturesj  and  this  genuinenefs,  thus  proved, 
may,  by  the  arguments  alleged  under  this  propofi- 
tion,  be  extended  to  infer  the  truth  of  the  reft  of  the 
facts.  Which  is  not  to  argue  in  a  circle,  and  to 
prove  the  truth  of  the  fcripture  hiftory  from  its 
truth ;  but  to  prove  the  truth  of  thofe  facts,  which 
are  not  attefted  by  natural  or  civil  hiftory,  from 
thofe  which  are,  by  the  medium  of  the  genuinenefs 
of  the  fcriptures. 

PROP.     XVIII. 

The  Genuinenefs   of  the  Scriptures  proves  their  divine 
Authority. 

THE  truth  of  this  propofition,  as  it  refpects  the 
book  of  Daniel,  feems  to  have  been  acknowledged 
by  Porphyry y  inafmuch  as  he  could  no  ways  in- 
validate the  divine  authority  of  this  book,  implied 
by  the  accompli fliment  of  the  prophecies  therein  de- 
livered, but  by  afierting,  that  they  were  written  after 
the  event,  *.  e.  were  forgeries.  But  the  fame  thing 
holds  of  many  of  the  other  books  of  the  Old  and  New 
Teftaments,  many  of  them  having  unqueftionable 
evidences  of  the  divine  foreknowledge,  if  they  be 
allowed  genuine.  I  referve  the  prophetical  evidences 
to  be  difcufled  hereafter,  and  therefore  mall  only  fug- 
geft  the  following  inftances  here,  in  order  to  illuftrate 
the  propofition,  viz.  Mofes's  prophecy  concerning 
the  captivity  of  the  Ifraelites,  of  a  ftate  not  yet 
erected ;  J/aiab's  concerning  Cyrus ;  Jeremiah's  con- 
cerning the  duration  of  the  Babylonijh  captivity  -, 
Chrirt's  concerning  the  deftruction  of  Jerufalem,  and 
the  captivity  that  was  to  follow ;  St.  John's  concern- 
ing the  great  corruption  of  the  chriftian  church  ;  and 
Daniel's  concerning  the  fourth  empire  in  its  de- 
clenfionj  which  lad  was  extant. in  Porphyry's  time 

at 


78  Of  the  Truth  of 

at  leaft,  *'.  e.  before  the  events  which  it  fo  fitly  re-* 
prefents. 

The  fame  thing  follows  from  the  fublimity  and 
excellence  of  the  doctrines  contained  in  the  fcriptures. 
Thefe  no  ways  fuit  the  fuppofed  authors,  /.  e.  the 
ages  when  they  lived,  their  educations  or  occupa- 
tions j  and  therefore,  if  they  were  the  real  authors, 
there  is  a  necefiity  of  admitting  the  divine  afliftance. 

The  converfe  of  this  propofition,  viz.  that  the 
divine  authority  of  the  fcriptures  infers  their  ge- 
nuinenefs,  will,  I  fuppofe,  be  readily  acknowledged 
by  all.  And  it  may  be  ufed  for  the  fame  purpofes 
as  the  converfe  of  the  laft.  For  there  are  feveral 
evidences  for  the  divine  authority  of  the  fcriptures, 
which  are  direct  and  immediate,  and  prior  to  the 
confederation  both  of  their  genuinenefs,  and  of  the 
truth  of  the  facts  contained  in  them.  Of  this  kind 
is  the  character  of  Chrift,  as  it  may  be  collected 
from  his  difcourfes  and  actions  related  in  the  gofpels. 
The  great  and  manifeft  fuperiority  of  this  to  all 
other  characters,  seal  and  fictitious,  proves,  at  once, 
his  divine  million,  exclufively  of  all  other  confider- 
ations.  Suppofe  now  the  genuinenefs  of  St.  Luke's 
gofpel  to  be  deduced  in  this  way,  the  genuinenefs 
of  the  Atts  of  the  Apoftles  may  be  deduced  from  it, 
and  of  St.  Paul's  Epiftles  from  the  Afts,  by  the  ufual 
critical  methods.^  And  when  the  genuinenefs  of  the 
Atts  of  the  Apoftles,  and  of  St.  Paul's  Epiftles,  is 
thus  deduced,  the  truth  of  the  facts  mentioned  in 
them  will  follow  from  it  by  the  laft  propofition  j  and 
their  divine  authority  by  this. 


PROP. 


the  Cbrifian  Religion.  79 

PROP.    XIX. 

'truth    of  the   principal  Faffs  contained  in  the 
Scriptures  proves  their  divine  Authority. 

THIS  propofition  may  be  proved  two  ways ;  Firft, 
exclufively  of -the  evidences  of  natural  religion,  fuch 
as  thofe  delivered  in  the  laft  chapter ;  and,  Secondly, 
from  the  previous  eftablifhment  of  the  great  truths 
of  natural  religion.  And,  Firft, 

It  is  evident,  that  the  great  power,  knowledge, 
and  benevolence,  which  appeared  in  Chrift,  the  pro- 
phets and  apoftles,  according  to  the  fcripture  ac- 
counts, do,  as  it  were,  command  afient  and  fubmif- 
fion  from  all  thofe  who  receive  thefe  accounts  as  hifto- 
rical  truths  j  and  that,  though  they  are  not  able  to 
deduce,  or  have  not,  in  fact,  deduced  the  evidences 
of  natural  religion;  nay,  though  they  fhould  have 
many  doubts  about  them.  The  frame  of  the  human 
mind  is  fuch,  that  the  fcripture  hiftory,  allowed  to 
be  true,  muft  convince  us,  that  Chrift,  the  prophets 
and  apoftles,  were  endued  with  a  power  greater  than 
human,  and  acted  by  the  authority  of  a  being  of 
the  higheft  wifdom  and  goodnefs. 

Secondly,  If  natural  religion  be  previoufly  efta- 
bliihed,  the  truth  of  the  principal  facts-  of  the  fcrip- 
tures  proves  their  divine  authority,  in  an  eafier  and 
more  convincing  manner. 

For,  Firft,  The  power  fhewn  in  the  miracles 
wrought  by  Chrift,  the  prophets  and  apoftles,  the 
knowledge  in  their  prophecies,  and  their  good  moral 
characters,  Ihew  them  to  be,  in  an  eminent  manner, 
the  children,  fervants,  and  meflengers,  of  him,  who 
is  now  previoufly  acknowledged  to  be  infinite  in 
power,  knowledge,  and  goodnefs. 

Secondly,  Chrift,  the  prophets  and  apoftles,  make 
an  exprefs  claim  to  a  divine  miflion.  Now,  it 
cannot  be  reconciled  to  God's  moral  attributes  of 

juftice, 


80  Of  the  Truth  of 

juftice,  veracity,  mercy,  &c.  that  he  fhould  permit 
thefe  perfons  to  make  fuch  a  claim  falfely,  and  then 
endue  them,  or  fuffer  them  to  be  endued,  with  fuch 
credentials,  as  muft  fupport  fuch  a  falfe  claim.  Their 
claim  is  not,  therefore,  a  falfe  one,  if  we  admit  their 
credentials  j  or,  in  other  words,  the  truth  of  the 
principal  facts  mentioned  in  the  fcriptures  proves 
the  divine  miffion  of  Chrift,  the  prophets,  and  apo- 
ftles,  i.  e.  the  divine  authority  of  the  fcriptures. 

The  fame  obfervations  may  be  made  upon  the 
converfe  of  this  propofition,  as  upon  thofe  of  the 
'two  laft. 

And  thus  the  genuinenefs  of  the  fcriptures,  the 
truth  of  the  principal  faces  contained  in  them.,  and 
their  divine  authority,  appear  to  be  fo  connected  with 
each  other,  that  any  one  being  eftablifhed  upon  in- 
dependent principles,  the  other  two  may  be  infer- 
red from  it.  The  firft  and  fecond  of  thefe  points 
are,  indeed,  more  evidently  fubfervient  to  the  laft, 
than  the  laft  is  to  them  j  for,  if  the  laft  be  allowed, 
it  is  at  once  all  that  the  believer  contends  for,  whereas 
fome  perfons  appear  to  admit,  or  not  to  rejeft,  the 
firft,  or  even  the  fecond,  and  yet  are  ranked  under 
the  title  of  unbelievers*  It  is  neceflary  to  fhew  to 
fuch  perfons,  that  the  firft  and  fecond  infer  each 
other  mutually,  and  both  of  them  the  laft  j  and  it 
may  be  of  fome  ufe  to  fhew,  that  the  laft  infers  the 
two  firft  in  fuch  a  way,  as  to  caft  fome  light  upon 
itfelf,  without  arguing  in  a  circle ;  the  divine  autho- 
rity of  one  book  being  made  to  infer  the  genuinenefs 
of  another,  or  the  facts  contained  in  it,  i.e.  its  di- 
vine authority  alfo. 

Here  it  may  not  be  amifs  to  fay  fomething  con- 
cerning the  divine  infpiration  of  the  fcriptures.  Now 
there  are  three  different  fuppofitions,  which  may  be 
made  concerning  this  point. 

The  firft  and  loweft  is,  that  all  the  paffages  de- 
livered by  Mofes  and  the  prophets,  as  coming  from 

God, 


the  Cbriftian  Religion.  $l 

God,  and  by  the"  evangelifts,  as  the  words  of  Chrift, 
aJfo  the  revelation  given  to  St.  John  in  a  divine 
vifion,  with  all  parallel  portions  of  fcripture,  muft 
be  confidered  as  divinely  infpifed,  and  as  having 
immediate  divine  authority  j  elfe  we  cannot  allow 
even  common  authority  to  thefe  books;  but  that  the 
common  hiftory,  the  renfonings  of  the1  apoftles  frorri 
the  Old  Teftament,  and  perhaps  fome  of  their  opi- 
nion?, may  be  confidered  as  coming  merely  frorri 
thernfelves,  and  therefore,  though  highly  to  be  re- 
garded, are  not  of  unqueftionable  authority.  The 
arguments  for  this  hypothefis  may  be,  tha"t  fmce  the 
fcriptures  have  fuffered  by  tranfcriners,  like  other 
books,  a  perfect  exaftnefs  in  the  Original,  as  to 
minute  particulars,  (in  which  alone  it  has  fuffered, 
or  could  fuffer,  fiom  tranfcribers),  is  needltfs  ;  that 
Mofes  and  the  prophets,  the  evangelifts  and  apoftles, 
had  natural  talents  for  writing  hiftory,  applying  the 
fcriptures,  reafoning,  and  delivering  their  opinions; 
and  that  God  works  by  natural  means,  where  there 
are  fuch ;  that  the  apoftles  were  ignorant  of  the  true 
extent  of  Cbrtjt's  kingdom  for  a  confiderable  time 
after  his  refurrection,  and  perhaps  miftaken  about 
hrs  fecond  coming;  that  God  might  intend,  that 
nothing  in  this  world  fiiould  be  peifeft,  our  blcfled 
Lord  excepted;  that  fome  hiftorical  fafts  feern  dif- 
ficult to  be  reconciled  to  one  another,  and  fome  ap- 
plications of  pafiages  fiom  the  Old  Tdftament  by 
the  writers  of  the  New,  with  their  reafonings  there- 
upon, inconclufive  and  unfamfa&ory  ;  that  the 
writers  thernfelves  no  where  lay  claim  to  infallibility> 
when  fpeaking  from  thernfelves;  and  that  Hennas, 
Clerhens  Romanus,  and  ^arnabds^  who  were  aportolical 
perfons,  feem  evidently  to  have  reafoned  in  an 
inconclufive  manner. 

The  fecond  hypothefis  is,  that  hiftoricai  incidents 
Of  fmall  moment,  with  matters  of  a  nature  fo- 
reign to  religion,  may  indeed  not  have  divine  au- 

VOL.  II.  G  thority ; 


82  Of  the  Truth  of 

thority;  but  that  all  the  reft  of  the  fcriptures,  the 
reafonings,  the  application  of  the  prophecies,  and 
even  the  doctrines  of  inferior  note,  muft  be  infpired ; 
elfe  what  can  be  meant  by  the  gifts  of  the  fpirit,  par- 
ticularly that  of  prophecy,  i.  e.  of  inftructing  others  ? 
How  can  Cbrift's  promife  of  the  Comforter,  who 
fhould  lead  his  difciples  into  all  truthy  be  fulfilled  ? 
Will  not  the  very  eflentials  of  religion,  the  divine 
mifiion  of  Chrift,  providence,  and  a  future  (late,  be 
weakened  by  thus  fuppofing,  the  facred  writers  to 
be  miftaken  in  religious  points  ?  And  though  the 
hiftory  and  the  reafonings  of  the  fcriptures  have  the 
marks  of  being  written  in  the  fame  manner  as  other 
books,  i.  e.  may  feem  not  to  be  infpired,  yet  a  feciet 
influence  might  conduct  the  writers  in  every  thing  of 
moment,  even  when  they  did  not  perceive  it,  or 
reflect  upon  it  themfelves ;  it  being  evident  from 
obvious  reafonings,  as  well  as  from  the  foregoing 
theory,  that  the  natural  workings  of  the  mind  are  not 
to  be  diftinguilhed  from  thofe,  which  a  being  that 
has  a  fufficient  power  over  our  intellectual  frame, 
might  excite  in  us. 

The  third  and  laft  hypothefis  is,  that  the  whole 
fcriptures  are  infpired,  even  the  mod  minute  hifto- 
rical  paflages,  the  falutations,  incidental  mention  of 
common  affairs,  &c.  The  arguments  in  favour  of 
this  hypothefis  are,  that  many  parts  of  fcripture  ap- 
pear to  have  double,  or  perhaps  manifold  fenfesj 
that  not  one  jot  or  tittle  of  the  law  (/'.  e.  of  the 
whole  fcriptures  of  both  the  Old  and  New  Tefta- 
ments,  in  an  enlarged  way  of  interpretation,  which, 
however,  feems  juftifiable  by  parallel  inftances)  (hall 
'perifh;  that  the  Bible,  /'.  e.  the  book  of  books,  as 
we  now  have  it,  appears  to  have  been  remarkably 
diftinguifhed  by  Providence  from  all  other  writings, 
even  of  good  Jews  and  Chriftians,  and  to  admit  of  a 
vindication  in  refpect  of  fmall  difficulties,  and  fmall 
fceming  inconfiftencies,  as  well  as  of  great  ones,  every 

day 


the  Chriftian  Religion.  83 

day  more  and  more  as  we  advance  in  knowledge ;  and 
that  effects  of  the  fame  kind  with  divine  infpira- 
tion,  viz.  the  working  of  miracles,  and  the  gift  of 
prophecy,  fubfifted  during  the  times  of  the  authors 
of  the  books  of  the  Old  and  New  Teftaments,  and 
even  in  all,  or  nearly  all,  of  thefe  writers ;  alfo  that 
they  extended,  in  fome  cafes,  to  very  minute  things. 

I  will  not  prefume  to  determine  which  of  thefe  three 
ftippofitions  approaches  neareft  to  the  truth.  The 
following  propofitions  will,  I  hope,  eftablifh  the  fiift 
of  them  at .  leail,  and  prove  the  genuinenefs  of  the 
fcriptures,  the  truth  of  the  facts  contained  in  them, 
and  their  divine  authority,  to  fuch  a  degree,  as  that 
we  need  not  fear  to  make  them  the  rule  of  our  lives, 
and  the  ground  of  our  future  expectations  j  which  is 
all  that  is  abfolutely  neceflary  for  the  proof  of  the 
chriftian  religion,  and  the  fatisfaction  and  comfort 
of  religious  perfons.  I  even  believe,  that  the  follow- 
ing evidences  favour  the  fecond  hypothefis  ftrongly, 
and  exclude  all  errors  and  imperfections  of  note ; 
nay,  I  am  inclined  to  believe,  that  ferious,  inquifitive 
men  can  fcarce  reft  there,  but  will  be  led  by  the  fuc- 
ceflive  clearing  of  difficulties,  and  unfolding'  of  the 
moft  wonderful  truths,  to  believe  the  whole  fcrip- 
tures to  be  infpired,  and  to  abound  with  numberlefs 
ufes  and  applications,  of  which  we  yet  know  nothing. 
Let  future  ages  determine.  The  evidently  miracu- 
lous nature  of  one  part,  viz.  the  prophetical,  difpofes 
the  mind  to  believe  the  whole  to  be  far  above  human 
invention,  or  even  penetration,  till  fuch  time  as  our 
underftandings  (hall  be  farther  opened  by  the  events 
which  are  to  precede  the  fecond  coming  of  Chrift.  In 
the  mean  while,  let  critics  and  learned  men  of  all 
kinds  have  full  liberty  to  examine  the  facred  books ; 
and  let  us  be  fparing  in  our  cenfures  of  each  other. 
Let  us  judge  nothing  before  the  time,  until  the  Lord 
come;  and  then  Jhall  every  man  have  fraife  of  God. 
Sobriety  of  mind,  humility,  and  piety,  are  requifite  in 

G  2  the 


$4  Of  tie  Truth  of 

the  purfuit  of  knowledge  of  every  kind,  and  much 
more  in  that  of  facred.  I  have  here  endeavoured  to 
be  impartial  to  each  hypothefis,  and  juft  to  hint  what 
I  apprehend  each  party  would  or  might  fay  in  defence 
of  their  own-.  However,  they  an  all  brethren,  and 
ought  not  to/<3//  out  by  the  way. 


PROP.    XX. 

<The  Manner  in  which  the  Books  of  the  Old  and  New 
cTeftaments  have  been  handed  down  from  Age  to  Agc^ 
proves  both  their  Getiuinenefs,  and  the  Truth  of  the 
principal  Faffs  contained  in  them* 

>'  .  \ 

FOR,  Firft,  It  refembles  the  manner  in  which  all 
other  genuine  books  and  true  hiftories.  have  been 
conveyed  down  to  pofteriiy.  As  the  writings  of  the 
Greek  and  Roman  poets,  orajors,  philofcphers  and 
hiftorians,  were  efteemed  by  theie  nations  to  be 
tranfmitted  to  them  by  their  forefathers  in  a  continued 
fucceffion,  from  the  times  when  the  refpe&ive  au- 
thors lived,  fo  have  the  books  of  the  Old  Teftament 
by  the  Jewifo  nation,  and  thofe  of  the  New  by  the 
ChriftianSt  and  it  is  an  additional  evidence  in  the  laft 
cafe,  that  the  primitive  chriftians  were  not  a  diftinct 
nation,  but  a  great  multitude  of  people  difperfed 
through  all  the  nations  of  the  Roman  empire,  and 
even  extending  itfelf  beyond  the  bounds  of  that  em- 
pire. As  the  Greeks  and  Romans  always  believed  the 
principal  facts  of  their  hiftorical  books,  fo  the  Jews 
and  Cbrijiians  did  more,  and  never  feem  to  have 
doubted  of  the  truth  of  any  part  of  theirs.  In  (hort, 
whatever  can  be  faid  of  the  traditional  authority  due 
to  the  Greek  and  Roman  writers,  fomething  analo- 
gous to  this,  and  for  the  moft  part  of  greater  weight, 
may  be  urged  for  the  Jewijh  and  Chriftian.  Now,  1 
fuppofe  that  all  fober-minded  men  admit  the  books 

ufually 


the  Chriftian  Religion.  85 

ufually  afcribed  to  the  Greek  and  Roman  hiftorians, 
philofophers,  &c.  to  be  genuine,  and  the  principal 
facts  related  or  alluded  to  in  them  to  be  true,  and  that 
one  chief  evidence  for  this  is  the  general  traditionary 
one  here  recited.  They  ought  therefore  to  pay  the 
fame  regard  to  the  books  of  the  Old  and  New  Tefta- 
ments,  fince  there  are  the  fame  or  greater  reafons 
for  it. 

Secondly,  If  we  reconfider  the  circumftances  re- 
cited in  the  laft  paragraph,  it  will  appear,  that  thefe 
traditionary  evidences  are  fufficient  ones;  and  we  fhall 
have  a  real  argument,  as  well  as  one  ad  bominem^  for 
receiving  books  fo  handed  down  to  us.  For  it  is 
not  to  be  conceived,  that  whole  nations  fhould  either 
be  impofed  upon  thcmfelvcs,  or  concur  to  deceive 
others,  by  forgeries  of  books  or  facts.  Thefe  books 
and  facts  muft  therefore,  in  general,  be  genuine  and 
true ;  and  it  is  a  ftrong  additional  evidence  of  this, 
that  all  nations  muft  be  jealous  of  forgeries,  for  the 
fame  reafons  that  we  are. 

Here  it  may  be  objected,  that  as  we  reject  the  pro- 
digies related  by  the  Greek  and  Roman  writers,  though 
we  admit  the  common  hiftory,  fo  we  ought  alfo  to 
reject  the  fcripture  miracles.  To  this  I  anfwer, 

Firft,  That  the  fcripture  hiftory  is  fupported  by 
far  ftronger  evidences  than  the  Greek  or  Roman,  as 
will  appear  in  the  following  propofitions. 

Secondly,  That  many  of  the  fcripture  miracles  arc 
related  by  eye-witneflcs,  and  were  of  a  public  nature, 
of  long  duration,  attended  by  great  and  lading  ef- 
fects, infeparably  connected  with  the  common  hif- 
tory, and  evidently  fuitable  to  our  notions  of  a  wife 
and  good  Providence,  which  cannot  be  faid  of  thofe 
related  by  the  Pagan  writers. 

Thirdly,  That  the  fcripture  miracles  not  attended 
by  thefe  cogent  circumftances  are  fupported  by  their 
connection  with  fuch  as  are ;  and  that  after  we  have 

G  2  admitted 


86  Of  the  Truth  of 

admitted  thefe,   there   remains    no   longer   any   pre- 
fumptipn  againft  thofe  from  their  miraculous  nature. 

Fourthly,  If  there  be  any  fmall  number  found 
amongft  the  Pagan  miracles,  attefted  by  fuch  like 
evidences  as  the  principal  ones  for  the  fcripture  mi- 
racles, I  do  not  fee  how  they  can  be  rejected ;  but 
if  will  not  follow,  that  the  fcripture  miracles  are 
falfe,  becaufe  fome  of  the  Pagan  ones  are  true. 

PROP.     XXI. 

$be  great  Importance  of  the  Hiftories,  Precepts,  Pro- 
mifes,  Vhreatenings,  and  Prophecies  contained  in  the 
Scriptures,  are  Evidences  both  of  their  Genuinenejs, 
and  of  the  'Truth  of  the  principal  Fafts  mentioned  in 
them. 

THIS  is  one  of  the  inftances  in  which  the  evi- 
dences for  the  fcriptures  are  fuperior,  beyond  com- 
parifon,  to  thofe  for  any, other  ancient  books.  Let 
us  take  a  fhort  review  of  this  importance  in  its 
feveral  particulars. 

The  hiftory  of  the  creation,  fall,  deluge,  longe- 
vity of  the  patriarchs,  dilperfion  of  mankind,  call- 
ing of  Abraham,  defcent  of  Jacob  with  his  family 
into  Egypt,  and  the  precepts  of  abftaining  from 
blood,  and  of  circumcifion,  were  of  fo  much  con- 
cern, either  to  mankind  in  general,  or  to  the  IJraelites 
in  particular,  and  fome  of  them  of  fo  extraordinary 
a  nature,  as  that  it  could  not  be  an  indifferent  matter 
to  the  people  amongft  whom  the  account  given  of 
them  in  Gene/is  was  firft  publifhed,  whether  they 
received  them  or  not.  Suppofe  this  account  to  be 
firft  publifhed  amongft  the  Ifraelites  by  Mojes,  and  alfo 
to  be  then  comfirmed  by  clear,  univerfal,  uninterrupted 
tradition  (which  is  poffible  and  probable,  according 
to  the  hiftory  itfclf),  and  it  will  be  eafy  to  conceive, 
upon  this  true  fuppofition,  fyow  this  account  fhould 

be 


tbe  Chriftian  Religion.  87 

be  handed  down  from  age  to  age  amongft  the  Jews, 
and  received  by  them  as  indubitable.  Suppofe  this 
account  to  be  falfe,  /'.  e.  fuppofe  that  there  were  no 
fuch  evidences  and  veftiges  of  thefe  hiftories  and 
precepts,  and  it  will  be  difficult  to  conceive  how  this 
could  have  happened,  let  the  time  of  publication  be 
as  it  will.  If  early,  the  people  would  reject  the 
account  at  once  for  want  of  a  clear  tradition,  which 
the  account  would  itfelf  give  them  reafon  to  expect. 
If  late,  it  would  be  natural  to  inquire  how  the  author 
came  to  be  informed  of  things  never  known  before 
to  others. 

If  it  be  faid,  that  he  delivered  them  as  commu- 
nicated to  him  by  revelation  (which  yet  cannot  well 
be  faid  on  account  of  the  many  references  in  Genefis 
to  the  remaining  veftiges  of  the  things  related),  thefe 
furprizing,  interefting  particulars  would  at  lead  be 
an  embarraflment  upon  his  fictitious  credentials,  and 
engage  his  cotemporaries  to  look  narrowly  into  them. 

If  it  be  faid,  that  there  were  many  cofmogonies 
and  theogonies  current  amongft  the  Pagans,  which  yet 
are  evidently  fictions  j  I  anfwer,  that  thefe  were, 
in  general,  regarded  only  as  amufing  fictions;  how- 
ever, that  they  had  fome  truths  in  them,  either  ex- 
prefied  in  plain  words,  or  concealed  in  figures  3  and 
that  their  agreement  with  the  book  of  Genefis,  as  far 
as  they  are  confident  with  one  another,  or  have  any 
appearance  of  truth,  is  a  remarkable  evidence  in 
favour  of  this  book.  It  is  endlefs  to  make  all  the 
poflible  fuppofitions  and  objections  of  this  kind ;  but 
it  appears  to  me,  that  the  more  are  made,  the  more 
will  the  truth  and  genuinenefs  of  the  fcriptures  be  efta- 
blifhed  thereby. 

It  ought  to  be  added,  in  relation  to  the  precepts 
of  abftaining  from  blood,  and  circurncifion,  before- 
mentioned,  that  if  the  firft  was  common  to  mankind, 
or  was  known  to  have  been  fo,  the  laft  peculiar  to  the 
defendants  of  Abraham,  at  the  time  of  the  publi- 

G  4  cation 


88 

cation  of  the  book  of  Gene/is,  this  confirms  jtj  if 
ochervyife,  would  contribute  to  make  it  rejected,  If 
neither  the  practices  themfelves,  nor  any  veftiges  of 
them,  fubfifted  at  all,  the  book  muft  be  rejected. 
The  difficulty  of  deducing  thefe  practices  from  the 
principles  of  human  nature  ought  to  be  .confidered 
here  j  as  it  tends  to  prove  their  divine  origU 
nal  agreeably  to  the  accounts  given  of  them  ia 
Genefis. 

Let  us  next  come  to  the  law  of  Mofes.     This  wa.3 
extremely    burdenfome,    expenfive,    fevere,    particu- 
larly upon  the  _crime  of  idolatry,  to  which  all  man- 
kind   were    then   extravagantly    prone,    and    abfurd, 
according  to  the  common  judgment  of  mankind,  in 
the  inftances  of  forbidding  to  provide  themfelves  with 
Jiorfcs  for  war,    and  commanding   all  the  males  of 
the  whole  nation  to  appear  at  Jerujalem  three  times 
in  a  year.      At  the  fame  time,    it  claims  a  divine 
authority  every  where,    and  appeals  to    facts  of  the 
moft  notorious  kinds,  and  to  cuftoms  and  ceremonies 
of  the  moft  peculiar  nature,  as  the  memorials  of  thefe 
facts.     We  cannot  conceive,  then,  that  any  nation, 
\vith  fucji  motives  to  reject,  and  fuch  opportunities 
of  detecting,    the  forgery  of  the  books   of  Exodus \ 
Leviticus,    Number st    and    Deuteronomy,    fhould   yet 
receive  them,  and  fubmit  to  this  heavy  yoke.     That 
they  fhould  often  throw  it  off  in  part,  and  for  a  time, 
and   rebel  againft  the  divine  authority  of  their  law, 
though  fufficiently  evidenced,  is  eafily  to  be  accounted 
for  from  what  we  fee  and  feel  in  ourfelves  and  others 
every  day ;  but  that  they  fhould  ever  return  and  re- 
pent, ever  fubmit  to  it,  unlefs  it  had  divine  authority, 
is  utterly  incredible.      It  was  not  a  matter  of  fuch 
fmall  importance,  as  that  they   could  content  them- 
felves   with    a    fuperficial    examination,    with    a    lefs 
examination  than   would    be   fufficient   to   detect   fo 
notorious  a  forgery ;  and  ihis  holds  at  whatever  time 
we  fuppofe  thefe  books  to  be  publifhed. 

That 


the  Chriftian  Religion.  89 

That  the  Jews  did  thus  fubmit  to  the  law  of 
,  is  evident  from  the  books  of  the  Old  and  New 
Teftaments,  if  \ve  allow  them  the  lead  truth  and 
genuineness,  or  even  from  profane  writers ;  nay,  I 
may  fay,  from  the  prefent  obfervance  of  it  by  the 
Jews  Scattered  through  all  the  kingdoms  of  the 
world. 

If  it  be  faid,  that  other  nations  have  afcribed  di- 
vine authority  to  their  lawgivers,    and  Submitted  to 
very  Severe  laws ;  I  anfwer,  Firft,  That  the  pretences 
of  lav/givers  amongft  the  Pagans  to  infpiration,  and 
the  Submiffion  of  the  people  to  them,  may  be  account- 
ed for  in  the  degree  in  which  they  are  found,  from 
the    then   circumftances   of   things,    without   having 
recourfe   to   real   inspiration ;    and   particularly,    that 
if  we  admit  the  patriarchal  revelations  related  and  in- 
timated  by  Mofe^t    and  his  own  divine  legation,    it 
will  appear,  that  the  heathen   lawgivers  copied  after 
thefe ;  which  is  a  ilrong  argument  for  admitting  them. 
Secondly,  That  there  is  no  inftance  amongft  the  Pa- 
gans, of  a  body  of  laws  being  produced  at:  once,  and 
remaining   without    addition     afterwards  j     but    that 
they    were   compiled   by   degrees,    according  to  the 
exigencies  of  the  ftate,  the  prevalence  of  a  particular 
fadion,  or  the  authority  of  fome  particular  perfons, 
who  were  all  ftyled  lawgivers,  as  Draco  and  Solon  at 
Aibens :    that   they  were  made,    in  general,    not   to 
curb,    but  humour,  the  genius  of  the  people ;   and 
were  afterwards  repealed  and  altered  from  the  Same 
cauSes :  whereas  the  body  politic  of  the  Israelites  took 
upon  itfelf  a  complete  form  at  once,  and  has  preServed 
this  form  in  great  meaSure  to  the  preSent    time,  and 
that  under  the  higheft  external  disadvantages ;  which 
is  an  inftance  quite  without  parallel,  and  (hews  the 
great  opinion  which  they  had  of  their  law,  /'.  e.  its  great 
importance  to  them. 

If  it  be  faid,   that  the  laws  of  the  IJr&sliles   were 
not  perhaps  impofed  at  once,  but  grew  up  by  degrees, 

as 


90  Of  the  'Truth  of 

as  in  other  nations,  this  will  make  the  difficulty  of  re- 
ceiving the  books  of  Exodus,  Leviticus,  Numbers,  and 
Deuteronomy,  in  which  the  contrary,  with  all  the  par- 
ticular circumftances,  is  aflerted,  greater  than  ever. 
In  fhort,  of  all  the  fictions  or  forgeries  that  can  hap- 
pen amongft  any  people,  the  moft  improbable  is  that 
of  their  body  of  civil  laws  ;  and  it  feems  to  be  ut- 
terly impofiible  in  the  cafe  of  the  law  of  Mofes. 

The  next  part  of  the  fcriptures,  whofe  importance 
we  are  to  confider,  is  the  hiftory  contained  in  the 
books  of  Jo/hua,  Judges,  Ruth,  Samuel,  Kings,  Chro- 
nicles, Ezra,  and  Nehemiah,  and  extending  from  the 
Death  of  Mofes  to  the  re-eftablifhment  of  the  Jews 
after  the  Babylonifh  captivity,  by  Ezra  and  Nehemiah. 
Now,  in  this  hiftory  are  the  following  important 
fafts,  moft  of  which  muft  be  fuppofed  to  leave  fnch 
veftiges  of  themfelves,  either  external  vifible  onesy 
or  internal  in  the  minds  and  memories  of  the  people, 
as  would  verify  them,  if  true ;  make  them  be  rejected, 
if  falfe.  The  conqueft  of  the  land  of  Canaan,  the 
divifion  of  it,  and  the  appointment  of  cities  for  the 
priefts  and  Levites  by  Jojhua;  the  frequent  flave- 
ries  of  the  IJraelites  to  the  neighbouring  kings,  and 
their  deliverance  by  the  judges ;  the  erection  of  a 
kingdom  by  Samuel-,  the  tranflation  of  this  king- 
dom from  Saul's  family  to  David,  with  his  conquefts  j 
the  glory  of  Solomon's  kingdom;  the  building  of  the 
temple;  the  divifion  of  the 'kingdom ;  the  idola- 
trous worfhip  fet  up  at  Dan  and  Bethel;  the  capti- 
vity of  the  IJraelites  by  the  kings  of  AJfyria ;  the 
captivity  of  the  Jews  by  Nebuchadnezzar ;  the  de- 
ftru&ion  of  their  temple  j  their  return  under  Cyrus, 
rebuilding  the  temple  under  Darius  Hyftafpis,  and 
re-eftablifhment  under  drtaxerxes  Longimanus,  by 
Ezra  and  Nebemiab ;  thefe  events  are  fome  of 
them  the  moft  glorious,  fome  of  them  the  moft  fliame- 
ful  that  can  well  happen  to  any  people.  How  can  we 
reconcile  forgeries  of  fuch  oppofite  kinds,  and  efpe- 

cially 


the  Chrijlian  Religion.  91 

cially  as  they  are  interwoven  together  ?  But,  indeed, 
the  facts  are  of  fuch  confequence,  notoriety,  and 
permanency  in  their  effects,  that  neither  could  any 
particular  perfons  arnongft  the  Israelites  firft  project 
the  defign  of  feigning  them,  nor  their  own  people 
concur  with  fuch  a  defign,  nor  the  neighbouring  na- 
tions permit  the  fiction  to  pafs.  Nothing  could  make 
a  jealous  multitude  amongft  the  Ifraelites  or  neigh- 
bouring nations  acquiefce,  but  the  invincible  evi- 
dence of  the  facts  here  alleged.  And  the  fame  ob- 
fervations  hold  of  numberlefs  other  fads  of  lefler 
note,  which  it  would  be  tedious  to  recount  j  and  of 
miraculous  facts  as  much,  or  rather  more  than  others, 
Befides  which,  it  is  to  be  noted,  that  all  thefe  have 
fuch  various  neceflary  connections  with  each  other, 
that  they  cannot  be  feparated,  as  has  been  already 
remarked. 

And  all  this  will,  I  prefume,  be  readily  acknow- 
ledged, upon  fuppofition  that  the  feveral  books  were 
publifhed  in  or  near  the  times  of  the  fa&s  therein  re- 
corded. But,  fay  the  objectors,  this  will  not  hold  in 
fo  ftrong  a  manner,  if  the  books  be  publifhed  after 
thefe  tirrjes.  Let  us  take  an  extreme  cafe  then,  and 
fuppofe  all  thefe  hiftorical  books  forged  by  Ezra. 
But  this  is  evidently  impofllble.  Things  of  fo  im- 
portant and  notorious  a  kind,  fo  glorious  and  fo  fhame- 
ful  to  the  people,  for  whofe  fake  they  were  forged, 
would  have  been  reje6ted  wich  the  utmoft  indignation, 
unlefs  there  were  the  ftrongeft  and  moft  genuine  foot- 
fteps  of  thefe  things  already  amongft  the  people. 
They  were  therefore  in  part  true.  But  many  addi- 
tions were  made  by  Ezra,  fay  the  objectors.  I  an- 
fwer,  if  thefe  were  of  importance,  the  difficulty  re- 
turns. If  not,  then  all  the  important  facts  are  true. 
Befides,  what  motive  could  any  one  have  for  making 
additions,  of  no  importance  ?  Again,  if  there  were 
any  ancient  writings  extant,  Ezra  muft  either  copy 
after  them,  which  deftroys  the  prefent  fuppofition ; 

or 


92  Of  the  Truth  of 

or  differ  from  and  oppofe  them,  which  would  betray 
him.  If  there  were  no  fuch  ancient  writings,  the 
people  could  not  but  inquire  in  matters  of  importance, 
for  what  realbns  Ezra  was  fo  particular  in  things  of 
which  there  was  neither  any  memory,  nor  account 
in  writing.  If  it  be  faid,  that  the  people  did 
regard  what  Ezra  had  thus  forged,  but  let  it  pafs 
uncontradi&ed  j  this  is  again  to  make  the  things  of 
fmall  or  no  importance,  Befides,  why  fhould  Ezra 
write,  if  no  one  would  read  or  regard  ?  Farther, 
Ezra  muff,  like  all  other  men,  have  friends,  ene- 
mies and  rivals ;  and  fome  or  all  of  thefe  would  have 
been  a  check  upon  him,  and  a  fecurity  againft  him 
in  matters  of  importance. 

If,  inftead  of  fuppofing  Ezra  to  have  forged  all 
thefe  books  at  once,  we  fuppofe  them  forged  fuccef- 
fively,  one,  two,  or  three  centuries  after  .the  fafts 
related ;  we  fhall,  from  this  intermediate  fuppofition, 
have  (befides  the  difficulty  of  accounting  for  fuch  a 
regular  fuccefiion  of  impoftures  in  matters  fo  impor- 
tant) a  mixture  of  the  difficulties  recited  in  the 
two  preceding  paragraphs,  the  fum  total  of  which 
will  be  the  fame,  or  nearly  the  fame,  as  in  either  of 
thofe  cafes.  And,  upon  the  whole,  the  forgery  of 
the  annals  of  the  Israelites  appears  to  be  impoffible, 
as  well  as  that  of  the  body  of  their  civil  laws. 

If  it  be  faid,  that  the  hiftories  and  annals  of  other 
nations  have  many  fi<5lions  and  falfehoods  in  them; 
I  anfwer,  that  the  fuperior  importance  of  the  events 
which  happened  to  the  Jewijh  nation,  and  the  mira- 
culous nature  of  many  of  them,  occafioned  there  be- 
ing recorded  at  the  then  prefent  times,  in  the  way 
of  fimple  narration,  the  command  of  God  alfo  con- 
curring, as  it  feerns ;  and  that  thus  all  addition,  va- 
riety, and  embelliihrnent,  was.  prevented  :  whereas 
the  hiftories  of  the  originals  of  other  nations  were 
not  committed  to  writing  till  long  after  the  events, 
after  they  had  heen  corrupted  and  obfcured  by  num- 

berlefs 


the  Cbriftian  Religion.  93 

berlefs  fables  and  fictions,  as  is  well  known*  There 
are  many  other  circumftances  peculiar  to  the  Jewijb 
hiftoryj  which  eftablifh  its  truth  even  in  the  minutcft 
things,  as  I  fhall  fhew  in  the  following  propofitions  j 
and  I  hope  the  reader  will  fee,  in  the  progrefs  of  the 
argument,  that  the  fame  method  of  reafoning  which 
proves  the  Jewijh  hirtory  to  be  rigoroufly  exa<5t, 
proves  alfo,  that  the  hiftories  of  other  nations  may  be 
expected  to  be  partly  true,  and  partly  falfe,  as  they  are 
agreed  to  be  by  all  learned  and  fober-minded  men. 

i  pafs  over  the  books  of  Efther,  Job,  the  PJalms, 
Proverbs,  Ecclefiaftes,  and  Canticles,  as  not  having 
much  relation  to  this  propofition ;  and  proceed  to  the 
confutation  of  the  Prophecies. 

Tht-fc  contain  the  moft  important  precepts,  pro- 
mifes,  threattnings,  and  predictions,  /.  e.  prophecies 
peculiarly  fo  called,  btfidcs  the  indirect  and  incidental 
mention  of  the  great  events  recorded  in  the  hiftorical 
books.  And  as  they  are  full  of  the  fevereft  reproofs 
and  denunciations  aguinft  all  ranks,  king,  governors 
and  great  men  fuboidinate  to  him,  priefts,  pro- 
phets, and  people,  one  cannot  expeci,  that  they 
fhould  be  favourably  received  by  any,  but  thofe  of 
the  beft  moral  characters  j  and  thefe  muft  be  the 
firft  to  detect  and  expofe  a-  forgery,  if  there  was 
any.  So  that  the  prophecies,  if  they  were  forgeries, 
could  not  be  able  to  (land  fo  rigorous  an  exami- 
nation as  the  importance  of  the  cafe  would  prompt 
all  ranks  to.  And  here  all  the  arguments  before  ufed 
to  (hew,  that  the  hiftorical  books  could  neither  be 
forged  at  the  time  of  the  fadls,  nor  fo  late  as  Ezra'?, 
time,  nor  in  any  intermediate  one,  are  applicable  with 
the  fame  or  even  greater  force.  Befides  which,  it  is 
to  be  obfcrved  of  the  prediiflions  in  particular,  that,' 
if  they  were  publifhed  before  the  events,  they  could 
not  be  forgeries ;  if  afterwards,  there  would  not  be 
wanting  amongft-  the  Jews  many  perfons  of  the  fame 
difpofition  with  Porphyry,  and  the  prefent  objectors  to 

che 


the  genuinenefs  of  the  prophecies,  and  the  truth  of 
the  facts  related  or  implied  in  them,  who  upon  that 
fuppofition  would  have  met  with  fucccfb,  as  Porphyry, 
and  the  ancient  objectors  would  have  done  long  ago, 
had  their  objections  been  folid.  Infidelity  is  the 
natural  and  ncceflary  product:  of  human  wickednefs 
and  weaknefs  j  we  fee  -it,  in  all  other  things,  as  well 
as  in  religion,  whenfoever  the  interefts  and  paflions  of 
men  are  oppofite  to  truth  j  and  the  prefent  objectors 
to  the  truth  of  revealed  religion  may  be  afTured, 
that  the  ancient  ones,  the  murmuring  Ifraelites  in  the 
wildernefs,  the  rebellious  Jews  before  Chrift,  and 
both  Jews  and  Gentiles  fince  Chrift,  have  done  juftice 
to  their  caufe. 

We  come,  in  the  laft  place,  to  confider  the  im- 
portance of  the  books  of  the  £Jew  Teftament.  Who- 
ever then  received  thefe  in  ancient  times  as  genuine 
and  true,  muft  not  only  forfake  all  finful  pleafures, 
but  expofe  himfelf  to  various  hardfhips  and  dangers, 
and  even  to  death  itfelf.  They  had  indeed  a  future 
glory  promifed  to  them,  with  which  the  fufferings  of 
the  prefent  time  were  not  worthy  to  be  compared. 
But  then  this  glory,  being  future,  muft  be  fupported 
with  the  moft  inconteftable  evidences  j  elfe  it  could 
have  no  power  againft  the  oppofite  motives ;  and  both 
together  muft  fo  roufe  the  mind,  as  to  make  men  ex- 
ert themfelves  to  the  uttermoft,  till  they  had  received 
full  fatisfaction.  Befides  which,  it  is  to  be  obferved, 
that  even  joy,  and  the  greatnefs  of  an  expectation, 
incline  men  to  disbelieve,  and  to  examine  with  a 
fcrupulous  exactnefs,  as  well  as  fear  and  diflike. 

As  to  thofe  who  did  not  receive  the  doctrines  of 
the  New  Teftament,  and  the  facts  there  related  and 
implied,  they  would  have  fufficient  motives  to  detect 
the  forgery  or  falfehood,  had  there  been  any  fuch. 
.They  were  all  condemned  for  their  unbelief  j  many 
for  their  grofs  vices  j  the  Jew  for  his  darling  par- 
tiality to  his  own  nation,  and  ceremonial  lawj  and 

the 


the  Chriflian  Religion.  95 

the  Gentile  for  his  idolatry  and  polytheifm  j  and  the 
mod  dreadful  puniftiments  threatened  to  all  in  a  future 
ftate.  Now  thefe  were  important  charges,  and  alarm- 
ing confiderations,  which,  if  they  did  not  put  men 
upon  a  fair  examination,  would,  at  leaft,  make  them 
dcfirous  to  find  fault,  to  deteft  and  expofe,  and,  if 
they  had  difcovered  any  fraud,  to'publifn  it  with  the 
utmoft  triumph.  The  books  of  the  New  Teftament 
could  not  but  be  of  fo  much  importance  to  the 
unbelievers  of  the  primitive  times,  as  to  excite  them 
to  vigilance  and  earneftnefs,  in  endeavouring  to 
difcredit  and  deftroy  them.  All  which  is  abundantly 
confirmed  by  the  hiftory  of  thofe  times.  And  in- 
deed cafes  of  the  fame  kind,  though  not  of  the  fame 
degree,  occur  now  to  daily  obfervation,  which  the 
reader  will  do  well  to  call  to  mind.  Thus  it  comes 
to  pafs  on  one  hand,  that  frauds  and  impoftures 
are  cruftied  in  the  birth  j  'and,  on  the  other,  that 
wicked  men  labour  againft  the  truth  in  the  moft  un- 
reafonable  and  inconfiftent  ways,  and  are  led  on  from, 
one  degree  of  obftinacy,  prevarication,  and  infatua- 
tion, to  another,  without  limits. 

It  may  be  added  here,  that  the  perfons  reproved 
and  condemned  in  the  Gofpels,  in  the  ARs  of  the 
Apoftles,  by  St.  Paul  in  his  Epiftles,  by  St.  Peter  in 
his  fecond  Epiftle,  by  St.  John  and  St.  Jude  in  their 
Epiftles,  and  by  St.  John  in  the  Revelation,  viz.  the 
five  churches,  and  the  Nicolaitans,  could  not  but 
endeavour  to  vindicate  themfelves.  The  books  were 
all  of  a  public  nature,  and  thefe  reproofs  particularly 
fo,  as  being  intended  to  guard  others. 

I  have  now  gone  through  the  feveral  parts  of  the 
fcripture,  and  (hewn  briefly  how  the  importance  of 
each  would  be  a  fecurity  againft  forgery  and  fi&ion 
in  that  part.  I  will  now  add  fome  general  evidences 
to  the  fame  purpofe. 

Firft,  then,  It  is  certain,  that  both  Jews  and  Chrif- 
tians  have  undergone  the  fevered  perfecutions  and 

fufferings 


fufferings  on  account  of  their  facred  books,  and  yet 
never  could  be  prevailed  with  to  deliver  them  up : 
which  (hews  that  they  thought  them  of  the  higheft 
importance,  mod  genuine  and  true. 

Secondly,  The  preservation  of  the  law  of  Mofes, 
which  is  probably  the  firft  book  that  was  ever  written 
in  any  language,  while  fo  many  others  more  modern 
have  been  loft,  fhews  the  great  regard  paid  to  ir. 
The  fame  holds  in  a  lefs  degree  of  moft  of  the  other 
books  of  the  Old  Teftament,  fince  moft  of  them 
are  ancienter  than  the  oldeft  Greek  hif\orians.  And  as 
the  records  of  all  the  neighbouring  nations  are  loft; 
we  mtrft  fuppofe  thofe  of  the  Jews  to  have  been 
preferved,  from  their  importance,  or  fome  other  fuch 
caufe,  as  may  be  an  equal  evidence  of  their  genuine- 
nefs  and  truth. 

Thirdly,  The  great  importance  of  all  the  facred 
books  appears  from  the  many  early  tranflations  and 
paraphrafes  of  them.  The  fame  tranflations  and! 
paraphrafes  muft  be  an  effectual  means  of  fecuring 
their  integrity  and  purity,  if  we  could  fuppofe  any 
defign  to  corrupt  them. 

Fourthly,  The  hefitation  and  difficulty  with  which 
a  few  books  of  the  New  Teftament  were  received 
into  the  canon,  fhew  the  great  care  and  concern 
of  the  primitive  chriftians  about  their  can'on,  /.  e. 
the  high  importance  of  the  books  received  into  it; 
and  are  therefore  a  ftrong  evidence,  firft,  for  the' 
genuinenefs  and  truth  of  the  books  which  were  re- 
ceived without  hefitation ;  and  then  for  .thefe  others, 
fince  they  were  received  univerfally  at  laft. 

fifthly,  The  great  religious  hatred  and  animofity 
which  fubfifted  between  the  Jews  and  Samaritans,  and 
between  feveral  cf  the  ancient  feds  amongft  the 
chriftians,  fhew  of  what  importance  they  all  thought 
their  facred  books ;  and  would  make  them  watch  Over 
one  another  with  a  jealous  eye. 

PROP. 


the  Cbriftian  Religion.       .  97 


PROP.     XXII. 

Tjbe  Language,  Style>  and  Manner  of  Writing  ttfed  in 
the  Books  of  the  Old  and  New  Tejiawevts,  are  Argu- 
ments of  t  fair 


HERE  I  obferve,  Firft,  That  the  Hebrew  language, 
in  which  the  Old  T.eftament  was  written,  being  the 
language  of  an  ancient  people,  and  one  that  had 
li.ttle  intercourfc  with  .their  neighbours,  and  \vhofe 
neighbours  a  Ho  fpake  a  language  that  had  great 
affinity  with  their  own,  would  noc  change  To  faft 
as  modern  languages  have  done,  fince  nations  have 
been  variously  mixed  with  one  another,  and  trade, 
arts,  and  fciences,  greatly  extended.  Yet  ibme 
changes  there  mtjfl.  be,  in  paffing  from  the  time  of 
Mofes  to  that  of  Malachi.  Now,  I  apprehend,  that 
the  Biblical  Hebrew  correfponds  to  this  criterion  with 
Ib  much  exaftnefs,  that  a  confiderable  argument  may 
be  deduced  thence  in  favour  of  the  genuinenefs  of  the 
books  of  the  Old  Teftament. 

Secondly,  The  books  of  the  Old  Teftament  have 
too  confiderable  a  diverfity  of  ftyle  to  be  the  work 
cither  of  one  Jew  {for  a  Jew  he  muft  be  on  account 
of  the  language),  or  of  any  fet  of  cotempoi  ary  Jews. 
If  therefore  they  t)e  all  forgeries,  there  muft  be  a  fuc- 
cefllon  of  impoftors  in  different  ages,  who  have  con- 
curred to  impofe  upon  pofterity,  which  is  inconceiv- 
able. To  fuppofe  part  forged,  and  part  genuine,  is 
very  harfh,  neither  would  this  fuppofition,  if  admit- 
ted, be  fatisfadory. 

Thirdly,  The  Hebrew  language  ceafed  to  be 
fpoken,  as  a  living  language,  loon  after  the  time  of 
the  Babylonijh  captivity  :  but  it  would  be  difficult  or 
impofiible  to  forge  any  ttiing  in  it,  after  it  was  be- 
come a  dead  language.  For*  there  was  no  grammar 
made  for  the  Hebrew  till  many  ages  after  ;  and,  as  it 

VOL.  II.  »    H  is 


98      ,  Of  the  Truth  of 

is  difficult  to  write  in  a  dead  language  with  exact- 
nefs,  even  by  the  help  of  a  grammar,  fo  it  feems 
impoffible  without  it.  All  the  books  of  the  Old  Tefta- 
ment  muft  therefore  be,  nearly,  as  ancient  as  the 
&abylonijh  captivity ;  and,  fince  they  could  not  all  be 
written  in  the  fame  age,  fome  muft  be  confiderably 
more  ancient ;  which  would  bring  us  again  to  a  fuc- 
cefiion  of  confpiring  impoftors. 

Fourthly,  This  laft  remark  may  perhaps  afford  a 
new  argument  for  the  genuinenefs  of  the  book  of 
Daniel,  if  any  were  wanting.  But  indeed  the  Septua- 
gint  tranflation  fhews  both  this,  and  all  the  other 
books  of  the  Old  Teftament  to  have  been  confidered 
as  ancient  books,  foorr  after  the  times  of  Antiochw 
Epipbanes,  at  lea  ft. 

Fifthly,  There  is  a  fimplicity  of  ftyle,  and  an  un- 
affected manner  of  writing,  in  all  the  books  of  the 
Old  Teftament ;  which  is  a  very  ftrong  evidence  of 
their  genuinenefs,  even  exclufively  of  the  fuitablenefs 
of  this  circumftance  to  the  times  of  the  fuppofed 
authors. 

Sixthly,  The  ftyle  of  the  New  Teftament  is  alfo 
fimple  and  unaffected,  and  perfectly  fuited  to  the 
time,  places,  and  perfons.  Let  it  be  obferved  far- 
ther, that  the  ufe  of  words  and  phrafes  is  fuch,  alfo 
the  ideas,  and  method  of  reafoning,  as  that  the  books 
of  the  New  Teftament  could  be  written  by  none  but 
perfons  originally  Jews-,  which  would  bring  the  in- 
quiry into  a  little  narrower  compafs,  if  there  was  any 
occafion  for  this. 

One  may  alfo  obferve,  that  the  narrations  and  pre- 
cepts of  both  Old  and  New  Teftament  are  delivered 
without  hefitation  j  the  writers  teach  as  having  au- 
thority ;  which  circumftance  is  peculiar  to  thofe,  who 
have  both  a  clear  knowledge  of  what  they  deliver,  and 
a  perfect  integrity  of  heart. 


PROP. 


the  Chriftian  Religion.  99 


PROP.     XXIII. 

The  very  great  Number  of  particular  Circumftances  of 
Time,  Place,  Perfons,  &c.  mentioned  in-  the  Scrip- 
tures, are  Arguments  both  of  their  Genuinenefs  and 
Truth. 

THAT  the  reader  may  underftand  what  I  mean 
by  thefe  particular  circumftances,  I  will  recite  Tome 
of  the  principal  heads,  under  which  they  may  be 
clafled. 

There  are  then  mentioned  in  the  book  of  Gene/is, 
the  rivers  of  paradife,  the  generations  of  the  antedi- 
luvian patriarchs,  the  deluge  with  its  circumftances, 
the  place  where  the  ark  refted,  the  building  of  the 
tower  of  Babely  the  confufion  of  tongues,  the  diP 
perfion  of  mankind,  or  the  divifion  of  the  earth 
amongft  the  pofterity  of  Shem,  Ham,  and  Japhet,  the 
generations  of  the  poftdiluvian  patriarchs,  with  the 
gradual  fhortening  of  human  life  after  the  flood, 
the  fojournings  of  Abraham,  Ifaac  and  Jacob,  with 
many  particulars  of  the  ftate  of  Canaan,  and  the 
neighbouring  countries  in  their  times,  the  defiruc- 
tion  of  Sodom  and  Gomorrah,  the  ftate  of  the  land  of 
Edom,  both  before  and  after  E/au's  time,  and  the 
defcent  of  Jacob  into  Egypt,  with  the  ftate  of  Egypt 
before  Mofes's  time. 

In  the  book  of  Exodus  are  the  plagues  of  Egypt, 
the  inftitution  of  the  paflbver,  the  paffage  through  the 
Red  Sea,  with  the  deftruction  of  Pharaoh  and  his  hoft 
there,  the  miracle  of  manna,  the  victory  over  the 
Amalekites,  the  folemn  delivery  of  the  law  from  mount 
Sinai,  many  particular  laws  both  moral  and  cere- 
monial, the  worftiip  of  the  golden  calf,  and  a  very 
minute  defcription  of  the  tabernacle,  priefts'  gar- 
ments, ark,  &c. 

H  2  In 


ioo  Of  the  Truth  of 

In  Leviticus  we  have  a  collection  of  ceremonial 
laws,  with  all  their  particularities,  and  an  account  of 
the  deaths  of  Nadab  and  dbihu. 

The  book  of  Numbers  contains  the  firft  and  fecond 
numberings  of  the  ftveral  tribes  with  their  genealo- 
gies, the  peculiar  offices  of  the  three  feveral  families 
of  the  Levites,  many  ceremonial  law-s,  the  journey- 
ings  and  encampments  of  the  people  in  the  wilder- 
nefs  during  forty  years,  with  the  relation  of  fome 
remarkable  events  which  happened' in  this  period;  as 
the  fearching  of  the  land,  the  rebellion  of  Korab, 
the  victories  over  Arad,  Sihon,  and  Og,  with  the  di- 
vifion  of  the  kingdoms  of  the  two  laft  among  the  Gad- 
ites,  Reubenites,  and  Manajjites,  the.  hiftory  of  Balak 
and  Balaam,  and  the  victory  over  the  Midianites,  all 
defcribed  with  the  feveral  particularities  of  time, 
place,  and  perfons. 

The  book  of  Deuteronomy  contains  a   recapitula 
tibn  of  many  things  contained  in  'the  three  laft  books, 
with  a  fecond  delivery  of  the  law,  chiefly   the  moral 
one,    by   Mcfes,    upon   the  borders  of  Canaan,   juft 
before  his  death,  with  an  account  of  this. 

In  the  book  of  Jojhua,  we  have  the  paflage  over 
Jordan,  the  conqueft  of  the  land  of  Canaan  in  de- 
tail, and  the  divifion  of  it  among  the  tribes,  in- 
cluding a  minute  geographical  defcription. 

The  book  of  Judges  recites  a  great  variety  of  pub- 
lic tranfactions,  with  the  private  origin  of  fome.  In 
all,  the  names  of  times,  places,  and  perfons,  both 
among  the  Ijraelites,  and  the  neighbouring  nations, 
are  noted  with  particularity  and  fimplicity. 

In  the  book  of  Ruth  is  a  very  particular  account 
of  the  genealogy  of  David,  with  feveral  incidental 
circumitances, 

The  books  of  Samuel,  Kings,  Chronicles,  Ezra, 
and  Nnhemiab,  contain  the  tranfactions  of  the  kings 
before  the  captivity,  and  governors  afterwards,  all 
delivered  in  the  fame  circumftantial  manner.  And 

here 


tba  Cbrijiian  Religion.  101 

here  the  particular  account  of  the  regulations  facred 
and  civil  eftablifhed  by  David,  and  of  the  building  of 
the  temple  by  Solomon,  the  genealogies  given  in  the 
beginning  of  the  firft  book  of  Chronicles,  and  the  lifts 
of  the  perfons  who  returned,  fealed,  &c.  after  the 
captivity,  in  the  books  of  Ezra  and  Nehemiah,  de- 
fer ve  efpecial  notice,  in*  the  light  in  which  we  are 
now  confidering  things. 

The  book  of  Eftber  contains  a  like  account  of  a 
very  remarkable  event,  with  the  inftitution  of  a 
feftival  in  memory  of  it. 

The  book  of  Pjalms  mentions  many  hiftorical 
facts  in  an  incidental  way  j  and  this,  with  the  books 
of  Job,  Proverbs,  Ecclefiaftes,  and  Canticles,  allude  to 
the  manners  and  cuftoms  of  ancient  times  in  various 
ways. 

In  the  Prophecies  there  are  fome  hiftorical  relations; 
and  in  the  other  parts  the  indirect  mention  of  facts, 
times,  places,  and  perfons,  is  interwoven  with  the 
predictions  in  the  moft  copious  and  circumftantial 
manner. 

If  we  come  to  the  New  Teftament,  the  fame  obfer- 
vations  prcfent  themfelves  at' firft  view.  We  have 
the  names  of  friends  and  enemies,  Jews,  Greeks, 
and  Romans,  pbfcure  and  illuftrious,  the  times, 
places,  and  circumftances  of  facls  fpecified  directly, 
and  alluded  to  indirectly,  with  various  references  to 
the  cuftoms  and  manners  of  thofe  times. 

Now  here  I  obferve,  Firft,  That,  in  fact,  we  do 
not  ever  .find,  that  forged  or  faife  accounts  of  things 
fuperabound  thus  in  particularities.  There  is  alyvays 
fome  truth  where  there  are  confiderable  particularities 
related,  and  they  always  feem  to  bear  fome  propor- 
tion to  one  another.  Thus  there  is  a  great  want  of  the 
particulars  of  time,  place,  and  perfons,  in  Manstbo's 
account  of  the  Egytian  dynafties,  Ctefiafs  of  the 
AJfyrlan  kings,  and  thofe  which  the  technical 
chronoiogers  have  given  of  the  ancient  kingdoms  of 

H  3  Greece; 


102  Of  the  Truth  of 

Greece;  and,  agreeably  thereto,  thefe  accounts  have 
much  fiction  and  falfehood,  with  fome  truth':  where- 
as Tbucydides's  hiftory  of  the  Peloponnefian  war,  and 
Gator's  of  the  war  in  Gaul,  in  both  which  the  par- 
ticulars of  time,  place,  and  perfons,  are  mentioned, 
are  univetfally  efteemed  true  to  a  great  degree  of 
exactnefs. 

Secondly,  A  forger,  or  a  relater  of  falfehoods, 
would  be  careful  not  to  mention  fo  great  a  number 
of  particulars,  fince  this  would  be  to  put  into  his 
reader's  hands  criterions  whereby  to  detect  him. 
Thus  we  may  fee  one  reafon  of  the  fact  mentioned 
in  the  laft  paragraph,  and  which  in  confirming  that 
fact  confirms  the  propofition  here  to  be  proved. 

Thirdly,  A  forger,  or  a  relater  of  falfehoods,  could 
fcarce  furnilh  out  fuch  lifts  of  particulars.  It  is  eafy 
to  conceive  how  faithful  records  kept  from  time  to 
time  by  perfons  concerned  in  the  tranfactions  fhould 
contain  fuch  lifts  j  nay,  it  is  natural  to  expect  them 
in  this  cafe,  from  that  local  memory  which  takes 
ftrong  pofleflion  of  the  fancy  in  thofe  who  have  been 
prefent  at  tranfactions  j  but  it  would  be  a  work  of 
the  higheft  invention,  and  greateft  ftretch  of  genius 
to  raiie  from  nothing  fuch  numberlefs  particularities, 
as  are  almoft  every  where  to  be  met  with  in  the 
fcriptures.  The  account  given  of  memory,  imagi- 
nation, and  invention,  in  the  foregoing  part  of  thefe 
obfervations,  fets  this  matter  in  a  ftrong  light. 

There  is  a  circumftance  relating  to  the  gofpels, 
which  deferves  particular  notice  in  this  place.  St. 
Matthew  and  St.  John  were  apoftles ;  and  therefore, 
fince  they  accompanied  Chrift,  muft  have  this  local 
memory  of  his  journeyings  and  miracles.  St.  Mark 
was  a  Jew  of  Judaea,  and  a  friend  of  St.  Peter's-,  and 
therefore  may  either  have  had  this  local  memory  him- 
felf,  or  have  written  chiefly  from  St.  Peter,  who  had. 
But  St.  Luke,  being  a  profelyte  of  Antiocb,  not  con- 
verted perhaps  till  feveral  years  after  Chrift's  refurrec- 

tion, 


the  Cbrijlian  Religion.  103 

tion,  and  receiving  his  accounts  from  different  eye- 
witnefies,  as  he  fays   himfelf,  could  have  no  regard 
to  that  order  of  time,  which   a  local  memory  would 
fugged.     Let  us  fee  how  the  gofpels  anfwer  to  thele 
pofitions.     St.  Matthew's  then  appears  to  be  in  exact 
order  of  time,  and  to  be  a  regulator  to  St.  Mark's, 
and    St.  Luke's,    (hewing   St.  Mark's   to    be   nearly 
fo,    but   St.  Luke's  to  have  little  or   no   regard   to 
the   order   of  time   in    his  account   of  Chrift's  mi- 
niftry.     St.  John's  gofpel  is,    like  St.  Matthew's,   in 
order  of  time;  but  as  he  wrote  after  all  the  reft,  and 
with  a  view  only  of  recording  fome  remarkable  par- 
ticulars, fuch  as  Chrift's  actions  before  he  left  Judaea 
to  go  to   preach    in   Galilee,    his   difputes    with    the 
Jews  of  Jerufalem,  and  his  difcourfes  to  the  apoftles 
at  his  laft  fupper,  there  was  lefs  opportunity  for  his 
local  memory  to  (hew  itfelf.     However,  his  recording 
what  paft  before   Chrift's   going   into  Galilee  might 
be    in    part    from     this    caufe,    as    St.    Matthew's 
omiffion  of  it  was  probably    from  his   want  of  this 
local  memory.     For  it  appears,  that  St.  Matthew  re- 
fided  in  Galilee-,  and  that  he  was  not  converted  till  fome 
time  after  Chrift's  coming  thither  to  preach.     Now 
this  fuitablenefs  of  the  four  gofpels  to  their  reputed 
authors,  in  a  circumftance  of  fo  fubtle  and  reclufe  a 
nature,    is  quite  inconfiftent  with  the  fuppofition  of 
fiction    or   forgery.      This   remark   is   chiefly  taken 
from  Sir  Ifaac  Newton's  chapter  concerning  the  times 
of  the  birth  and  paflion  of  Chrift,  in  his  comaient  on 
Daniel. 

Fourthly,  If  we  could  fuppofe  the  perfons  who 
forged  the  books  of  the  Old  and  New  Teftaments,  to 
have  furnifhed  their  readers  with  the  great  variety 
of  particulars  above-mentioned,  notwithstanding  the 
two  reafons  here  alleged  againft  it,  we  cannot  how- 
ever, conceive,  but  that  the  perfons  of  thofe  times 
when  the  books  were  publiflied,  muft  by  the  help  of 
thefe  criterions  have  detected  and  expofed  the  for- 

H  4  geries 


104  Of  the  Truth  of 

geries  or  falfchoods.  For  thefe  criterion^  are  fo 
attefted  by  allowed  fa£b,  as  at  this  time,  and  in  this 
remote  corner  of  the  world,  to  eftablifh  the  truth 
and  genuinenefs  of  the  fcriptures,  as  may  appear  even 
from  this  chapter,  arid  much  more  from  the  writings 
of  comnrientators,  facred  critics,  and  fuch  other 
learned  men,  as  have  given  the  hiftorical  evidences 
for  revealed  religion  in  detail ;  arid  by  parity  of  reafon 
they  would  fuffice  even  now  to  detect  the  fraud, 
were  there  any  :  whence  we  may  conclude,  a  fortiori., 
that  they  muft  have  enabled  the  perfons  who  were 
upon  the  fpot,  when  the  books  were  publiihed,  to  do 
this ;  and  the  importance  of  many  of  thefe  particulars 
confidered  under  Prop.  21.  would  furnifh  them  with 
abundant  motives  for  this  purpofe.  And  upon  the 
whole  I  infer,  that  the  very  great  number  of  par- 
ticulars of  time,  place,  perfons,  &c.  mentioned  in  the 
fcriptures,  is  a  proof  of  their  genuinenefs  and  truth, 
even  previoufly  to  the  confideration  of  the  agreement 
of  thefe  particulars  with  hiftory,  natural  and  civil,  and 
with  one  another,  of  which  I  now  proceed  to  treat. 


PROP.     XXIV. 

The  Agreement  of  (be  Scriptures  with  Hiftory,  natural  and 
ilj  is  a  Proof  of  their  Genuinenejs  and  Truth. 


THUS  the  hiftory  of  the  fall  agrees  in  an  eminent 
manner,  both  with  the  obvious  facts  of  labour, 
forrow,  pain,  and  death,  with  what  we  fee  and  feel 
every  day,  and  with  all  our  philofphical  inquiries  in- 
to the  frame  of  the  human  mind,  the  nature  of  focial 
life,  and  the  origin  of  evil,  as  may  appear  from 
thefe  papers  amongft  other  writings  of  the  fame 
kind.  The  feveral  powers  of  the  little  world  within 
a  man's  own  breaft  are  at  variance  with  one  another, 
as  well  as  thofe  of  the  great  world  ;  we  are  utterly 

unable 


the    Chriftian  Religion.  105 

unable  to  give  a  complete  folution  of  the  origin  of 
the  evils  which  flow  from  thefe  difcords,  and  from 
the  jarring  of  the  elements  of  the  natural  world j  and 
yet  there  are  comfortable  hopes,  that  all  evil  will  be 
overpowered  and  annihilated  at  laft,  and  that  it  has 
an  entire  fubferviency  to  good  really  and  ultimately; 
i.  e.  though  the  Jerpent  bruije  our  heel,  yet  we  fhall 
bruije  its  bead. 

It  cannot  be  denied  indeed,  but  that  both  the  hif- 
tory  of  the  creation,  and  that  of  the  fall,  are  attended 
with  great  difficulties.  But  then  they  arc  not  of  fuch 
a  kind  as  intimate  them  to  be  a  fiction  contrived  by 
Mofes.  It  is  probable,  that  he  fet  down  the  traditional 
account,  fuch  as  he  received  it  from  his  anceftors j 
and  that  this  account  contains  the  literal  truth  in  fhort, 
though  fo  concealed  in  certain  particulars  through 
its  Ihortnefs,  and  fome  figurative  expreffions  made 
life  of,  that  we  cannot  yet,  perhaps  never  (hall,  in- 
terpret it  fatisfactorily.  However,  Mr.  Whiflorts 
conjectures  concerning  the  fix  days  creation  feem  to 
deferve  the  attention  of  future  inquirers  j  and  there  is 
great  plaufibility  in  fuppofing  with  him,  that  the  firft 
chapter  of  Gene/is  contains  a  narrative  of  the  fuccef- 
fion  of  vifible  appearances. 

One  may  fuppofe  alfo,  that  there  is  a  typical  and 
prophetic  ienfe  to  be  difcovered  hereafter,  relative 
perhaps  to  the  fix  millenniums,  which  are  to  precede 
a  feventh  fabbatical  onej  and  that  the  words  are  more 
accommodated  to  this  fenfe  than  to  the  literal  one,  in 
fome  places,  which  I  think  holds  in  many  of  the  pro- 
phecies that  have  double  fenjes.  However,  there  is  no 
appearance  of  any  motive  to  a  fraud,  either  in  the 
hiftory  of  the  creation  or  fall,  nor  any  mark  of  one. 
And  the  fame  fhortnefs  and  obfcurity  which  prevents 
our  being  able  to  explain,  feems  alfo  to  preclude  ob- 
jections. If  we  fuppofe  thefe  hiftories  to  have  been 
delivered  by  traditional  explanations  that  accompanied 
hieroglyphical  delineations,  this  would  perhaps  ac- 
count 


Io6  Of  the  'Truth  of 

count  for  fome  of  the  difficulties;  and  help  us  to 
conceive  how  the  hiftories  may  be  exact,  and  even 
jdecypherable  hereafter.  The  appellations  of  the  tree 
of  life,  of  the  tree  of  the  knowledge  of  good  and  evil, 
and  of  the  ferpent,  feem  to  favour  this  fuppofition. 
At  the  utmoft,  one  can  make  no  objections  againft 
thefe  hiftories,  but  what  are  confident  with  the  firft 
and  lowed  of  the  fuppofitions  above-mentioned  con- 
cerning divine  infpiration. 

Natural  hiftory  bears  a  ftrodg  teftimony  to  Mofes's 
account   of    the    deluge ;    and    (hews   that   it   muft 
have  been  univerfal,  or  nearly  fo,  however  difficult  it 
may  be  to  us,  either  to  find  fources  for  fo  great  a  bo- 
dy of  waters,  or  methods  of  removing  them.     That 
a  comet  had  fome  fhare  in  this  event,  leems  highly 
probable  from  what  Dr.  Halley  and  Mr.  Whifton  have 
obferved  of  this  matter :  I  guefe  alfo  partly  from  the 
fuppofition,    that  fome  part  of  the  tail  "of  a   comet 
was  then  attracted  by  the  earth,  and  depofited  there, 
partly   from   the  great  fhortening  of  human  life  after 
the  flood,   and  partly  from  the  fermenting  and  ine- 
briating quality  of  vegetable  juices,  which  feems  firft 
to  have  appeared  immediately   after  the  flood,    that 
a  great  change   was  made  at  the  time  of  the  flood 
in  the  conftitution  of  natural  bodies,  and  particularly 
in  that  of  water.     And  it  feems  not  improbable  to 
me,  that  an  enlargement  of  the  refpective  fpheres  of 
attraction  and  repulfion,    and  of  the  force  of  thefe, 
in  the  fmall  particles  of  water,  might  greatly  contri- 
bute to  account  for  fome  circumftances  of  the  deluge, 
mentioned   by  Mofes.      For,    by  the  increafe  of  the 
fphere,  and   force  of  attraction,  the  waters  fufpended 
in  the  air  or  firmament  in  the  form  of  a  mift  or  vapour 
before  the  flood,  fee  Gen.  ii.  5,  6.  might  be  collected 
into  large  drops,  and  fall  upon  the  earth.     And  their 
fall  might  give  occafion    to    rarer    watery    vapours, 
floating  at  great  diftances  from  the  earth  in  the  pla- 
netary and  intermundane  fpaces,  to  approach  it,  be  in 

like 


the  Cbriftian  Religion.  107 

like  manner  condenfed  into  large  drops,  and  fall  upon 
it.  This  might  'continue  for  forty  days,  the  force  with 
which  the  rare  vapours  approached  the  earth  decreaf- 
ing  all  the  latter  part  of  that  time,  and  being  at  the 
end  of  it  overpowered  by  the  contrary  force  of  the 
vapours  raifed  from  the  earth,  now  covered  with 
water,  by  the  action  of  the  fun,  and  of  the  wind, 
mentioned  Gen.  viii.  i.  For  it  is  evident,  that  the 
wind  has  great  power  in  railing  watery  particles, 
i.  e.  putting  them  into  a  ftate  of  repulfion  j  and  the 
wind  here  conlidered  would  be  far  ftronger  than  that 
which  now  prevails  in  the  pacific  oceany  fmce  the 
whole  globe  was  one  great  ocean  during  the  height 
of  the  del'uge.  The  ceflation  of  the  rain,  and  the 
increafe  of  the  fphere,  and  force  of  repulfion,  above 
fuppofed,  would  in  like  manner  favour  the  afcent  of 
vapours  from  this  great  ocean.  And  thus  the  prece- 
dent vapours  might  be  driven  by  the  fubfequent  ones 
into  the  planetary  and  intermundane  fpaces,  beyond 
the  earth's  attraction.  However,  fince  the  quantity 
of  the  fubfequent  vapours  muft  perpetually  decreafe 
by  the  decreafe  of  the  furface  of  the  ocean,  a  limit 
would  be  fet  to  the  afcent  of  the  vapours,  as  was 
before  to  their  defcent. 

According  to  this  hypothefis,  that  ftate  of  our 
waters^  which  was  fuperinduced  at  the  deluge,  may 
both  be  the  caufe  of  the  rainbow,  i.  e.  of  drops  of 
a  fize  proper  for  this  purpofe,  and  exempt  us  from 
the  danger  of  a  fecond  deluge.  For  a  frefh  inter- 
mixture of  like  cometical  particles  could  not  now 
fuperinduce  a  new  ftate.  The  rainbow  may  there-  ' 
fore  be  a  natural  fign  and  evidence,  thai  the  waters 
Jhall  no  more  become  a  flood  to  deftroy  the  earth. 

As  to  the  breaking  up  the  fountains  of  the  great 
deep,  mentioned  Gen.  vii.  n.  though  no  fatisfactory 
account  has  been  given  of  this  hitherto,  yet  furely 
there  is  great  plaufibility  in  fuppofing,  that  the  increa- 
fed  attraction  of  a  comet,  confequent  upon  its  near 

approach 


io8  Of  the  'Truth  of 

approach  to  the  earth,  might  have  fome  fuch  effect;, 
and  at  the  fame  time  contribute  to  produce  fuch  chan- 
ges in  the  earth,  as  a  mere  deluge  could  not. 

Civil  hiftory  affords  likewife  many  evidences,  which 
fupport  the  Mofaic  account  of  the  deluge.  Thus, 
firft,  we  find  from  pagan  authors,  that  the  tradition 
of  a  flood  was  general,  or  even  univerfal.  Secondly, 
The  paucity  of  mankind,  and  the  vaft  tracts  of  un- 
inhabited land,  which  are  mentioned  in  the  accounts 
of  the  firft  ages,  (hew  that  mankind  are  lately  fprung 
from  a  finall  ftock,  and  even  fuit  the  time  affigned 
by  Mcfes  for  the  flood.  Thirdly,  The  great  num- 
ber of  fmall  kingdoms,  and  petty  ftates,  in  the  firft 
ages,  and  the  late  rife  of  the  great  empires  of  Egypt> 
AJjyria>  Babylon,  &c.  concur  to  the  fame  purpofe. 
Fourthly*  The  invention  and  progrefs  of  arts  and 
fciences  concur  likewife.  And  this  laft  favours  the 
Mofaic  hiftory  of  the  antediluvians.  For  as  he 
mentions  little  of  their  arts,  fo  it  appears  from  the 
late  invention  of  them  after  the  flood,  that  thofe  who 
were  preferved  from  it  were  pofiefled  of  few. 

It  has  been  objected  to  the  Mofaic  hiftory  of  the 
deluge,  that  the  ark  could  not  contain  all  the  animals 
which  are  now  found  upon  the  earth  with  the  pro- 
per provifions  for  them  during  the  time  ofthede- 
Juge.  But  this,  upon  an  accurate  computation,  has 
been  proved  to  be  otherwife;  fo  that  what  was  thought 
an  objection,  is  even  fome  evidence.  For  it  is  ex- 
tremely improbable,  that  a  perfon  who  had  feigned 
the  particular  of  the  ark,  (hould  have  come  fo  near 
the  proper  dimenfions.  It  is  to  be  confidered  here, 
that  the  feveral  fpeciefes  of  both  plants,  and  brute 
animals,  which  differ  from  each  other  by  fmall  de- 
grees, feem  to  be  multiplied  every  day,  by  the  va- 
rieties of  climates,  culture,  diet,  mixture,  &c.  alib, 
that  if  we  fuppofe  an  univerfal  deluge,  the  ark, 
•with  the  entrance  of  the  animals,  &c.  feem  necef- 
fary  alfo.  For  as  we  can  trace  up  the  firft  im- 
perfect 


the  Chriftian  Religion.  109 

perfeft  rudiments  of  the  art  of  {hipping  amongft 
the  Greeks,  there  could  be  no  (hipping  before  the 
flood;  confequently  no  animals  could  be  faved.  Nay, 
it  is  highly  improbable,  that  even  men,  and  domeftic 
animals,  could  be  faved,  not  to  mention  wild  beads, 
ferpents,  &c.  though  we  fhouid  fuppole,  that  the 
antediluvians  had  (hipping,  unlefs  we  fuppofe  aifo, 
that  they  had  a  divine  intimation  and  directions 
about  ir,  fuch  as  Mofes  relates  ;  which  would  be  to 
give  up  the  caufc  of  infidelity  at  once. 

It  has  been  objected  likewife,  that  the  Negro  na- 
tions differ  fo  much  from  the  Europeans,  that  they  do 
not  feem  to  have  defcended  from  the  fame  anceftors. 
But  this  objection  has  no  folid  foundation.  We 
cznnot  prefume  to  fay  xvhat  alterations  climat/e,  air, 
water,  foil,  cuftoms,  &c.  can  -or  cannot  produce. 
It  is  no  ways  to  be  imagined,  that  all  the  national 
differences  in  complexion,  features,  make  of  the 
bones,  &c.  require  lo  many  different  originals  ;  on 
the  contrary,  we  have  rcafon  from  experience  to 
aifcrr,  that  various  changes  of  this  kind  are  -made  by 
the  incidents  of  life,  juft  as  was  obferved,  in  the  laft 
paragraph,  of  plants,  and  brute  animals.  And,  with 
refptcT:  to  the  different  complexions  of  different  na- 
tions, Dr.  Mitchell  has  (hewn  with  great  appearance 
of  truth,  Phil.  Tranf.  Numb.  474.  that  thefe  arife 
from  external  influences.  It  will  confirm  this,  if  it 
be  found,  that  the  Jews,  by  refiding  in  any  country 
for  fome  generations,  approach  to  the  complexion 
of  the  original  natives.  At  the  fame  time  we  muft 

O 

obferve  from  the  hiftory  of  diftempers,  that  acquired 
difpofitions  may  be  tranfmitted  to  the  defendants 
for  fome  generations ;  which  is  perhaps  one  of  the 
great  truths  intimated  in  the  account  of  the  fall. 
And  thus  the  children  of  Negroes  may  be  black, 
though  born  and  bred  up  in  a  country  where  the 
original  natives  are  not  fo. 

A  third 


no  Of  the  Truth  of 

A  third  objection  is,  that  it  is  difficult  to  account 
for  the  original  of  the  Americans^  and  for  the  wild 
beafts  and  ferpents  that  are  found  in  that  quarter  of 
the  world,  according  to  the  Mofaic  hiftory.  But  to 
this  one  may  anfwer,  firft,  that  America  may  be  even 
now  contiguous  to  the  north-eaft  part  of  dfia.  Se- 
condly, That  it  might  have  been  contiguous  to  other 
parts  of  our  great  continent  for  fome  centuries  after 
the  deluge,  though  that  contiguity  be  fince  broken 
off.  Thirdly,  That  the  firft  failors,  who  ventured  out 
of  the  ftraits,  or  others,  might  be  driven,  by  ftrefs 
of  weather,  and  their  own  ignorance,  firft  within  the 
influence  of  the  trade-winds,  and  then  to  fome  part 
of  America.  One  can  offer  nothing  certain  on  either 
fide,  in  refpect  of  thefe  points.  However,  it  feems 
to  me,  that  many  cuftoms  found  amongft  the  Negroes 
and  Americans  are  ftronger  evidences,  that  they  are 
of  the  fame  original  with  the  Afiatics  and  Europeans, 
than  any  which  have  yet  appeared  to  the  contrary. 
And,  upon  the  whole,  I  conclude  certainly,  that  the 
Mofaic  account  of  the  deluge  is  much  confirmed  by 
both  natural  and  civil  hiftory,  if  we  embrace  the 
firft  and  loweft  hypothefis  concerning  divine  infpira- 
tion  ;  and  has  very  ftrong  preemptions  for  it,  ac- 
cording to  the  fecond  or  third. 

If  we  could  fuppofe  the  high  mountains  in  South- 
America  not  to  have  been  immerged  in  the  deluge, 
we  might  -the  more  eafily  account  for  the  wild  beafts, 
poifonous  ferpents,  and  curious  birds  of  America. 
Might  not  the  ark  be  driven  round  the  globe  during 
the  deluge  ?  And  might  not  Noah  be  aware  of  this, 
and  obferve  that  it  had  been  immerged  fifteen  cubits 
in  water  ?  And  may  not  the  Mofaic  account  be 
partly  a  narrative  of  what  Noah  faw,  partly  the  con- 
clufions  which  he  muft  naturally  draw  from  thence  ? 
Thus  the  tops  of  fome  of  the  higheft  mountains 
might  efcape,  confidently  with  the  Mofaic  account. 
The  future  inquiries  of  natural  hiftorians  may  per- 
haps determine  this  point.  The 


the  Cbriftian  Religion.  in 

> 

The  next  great  event  recorded  in  Genefis  is  the 
confufion  of  languages.  Now  the  Mofaic  account 
of  this  appears  highly  probable,  if  we  firft  allow  thac 
of  the  deluge.  For  it  leems  impofiible  to  explain  how 
the  known  languages  fhould  arife  from  one  ftock. 
Let  any  one  try  only  in  Hebrew,  Greeky  Latin,  and 
Englifh.  The  changes  which  have  happened  in  lan- 
guages fince  hiftory  has  fyeen  certain,  do  not  at  all 
correfpond  to  a  fuppofition  of  this  kind.  There  is 
too  much  of  method  and  art  in  the  Greek  and  Latin 
tongues  for  them  to  have  been  the  inventions  of  a  rude 
and  barbarous  people  j  and  they  differ  too  much  from 
Hebrew,  Arabic,  &c.  to  have  flowed  from  them  with- 
out defign.  As  to  the  Cbineje,  it  is  difficult  to  make 
any  probable  conjectures  about  it,  partly  from  its 
great  heterogeneity  in  refpect  of  other  languages, 
partly  becaufe  learned  men  have  not  yet  examined  it 
accurately.  However,  the  mod  probable  conjecture 
feems  to  be,  that  it  is  the  language  of  Noah's  poft- 
diluvian  pofterity ;  the  leaft  probable  one,  that  it 
could  have  flowed  naturally .  from  any  known  lan- 
guage, or  from  the  fame  ftock  with  any  j  which  it 
muft  have  done,  if  we  admit  the  deluge,  and  yet 
reject  the  confufion  of  languages. 

The  difpcrfion  of  the  three  fons  of  Noab  into 
different  countries,  related  in  the  tenth  chapter  of 
Genejis,  comes  next  .under  confideration,  being  a 
conlequence,  not  the  caufe,  of  the  diverfity  of  lan- 
guages. Now  here  antiquarians  and  learned  men, 
feem  to  be  fully  agreed,  that  the  Mofaic  account  is 
confirmed  as  much  as  can  be  expected  in  our  prefent 
ignorance  of  the  ftare  of  ancient  nations.  And  it  is 
to  be  obferved  of  all  the  articles  treated  of  under  this 
propofition,  that  we,  who  live  in  the  North-weft 
corner  of  Europe,  lie  under  great  difadvantages  in 
fuch  refearches.  However,  fince  thofe  who  have  ftu- 
died  the  oriental  languages  and  hiftories,  or  have 
travelled  into  the  eaftern  parts,  have  made  many 

difcoveries 


in  Of  the  Truth  of 

difcoveiies  of  late  years,  which  have  furprizingly 
confirmed  the  fcripture  accounts,  one  may  hope 
and  prefume,  that  if  either  our  learned  men  be  here- 
after fuffcred  to  have  free  accefs  to  thofe  parts,  or  the 
natives  themfrlves  become  learned,  both  which  are 
furc-ly  probable  in  the  higheft  degree,  numberlefs 
unexpected  evidences  for  the  truth  of  the  fcripture 
hiflory  will  be  brought  to  light. 

Let  us  next  corne  to  the  (late  of  religion  in  the 
ancient  poftdiluvian  world,  according  to  Mofes,  and 
the  fucceeding  facred  hiftorians.  The  poltdiluvian 
patriarchs  then  appear  to  have  worlhipped  the  one 
Supreme  Being  by  facrifices,  but  in  a  fimple  manner, 
and  to  have  had  frequent  divine  communications. 
By  degrees  their  pointy  fell  off  to  idolatry,  wor- 
ihipped  the  fun,  moon,  and  ftars,  deified  dead  men, 
arid  polluted  themfelves  with  the  moft  impure  an(J 
abominable  inftitutions.  The  Ifraelues  alone  were 
kept  to  the  worfhip  of  the  true  God,  and  even  they 
were  often  infeded  by  their  idolatrous  neighbours. 
"Now  all  this  is  perfedly  agreeable  to  what  we  find  hi 
pagan  hiftory.  The  idolatries  of  the  pagans  are 
acknowledged  on  all  hands.  It  appears  alfo  from 
pagan  hillory,  that  they  grew  up  by  degrees,  as  the 
fcriptures  intimate.  All  the  pagan  religions  appear 
to  have  hatl  the  worlliip  of  one  .god  fuperior  to  the 
reft,  as  their  common  foundation.  They  all  endea- 
voured to  render  him  propitious  by  facrifice;  which 
furely  cannot  be  an  human  invention,  nor  a  cuftom, 
which,  if  invented  i-n  one  nation,  would  be  readily 
propagated  to  another.  They  all  joined  mediatorial 
and  inferior,  alfo  local  and  tutelar  deities  to  the  one 
god.  And  they  all  taught  the  frequency  of  divine 
communications.  Hence  the  pagan  religions  appear 
to  be  merely  the  degenerated  offspring  of  patriarchal 
revelations,  and  to  infer  them  as  their  caufe.  Hence 
the  pretences  of  kings,  lawgivers,  priefts,  and  great 
men,  to  infpiration,  with  the  credulity  of  the  mul- 
titude. 


the  Cbriftian  Religion.  113 

titude.  That  there  had  been  divine  communications, 
was  beyond  difpute ;  and  therefore  all  that  reluctance 
to  admit  them,  which  appears  in  the  prefent  age,  was 
over-ruled.  At  firft  there  were  no  importers.  When 
therefore  they  did  arife,  it  would  not  be  eafy  for  the 
multitude  to  diftinguifh  between  thofe  who  had  really 
divine  communications,  and  thofe  who  only  pre- 
tended to  them ;  till  at  laft  all  real  infpiration  having 
ceafed  amongft  the  gentile  world,  their  feveral  reli- 
gions kept  pofleffion  merely  by  the  force  of  education, 
fraud  in  the  priefts,  and  fear  in  the  people ;  and  even 
thefe  fupports  began  to  fail  at  laft,  about  the  time 
of  Chrift's  coming.  And  thus  many  things,  which 
have  been  thought  to  weaken  the  evidences  for  the  fcrip- 
ture  accounts,  are  found  to  ftrengthen  them,  by  flow- 
ing naturally  from  that  ftate  of  religion  in  ancient  times, 
and  from  that  only,  which  the  fcripture  delivers. 

A  farther  confirmation  of  the  fame  fcripture  accounts 
of  the  flood,  difperfion  of  mankind,  and  patriarchal 
revelations,  may  be  had  from  the  following  very 
remarkable  particular :  it  appears  from  hiftory,  that 
the  differenr  nations  of  the  world  have  had,  c<£teris 
paribus,  more  or  lefs  knowledge,  civil  and  religious,  in 
proportion  as  they  were  nearer  to,  or  had  more  inti- 
mate communication  with,  Egypt,  Pal<eftine,  Ghaldtea, 
and  the  other  countries,  that  were  inhabited  by  the 
moft  eminent  perfons  amongft  the  firft  dependents  of 
Noah,  and  by  thofe  who  are  faid  in  fcripture  to  havt 
had  particular  revelations  made  to  them  by  God; 
and  that  the  firft  inhabitants  of  the  extreme  parts  of 
the  world,  reckoning  Palteftine  as  the  centre,  were  in 
general  mere  favages.  Now  all  this  is  utterly  inex- 
plicable upon  the  footing  of  infidelity,  of  the  exciu- 
fion  of  all  divine  communications.  Why  ihould  not 
human  nature  be  as  fagacious,  and  make  as  many 
difcoveries,  civil  and  religious,  at  the  Cape  of  Good 
Hope,  or  in  America,  as  in  Egypt,  Paltejline,  Mefo- 
potamia,  Greece,  or  Rome  ?  Nay,  why  Ihould  Pal<eftine 

VOL.  II.  I  fo 


«ii4  Of  the  'Truth  of 

x  fo  far  exceed  them  all,  as  it  did  confefiedly  ?  Allow 
the  fcripture  accounts,  and  all  will  be  clear  and  eafy. 
Mankind,  after  the  flood,  were  firft  difperfed  from 
the  plains  of  Mefopotamia.  Some  of  the  chief  heads 
of  families  fettled  there,  in  Palafline,  and  in  Egypt. 
Paltfflim  had  afterwards  extraordinary  divine  illumi- 
nations beftowed  upon  its  inhabitants,  the  Israelites 
and  Jews.  Hence  its  inhabitants  had  the  pureft 
notions  of  God,  and  the  wifeft  civil  eftablifhment. 
Next  after  them  come  the  Egyptians  and  Chaldeans, 
who,  not  being  removed  from  their  firft  habitations, 
and  living  in  fertile  countries  watered  by  the  Nile, 
Tigris,  and  Euphrates,  may  be  fuppofed  to  have  pre- 
ferved  more  both  of  the  antediluvian  and  poftdiluvian 
revelations,  alfo  to  have  had  more  leifure  for  inven- 
tion, and  a  more  free  communication  with  the  Ifraelites 
and  Jews,  than  any  other  nations :  whereas  thofe 
fmall  parties,  which  were  driven  farther  and  farther 
from  each  other  into  the  extremes  of  heat  and  cold, 
entirely  occupied  in  providing  neceflaries  for  them- 
felves,  and  alfo  cut  off"  by  rivers,  mountains,  or 
diftance,  from  all  communication  with  Pal<ejline, 

.Egypt,  and  Chald<ea,  would  lofe  much  of  their 
original  ftock,  and  have  neither  inclination  nor  ability 
to  invent  more. 

Let  us  now  confider  the  hiftory  of  particular  facts, 
and  inquire  what  atteftations  we  can  produce  from 
j5agan  hiftory  for  the  fcripture  accounts  of  Abraham 
and  his  pofterity  the  Israelites  and  Jews.  We  cannot 
expect  much  here,  partly  becaufe  theie  things  are 
of  a  private  nature,  if  compared  to  the  univerfal 
deluge,  partly  becaufe  the  pagan  hiftory  is  either 
deficient,  or  grofsly  corrupted  with  fable  and  fiction, 
till  we  come  to  the  times  of  the  declenfion  of  the 
kingdoms  of  IJrael  and  Judab.  However,  fome  faint 
traces  there  are  in  ancient  times,  and  many  con- 
curring circumftances  in  fucceeding  ones  -,  and,  as 
foon  as  the  pagan  records  come  to  be  clear  and  certain, 

we 


the  Chriflian  Religion.  ii*5 

we  have  numerous  and  ftrong  confirmations  of  the 
facred  hiftory.     Thus  the  hiftory  of  Graham  feems 
to  have  tranfpired  in  fome  meafure.     It  is  alfo  proba- 
ble, that  the  ancient  Bracbmans  were  of  his  pofterity 
by  Keturab,  that  they  derived  their  name  from  him, 
and  worfhipped  the  true  God  only.     Mo/es  is  men- 
tioned by  many  heathen  writers,    and  the  accounts 
which  they  give  of  his  conducting  the  Israelites  from 
Egypt  to    Canaan   are   fuch   as    might   be   expected. 
The  authors  lived  fo  long  after  Mofes,  and  had  fo 
little  opportunity   or   inclination  to  know  the   exact 
truth,  or  to  be  particular,  that  their  accounts  can- 
not invalidate  the  fcripture  hiftory,  though  they  do 
a  little  confirm  it.     The  expulfion  of  the  Canadtnites 
by  Jojhua  feems  to  have  laid  the  foundation  of  the 
kingdom  of  the  Jhepherds  in  the  Lower  Egypt  men- 
tioned by  Manetbo,  and  of  the  expulfion  of  the  natives 
into   the  Upper   Egypt ;    who,    after   fome  centuries, 
drove  i\\t  Jhepberds  back  again  into  Canaan  about  the 
time  of  Saul.     The  Canaanites  mentioned  by  St.  Au- 
jiin  and  others,  upon  the  coaft  of  Afrif,  may  be  of 
the  fame  original.     See  Newton's  Chronol.  page  198. 
We  may  conclude  from  the  book  of  Judges,  that  there 
were  many  petty  fovereignties  in  the  neighbourhood 
of  Canaan  j  and  it  appears  from  pagan  hiftory,  as  Sir 
JJaac  Newton   has   rectified    it,    that   the   firft   great 
empire,  that  of  Egypt,  was  not  yet  rifen.     When  Da- 
vid fubdued   the    Pbiliftines  or   Phoenicians,    Cadmus 
and  others  fcem  to  have  fled  into  Greece,  and  to  have 
carried  letters  with  them,   which  the  Philiftines  had 
probably  learnt,  about  a  generation  before,  from  the 
copy  of  the  law  found  in  the  ark  taken  from  the  IJrael- 
ites.     After  Solomon's  temple  was  built,  the  temple  of 
Vulcan  in  Egypt,  and  others  in  other  places,  began  to 
be  built  in  imitation  of  itj  juft  as  the  oracles  of  the  hea- 
thens were  imitations  of  God's  communications  to  the 
Jfraelites,  and  particularly  of  that  by  Urim  and  Tbum- 
mim.   Shijhak,  who  came  out  of  Egypt  in  the  fifth  year 

I    2  Of 


n6  Of  the  Truth  of 

of  Rehobcam,  is  the  Sejoftris  of  Herodotus  j  and  this 
point,  being  fettled,  becomes  a  capital  pin,  upon 
which  all  the  pagan  chronology  depends.  Hence 
Herodotus'*  lift  of  the  Egyptian  kings  is  made  proba- 
ble and  confident.  As  we  advance  farther  to  the 
Affyrian  monarchy,  the  fcripture  accounts  agree 
with  the  profane  ones  rectified  j  and  when  we  come 
ftill  farther  to  the  <era  of  NabonaJJar,  and  to  the 
kings  of  Babylon  and  Perjia,  which  are  pofterior  to 
this  <eray  and  recorded  in  Ptolemy's  canon,  we  find 
the  agreement  of  facred  and  profane  hiftory  much 
more  exact,  there  being  certain  criterions  in  the 
profane  hiftory  for  fixing  the  facts  related  in  it. 
And  it  is  remarkable,  that  not  only  the  direct  rela- 
tions of  the  hiftorical  books,  but  the  indirect  inci- 
dental mention  of  things  in  the  prophecies,  tallies 
with  true  chronology \  which  furely  is  fuch  an  evi- 
dence for  their  genuinenefs  and  truth,  as  cannot  be 
called  in  queftion.  And,  upon  the  whole,  it  may  be 
obferved,  that  the  facred  hiftory  is  diftinct,  metho- 
dical and  confident  throughout  j  the  profane  utterly 
deficient  in  the  firft  ages,  obfcure,  and  full  of  fic- 
tions, in  the  fucceeding  ones ;  and  that  it  is  but  juft 
clear  and  precife  in  the  principal  facts  about  the  time 
that  the  facred  hiftory  ends.  So  that  this  corrects 
and  regulates  that,  and  renders  it  intelligible  in  many 
inftances,  which  muft  otherwife  be  given  up  as  utterly 
inexplicable.  How  then  can  we  fuppofe  the  facred 
hiftory  not  to  be  genuine  and  true,  or  a  wicked  im- 
pofture  to  rife  up,  and  continue  not  only  undifcovered, 
but  even  to  increafe  to  a  moft  audacious  height,  in 
a  nation  which  of  all  others  kept  the  moft  exact  ac- 
counts of  time?  1  will  add  one  remark  more:  this 
fame  nation,  who  may  not  have  loft  fo  much  as  one 
year  from  the  creation  of  the  world  to  the  Babylcmjh 
captivity,  as  foon  as  they  were  deprived  of  the  aflift- 
ance  of  prophets,  became  moft  inaccurate  in  their  me- 
thods of  keeping  time,  there  being  nothing  more 

erroneous 


tbe  Chrijlian  Religion.  1 1 7 

erroneous  than  the  accounts  of  Jofephus,  and  the 
modern  Jews,  from  the  time  of  Cyrus,  to  that  of 
Alexander  tbe  Great  j  notwithftanding  that  all  the  re- 
quifice  afiiftances  might  eafily  have  been  borrowed 
from  the  neighbouring  nations,  who  now  kept  regular 
annals.  Hence  it  appears,  that  the  exa&nefs  of 
the  facred  hiftory  was  owing  to  the  divine  afiift- 
ance. 

It  is  an  evidence  in  favour  of  the  fcriptures,  allied 
to  thofe  which  I  am  here  confidering,  that  the  man- 
ners of  the  perfons  mentioned  in  the  fcriptures  have 
that  fimplicity  and  plainnefs,  which  is  alfo  afcribed  to 
the  firft  ages  of  the  world  by  pagan  writers  j  and 
both  of  them  concur,  by  this,  to  intimate  the  novelty 
of  the  then  prefent  race,  /.  e.  the  deluge. 

Befides  thefe  atteftations  from  profane  hiftory, 
we  may  confider  the  Jews  themfelves  as  bearing 
teftimony  to  this  day,  in  all  countries  of  the  world,  to 
the  truth  of  their  ancient  hiftory,  /.  <?.  to  that  of 
the  Old  and  New  Teftaments.  Allow  this,  and  it 
will  be  eafy  to  fee  how  they  fhould  ftill  perfift  in  their 
attachment  to  that  religion,  thofe  laws,  and  thofe 
prophecies,  which  fo  manifcftly  condemn  them,  both 
in  paft  times,  and  in  the  prefent.  Suppofe  any  confi- 
derable  alteration  •  made  in  their  ancient  hiftory,  /'.  e. 
any  fuch  as  may  anfwer  the  purpofes  of  infidelity,  and 
their  prefent  ftate  will  be  inexplicable. 

The  books  of  the  New  Teftament  are  verified  by 
hiftory,  in  a  manner  ftill  more  illuftrious ;  thefe 
books  being  written,  and  the  fatfts  mentioned  therein 
tranfa&ed,  during  the  times  of  Au.guftusy  Tiberiusy  and 
the  fucceeding  Cafars.  Here  we  may  obferve, 

Firft,  That  the  incidental  mention  of  the  Roman 
emperors,  governors  of  Jud<eat  and  the  neighbour- 
ing provin's,  the  Jewijh  high  priefts,  fefts  of  the 
Jews,  and  their  cuftoms,  of  places,  and  of  tranf- 
actions,  is  found  to  be  perfectly  agreeable  to  the  hifto- 
ries  of  thofe  times.  And  as  the  whole  number  of 

I  3  thefe 


i. 1 8  Of  the  Truth  of 

thefe  particulars  is  very  great,  they  may  be  reckoned 
a  full  proof  of  the  genuinenefs  of  the  books  of  the 
New  Teftament  j  it  being  impofiible  for  a  perfon  who 
had  forged  them,  ;'.  e.  who  was  not  an  eye  and  ear 
witnefs,  and  otherwife  concerned  with  the  tranf- 
actions  as  the  books  require,  but  who  had  invented 
many  hiftories  and  circumftances,  &c.  not  to  have 
been  deficient,  fuperfluous,  and  erroneous.  No  man's 
memory  or  knowledge  is  fufficient  for  fuch  an  adapta- 
tion of  feigned  circumftances,  and  efpecially  where 
the  mention-  is  incidental.  Let  any  one  confider  how 
often  the  belt  poets  fail  in  this,  who  yet  endeavour 
not  to  vary  from  the  manners  and  cuftoms  of  the 
age  of  which  they  write ;  at  the  fame  time  that 
poetry  neither  requires  nor  admits  fo  great  a  minute- 
nefs  in  the  particular  circnmftances  of  time,  place, 
and  perfons,  as  the  writers  of  the  New  Teftament 
have  defcended  to  naturally  and  incidentally. 

Secondly,  That  Chrift  preached  in  Judaea  and 
Galilee^  made  many  difciples,  and  was  crucified  under' 
Pontius  Pilate,  at  the  inftigation  of  the  chief  men 
among  the  Jews ;  alto  that  his  difciples  preached  after 
his  death,  not  only  in  Jud<ea,  but  all  over  the  Roman 
empire  j  that  they  converted  multitudes,  were  perfe- 
cuted,  and  at  laft  fuffered  death  for  their  firm  adhe- 
rence to  their  matter  j  and  that  both  Cbrift  and  his 
difciples  pretended  to  work  many  miracles ;  are  facts 
attefted  by  civil  hiftory  in  the  ampleft  manner,  and 
which  cannot  be  called  in  queftion.  Now  thefe  facts 
are  fo  connected  with  the  other  facts  mentioned  in  the 
New  Teftament,  that  they  muft  ftand  or  fall  together. 
There  is  no  probable  account  to  be  given  of  thefe 
facts,  but  by  allowing  the  reft.  For  the  proof  of  this, 
I  appeal  to  every  reader  who  will  make  the  trial. 
It  may  alfo  be  concluded  from  the  remarkable  un- 
willingnefs  of  the  prefent  unbelievers  to  allow  even 
the  plaineft  facts  in  exprefs  terms.  For  it  fhews 
them  to  be  apprehenfive,  that  the  connection  between 

the 


the  Chriftian  Religion.  119 

the  feveral  principal  facts  mentioned  in  the  New 
Teftament  is  infeparable,  and  that  the  atteftation 
given  to  fome  by  civil  hiftory  may  eafily  be  extended 
to  all. 

It  has  been  objected,  that  more  mention  ought  to 
have  been  made  of  the  common  facts  by  the  profane 
writers  of  thofe  times,  alfo  fome  acknowledgment 
of  the  miraculous  ones,  had  they  been  true.  To  this 
we  may  anfwer,  Firft,  That  Jud^a  was  but  a  fmall 
and  diftant  province  of  the  Roman  empire,  and  the 
Jews  themfelves,  with  whom  the  Chriftians  were  for  a 
long  time  confounded,  much  defpifed  by  the  Romans. 
Secondly,  That  hiftorians,  politicians,  generals,  &c. 
have,  their  imaginations  fo  much  preoccupied  by 
affairs  of  ftate,  that  matters  purely  religious  are  little 
regarded  by  them.  Gallio  cared  for  none  -of  thefe 
things.  Thirdly,  That  a  perfon  who  attended  in  any 
great  degree  to  the  chriftian  affairs,  if  a  good  man, 
could  fcarce  avoid  becoming  a  chriftian ;  after  which 
his  teftimony  ceafes  to  be  pagan,  and  becomes 
chriftian  j  of  which  I  (hall  fpeak  under  the  next  head. 
Fourthly,  That  both  thofe  who  were  favourers  of 
the  chriftians,  and  thofe  averfe  to  them  in  a-  moderate 
degree,  one  of  which  muft  be  the  cafe  with  great 
numbers,  would  have  motives  to  be  filent ;  the  half 
chriftians  would  be  filent  for  fear  of  being  perfecuted  ; 
and  the  others  would  affect  to  take  no  notice  of  what 
they  difliked,  but  could  not  difprove ;  which  is  a  fact 
that  occurs  to  daily  obfervation.  Laftly,  When  thefe 
things  are  laid  together,  the  atteftations  of  the  profane 
writers  to  the  common  facts  appear  to  be  fuch  as  one 
might  expect,  and  their  filence  as  to  the  miraculous 
ones  is  accounted  for. 

Thirdly,  All  the  chriftian  writers,  from  the  time 
of  the  apoftles  and  downwards,  bear  teftiropny  to 
the  genuinenefs  of  the  books  of  the  New  Teftament, 
and  the  truth  of  the  facts,  in  a  great  variety  of  ways, 
direct  and  indirect,  and  in  fuch  manner  as  might  be 
I  4  expected. 


1 20  Of  the  Truth  of 

expelled.  Their  quotations  from  them  arc  numberlefs, 
and  agree  fufficiently  with  the  prefent  copies.  They 
go  every  where  upon  the  fuppofition  of  the  facls,  as 
the  foundation  of  all  their  difcourfes,  writings,  hopes, 
fears,  &c.  They  difcover  every  where  the  higheft 
regard,  and  even  veneration,  both  for  the  books  and 
the  authors.  In  fhort,  one  cannot  fee  how  this  tefti- 
mony  in  favour  of  the  books  of  the  New  Teftament  can 
be  invalidated,  unlefs  by  fuppofing  all  the  ecclefiaftical 
writing  of  the  rirft  centuries  to  be  forged  alfo;  or 
all  the  writers  to  have  concurred  to  write  as  if  they 
believed  the  genuinenefs  and  truth  of  thefe  books, 
though  they  did  not  j  or  to  have  had  no  ability  or 
inclination  to  diftinguifh  genuinenefs  and  truth  from 
forgery  and  falfehood  j  or  by  fome  other  fuch  fuppo- 
fition, as  will  fcarce  bear  to  be  named. 

Here  three  queftions  may  be  afked,  that  bear 
fome  relation  to  this  fubjecl:  j  and  the  anfwers  to 
which  will,  I  think,  illuftrate  and  confirm  what  has 
been  advanced  in  the  laft  paragraph. 

Thus,  Firft,  It  may  be  afked,  why  we  have  not 
more  accounts  of  the  life  of  Chrift  tranfmitted  to  us. 
To  this  I  anfwer,  that  it  is  probable  from  St.  Luke's 
preface,  that  there  were  many  fhort  and  imperfect 
accounts  handed  about  very  early  j  the  authors  of 
which,  though  they  had  not  taken  care  to  inform 
themfelves  accurately,  did  not,  however,  endeavour  to 
impofe  on  others  defignedly ;  and  that  all  thefe  grew 
into  difufe,  of  courfe,  after  the  four  gofpels,  or 
perhaps  the  three  firft,  were  publifhed,  or,  at  lead, 
after  the  canon  of  the  New  Teftament  was  formed ; 
alfo  that  after  this  the  chriftians  were  fo  perfectly 
fatisfied,  and  had  the  four  gofpels  in  fuch  efteem,  that 
no  one  prefumed  to  add  any  other  accounts,  and 
efpecially  as  all  the  apoftles  were  then  dead. 

The  Second  Queftion  is,  how  come  we  to  have  fb 
little  account  in  the  primitive  writers,  of  the  lives, 
labours,  and  fuffcrings  of  the  apoftles ,?  I  anfwer, 

that 


tbe  Cbriftian  Religion.  121 

that  the  apoftles  feem  to  have  refided  in  Jud<ea,  till 
Nero's  army  invaded  it,  and  afterwards  to  have  tra- 
velled into  diftant  parts  j  and  that  neither  their  con- 
verts in  Jud<ea,  nor  thofe  in  the  diftant  barbarous 
countries,  into  which  they  travelled,  could  have  any 
probable  motive  for  writing  their  lives  :  alfo,  that,  as 
to  other  chriftians,  they  had  neither  opportunities  nor 
motives.  The  chriftians  looked  up  to  Chrift,  as  their 
mafter,  not  to  the  apoftks.  Their  great  bufinefs 
was  to  promote  chriftianity,  not  to  gratify  their  own 
or  other's  fruidefs  curiofity.  They  were  not  learned 
men,  who  had  fpent  their  lives  in  the  ftudy  of  anna- 
lifts  and  biographers.  They  did  not  jufpedt  that  an 
account  of  the  lives  of  the  apoftles  would  ever  be 
wanted,  or  that  any  one  could  call  their  integrity, 
infpiration,  miracles,  &c.  in  queftion.  St.  Luke 
feems  to  have  defigned  by  his  Afts>  chiefly  to  fhew 
how  the  gofpel  firft  got  firm  footing  amongft  Jews, 
profelytes  of  the  gate,  and  idolatrous  gentiles ;  in 
order  to  encourage  the  new  converts  to  copy  the  ex- 
amples of  the  apoftles,  and  firft  preachers,  and  to 
publifh  the  gofpel  in  all  nations.  Laftly,  The  pri- 
mitive chriftians  had  early  difputes  with  Jewsy  hea- 
thens, heretics,  and  even  with  one  another;  which 
took  up  much  of  their  attention  and  concern. 

Thirdly,  It  may  be  afked,  who  were  the  perfons 
that  forged  the  fpurious  acts  and  revelations  of  feve- 
ral  of  the  apoftles,  &c.  I  anfwer,  that,  amongft 
the  number  of  thofe  who  joined  themfelves  to  the 
chriftians,  there  muft  be  many  whofe  hearts  were  not 
truly  purified,  and  who,  upon  apoftatizing,  would 
become  more  felf-interefted,  vain-glorious,  and  im- 
pure, than  before.  Thefe  were  antichrifts,  as  St.  John 
calls  them,  who  left  the  church  becaufe  they  were 
not  of  it.  Some  of  thefc  forged  books  to  fupport 
themfelves,  and  eftablifti  their  own  tenets.  Others 
might  write  partly  like  enthufiafts,  partly  like  im- 
poftors.  And,  laftly,  There  were  fome  both  weak 

and 


122  Of  the  Truth  of 

and  wicked  men,  though  not  fo  abandoned  as  the 
ancient  heretics,  who  in  the  latter  end  of  the  fecond 
century,  and  afterwards,  endeavoured  to  make  con- 
verts by  forgeries,  and  fuch  other  wicked  arts. 
However,  all  thofe  who  are  ufually  called  fathers,  in  the 
rirft  ages,  (land  remarkably  clear  of  fuch  charges. 

Fourthly,  The  propagation  of  chriftianity,  with 
the  manner  in  which  it  was  oppofed  by  both  Jews 
and  Gentiles,  bears  witnefs  to  the  truth  and  genu- 
inenefs  of  the  books  of  the  New  Teftament.  But  I 
forbear  entering  upon  this  argument,  as  it  will  come 
more  properly  in  another  place.  'Let  me  only  obferve 
here,  that  there  are  many  pafTages  in  the  Talmudical 
writings,  which  afford  both  light  and  confirmation 
to  the  New  Teftament,  notwithftanding  that  one 
principal  defign  of  the  authors  was  to  difcredit  it. 


PROP.     XXV. 

The  Agreement  of  the  Books  of  the  Old  and  New  Tefta* 
ments  with  themfehes  and  with  each  other,  is  an 
Argument  both  of  their  Genuinenefs  and  Truth,  j^ 

THE  truth  of  this  propofition  will  be  evident,  if 
a  fufficient  number  of  thefe  mutual  agreements  can  be 
made  out.  It  is  never  found,  that  any  fingle  perfon, 
who  deviates  much  from  the  truth,  can  be  fo 
perfectly  upon  his  guard  as  to  be  always  confident 
with  himfelf.  Much  lefs  therefore  can  this  happen 
in  the  cafe  of  a  number,  living  alfo  in  different  ages. 
Nothing  can  make  them  confident,  but  their  copy- 
ing faithfully  after  real  facts.  The  inftances  will 
make  this  clearer. 

The  laws  of  the  Israelites  are  contained  in  the 
Pentateuch,  and  referred  to  in  a  great  variety  of 
ways,  direct  and  indirect,  in  the  hiftorical  books,  in 
the  Pfalms,  and  in  the  Prophecies.  The  hiftorical 

facts 


tbe  Cbriftian  Religion.  123 

facts  alfo  in  the  preceding  books  are  often  referred 
to  in  thofe  that  fucceed,  and  in  the  Pfalms  and  Pro- 
phecies. In  like  manner  the  gofpels  have  the  great- 
eft  harmony  with  each  other,  and  the  Epiftles  of  St. 
Paul  with  the  A8s  of  the  Apftles.  And  indeed  one 
may  fay,  that  there  is  fcarce  any  book  of  either  Old  or 
New  Teftament,  which  may  not  be  fhewn  to  refer  to 
many  of  the  reft  in  fome  way  or  other.  For  it  is  to 
be  obferved,  that  the  Bible  has  been  ftudied  and 
commented  upon  far  more  than  any  other  book  what- 
foever ;  and  that  it  has  been  the  bufinefs  of  believers 
in  all  ages  to  find  out  the  mutual  relations  of  its  parts, 
and  of  unbelievers  to  fearch  for  inconfiftencies;  alfo 
that  the  firft  meet  every  day  with  more  and  more 
evidences  in  favour  of  the  fcriptures  from  the  mutual 
agreements  and  coincidences  here  considered;  and 
that  unbelievers  have  never  been  able  to  allege  any 
inconfiftencies  that  could  in  the  leaft  invalidate  the 
truth  of  the  principal  facts  ;  I  think,  not  even  affect 
the  divine  infpiration  of  the  hiftorical  books,  ac- 
cording to  the  fecond  or  third  hypothefis  above- 
mentioned. 

It  will  probably  illuftrate  this  propofition,  to  bring 
a  parallel  inftance  from  the  Roman  writers.  Sup- 
pofe  then  that  no  more  remained  of  thefe  writers  than 
Livy,  fully,  and  Horace.  Would  they  not  by  their 
references  to  the  fame  facts  and  cuftoms,  by  the 
famenefs  of  ftyle  in  the  fame  writer,  and  differences 
in  the  different  ones,  and  numberlefs  other  fuch  like 
circumftances  of  critical  confideration,  prove  them- 
felves,  and  one  another  to  be  genuine,  and  the  prin- 
cipal facts  related,  or  alluded  to,  to  be  true  ? 

It  is  alfo  to  be  obftrved,  that  this  mutual  harmony 
and  felf-confiftency,  in  its  ultimate  ratio,  is  the  whole 
of  the  evidence  which  we  have  for  facts  done  in  an- 
cient times  or  diftant  places.  Thus,  if  a  perfon  was 
fo  fceptical  as  to  call  in  queftion  the  whole  Roman 
hiftory,  even  the  moft  notorious  facts,  as  their  con- 

quefts 


124  Qf  the  Truth  of 

quefts  firft  of  Itafy,   and  then  of  the  neighbouring 
countries,   the  death  of  C<efart   and  the   fall   of  the 
weftern  empire   by   the   invafions   of  the    Goths  and 
Vandals y  with  all  the  evidences  of  thefe  from  books, 
infcriptions,  coins,  cuftoms,  &c.  as  being  all  forged 
in  order  to  deceive;  one  could  only  (hew  him,  that  it 
is  inconfiftent  with  what  he  fees  of  human  nature,  to 
fuppofe  that  there  fhould  be  fuch  a  combination  to 
deceive  i   or  that  the   agreement   of  thefe  evidences 
with  each  other  is  far  too  great  to  be  the  effect  of 
any  fuch  fraudulent  defign,  of  chance,  &c.     And  all 
thefe  arguments  are,  in  effect,  only  bringing  a  number 
of  concurring  evidences,   whofe  fum  total  foon  ap- 
proaches to  the  ultimate  limit,  i.  e,  to  unity,  or  ab- 
folute  certainty,   nearer   than  by  any  diftinguifhable 
difference.     Jt  does  not  therefore  import,  in  refpect 
of  real  conviction,  after  a  certain  number  are  brought, 
whether  we  bring  any  more  or  no ;  they  can  only 
add  this  imperceptible  defect,  /'.  e.  practically  nothing. 
Thus  I  fuppofe,  that  the  remaining  writings  of  Livy, 
1ullyt  and  Horace  alone  would  fatisfy   any  impartial 
man  fo  much  of  the  general  extenfivenefs  of  the  Ro- 
man  conquefts,  &c.    that  nothing  perceptible  could 
be  added  to  his  conviction  j  no  more  than  any  com- 
mon event  can,  or  ever  does  in  fact,  appear  more  cre- 
dible from  the  teftimony  of  a  thoufand  than  of  ten 
or   twenty    witneffes   of    approved    integrity.      And 
whoever  will  apply  this  reafoning  to  the  prefent  cafe, 
muft  perceive,  as  it  appears  to  me,  that  the  number- 
lefs    minute,    direct,    and    indirect    agreements    and 
coincidences,   that  'prefent  themfelves   to  all  diligent 
readers  of  the  fcriptures,  prove  their  truth  and  ge- 
nuinenefs  beyond  all  contradiction,  at  lead  according 
to  the  firft  and  loweft  hypothefis  concerning  divine 
infpiration. 

As  to  thofe  few  and  fmall  apparent  inconfiftencies, 
which  are  fuppofed  to  confine  the  infpiration  of  the 
fcriptures  to  this  loweft  fenfe  ;  one  may  obferve,  that 

they 


the  Chriftian  Religion.  125 

they  decreafe  every  day  as  learned  men  inquire  far- 
ther; and  that,  were  the  fcriptures  perfectly  exact 
in  every  particular,  there  rmuft  be  Tome  apparent 
difficulties,  anting  merely  from  our  ignorance  of  an- 
cient languages,  cuftoms,  diftant  places,  &c.  and 
confequently  that  if  thefe  be  not  more,  than  our 
ignorance  makes  it  reafonable  to  expect,  they  are 
no  objection  at  all.  And  of  apparent  inconfiftencies 
one  may  remark  in  particular,  that  they  exclude  the 
fuppofition  of  forgery.  No  fingle  forger,  or  com- 
bination of  forgers,  would  have  fuffered  the  apparent 
inconfiftencies  which  occur  in  a  few  places,  fuch  as  the 
different  genealogies  of  Chrift  in  St.  Matthew  and  St. 
Luke,  and  fome  little  variations  in  the  narration  of 
the  fame  fact  in  different  gofpels.  Thefe  are  too 
obvious  at  firft  fight  not  to  have;  been  prevented,  had 
there  been  any  fraud. 

I  will  here  add  an  hypothefis,  by  which,  as  it  ap- 
pears to  me,  one  may  reconcile  the  genealogies  of 
St.  Matthew  and  St.  Luke.  I  fuppofe  then,  that  Sr. 
Matthew  relates  the  real  progenitors  of  Jofepj}:  Sr. 
Luke  the  feries  of  thofe  who  were  heirs  to  David  by 
birthright;  and  that  both  tranfcribed  from  genealo- 
gical tables,  well  known  to  the  Jews  of  thofe  times. 
St.  Matthew  after  David  takes  Solomon,  from  whom  Jo~ 
Jeph  lineally  defcended.  St.  Luke  takes  Nathan,  upon 
whom,  though  younger  than  fome  others,  and  even 
than  Solomon,  we  muft  fuppofe  the  birthright  to  be 
conferred,  as  in  the  inftances  of  Jacob  and  Jofeph. 
St.  Matthew  proceeds  by  real  defcent  to  Salathiel,  at 
the  time  of  the  captivity ;  St.  Luke  proceeds  by  the 
heirs  according  to  birthright,  and  comes  to  Salatbiel 
likewife.  We  muft  therefore  fuppofe,  that  Salathiel, 
Solomon's  heir,  was  now  David's  alfo,  by  the  ex- 
tinction of  all  the  branches  of  Nathan's  family.  St. 
Matthew  then  takes  Zorobabel  as  Jofeph's  real  proge- 
nitor, St.  Luke  take  him  as  heir  or  eldeft  fon  to  Sa- 
lathiel. Again,  St.  Matthew  takes  Abiud  the  real 

progenitor, 


1 26  Of  tbe  Truth  of 

progenitor,  St.  Luke  Rhefa  the  eldeft  fon ;  and  thus 
St.  Matthew  proceeds  by  lineal  defcent  to  Jojepb,  St. 
Luke  by  heirs  to  the  fame  Jofepb  j  for  we  are  to  fup- 
pofe,  that  Heli  dying  without  heirs  male,  Jofepb 
become  his  heir  by  birthright,  /.  e.  heir  to  Zorobabel, 
i.  e.  to  David.  If  we  farther  fuppofe,  that  the  virgin 
Mary  was  daughter  to  Heli>  for  which  there  appears 
to  be  fome  evidence,  the  folution  will  be  more  com- 
plete, and  more  agreeable  to  the  Jewijh  cuftoms.  It 
confirms  this  folution,  that  St.  Matthew  ufes  the 
word  iyivvwEy  which  reftrains  his  genealogy  to  lineal 
defcent  j  whereas  St.  Luke  ufes  the  article  fS,  which 
is  very  general.  It  confirms  it  alfo,  that  St.  Luke's 
defcents,  reckoning  from  David,  to  Salathiel,  are  but 
about  twenty-two  years  apiece;  which  is  much  too 
Ihort  for  defcents  from  father  to  fon,  but  agrees  very 
well  to  deicents  by  birthright.  As  to  St.  Matthew's 
defcents,  they  are  far  too  long,  after  the  captivity, 
for  defcents  from  father  to  fon ;  but  then  it  is  eafy 
to  fuppofe,  that  fome  were  left  out  on  account  of 
dying  before  their  fathers,  or  fome  other  reafon. 
Three  of  the  kings  of  Judab  are  left  out  after  Joram, 
perhaps  on  account  of  their  being  of  the  immediate 
pofterity  of  the  idolatrous  AbaVs  daughter  Atbaliah. 
Others  are  left  out  after  the  captivity,  perhaps  for 
fome  fimilar  reafon. 


PROP.     XXVI. 

The  Unity  of  Defign,  which  appears  in  the  Difpenfalions 
recorded  in  the  Scriptures,  is  an  Argument  not  only 
of  their  Truth  and  Genuineness,  but  alfo  of  their 
Divine  Authority. 

FOR  this  unity  is  not  only  fo  great  as  to  exclude 
forgery  and  fiction,  in  the  fame  way  'as  the  mutual 
agreements  mentioned  in  the  laft  piopofition,  but 

alfo 


the  Cbrijlian  Religion.  127 

alfo  greater  than  the  beft  and  ableft  men  could  have 
preferved,  in  the  circumftances  of  thefe  writers, 
without  the  divine  affiftance.  In  order  to  fee  this, 
let  us  inquire  what  this  defign  is,  and  how  it  is  pur- 
fu£d  by  the  feries  of  events,  and  divine  interpo- 
fuions,  recorded  in  the  fcriptures. 

The  defign  is  that  of  bringing  all  mankind  to  an 
exalted,  pure,  and  fpiritual  happinefs,  by  teaching, 
enforcing,  and  begetting  in  them  love  and  obedience 
to  God.  This  appears  from  many  paflages  in  the 
Old  Teftament,  and  from  almoft  every  part  of  the 
New.  Now  we  are  not  here  to  inquire  in  what 
manner  an  almighty  being  could  fooneft  and  moft 
effectually  accomplifti  this.  But  the  queftion  is,  whe- 
ther, laying  down  the  ftate  of  things  as  it  has  been, 
is,  and  probably  will  be,  for  our  foundation,  there 
be,  not  a  remarkable  fitnefs  in  the  difpenfations 
afcribed  to  God  in  the  fcriptures,  to  produce  this 
glorious  effect:  and  whether  the  perfons  who  admini- 
ftered  thefe  difpenfations  did  not  here  concur  with 
a  furprizing  uniformity,  though  none  of  them  faw 
God's  ultimate  defign  completely,  and  fome  but  very 
imperfectly  j  juft  as  brutes  by  their  inftincts,  and  chil- 
dren by  the  workings  of  their  natural  faculties,  con- 
tribute to  their  own  prefervation,  improvement,  and 
happinefs  without  at  all  forefeeing,  that  they  do  "this. 
If  we  alter  any  "of  the  circumftances  of  the  micro- 
cofm  or  macrocofm,  of  the  frame  of  our  own  na- 
tures, or  of  the  external  world  that  furrounds  us,  we 
fhall  have  queftion  rife  up  after  queftion  in  an  endlefs 
fenes,  and  (hail  never, be  latisfied,  unlefsGod  fhould  be 
pleafcd  to  product  happinefs  inftanlaneoufly,  i.  e. 
without  any  means,  or  fecondary  instrumental  caufes, 
at  all ;  and,  even  then,  we  fhould  only  be  where  we 
were  at  our  firft  fetting  out,  if  things  be  confidered 
in  the  true,  ultimate  light.  We  are  therefore  to  lay 
down  the  real  ftate  of  things,  as  our  foundation, 
i.  e.  we  are  to  fuppofe  man  to  be  in  a  ftate  of  good 

mixed 


128  Of  the  Truth  of 

mixed  with  evil,  born  with  appetites,  and  expofed 
to  temptations,  to  which  if  he  yields,  fuffering  muft 
follow;  which  fuffering,  however,  tends  to  eradicate 
the  difpofition  from  whence  it  flowed,  and  to  implant  a 
better :  we  are  to  fuppofe  him  to  be  endued  with  vo- 
luntary powers,  which  enable  him  to  model  his  affec- 
tions and  actions  according  to  a  rule;  and  that  the 
love  of  God,  his  ultimate  happinefs,  can  never  be 
genuine,  but  by  his  firft  learning  to  fear  God,  by  his 
being  mortified  to  pleafure,  honour,  and  profit,  and 
the  moft  refined  felfifh  defires,  and  by  his  loving  his 
neighbour  as  himfelf,  /.  e.  we  muft  fuppofe  all  that 
which  practical  writers  mean  by  a  ftate  of  trial, 
temptation,  moral  exercife  and  improvement,  and 
of  practical  free-will.  Let  us  fee  therefore,  how 
the  feveral  difpenfations  mentioned  in  the  fcriptures, 
their  being  recorded  there,  and  the  fubordinate  parts, 
which  the  prophets  and  apoftles  acted,  confpired  to 
bring  about  this  ultimate  end  of  man,  both  in  each 
individual,  and  in  the  whole  aggregate,  confidered 
as  one  great  individual,  as  making  up  the  myftical 
body  of  Chrift,  according  to  the  language  of  St. 
Paul-,  and  inquire,  whether,  if  all  other  reafons  were 
fet  afide,  the  mere  harmony  and  concurrence  of  fo 
many  pares*  and  fo  many  perfons  removed  from  each 
other  by  long  intervals  of  time,  in  this  one  great  de- 
fign,  will  not  compel  us  to  acknowledge  the  genuine- 
nefs,  truth,  and  divine  authority,  of  .the  fcriptures. 

The  firft  thing  which  prefents  itfelf  to  us  in  the' 
fcriptures,  is  the  hiftory  of  the  creation  and  fall. 
Thefe  are  not  to  be  accounted  for,  as  was  faid  above, 
being  the  foundation  upon  which  we  go.  However, 
the  recording  them  by  Mofes>  as  tradition  began  to 
grow  weak  and  uncertain,  has  been  of  great  ufe  to 
all  thofe,  who  have  had  them  communicated  by  this 
means  perfectly  or  imperfectly,  /.  e.  to  a  great  part 
of  the  world.  This  hiftory  imprefles  an  awful  and 
amiable  fenfe  of  the  Divine  Being,  our  creator  and 

judge  -, 


tbe  Chriftian  Religion.  129 

judge;  fhews  the  heinoufnefs  of  fin  j  and  mortifies  us 
to  this  world,  by  declaring  that  our  pafiage  through 
it  muft  be  attended  with  labour  and  forrow.  We 
find  ourfelves  in  this  date  t  revealed  religion  did  not 
bring  us  into  it:  nor  is  this  (late  an  objection  to 
revealed  religion,  more  than  to  natural :  however, 
revealed  religion-goes  a  ftep  higher  than  natural, 
and  (hews  the  immediate  fecondary  £aufe,  viz.  the 
fin  and  wilful  difobedience  of  our  firfi  parents.  And 
when  the  account  of  paradife,  of  man's  expulfion 
thence,  and  of  the  curie  pad  upon  him  in  the  be- 
ginning of  Gene/tSy  are  compared  with  the  removal 
of  this  curfe,  of  forrow,  crying,  pain,  and  death, 
with  the  renovation  of  all  things,  and  with  man's 
Federation  to  the  tree  of  life  .and  paradife,  and  his 
admifiion  intp  the  new  Jerujalem  in  the  laft  chapters 
of  the  revelation,  hope  and  fear  quicken  each 
other  j  and  both  confpire  to  purify  the  mind,  and 
to  advance  the  great  defign  confidered  under  this 
proposition. 

How  far  the  deluge  was  neceflary,  c<eteris  manen- 
tibusy  for  the  purification  of  thofe  who  were  deftroyed 
by  it,  i.  e.  for  accomplishing  this  great  end  in  them, 
we  cannot  prefume  to  fay.  It  is  fufficient,  that  there 
is  no  contrary  prefumption,  that  no  methods  con- 
fident with  the  date  of  things  in  the  ancient  world 
were  neglected,  aS  far  as  we  know,  and  that  we  are 
not  in  the  lead  able  to  propofe  a  better  fcheme.  We 
leave  thefe  rebellious,  unhappy  people,  now  tranflated 
into  another  date,  to  the  fame  kind  Providence  which 
attended  them  in  this,  and  all  whofe  punifhments  on 
th}s  fide  the  grave  are  for  melioration.  However,  the 
evident  footdeps  of  this  in  the  world,  and  the  clear 
tradition  of  it,  which  would  continue  for  feveral  ages, 
alfo  the  hidory  of  it  delivered  by  Mojes,  have  an 
unquedionable  good  tendency.  Sinners,  who  refleft  at 
all,  cannot  but  be  alarmed  at  fo  dreadful  an  indance  of 
divine  feverity.  Farther,  if  this  hidory  Ihould  open 

VOL.  II.  K  to 


130  Of  the  Truth  of 

to  us  a  new  relation,  viz.  that  which  we  bear  to  the 
comets,  this,  compared  with  other  parts  of  the  fcrip- 
tures,  may  give  us  hereafter  fuch  intimations  concern- 
ing the  kind,  degree,  and  duration  of  future  punilh- 
ment,  as  will  make  the  mod  obdurate  tremble,  and 
work  in  them  that  fear  which  is  the  beginning  of 
wifdom,  and  of  the  perfect  love  which  cafteth  out 
fear.  At  the  fame  time  we  may  obferve,  that  the 
covenant  which  God  made,  not  only  with  Noah  and 
his  pofterity,  but  with  all  living  creatures,  after  the 
flood,  has  a  direct  and  immediate  tendency  to 
beget  love. 

The  confufion  of  languages,  the  confequent  dif- 
perfion  of  mankind,  and  the  fhortening  of  the  lives 
of  the  poftdiluvians,  all  concurred  to  check  the  exor- 
bitant growth  and  infection  of  wickednefs.  And  we 
may  judge  how  neceflary  thefe  checks  were,  c alerts 
manentibus,  from  the  great  idolatry  and  corruption 
which  appeared  in  the  world  within  lefs  than  a  thou- 
fand  years  after  the  flood.  The  patriarchal  revela- 
tions mentioned  and  intimated  by  Mofes  had  the  fame 
good  effects,  and  were  the  foundations  of  thofe  pagan 
religions,  and,  in  great  meafure,  of  that  moral  fenfe, 
which,  corrupt  and  imperfect  as  they  were,  could 
not  but  be  far  preferable  to  an  entire  want  of  thefe. 
It  it  be  objected,  that,  according  to  this,  greater 
checks,  and  more  divine  communications,  were  want- 
ed ;  I  anfwer,  that  a  greater  difperfion,  or  fhortening 
of  human  life,  might  have  prevented  the  deftined  in- 
creafe  of  mankind,  or  the  growth  of  knowledge,  civil 
and  religious,  &c.  and  that  more  or  more  evident 
divine  interpofitions  might  have  reftrained  the  volun- 
tary powers  too  much,  or  have  precluded  that  faith 
which  is  necefiary  to  our  ultimate  perfection.  Thefe 
are  conjectures  indeed ;  but  they  are  upon  the  level 
with  the  objection,  which  is  conjectural  alfo. 

The  next  remarkable  particular  that  occurs,  is  the 
calling  of  Abraham,  the  father  of  the  faithful.  Now 

in 


the  Chriftian  Religion.  131 

in  this  part  of  the  fcripture  hiftory,  as  it  is  explained 
by  the  New  Teftament,  we  have  the  ftrongeft  evi- 
dences of  God's  great  defign  to  purify  and  perfect 
mankind.      He   is   called   to   forfake    his    relations, 
friends    and   country,    left   he   fhould    be   corrupted 
by  idolatry  ;  he  receives  the  promife  of  the  land  of 
Canaan,  without  feeing  any  probable  means  of  ob- 
taining it,  befides  this  promife,  in  order  to  wean  him 
from  the  dependence  on  external  means;    he  waits 
for  a  fon   till  all  natural  expectations  ceafed,  for  the 
fame  purpofe  •,  by  obtaining  him  he  learns  to  truft  in 
God  notwithftanding  apparent  impoffibilities;  and  the 
command  to  facrifice  his  fon,  his  only  fon  Ifaac,  whom 
be  loved,  affords  him  a  noble  opportunity  of  exercifing 
this  truft,  and  of  fhewing,  that  his  principle  of  obe- 
dience to  God  was  already  fuperior  to  the  pureft  of 
earthly  affections.     Laftly,  when  God  promifes  him, 
as  a  reward  for  all  his  faith  and  obedience,  as  the 
higheft  bleffing,  that  in  him  and  his  feed  all  the  na- 
tions of  the  earth  Jhould  be  blejjed,  we  muft  conceive 
this  to  be  a  declaration,  firft,  that  God  himfelf  is  infi- 
nitely benevolent;   and,  fecondly,  that  the  happinefs 
of  Abraham,  of  his  feed,    and  of  all  mankind  who 
were  to  be  blefled  in  his  feed,  muft  arife  from  their 
imitation  of  God  in  his  benevolence.     This  whole 
univerfe  is  therefore  a  fyftem  of  benevolence,  or,  as 
St.  Paul  exprefies  it,  a  body,  which,  being  fitly  framed 
and  compared  together,  increafeth  it/elf  in  love. 

As  to  the  objection  which  is  fometimes  made  to 
the  facrifice  of  Ifaac,  we  may  obferve,  that  Abra- 
ham had  himfelf  received  fo  many  divine  commu- 
nications, and  had  been  acquainted  with  fo  many 
made  to  his  anceftors,  that  he  had  no  doubt  about 
the  commands  coming  from  God,  did  not  even  afk 
himfelf  the  queftion.  It  is  probable,  that  in  that 
early  age  there  had  as  yet  been  few  or  no  falfe  preten- 
ces, or  illufions.  Abraham  could  as  little  doubt  of 
God's  right  to  Jfaac's  life,  or  of  his  care  of  him  in 
K  2  another 


132  Of  the  Truth  of 

another  ttate.  Thefe  things  were  parts  of  the  pa- 
triarchal religion.  And  yet  great  faith  was  required 
in  Abraham,  before  he  could  overcome  his  natural 
affection  and  tendernefs  for  Jfaac  out  of  a  principle 
of  obedience  to  God,  and  truft  God  for  the  accom- 
plifliment  of  his  promife,  though  he  commanded  him 
to  deftroy  the  only  apparent  means  of  accomplifhing 
it.  Unlefs  Abraham  had  been  highly  advanced  in 
faith  and  obedience,  he  could  not  have  flood  fo  fe- 
vere  a  trial ;  but  this  trial  would  greatly  confirm 
thefe.  And  thus  this  hiftory  is  fo  far  from  being 
liable  to  objection,  that  it  is  peculiarly  conformable  to 
thofe  methods,  which  mere  reafon  and  experience 
dictate  as  the  proper  ones,  for  advancing  and  perfect- 
ing true  religion  in  the  foul.  When  the  typical 
nature  of  it  is  alfo  confidered,  one  cannot  furely  doubt 
of  its  divine  authority.  And,  in  the  previous  fteps, 
through  which  Abraham  paffed  in  order  to  obtain  this 
bleffing,  we  have  an  adumbration  and  example 
of  that  faith,  patience,  and  gradual  progrefs  in  the 
fpiritual  life,  which  are  neceflary  to  all  thofe  who 
hope  to  be  blejfed  with  faithful  Abraham. 

Let  us  next  pafs  on  to  Mojes,  and  the  Ifraelites  under 
his  conduct.  Here  we  enter  upon  the  consideration 
of  that  people,  who  are  the  type  of  mankind  in  gene- 
ral, and  of  each  individual  in  particular ;  who  were 
the  keepers  of  the  oracles  of  God,  and  who,  under 
God,  agreeably  to  his  promife  to  Abraham,  have 
been,  and  will  hereafter  be  a  bleffing  to  all  nations, 
and  the  means  of  reftoring  man  to  his  paradifiacal  ftate. 
And  firft  they  are  oppreiTed  with  a  cruel  flavery  in  Egypt, 
led,  being  delighted  with  its  fertility,  and  the  prefent 
pleafures  of  fenfe  which  it  afforded,  they  fhould  for- 
get their  true  earthly  country,  the  land  of  prptnife. 
They  then  fee  the  mod  amazing  judgments  inflicted 
upon  their  enemies  the  Egyptians  by  God,  whilft  they 
themfelves  were  protected  and  delivered,  that  fo  they 
might  learn  confidence  in  his  power  and  favour,  and 

be 


the  Cbriftian.  Religion.  133 

be  thus  prepared  for  their  inftitution  in  religion,  and 
their  trial  and  purification  in  the.  wildernefs.  And 
here  the  awful  delivery'  of  the  law,  their  being  fed 
from  day  to  day  by  miracle,  their  being  kept  from 
all  commerce  with  other  nations,  and 'from  all  cares 
of  this  world  in  building,  planting,  &c.  till  their 
old  habits,  and  Egyptian  cuftoms  and  idolatries,  were 
quite  effaced,  and  the  practice  of  the  new  law  cfta- 
blifhed,  their  having  the  hiftory  of  the  world,  and 
particularly  of  their  anceftors,  laid  before  them  in  one 
view,  their  tabernacle,  their  numerous  rites  and  cere- 
monies, additional  to  thofe  of  the  patriarchal  reli- 
gion, and  oppofite  to  the  growing  idolatries  of 
their  neighbours  the  Egyptians  and  Canaanitesy  and 
which,  befides  their  uks  as  types,  were  memorials  of 
their  relation  to  God>  and  of  his  conftant  prefence  and 
protection,  and,  laftly,  the  total  extinction  of  that 
murmuring  generation,  who  longed  for  the  fiefh-pots 
of  Egypt,  cannot  but  appear  to  be  intended  for  the 
purification  of  this  chofen  people,  as  being  remark- 
ably analogous  to  the  methods  of  purification,  which 
every  good  man  experiences  in  himfelf,  and  fees  in 
others,  i.  e,  cannot  but  appear  highly  conducive  to 
the  great  defign  confidered  under  this  proportion. 
At  laft,  the  education  and  inftruction  of  this  people 
being  finifhed,  they  are  admitted  to  inherit  the  earthly 
promife  made  to  their  forefathers,  and  take  pofiei- 
fion  of  the  land  of  Canaan  under  Jojhua.  And  thus 
we  come  to  a  remarkable  period  in  God's  difpenfa- 
tions  to  them. 

Now  therefore  they  are,  in  fome  meafure,  left  to 
themfelves,  for  the  fake  of  moral  improvement,  the 
divine  interpofitions  being  far  lefs  frequent  and  folemnj 
than*  at  the  firft  erection  of  the  theocracy  under 
Mojeis  adminiftration.  However,  there  were  many 
fupernatural  interpositions,  appointments,  favours, 
corrections,  &c.  from  Jojhua  to  Malacbi,  on  account 
of  their  yet  infant  ftate  in  refpect  of  internal  purity, 

K  3  whole 


134  Of  the  Truth  of 

whofe  tendency  to  improve  both  the  body  politic  of 
the  nation,  and  each  individual,  is  fufficiently  evident. 
After  Malachi  they  were  entirely  left  to  themfelves ; 
their  canon  being  completed,,  they  were  then  only  to 
hear  and  digeft  what  Mofes  and  the  prophets  had  de- 
livered unto  them ;  and  by  this  means  to  prepare 
themfelves  for  the  lall  and  completed  difpenfation. 

But,  before  we  enter  upon  this,  let  us  briefly  confi- 
der  the  ftate  of  the  gentile  world,  in  the  interval  be- 
tween Abraham  and  Chrift,  and  what  intimations  the 
Old  Teftament  gives  us  of  their  being  alfo  under  the 
care"  of  Providence,-  and  in  a  ftate  of  moral  difci- 
pline.  They  had  then,  according  to  this,  Firft,  the 
traditions  of  patriarchal  revelations.  Secondly,  All 
the  nations  in  the  neighbourhood  of  Canaan  had  fre- 
quent opportunities  and  motives  to  inform  themfelves 
of  the  true  religion.  Thirdly,  All  thofe  who  con- 
quered them  at  any  time  could  not  but  learn  fomething 
both  from  their  fubjeftion,  and  their  deliverance  after- 
wards. Fourthly,  The  captivities  by  Salmanefer 
and/  Nebuchadnezzar  carried  the  knowledge  of  the  true 
God  to  many  diftant  nations.  Laftly,  The  diftrac- 
tions  of  the  Jewifh  ftate  during  the  cotemporary  em- 
pires of  Syria  and  Egypt,  the  rife  of  the  Samaritan 
religion,  and  the  tranflation  of  the  Old  Teftament 
into  Greek,  conduced  eminently  to  the  fame  purpofe. 
And  as  it  is  neceffary  in  the  prefent  ftate  of  things, 
for  the  exercife  of  various  affections,  and  our  moral 
improvement,  that  there  fhould  be  degrees  and 
fubordinations  in  common  things,  fo  it  feems  equally 
necefiary,  that  it  fhould  be  fo  in  religious  matters : 
and  thus  the  Gentiles  may  have  had,  in  the  interval 
between  Abraham  and  Chrift,  all  that  fuited  their  other 
circumftances,  all  that  they  could  have  improved  by 
internal  voluntary  purity,  other  things  remaining  the 
fame,  which  is  always  fuppofed.  And  it  is  remark- 
able in  the  view  of  this  proportion,  that  we  learn  ib 

much 


the  Chriflian  Religion.  135 

much  from  the  fcriptures  concerning  the  moral  difci- 
pline  which  God  afforded  to  the  Gentiles.  , 

When  we  come  to  the  New  Teftament,  the  great 
defign  of  all  God's  difpenfations  appears  in  a  ftill 
more  confpicuous  manner.  Here  we  fee  how  Chrift 
began  to  erect  his  fpiritual  kingdom,  and  the  apoftles 
extended  it ;  we  have  the  fublimeft  doctrines,  and  pu- 
reft  precepts,  for  effecting  it  in  ourfelves  and  others, 
and  the  ftrongeft  affurances,  that  it  will  'be  effected  at 
laft,  that  this  leaven  will  continue  to  operate  till  the 
whole  lump  be  leavened.  But,  above  all,  it  is  remark- 
able, that  the  principal  means  for  effecting  this  is 
by  fubmiffion  and  fufferance,  not  refiftance,  and  ex- 
ternal violence.  The  preachers  are  to  undergo  fhame, 
perfecution,  and  death,  as  the  Lord  of  life  and  glory 
did  before  them.  This  is  that  foolijhnefs  of  God, 
which  is  wifer  than  men,  and  that  weaknefs  of  Godt 
which  is  ftronger  than  men.  Thefe  means  feem  fool- 
ifh  and  weak  to  the  falfe  wifdom  of  this  world. 
But  if  they  be  compared  with  the  frame  of  our  na- 
tures, and  with  the  real  conftitution  of  things,  they 
will  appear  to  be  perfectly  fuited  to  produce  in  all  man- 
kind that'  beft  of  ends,  the  annihilation  of  felf,  and 
worldly  defires,  and  the  pure  and  perfect  love  of  God, 
and  of  all  his  creatures,  in  and  through  him. 

Setting  afide  therefore  the  greatnefs  of  this  end, 
and  its  fuitablenefs  to  the  divine  goodnefs,  fetting 
afide  alfo  the  miracles  which  have  concurred  in  it,  I 
fay  that  the  coincidence  of  the  hiftories,  precepts, 
promifes,  threatenings,  and  prophecies  of  the  fcrip- 
tures in  this  one  point  is  an  argument  not  only  of  their 
genuinenefs  and  truth,  but  of  their  divine  authority. 
Had  the  writers  been  guided  by  their  own  fpirits, 
and  not  by  the  fupernatural  influences  of  the  fpirit  of 
truth,  they  could  neither  have  opened  to  us  the  various 
difpenfations  of  God  tending  to  this  one  point,  nor 
have  purfued  it  themfelves,  with  fuch  entire  fteadinefs 

K  and 


136  Of  tbe  Truth  of 

and  uniformity,  through  fo   many  different  ages  of 
the  world. 

The^  gradual  opening  of  this  defign  is  an  argument 
to  the  fame  pbrpofe.  Man's  wifdom,  if  it  could  have 
formed  fuch  a  defign,  would  have  rufhed  forward 
upon  it  prematurely.  At  the  fame  time  we  may 
obferve,  that  this  defign  is  implied  in  the  fcriptures 
from  the  ftrft,  though  not  expreffed  fo  as  to  be  then 
tmderftood ;  which  is  another  argument  of  their 
divine  original. 

COR.  F/om  the  reafoning  ufed  under  this  pro- 
pofition  we  may  be  led  to  believe,  that  all  the  great 
events  which  happen  in  the  world,  have  the  fame 
ufe  as  the  difpenfations,  recorded  in  the  fcriptures, 
viz.  that  of  being  a  courfe  of  moral  difcipline  for 
nations  and  individuals,  and  of  preparing  the  world 
for  future  difpenfations.  Thus  the  irruption  of  the 
barbarous  nations  into  the  Roman  empire,  the  Ma- 
hometan impofture,  the  corruptions  of  the  chriftian 
religion,  the  ignorance  and  darknefs  which  reigned 
for  fome  centuries  during  the  groffeft  of  thefe  corrup- 
tions, the  reformation,  reftoration  of  letters,  and 
the  invention  of  printing,  three  great  cotemporary 
events  which  fucceeded  the  dark  times,  the  rife  of 
the  enthufiaftical  feds  fmce  the  reformation,  the  vaft 
increafe  and  diffufion  of  learning  in  the  prefent 
times,  the  growing  extenfivenels  of  commerce  between 
various  nations,  the  great  prevalence  of  infidelity 
amongft  both  Jews  and  Chriftians,  the  difperfion  of 
'Jews  and  Jefuits  into  all  known  parts  of  the  world, 
&c*  &c.  are  all  events,  which,  however  mifchievous 
fome  of  them  may  feem  to  human  wifdom,  are, 
Cteteris  manentibus,  the  mod  proper  and  effectual  way 
of  haftening  the  kingdom  of  Chrift,  and  the  renova- 
tion of  all  things. 


PROP. 


the  Chriftian  Religion,  137 


PROP.     XXVII, 

Divine  Communications,   Miracles,   and  Prophecies,  are 

agreeable  to  Natural  Religion,  and  even  Jeem  necejjary 

~  in  (be  Infancy  of  the  World. 

SINCE  God  is  a  being  of  infinite  juftice,  mercy,  and 
bounty,  according  to  natural  religion,  it  is  rea- 
fonable  to  expect,  that  if  the  deficiencies  of  natural 
reafon,  or  the  inattention  of  mankind  to  the  foot- 
fteps  of  his  providence,  were  fuch  at  any  time,  as 
that  all  the  world  were  in  danger  of  being  loft  in 
ignorance,  irreligion,  and  idolatry,  God  fhould  inter- 
pofe  by  extraordinary  inftrudion,  by  alarming  inftan- 
ces  of  judgment  and  mercy,  and  by  prophetical  de- 
clarations of  things  to  come,  in  order  to  teach  men 
his  power,  his  juftice,  and  his  goodnefs,  by  fenfible 
proofs  and  manifeftations.  We  muft  not  fay  here, 
that  God  could  not  fuffer  this ;  but  inquire  from  hif- 
tory,  whether  he  has  or  no.  Now  I  fuppole  it  will 
eafily  be  acknowledged,  that  this  was  the  cafe  with  the 
gentile  world  in  ancient  times,  and  that  the  Judaical 
and  Chriftian  inftitutions  have  greatly  checked  irre- 
ligion and  idolatry,  and  advanced  true  natural  reli- 
gion j  which  is  a  remarkable  coincidence  in  favour 
of  thefe  inftitutions,  though  all  other  evidences  for 
them  were  fen  afide.  Neither  muft  we  fay  here,  that 
fince  God  permits  grofs  ignorance  in  fome  nations, 
the  Hottentots  for  inftance,  even  to  this  day,  he  might 
have  permitted  it  in  all  mankind.  Allow  that  we 
know  fo  little  of  his  unfearchable  judgments,  as  not 
to  be  able  to  make  any  certain  conclufion :  yet 
furely  it  is  much  more  agreeable  to  the  forenamed 
attributes,  and  to  the  analogies  of  other  things, 
that  the  bulk  of  mankind  fliould  have  fuch  a  know- 
ledge of  God,  as  fuits  their  intellectual  faculties,  and 

other 


138  Of  the  Truth  of 

other  circumftances,  and  carries  them  forwards  in 
moral  improvement,  than  that  all  Ihould  ftand  dill, 
or  go  backwards,  or  make  lefs  improvement  in  re- 
ligion, than  tallies  with  their  improvements  in  other 
things;  alfo  that  there  fhould  be  a  fubordination 
in  religious  advantages,  rather  than  a  perfect  equa- 
lity. 

Natural  religion  alfo  teaches  us  to  confider  God 
as  our  governor,  judge,  and  father.  Now  all  thefe 
fuperiors  have  two  ways  of  adminiftration,  inftruction 
and  providence  for  the  well-being  of  their  inferiors, 
ordinary  and  extraordinary.  It  is  therefore  natural 
to  expect  upon  great  occafions  an  extraordinary 
interpofition  by  revelation,  miracle,  and  prophecy  j 
and  that  efpecially  in  that  infancy  •  of  the  world 
after  the  deluge,  which  both  facred  and  profane 
hiftory  afTure  us  ofj  inafmuch  as  both  ftates  and 
individuals  require  much  more  of  the  extraordinary 
interpofition  of  governors  and  parents  in  their  in- 
fancy, than  afterwards :  all  which  has  a  remarkable 
correfpondence  with  the  hiftory  of  revelation,  as  it 
is  in  fact..  And  the  analogical  preemptions  for 
miracles,  in  this  and  the  laft  paragraph,  feem  at  leaft 
equal  to  any  prefumption  we  have,  or  can  have, 
in  this  our  ftate  of  ignorance  of  the  whole  of  things, 
againft  them. 

But  there  is  another  argument  in  favour  of  mira- 
culous interpofitions,  which  may  be  drawn  from  the 
foregoing  theory  of  human  nature.  I  take  it  for 
granted,  that  mankind  have  not  been  upon  this  earth 
from  all  eternity.  Eternity  neither  fuits  an  imper- 
fect, finite  race  of  beings,  nor  our  habitation  the 
earth.  It  cannot  have  revolved  round  the  fun,  as  it 
does  now  from  all  eternity  -,  it  muft  have  had  fuch 
changes  made  in  it  from  its  own  fabric  and  principles, 
from  the  fhocks  of  comets,  &c.  in  infinite  time, 
as  would  be  inconfiftent  with  our  furvival.  There 
was  therefore  a  time  when  man  was  firft  placed  upon 

the 


the  Cbriftian  Religion.  139 

the  earth.  In  what  ftate  was  he  then  placed  ?  An 
infant,  with  his  mind  a  blank,  void  of  ideas,  as 
children  now  are  born  ?  He  would  perilh  inftantly, 
without  a  feries  of  miracles  to  preferve,  educate,  and 
inftruct  him.  Or  if  he  be  fuppofed  an  adult  with  a 
blank  mind,  /.  e.  without  ideas,  afTociations,  and 
the  voluntary  powers  of  walking,  handling,  fpeak- 
ing,  &c.  the  cohclufion  is  the  fame  j  he  mud  perifh 
alfo,  unlefs  conducted  by  a  miraculous  interpofition 
and  guardianfhip.  He  muft  therefore  have  fo  much 
of  knowledge,  and  of  voluntary  and  fecondarily  auto- 
matic powers,  amongft  which  fpeech  muft  be  reck- 
oned as  a  principal  one,  impreffed  upon  him  in 
the  way  of  inftinct,  as  would  be  neceffary  for  his 
own  prefervation,  and  that  of  his  offspring;  and  this 
inftincl:  is,  to  all  intents  and  purpofes,  divine  reve- 
lation, fince  he  did  not  acquire  it  by  natural  means. 
It  is  alfo  of  the  nature  of  prophecy  ;  for  it  feems  im- 
poffible  for  mankind  to  fubfift  upon  the  earth,  as  it 
now  is,  without  fome  foreknowledge,  and  the  confe- 
quent  methods  of  providing  for  futurity,  fuch,  for 
inftance,  as  brutes  have,  or  even  greater,  fince  man, 
unprovided  with  manual  arts,  is  peculiarly  expofed  to 
dangers,  necefiities,  and  hardfhips. 

Let  us  next  confider,  how  the  firil  men  are  to  be 
provided  with  the  knowledge  of  God,  and  a  moral 
fenfe :  for  it  feems  neceffary,  that  they  fhould  be 
poffeffed  of  fome  degree  of  thefe  j  elfe  the  fenfual 
and  fenfual  defires  would  be  fo  exorbitant,  as  to  be 
inconfiftent  both  with  each  man's  own  fafety,  and 
with  that  of  his  neighbour ;  as  may  be  gathered  from 
the  accounts  of  favage  nations,  who  yet  are  not  en- 
tirely deftitute  of  the  knowledge  of  God,  and  the 
moral  fenfe.  Now,  to  deduce  the  exiftence  and  attri- 
butes of  God,  even  in  a  very  imperfect  manner,  from 
natural  phenomena,  requires,  as  it  feems  to  me,  far 
more  knowledge  and  ratiocination,  than  men  could 
have  for  many  generations,  from  their  natural  powers; 

and 


140  Of  tie  'Truth  of 

and  that  efpecially  if  we  fuppofe  language  not  to  be 
infpired,  but  attained  in  a  natural  way.  And  it  ap- 
pears both  from  the  foregoing  account  of  the  moral 
fenfe,  and  from  common  obfervation,  that  this 
requires  much  time,  care,  and  cultivation,  befides 
the  previous-  knowledge  of  God,  before  it  can  be  a 
match  for  the  impetuofity  of  natural  defires.  We 
may  conclude  therefore,  that  the  firft  men-  could  not 
attain  to  that  degree  of  the  knowledge  of  God,  and 
a  moral  fenfe,  which  was  necefiary  for  them,  without 
divine  infpiration. 

There  are  feveral  particulars  in  the  Mojaic  account 
of  the  creation,  fall,  and  circumftances  of  the  an- 
cient world,  which  tally  remarkably  with  the  method 
of  reafoning  ufed  here.  Thus,  man  is  at  firft  pla- 
ced in  a  paradife,  where  there  was  nothing  noxious, 
and  confequently  where  he  would  need  lefs  miracu- 
lous Miterpofition  in  order  to  preferve  him.  He  lives 
upon  the  fruits  of  the  earth,  which  want  no  previous 
arts  of  preparing  them,  and  which  Would  ftrike  him 
by  their  fmells,  and,  after  an  inftance  or  two,  incite 
him  to  pluck  and  tafle :  whereas  animal  diet,  be- 
fides its  inconfiftency  with  a  ftate  of  pure  innocence 
and  happinefs,  requires  art  and  preparation  neceffii- 
rily.  There  is  only  one  man,  and  one  woman,  cre- 
ated, that  fo  the  occafions  for  exerting  the  focial 
affections  may  not  offer  themfelves  in  any  great  de- 
gree, before  thefe  affections  are  generated;  button 
the  contrary,  the  affections  may  grow  naturally,  as  it 
were,  out  of  the  occafions.  The  nakednefs,  and 
want  of  mame,  in  our  firft  parents,  are  concurring 
evidences  of  the  abferice  of  art,  acquired  affections, 
evil,  &V.  i.  e.  of  a  paradifiacal  ftate.  In  this  ftate 
they  learnt  to  give  names  to  the  animal  world,  per- 
haps from  the  automatic  and  femivoluntary  exertions 
of  the  organs  of  fpeech,  which  the  fight  of  the 
creatures,  or  the  found  of  their  feveral  cries,  would 
excite,  having  probably  a  fufficient  (lock  of  language 

-for 


the  Cbriftian  Religion.  141 

for  communication  with  God  and  for  converfing  with 
each  other  about  their  daily  food,  and  other  necefiary 
things,  given  them  by  immediate  inftinct  or  infpira- 
tion.  And  thus  they  would  be  initiated,  by  naming 
the  animals,  into  the  practice  of  inventing,  learn- 
ing, and  applying  words.  For  the  fame  reafons, 
we  may  fuppofe,  that  they  learnt  many  other  things, 
and  particularly  the  habit  of  learning,  during  their 
abode  in  paradife.  Nay,  it  may  perhaps  be,  that 
this  growth  of  acquired  knowledge,  with  the  plea- 
fantnefs  of  it,  might  put  them  upon1  learning  evil  as 
•well  as  good,  and  excite  the  forbidden  curiofity. 
After  the  fall,  we  find  God  providing  them  with 
clothes,  Cain  banifhed  from  the  prefence  of  God, 
an  argument  that  others  were  permitted  to  have 
recourfe  to  this  prefence  to  afk  counfel,  &c.  his 
pofterity  inventing  arts  for  thernfelves,  Enoch  and 
Noah  walking  with  God  before  the  flood,  and 
Abraham  afterwards;  all  the  antediluvian  patriarchs 
long-lived,  the  poftdiluvian  long-lived  alfo  for 
fome  generations  j  amongft  other  reafons,  that  they 
might  inftruct  pofterity  in  religious  and  other 
important  truths;  and  the  divine  interpositions 
continuing  through  the  whole  antediluvian  world,  and 
gradually  withdrawn  in  the  poftdiluvian.  And  it 
teems  to  me,  to  fay  the  leaft,  a  very  difficult  thing 
for  any  man,  even  at  this  day,  to  invent  a  more 
probable  account  of  the  firft  peopling  of  this  earth, 
than  that  which  Mojes  has  given  us. 


PROP. 


142  Of  the  Truth  of 


PROP.    XXVIII. 

The  Objection  made  againft  the  Miracles  recorded  in  the 
Scriptures,  from  their  being  contrary  to  the  Cffurfe  of 
Nature,  is  of  little  or  no  Force. 

IT  is  alleged  here  by  the  objectors,  that  the  courfe 
of  nature  is  fixed  and  immutable;  and  that  this  is 
evinced  by  the  concurrent  teftimony  of  all  mankind 
in  all  ages ;  and  confequently  that  the  teftimony  of 
a  few  perfons,  who  affirm  the  contrary,  cannot  be 
admitted ;  but  is,  ip/o  faffo,  invalidated  by  its  op- 
pofing  general,  or  even  univerfal  experience.  Now 
to  this  I  anfwer, 

Firft,  That  we  do  not,  by  admitting  the  tefti- 
mony of  mankind  concerning  the  defcent  of  heavy 
bodies  upon  the  furface  of  our  earth,  the  common 
effects  of  heat  and  cold,  &c.  fuppofe  that  this  invali- 
dates the  teftimony  of  thofe  who  declare  they  have 
met  with  contrary  appearances  in  certain  cafes. 
Each  party  teftifies  what  they  have  feen ;  and  why 
may  not  the  evidence  of  both  be  true  ?  It  does  not 
follow,  becaufe  a  thing  has  happened  a  thoufand,  or 
ten  thoufand  times,  that  it  never  has  failed,  nor  ever 
can  fail.  Nothing  is  more  common  or  conftant,  than 
the  effect  of  gravity  in  making  all  bodies  upon  the 
furface  of  our  earth  tend  to  its  centre.  Yet  the 
rare  extraordinary  influences  of  magnetifm  and  elec- 
tricity can  fufpend  this  tendency.  Now,  before  mag- 
netifm and  electricity  were  difcovered,  and  verified 
by  a  variety  of  concurrent  facts,  there  would  have 
been  as  much  reafon  to  difallow  the  evidence  of  their 
particular  effects  attefted  by  eye-witneffes,  as  there 
is  now  to  difallow  the  particular  miracles  recorded  fn 
the  fcriptures ;  and  yet  we  fee  that  fuch  a  difallow- 
ance  would  have  been  a  hafty  conclufion,  would 

have 


the  Chriftian  Religion.  143 

have  been  quite  contrary  to  the  true  nature  of.  things. 
And,  in  fact,  whatever  may  be  the  cafe  of  a  few 
perfons,  and  particularly  of  thofe,  who  think  that 
they  have  an  interefl  in  difproving  revealed  religion, 
the  generality  of  mankind,  learned  and  unlearned, 
philofophical  and  vulgar,  in  all  ages,  have  had  no 
fuch  difpofition  to  reject  a  thing  well  attefted  by 
•witnefles  of  credit,  becaufe  it  was  contrary  to  the 
general,  or  even  univerfal,  tenor  of  former  oblerva- 
tions.  Now  it  is  evident  to  confidering  perfons,  efpe- 
cially  if  they  reflect  upon  the  foregoing  hiftory  of 
aflbciation,  that  the  difpofitions  to  afient  and  difient  « 
are  generated  in  the  human  mind  from  the  fum  total 
of  the  influences,  which  particular  obfervations  have 
had  upon  it.  It  follows  therefore,  fince  the  bulk  of 
mankind,  of  all  ranks  and  orders,  have  been  dif- 
pofed  to  receive  facts  the  mod  furprizing,  and  con- 
trary to  the  general  tenor,  upon  their  being  attefted 
in  a  certain  limited  degree,  that  extraordinary  facts 
are  not,  in  a  certain  way  of  confidering  the  thing, 
out  of  the  tenor  of  nature,  but  agreeable  to  it ;  that 
here  therefore,  as  well  as  in  common  facts,  the  ftrefs 
is  to  be  laid  upon  the  credibility  of  the  witnefles;. 
and  that  to  do  otherwife  is  an  argument  either  of 
fome  great  fingularity  of  mind,  or  of  an  undue 
biafs. 

Secondly,  If  it  mould  be  alleged  by  the  objectors, 
that  they  do  not  mean,  by  the  courfe  of  nature, 
that  tenor  of  common  obfervations  which  occurred 
to  the  firft  rude  ages  of  the  world,  or  even  that 
tenor  which  is  ufually  called  fo  at  prefent ;  but  thofe 
more  general  laws  of  matter  and  motion,  to  which 
all  the  various  phenomena  of  the  world,  even  thofe 
which  are  apparently  moft  contrary  to  one  another, 
may  be  reduced  j  and  that  it  is  probable,  that  uni- 
verlal  experience  would  concur  to  fupport  the  true 
laws  of  nature  of  this  kind,  were  mankind  fuffi- 
ciently  induftrious  and  accurate  in  bringing  together 

-  the 


144  Of  tbe  Truth  of 

the  facts,  and  drawing  the  conclusions  from  them ; 
in  which  cafe,  any  deviations  from  the  tenor  of 
nature,  thus  fupported  and  explained,  would  be  far 
more  improbable,  than  according  to  the  fuppofition 
of  the  foregoing  paragraph ;  we  anfwer,  that  this 
objection  is  a  mere  conjedure.  Since  we  do  not  yet 
know  what  thcfe  true  laws  of  matter  and  motion 
are,  we  cannot  prefume  to  fay  whether  all  phasno- 
mena  are  reducible  to  them,  or  not.  Modern  philofo- 
phers  have  indeed  made  great  advances  in  natural 
knowledge ;  however,  we  are  dill  in  our  infant  (late, 
in  refpect  of  it,  as  much  as  former  ages,  if  the 
whole  of  things  be  taken  into  confideration.  And 
this  objection  allows  and  fuppofes  it  to  be  fo.  Since 
therefore  it  was  the  proper  method  for  former  ages, 
in  order  to  make  advances  in  real  knowledge,  to 
abide  by  the  award  of  credible  teftirnonies,  how- 
ever contrary  thefe  teftirnonies  might  appear  to  their 
then  notions  and  analogies,  fo  this  is  alfo  the  proper 
method  for  us. 

If  indeed  we  put  the  courfe  of  nature  for  that 
feries  of  events,  which  follow  each  other  in  the 
order  of  caufe  and  effect  by  the  divine  appointment, 
this  would  be  an  accurate  and  philofophical  way  of 
fpeaking ;  but  then  we  muft  at  once  acknowledge, 
that  we  are  fo  ignorant  of  what  may  be  the  divine 
purpofes  and  appointments,  of  fecret  caufes,  and  of 
the  correfponding  variety  of  events,  that  we  can  only 
appeal  to  the  fact/5,  to  credible  relations  of  what 
actually  has  been,  in  order  to  know  what  is  agreeable 
to  the  courfe  of  nature  thus  explained.  The  icripture 
miracles  may  not  be  at  all  contrary  to  its  fixednefs 
and  immutability.  Nor  can  any  objection  lie  againft 
them,  if  we  confider  things  in  this  light,  from 
the  prefcnt  notions  of  philofophical  men,  i.  e. 
from  the  courfe  of  nature,  underftood  in  a  popular 
fenfe ;  fince  this  falls  fo  (hort  of  the  true  courfe 
of  nature  as  here  defined,  ;'.  e.  as  admitting 

the 


the  Chriftian  Religion.  145 

the  inftrumentality  of  beings  fuperior  to  us,  men 
divinely  infpired,  good  angels,  evil  fpirits,  and 
many  other  influences,  of  which  our  prefent  philo- 
fophy  can  take  no  cognizance. 

With  refpect  to  moral  analogy,  the  cafe  is  fome- 
what  different.  If  the  moral  attributes  of  God,  and 
the  general  rules  of  his  providence,  be  fuppofed  to 
be  eftablifhed  upon  a  fure  footing,  then  a  feries  of 
events,  which  fhould  be  contrary  to  thefe,  would  have 
a  ftrong  prefumption  againft  them.  And  yet  it  be- 
comes us  to  be  very  diffident  here  alfo.  God  is  infi- 
nite, and  we  finite :  we  may  therefore,  from  feeing 
only  a  fmall  portion,  judge  what  we  fee  to  be  differ- 
ent from  what  it  is.  However,  revealed  religion 
has  no  occafion  in  general  for  any  fuch  apology. 
Natural  and  revealed  religion,  the  word  and  works 
of  God,  are  in  all  principal  things  mod  wonderfully 
analogous  -,  as  has  been  fufficiemly  fhewn  by  the 
advocates  for  revealed  religion,  and  moft  efpecially 
by  bifhop  Sutler  in  his  analogy.  As  far  therefore  as 
moral  analogy  carries  weight,  there  is  pofitive  evi- 
dence for  the  fcripture  miracles.  And  our  compre- 
henfion  of  natural  analogy  is  fo  imperfect  as  fcarce  to 
afford  any  prefumption  againft  them  ;,  but  leaves  the 
evidence  in  their  favour,  of  nearly  the  fame  ftrength. 
as  it  would  have  had  for  other  facts. 

Thirdly,  Let  it  be  obferved,  that  the  evidences 
for  the  fcripture  miracles  are  fo  numerous,  and,  in 
other  refpects,  fo  ftrong,  as  to  be  nearly  equal  to 
any  evidences  that  can  be  brought  for  the  moft  com- 
mon facts.  For  it  is  very  manifeft,  as  has  been 
obferved  before,  that  a  great  number  of  credible  evi- 
dences make  a  fum  total,  that  is  equal  to  unity,  or 
abfolute  certainty,  as  this  has  been  confidered  in  the 
foregoing  part  of  this  work,  nearer  than  by  any 
perceptible  difference:  and  the  greateft  number  can 
never  arrive  quite  to  unity.  The  evidence  therefore 
for  common  facts  cannot  exceed  that  for  the  fcripture 

VOL.  II.  L  miracles 


146  Of  the  Truth  of 

miracles  by  more  than  an  imperceptible  difference, 
if  we  eftimate  vevidences  according  to  the  trueft  and 
mod  accurate  manner.  Hence  the  nearly  equal  evi- 
dences for  each  muft  eftablifh  each  in  nearly  an  equal 
degree,  unlefs  we  fuppofe  either  fome  fuch  inconfift- 
ency  between  them,  as  that,  common  facts  being 
allowed,  the  fcripture  miracles  muft  be  abfolutely 
rejected,  or  that  there  is  fome  evidence  againft  the 
fcripture  miracles,  which  may  be  puc  in  competition 
with  that  'for  them  j  neither  of  which  things  can  be 
faid  with  any  colour  of  reafon.  ^ 

Fourthly,  This  whole  matter  may  be  put  in  an- 
other, and  perhaps  a  more  natural,  as  well  as  a  more 
philofophical  light ;    and  that  efpecially  if  the  fore- 
going^ account  of  the  mind  be  allowed.     Aflbciation, 
i.  e.    analogy,    perfect   and    imperfect,    is   the   only 
foundation  upon  which  we  in   fact  do,    or  can,   or 
ought  to  aflent  j  and  confequently  a  diffonance  from 
analogy,    or   a   repugnancy    thereto,    is   a   neceffary 
foundation  for  diffent.     Now  it  happens  fometimes, 
that  the  fame  thing  is  fupported  and  impugned  by 
different   analogies ;    or,    if    we   put   repugnance   to 
analogy   as   equivalent  to   miracle,  that  both  a  fact 
and  its  non-exiftence  imply  a  miracle;  or,  fince  this 
cannot  be,  that  that  fide  alone,  which  is  repugnant 
to  the  moft  and  the  mod  perfect  analogies,  is  mira- 
culous, and  therefore  incredible.     Let  us  weigh  the 
fcripture  miracles  in  this  fcale.      Now   the  progrefs 
of  the  human  mind,  as  may  be  feen  by  all  the  inqui- 
ries into  it,  and  particularly  by  the  hiftory  of  afibci- 
ation,  is  a  thing  of  a  determinate  nature  j    a  man's 
thoughts,   words,    and  actions,    are  all   generated   by 
fomething  previous  j  there  is  an  eftablifhed  courfe  for 
thefe  things,  an  analogy,  of  which  every  man  is  a 
judge  from   what    he   feels    in    himfrlf,    and  fees  in 
others :  and  to  fuppofe  any  number  of  men  in  deter- 
minate circumftances  to  vary  from  this  general  tenor 
of  human  nature  in  like  circumftances,  is  a  miracle, 

\  and 


ibe  Cbriftlan  Religion.  147 

and  may  be  made  a  miracle  of  any  magnitude,  i.  e. 
incredible  to  any  degree,  by  increafing  the  number 
and  magnitude  of  the  deviations.  It  is  therefore  a 
miracle  in  the  human  mind,  as  great  as  any  can  be 
conceived  in  the  human  body,  to  fuppofe  that  infinite 
multitudes  of  chriftians,  Jews,  and  heathens  in  the 
primitive  times,  fhould  have  borne  fuch  unqueftion- 
able  teftimony,  fome  exprefsly,  others  by  indirect 
circumftances,  as  hiftory  informs  us  they  did,  to 
the  miracles  faid  to  be  performed  by  Chrili,  and  his 
apoftles,  upon  the  human,  body,  unlefs  they  were 
really  performed.  In  like  manner,  the  reception 
which  the  miracles  recorded  in  the  Old  Teftament 
met  with,  is  a  miracle,  unlefs  thofe  miracles  were  true. 
Thus  alfo  the  very  exiftence  of  the  books  of  the  Old 
and  New  Teftaments,  of  the  Jewijh  and  Chriftian 
religions,  &c.  &c.  are  miracles,  as  is  abundantly 
fhewn  by  the  advocates  for  chriftianity,  unlefs  we 
allow  the  fcripture  miracles.  Here  then  a  man  muft 
either  deny  all  analogy  and  afibciation,  and  become 
an  abfolute  fceptic,  or  acknowledge  that  very  ftrong 
analogies  may  fometimes  be  violated,  /.  e.  he  muft 
have  recourfe  to  fomething  miraculous,  to  fomething 
fupernatural,  according  to  his  narrow  views.  The 
next  queftion  then  will  be,  which  of  the  two  oppo- 
fite  miracles  will  agree  beft  with  all  his  other  notions  -t 
whether  k  be  more  analogous  to  the  nature  of  God, 
providence,  the  allowed  hiftory  of  the"  world,  the 
known  progrefs  of  man  in  this  life,  &c.  &c.  to 
fuppofe  that  God  imparted  to  certain  felect  perfons,  of 
eminent  piety,  the  power  of  working  miracles  j  or  to 
fuppofe  that  he  confounded  the  underftandings,  af- 
fections, and  whole  train  of  aflbciations,  of  entire 
nations,  fo  as  that  men,  who,  in  all  other  things, 
feem  to  have  been  conducted  in  a  manner  like  all 
other  men,  fhould,  in  refpect  of  the  hiftory  of  Chrift, 
the  prophets  and  apoftles,  a£t  in  a  manner  repug- 
nant to  all  our  ideas  and  experiences.  Now,  as  this 

L  2  laft 


148  Of  the  Truth  of 

laft  fuppofition  cannot  be  maintained  at  all  upon  the 
footing  of  deifm,  fo  it  would  be  but  juft  as  probable 
as  the  firft,  even  though  the  objector  fhould  deny  the 
pofiibility  of  the  being  of  a  God.  For  the  lead 
prefumption,  that  there  may  be  a  being  of  immenfe 
or  infinite  power,  knowledge,  and  goodnefs,  immedi- 
ately turns  the  fcale  in  favour  of  the  firft  fuppofition. 

Fifthly,  It  is  to  be  confidered,  that  the  evidences 
for  the  fcripture  miracles  are  many,  and  moft  of 
them  independent  upon  one  another,  whereas  the 
difpenfation  itfelf  is  a  connected  thing,  and  the  mira- 
cles remarkably  related  to  each  other.  If  therefore 
only  fo  much  as  one  miracle  could  be  proved  to  have 
been  really  wrought  in  confirmation  of  the  Jewijh  or 
Chriftian  revelations,  there  would  be  lefs  objection 
to  the  fuppofition  of  a  fecond  j  and,  if  this  be 
proved,  ftill  lefs  to  that  of  a  third,  &c.  till  at  laft 
the  reluctance  to  receive  them  would  quite  vanifh 
(which  indeed  appears  to  have  been  the  cafe  in  the 
latter  part  of  the  primitive  times,  when  the  incon- 
teftable  evidences  for  the  chriftian  miracles  had  been 
fo  much  examined  and  confidered,  as  quite  to  over- 
come this  reluctance ;  and  it  feems  difficult  to  account 
for  the  credulity  in  receiving  falfe  miracles,  which 
then  appeared,  but  upon  fuppofition,  that  many  true 
ones  had  been  wrought).  But  it  is  not  fo  with  the 
evidences.  The  greateft  part  of  thefe  have  fo  little 
dependence  on  the  reft?  as  may  be  feen  even  from 
this  chapter,  that  they  muft  be  fet  afide  feparately  by 
the  objector.  Here  it  ought  to  be  added,  that  the 
objectors  have  fcarce  ever  attempted  to  fct  afide  any 
part  of  the  evidence,  and  never  fucceeded  in  fuch  an 
attempt  j  which  is  of  itfelf  a  ftrong  argument  in  fa- 
vour of  the  fcriptures,  fince  this  is  plainly  the  moft 
natural  and  eafy  way  of  difproving  a  thing  that  is 
falfe.  It  ought  alfo  to  be  obferved  here,  that  the  ac- 
complifhment  of  prophecy,  by  implying  a  miracle, 
does  in  like  manner  overbear  the  reluctance  to  receive 

miracles. 


the  Chriftian  Religion.  '  149 

miracles.  So  that  if  any  confiderable  events,  which 
have  already  happened  in  the  world,  can  be  proved 
to  have  been  foretold  in  fcripture  in  a  manner  ex- 
ceeding chance,  and  human  forefight,  the  objection 
to  miracles,  confidered  in  this  proportion,  falls  to 
the  ground  at, once. 

Sixthly.  If  any  one  fhould  affirm  or  think,  as 
fome  perfons  feem  to  do,  that  a  miracle  is  im- 
pofiible,  let  him  confider,  that  this  is  denying  God's 
omnipotence,  and  even  maintaining,  that  man  is  the 
fupreme  agent  in  the  univerfe. 


PROP.     XXIX. 

The  hiftorical  Evidences  for  the  Genuinenefs,  Truth,  and 
divine  Authority  of  the  Scriptures  do  not  grow  lejs  from 
Age  to  Age  \  buty  on  the  Contrary ',  ;'/  may  rather  be 
frefumedy  that  they  increaje. 

IT  is  fometimes  alleged,  as  an  indirect  objection 
to  the  chriftian  religion,  that  the  evidence  for  facts 
done  in  former  times,  and  at-  remote  places,  de- 
creafes  with  the  diftance  of  time  and  places  and 
confequently  that  a  time  may  come  hereafter,  when 
the  evidence  for  the  chriftian  religion  will  be  fo  in- 
confiderable  as  not  to  claim  our  aflent,  even  allowing 
that  it  does  fo  now.  To  this  I  ahfwer, 

Firft,  That  printing  has  fo  far  fecured  all  confider- 
able monuments  of  antiquity,  as  that  no  ordinary 
calamities  of  wars,  diffolutions  of  governments, 
&c.  can  deftroy  any  material  evidence  now  in  being, 
or  render  it  lefs  probable,  in  any  difcernible  degree, 
to  thofe  who  fhall  live  five  hundred  or  a  thoufand 
years  hence. 

Secondly,  That  fo  many  new  evidences  and  coinci- 
dences have  been  difcovered  in  favour  of  the  Jeivi/h 
and  Cbriftian  hiftories,  fince  the  three  great  concur- 

•  L  3  ring 


150  Of  the  Truth  of 

ring  events  of  printing,  the  reformation  of  religion  in 
thefe  weftern  parts,  and  the  reftoration  of  letters, 
as,  in  fome  meaiure,  to  make  up  for  the  evidences 
loft  in  the  preceding  times ;  and  fince  this  improve- 
ment of  the  hiftorical  evidences  is  likely  to  continue, 
there  is  great  reafon  to  hope,  that  they  will  grow 
every  day  more  and  more  irrefiftible  to  all  candid, 
ferious  inquirers. 

One  might  alfo  allege,  if  it  were  needful,  that  our 
proper  bufmefs  is  to  weigh  carefully  the  evidence 
which  appears  at  prefenr.,  leaving  the  care  of  future 
ages  to  Providence;  that  the  prpphetical  evidences 
are  manifeftly  of  an  increasing  nature,  and  fo  may 
compenfate  for  a  decreafe  in  the  hiftorical  ones ;  and 
that  though,  in  a  grofs  way  of  fpeaking,  the  evi- 
dences for  facts  diftant  in  time  and  place  are  weak- 
ened by  this  diftance,  yet  they  are  not  weakened  in 
an  exact  proportion  in  any  cafe,  nor  in  any  propor- 
tion in  all  cafes.  No  one  can  think  a  fa6t  relating 
to  the  Turkijh  empire  lefs  probable  ar  London  than  at 
fans,  or  at  fifty  years  diftance  than  at  forty. 


PROP.     XXX. 

The  Prophecies  delivered  in  the  Scriptures  prove  the 
Divine  Authority  of  the  Scriptures,  even  previoufly  to 
the  Conjideration  of  the  Genuinenefs  of  tbefe  Prophecies  \ 
but  much  more,  if  that  be  allowed. 


IN  order  to  evince  this  propofition,  I  will  diftin- 
guifh  the  prophecies  into  four  kinds,  and  fhew 
in  what  manner  it  holds  in  refpeft  of  each  kind. 

There  are  then  contained  in  the  fcriptures, 

Firft,  Prophecies  that  relate  to  the  ftate  of  the 
nations  which  bordered  upon  the  land  of  Canaan. 

Secondly,  Thofe  that  relate  to  the  political  ftate 
of  the  J/raelites  and  Jews  in  all  ages. 

Thirdly, 


the  Chriftian  Religion.  151 

Thirdly,  The  types  and  prophecies  that  relate  to 
the  office,  time  of  appearance,  birth,  life,  death, 
refurrection,  and  afcenfion  of  the  promifed  MeJJiah, 
or  Chrift. 

Fourthly,  The  prophecies  that  relate  to  the  (late 
of  the  chriftian  church,  efpecially  in  the  latter  times, 
and  to  the  fecond  coming  of  Chrift. 

I  begin  with  the  prophecies  of  the  firft  kind,  or 
thofe  which  relate  to  the  (late  of  Amalek,  Edorn,  Moab, 
Amman,  Tyre,  Syria,  Egypt,  Nineveh,  Babylon,  and 
the  four  great  fuccefiive  empires  of  the  Babylonians, 
Per/tans,  Greeks,  and  Romans.  Now  here  I  obferve, 
Firft,  That  if  we  admit  both  the  genuinenefs  of  thefe 
prophecies  and  the  truth  of  the  common  hiftory  of 
the  fcriptures,  the  very  remarkable  coincidence  of 
the  facts  with  the  prophecies  will  put  their  divine 
authority  out  of  all  doubt  j  as  I  fuppofe  every  reader 
will  acknowledge,  upon  recollecting  the  many  par- 
ticular prophecies  of  this  kind,  with  their  accom- 
plifhments,  which  occur  in  the  old  Teftament. 
Secondly,  If  we  allow  only  the  genuinenefs  of  thefe 
prophecies,  fo  great  a  part  of  them  may  be  verified 
by  the  remains  of  ancient  pagan  hiftory,  as  to 
eftablifh  the  divine  authority  of  that  part.  Thus, 
if  Daniel's  prophecies  of  the  image,  and  four  beafts, 
were  written  by  him  in  the  time  of  the  Babylonian 
empire,  if  the  prophecies  concerning  the  fall  of 
Nineveh,  Babylon,  Tyre,  &c.  be  genuine,  &c.  even 
profane  hiftory  will  (hew,  that  more  than  human 
forefight  was  concerned  in  the  delivery  of  them. 
Thirdly,  That  fuch  of  thefe  prophetic  events  as 
remain  to  this  day,  or  were  evidently  pofterior  to  the 
delivery  of  the  prophecies,  prove  their  divine  autho- 
rity even  antecedently  to  the  confideration  of  their 
genuinenefs,  as  is  affirmed  in  the  former  pare  of 
the  propofition.  Of  this  kind  are  the  perpetual 
flavery  of  Egypt',  the  perpetual  deflation  of  Tyre 
and  Babylon-,  the  wild,  unconquered  ftate  of  the 
L  4  JJhmaelites  •» 


152  Of  tbe  Truth  of 

IJhmaelites ;  the  great  power  and  ftrength  of  the 
Roman  empire  beyond  thole  of  the  three  , foregoing 
empires ;  its  divition  into  ten  kingdoms ;  its  noc 
being  fubdued  by  any  other,  as  the  three  foregoing 
were*  the  rife  of  the  Mahometan  religion,  and 
Saracenic  empire ;  the  limited  continuance  of  this 
empires  and  the  rife  and  progrefs  of  the  empire  of 
the  Turks.  To  thefe  we  may  add  the  transactions 
that  paITed  between  the  cotemporary  kingdoms  of 
Syria  and  Egypt,  prophefied  of  in  the  eleventh  chap- 
ter of  Daniel.  For,  fince  thefe  prophecies  reach 
down  to  the  times  of  Antiochus  Epipbanes,  and  the 
beginning  fubjection  of  thefe  kingdoms,  to  the  Ro- 
man power,  they  cannot  but  have  been  delivered  prior 
to  the  events,  as  may  appear  both  from  the  confi- 
,  deration  of  the  Septuagint  translation  of  the  book  of 
Daniel,  and  the  extinction  of  the  Biblical  Hebrew  as 
a  living  language  before  that  time,  even  though  the 
book  of  Daniel  Ihould  not  be  considered  as  a  genuine 
book ;  for  which  fufpicion  there  is,  however,  no 
foundation.  Laftly,  we  may  remark,  that  thefe, 
and  indeed  all  the  other  prophecies,  have  the  fame 
marks  of  genuinenefs  as  the  reft  of  the  fcriptures, 
or  as  any  other  books  j  that  they  cannot  be  leparated 
from  the  context  without  the  utmoft  violence,  fo 
that,  if  this  be  allowed  to  be  genuine,  thofe  mud  alfoj 
that  hiftory  and  chronology  were  in  fo  uncertain  a 
flate  in  ancient  times,  that  the  prophecies  concern- 
ing foreign  countries  could  not  have  been  adapted  to 
the  facts,  even  after  they  had  happened,  with  fo 
much  exactnefs  as  modern  inquirers  have  fhewn  the 
fcripture  prophecies  to  be,  by  a  learned  nation,  and 
much  lefs  by  the  Jews,  who  were  remarkably  igno- 
rant of  what  palled  in  foreign  countries ;  and  that 
thofe  prophecies,  which  are  delivered  in  the  manner 
of  dream  and  vifion,  have  a  very  ftrong  internal 
evidence  for  thpir  genuinentfs,  taken  from  the  na- 
ture 


the  Chriftian  Religion.  153 

ture  of  dreams,  as  this  is  explained  in  the  foregoing 
part  of  this  work. 

I  proceed,  in  the  fecond  place,  to  fhew  how  the 
prophecies,  that  relate  to  the  political  ftate  of  the 
Jews,  prove  the  divine  authority  of  the  fcriptures. 
And  here,  pafling  by  many  prophecies  of  inferior 
note,  and  of  a  fuborbinate  nature,  we  may  confine 
ourfelves  to  the  promife,  or  prophecy,  of  the  land 
of  Canaan,  given  to  Abraham,  IJaac,  and  Jacob;  to 
the  prophecies  concerning  the  captivity  of  the  ten 
tribes,  and  the  Babylonijh  captivity  of  the  two  tribes, 
with  their  return  after  feventy  years ;  and  to  thofe 
concerning  the  much  greater  captivity  and  defolation 
predicted  to  fall  upon  this  chofen  people  in  the 
twenty-eighth  chapter  of  Deuteronomy,  in  various 
places  of  the  prophecies,  and  by  Chrift  and  his 
apoftles  in  the  New  Teftament.  There  was  no 
natural  probability,  at  the  time  when  thefe  prophe- 
cies were  delivered,  that  any  of  thefe  events  fhould 
happen  in  the  manner  in  which  they  were  predicted, 
and  have  accordingly  happened ;  but,  in  fome,  the 
lumoft  improbability  :  fo  that  it  muft  appear  to  every 
candid  intelligent  inquirer,  that  nothing  lefs  than 
fupernatural  knowledge  could  have  enabled  thofe  who 
delivered  thefe  predictions,  to  make  them.  The 
divine  authority,  therefore,  of  the  books  which  con- 
tain thefe  predictions,  is  unquestionable,  provided 
we  allow  them  to  be  genuine. 

Now,  befides  the  forementioned  evidences  of  this, 
thefe  prophecies  have  fome  peculiar  ones  attending 
them.  Thus  the  mere  departure  of  the  Israelites  out 
of  Egypt,  in  order  to  go  to  the  land  of  Canaan, 
their  burying  Jacob  in  Canaan,  and  carrying  Jdfepb's 
bones  with  them,  plainly  imply  that  the  promife  of 
this  land  had  been  given  to  their  anceftors.  Thus 
alfo  the  prophecies  relating  to  the  captivities  of  Ifrael 
and  Judah,  and  to  their  reftorations,  make  fo  large 
.2  part  of  the  old  prophets,  that,  if  they  be  not 

genuine, 


154  Of  the  Truth  of 

genuine,  the  whole  books  muft  be  forged  j  and  the 
genuinenefs  of  thofe  in  the  New  Ttrftament  cannot 
but  be  allowed  by  all. 

I  come  now,  in  the  third  place,  to  fpeak  of  the 
types  and  prophecies  that  relate  to  Chrift,  the  time 
of  his  appearance,  his  offices,  birth,  life,  death, 
refurreftion,  and  afcenfion.  Many  of  thefe  are  ap- 
plied to  him  by  himfelf,  and  by  the  authors  of  the 
books  of  the  New  Teftament;  but  there  are  alfo 
.  many  others,  whofe  difcovery  and  application  are  left 
to  the  fagacity  and  induftry  of  chriftians  in  all  ages. 
This  teems  to  be  a  field  of  great  extent,  and  the  evi- 
dence arifing  from  it  of  an  increafing  nature.  It  is 
probable,  that  the  chriftians  of  the  firft  ages  were 
acquainted  with  fo  many  more  circumftances  relating 
to  the  life,  death,  &c.  of  Chrift,  as  on  this  account 
to  be  able  to  apply  a  larger  number  of  types  and 
prophecies  to  him  than  we  can.  But  then  this  may 
perhaps  be  compenfated  to  us  by  the  daily  opening 
of  the  fcriptures,  and  our  growing  knowledge  in 
the  typical  and  prophetical  nature  of  them.  What 
is  already  difcovered  of  this  kind,  feems  no  ways 
poffible  to  be  accounted  for,  but  from  the  fuppofi- 
tion,  that  God,  by  his  power  and  foreknowledge,  fo 
ordered  the  actions,  hiftory,  ceremonies,  &c.  of -the 
Patriarchs  and  Jews,  and  the  language  of. the  pro- 
phets, as  to  make  them  correfpond  with  Chrift,  his 
offices,  actions,  and  fufferings.  If  any  one  doubts 
of  this,  let  him  attempt  to  apply  the  types  and 
prophecies  to  any  other  perfon.  I  will  juft  mention 
four  clafles,  into  which  thefe  types  and  prophecies 
may  be  diftinguifhed,  and  under  each  of  them  a  few 
remarkable  inftances.  There  are  then, 

Firft,  Prophecies  which  evidently  relate  to  Chrift, 
and  either  to  him  alone,  or  to  others  in  an  inferior 
degree  only.  Such  are  that  of  Jacob  concerning 
Sbiloh,  of  Mofes  concerning  a  great  prophet  and  law- 
giver 


the  Chriftian  Religion.  155 

giver  that  fhould  come  after  him,  of  IJaiah  in  his 
fifty-fecond  and  fifty-third  chapters  of  Daniel,  con- 
cerning the  Mejfiab,  many  in  almoft  all  the  prophets 
concerning  a  great  prince,  a  prince  of  the  houfe  of 
David,  &c.  who  fhould  make  a  new  convenant  with 
his  people,  &c.  &c. 

Secondly,  Typical  circumftances  in  the  lives  of 
eminent  pcrfons,  as  of  Ifaac,  Jofeph,  Jo/hua,  David, 
Solomon,  Jonah  j  and  in  the  common  hiftory  of  the 
Jewijh  people,  as  its  being  called  out  of  Egypt. 

Thirdly,  Typical  ceremonies  in  the  Jewijh  worihip 
as  their  facrifices  in  general,  thofe  of  the  paflbver 
and  day  of  expiation  in  particular,  &c.  To  this  head 
we  may  alfo  refer  the  typical  nature  of  the  high 
priefthood,  and  of  the  offices  of  king,  prieft  and 
prophet,  amongft  the  Jews,  &c. 

Fourthly,  The  apparently  incidental  mention  of 
many  circumftances  in  thefe  things,  which  yet  agree 
fo  exadlly,  and  in  a  way  fo  much  arjove  chance, 
with  Chrijft,  as  to  make  it  evident,  that  they  were 
originally  intended  to  be  applied  to  him.  The  not 
breaking  a  bone  of  the  Pafchal  Lambj  the  mention 
of  renting  the  garment,  and  cafting  lots  upon  the 
vefture,  by  David;  of  offering  gall  and  vinegar,  of 
looking  on  him  whom  they  had  pierced,  of  the  third 
day  upon  numerous  occafions,  &c.  are  circumftances 
of  this  kind. 

Now,  thefe  types  and  prophecies  afford  nearly 
the  fame  evidence,  whether  we  confider  the  books 
of  the  Old  Teftament  as  genuine,  or  no.  For  no 
one  calls  in  queftion  their  being  extant  as  we  now 
have  them,  fmall  immaterial  variations  excepted, 
before  the  time  of  Chrift's  appearance.  Many  of 
them  do  indeed  require  the  common  hiftory  of  the 
New  Teftament  to  be  allowed  as  true.  But  there  are 
fome,  thofe,  for  inftance,  which  relate  to  the  humili- 
ation and  death  of  Chrift,  and  the  fpirituality  of  his 
office,  the  proofs  of  whofe  accomplifhment  are  fuffi- 

ciently 


156  Of  the  'Truth  of 

ciently  evident  to  the  whole  world,   even  indepen- 
dently of  this. 

The  fourth  branch  of  the  prophetical  evidences 
are  thofe  which  relate  to  the  chriftian  church.  Here 
the  three  following  particulars  deferve  .attentive  con- 
fideration. 

Firft,  The  predictions  concerning  a  new  and  pure 
religion,  which  was  to  be  fet  up  by  the  coming  of  the 
promifed  Meffiah. 

Secondly,  A  great  and  general  corruption  of  this 
religion,  which  was  to  follow  in  after-times. 

Thirdly,  The  recovery  of  the  chriftian  church 
from  this  corruption,  by  great  tribulations;  and  the 
final  eftablifhment  of  true  and  pure  religion,  called 
the  kingdom  of  right  eoufnefs,  of  the  faints,  the  new 
Jerusalem,  &c. 

The  predictions  of  the  firft  and  third  kinds  abound 
every  where  in  the  old  phophets,  in  the  difcourfes 
of  Chrift,  and  in  the  writings  of  the  apoftles.  Thofe 
of  the  fecond  kind  are  chiefly  remarkable  in  Daniel, 
the  Revelation,  and  the  epiftles  of  St.  Paul,  St. 
Peter,  St.  John,  and  St.  Jude.  In  how  furprizing 
a  manner  the  events  of  the  firft  and  fecond  kind  have 
anfwered  to  the  predictions,  cannot  be  unknown 
to  any  inquifitive  ferious  perfon,'  in  any  chriftian 
country.  At  the  fame  time  it  is  evident,  that  the 
predictions  of  thefe  things  could  have  no  foundation 
in  probable  conjectures  when  they  were  given.  The 
events  of  the  third  clafs  have  not  yet  received  their 
accomplifhment  ;  but  there  have  been  for  fome  cen- 
turies paft,  and  are  ftill,  perpetual  advances  and 
preparations  made  for  them;  and  it  now  feems  unrea- 
Ibnable  to  doubt  of  the  natural  probability  of  their 
accompli  foment,  unlefs  we  doubt  at  the  fame  time 
of  the  truth  of  the  religion  itfelf.  If  it  be  true, 
it  muft,  upon  more  diligent  and  impartial  examination, 
both  purify  itfelf,  and  overcome  all  oppofition. 

And 


the  Cbriftian  Religion.  i$7 

And  it  is  remarkably  agreeable  to  the  tenor  of 
Providence  in  other  things,  that  that  accoroplifli- 
ment  of  prophecy,  which  will  hereafter  evidence  the 
truth  of  the  chriftian  religion  in  the  mod  illuftrious 
manner,  (hould  be  effected  by  prefent  evidences  of 
a  lefs  illuftrious  nature. 

Let  me  add  here,  that  many  of  the  pfalms  arc 
peculiarly  applicable  to  the  reftoration  and  converfion 
of  the  Jews,  and  to  the  final  prevalence  and  eftablifti- 
ment  of  the  chriftian  church,  /.  e.  to  the  events  of 
the  third  clafs. 

PROP.     XXXI. 

'The  Degree  of  Obfcurity  which  is  found  in  the  Prophe- 
cies of  the  Scriptures ,  is  not  Jo  great  as  to  invalidate 
the  foregoing  Evidences  for  their  divine  Authority ; 
but,  on  the  Contrary ,  is  itfelf  an  indirect  Teftimony  in 
their  Favour. 

IN  order  to  prove  this  propofition,  I  obferve, 
Firft,  That  there'  are  a  fufficient  number  of 
prophecies,  whofe  interpretation  is  certain,  clear, 
and  precife,  to  Ihew  that  their  agreement  with  the 
events  predicted  is  far  above  the  powers  of  chance, 
or  human  forefight.  But  for  the  proof  of  this  point, 
which  takes  in  a  great  compafs  of  literature,  I  muft 
refer  to  the  authors  who  have  treated  it  in  detaih 
And  as  thofe  who  have  examined  this  point  with 
accuracy  and  impartiality,  do,  as  I.prefume,  univer- 
fally  agree  to  the  pofition  here  laid  down,  fo  thofe 
who  have  not  done  fo,  can  have  no  pretence  for 
afferting  the  contrary  ;  this  being  an  hiftorical  matter, 
which  is  to  be  determined  as  others  of  a  like  kind, 
viz.  by  the  hiftorical  evidences.  The  reader  may, 
however,  form  fome  judgment,  in  the  grofs,  even 
from  the  few  inftances,  which  are  alleged  under  the 
laft  propofition. 

Secondly, 


158  Of  the  Truth  of 

Secondly,  That,  even  in  the  types  and  prophecies 
where  interpreters  differ  from  each  other,  the  differ- 
ences are  often  fo  inconfiderable,  and  the  agreements 
fo  general,  or  elfe  the  prophecy  fo  fuited  to  the  feveral 
events,  to   which  it  is  applied  by  different  interpre- 
ters, as  to  exclude   both    chance,   and  human   fore- 
fight,  ;'.  e.  to  infer   a   divine   communication.     This 
point  requires  alfo  a  careful  and  candid  examination, 
and  then,  I  think,  cannot  but  be  determined  in  the 
affirmative ;  efpecically  when  the  very  great  number 
of  types  and  prophecies  is  taken  into  confideration. 
Fitnefs  in  numerous  inftances  is  always  an  evidence 
of  defign  ;  this  is  a  method  of  reafoning  allowed,  ex- 
plicitly or  implicitly,  by  all.     And  though  the  fitnefs 
may  not  be  perfectly  evident  or  precife  in  all,  yet, 
if  it  be  general,   and  the  inftances  very  numerous, 
the  evidence  of  defign,  arifing  from  it,  may  amount 
to  any  degree,  and  fall  Ihort  of  certainty  by  an  im- 
perceptible difference  only.     And   indeed  it  is  upon 
thefe  principles  alone,  that  we  prove  the  divine  pow- 
er, knowledge,    and  goodnefs,   from   the   harmonies, 
and  mutual  fitneffes,  of  vifible  things,  and  from  final 
caufes,    inafmuch    as   thefe   harmonies   and   fitneffes 
are  precifely  made  out  only  in  a  few  inftances,  if  com- 
pared  to  thofe  in  which  we  fee  no  more  than  general 
harmonies,    with    particular    fubordinate   difficulties, 
and  apparent  incongruities. 

That  the  reader  may  fee  in  a  ftronger  light,  how 
fully  the  fitneffes,  confidered  in  the  two  foregoing 
paragraphs,  exclude  chance,  and  infer  defign,  let  him 
try  to  apply  the  types  and  prophecies  of  the  four 
clafies  before-mentioned  to  other  perfbns  and  events 
befides  thofe,  to  which  chriftian  interpreters  have  ap- 
plied them  j  and  efpecially  let  him  confider  the  types 
and  prophecies  relating  to  Chrift.  If  defign  be  ex- 
cluded, thefe  ought  to  be  equally,  or  nearly  fo,  appli- 
cable to  other  perfons  and  events ;  which  yet,  I  think, 
no  ferious  confiderate  perfon  can  affirm.  Now,  if 

chance 


tbe  Cbriftian  Religion.  159 

chance  be  once  excluded,  and  the  neceflity  of  having 
recourfe  to  defign  admitted,  we  (hall  be  inftantly 
compelled  to  acknowledge  a  contrivance  greater  than 
human,  from  the  long  diftances  of  time  intervening 
between  the  prophecy  and  the  event,  with  other  fuch 
like  reafons. 

Thirdly,  1  obferve  that  thofe  types  and  prophe- 
cies, whofe  interpretation  is  fo  obfcure,  that  inter- 
preters have  not  been  able  to  di (cover  any  probable 
application,  cannot  any  ways  invalidate  the  evidence 
arifing  from  the  reft.  They  are  analogous  to  thofe 
parts  of  the  works  of  nature,  whofe  ufes,  and  fubfer- 
viency  to  the  reft  are  not  yet  underftood.  And  as 
no  one  calls  in  queftion  the  evidences  of  defign, 
which  appear  in  many  parts  of  the  human  body, 
becauie  the  ufes  of  others  are  not  yet  known  j  fo 
the  interpretations  of  propecy,  which  are  clearly 
or  probably  made  out,  remain  the  fame  evidence 
of  defign,  notwithftanding  that  unfurmountable  diffi- 
culties may  hitherto  attend  many  other  parts  of  the 
prophetic  writings. 

Fourthly,  It  is  predicted  in  the  prophecies,  that  in 
the  latter  times  great  multitudes  will  be  converted 
to  the  chriftian  faith;  whereas  thofe  who  preach  or 
prophefy,  during  the  great  apoftafy,  lhall  be  able  to 
do  this  only  in  an  obfcure,  imperfect  manner,  and 
convert  but  few.  Now  the  paft  and  prefent  obfcurity 
of  prophecy  agrees  remarkably  with  this  prediction; 
and  the  opening,  which  is  already  made,  fince  the 
revival  of  letters,  in  applying  the  prophecies  to  the 
events,  feems  to  prefage,  that  the  latter  times  are 
now  approaching;  and  that  by  the  more  full  difco- 
very  of  the  true  meaning  of  the -prophetic  writings, 
and  of  their  aptnefs  to  fignify  the  events  predicted, 
there  will  be  fuch  an  acceffion  of  evidence  to  the 
divine  authority  of  the  fcriptures,  as  none  but  the 
wilfully  ignorant,  the  profligate,  and  the  obdurate, 
can  withltand.  It  is  therefore  a  confirmation  of  the 

prophetic 


160  Of  the  Truth  of 

prophetic  writings,  that,  by  the  obfcurity  of  one 
part  of  them,  a  way  Ihould  be  prepared  for  effecting 
that  glorious  converfion  of  all  nations,  which  is  pre- 
dicted in  others,  in  the  time  and  manner  in  which  it 
is  predicted. 


PROP.     XXXII. 

//  is  no  Objection  to  the  foregoing  Evidences  taken  from 
the  'Types  and  Prophecies,  that  they  have  double,  or 
even  manifold,  Ufes  and  Applications ;  but  rather  a 
Confirmation  of  them. 

FOR  the  foregoing  evidences  all  reft  upon  this 
foundation,  viz.  that  there  is  an  aptnefs  in  the  types 
and  prophecies  to  prefigure  the  events,  greater  than 
can  be  fuppofed  to  refult  from  chance,  or  human 
forefight.  When  this  is  evidently  made  out  from 
the  great  number  of  the  types  and  prophecies,  and 
the  degree  of  clearnefs  and  precifenefs  of  each,  the 
fhewing  afterwards,  that  thefe  have  other  ufes  and 
applications,  will  rather  prove  the  divine  interpofition, 
than  exclude  it.  All  the  works  of  God,  the  parts 
of  a  human  body,  fyftems  of  minerals,  plants,  and 
animals,  elementary  bodies,  planets,  fixed  ftars,  &c. 
have  various  ufes  and  fubferviencies,  in  refpect  of 
each  other;  and,  if  the  fcriptures  be  the  word  of 
God,  analogy  would  lead  one  to  expect  fomething 
correfponding  hereto  in  them.  When  men  form 
defigns,  they  are  indeed  obliged  to  have  one  thing 
principally  in  view,  and  to  facrifice  fubordinate 
matters  to  principal  ones ;  but  we  mud  not  carry 
this  prejudice,  taken  from  the  narrow  limits  of  our 
power  and  knowledge,  to  him  who  is  infinite  in 
them.  All  his  ends  centre  in  the  fame  point,  and  are 
carried  to  their  utmoft  perfection  by  one  and  the 
fame  means.  Thofe  laws,  ceremonies,  and  incidents, 

which 


/be  Cbriflian  Religion.  161 

which  beft  fuited  the  Je-wijh  ftate,  and  the  feveral  in- 
dividuals of  it,  were  alfo  moft  apt  to  prefigure  the 
promifed  Mefliah,  and  the  ftate  of  the  chriftian  church, 
according  to  the  per/eft-  plan  of  thefe  things,  which, 
in  our  way  of  fpcaking,  exifted  in  the  divine  mind  • 
from  all  eternity  ;  juft  as  that  magnitude,  fuuation, 
&c.  of  our  earth,  which  beft  fuits  its  prefent  inhabit- 
ants, is  alfo  beft  fuited  to  all  the  changes  which  it 
muft  hereafter  undergo,  and  to  all  the  inhabitants 
of  other  planets,  if  there  be  any  fuch,  to  whom  its 
influence  extends. 

The  following  inftance  may  perhaps  make  this 
matter  more  clearly  underftood.  Suppofe  a  perfbn 
to  have  ten  numbers,  and  as  many  lines,  prefented 
to  his  view ;  and  to  find  by  menfuration,  that  the 
ten  numbers  exprefled  the  lengths  of  the  ten  lines 
refpeftively.  This  would  make  it  evident,  that  they 
were  intended  to  do  fo.  Nor  would  it  alter  the  cafe, 
and  prove  that  the  agreement  between  the  numbers 
and  lines  aroie,  without  defign,  and  by  chance,  as 
we  exprefs  it,  to  allege  that  thefe  numbers  had  fome 
other  relations;  that,  for  inftance,  they  proceeded 
in  arithmetical  or  geometrical  progreffion,  were  the 
fquares  or  cubes  of  other  numbers,  &c.  On  the 
contrary,  any  fuch  remarkable  property  would  rather 
increafe  than  diminifh  the  evidence  of  defign  in  the 
agreement  between  the  numbers  and  lines.  How- 
ever, the  chief  thing  to  be  inquired  into  would  plainly 
be,  whether  the  agreement  be  too  great  to  be  ao-^ 
counted  for  by  chance.  If  i:  be,  defign  muft  be 
admitted. 


VOL.  II.  M  PROP. 


1 62  Of  tie  Truth  of 

PROP.    XXXIII. 

'The  Application  of  the  types  and  Prophecies  of  the 
Old  'Teftament  by  the  Writers  of  the  New  does 
not  weaken  the  Authority  of  theje  Writers^  but  rather 
confirm  it. 

FOR  the  objections,  which  have  been  made  to  the 
writers  of  the  New  Teftament  on  this  head,  have 
been  grounded  principally  upon  a  fuppofition,  that 
when  an  obvious  literal  fenfe  of  a  paffage,  or  a  mani- 
feft  ufe  of  a  ceremony,  fuited  to  the  then  prefent 
times,  are  difcovered,  all  others  are  excluded,  fo  as 
to  become  mifapplications.  But  this  has  been  fhewn 
in  the  laft  proportion  to  be  a  prejudice  arifing  from 
the  narrownefs  of  our  faculties  and  abilities.  Whence 
it  follows,  that,  if  the  fcripture  types  and  pro- 
phecies be  remarkably  fuited  to  different  things, 
which  is  a  point  that  is  abundantly  proved  by  learn- 
ed men,  they  cannot  but,  in  their  original  defign, 
have  various  fenfes  and  ufes.  And  it  is  fome  con- 
firmation of  the  divine  authority  of  the  writers  of  the 
New  Teftament,  that  they  .write -agreeably  to  this 
original  defign  of  God. 

It  may  perhaps  afford  fome  fatisfaction  to'  the 
reader  to  make  fome  conjectures  concerning  the  light 
in  which  the  types  and  prophecies,  which  have  dou- 
ble fenfes,  would  appear  firft  to  the  ancient  Jews, 
and  then  to  thofe  who  lived  in  the  time  of  our  Sa- 
viour. From  hence  we  may  judge  in  what  light  it 
is  reafonable  they  fhould  be  taken  by  us. 

Let  our  inftance  be  the  fecond  pfalm,  which  we 
are  to  fuppofe  written  by  David  himfelf,  or,  at  lead, 
in  the  time  of  his  reign.  It  is  evident,  that  there 
are  fo  many  things  in  this  pfalm  peculiarly  applicable 
to  David's  afcent  to  the  throne  by  God's  fpecial 
appointment,  to  the  oppofition  which  he  met  with 
both  in  his  own  nation,  and  from  the  neighbouring 
y  ones, 


the  Chriftian  Religion.  163 

ones,  and  to  his  victories  over  all  his  oppofers  through 
the  favour  of  God,  that  the  Jews  of  that  time  could 
not  but  confider   this    pfalm    as    relating    to   David. 
Nay,  one  can  fcarce  doubt,  but  the  Pfalmift  himfelf, 
whether  he  feemed  to  himfelf  to  compofe   it  from  his 
own  proper  fund,  or  to  have  it  dictated  immediately 
by  the  fpirit  of  God,  would  have  David  principally 
in  view,     At  the  fame  time  it  is  evident,  that  there 
are  fpme  paflages,  particularly  the  lad,  Elejfed  are  all 
they  that  put  their  truft  in  bim^  i.  e.  in  the  Son,  which 
it   would    be   impious,  efpecially  for   an  Ijraelite>  to 
apply   to  Davidy    and    which  therefore  no  allowance 
for  the  fublimity  of  the  eaftern  poetry  could  make 
applicable.     It  may  be  fuppolcd  therefore,  that  many, 
or  moft,  confidered  fuch  paflages  as  having  an  ob-, 
fcurity  in  them,  into  which  they  could  no  ways  pene- 
trate j    whereas   a  few  perhaps,  who  were  peculiarly 
enlightened    by   God,    and    who    meditated  day  and 
night  upon  the  promifes  made  to  their  anceftors,  par- 
ticularly upon  thofe  to  Abraham,  would  prefume  .or 
conjecture,  that  a  future  perfon  of  a  much  higher 
rank  than  David,  was  prefigured  thereby.     And  the 
cafe  would   be  the  fame   in   regard    to   many   other 
pfalms  :  they  would  appear  to  the  perfons  of  the  then 
prefent  times  both  to  refpect  the  then  prefent  occur- 
rences, and  alfo  to  intimate  fome  future  more  glorious 
ones;  and  would  mutually  fupport  this  latter  inter- 
pretation in  each  other. 

When  the  prophets  appeared  in  the  declenfion  and 
captivities  of  the  kingdoms  of  IJrael  and  Judah,  the 
fame  interpretation  would  be  ftrengthened,  and  the 
expectations  grounded  thereon  increafed,  by  the 
plainer  and  more  frequent  declarations  of  the  pro- 
phets concerning  fuch  a  future  perfon,  and  the  hap- 
pinefs  which  would  attend  his  coming.  The  great 
and  various  fufferings  of  this  chofen  people,  their 
return  and  deliverance,  their  having  their  fcrip- 
tures  collected  into  one  view  by  Ezra,  and  read  in 

M  2  their 


164  Of  the  Truth  of 

their  fynagogues  during  the  interval  from  Ezra  to 
Chrift,  the  figurative  fenfes  put  upon  dreams,  vi- 
fions,  and  parables,  in  their  fcriptures,  &c.  would 
all  concur  to  the  fame  purpofe,  till  at  laft  it  is  reafon> 
able  to  expect,  that  the  Jews  in  our  Saviour's  time 
would  confider  many  of  the  inftitutions  and  ceremo- 
nies of  their  law,  of  the  hiftorical  events,  of  the 
pfalms  appointed  for  the  temple-worfhip,  and  of 
the  infpired  declarations  of  the  prophets,  as  refpect- 
ing  the  future  times  of  the  Mejjiah>  and  this,  in 
fome  cafes,  to  the  exclufion  of  the  more  obvious 
fenfes  and  ufes,  which  had  already  taken  place  j  be- 
ing led  thereto  by  the  fame  narrow-mindednefs, 
.  which  makes  fome  in  thefe  days  reject  the  typical  and 
more  remote  fenfe,  as  foon  as  they  fee  the  literal  and 
more  immediate  one.  Now,  that  this  was,  in  fact, 
the  cafe  of  the  Jews  in  the  time  of  Chrift,  and  for 
fome  time  afterwards,  appears  from  the  New  Tefta- 
ment,  from  the  chriftian  writers  of  the  firft  ages, 
and  from  the  Talmudical  ones. 

A  great  part,  however,-  of  the  fcripture  types 
and  prophecies  appeared  to  the  Jews  to  have  no  rela- 
tion to  their  promifed  Mejffiah>  till  they  were  inter- 
preted by  the  event.  They  expected  a  perfon  that 
fhould  correfpond  to  David  and  Solomon,  two  glorious 
princes ;  but  they  did  not  fee  how  Jfaac,  or  the  Paf- 
chal  Lamb,  fhould  tipify  him;  or  that  the  circum- 
ftance  of  being  called  out  of  Egypt,  the  appellation 
of  Nazarene,  or  the  parting  garments,  and  cafting 
lots  upon  a  vefture,  fhould  contribute  to  afcertain 
him.  However,  it  is  certain,  that  to  perfons  who 
had  for  fome  time  confidered  their  fcriptures  in  the 
typical,  prophetical  view  mentioned  in  the  laft  para- 
graph, every  remarkable  circu'mftance  and  coinci- 
dence of  th'rs  kind,  verified  by  the  event,  would  be 
a  new  acceffion  of  evidence,  provided  we  fuppofe  a 
good  foundation  from  miracles,  or  prophecies  of 
undoubted  import,  to  have  been  laid  previoufly. 

Nay, 


the  Cbriftian  Religion.  165 

Nay,  fgch  coincidences  may  be  confidered  not  only 
as  arguments  to  the  Jews  of  Chrift's  time,  but  as 
folid  arguments  in  themfelves,  and  that  exclufively 
of  the  context.  For  though  each  of  thefe  coinci- 
dences fingly  taken,  affords  only  a  low  degree  of  evi- 
dence, and  fome  of  them  fcarce  any  ;  yet  it  is  a  thing 
not  to  be  accounted  for  from  chance,  that  feparate 
paflages  of  the  Old  Teftament  fhould  be  applicable 
to  the  circumftances  of  Chrift's  life,  by  an  allufion 
either  of  words  or  fenfe,  in  ten  or  an  hundred  times 
a  greater  number,  than  to  any  other  perfons,  from 
mere  accident.  And  this  holds  in  a  much  higher 
degree,  if  the  feparate  paflages  or  circumftances  be 
fubordinate  parts  of  a  general  type.  Thus  the  part- 
ing the  garments,  the  offering  vinegar  and  gall,  and 
the  not  breaking  a  bone,  have  much  more  weight, 
when  it  is  confidered,  that  David,  and  the  Pafchal 
Lamb,  are  types  of  the  Meffiah.  And  when  the 
whole  evidence  of  this  kind  which  the  induftry  of 
pious  chriftians  has  brought  to  light  in  the  firft  ages 
of  chriftianity,  and  again  fince  the  revival  of  letters, 
is  laid  together,  it  appears  to  me  to  be  both  a  full 
proof  of  the  truth  of  the  chriftian  religion,  and  a 
vindication  of  the  method  of  arguing  from  typical 
and  double  fenfes. 

It  may  be  added  in  favour  of  typica  1  reafoning, 
that  it  correfponds  to  the  method  of  reafoning  by 
analogy,  which  is  found  to  be  of  fuch  extenfive  ufe 
in  philofophy.  A  type  is  indted  nothing  but  an 
analogy,  and  the  fcripture  types  are  not  only  a  key 
to  the  fcriptures,  but  feem  alfo  to  have  contributed  to 
put  into  our  hands  the  key  of  nature,  analogy. 
And  this  (hews  us  a  new  correfpondence  or  analogy 
between  the  word  and  works  of  God.  However, 
fince  certain  well-meaning  perfons  feem  to  be  preju- 
diced againft  typical  and  double  fenfes,  I  will  add 
fome  arguments,  whereby  the  writers  of  the  New 
Teftament  may  be  defended  upon  this  footing  alfo. 

M  3  Firft, 


1 66  Of  the  'Truth  of 

Firft,  then,  Since  the  Jews  in  the  times  of  the 
writers  of  the  New  Teftament,  and  confequently 
thefe  writers  themfelves,  were  much  given  to  typical 
reafonings,  and  the  application  of  pafTages  of  the 
Old  Teftament  in  a  fecondary  fenfe  to  the  times  of 
the  Meffiah,  this  would  be  a  common  foundation  for 
thefe  writers,  and  thofe  to  whom  they  wrote,  to 
proceed  upon,  derived  from  afibciation,  and  the 
acquired  nature  of  their  minds.  And  it  is  as  eafy  to 
conceive,  that  God  fhould  permit  them  to  proceed 
upon  this  foundation  for  the  then  prefent  time, 
though  it  would  not  extend  to  the  world  in  general, 
to  'diftant  ages,  and  to  perfons  of  different  educa- 
tions, as  that  they  fhould  be  left  to  the  workings  of 
their  own  acquired  nature?  in  many  other  refpects, 
notwithftanding  the  fupernatural  gifts  beftowed  upon 
them  in  fome;  or  as  it  is  to  conceive,  that  God  (hould 
confer  any  thing,  exiftencej  happinefs,  &c.  in  any 
particular  manner  or  degree. 

Secondly,  There  are  fome  paflages  in  the  New 
Teftament  quoted  from  the  Old  in  the  way  of  mere 
allufion.  This  cannot,  I  think,  be  true  of  many, 
where  the  pafiage  is.faid  to  be  fulfilled,  without  doing 
violence  to  the  natural  fenfe  of  the  words,  and  of 
the  context,  in  the  New  Teftament  :  however, 
where  it  is,  it  entirely  removes  the  objection  here 
confidered. 

Thirdly,  If  we  fhould  allow,  that  the'  writers  of 
the  New  Teftament  were  fometimes  guilty  of  erro- 
neous reafonings  in  thefe  or  other  matters,  ftill  this 
does  not  affect  their  moral  characters  at  all ;  nor 
their  intellectual  ones,  which  are  fo  manifect  from 
the  general  foundnefs  and  ftrength  of  their  other 
reafonings,  in  any  fuch  manner  as  to  be  of  importance 
in  refpeet  of  the  evidence  for  the  general  truth  of  the 
fcriptures,  or  for  their  divine  authority  in  the  firft 
and  loweft  fenfe  above  confidered. 

PROP. 


the  Cbriftian  Religion.  167 


PROP.    XXXIV. 

The  moral  Characters  of  Chrift,  the  Prophets  and 
dpoftles,  prove  the  'Truth  and  Divine  Authority  of 
the  Scriptures. 

LET  us  begin  with  the  confideration  of  the  cha- 
racter of  Chrift.  This,  as  it  may  be  collected  from 
the  plain  narrations  of  the  gofpels,  is  manifeftly 
fupertor  to  all  other  characters,  fictitious  or  real, 
whether  drawn  by  hiftorians,  orators,  or  poets.  We 
fee  in  it  -the  moft  entire  devotion  and  refignation  to 
God,  and  the  moft  ardent  and  univerfal  love  to 
mankind,  joined  with  the  greateft  humility,  felf- 
denial,  meeknefs,  patience,  prudence,  and  every 
other  virtue,  divine  and  human.  To  which  we  are 
to  add,  that,  according  to  the  New  Teftament,  Chrift, 
being  the  Lord  and  creator  of  all,  took  upon  himfelf 
the  form  of  a  fervant,  in  order  to  fave  all ;  that,  with 
this  view,  he  fubmitted  to  the  helpleflhefs  and  infirmi- 
ties of  infancy,  to  the  narrownefs  of  human  under- 
ftanding,  and  the  perturbations  of  human  affections, 
to  hunger,  thirft,  labour,  wearinefs,  poverty,  and 
hardfhips  of  various  kinds,  to  lead  a  forrowful, 
friendlefs  life,  to  be  mifunderftood,  betrayed,  infulted, 
and  mocked,  and  at  laft  to  be  put  to  a  painful  and 
ignominious  death  j  alfo  (which  deferves  our  moft 
ferious  confideration,  however  incongruous  to  our 
narrow  apprehenfions  it  may  appear  at  firft  fight)  to 
undergo  the  moft  bitter  mental  agony  previoufly. 
Here  then  we  may  make  the  following  obfervations. 

Firft,  That,  laying  down  the  prefent  diforders  of 
the  moral  world,  and  the  neceflky  of  the  love  of  God 
and  our  neighbour,,  and  of  felf-annihilation,  in  order 
to  the  pure  and  ultimate  happinefs  of  man,  there 
feems  to  be  a  neceffity  alfo  for  a  fuffering  Saviour. 
At  lead,  one  may  affirm,  that  the  condefcenfion  of 

M  4  Chrift 


i68  Of  the  Truth  of 

Chrift,  in  leaving  the  glory  which  he  had  with  the 
Father  before  the  foundation  of  the  world,  and  in 
fhewing  himfelf  a  perfect  pattern  of  obedience  to  the 
will  of  God,  both  in  doing  and  fuffering,  has  a 
moft  peculiar  tendency  to  rectify  the  prefent  moral 
depravity  of  our  natures,  and  to  exalt  us  thereby  to 
pure  fpiritual  happinefs.  Now  it  is  remarkable, 
that  the  evangelifts  and  apoftles  (hould  have  thus 
hit  upon  a  thing,  which  all  the  great  men  amongft 
the  ancient  heathens  miffed,  and  which  however 
clear  it  does  and  ought  now  to  appear  to  us,  was 
a  great  ftumbling-block  to  them,  as  well  as  to  the 
Jews ;  the  firft  ieeking  after  wifdom,-  /.  e.  human 
philofophy  and  eloquence  ;  and  the  laft  requiring  a 
fign,  or  a  glorious  temporal  Saviour.  Nor  can  this 
be  accounted  for,  as  it  feems  to  me,  but  by  admitting 
the  reality  of  the  character,  i.  e.  the  divine  mifiion  of 
Chrift,  and  the  confequent  divine  infpiration  of  thofe 
who  dre.w  it,  /.  e.  the  truth  and  divine  authority  of 
the  New  Teftament. 

Secondly,  If  we  allow  only  the  truth  of  the  com- 
mon hiftory  of  the  New  Teftament,  or  even,  with- 
out having  recourfe  to  it,  only  fuch  a  part  of  the  cha- 
racter of  Chrift,  as  neither  ancient  nor  modern  Jews, 
heathens,  or  unbelievers,  leem  to  conteft,  it  will  be 
difficult  to  reconcile  fo  great  a  character,  claiming 
divine  authority,  either  with  the  moral  attributes  of 
God,  or  indeed  with  itfelf,  upon*  the  fuppofition ,  of 
the  falfehood  of  that  claim.  One  can  fcarce  fup- 
pofe,  that  God  would  permit  a  perfon  apparently  fo 
innocent  and  excellent,  fo  qualified  to  impofe  upon 
mankind,  to  make  fo  impious  and  audacious  a  claim 
without  having  fome  evident  mark  of  impofture  fet 
upon  him  -,  nor  can  it  be  conceived,  how  a  perfon 
could  be  apparently  fo  innocent  and  excellent,  and 
yet  really  othtrwife. 

Thirdly,  The  manner  in  which  the  evangelifts 
fpeak  of  Chrift,  {hews  that  they  drew  after  a  real 

copy, 


the  Cbriftian  Religion.  169 

copy,  i.  e.  fhews  the  genuinenefs  and  truth  of  the 
gofpel  hiftory.  There  are  no  direct  encomiums 
upon  him,  no  laboured  defences  or  recommendations. 
His  character  arifes  from  a  careful  impartial  examina- 
tion of  all  that  he  faid  and  did,  and  the  evangelifts 
appear  to  have  drawn  this  greateft  of  all  characters 
without  any  direct  defign  to  do  it.  Nay,  they  have 
recorded  fome  things,  iuch  as  his  being  moved  with 
the  paffions  of  human  nature,  as  well  as  being 
affected  by.  its  infirmities,  which  the  wifdom  of  this 
'world  would  rather  have  concealed.  But  their  view 
was  to  (hew  him  to  the  perfons  to  whom  they  preached 
as  the  promifed  MeJJiah  of  the  Jeivs>  and  the  Saviour 
of  mankind ;  and  as  they  had  been  convinced  of  this 
themfelves  from  his  difcourfes,  actions,  fufferings, 
and  refurredtion,  they  thought  nothing  more  was 
wanting  to  convince  fuch  others  as  were  ferious  and 
impartial,  but  a  fimple  narrative  of  what  Jefus  faid 
and  did.  And  if  we  compare  the  tranfcendent  great- 
nefs  of  this  character  with  the  indirect  manner  in 
which  it  is  delivered,  and  the  illiteratenefs  and  low 
condition  of  the  evangelifts,  it  will  appear  impoffible, 
that  they  (hould  have  forged  it,  that  they  fhould  not 
/have  had  a  real  original  before  them,  fo  that  nothing 
was  wanting  but  to  record  fimply  and  faithfully. 
How  could  mean  and  illiterate  peifons  excel  the 
greateft  geniufes,  ancient  and  modern,  in  drawing  a 
character  ?  How  came  they  to  draw  it  an  indirect 
manner?  This  is  indeed  a  ftrong  evidence  of  genu- 
inenefs and  truth  ;  but  then  it  is  of  fo  reclufe  and 
fubtle  a  nature,  and,  agreeably  to  this,  has  been  fo 
little  taken  notice  of  by  the  defenders  of  the  chrif- 
tian  religion,  that  one  cannot  conceive  the  evangelifts 
were  at  all  aware,  that  it  was  an  evidence.  The 
character  of  Chrift,  as  drawn  by  them,  is  therefore 
genuine  and  truej  and  confequently  proves  his  di- 
vine mifiion  both  by  its  tranfcendent  excellence,  and 
by  his  laying  claim  to  fuch  a  million. 

Here 


170  Of  the  Truth  of  _ 

Here  it  ought  to  be  particularly  remarked,  that  our 
Saviour's  entire  devotion  to  God,  and  fufferings  for 
the  fake  of  men  in  compliance  with  his  will,  is  a 
pitch  of  perfection,  which  was  never  propofcd,  or 
thought  of,  before  his  coming  (much  lefs  attempted 
or  attained)  j  unlefs  as  far  as  this  is  virtually  in- 
cluded in  the  precepts  for  loving  God  above  all, 
and  our  neighbour  as  ourfelves,  and  other  equivalent 
pafiages  in  the  Old  Teftament. 

We  come,  in  the  next  place,  to  confider  the  cha- 
racters of  the  prophets,  apoftles,  and  other  eminent 
perfons  mentioned  in  the  Old  and  New  Teftraments. 
Here  then  we  may  obferve, 

Firft,  That  the  characters  of  the  perfons  who  are 
faid  in  the  fcriptures  to  have  had  divine  communica- 
tions, and  a  divine  million,  are  fo  much  fuperior  to 
the  characters  which  occur  in  common  life,  that  we 
can  fcarce  account  for  the  more  Eminent  fingle  ones, 
and  therefore  much  lefs  for  fo  large  a  fucceflion  of 
them,  continued  through  fo  many  ages,  without 
allowing  the  divine  communications  and  affiftance, 
which  they  allege.  It  is  true  indeed,  that  many  of 
'thefe  eminent  perfons  had  confiderable  imperfections, 
and  fome  of  them  were  guilty  of  great  fins  occa- 
fionally,  though  not  habitually.  However,  I  fpeak 
here  of  the  balance,  after  proper  deductions  are 
made,  on  account  of  thefe  fins  and  imperfection  $; 
and  leave  it  to  the  impartial  reader  to  confider,  whe- 
ther the  prophets,  apoftles,  &c.  were  not  fo  mudh 
fuperior,  not  only  to  mankind  at  an  average,  but 
even  to  the  beft  men  amongft  the  Greeks  and  Ro- 
mans, as  is  not  fairly  to  be  accounted  for  by  the  mere 
powers  of  human  nature. 

Secondly,  If  this  fhould  be  doubted,  their  cha- 
rafters  are,  however,  far  too  good  to  allow  the  fup- 
pofition  of  an  impious  fraud  and  impofture  j  which 
muft  be  the  cafe,  if  they  had  not  divine  authority. 
We  have  therefore  this  double  argument  for  the 

divine 


the  Cbriftian  Religion.  171 

divine  authority  of  the  fcriptures,  if  we  only  allow  the 
genuinenefs  and  truth  of  its  common  hiftory. 

Thirdly,  The  characters  of  the  eminent  perfons 
mentioned  in  the  fcriptures  arife  fo  much,  in  an  in- 
direct way,  from  the  plain  narrations  of  facts,  their 
fins  and  imperfections  are  fo  fully  fet  forth  by  them- 
felves,  or  their  friends,  with  their  condemnation  and 
punifhment,  and  the  vices  of  wicked  men,  and  the 
oppofers  of  God  and  themfelves,  related  in  fo  candid 
a  way,  with  all  fit  allowances,  that  we  have  in  this  a 
remarkable  additional  evidence  for  the  truth  of  this 
part  of  the  fcripture  hiftory,  befides  the  common  ones 
before  given,  which  extend  to  the  whole. 

Fourthly,  The  eminent  perfons  here  confidered  are 
fometimes  charged  by  unbelievers  with  crimes,  where, 
all  circumftances  being  duly  weighed,  they  did  no- 
thing unjuftifiable,  nothing  more  than  it  was  their  in- 
difpenfable  duty  to  God  to  do ;  as  Abraham  in  pre- 
paring to  facrifice  Jfaac>  Jojhua  in  deftroying  the  Ca- 
naanites,  &c.  We  cannot  determine  an  action  to  be 
finful  from  a  mere,  abftracted,  general  definition. of 
it,  as  that  it  is  the  taking  away  the  life  of  a  man, 
&c.  but  muft  carefully  weigh  all  circumftances. 
And  indeed  there  are  no  maxims  in  morality  that  are 
quite  univerfal ;  they  can  be  no  more  than  ^general ; 
and  it  is  fufficient  for  human  purpofes,  that  they 
are  fo  much,  notwithftanding  that  the  addition  of 
peculiar  circumftances  makes  the  action  vary  from 
the  general  rule,  Now  the  certain  command  of  God 
may  furely  be  fuch  a  circumftance. 

Laftly,  The  perfection  of  virtue  being  of  an  ever- 
growing infinite  nature,  it  is  reafonable  to  expect, 
that  mankind  in  its  infant  (late,  foon  after  the  flood, 
and  fo  onwards  for  fome  time,  Ihould  be  more  im- 
perfect, and  have  lefs  of  the  pure  and  fublime  precepts 
concerning  indifference  to  this  world,  and  all  prefent 
things,  univerfal  unlimited  charity,  mortification, 
abftinence,  chaftity,  &c.  delivered  to  them,  than 

we 


172  Of  the  Truth  of 

we  chriftians  have,  and  lefs  expected  from  them. 
And  yet,  upon  the  whole,  the  patriarchs  and  emi- 
nent perfons  among  the  Jews  were  burning  and 
jhining  lights  in  their  refpective  generations.  How- 
ever, it  is  alfo  to  be  obferved  here,  that  the  moft 
fublime  precepts  of  the  gofpel  do  appear  from  the 
firft  in  the  Old  Teftament,  though  under  a  veil; 
and  that  they  were  gradually  opened  more  and  more 
under  the  later  prophets. 

' 
PROP.     XXXV. 

The  Excellence  of  the  Doftrine  contained  in  the  Scriptures 
is  an  Evidence  of  their  Divine  Authority. 

THIS  is  an  argument  which  has  great  force, 
independently  of  other  considerations.  Thus  let  us 
fnppofe,  that  the  author  of  the  gofpel  which  goes 
under  St.  Matthew's  name,  was  not  known,  and  that 
it  was  unfupported  by  the  writers  of  the  primitive 
time;- ;  yet  fuch  is  the  unaffected  fimplicity  of  the 
narrations,  the  purity  of  the  doctrines,  and  the  fincere 
piety  and  goodnefs  of  the  fentiments,  that  it  carries 
its  own  authority  with  it.  And  the  fame  thing  may 
be  faid  in  general  of  all  the  books  of  the  Old  and  New 
Teftaments :  fo  that  it  feems  evident  to  me,  that,  if 
there  was  no  other  book  in  the  world  befides  the 
Bible,  a  man  could  not  reafonably  doubt  of  the  truth 
of  revealed  religion.  The  mouth  Jpeaks  from  the 
abundance  of  the  heart.  Men's  writings  and  dii- 
courfes  muft  receive  a  tincture  from  their  real 
thoughts,  defires,  and  defigns.  It  is  impoffible  to 
play  the  hypocrite  in  every  word  and  expreffion. 
Thi  is  a  matter  of  common  daily  obfervation,  that 
cannot  be  called  in  queftion  j  and  the  more  any  one 
thinks  upon  it,  or  attends  to  what  pafles  in  himfelf  or 
others,  to  the  hiftory  of  the  human  thoughts,  words, 

and 


the  Cbrifiian  Religion.  173 

and  actions,  and  their  necefiary  mutual  connections, 
i.  e.  to  the  hiftory  of  affbciation,  the  more  clearly 
will  he  fee  it.  We  may  conclude  therefore-,  even  if 
all  other  arguments  were  fet  afide,  that  the  authors 
of  the  books  of  the  Old  and  New  Tcftaments, 
whoever  they  were,  cannot  have  made  a  falfe  claim 
to  divine  authority. 

But  there  is  alfo  another  method  of  inferring  the 
divine  authority  of  the  fcriptures  from  the  excellence 
of  the  doctrine  contained  therein.  For  the  fcriptures 
contain  doctrines  concerning  God,  providence,  a 
future  (late,  the  duty  of  man,  &c.  far  more  pure 
and  fublime  than  can  any  ways  be  accounted  for  from 
the  natural  powers  of  men,  fo  circumftanced  as  the 
facred  writers  were.  That  the  reader  may  fee  this 
in  a  clearer  light,  let  him  compare  the  feveral  books 
of  the  Old  and  New  Teftaments  with  the  cotem- 
porary  writers  amongfi:  the  Greeks  and  Romans,  who 
could  not  have  lefs  than  the  natural  powers  of  the 
human  mind ;  but  might  have,  over  and  above, 
fome  traditional  hints  derived  ultimately  from  reve- 
lation. Let  him  confider  whether  it  be  poffible  to 
fuppofe,  that  Jewi/h  (hepherds,  fiflhermen,  &c.  fhould, 
both  before  and  after  the  rife  of  the  heathen  pbilo- 
fophy,  fo  far  exceed  the  men  of  the  greateft  abilities 
and  accorr.plifhments  in  other  nations:,  by  any  other 
means,  than  divine  communications.  Nay,  we  may 
fay,  that  no  writers,  from  the  invention  of  letters 
to  the  prefent  times,  are  equal  to  the  penmen  of  the 
books  of  the  Old  and  New  Teftaments,  in  true 
excellence,  utility,  and  dignity  ;  which  is  furely 
fuch  an  internal  criterion  of  their  divine  authority, 
as  ought  not  to  be  refilled.  And  perhaps  it  never 
is  refilled  by  any,  who  have  duly  confidered  thefe 
books,  and  formed  their  affections  and  actions  accord- 
ing to  the  precepts  therein  delivered. 

An  objection  is  fometimes  made  againft  the  excel- 
lence of  the  doctrines  of  the  fcriptures,  by  charging 

upon 


1 74  Of  the  'Truth  of 

upon  them  erroneous  doctrines,  eftabliflied  by  the 
authority  of  creeds,  councils,  and  particular  chur- 
ches. But  this  is  a  manner  of  proceeding  highly 
unreafonable.  The  unbeliever,  who  pays  fo  little 
regard  to  the  opinions  of  others,  as  to  reject  what  all 
churches  receive,  the. .divine  mifiion  of  Chrift,  and 
the  evidences  for  the  truth  of  the  fcriptures,  ought 
not  at  other  times  to  fuppofe  the  churches,  much  lefs 
any  particular  one,  better  able  to  judge  of  the 
doctrine ;  but  fhould  in  the  latter  cafe,  as  well  as  the 
firft,  examine  for  hjmfelf ;  or,  if  he  will  take  the 
doctrine  upon  truft,  he  ought  much  rather  to  take 
the  evidence  fo. 

If  it  can  be  fhewn,  either  that  the  true  doctrine  of 
the  fcriptures  differs  from  that  which  is  commonly 
received,  or  that  reafon  teaches  fomething  different 
from  what  is  commonly  fuppofed,  or  laftly  that  we 
are  inefficient  judges  what  are  the  real  doctrines  of 
fcripture,  or  reafon,  or, both,  and  confequently  that 
we  ought  to  wait  with  patience  for  farther  light,  all 
objections  of  this  kind  fall  to  the  ground.  One 
may  alfo  add,  that  the  fame  arguments  which  prove 
a  doctrine  to  be  very  abfurd,  prove  alfo,  for  the  mod 
part,  that  it  is  not  the  fenfe  of  the  paffage  j  and  that 
this  is  a  method  of  reafoning  always  allowed  in 
interpreting  profane  authors. 


PROP.    XXXVI. 

The  many  and  great  Advantages  which  have  accrued 
to  the  World  from  the  Patriarchal,  Judaical,  and 
Chriftian  Revelations,  prove  the  Divine  Authority  of 
the  Scriptures. 

THESE  advantages  are  of  two  forts,  relating  refpec- 
tively  to  the  knowledge  and  practice  of  religion. 
I  begin  with  the  firft. 

Now 


the  Cbriftian  Religion.  175 

Now  it  is  very  evident,  that  the  chriftian  revelation 
has  diffufed  a  much  more  pure  and  perfect  know- 
ledge of  what  is  called  natural  religion,  over  a  great 
part  of  the  world,  viz.  wherever  the  profeffion  either 
of  chriftianity  or  mahometifrn  prevails.  And  the 
fame  thing  will  appear,  in  refpect  of  the  Judaical  and 
patriarchal  revelations,  to  thofe  who  are  acquainted 
with  ancient  hiftory.  It  will  be  found  very  difficult 
by  fuch  perfons,  to  account  even  for  the  pagan  reli- 
gions without  recurring  to  fuch  patriarchal  communi- 
cations with  God,  as  are  mentioned  in  the  Pentateuch, 
and  to  the  more  full  revelations  made  to  the  Jews. 
So  that  one  is  led  to  believe,  that  all  that  is  good  in 
any  pagan  or  falfe  religion,  is  of  divine  original  j  all 
that  is  erroneous  and  corrupt,  the  offspring  of  the 
vanity,  weaknefs,  and  wickednefs  of  men  j  and 
that  properly  fpeaking,  we  have  no  reafon  from  hif- 
tory to  fuppofe,  that  there  ever  was  any  fuch  thing  as 
mere  natural  religion,  /'.  e.  any  true  religion,  which 
men  difcovered  to  themfelves  by  the  mere  light 
of  nature.  Thefe  pofitions  leem  to  follow  from  in- 
quiries into  the  antiquities  of  the  heathen  world, 
and  of  their  religions.  The  heathen  religions  all 
appear  to  be  of  a  derivative  nature ;  each  circum- 
ftance  in  the  inquiry  confirms  the  fcriptural  accounts 
of  things,  and  fends  us  to  the  revelations  exprefsly 
mentioned,  or  indirectly  implied,  in  the  Old  Tefta- 
ment,  for  the  real  original  of  the  pagan  religions 
in  their  fimple  (late.  This  opinion  receives  great 
light  and  confirmation  from  Sir  IJaac  Newton's 
Chronology. 

It  appears  alfo  very  probable  to  me,  that  a  careful 
examination  of  the  powers  of  human  underftanding 
would  confirm  the  fame  pofition  j  and  that  admitting 
the  novelty  of  the  prefent  world,  there  is  no  way 
of  accounting  for  the  rife  and  progrefs  of  religious 
knowledge,  as  it  has  taken  place  in  fact,  without 
having  recourfe  to  divine  revelation.  If  we  admit 

the 


176  Of 'the. -Truth  of 

the  Patriarchal,  Judaical,  and  Chriftian  revelations, 
the  progrels  of  natural  religion,  and  of  all  the  faife 
pretences  to  revelation,  will  fairly  arife  (at  lead,  ap- 
pear poflible  in  all  cafes,  and  probable  in  moft)  from 
the  circumftances  of  things,  and  the  powers  of  hu- 
man nature;  and  the  foregoing  doctrine  of  afibcia- 
tion  will  caft  fome  light  upon  the  fubject.  If  we  deny 
the  truth  of  thcfe  revelations,  and  iuppofe  the  fcrip- 
tures  to  be  falfe,  we  {hall  caft  utter  confufion  upon 
the  inquiry,  and  human  faculties  will  be  found  far 
unequal  to  the  talk  affigned  to  them. 

Secondly,  If  we  confider  the  practice  of  true  reli- 
gion, the  good  effects  of  revelation  are  dill  more  evi- 
denr..  Every  man  who  believes,  muft  find  himfelf 
either  excited  to  good,  or  deterred  from  evil,  in 
many  inftances,  by  that  belief;  notwithstanding  that 
there  may  be  many  other  inftances,  in  which  religious 
motives  are  too  weak  to  reftrain  violent  and  corrupt 
inclinations.  The  fame  obfervations  occur  daily  with 
regard  to  others,  in  various  ways  and  degrees.  And 
it  is  by  no  means  conclufive  againft  this  obvious  ar- 
gument for  the  good  effects  of  revelation  upon  the 
morals  of  mankind,  to  allege  that  the  world  is  not 
better  now,  than  before  the  coming  of  Chrift.  This 
is  a  point  which  cannot  be  determined  by  any  kind 
of  eftimaiion,  in  our  power  to  make;,  and,  if  it 
could,  we  do  not  know  what  circumftances  would 
have  made  the  world  much  worfe  than  it  is,  had  not 
chriftianity  interpofed.  However,  it  does  appear 
to  me  very  probable,  to  fay  the  leaft,  that  Jews,  and 
chriftianSy  notwithstanding  all  their  vices  and  corrup- 
tions, have,  upon  the  whole,  been  always  better  than 
heathens  and  unbelievers.  It  feems  to  me  alfo, 
that  as  the  knowledge  of  true,  pure,  and  perfect  reli- 
gion is  advanced  and  diffufed  more  and  more  every 
day,  fo  the  practice  of  it  correfponds  thereto  :  but 
then  this,  from  the  nature  of  the  thing,  is  a  fact 
of  a  leis  obvious  kind ;  however,  if  it  be  true,  it 

will 


'the  .Chriftian  Religion.  177 

will  become  manifeft  in  due  time.  Let  us  fuppofe  a 
perfon  to  maintain^  that  civil  government,  the  arts 
of  life,  medicines,  &c.  have  never  been  of  life  to 
mankind*  becaule  it  does  not  appear  from  any  certain 
calculation!,  that  the  fum  total  of  health  and  happi- 
nefs  is  greater  among  the  polite  nations,  than  among 
the  barbarous  ones.  Would  it  not  be  thbught  a  fuhn- 
cient  anfwer  to  this,  to  appeal  to  the  obvious  good 
effects  of  thefe  things  in  innumerable  inftances,  with- 
out entering  into  a  calculation  impoflibte  to  be  made  r 
However,  it  does  here  alfo  appear,  that,  as  far  as  we 
are  able  to  judge,  civilized  countries  are,  upon  the 
whol.?,  in  a  more  happy  ftate  than  barbarous  ones, 
in  all  thefe  refpects. 

Now>  as  the  divine  original  of  revelation  may  be 
directly  concluded  from  its  being  the  fole  fountain  of 
all  religious  knowledge,  if  that  can  be  proved;  fo  !'t 
will  follow  in  an  indirect  way,  if  we  fuppofe,  that 
revelation  has  only  promoted  the  knowledge  and  prac- 
tice of  true  religion.  It  is  not  likely,  that  folly  or 
deceit  of  any  kind  fhould  be  eminently  ferviceable  in 
the  advancement  of  wifdom  and  virtue.  Every  tree 
muft  produce  its  proper  fruit.  Enthufiafm  and  im- 
pofture  cannot  contribute  to  make  men  prudent, 
peaceable  and  moderate,  difinterefted  and  fincere. 


PROP.     XXXVII. 

The  wonderful  Nature,  and  fuperior  Excellence,  of  the 
Attempt  made  by  Chrift,  and  his  A$6ftle$t  are  Evi- 
dences of  their  Divine  Authority. 

THIS  attempt  was  that  of  reforming  all  mankind, 
and  making  them  happy  in  a  future  ftate.  And, 
when  we  confider  firft  the  attempt  itfelf,  and  then 
the  aflfurance  of  fuccefs  in  it,  which  appears  in  all 
their  words  and  actions,  by  ways  both  direct  and 

VOL.  II.  N  indirect, 


178  Of  the  Truth  of 

indirect,  there  arifes  from  thence  alone,  a  ftrong 
fumption  in  their  favour,  as  well  as  in  favour  of  the 
authors  of  the  books  of  the  Old  Teftament,  who 
have  concurred  in  the  fame  attempt,  though  no  lefs  in- 
formed of  the  true  nature  and  full  extent  of  it.  For 
ideas  and  purpofes  of  this  kind  could  fcarce  enter  into 
the  hearts  of  weak  or  wicked  men  $  much  lefs  could 
fuch  perfons  enter  upon  and  profecute  fo  great  an 
undertaking  with  fuch  prudence,  integrity,  and  con- 
ftancy,  or  form  fuch  right  judgments  both  of  the  op- 
pofition  they  fhould  meet  with,  and  of  the  prevalence 
of  their  own  endeavours,  and  thofe  of  their  fucceffbrs, 
over  this  oppbfition.  Nay,  one  may  fay,  that  no- 
thing lefs  than  fupernatural  afliftance  could  qualify 
them  for  thefe  purpofes.  No  defigrr  of  this  kind 
was  ever  formed,  or  thought  of,  till  the  coming  of 
Chrift;  and  the  pretences  of  enthufiafts  and  impof- 
tors  to  the  fame  commifiion  fince,  have  all  been 
copied  from  Chrift,  as  being  neceflary  to  their  fuc- 
ceeding  in  any  meafure,  fince  his  coming.  If  it  be 
fuppofed  to  be  the  true  interpretation  and  meaning  of 
the  fcriptures,  to  publifh  final  redemption,  conver- 
fion,  and  falvation  to  all  mankind,  even  the  moft 
wicked,  in  fome  diftant  future  (late,  this  will  add 
great  force  to  the  prefent  argument. 


PROP.    XXXVIII. 

The  Manner  in  which  the  Love  of  God,  and  of  our 
Neighbour  t  is  taught  and  inculcated  in  the  Scrip tures, 
is  an  Evidence  of  their  Divine  Authority. 

FOR  it  appears,  that  the  fcriptures  do  virtually 
include,  or  even  exprefsly  ifiert,  all  that  the  modern 
philofophy  has  difcovered  or  verified  concerning  thefe 
important  fubjects ;  which  degree  of  illumination,  as 
it  can  with  no  plaufibility  be  accounted  for  in  illiterate 

men 


the '  Chriftian  Religion.  179 

men  in  the -time  of  Auguftus  from  natural  caufes,  fo 
much  lefs  can  it  in  the  preceding  times  from  Chrift 
up  to  Mofes.  This  propofition  is  included  in  the 
thirty-fifth :  however,  the  fubject  of  it  is  of  fo  much 
importance,  as  to  deferve  a  feparate  place. 

Here  then,  Firft,  We  may  obferve,  that  Mofes 
commands  the  Israelites  to  love  God .  with  all  the 
heart,  and  foul,  and  might,  whereas  they  are  to  love 
their  neighbours  only  as  themfelves.  Now,  though 
this  infinite  fuperiority  of  the  love  due  to  God  over 
that  du£  to  our  neighbour  be  perfectly  agreeable 
to  that  infinite  majefty  and  goodnefs  of  God,  and 
nothingnefs  of  the  creatures,  which  every  new  dif-  . 
covery  in  philofophy  now  opens  to  view  j  yet  it  was 
fo  little  known,  many  ages  after  Mofes,  amongft  the 
wifcft  of  the  Greeks  and  Romans,  that  we  cannot 
afcribe  it  to  his  mere  natural  fagacity.  The  natural 
equality  of  all  men,  and  the  felf-annihilation,  im- 
plied in  the  precept  of  loving  all  our  brethren  as 
well. as  ourfelves,  are  alfo  the  genuine  dictates  of  true 
philofophy. 

Secondly,  In  order  to  fhew  the  divine  authority  of 
the  fcripturcs,  from   the  manner  in   which   the  love 
of  God   is  taught  in  them,    we   muft   confider   not 
only   the  direct  precepts  concerning  this   love,    but 
alfo   all  thofe  concerning  hope,    truft,    fear,   thank- 
fulnefs,  delight,  &c.    for  all   thefe  concur  to  incul.- 
cate  and   beget  in  us  the  love  of  God.     The  fame 
may  be  faid  of  all  the  fcriptural  defcriptions  of  God, 
and  his  attributes,  and  of  the  addrefles  of  good  men 
to  him,  which  are  there  recorded.     God  is  declared 
in  the  fcriptures  to  be   light,   love,    goodnefs,    the 
fource   of  all   happinefs   and    perfection,    the   father 
and  protector  of  all,  &c.     And  the  eminent  perfons 
who  compofed  the  Pfalms,  and  other  fuch  like  ad- 
drefles to  God,  appear  to  have  devoted  themfelves 
entirely  to  him.     Now,  when  we  reflect,  that  there 
is  fcarce  any  thing  of  this  kind  in  the  writings  of 
N  2  the 


i8o  Of  the  'Truth  of 

the  philofophers  who  preceded  Chrift,  and  nothing 
comparable  to  the  Icripture  expreffions  even  in  thofe 
who  came  after  him ;  when  we  farther  reflect,  that 
the  writings  of  the  ableft  and-  beft  men  of  the  prefent 
times  (Contain  nothing  excellent  of  the  devotional 
kind,  but  what  may  be  found  in  the  fcriptures,  and 
even  in  the  Old  Teftamentj  there  feems  to  be  a 
necefiity  for  having  recourfe  to  divine  infpiration,  as 
the  original  fource  of  this  great  degree  of  illumina- 
tion in  the  patriarchs,  prophets,  and  apoftles. 

Thirdly,  Good  perfons  are,  in  the  fcriptures, 
ftyled  children  of  God;  members  of  Chrift  j  partakers 
ef  the  divine  nature;  one  with  God  and  Chrift t  as 
Chrift  is  with  God ;  members  of  each  other ;  heirs  of 
Gody  and  coheirs  with  Chrift  j  'heirs  of  all  things,  &c. 
Expreffions  which  have  the  ftrongeft  tendency  to  raife 
in  us  an  unbounded  love  to  God,  and  an  equal  one 
to  our  neighbour,  and  which  include  and  convey  the 
moft  exalted,  and  at  the  fame  time  the  moft  folid 
conceptions  of  this  great  fyftem  of  things.  And  if 
we  fuppofe,  that  thefe  high  titles  and  privileges  are» 
according  to  the  fcriptures,  to  be  hereafter  extended 
to  all  mankind,  the  divine  original  of  the  fcriptures 
will  receive  a  new  acceflion  of  evidence  on  this  ac- 
count. 

PROP.     XXXIX. 

The  Dottrine  of  the  necejfary  Subferviency  of  Pain  to 
Pleafure,  unfolded  in  the  Scriptures,  is  an  Evidence 
of  their  divine  Authority. 

THE  fcriptures  give  frequent  and  ftrong  intima- 
tions, that  the  ultimate  happinefs  which  they  pro- 
rmife,  is  not  to  be  obtained  in  this  our  degenerate 
ftate,  but  by  a  previous  pafiage  through  pain.  Blcf- 
fed  are  they  that  mourn.  We  muft  rejoice  in  tribula- 
tion. The  palm-bearing  multitude  comes  out  of  great 

tribulation. 


the  Cbriftian  Religion. 

tribulation.  The  captain  of  our  fahation,  and  there- 
fore all  his  foldiers,  muft  be  made  perfeft  through 
fufferings.  Without  Jhedding  of  blood  there  is  no  remif- 
fion  of  fins.  It  is  good  for  us  to  be  ajflifted,  that  we 
may  learn  to  keep  the  commandments  of  God.  The 
Jews  muft  be  captivated,  and  undergo  the  fevered 
afflictions,  before  they  can  be  made  happy  finally, 
as  the  people  of  God.  Man  muft  eat  his  bread  in 
the  Jweat  of  his  brow  all  his  life,  and  return  to  duft 
at  latl  j  and  yet  ftill  the  feed  of  the  woman  /hall  bruife 
the  ferpent's  head,  and  gain  read  million"  to  the  tree  of 
life,  whoje  leaves  Jhall  heal  the  nations,  &c.  &c. 
Now  there  is  a  furprizing  correfpondence  between 
fuch  expreffions  as  thefe,  and  many  modern  difco- 
veries,  which  (hew  that  pain  is,  in  general,  intro- 
ductory and  fubfervient  co  pleafure  j  and  particu- 
larly, that  fuch  is  the  prefent  frame  of  our  natures, 
and  conftitution  of  the  external  world,  which  affects 
our  organs,  that  we  cannot  be  delivered  from  the 
fenfuality  and  felfiflinefs,  that  feize  upon  us  at  our 
firft  entrance  into  life,  and  advanced  to  fpirituality 
and  difmtereftednefs,  to  the  love  of  God  and  our 
neighbour,  we  cannot  have  our  wills  broken,  and 
our  faculties  exalted  and  purified,  fo  as  to  relilh 
happinefs  wherever  we  fee  it,  but  by  the  perpetual 
correction  and  reformation  of  our  judgments  and. 
defires  from  painful  impreffions  and  aflbciations. 
And  all  philofophical  inquiries  of  this  kind  feern  to 
caft  a  peculiar  light  and  evidence  upon  the  fcrip- 
ture  exprefllons  before- mentioned,  and  to  make  their 
accuracy,  and  congruicy  with  experience  and  obfrr- 
ration,  be  much  more  plainly  feen  and  felc. 


N  3  PROP. 


1 82  Of  tfa  Truth  of 


PROP.     XL. 

The  mutual  Inftrumentality  of  Beings  to  each  other's 
Happinefs  and  Mifery,  unfolded  in  the  Scriptures,  is 
an  Argument  of  their  Divine  Authority. 

To  this  head  is  to  be  referred  all  that  the  fcrip- 
tures  deliver  concerning  good  and  evil  angels  ; 
Chrift,  the  Lord  of  all,  becoming  the  redeemer  of 
all;  Adam's  injuring  all  his  pofterity  through  his 
frtfihy  ;  Abraham's  becoming  the  father  of  the 
faithful,  and  all  nations  being  blefled  through  him  j 
the  Jews  being  the  keepers  of  the  oracles  of  God, 
and  of  the  true  religion ;  tyrants  being  fcourges  in 
the  hand  of  God ;  the  fulnefs  of  the  Gentiles  being 
the'OCcafion  of  the  final  reftoration  of  the  Jews ; 
and,  in  general,  the  do&rine  that  God  prepares  and 
difpofes  of  every  thing  fo,  as  that  nothing  is  for 
itfelf  alone,  but  every  perfon  and  nation  has  various 
relations  to  others,  co-operates  with  them  through 
Chrift,  who  is  the  head,  and  through  whom  the  whole 
body  being  fitly  joined  together,  and  compared  by  that 
which  every  joint  fupplietb,  increafeth  and  edifieth 
itfelf  in  love,  till  all  things,  both  in  heaven  and  earth, 
arrive,  in  their  levcral  orders,  to  the  meafure  of  the 
Jlature  of  the  fulnefs  of  Chrift.  Now  whoever  com- 
pares thefe  fcripture  expreflions  and  doctrines  with 
the  various  mutual  relations,  fubferviences,  and  ufes 
of  the  parts  of  the  external  world,  heavenly  bodies, 
meteors,  elements,  animals,  plants,  and  minerals,  to 
each  other,  cannot  help  feeing  a  wonderful  analogy 
between  the  works  of  God  and  the  fcripturcs,  Jo 
wonderful  as  juftly  to  entitle  the  laft  to  the  appella- 
tion of  the  word  of  God. 

And  thus  we  may  perceive,  that  the  fcripture  ac- 
count of  the  fall  of  man,  his  redemption  by  Chrift, 

and 


the  Chrijlian  Religion.  183 

and  the  influences  exerted  upon  him  by  good  and 
evil  Angels,    is  fo  far    from   affording   an    objection 
againft  the  chriftian  religion,  that  it  is  a  confiderable 
evidence  for  it,  when  viewed  in  a  truly  philofophical 
light.     God  works  in  every  thing  by  means,  by  thofe 
which,  according  to  our  prefent  language  and  fhort- 
fightednefs,  are  termed  bad  and  unfit,  as  well  as  by 
the  good  and  evidently  fit  ones ;  and  all  thefe  means 
require  a  definite  time,  before  they  can  accomplifh 
their  refpective  ends.     This  occurs  to  daily  obferva- 
tion  in  the  courfe  and  conftitution  of  nature.     And 
the  fcripture   doctrines   concerning  the  fall,    the  re- 
demption by  Chrift,  and  the  influences  of  good  and 
evil    angels,    are    only   fuch    intimations    concerning 
the  principal  invifible  means   that  lead  man  to   his 
ultimate  end,  happinefs  in   being  united  to  God,  as 
accelerate  him  in  his  progrefs  thither.     According  to 
the  fcriptures,  Adam  hurts  all,  through  frailty ;  Chrift 
faves  all,  from  his  love  and  compaflion  to  all ;  evil 
angels  tempt,  through  malice;  and  good  ones  affift 
and  defend,  in  obedience  to  the  will  of  God,  and  his 
original  and  ultimate  defign  of  making   all    happy. 
Thefe   things   are   indeed   clothed  in    a  confiderable 
variety  of  expreflions,  fuited  to  our  prefent  ways  of 
afting,    conceiving,    and  fpeaking  (which  ways  are, 
however,  all  of  divine  original,  God  having  taught 
mankind,  in  the  patriarchal  times,  the  language,  as 
one  may  fay,  in  which   he  fpake  to  them  then  and 
afterwards)  j  but  thefe  expreflions  can  have  no  greater 
real  import,  than  that  of  fignifying  to  us  the  means 
made  uie  of  by  God  j    he  being,  according  to  the 
fcriptures,  as  well  as  reafon,  the  one  only  real  agent 
in  all   the  tranfaftions  that  relate  to  man,   to  angels, 
&c.     And  to  objecl:  to  the  method  of  producing  hap- 
pinefs by  this  or  that  means,    becaule  of  the  time 
required  to  accomplifh  the  end,    of  the  mixture  of 
evil,  &c.   is  to  require,  that  all  God's  creatures  fhould 
at  once  be  created  infinitely  happy,  or  rather  have 

N  4  exifted 


184  Of.  the  Truth  of 

exifted  To  from  all  eternity,  i.  e.  fhould  be  gods,  and 
not  creatures. 

PROP.     XLI. 

The  Divine  Authority  of  the  Scriptures  may  be  inferred 
from  thejttperior  Wijdom  of  the  Jewifh  Laws,  confi- 
dered  in  a  political  Light  \  and' from  the  exquijite  Work- 
wanjhip  jhe-ivn  in  the  Tabernacle  and  Temple. 

ALL  thefe  were  originals  amongft  the  Jews,  and 
fome  of  them  were  copied  partially  and  imperfectly 
by  ancient  heathen  nations.  They  feem  alfo  to 
imply  a  knowledge  foperior  to  the  refpective  times. 
And  I  believe,  that  pr'ofane  hiftory  gives  fufficient 
atceftation  to  thefe  pofitions.  However,  it  is  certain 
from  fcripture,  that  Mojes  received  the  whole  body 
of  his  laws,  alfo  the  pattern  of  the  tabernacle,  and 
David  the  pattern  of  the  temple,  from  God ;  and 
that  Bezaleel  was  infpired  by  God  for  the  workman- 
fhip  of  the  tabernacle.  Which  things,  being  laid 
down  as  a  fure  foundation,  may  encourage  learned 
men  to  inquire  into  the  evidences  from  profane 
hiftory,  that  the  knowledge  and  (kill  to  be  found 
amongft  the  Jews  were  fuperior  to  thofe  of  other 
nations  at  the  fame  period  of  time,  i.  e.  were 
fupernatural. 

PROP.     XL1I. 

The  Want  of  Univerjality  in  the  Publication  of  Revealed 
Religion  is  no  Objection  to  it  j  but,  on  the  Contrary, 
the  Time  and  Manner,  in  which  the  Scriptures  'were 
written,  and  delivered  to  the  World,  are  Arguments 
for  their  Divine  Authority. 

HERE  I  obferve, 

Fiift,    That   obje&ions  of  this  kind  ought  never 
to  be  admitted  againft  hiftorical  evidence  j    and,  in 

faft, 


the  Chriftian  Religion.  185 

fa<5t,  are  not,  upon  other  fubjects.  It  is  evident, 
as  was  obferved  in  the  beginning  of  this  chapter, 
that;  to  allow  the  truth  of  the  fcripture  hiftory, 
is  to  allow  the  truth  of  the  chriftian  religion.  Now 
it  is  very  foreign  to  the  purpofe  of  an  inquiry  into 
the  truth  of  the  fcripture  hiftory,  to  allege  that  it 
has  not  been  made  known  to  all  mankind,  in  all 
ages,  and  under  all  circumftances  of  each  individual. 
It  muft  require  much  abftra&ed  and  fubtle  reafoning, 
and  fuch  as  can  never  be  put  in  competition  with 
plain  hiftorical  i  evidence,  to  connect  this  objection 
\vHh  the  proportion  objected  to.  This  is  therefore, 
at  leaft,  a  ftrong  preemption  againft  the  validity 
of  fuch  an  objection. 

Secondly,  This  objection  feems  to  derive  its  whole 
force  from  fuch  pofitions  relating  to  the  moral  attri- 
fcutes  of  God,  as  make  it  neceflary  for  us  to  fuppofe, 
either  that  he  deals  with  all  his  creatures  at  prefent  in 
an  equally  favourable  manner,  or,  at  leaft,  that 
nothing  fhall  be  ultimately  wanting  to  their  happinefs. 
Now.  the  ftrft  fuppofition  appears,  upon  the  moft 
tranfient  view  which  we  take  of  things,  to  be  utterly 
faife.  There  are  differences  of  all  degrees  at  prefent, 
in  refpeft  of  all  the  good  things  which  God  has 
given  us  to  enjoy  j  and  therefore  may  be  in  the  bed 
of  all  good  things,  revealed  religion.  And  indeed, 
if  it  was  otherwife  in  refpecl:  of  revealed  religion,  one 
ftrong  argument  in  its  favour  would  be  wanting, 
viz.  its  analogy  with  the  courfe  of  nature.  The 
moral  attributes  of  God  are  to  be  deduced  from 
obfervations  made  upon  the  courfe  of  nature.  If 
therefore  the  tenor  of  revelation  be  agreeable  to  that 
of  nature,  it  muft  be  fo  to  the  moral  attributes  of  God. 
But  if  any  one  fuppofes,  in  the  fecond  place,  that, 
notwithftanding  prefent  and  apparent  differences  in 
the  circumftances  of  God's  creatures,  there  are  no 
real  and  ultimate  ones;  at  leaft,  that  the  balance  will 
ultimately  be  in  favour  of  each  individual  finitely,  or 

perhaps 


186  Of  the  Truth  of 

perhaps  infinitely ;  I  anfwer,  that  this  fuppofition  is 
as  agreeable  to  revelation  as  to  natural  reafon  j  that 
there  are  as  probable  evidences  for  it  in  the  word  of 
God,  as  in  his  works,  there  being  no  acceptance  of 
ferfons  with  God,  no  difference  between  the  Jew  and  the 
Gentile,  according  to  the  fcriptures;  and  that  we 
may  infer  as  ftrongly  from  the  fcriptures,  that  Chrift 
will  fave  all,  as  it  can  be  inferred  from  philofophy, 
that  all  will  be  made  happy  in  any  way ;  both  which 
petitions  I  fhall  endeavour  to  eftablifh  hereafter,  with 
the  mutual  illuftrations  and  confirmations,  which 
thefe  glorious  doctrines  of  natural  and  revealed  re- 
ligion afford  to  each  other.  And  the  gradual  dif- 
fufion  of  the  Patrianhal,  Judaical,  and  Chriftian 
revelations,  compared  with  the  prophecies  relating  to 
the  future  kingdom  of  Chrift,  and  with  the  prefent 
circumftances  of  things,  will  afford  great  fatisfaction 
and  joy  to  every  pious,  benevolent  perfon,  who 
inquires  into  this  fubject.  Thefe  confiderations  will 
incline  him  to  believe,  that  the  gofpel  will,  fooner 
or  later,  be  preached  to  every  creature  in  heaven,  in 
earth,  under  the  earth,  &c.  and  not  only  preached, 
but  received,  obeyed,  and  made  the  means  of 
unfpeakable  happinefs  to  them.  And  thus  this 
objection  will  be  removed  not  only  in  fpeculation, 
and  according  to  reafon,  but  in  fact,  from  the 
prefent  unhappy  objectors ;  and  they  will  look  on  him 
whom  they  have  pierced. 

Thirdly,  Having  (hewn  that  a  gradual  and  partial 
promulgation  is  not  inconfiftent  with  the  fuppofition 
of  a  true  revelation,  we  may  farther  affirm,  that  the 
particular  time  and  manner,  in  which  the  feveral 
Patriarchal,  Judaical,  and  Chriftian  revelations  have 
been  publifhed  to  the  world,  are  even  arguments  in 
their  favour.  This  fubject  has  been  well  handled  by 
various  learned  men,  particularly  by  Mr.  Arch.  Law, 
in  his  confiderations  on  the  ftate  of  the  world,  &c. 
Thefe  gentlemen  have  fhewn,  that,  c^teris  manentibus, 

which 


the  Chrijlian  Religion.  187 

which  is  in  thefe  things  always  to  be  previoufly 
allowed,  the  difpenfacions  recorded  in  the  fcriptures 
have  been,  as  far  as  we  can  judge,  perfectly  fuired  to 
the  dates  of  the  world  at  the  times  when  thefe  dif» 
penfations  were  made  refpectively,  /'.  e.  to  the  im- 
provement of  mankind  in  knowledge  fpeculative  and 
practical,  to  their  wants,  and  to  their  ability  to  pro- 
fit in  moral  accomplifhments ;  fo  that  if  we  fuppofe 
either  much  more,  or  much  lefs,  light  to  have  been 
afforded  to  mankind  in  a  fupernatural  way  (cateris 
manentibus ;  and  particularly  their  voluntary  powers 
over  their  affections  and  actions,  or  free-will  in  the 
practical  fenfe,  remaining  the  fame),  their  advance- 
ment in  moral  perfection,  in  voluntary  obedience  to, 
and  pure  love  of  God,  would  probably  have  been 
lefs :  which  fuitablenefs  of  each  revelation  to  the 
time  when  it  was  made,  and  to  the  production  of 
the  maximum  of  moral  perfection,  is  an  argument 
for  the  fyflem  of  revelation,  of  the  fame  kind  with 
thofe  for  the  goodnefs  of  God,  which  are  drawn  from 
the  mutual  fitnefles  of  the  finite  and  imperfect  parts 
of  the  natural  world  to  each  other,  and  to  the 
production  of  the  maximum,  or  greateft  poflible 
quantity  of  happinefs. 


PROP.     XLIII. 

'The  Exclufion  of  all  great  Degrees  of  Entbufiajm  and 
Impofture  from  the  Characters  of  Chrift,  the  Prophets 
and  dpoftles,  proves  their  Divine  Authority. 

THAT  Chrift,  the  prophets  and  apoftles,  cannot 
be  charged  with  any  great  degrees  of  enthufiafm 
or  impofhire,  feems  allowed  by  many  unbelievers ; 
and  is  evident  from  the  firft  view  of  their  difcourfes 
and  writings,  and  of  hiftory  facred  and  profane.  We 
might  fay,  that  much  more  is  evident.  However, 

for 


i88  Of  the  Truth  of 

for  the  prefent,  let  us  only  fuppofe  all  great  degrees 
of  enthufiafm  and  impofture  excluded,  and  inquire 
how  far  their  divine  miffion  may  be  inferred  from 
that  fuppofition. 

Fir  ft,  then,  If  all  great  degrees  of  enthufiafm  be 
excluded,  Chrift,  the  prophets  and  apoftles,  muft 
know  whether  or  no  they  were  under  the  influence 
of  the  divine  fpirit,  fo  as  to  prophefy,  fpeak,  and 
interpret  languages,  which  they  had  never  learnt,  and 
•work  miracles.  Indeed  to  fuppofe  them  not  capable 
of  diftinguifhing  thefe  powers  in  themfelves  and  each 
other,  is  to  charge  them  with  downright  madnefs. 

Secondly,  Since  then  they  claimed  thefe  powers 
every  where,  as  the  feal  of  their  commiffion  from 
God  j  if  they  had  them  not,  i.  e.  if  they  had  not 
divine  authority,  they  muft  be  impoftors,  and  en- 
deavour to  deceive  the  world  knowingly  and  deli- 
berately. And  this  impofture,  whether  we  confider 
the  affront  offered  to  God,  or  the  injury  done  to 
mankind,  or  its  duration,  its  audacioufnefs,  &c. 
would  be  the  deepeft  and  blackeft  that  has  ever 
appeared  in  the  world.  It  is  therefore  excluded  by 
fuppofition  j  and  confequently,  fince  a  lefs  degree 
will  not  account  for  a  falfe  claim  to  divine  autho- 
rity, we  muft  allow,  that  Chrift,  the  prophets  and 
apoftles,  made  a  true  one. 

Thirdly,  Let  it  be  obferved,  that  though  cautious 
unbelievers  do  not  venture  to  charge  Chrift,  the 
prophets  and  apoftles,  either  with  grofs  enthufiafm, 
or  abandoned  impofture;  in  exprefs  terms  j,  yet  they 
find  themfelves  obliged  to  infmuate  both  in  all  their 
attacks  upon  revealed  religion  :  which  is,  in  effect, 
to  acknowledge  the  truth  of  the  prefent  propofi- 
tion  3  for  it  is  the  fame  thing,  as  to  acknowledge, 
that  both  the  charge  of  grofs  enthufiafm,  and  that 
ef  abandoned  impofture,  are  necrfiary  to  fupport  the 
objections  againft  revealed  religion.  Now,  as  neither 
charge,  fingly  takeii,  can  be  maintained ;  fo  both 

together 


the  Chriftian  Religion.  189 

together  are  inconfiftent.  Grofs  enthufiafm  does  not 
admit  that  conftant  caution,  and  cool  difpafiionate 
cunning,  which  abandoned  impofture  fuppofes  and 
requires  in  order  to  fucceed. 

PROP.     XLIV. 

The  Reception  which  Chrift,  his  Forerunners  and  Fol- 
lowers with  their  Doffrines,   have  met  with  in  all 
is  an  Argument  of  their  Divine  Authority. 


THIS  evidence  does,  as  it  were,  embrace  all  the 
others,  and  give  a  particular  force  to  them.  For 
it  will  be  a  ftrong  confirmation  of  all  the  evidences 
for  the  Jewijh  and  chriftian  religions,  if  we  can 
{hew,  that  the  perfons  to  whom  they  have  been 
offered,  have  been  influenced  by  them  as  much  as 
there  was  reafon  to  expect,  admitting  them  to  be 
true  ;  and  far  more  than  could  be  expected,  on  fup- 
pofition  that  they  were  falfe.  The  mod  illuftrious 
inftance  of  this,  is  the  victory  which  the  chriftian 
miracles  and  doctrines,  with  the  fufferings  of  our 
Saviour,  and  his  followers,  gained  over  the  whole 
powers,  firft,  of  the  Jewijh  ftate,  and  then  of  the 
Roman  empire,  in  the  primitive  times.  For  here 
all  ranks  and  kinds  of  men,  princes,  pricfts,  Jewijh 
and  heathen,  philophers,  populace,  with  all  their 
affociated  prejudices  from  cuftom  and  education, 
with  all  their  corrupt  paffions  and  lufts.,  with  all  the 
external  advantages  of  learning,  power,  riches,  ho- 
nour, and,  in  fbort,  with  every  thing  but  truth, 
endeavoured  to  iupprefs  the  progrefs  that  Chrift's 
religion  made  every  day  in  the  world  ,  but  were 
unable  to  do  it.  Yet  ftill  the  evidence  was  but  of 
a  limited  nature  ;  it  required  to  be  fet  forth,  attefted, 
and  explained,  by  the  preacher,  and  to  be  attended 
to,  and  reflected  upon,  with  fome  degree  of  impar- 

tiality, 


190  Of  the  truth  cf 

tiality,  by  the  hearer :  and  therefore,  though  the 
progrefs  of  it  was  quick,  and  the  effect  general,  yet 
they  were  not  inftantaneous  and  univerfal.  However* 
it  is  very  evident,  that  any  fraud,  or  falfe  pretence,  ' 
muft  foon  have  yielded  to  fo  great  an  oppofition  fo 
circumftanced. 

The  efficacy  which  Ihe  chriftian  doctrine  then 
had  in  reforming  the  lives  of  many  thoufands,  is 
here  to  be  confidered  as  a  principal  branch  of  this 
argument,  it  being  evidently  the, mod  difficult  of  all 
things,  to  convert  men  from  vicious  habits  to  vir- 
tuous ones,  as  every  one  may  judge  from  what  he 
feels  in  himfelf,  as  well  as  from  what  he  fees  in  others ; 
and  whatever  does  this,  cannot,  as  it  feems  to  me; 
but  come  from  God.  The  falfe  religions,  and  vari- 
ous corruptions  of  the  true,  which  have  from  time 
to  time  appeared  in  the  world,  have  been  enabled 
to  do  this  in  the  imperfect  manner  in  which  they 
have  done  it,  merely,  as  it  feems  to  me,  from  that 
mixture  of  important  truths,  and  good  motives, 
which  they  have  borrowed  from  real  revelations, 
,  Patriarchal,  Judaical,  and  Chriftian. 

In  like  manner,  as  the  propagation  of  chriftianity, 
upon  its  firft  appearance  in  the  world,  evinces  its 
divine  original,  fo  does  the  progrefs  it  has  fince 
made,  and  the  reception  which  it  meets  with  at  pre- 
fent,  amongft  the  feveral  ranks  and  orders  of  men. 
The  detail  of  this  would  run  out  to  a  great  length. 
It  may,  however,  be  of  fome  ufe,  juft  to  obferve, 
that,  notwithftanding  the  great  prevalence  of  infide- 
Jity  in  the  prefent  times,  it  is  feldom  found  to  confift 
with  an  accurate  knowledge  of  ancient  hiftory,  facred 
and  profane,  and  never  with  an  exalted  piety  and 
devotion  to  God. 

And  it  is  as  peculiarly  for  the  credit  of  chriftianity, 
that  it  fhould  now  be  fupported  by  the  learned,  as 
that  it  was  firft  propagated  by  the  unlearned  j  and  an 
incomeftable  evidence  for  it,  as  appears  to  me,  that 

it 


the  Cbriftian  Religion.  191 

it  has  been  univerfally  embraced  by  all  eminently 
pious  perfons,  to  whom  it  has  been  made  known  in 
a  proper  manner. 

The  analogous  obfervations  may  be  made  upon  the 
reception  which  the  Jewijh  religion  met  with  both 
from  the  Jews  themfelves,  and  from  the  neighbour*- 
ing  nations.  It  feems  knpofiible  for  Mofes  to  have 
delivered  the  Jews  from  their  oppreffion  in  Egypt, 
and  afterwards  to  have  fubjected  them  to  his  laws, 
for  Jojhua  to  have  conquered  Canaan,  for  the  religion 
to  have  fubfifted  in  the  fucceeding  times  of  the 
judges  and  kings,  for  the  priefts  and  prophets  to 
have  maintained  their  authority,  for  the  people  to 
have  returned,  after  their  captivity,  with  their  reli- 
gion in  an  uncorrupted  ftate,  and  to  have  fup- 
ported  it  and  themfelves  againft  the  kings  of  Syria 
and  Egypt,  and  the  power  of  the  Romans,  and  to  re- 
main at  this  day  a  feparate  people  difperfed  all  over 
the  world,  according  to  the  prophecies,  unlefs  the 
miraculous  part  of  the  hiftory  of  the  Old  Teftament 
be  allowed  to  be  true,  as  well  as  the  other. 


PROP.     XLV. 

Reception  which  falfe  Religions  have  met  with  in  the 
World,  are  Arguments  of  the  Truth  of  the  Cbriftian. 


I  WILL  here  make  a  few  fhort  remarks, 

Firft,  Upon  the  polytheiftical,  idolatrous  religions 
of  the  ancient  world. 

Secondly,  Upon  the  religious  inftitutions  of  Zo- 
roafter. 

Thirdly,  upon  the  impofture  of  Mahomet. 

Fourthly,  Upon  the  enthufiaftical  feels,  which 
have  appeared  from  time  to  time  amongft  chriflians. 

All  thefe  feem  to  have  met  with  fuch  fuccefs,  as 
might  be  expected  from  the  mixture  of  truth  and 

falfehood 


192  Of  the  Truth  of 

falfehood  in  them,  compared  with  the  then  circum- 
ftances  of  things.  They  are  therefore  indirect  evi- 
dences for  the  truth  of  the  chriftian  religion,  fince 
this  has  tnet  with  fuch  fuccefs,  as  cannot  be  reconciled 
to  the  circumftances  of  things,  unlefs  we  fuppofe  it 
true. 

Andi  Firft,  The  ancient  pagan  religions  feem  evi- 
dently to  be  the  degenerated  offspring  of  the  patri- 
archal revelations ;  and  fo  far  to  have  been  true,  as 
they  taught  a  God,  a  providence,  a  future  ftate,  fu- 
pernatural  communications  made  to  particular  perfons, 
efpecially  in  the  infancy  of  the  world,  the  prefent 
corruption  of  man,  and  his  deviation  from  a  pure 
and  perfect  way,  the  hopes  of  a  pardon,  a  media- 
torial power,  the  duties  of  facrifice,  prayer,  and 
praife,  and  the  virtues  of  prudence,  temperance, 
jullice,  and  fortitude.  They  were  falfe,  as  they 
mixed  and  polluted  thefe  important  truths  with  num- 
berlefs  fables,  fuperftitions,  and  impieties.  That 
degree  of  truth,  and  moral  excellence^  which  re- 
mained in  them,  was  a  principal  caufe  of  their  fuc- 
cefs, and  eafy  propagation,  among  the  people ;  for 
the.ir  moral  fenfe  would  direct  them  to  approve  and 
receive  what  was  fit  and  ufeful.  And,  had  the 
people  of  thofe  times  penetrated  fufficiently  into  the 
powers  of  the  human  mind,  they  might  have  conclu- 
ded, that  religious  truths  could  not  be  of  human 
invention.  However,  as  the  impreffions,  which  the 
historical  and  prophttical  evidences  for  the  patriarchal 
revelations  had  made  upon  mankind,  were  not  yet 
obliterated ;  they  believed,  upon  the  authority  of 
tradition,  that  all  important  knowledge,  efpecially  in 
facred  matters,  was  of  divine  original. 

As  to  the  miracles  faid  to  be  wrought  upon  certain 
occafions  in  pagan  nations,  we  may  make  thefe  two 
remarks :  Firft,  That  the  evidence  for  thefe  is  far 
jnferior  to  that  for  the  Jewijh  and  chriftian  miracles ; 
fo  that  thefe  may  be  true,  though  thofe  be  falfe. 

Secondly, 


tbe  Cbriftian  Religion.  193 

Secondly,  That  we  are  not  fufficiently  informed  of  the 
ways  of  providence,  to  infer  that  God  did  not  per- 
ftrit,  or  caufe,  Come  miracles  to  be  wrought,  even  in 
times  and  places,  where  great  corruption  prevailed. 
Divine  communications  and  miracles  were  probably 
mort  common  loon  after  the  flood,  in  the  infancy  of 
mankind  :  afterwards,  as  they  advanced  towards 
adult  age,  thefe  iupernatural  Interpofitions  grew: 
more  rare,  (unlefs  upon  fingular  occafions,  as  upon 
the  publication  of  the  law  by  Mofes,  and  of  the 
gbfpel  by  Chrift  -,  at  which  times,  many  and  great 
miracles  fucceedtd  each  other  at  Ihort  intervals,  in 
order  to  command  awe,  attention,  and  belief)  j 
and  it  may  be,  that  they  ceafed  in  the  pagan  world 
for  fome  ages  before  Chrift :  or  it  may  be  orher- 
wife ;  and  that,  in  rare  and  extraordinary  cafes,  the 
hand  of  God  appeared  in  a  miraculous  manner. 
Analogy  favours  the  lad  opinion,  as  it  feems  to  me  ; 
which  alfo  appears  to  be  more  countenanced  by 
hiftory,  than'  the  contrary  one  j  and  yet  the  pretences 
to  miracles  amongft  the  pagans  were  undoubtedly 
falfe,  in  the  general. 

1  come,  in  the  fecond  place,  to  confider  the  reli- 
gious inftitutions  of  Zoroaftcr.  We  have  not  fo  full 
and  authentic  an  hiftory  of  thefe,  as  to  compare  them 
properly  with  the  Jewijh  or  chriftian  revelations.  If 
we  fuppofe,  that  Zotoajier  and  Hyjlafpes  fet  up  the 
vvorfhip  of  one  God,  in  a  fimple  manner,  teaching 
and  inculcating  the  practice  of  virtue  at  the  fame 
time,  this  religion  may  be  faid  fo  have  considerable 
moral  evidence  in  its  favour.  \f>  farther,  we  fup- 
pofe it  to  be  in  part  derived,  either  from  the  defcend- 
ents  of  Abraham  by  Kefurabj  called  Brachmans  from 
him,  or  from  that  knowledge  of  the  true  God,  which 
the  ten  tribes,  and  the  Jews,  had  then  communica- 
ted to  that  part  of  the  world,  it  will  become  an  evi- 
dence for  the  Jewijh  religion. 

VOL,  II.  O  Thirdly, 


194  Qf  the  I'rutb  of 

Thirdly,  The  religion  of  Mahomet  allows  and  pre- 
fuppofes  the  truth  of  the  Jewijh  and  chriftian.  Its 
rapid  propagation  was  owing  chiefly  to  the  mixture 
of  political  interefts.  That  part  of  its  doctrines, 
which  is  good,  is  manifeftly  taken  from  the  fcrip- 
tures ;  and  this  contributed  to  its  fuccefs.  However, 
a  comparifon  of  mahometifm  with  chriftianity,  in 
the  feveral  particulars  of  each,  feems  to  fhew,  that 
whenever  a  ftrict  examination  is  made  into  the 
hiftory  of  mahometifm  by  its  profefibrs,  the  falfehood 
of  it  will  quickly  be  made  evident  to  them.  It  could 
not  ftand  fuch  a  trial,  as  chriftianity  has,  fince  the 
revival  of  learning  in  theie  weftern  parts. 

It  feems  eafy  to  apply  what  has  been  delivered  in 
the  three  laft  paragraphs  to  the  analogous  particulars 
of  the  religion  of  Confucius,  and  of  other  religions 
found  in  the  Eaft  and  Weft  Indies^  as  far  as  their  hifto- 
ries  are  iufficiently  full  and  authentic  for  that  purpofe. 
'Laftly,  One  may  make  the  following  remarks, 
with  refpect  to  the  feveral  enthufiaftic  lefts,  that  arife 
from  time  to  time  amongft  chriftians. 

Firft,  That  their  pretences  to  miracles  and  prophe- 
cies have,  in  general,  been  detected  and  expofed,  after 
fome  examination  and  inquiry  j  unlefs  the  feet  has 
begun  to  decline  from  other  caufes,  before  a  ftrict 
examination  became  necefiary. 

Secondly,  That  their  pretended  miracles  were  not 
of  that  evident  kind,  nor  done  in  the  fame  open 
manner,  &c.  as  the  Jewijh  and  chriftian  miracles. 

Thirdly,  That  thefe  pretended  miracles  have  not 
produced  lading  effects  upon  the  minds  of  men,  like 
the  Jewijh  and  Cbriftian.  Now,  though  a  religion 
may  fucceed  for  a  time  without  true  miracles,  yet  it 
feems  hard  to  believe,  that  any  fhould  fail  with 
them. 

Fourthly,  The  fuccefs  of  fects  has,  in  general, 
been  owing  to  their  making  greater  pretences  to  pu- 
rity, and  gofpel  perfection,  than  eftablifhed  churches, 

and 


the  Chrijiian  Religion.  195 

and  to  their  both  teaching  and  praclifing  fome  ne- 
ceflary  duties,  which  eftablimed  churches  have  too 
much  neglected  in  the  corrupted  ftate  of  chriftiarjity. 
And  in  this  light  they  have  been  true  in  part,  and 
have  done  the  moft  important  fervice  to  the  world. 
Every  feel:  of  chriftians  has  magnified  fome  great 
truth,  not  above  its  real  value,  but  above  the  value 
which  other  fects  have  fet  upon  it  j  and  by  this  means 
each  important  religious  truth  has  had  the  advantage 
of  being  fet  in  a  full  light  by  fome  party  or  other, 
though  too  much  neglected  by  the  reft.  And  the 
true  catholic  church  and  communion  of  faints  .unites 
all  thefe  fects,  by  taking  what  is  right  from  each,  and 
leaving  the  errors,  falsehoods,  and  corruptions  of 
each  to  combat  and  deftroy  one  another. 

And  it  may  be,  that  mankind  will  be  able  in  future 
generations  to  fee,  how  every  other  feel,  and  pre- 
tence to  revelation,  befides  thofe  of  enthufiaftic  chrif- 
tians,  in  whatever  age  or  country  it  has  appeared, 
has  been,  all  other  things  remaining  the  fame,  fuited 
in  the  beft  poffible  manner,  both  to  particular  and 
general  purpofes ;  and  that  each  has  prepared  the 
way,  in  its  proper  place,  for  that  more  complete 
ftate  predicted  in  the  fcnptures  under  the  titles  of 
the  kingdom  of  heaven,  and  of  right 'eoqfnefs,  of  the 
New  Jerufalem,  &c.  Even  infidelity,  atheifm,  and 
fcepticifrn,  have  their  ufe.  The  veflels  of  wrath 
are  (till  veflels  belonging  to  the  Maker  and  Lord  of 
all  things,  and  anfwering  his  infinitely  beneficent 
purpofes.  Offences  muft  comet  though  woe  be  to  thoje, 
by  whom  they  come !  Each  feet,  and  pretence,  and 
objection,  has  given,  or  will  give,  way  in  its  time. 
The  true  and  pure  religion  of  Chrift  alone  grows 
more  evident  and  powerful  from  every  attack  that  is 
made  upon  it,  and  converts  the  bitternefs  and  poifon 
of  its  adverfaries  into  nourifhment  for  itfelf,  and 
an  univerfal  remedy  for  the  pains  and  forrows  of 
a  miferable,  degenerate  world. 

O  2  CHAP. 


196  Of  the  Rule  of  Life. 


CHAP.     IIL 

Of  tbe    RULE    of  LIFE. 


HAVING  delivered  in  the  two  foregoing  chapters, 
the  refpective  evidences  for  natural  and  revealed  reli- 
gion, I  proceed  now  to  inquire  into  the  rule  of  life 
enjoined   by   them.      This,    it   is   evident,    muft  be 
compliance    with    the   will   of  God.      Both   natural 
and  revealed  religion  teach  this  at  firft  view ;  which 
is  alfb  the  immediate  dictate  of  rational  felf-intereft. 
It  is  farther  evident,  that  the  love  of  God,  and  of 
our  neighbour,  with  moderation  in  all  felfifti  enjoy- 
ments,   muft  be  the  will  of  him,    who  is  infinitely 
benevolent,    i.  e.    in   the   popular   phrafe,    infinitely 
holy,  merciful,  juft,  and  true,  who  has  fent  us   into 
this    world   to   make    ourfelves    and   others   happy. 
This  we  may  learn  from  natural  religion,  and  the 
fcriptures  abound  every  where  with   the   lame   pre- 
cepts.    I  propofe  therefore,  in  this  chapter,  to  enter 
into  the  detail  of  thefe  precepts,  and  to  apply  them 
to  the  feveral  particular  circumftances  of  human  life, 
digefting  what  I  have  to  offer,  under  the  heads  of  the 
feven  kinds  of  pleafure  and  pain,  'whofe    hiftory   I 
have  given  in  the  foregoing  part  of  this  work.     But 
firft  I   will,  in  the  four  proportions  that  follow  next, 
premife    an    argument    in    favour   of  virtue,    which 
ought  to  have  fome  weight,  as  it  items  to  me,  even 
with  an  atheift  or  fceptic. 


SECT. 


Of  the  Rule  of  Life.  197 


SECT.     I. 

OF  THE  RULE  OF  LIFE,  AS  DEDUCIBLE  FROM  THE 
PRACTICE  AND  OPINIONS  OF  MANKIND. 

PROP.     XLVI. 

The  Pratlice  of  Mankind-  affords  a  Direction,  which, 
though  an  imperfeft  one,  may,  however,  be  offome  Ufe 
in  our  Jfiquiry  after  the  Rule  of  Life. 

THIS  follows,  Firft,  Because,  in  all  the  fubordi- 
nate  arts  of  life,  we  always  pay  great  regard  to  the 
common  judgment,  practice,  and  experience  of 
mankind,  taken  af  an  average,  as  one  may  fay. 
And  this  is  thought  to  be  more  particularly  requifite 
for  thofe  perfons  to  do,  who  are  ignorant  and  novices 
in  refpecl:  of  thefe  arts.  Now  what  is  reafonable  in 
the  inferior  arts,  mult  alfo  be  reafonable  in  the  art  of 
arts,  that  of  living  happily,  of  attaining  our  Jummum 
bonum,  or  greateft  poffible  happinefs,  here  and  here- 
after, if  there  be  an  hereafter;  which  there  may  be, 
even  Confidently  with  atheifin  and  fcepticifm.  There 
feems  therefore  a  peculiar  obligation,  from  felf- 
intereft  at  leaft,  upon  atheifts  and  fceptics,  fince 
they  muft  live  here  upon  the  fame  terms  as  other 
men,  and  (land  the  fame  chance  for  an  hereafter, 
to  pay  fome  deference  to  the  practice  of  others, 
confidered  as  an  hint  and  caution  how  to  fecure  their 
own  intereft. 

Secondly,  Mankind  are  evidently  endued  with  a 
defire  of  attaining  happinefs,  and  avoiding  mifery  : 
and  arrive  at  a  competent  knowledge  of  the  means, 
which  lead  to  this  end.  I  have,  in  the  foregoing 

O  3  part 


198  Of  the  Rule  of  Life. 

part  of  this  work,  endeavoured  to  fliew  how  this 
defire  and  knowledge  are  generated.  But  the  fact  is 
certain  and  obvious,  whether  that  account  be  fatis- 
factory  or  no. 

Thirdly,  Thofe  who  admit  a  benevolent  author 
of  nature,  in  any  fenfe  of  thefe  words,  will  be  in- 
clined to  believe,  that  mankind  muft  in  fome  degree 
be  fitted  to  attain  happinefs  j  and  alfo,  in  confe- 
quence  thereof,  attain  it  in  fact.  And  even  atheifti- 
cal  and  fceptical  perfons,  when  they  fee  how  blind 
fate,  or  nature,  or  whatever  term  elfe  they  think  fit 
to  ufe,  gives  to  all  animals  appetites,  inftincts,  and 
objects,  in  general,  fuited  to  their  well-being,  ought, 
from  an  argument  of  induction,  to  expect  fome- 
thing  analogous  to  this  in  mankind,  previoufly  to 
their  inquiry  into  the  fact. 

It  appears  therefore,  that  the  practice  of  mankind, 
taken  at  an  average,  may  be  of  fome  ufe  to  us  in 
our  inveftigation  of  the  rule  of  life ;  and  yet  thefe 
fame  considerations  fhew,  that  the  light  thereby 
afforded  can  be  no  more  than  a  very  imperfect  one. 
The  error,  irregularity,  and  mifery,  which  are  every 
where  confpicuous,  prove  at  once,  that  the  practice 
of  mankind  is  no  infallible  guide. 


PROP.     XLVII. 

'The  Opinions  of  Mankind  afford  an  imperfecJ  Direc- 
tion in  rejpeft  of  the  Rule  of  Lifey  which  is  preferable 
to  that  drawn  from  their  PracJice. 

THAT  the  opinions  of  mankind,  concerning  the 
means  of  obtaining  happinefs,  are  both  of  real  ufe, 
and  yet  an  imperfect  rule  in  many  refpects,  will  ap- 
pear, if  we  apply  the  reafoning  ufed  in  the  foregoing 
propofuion  to  them. 

That 


Of  the  Rule  of  Life.  199 

That  this  imperfect  rule  is,  however,  preferable 
to  that  drawn  from  the  mere  practice,  follows,  in- 
afmuch  as  the  opinions  of  mankind  are,  in  general, 
formed  after  experience,  and  often  upon  mature 
deliberation,  when  they  are  free  from  the  violent 
impulfes  of  their  appetites  and  paflions,  and  at  a 
more  proper  and  equal  diftance  from  the  objects 
under  consideration,  than  can  well  be  at  the  time  of 
action. 

PROP.     XLVIII. 

'The  Rule  of  Life  drawn  from  (be  Practice  and  Opinions 
of  Mankind,  taken  at  an  Average,  is  favourable  to 
the  Caufe  of  Virtue. 

I  WILL  firft  confider  the  rule  fuppofed  to  be  taken 
from  the  mere  practice  of  mankind. 

Now  it  appears  at  firft  fight,  that  this  rule  would 
exclude  all  eminent  degrees  both  of  virtue  and  vice. 
A  perfon  who  fhould  be  fimilar  to  the  whole  aggre- 
gate of  mankind,  confidered  as  one  great  individual, 
would  have  fome  feeds  and  (hoots  of  every  virtue, 
and  every  vice,  and  yet  none  in  an  eminent  degree  : 
his  virtues  and  vices  would  only  exert  themfelves, 
when  called  forth  by  ftrong  motives  and  occafions : 
in  which  cafes,  however, 'this  fictitious  perfon,  this 
type  and  reprefentative  of  the  whole  fpecics  would 
not  fail  to  (hew,  that  he  had  all  kinds  of  good  and 
bad  difpofitions,  all  balancing  and  retraining  one 
another,  unlefs  where  extraordinary  incidents  turn  the 
fcale  in  favour  of  each  particular  refpectively :  fo 
that,  if  the  mere  practice  of  mankind  (hould  be 
thought  fufficient  to  ground  a  rule  upon,  we  fhould 
be  directed  by  this  to  avoid  all  great  degrees  both 
of  virtue  and  vice,  and  to  keep  our  appetites  and 
pafiions  in  fubjection  to  one  another,  fo  as  that  none 
fhould  prevail  over  the  reft,  unlefs  upon  particular 

O  4  extraordinary 


20Q  Of  tbe  Ride  of  Life. 

extraordinary  occafions.  And  a  perfon,  formed  ac- 
cording to  this  mode),  would  be  reckoned  a  neutral, 
moderate,  prudent  man,  pot  miich  loved  or  hated  by 
thole  with  whom  he  converfed  ;  however,  refpected 
and  regarded,  tat;her  than  otherwife.  We  may  alfo 
fiippofe,  that  his  life  would  be  nuich  chequered  with 
happinefs  and  mifery  ;  and  yet,  for  the  mod  "part,  be 
void  of  all  high  degrees  of  either;  upon  the  whole, 
probably  rather  happy,  than  miferable.  And  thus 
the  practice  of  mankind  would,  as  it  appears  to  me, 
lead  to  a  low  degree  both  of  virtue  and  happinefs, 
and  exclude  all  that  violence  and  exorbitancy  of 
pafTion  and  appetite,  which  is  one  chief  fource  and 
bccafion  of  vice.  For  almoft  all  kinds  of  vice  are 
the  excefleSi  and  monilrous  offsprings,  of  natural 
appetites ;  whereas  the  virtues  are,  in  general,  of  a 
moderate  nature,  and  lie  between  the  two  extremes. 
That  moderation  therefore;  which  the  practice  of 
mankind,  taken  fo  as  to  make  the  oppofue  extremes 
balance  each  other,  directs  us  to,  muft,  upon  the 
whole,  be  more  favourable  to  virtue  than  to  vice. 

Let  us  next  inquire  to  what  rule  of  life  the  opi- 
nions of  mankind  would  lead  us,  or  how  far  the  feve- 
ral  virtues  or  vices  are  generally  efteemed  to  conduce 
to  happinefs  or  mifery.  Now,  as  the  general  prac- 
tice of  mankind  excludes  all  grofs  vices,  fo  does  the 
general  opinion,  but  in  a'ftronger  manner.  It  does 
alfo  exclude  all  eminent  virtues;  but  then  it  does 
this  in  a  weaker  manner  than  the  general  practice  j 
and,  upon  the  whole,  it  turns  the  fcale  greatly  in 
favour  of  virtue,  and  againft  vice,  as  means  of  pri- 
vate happinefs ;  as  will  immediately  appear,  if  we 
confidtr  the  particular  virtues  and  vices  of  temperance 
aud  intemperance,  meeknefs  and  anger,  beneficence 
and  avarice,  gratitude  and  ingratitude,  &c.  as  op- 
pofcd  to,  and  put  in  competition  with,  each  other, 
in  the  judgement  of  mankind.  And  yet  it  does  not 
feem  by  any  means,  that,  according  to  the  general 

opinion 


Of  the  Rule  of  Life-.  201 

opinion  of  mankind,    the  greatett   degree   of  virtue 
has  the  faireft  profpect  for  happinefs  in  this  world. 

But  then,  with  refpeft  to  that  other  world,  for 
which  there  is  at  leaft  this  prefumption  of  general 
opinion,  we  have  almoft  an  univerfal  content,  of  all 
ages  and  nations,  that  all  degrees  of  virtue  and  vice 
•will  there  meet  with  their  proper  and  proportional 
reward  and  punifhment.  Now  an  impartial  fceptic 
muft  either  enter  the  lifts,  and  fairly  confider  what 
arguments  there  are  for  or  againft  a  future  (late, 
and  reafon  upon  the  fubject,  *'.  e.  ceafe  to  be  a  fcep- 
tic j  or  elfc  this  general  opinion  of  mankind  in 
favour  of  a  future  ftate  muft,  for  the  mechanical  rea- 
fons  alleged  in  the  firft  part  of  this  work,  give  feme 
degree  of  determination  to  him  here,  as  in  other 
cafes,  where  the  mind  is  perfectly  in  tequilibrio. 
For  the  fame  reafon  s,  the  almoft  "univerfal  confent 
of  mankind  in  the  fuperior  advantages  of  virtue  in 
a  future  ftate,  by  the-m  fuppofed,  ought  to  have 
fome  weight  with  fuch  a  perfon,  even  though  he 
fhould  ftill  remain  in  ^quilibrio^  as  to  the  opinion  of 
a  future  ftape,  becaufe  then  it  would  be  as  probable 
as  the  other  fide  of  the  queftion. 

And,  upon  the  whole,  we  may  make  the  following 
conclufions. 

1.  That  a  perfon  who  fhould  form  his  life  partly 
upon  the  practice  of  mankind,  and  partly  upon  their 
opinions,    would  incline   confiderably   to  the  fide  of 
virtue. 

2.  That,  if  he  thought  the  rule  drawn  from  the 
opinions  of  mankind  preferable  to  that  drawn  from 
their  practice,    according  to  the  laft  propofuion,  he 
muft  incline  more  to  the  fide  of  virtue. 

3.  That,  if  tiie  future  ftate,  which  commences  at 
the  expiration  of  this  life,  be  fuppofed  of  indefinitely 
more  value  than  it,  and  certain,  he  ought  to  adhere 
ftrictly  to  virtue,    and  renounce  all  vice.     And  the 
conclufion  will  be  the  fame,  though  there  be  only  a 

ftrong, 


202  Of  the  Rule  of  Life. 

ftrong,  or  a  moderate  probability,  or  even  an  equal 
chance,  nay,  I  might  almoft  fay,  a  bare  poflibility, 
of  the  reality,  and  great  importance,  of  a  future 
life;  fmce  what  he  would  forfeit  in  this  life  by  a 
ftrift  adherence  to  virtue,  is  confefledly  of  fmall  im- 
portance in  common  cafes. 

4.  That  all  great  degrees  of  vice  are  contrary  to 
the    common    fenfc,    practice,    and    experience    of 
mankind, 

5.  And  therefore,  laftly,  If  a  man  gives  himfelf  up 
to  vicious  courfes,   pretending  cool  rational  fcepticifm 
and  uncertainty   in  religious  matters,  he  mud  either 
deceive  himfelf,  or  endeavour  to  impofe  upon  others. 
A  perfon  who   lay  entirely  afloat,    would  from  the 
fufceptibility  of  infection,  allowed  by  all,  and  above 
explained  from  our  frame,  fuffer  himfelf  to  be  formed 
by   the    practices    and    opinions  of  mankind    at   an 
everage,  /'.  e.    would  incline  to   the  fide^of  virtue: 
and  therefore  a  perfon  who  inclines  the  contrary  way, 
muft  be  drawn  afide  from  the  neutral  point  of  fcep- 
ticifm by  fecret  prejudices  and  paflions. 

It  may  be  objected  to  the  reafoning  ufed  in  the 
former  part  of  this  propofition,  that  whatever  be  the 
opinions  of  mankind,  their  practice  at  an  average  is 
by  no  means  at  an  equal  diftance  from  perfect  virtue, 
and  grofs  vice  j  but  approaches  much  nearer  to  the 
latter  extreme :  and  that  this  appears  both  from  the 
obfervation  of  the  facts,  and  from  the  declarations  of 
the  fcriptures. 

Firft,  then,  Let  us  confider  the  obfervation  of  the 
facts.  And  here  the  objectors  will  be  ready  to  heap 
together  the  many  inftances  of  violence,  revenge, 
cruelty,  injuftice,  ingratitude,  treachery,  want  of 
natural  affection,  brutal  fenfuality,  anger,  envy, 
morofenefs,  ambition,  avarice  and  felfiflinefs,  which 
hiftory  and  experience,  public  and  private,  are  able  to 
furnifh;  and  will  urge,  that  a  perfon  who  fhould  copy 
after  mankind  taken  at  a  medium,  would  be  a  very 

fenfual, 


Of  the  Rule  of  Life.  203 

fcnfual,  felfifh,  malevolent,  and  every  way  vicious 
creature.  •  And  it  muft  be  confefied,  nay,  I  am  fo 
far  from  denying,  that  I  every  where  fuppofe,  and 
lay  down  as  a  principle,  that  there  is  much  cor- 
ruption and  wickednefs  all  over  the  world.  But 
that  the  moral  evil  in  the  world  exceeds  the  moral 
good,  would  be  very  difficult  to  prove. 

For,  Firft,  How  lhall  we  make  the  computation  ? 
Who  fhall  fum  up  for  us  all  the  inftances  of  the  fore- 
going and  other  vices,  and  weigh  them  in  a  juft  balance 
againft  the  contrary  inftances  of  love  to  relations, 
friends,  neighbours,  ftrangers,  enemies,  and  the 
brute  creation ;  of  temperance  and  chaftity,  gene- 
rolity,  gratitude,  companion,  courage,  humility, 
piety,  refignation,  &c  ?  The  cafe  between  the 
virtues  and  the  vices,  /'.  e.  between  moral  good  and 
evil,  feems  to  refemble  that  between  pleafure  and  pain, 
or  natural  good  and  evil.  The  inftances  of  pleafure 
are,  in  general,  more  numerous,  but  lefs  in  quantity, 
than  thofe  of  pain ;  and  though  it  is  impoffible  to 
fpeak  with  certainty,  becaufe  no  man  can  be  qualified 
to  make  the  eftimate,  yet  pleafure  feems  to  prevail 
upon  the  whole.  In  like  manner,  the  inftances  of 
benevolence  of  fome  kind  or  other,  though  mixed 
with  many  imperfections,  of  a  partial  fclf-government, 
of  a  fuperftitious,  enthufiaftic,  idolatrous,  or  luke- 
warm piety,  one  or  other,  occur  in  almoft  all  the  mod 
familiar  circumftances  of  human  life,  and  intermix 
themfclves  with  the  moft  common,  ordinary  thoughts, 
words,  and  actions :  whereas  the  inftances  of  fenfu- 
ality,  malevolence,  and  profanenefs,  are  rarer,  as  it 
feems,  though  often  of  a  more  glaring  nature. 

Secondly,  The  imperfection  of  virtue,  which  I 
allow,  and  even  lay  down  in  mankind  in  general, 
makes  them,  in  general,  apt  to  magnify  the  vices  of 
others.  Perfect  virtue  may  be  fuppofed  to  be  but 
juft  perfectly  candid  and  equitable ;  and  therefore  im- 
perfect 


204  Of  the  Rule  of  Life. 

perfect  virtue^  is  moft  probably  too  cenforious,  efpe- 
cially  fipce  men,  by  blaming  others,  hope  to  exculpate 
or  exalt  themfelves.  And,  agreeably  to  this,  common 
experience  (hews,  that  bodily  infirmities,  difap- 
pointments,  pride,  felf- indulgence,  and  vice  of  all 
kinds,  difpofe  men  to  look  upon  the  dark  fide  of 
every  profpe<5t,  and  to  magnify  the  evils  natural  and 
moral,  that  are  in  the  world,  both  in  their  own 
thoughts,  and  in  their  difcourfes  to  others.  It  is 
alfo  to  be  added  here,  that  as  our  opinions  are  more 
in  favour  of  virtue  than  our  practice,  fo  our  rule  of 
judging  muft  of  confequence  much  condemn  the 
general  practice.  This  circumftance  is  very  neceflary 
for  the  moral  improvement  of  the  world  j  but,  if 
over-looked,  it  may  miflead  in  the  prefent  inquiry. 

Thirdly,  The  greater  intenfenefs  of  the  particular 
pains  above  the  correfponding  pleafures  in  general, 
and  of  the  particular  vices  above  the  oppofite  virtues, 
as  juft  now  mentioned,  •'tends,  for  moft  eminent  and 
beneficient  final  caufes  in  both  cafes,  to  affect  the 
imagination  and  memory  with  ftronger  and  more 
lading  impreflions,  fo  as  to  occur  more  readily  to  the 
invention  in  all  inquiries  and  fpeculations  of  this 
kind.. 

Fourthly,  If  we  fuppofe,  that  natural  good  pre- 
vails, upon  the  whole,  in  the  world,  analogy  feems 
to  require,  that  moral  good  (which  is,  in  general, 
its  caufe)  mould  alfo  prevail  in  like  manner.  Far- 
ther, as  we, judge,  that  natural  good  prevails  from 
the-  general  defire  of  life,  the  pleafure  of  recollecting 
perfons  and  places,  and  renewing  our  acquaintance 
with  them,  &c.  fo  the  fame  things  feem  to  deter- 
mine, that  mankind  is,  upon  the  whole,  rather 
amiable  and  refpectable,  than  hateful  and  con? 
temptiJble,  /.  e,  rather  virtuous  than  vicious. 

Laftly,  It  is  to  be  obferved,  that,  in  an  accurate 
way  of  fpeaking,  virtue  and  vice,  arc  mere  relative 

terms, 


Of  the  Rule  of  Life.  205 

terms,  like  great  and  little.  Whence  the  average 
of  mankind  may  be  confidered  as  a  middle  point 
between  the  pofitive  and  negative  quantities  of  virtue 
and  vice,  as  a  neutral  fituation.  And,  upon  this 
fuppofition,  we  might  firft  fhew,  that  it  is  man's 
greateft  intereft,  his  fiimmum  bonum,  at  lead,  to  be 
neutral  j  and  afterwards,  that  he  ought  to  prefs  for- 
ward with  all  poffible  earneftnefs  towards  the  infinite 
perfection  of  God,  though  ever  at  an  infinite  diftance. 
For,  as  every  finite  length  is  infinitely  nearer  to 
nothing,  than  to  a  metaphyfically  infinite  one  (te 
make  this  fuppofition  for  argument's  fake)  ;  fo  all 
finite  virtue  is  infinitely  more  diftant  from  the  infinite 
perfection  of  God,  than  from  nothing.  And  thus 
indeed  all  our  righteoufnefs  is  filthy  rags,  and  all  our 
virtue  infinite  vice.  But  this  method  of  confidering 
the  prefent  fubject  is  far  from  oppofing  the  purport 
of  this  fection. 

If  we  fhould  call  all  mere  felf-regards  vice,  and 
all  regards  to  God,  and  our  neighbour,  virtue ;  v 
which  is  a  very  proper  language,  and  one  that  would 
render  the  terms  of  this  inquiry  precife;  it  feems 
probable  to  me,  that  virtue  abounds  more,  upon  the 
whole,  than  vice.  A  view  to  the  good  of  others, 
at  lead  near  relations,  is  a  general  motive  to  action ; 
and  a  defign  to  pleafe  God,  at  lead  not  to  offend 
him,  is  very  common  in  the  bulk  of  mankind,  or 
even  the  word.  The  mod  ordinary  and  trivial  actions 
are  performed  without  any  explicit  view  at  all,  at 
lead  any  that  we  remember  a  few  moments  after  the 
action,  i.  e.  are  automatic  fecondarily  ;  and  fo  cannot 
be  confidered  as  either  virtuous  or  vicious  j  or,  if 
they  be,  v/e  mud  judge  of  their  complexion  by  that 
of  the  more  eminent  ones. 

Secondly,  It  may  be  objected,  that,  according  to 
the  fcriptures,  mankind  are  in  a  lod  fallen  date  j  that 
they  are  all  gone  out  of  the  way,  and  become  corrupt 
and  abominable  \  that  there  is  none  that  doth  good,  &c. 

I  anfwer, 


Of  the  Rule  of  Life. 

I   anfwer,  that  thefe  and  fuch  like  exprefllons  feem  to 
refer  to  a  former  date  of  innocence  in  paradife,  to  a 
future  kingdom  of  righteoufnefs,    prbmifed  in  both 
the  Old  and  New  Teftament,  and  to  the  rule  of  life 
laid  down  there,  with  the  conditions  requifite  to  our 
admittance  into  this  happy   ftate :    and  that,  in  this 
view  of  things,    the    virtue  of  mankind  in  general 
is  as   deficient,  as   their  happinefs  falls  fhort  of  the 
joys  of  the   bleffed;  agreeably   to  which,  the  prefent 
life  is,    in  the   fcripture,    reprefented  as   a   fcene  of 
vanity,  labour,  and  forrow.     And  it  is  a  moft  im- 
portant and  alarming  confideration,  that  the  common 
virtue   of  mankind    will   not   entitle  us  to  a  future 
reward  after  death;  that  few  jhall  find  the  ftraight  gate} 
and  that,    unlejs   our  right eoujnefs   exceed  that   of  the 
Scribes  and  Pharifees,  we  can  in  no  wife  enter  into  the 
kingdom  of  heaven,  here  or  hereafter.     But  then,  as> 
notwithftanding  the  curfe  pafled  upon  man,  and  upon 
the  ground,  God  is  reprefented  in  fcripture  as  open- 
ing his  hand,  and  filling  all  things  living  with  plente- 
oufnefSy  as  being  kind  to  all,  and  manifefting  his  infi- 
nite and  invifible  goodnefs  by  vifible  things,  /'.  e.  as 
making  natural  good  to  prevail  upon  the  whole,  that 
fo  we  may,  on  this  account,  be  thankful  to  him,  and 
love  him   with  all  our  hearts,  as  he  commands ;  fo 
the  correfponding  precept  of  loving  our  neighbour  as 
ourfelves,    feems    to    infer,    that    our   neighbour   is 
amiable  upon  the  whole.     And  we  may  fuppofe,  that 
moral   good   prevails  in  general,  in  a  degree  proper-, 
tional  to  the  prevalence  of  natural  good:  or,   however 
we   underftand   the   fcripture  language  on  this  head, 
it  cannot  be  contrary  to  the  foregoing  reafoning.     It 
mud  appear  fiom  thence,  that  we  ought  to  be,  at 
leaft,  as  good  as  mankind  at  a  medium,  in  order  to 
obtain    the   medium   of  happinefs ;    and   that,    if  we 
have  higher  views,  our  road  lies  towards  the  infinite 
perfection   of  virtue,    towards    fpirituality,    benevo- 
lence, 


Of  the  Rule  of  Life.  207 

/  i 

lence,  and  piety,  and  not  towards  fcnfuality,  felfilh- 
nefs,  or  malevolence. 


PROP.    XLIX. 

The  Rule  of  Life  drawn  from  the  Practice  and  Opinions 
of  Mankind,  correfts  and  improves  itfelf  perpetually, 
till  at  laft  it  determines  entirely  for  Virtue,  and 
excludes  all  Kinds  and  Degrees  of  Vice. 

FOR,  fmce  the  imperfect  rule,  drawn  in  the  laft 
propofition,  is,  at  lead,  fo  favourable  to  virtue, 
as  to  exclude  all  great  vices,  we  may  conclude,  that 
all  grofsly  vicious  perfbns  ought  to  be  left  out  in 
collecting  the  rule  of  life  from  the  practice  and  opi- 
nions of  mankind  ;  and'  that  our  rule  will  approach 
nearer  to  a  perfect  one  thereby.  And  as  this  our 
fecond  rule,  taken  from  the  virtuous  and  fuperior 
orders  of  the  vicious,  determines  more  in  favour  of 
virtue,  than  our  firft,  taken  indifferently  from  all 
the  orders  both  of  the  virtuous  and  vicious,  fo  it  will 
engage  us  to  exclude  more  of  the  vicious  from  our 
future  eftimate  j  and  fo  on,  till  at  laft  we  determine 
entirely  in  favour  of  virtue.  At  leaft,  this  is  a  pre- 
fumption,  which  rifes  up  to  view,  when  we  confider 
the  fubjecl  in  the  method  here  propofed.  Since  it 
appears  from  the  firft  general  confidcration  of  the 
practice  and  opinions  of  mankind,  that  grofsly  vicious 
perfons  muft  be  unhappy,  it  is  not  reafonable  to  allow 
them  any  weight  in  determining  what  is  the  proper 
method  for  attaining  the  greateft  poflible  happinefs. 
And  as  the  fame  oblervation  recurs  perpetually,  With 
refpect  to  all  the  orders  of  the  vicious,  we  lhall  at 
laft  be  led  to  take  the  moft  virtuous  only,  as  the 
proper  guides  of  life. 

Grofsly  vicious  perfons  may  alfo  be  excluded,  from 
the   manifeft   blindnefs   and   infatuation   in   common 

affairs, 


•  Of  ibi  Rule  of  Life. 

\ 

affairs,  which  attends  them  ;  and  as  this  extends  to  the 
vice  of  fenfuality  in  particular,  fo  this  vice  may  be 
farther  excluded  from  that  tendency  of  our  natures 
to  fpirituality,  in  our  progrefs  through  life,  which  is 
allowed  by  all,  and  explained  in  the  foregoing  part 
of  this  work  upon  the  principle  of  affbciation.  Ma- 
levolence is  alfo  excluded,  becaufe  it  is  itfelf  rrii- 
fery,  and,  by  parity  of  reafon,  benevolence  muft  be 
a  proper  recommendation  for  thofe,  whofe  example 
and  judgment  we  would  follow  in  our  endeavours 
after  happinefs:  And  it  does  not  appear  in  this  way 
of  propofing  thefe  matters,  that  the  ultimate  ratio  of 
things  admits  of  any  limit  to  our  fpirituality  or  bene- 
volence, provided  we  fuppofe,  that,  at  the  expira- 
tion of  this  life,  a  progreflive  fcene  of  the  fame 
kind  commences. 

The  method  of  reafonihg  here  ufed  bears  forne 
refemblance  to,  and  is  fomewhat  illuftrated  by,  the 
method  of  approximation  practifed  by  mathemati- 
cians, in  order  to  determine  the  roots  of  equations  to 
any  propofed  degree  of  exactnefs.  Farther,  as  it  is 
common  in  infinite  feriefes  for  the  threV  or  four 
firft  terms  either  to  flhew  what  the  whole  feries  is, 
or,  at  leaft,  that  it  is  infinite ;  fo  here  the  ever- 
growing and  fuperior  excellence  of  fpirituality  and 
benevolence,  which  the  foregoing  confiderations 
open  to  view,  by  recurring  perpetually,  and  cor- 
recting the  immediately  precedent  determination  in 
every  ftep,  may  incline  one  to  think,  in  correfpon- 
dence  to  that  method  of  reafoning  in  feriefes,  that 
fpirituality  and  benevolence  ought  to  be  made  infi- 
nite i.n  the  ultimate  ratio  which  they  bear  to  fenfu- 
ality and  felfifhnefs. 

But  this  method  of  reafoning  may  alfo  be  illultra- 
ted,  in  a  more  popular  way,  by  applying  it  to  more 
obvious  inquiries.  I  will  give  two  inftances  of  thk, 
the  fitft  in  the  health  of  the  body  natural,  the  fecond 
in  the  welfare  of  the  body  politic. 

Suppofe 


Of  the  Rule  of  Life.    ,  209 

Suppofe  then  that  a  perfon  entirely  "ignorant  of 
phyfic,  theoretical  and  pradtical,  and  difpofed  to  treat 
it  as  mere  guefs-work  and  uncertainty,  fhould,  how- 
ever, be  defirous  to  know,  fince  he  muft  ear,  what 
diet  is  rooft  conducive  to  health.  The  firft  and 
moft  obvious  anfwer  will  be,  the  general  diet  of 
mankind}  becaufe  this  is  the  refult  of  general  expe- 
rience, and  of  the  natural  appetites,  which  are  in  fo 
many  other  inftances  fitted  to  the  objects  themfelves, 
and  to  the  ufes  and  pleafures,  public  and  private,  of 
human  -  life.  And  thus  the  inquirer  would  bt  re- 
ftrained  from  all  grofs  excefles  in  the  quantity  or 
qualities  of  his  diet.  But  if  he  farther  obferves, 
that  the  opinions  of  mankind  tend  more  to  modera- 
tion in  diet,  than  their  practice :  and  that  both  the 
practice  and  opinions  of  thofe  who  appear  by  other 
criterions  to  be  the  beft  judges,  tend  more  to  mode- 
ration than  thofe  of  mankind  at  an  average;  and, 
laftly,  that  the  fenfual  and  intemperate  ought  entirely 
to  be  excluded  from  having  any  fhare  in  determining 
this  inquiry  ;  this  will  lead  him  to  great  moderation 
in  diet,  or  even  fo  abftemioufnefs. 

In  like  manner  let  it  be  aiked,  what  principles  of 
government  are  moft  conducive  to  the  public  wel- 
fare ?  Are  private  virtues,  or  private  vices,  moft  to 
be  encouraged  ?  Here  indeed  the  anfwer  drawn  from 
the  average  of  dates  will  not  be  an  exaft  medium 

0 

between  both,  fo  as  to  difcourage  all  the  virtues,  and 
all  the  degrees  of  them,  as  much  as  the  vices,  and 
their  degrees  ;  and  vice  verfa,  to  encourage  both 
equally  ;  but  will,  upon  the  whole,  be  greatly 
favourable  to  virtue.  However,  fince  avarice,  vain- 
glory, refentmenr,  luxury,  &c.  are,  in  certain  re- 
fpefts,  even  promoted,  and  the  greateft  virtues  fome- 
times  perfecuted,  the  practice  of  legiflators  and 
magiftrates,  in  ena&ing  and  enforcing  laws,  will  not 
be  entirely  favourable  to  virtue.  But  then,  if  we  take 
their  opinions,  efpecially  thofe  of  the  Jegiflators  the 
moft  celebrated  for  wifdom,  and  leave  out  barbarous 
VOL.  II.  P  nations, 


2io  Of  the  Rule  of  Life. 

nations,  infant  dates  as  yet  unfettled,  and  fuch  as 
approach  near  to  their  diflblution,  the  average  from 
the  remainder  will  give  the  advantage  to  virtue  more 
and  more  perpetually.  And  it  may  be  remarked 
of  both  thefe  inftances,  that  they  prove  in  part  the 
thing  to  be  illuftrated  by  them,  being  not  mere, 
emblems  only,  but  in  part  the  reality  itfelf.  For 
moderation  in  diet  is  one  principal  virtue,  and  ex- 
tremely requifite  to  preferve  benevolence  in  perfection ; 
and  health  a  great  ingredient  towards  happinefs. 
And  the  public  happinefs,  which  arifes  from  the 
cultivation  of  private  virtues,  includes  private  hap- 
pinefs within  itfelf. 

Perhaps  it  may  not  difpleafe  the  reader  juft  to 
hint,  that  the  fame  method  of  reafoning  may  be 
made  ufe  of  in  favour  of  the  chriftian  religion. — 
All  ages  and  nations  have  in  general  believed  fome 
revelation.  There  muft  therefore  be  fome  true  one. 
But  the  chriftian  is  plainly  the  religion  of  the  moft 
learned  and  knowing  part  of  mankind,  and  is,  in 
genera],  more  earneftly  believed,  in  proportion  as 
men  are  wifer  and  better.  If  we  except  the  Maho- 
metans, the  reft  of  the  world  are  mere  favages. 
But  mahometifm  bears  teftimony  to  both  the  Old 
and  New  Teftament.  If  the  unbeliever  will  not  be 
determined  by  this  hknfelf,  let  him  at  leaft  allow, 
that  the  more  ignorant  and  unlearned  may  be  di- 
rected by  it  to  the  true  religion.  But  then  they  are 
not  to  be  fuppofed  capable  of  making  objections. 
Whoever  has  a  capacity  for  this,  has  alfo  a  capacity 
to  receive  the  proper  anfwers. 

It  is  evident,  however,  that  obfervations  of  this 
kind,  drawn  from  the  common  fenfe  and  judgment 
of  mankind,  cannot  carry  us  to  great  lengths  with 
precision  and  certainty.  They  are  very  convincing 
and  ftriking,  in  refpect  of  the  firft  principles  and 
rudiments ;  but,  if  we  would  defcend  to  minute  par- 
ticulars with  accuracy,  recourfe  muft  be  had  to  the 
feveral  practical  theories  of  each  art. 

SECT. 


Of  the  Rule  of  Life.  211 


SECT.     II. 

OF  THE  REGARD  DUE  TO  THE  PLEASURES 
AND  PAINS  OF  SENSATION  IN  FORMING 
THE  RULE  OF  LIFE. 


PROP.     L. 

'The  Pleafures  of  Senfation  ought  not  to  be  made  a  pri- 
mary Purju.it. 

IN  order  to  {hew  this,  let  us  put  the  extreme  cafe 
of  the   primary   purfuit  of    fenfible   pleafure  j    and 
fuppofe,  that  a  perfon  endeavours  to   gratify   every 
impulfe   of  his    bodily   appetites,    however   contrary 
fuch  gratification  may  be  to  the  virtues  of  temper- 
ance and'  chaftity.      Now  it  is  evident  that   fuch  a 
one  would  foon  deftroy   the   bodily  faculties  them- 
felves,  thereby  rendering  the  objects  of  fenfible  plea- 
fure ufelefs,    and  alfo   precipitate   himfelf  into  pain, 
difeafes,    and  death,    thofe   greateft   of  evils   in   the 
opinion  of  the  voluptuous.     This  is  a  plain  matter 
of  obfervation  verified  every  day  by  the  fad  exam- 
ples of  loathfome,  tortured  wretches,  that  occur  which 
way  foever  we  turn  our  eyes,  in  the  ftreets,  in  pri- 
vate   families,    in   hofpitals,    in    palaces.      Whether 
the  fcriptures  give  a  true  account  how  all  this  fin 
and   milery    were    firft   introduced   into  the   world ; 
alfo  whether  our  reafon  be  able  to  reconcile  it  with 
the  moral  attributes  of  God,  or  no  j  ftill,  that  pofitive 
mifery,    and  the  lofs  even  of  fenfual  happinefs,  are 
thus    infeparably   connected    with    intemperance   and 
lewdnefs,  is  an  evident  fact,  that  no  unbeliever,  no 
atheift,    no   fceptic,    that    will   open    his   eyes,    can 
difpute.     And  it  is  to  be  obferved,  that  the  real  in- 

P  2  ftances 


212  Of  the  Rule  of  Life. 

(lances  do  not,  cannot,  come  up  to  the  cafe  here  put 
of  a  man's  yielding  to  every  fenfual  inclination.  The 
mod  grofs  and  debauched  have  had  fome  reftraincs 
from  fome  other  defires  or  fears,  from  the  quarters 
of  imagination,  ambition,  &c.  It  is  evident  there- 
fore, a  fortiori,  that  the  mere  gratification  of  our 
fenfual  appetites  cannot  be  our  primary  purfuit,  our 
Jummum  bonum,  or  the  rule  and  end  of  life.  They 
mud  be  regulated  by,  and  made  fubfervient  to,  fome 
other  part  of  our  natures  j  elfe  we  fhall  mifs  even 
the  fenfible  pleafure,  that  we  might  have  enjoyed, 
and  (hall  fall  into  the»  oppofite  pains  j  which,  as  has 
been  obferved  before,  are,  in  general  far  greater,  and 
more  exquifite,  than  the  fenfible  pleafures. 

That  indulgence  in  fenfual  gratifications  will  not 
afford  us  our  Jummum  bonum,  may  alfo  be  inferred 
from  the  following  arguments,  viz.  that  it  deftroys 
the  mental  faculties,  the  apprehenfion,  memory, 
imagination,  invention  ;  that  it  expofes  men  to 
cenfure  and  contempt;  that  it  brings  them  to  pe- 
nury j  that  it  is  abfblutely  inconfiftent  with  the 
duties  and  pleafures  of  benevolence  and  piety  j  and 
that  it  is  all  along  attended  with  the  fecret  reproaches 
of  the  moral  fenfe,  and  the  horrors  of  a  guilty  mind. 
Now  it  is  impoflTible,  as  will  appear  from  the  fore- 
going hiftory  of  aflbciation,  how  much  foever  a  man 
may  be  devoted  to  fenfual  indulgences,  entirely  to 
prevent  the  generation  of  the  feveral  mental  affec- 
tions j  but  it  is  in  our  power,  by  an  inordinate 
purfuit  of  the  fenfible  pleafures,  to  convert  the  men- 
tal affe6tions  into  fources  of  pain,  and  to  impair  and 
cut  off  many  of  the  intellectual  pleafures,  fo  as  that 
the  balance  fhall  be  againft  us  upon  the  whole.  It 
follows  therefore  from  this  utter  inconfiftency  of  the 
fenfible  pleafures,  when  made  a  primary  purfuit, 
with  the  intellectual  ones,  that  they  ought  not  to  be 
fo  i  but  muft  be  fubjected  to,  and  regulated  by,  fome 
more  impartial  law,  than  that  of  mere  fenfual  defire. 

The 


Of  the  Rule  of  Life.  213 

The  fame  thing   may    be   concluded,   in  a  more 
direct    way,    from    the    hiftory    of   aflbciation.      For 
the  fenfifrle  pleafures  are  the  firft  pleafures  of  which 
we  are  capable,  and  are  the  foundation  of  the  intel- 
lectual ones,  which  are  formed  from  them  in  fuccef- 
fion,  according  to  the  law  of  aflbciation,    as   before 
explained.      Now    which    way    foever   we   turn   our 
view,  that  which  is  prior  in   the  order  of  nature  is 
always  lefs  perfect  and  principal,  than  that  which  is 
pofterior,  the  laft  of  two  contiguous  dates  being  the 
end,  the  firft  the  means  fubfervient  to  that  end,  though 
itfelf  be  an  end   in  reflect  of  fome  foregoing  ftate. 
The  fenfible  pleafures  therefore  cannot  be  fuppofed  of 
equal  value  and  dignity  with  the  intellectual,  to  the 
generation  of  which  they  are  made  fubfervient.     And 
we  might  be  led  to  infer  this  from  the  mere  analogy 
of  nature,  from  the  numberlefs  parallel  inftances  which 
daily  obfervation    fuggefts,    and  without  taking  into 
confideration  the  infinite  beneficence  of  the  fupreme 
caufe,  which   yet  makes  this   argument  much  more 
fatisfactory  and  convincing. 

Nay,  one   may   go   farther,  and   obferve,  that   as 
many  perfons  are  evidently  forced  from  the  inordinate 
purfuit  of  fenfible  pleafure  by  its  inconfiftency  with 
itfelf,  and   with   the  other  parts  of  our  frame,  fo  it 
feems,    that,    if    human    life   was   continued   to   an 
indefinite   length,   and   yet  nothing  abated  from  the 
rigour  of  thofe  wholefome  feverities,  and  penal  fuffer- 
ings,  which  fenfuality  brings  upon  us,  more  and  more 
individuals   would   perpetually    be   advanced   thereby 
to  a  ftate  of  fpirituality  j  and  that  it  would  be  im- 
poffible  for  any  man  to  perfift  for  ever  in  facrificing 
all   to  his   fenfual    appetites,   in   making  bis  belly  his 
god,  upon    fuch    difadvantageous   and  painful  terms. 
Intellectual  defires,  (/'.  e.  defires  in  which  no  particu- 
lar fenfible  pleafure  is  confpicuous,  though  they  a/ife 
from  a  multiform  aggregate  of  the  traces  of  fuch) 
muft  be  formed,  as  we  fee  they  are  in  fail,  in  the  molt 

P  3  luxurious 


214  Of  the  Rule  of  Life. 

luxurious   and   debauched  j   and    thefe  would  at  laft 
become  fufficient  to  ftruggle  with  and  overpower  the 
fenfual  defires,    which   would   at   the   fame  time  be 
weakened  by  affociations  with  intenfe  pains  and  fuffer- 
ings.     And  this  affords  us  a  pleafing  glimpfe  not  only 
of  a  future  ftate,  but  alfo  of  what  may  be  done  there 
by  ft  ill  greater  feverities,  for  thofe  whom  the  miferies 
of  this  life  could  not  free  from  the  flavery  to  their 
bodily   appetites  j   at   the   fame   time   that   it  is  the 
ftrongeft  incentive  to  us  all,  to  apply  ourfelves  with 
earneftnefs    and   afliduity   to   the   great   bufmefs    and 
purport   of  the    prefent   life,    the   transformation   of 
fenfuality  into  fpirituality,  by  afibciating  the  fenfible 
pleafures,  and  their  traces,  with  proper  foreign  ob- 
jects, and  fo  forming  motives  to  beneficent  actions, 
and  diffufing  them  over  the  whole  general  courfe  of 
our  exitlence. 

Laftly,  The  inferior  va!6e  of  the  fenfible  pleafures 
may  be  deduced  from  their  being  of  a  confined  local 
nature,  and  injuring  or  deftroying  prematurely,  /'.  e.  ' 
before  the  body  in-  general  comes  to  its  period,  the 
particular  organs  of  each,  when  indulged  toexcefs; 
whereas  the  intellectual  pleafures  affect  the  whole 
nervous  fyftem,  /.  e.  all  the  fenfible  parts,  and  that 
nearly  in  an  equal  manner,  on  account  of  the  varie- 
ties and  combinations  of  fenfible  local,  and  of  naf- 
cent  intellectual  pleafures,  which  concur  in  the 
formation  of  the  mature  intellectual  ones ;  fo  that 
though  fome  of  them  fhould  be  indulged  to  excefs, 
and  out  of  due.  proportion  to  the  reft,  this  will  be 
more  confiftent  with  the  gentle,  gradual  decay  of 
the  mortal  body. 

We  may  add,  that  the  duration  of  mere  fenfual 
pleafure  is  neceflarily  fhort ;  and  that,  even  when 
free  from  guilt,  it  cannot,  however,  afford  any 
pleafing  reflections ;  whereas  one  of  the  principal 
tendencies  of  our  natures  is,  and  muft  be,  from  the 
power  of  affociation  in  forming  them,  to  the  plea- 
fures 


Of  the  Rule  of  Life.  215 

fures  of  reflection  and  confcioufnefs.  In  like  man- 
ner, the  evident  ufe  and  reftriction  thereto  of  one  of 
the  principal  fenfible  pleafures  to  preferve  life  and 
health,  with  all  the  confequent  mental  faculties, 
and  executive  bodily  powers ;  of  the  other  to  con- 
tinue "the  fpecies,  and  to  generate  and  enlarge  bene- 
volence; make  the  fubordinate  nature  of  both  ma- 
nifeft  in  an  obvious  way,  and  without  entering 
minutely  into  the  hiftory  of  aflbciation :  at  the  fame 
time  that  thefe  remarks,  when  further  purfued,  unite 
with  that  hiftory,  and  are  eminent  parts  of  the  fore- 
going argument,  taken  directly  from  thence. 

Thus  it  appears,  that  the  pleafures  of  fenfation 
ought  not  to  be  made  the  primary  purfuit  of  life; 
but  require  to  bo  reftrained  and  directed  by  fome 
foreign  regulating  power.  What  that  power  is,  I 
now  come  to  fhew  in  the  next  propofuion. 


PROP.     LI. 

"The  Purfuit  of  JJsnJible  Pleafure  ought  to  be  regulated  by 
the  Precepts  of  Benevolence,  Piety,  and  tbs  moral 
Senfe. 

THIS  may  be  proved  by  (hewing,  that  the  regu- 
lation of  our  fenfible  pleafures,  here  propofed,  will 
contribute  both  to  their  own  improvement,  and  to 
that  of  the  other  parts  of  our  natures. 

Now  benevolence  requires,  that  the  pleafures  of 
fenfe  mould  be  made  entirely  fubfervient  to  the 
health  of  the  body  and  mind,  that  fo  each  perfon 
may  bed  fill  his  place  in  life,  beft  perform  the  feve- 
ral  relative  duties  of  it,  and  prolong  his  days  to  their 
utmofl  period,  free  from  great  difeales  and  infirmi- 
ties j  inftances  of  which  have  much  authority,  and 
a  very  beneficial  influence,  in  the  world.  All  gra- 
tifications therefore,  which  tend  to  produce  difeafes 
in  the  body,  and  difturbances  in  the  mind,  are  for- 

P  4  bidden 


2i6  Of  the  Rule  of  Life. 

bidden  by  benevolence,  and  the  mod  wholefome  diet 
as  to  quantity  and  quality  enjoined  by  it.  The 
rules  of  piety  are  to  the  fame  purpofe,  whether  they 
be  deduced  from  our  relation  to  God,  as  our  com- 
mon father  and  benefactor,  who  wills  that  all  his 
children  fhould  ufe  his  bleflings  fo  as  to  promote  the 
commbn  good  thereby  j  or  from  the  natural  figna- 
ture,s  of  his  will  in  the  immediate  pleafures  and  ad- 
vantages arifing  from  moderate  refrefhment,  and  the 
manifeft  inconveniences  and  injuries  caufed  by  ex- 
cefs  in  quantity  or  quality ;  or  from  his  revealed  will, 
by  which  temperance  is  commanded,  and  all  intem- 
perance fevferely  threatened.  In  like  manner,  the  mo- 
ral fenfe  directs  us  implicitly  to  the  fame  moderation, 
and  government  of  our  appetites,  whether  it  be  de- 
rived explicitly  from  the  foregoing  rules  of  piety  and 
benevolence,  or  from  ideas  of  decency,  rational  felf- 
intereft,  the  practice  of  wife  and  good  men,  the 
loathfomenefs  of  difeafes,  the  odioufnefs  and  mifchiefs 
of  violent  paffions,  &c.  It  is  evident  therefore,  that  all 
thefe  three  guides  of  life  lead  to  the  fame  end,  viz. 
great  moderation  in  fenfual  enjoyments,  though  they 
differ  fomewhat  in,  their  motives,  and  the  commodi- 
oufnefs  of  their  application  as  a  rule  in  the  particu- 
lar occurrences  of  life. 

It  is  evident  at  the  fame  time,  that  we  are  no 
lofers,  in  refpect  of  the  fenfible  pleafures^  by  this 
Heady  adherence  to  moderation.  Our  fenfes,  and 
bodily  faculties,  are  by  this  means  preferved  in  their 
perfection  $  fo  as  to  afford  the  natural  exquifite  gra- 
tification, and  to  enable  us  to  perform  the  feveral 
animal  functions  with  eafe  and  pleafure,  and  to  carry 
us  on  to  old  age  with  all  the  integrity  of  thefe 
fenfes  and  faculties,  that  is  confident  with  the  necef- 
fary  decay  and  diflblution  of  our  earthly  body.  The 
fame  moderation  and  health  arifing  from  it,  infpire 
men  with  perpetual  ferenity,  cheerfulnefs,  and 
good- will,  and  with  gratitude  towards  God,  who 

gives 


Of  the  Rule  of  Life.  217 

gives  us  all  things  richly  to  enjoy,  and  the  ftnfible 
pleafures  in  particular,  as  the  means  and  earneft  of 
far  greater,  both  here  and  hereafter.  Now  it  is  ob- 
fervable  in  the  common  intercourfes  of  life,  that 
afibciated  circumftances  add  greatly  to  our  pleafures. 
Thus  the  pleafure  of  receiving  a  thing  from  a 
friend,  of  making  a  friend  partaker  of  it,  of  fociality 
and  mirth  at  the  time  of  enjoyment,  &c.  greatly 
enhance  the  gratifications  of  tafte,  as  in  feafts,  and 
public  entertainment^.  Much  more  then  may  the 
pure  and  exalted  pleafures  of  benevolence  and  piety, 
the  eating  and  drinking  to  the  glory  of  God  improve 
thefe  pleafures. 

And  as  we  are  no  lofers,  but  great  gainers,  upon 
the  whole,  by  religious  abrtemioufnefs,  in  refpedk  s 
of  the  fenfible  pleafure  j  fo  are'  we  much  more 
obvioufly  fo,  in  refpeft  of  the  lenfible  pains  and 
fuffenngs,  which  the  intemperate  bring  upon  them- 
lelves.  Thefe  are  of  the  moft  exquifite  kind,  and 
often  of  long  duration,  efpecially  when  they  give 
intervals  of  refpite,  thus  exceeding  the  inventions 
of  the  moft  cruel  tyrants.  They  impair  the  bodily 
and  mental  faculties,  fo  as  to  render  moft  other 
enjoyments  imperfect  and  infipid,  difpofe  to  peevifli- 
nefs,  paflion,  and  murmuring  againft  Providence, 
and  are  attended  with  the  horrors  of  a  guilty  mind. 
It  follows  therefore,  that  he  who  would  obtain  the 
maximum  of  the  fenfible  pleafures,  even  thofe  of 
tafte,  muft  not  give  himfelf  up  to  them  j  but  reftrain 
them,  and  make  them  fubjeft  to  benevolence,  piety, 
and  the  moral  fenfe. 

COR.  Befides  the  fenfible  pains,  which  exceffes 
bring  upon  men,  there  are  fome  which  occur  in 
the  daily  difcharge  of  the  functions  of  life,  from 
fatigue,  labour,  hardfhips,  &c.  Now  it  follows 
from  the  fame  method  of  reafoning,  as  that  uled  in 
the  two  foregoing  propofitions,  that  the  proper  method 
of  avoiding  thefe  pains  is  not  to  aim  ac  it  dire&ly, 

but 


2i8  Of  the  Rule  of  Life. 

but  in  every  thing  to  be  guided  by  the  precepts  of 
benevolence,  piety,  and  the  moral  fenfej  and  that 
delicate  and  effeminate  perfons  endure  more  from 
this  head  of  fufferings,  than  the  charitable  and  de- 
vout, who  go  about  doing  goodt  at  the  apparent  ex- 
pence  of  their  cafe  and  quiet. 

PROP.    LII. 

¥0  deduce  practical  Rules  concerning  Diet. 

WHAT  that  moderation  in  diet  is,  which  would 
moft  contribute  to  the  health  of  the  body  and  mind, 
and  confequently  which  duty  requires,  is  difficult  to 
determine  in  particular  cafes.  The  following  fubor- 
dinate  rules  may,  however,  afford  fome  afiiftance  in 
this  matter. 

Firft,  then,  It  is  neceffary  to  abftain  from  all  fuch 
things  as  the  common  experience  of  mankind  deter- 
mines to  be  unwholefome,  either  in  general,  or  to 
the  particular  perfons  who  make  the  inquiry.  There 
are  indeed  fome  vulgar  errors  of  this  kind,  that  are 
generally  received,  and  which,  by  being  obferved, 
may  a  little  abridge  one's  liberty,  without  ufe  or 
neceflity.  However,  this  is  of  fmall  moment,  in 
comparifon  "of  the  dangers  arifmg  from  the  free  ufe 
of  meats  and  drinks  .found  by  the  repeated  obferva- 
tion  of  thofe  who  have  made  the  trial,  to  be  hurtful, 
generally  or  particularly.  There  dill  remains,  after 
all  thefe  are  fet  afide,  a  fufficient  variety  of  things 
approved  as  wholefome  by  the  fame  common  experi- 
ence, to  anfwer  all  the  purpofes  of  life,  health,  and 
even  fenfible  pleafure.  This  rule  will  be  farther 
explained  by  thofe  that  follow. 

Secondly,  We  ought  either  totally  to  abftain  from, 
or,  however,  to  ufe  with  great  caution  and  modera- 
tion, all  foods  of  high  relifh,  whofe  taftest  and 
fnaells  are  pungent  and  acred  j.  all  which,  though 

'made 


Of  the  Rule  of  Life.  219 

made  grateful  by  cuftom,  are  at  firft  difaoreeable  ; 
all  which  bear  a  great  affinity  in  tafte,  fmell,  and 
generical  or  fpecific  chara&eriftics,  to  fuch  as  are 
known  to  be  hurtful ;  which  are  poifonous  during 
a  particular  ftate,  previous  to  coftion,  or  other  pre- 
paration ;  which  are  uncommon,  or  which  have  very 
particular  effects  upon  the  functions  and  fecretions. 
For  all  thefe  things  are  figns  of  adtive  properties  in 
the  foods  to  which  they  belong,  and  ihew  them  to 
be  rather  proper  for  medicines,  than  for  common  x 
diet ;  to  be  bodies  which  by  an  extraordinary  efficacy 
may  reduce  the  folids  and  fluids  back  to  their  natural 
ftate,  when  they  have  deviated  from  it  j  and  therefore 
which  are  very  unfuitable  to  the  natural  ftate. 

We    may    confider    farther,     that     ftrong    taftes, 
fmells,  &c.  are,  according  to  the  modern  philofophy, 
marks  of  great  powers  of  attraction  and  cohefion  in 
the   fmall   component    particles    of    natural    bodies. 
Since  therefore  it  is  the  manifeft  defign  of  the  de- 
fcending  feriefes  of  arteries  in  animals  to  feparate  the 
particles  of  their  aliment  from  each  other,  alfo  the 
particles  of  thefe  particles,  &c.  that  fo  the  fmalleft 
particles,  or   the   minima   divijibilia,   meeting   in   the 
veins,  may  unite  according  to  their  refpective  fizes, 
and  mutual  actions,  i.  e.  to  feparate  what  is  hetero- 
geneous,   and   congregate   what   is   homogeneous,    a 
great  difficulty  and  burden  muft  be  laid  upon  the 
circulation,   and   upon,  what  is  called  nature  in  the 
body,  by  all  highly  agreeable  flavours ;    and,  unlefs 
a  proportional  degree  of  mufcular  action  impels  the 
blood  forward,  particles  of  an  undue  fize  muft  remain 
undivided,  and  form  obftructions,  which  may  either 
never  be  removed,  or  not  till  the  obftru&ing  particles 
become  putrid ;  and  thus,  being  diflblved,  and  mixed 
with  the  animal  juices,  infect  them  with  putrefcence. 

Still  farther,  it  may  be  remarked,  that  the  fame 
active  particles  in  foods  are  probably  the  fources  and 
recruits  of  that  nervous  power,  or  of  fome  requifite 

to 


22O  Of  tbe  Rule  of  Life. 

to  it,  by  which  animal  fenfation  and  motion,  and, 
by  confequence,  intellectual  apprehenfion  and  affec- 
tion, and  their  effects  upon  the  body,  are  carried 
on.  Now  it  is  evident,  that  affection  raifed  to  a 
certain  height,  and  executive  powers  ready  to  an- 
fwer  the  firft  call,  are  a  mental  difeafe  of  the  mod 
pernicious  tendency.  High-relifhed  aliments,  which 
generate  it,  are  therefore  carefully  to  be  avoided, 
on  one  hand  j  as  a  very  infipid  diet,  on  the  other, 
frems  inefficient  to  qualify  us  for  performing  the 
requifite  functions  of  life.  But  there  is  little  dan- 
ger of  erring  on  this  hand,  our  appetites  being 
but  too  fenfibly  gratified  with  the  ,  high  relifhes. 
We  may  add,  as  nearly  allied  to  thefe  confiderations, 
that  by  ftoring  our  blood,  and  the  folids  thence 
formed  with  active  properties,  we  lay  up  matter 
for  future  pains,  both  bodily  and  mental,  whenever 
either  body  or  mind  become  difordered,  at  the  fame 
time  that  a  high  diet  has,  as  we  fee,  an  evident  ten- 
dency to  diforder  both. 

This  fecond  rule  coincides,  for  the  mod  part,  with 
the  firft  3  and  may  be  made  ufe  of  to  extend  and 
confirm' it.  Thofe  meats  and  drinks,  which  are  found 
by  experience  to  be  hurtful,  have,  for  the  mod  part, 
high  relifhes.  We  may  therefore  determine  againft 
an  aliment  of  a  high  flavour  from  a  narrower  experi- 
ence, than  againft  one  of  a  common  moderate  fla- 
vour. And  it  is  very  neceffary  to  attend  to  this 
criterion,  fince  the  beft  obfervations  upon  diet  are 
much  perplexed  by  foreign  circumftances. 

Thirdly,  All  liquors,  which  have  undergone 
vinous  fermentation,  fince  they  obtain  thereby  an  in- 
flammable, inebriating  fpirit,  have  from  this  inebria- 
ting quality,  which  impairs  reafon,  and  adds  force 
to  the  pafiions,  a  mark  fet  upon  them,  as  dangerous 
not  only  on  this  account,  but  on  others,  to  bodily 
health,  &c.  and  as  either  totally  to  be  avoided,  or 
not  to  be  ufed,  except  in  fmall  quantities,  and  rarely. 

The 


Of  the  Rule  of  Life. 

The  general  agreeablenefs  of  wines  and  fermented 
liquors  to  the  tafte,  their  immediate  good  effe&s  in 
languors,  deje&ions,  and  indigeftion,  and  their  ex- 
hilarating quality,  when  taken  fparingly,  are  indeed 
arguments  to  fhew,  that  there  may  be  a  proper  ufc 
of  them.  But  this  feerns  rather  to  be  that  of  medi- 
cines, or  refrefhments  upon  fingular  occafions  than 
of  daily  food. 

It  may  perhaps  be,  that  the  changes  produced 
in  the  earth  at  the  deluge  did  fo  alter  the  nature  of 
vegetable  juices,  as  to  render  them  then  firft  capable 
of  producing  an  inflammable  inebriating  fpirit  by 
fermentation;  and  that  this  alteration  in  the  juices  of 
vegetables  had  a  principal  fliare  in  fhortening  the  life 
of  man  ;  perhaps  of  other  animals,  which  laft  might 
farther  contribute  to  the  firft.  So  great  an  event  as 
the  deluge  may  well  be  fuppofed  to  make  a  great 
alteration  in  all  the  three  kingdoms,  mineral,  vege- 
table, and  animal.  We  are  fure  of  the  firft  from 
natural  hiftory,  and  of  the  laft  from  the  fcriptures, 
which  relate  the  gradual  fhortening  of  man's  life  after 
the  flood.  And  the  account  of  Noah's  drunkennefs 
feems  to  intimate,  that  it  was  fomething  new  and 
unexpected.  The  connection  of  the  three  kingdoms 
with  each  other  is  alfo  fo  great,  that  we  may  reafon- 
ably  infer  a  change  in  any  one,  either  as  a  caufe, 
or  as  an  eflfecl:,  from  finding  it  in  the  other  two. 
However,  the  fin  of  our  common  parent  Noah,  and 
his  expofing-  his  nakednefs,  which  alfo  bears  fome 
refemblance  to  the  immediate  confequence  of  Adanfs 
tranfgrefllon,  ought  to  make  us  particularly  upon  our 
guard.  At  the  fame  time  feveral  other  paflages  of 
icripture  feem  fairly  to  intimate,  that  there  is  an 
allowable  ufe  of  wine  in  the  intercourfes  of  human 
life,  as  where  wine  is  faid  to  make  glad  the  heart  of 
many  and  therefore  to  be  matter  of  praifej  our  Savi- 
our's turning  water  into  wine;  his  blefling  it  at  his 
laft  fupper,  and  making  it  the  reprefentative  of  his 

blood ; 


222  Of  the  Rule  of  Life. 

blood  j  and  St.  Paul's  advice  to  Timothy.  But  very 
great  caution  ought  to  be  ufed  in  this  point.  The 
inebriating  quality  of  fermented  liquors,  by  difbrder- 
ing  the  mind,  is  a  ftrong  evidence,  that  they  are  alfo 
hurtful  to  the  body,  both  becaufe  of  the  intimate 
connection  between  body  and  mind,  and  becaufe  all 
the  beneficent  ends  of  Providence  are  anfwered  always 
by  one  and  the  fame  means,  and  centre  in  one  and 
the  fame  point.  Whenever  therefore  we  deviate  iri 
one  reipect,  we  muft  deviate  in  all.  The  abftinence 
from  wine  enjoined  upon  the  Nazarites  at  all  times, 
and  upon  the  priefts  during  their  miniftration,  appears 
to  be  a  ftrong  intimation  of  the  unfuitablenefs  of  wine 
to  thofe  who  aim  at  perfection ;  who  would  deviate 
as  little  as  poffible  from  the  divine  life. 

This  third  rule  coincides  remarkably  with  both  the 
firft  and  fecond.  The  ill  effects  of  fermented  liquors, 
when  indulged  in,  are  evident  from  experience;  and 
their  high  flavours  are  a  principal  temptation  to  an 
immoderate  ufe  of  them. 

Fourthly,  With  rcfpect  to  animal  diet,  let  it  be 
confidered,  that  taking  away  the  lives  of  animals,  in 
order  to  convert  them  into  food,  does  great  violence 
to  the  principles  of  benevolence  and  companion. 
This  appears  from  the  frequent  hard-heartednefs  and 
cruelty  found  amongft  thofe  perfons,  whofe  occu- 
pations engage  them  in  deftroying  animal  life,  as  well 
as  from  the  uneafinefs  which  others  feel  in  beholding 
the  butchery  of  animals.  It  is  mod  evident,  in  refpect 
of  the  larger  animals,  and  thofe  with  whom  man- 
kind have  a  familiar  intercourfe,  fuch  as  oxen,  fheep, 
domeftic  fowls,  &c.  fo  as  to  diftinguifh,  love,  and 
compaflionate  individuals.  Thefe  creatures  refemble 
us  greatly  in  the  make  of  the  body  in  general,  and  in 
that  of  the  particular  organs  of  circulation,  refpira- 
tion,  digeftion,  &c.  alfo  in  the  formation  of  their 
intellects,  memories,  and  paflions,  and  in  the  figns 

of 


Of  the  Rule  of  Life.  22  j 

of  diftrefs,  fear,  pain,  and  death.     They  often  like- 
wife  win  our  affections  by  the  marks  of  peculiar  faga- 
city,   by   their   inftincls,  helplefihefs,  innocence,  naf- 
cent  benevolence,  &c.     And  if  there  be  any  glim- 
mering of  the  hope  of  an  hereafter  for  them,  if  they 
Ihould  prove  to  be  our  brethren  and  fitters  in  this 
higher  fenfe,  in  immortality  as  well  as  mortality,  in 
the  permanent  principle  of  our  minds,  as  well  as  the 
frail  duft  of  our  bodies,  if  they  fhould  be  partakers 
of  the  fame  redemption  as  well  as  of  our  fall,  and 
be  members  of  the  fame  myflical  body,  this  would 
have  a  particular  tendency  to  increafe  our  tendernefs 
for  them.     At .  the   fame   time  the  prefent  circum- 
ftances  of  things  feem  to  require,  that  no  very  great 
alteration  fhould  be  made  in  this  matter:  weourfelves 
are  under  the  fame  law  of  death,  and  of  becoming 
food  to  our  fellow-animals ;   and   philofbphy   has  of 
late  difcovered  fuch  numberlefs  orders  of  fmall  ani- 
mals in  parts  of  diet  formerly  efteemed  to  be  void 
of  life,  and  fuch  an  extenfion  of  life  into  the  vegetable 
kingdom,  that  we  feem  under  the  perpetual  neceflky, 
either  of  deftroying  the  lives  of  fome  of  the  crea- 
tures, or  of  perifhing  ourfdves,  and  differing  many 
others  to  perifh.     This  therefore  feems  to  be  no  more 
than  an  argument  to  ftop  us  in  our  career,  to  make 
us  fparing  and   tender   in  this   article,   and   put   us 
upon  confuking  experience  more  faithfully  and  impar- 
tially, in  order  to  determine  what  is  mod  fuitable  to 
the  purpofes  of  life  and  health,  our  compafiion  being 
made  by  the  foregoing  confiderations,  in  fome  meafure, 
a  balance  to  our  impetuous  bodily  appetites.    At  leaft, 
abftinence  from  flefh-meats  feems  left  to  each  perfon's 
choke,  and  not  necefiary,  unlefs  in  peculiar  circuon- 
ftances. 

The  doctrine  of  the  fcriptures  on  this  head  ap- 
pears very  agreeable  to  thefe  dictates  of  fympathy. 
For  Noah,  and  we  in  him,  received  a  permiffion 
from  God  to  eat  flefh  -3  and  that  this  was  no  more 

than 


Pf  the  Rule  of  Life. 

than  a  permiflion,  may  be  concluded  from  its  not 
being  given  to  Adam^  from  the  fhortening  of  human 
life  after  the  flood,  from  the  ftrift  command  con- 
cerning blood,  from  the  Israelites  being  restrained 
from  animal  food  for  forty  years  during  their  purifi- 
cation and  inftitution  in  religion  in  the  wildernefs, 
from  the  diftin&ion  of  animals  into  clean  and  un- 
clean, from  the  burning  of  part  in  facrifice,  and 
fometimes  the  whole,  from  the  practice  of  many 
Jews  and  Chriftians  particularly  eminent  for  piety, 
'&c.  All  trifle  may  be  confidered  as  hints  and  ad- 
monitions to  us,  as  checks  and  restraints  upon 
unbridled  carnal  appetites  and  lufts :  at  the  fame 
time  that  our  Saviour's  partaking  in  meats  with 
all  kinds  of  men,  and  many  exprefs  inftances  and 
teftimonies  both  in  the  Old  and  New  Teftamtnt, 
as  particularly  the  command  to  eat  the  pafchal 
lamb,  and  other  facrifices,  remove  all  fcruple  from 
thofe  perfons  who  eat  with  moderation,  and  in  con- 
formity to  the  rules  of  piety,  benevolence,  and  the 
moral  ienfe. 

The  coincidence  of  this  fourth  rule  with  the  firft 
and  fecond  appears  in  the  fame  manner  as  that  of 
the  third  with  them. 

Fifthly,  Having  laid  down  thefe  four  rules  con- 
cerning the  quality  of  our  aliments,  I  come  next  to 
obferve,  that  the  quantity  ought  fcarce  ever  to  be 
fo  much  as  our  appetites  prompt  us  to,  but,  in 
general,  to  fall  a  little  fhort  of  this.  The  goodnefs 
of  this  rule  is  verified  by  common  obfervauon ;  nay, 
one  may  affirm,  that  fmall  errors  in  the  quality  of 
our  diet  may  be  quite  rectified  by  a  proper  modera- 
tion in  refpect  of  quantity ;  whereas  a  trangreffion 
in  regard  to  quantity  cannot  be  compenfated  by  the 
innocence  of  the  aliment.  Such  a  tranfgreflion  is, 
however,  more  rare,  where  the  quality  of  the  aliment 
is  not  improper. 

Here 


Of  the  Rule  of  Life.  225 

Here  it  may  be  afked  how  it  comes  to  pafs,  that 
the  appetites  fhould,  in  fome  inftances,  be  the  bed 
guides  to  us  both  in  refpect  of  quality  and  quantity, 
and  in  moft  To  TO  the  brute  creation ;  and  yet,  in 
other  inftances,  be  fo  greatly  apt  to  miflead  us,  to 
hurry  us  on  to  pain,  difeafes,  and  death,  and  thefe 
not  rare  and  fmgular  ones,  but  the  molt  frequent  and 
ordinary  that  occur.  Almoft  every  man  is  tempted 
by  fruits,  by  wines,  natural  and  artificial  favours, 
and  high  reliflies,  &c.  to  tranfgrefs  either  in  quan- 
tity or  quality.  Now  to  this  we  may  anfwer,  that 
in  young  children  the  appetites  deviate  very  feldom, 
and  very  little,  from  what  is  moft  conducive  to  the 
body;  and  that  they  would  probably  deviate  lefs, 
were  children  conducted  better,  were  not  their  taftes 
and  appetites  perverted  and  corrupted  by  cuftoms 
and  practices  derived  from  our  corruptions,  or  our 
ignorance.  This  may,  at  firft  fight,  feem  harfh,  in 
refpect  of  them :  but  it  is  at  the  fame  time  a  ftrong 
inftance  and  argument,  amongft  many  others,  of 
the  intimate  connection  and  fympathy,  that  unite  us 
all  to  each  other,  of  our  being  members  of  the  fame 
myftical  body,  and  of  the  great  fyftem  of  the 
world's  being  a  fyftem  of  benevolence;  and  thus  it 
concurs  to  eftablifh  the  fundamental  poficion  of  thefe 
papers.  However,  thefe  perverfions  and  corrup- 
tions, from  whatever  caule  they  arife,  feldom  grow 
to  a  great  height,  till  fuch  time  as  children  arrive  at 
years  of  difcretion  in  a  certain  degree,  till  they  get 
fome  ideas  of  fitnefs,  decency,  obedience  to  fupe- 
riors,  and  to  God,  confcience,  &c.  Now,  at  firft 
indeed,  the  child  is  mere  body,  as  it  were;  and 
therefore  it  is  not  at  all  incongruous  to  fuppofe,  that 
he  may  be  directed  by  mere  bodily  appetites  and 
inftincts.  But,  when  the  mental  faculties  are  gene- 
rated, he  then  becomes  a  compound  of  body  and 
mind ;  and  confequently  it  would  be  incongruous  to 
fuppofe  him  directed  in  any  thing  that  affects  both 

VOL.  II.  CL  body  . 


226  Of  tbe  Rule  of  Life. 

body  and  mind,  as  diet  plainly  does,  by  mere  bodily 
appetites.  On  the  contrary,  his  rule  ought  now 
to  be  a  compound  of  bodily  and  mental  inftindts, 
inclinations,  admonitions,  &c.  directing,  influenc- 
ing and  affifting  one  another.  Let  this  be  fo,  and 
the  child  or  man  will  very  feldom  deviate  from  what 
is  moft  conducive  to  health  and  happinefs  of  all 
kinds.  And  it  is  to  be  obferved,  that  the  bodily 
pains  and  fufFerings,  which  follow  from  yielding  to 
mere  bodily  appetites,  in  oppofition  to  mental  con- 
viction, are  one  principal  means,  by  which  the 
authority  and  influence  of  confcience  are  eftablifhed 
with  refpect  to  other  branches  of  defire.  And  when 
a  perfon,  from  thefe  or  other  motives,  reverfes  his 
own  fteps  in  refpecl:  of  the  pleafures  of  tafte,  the 
irregularity  and  inordinatenefs  of  the  bodily  appetites 
decline  by  the  fame  degrees,  as  they  grew  exceflive 
through  unlawful  gratification.  So  that,  after  a 
perfon  has  governed  himfelf,  for  a  confiderable  time, 
with  ftrictnefs,  from  a  fenfe  of  duty,  he  will  find 
little  difficulty  afterwards.  The  natural  appetites 
will  themfelves  become  the  proper  fubftitutes  of 
benevolence,  piety,  and  the  moral  fenfe,  and  direct 
a  man  what  and  how  much  is  requifite. 

All  this  reafoning  is  confirmed  by  the  obferva- 
tion  before  made  on  brutes.  They  continue  mere 
body,  as  it  were,  to  the  laft ;  and  therefore  their 
bodily  appetites  fcarce  ever  miflead  them.  And  the 
evil  influences  which  our  corrupt  practices  and  cuf- 
toms  have  upon  them,  is  a  farther  argument  for 
the  relation  we  all  bear  to  each  other.  In  like  man- 
ner, all  the  evil  mutual  influences  in  animals,  with 
all  their  original  deviations,  are  marks  and  eviden- 
ces of  a  fallen  and  degenerate  (late,  however  diffi- 
cult this  may  be  to  be  accounted  for.  They  are 
therefore  evidences  alfo  of  the  truth  of  the  fcrip- 
tures,  which  not  only  declare  this  our  degeneracy, 
and  give  a  general  idea  of  the  means  by  which  it 

was 


Of  tie  Rule  of  Life.  227 

was  introduced,  but  alfo  publifh  the  glorious  tidings 
of  our  redemption  from  it. 

Sixthly,  Since  the  circumftances  of  the  world  are 
fuch,  as  that  it  is  almoft  impoffible  for  thofe  who  do 
not  retire  from  it,  to  avoid  errors  both  in  the  quan- 
tity and  quality  of  their  diet,  there  feems  a  neceffity 
for  fafting  upon  certain  occafions.  This  is  a  compen- 
dious method  of  reverfing  our  own  wrong  fteps,  of 
preventing  the  ill  effects  of  excels  upon  the  body  and 
mind,  breaking  ill  habits  of  this  fort  at  once,  and 
bringing  us  back,  by  hafty  motions,  to  the  higheft 
degrees  of  felf-government,  to  which  imperfect  crea- 
tures in  this  world  of  temptations  can  attain.  It  is 
therefore  a  duty,  which  implies  and  prefuppofes  the 
prefent  imperfection  and  degeneracy  of  our  natures. 
And  yet  this  duty,  harfh  as  it  feems,  is  probably 
productive  even  of  fenfible  pleafure  in  mod  inftancesj 
fince,  under  due  reftrictions,  it  appears  to  be  ex- 
tremely conducive  to  health  and  long  life,  as  well 
as  to  the  regulation  of  our  pafiions.  It  may  be  true 
indeed,  that  conftant  abftemioufnefs  would  be  prefer- 
able, in  thefe  refpects,  to  what  is  called  common 
moderation,  practifed  upon  ordinary  occafions,  and 
rectified  by  fafting  upon  particular  ones.  But  the  due 
degree  of  abftemioufnefs  is  fcarce  practicable  for  a 
conftancy,  as  I  obferved  juft  now,  to  thofe  whofe 
duty  engages  them  to  converfe  freely  with  the  world. 
Let  me  add  here,  that  fafting  will  have  much  more 
efficacy  towards  reducing  us  to  a  right  courfe  of 
action,  when  it  is  accompanied  with  fuch  religious 
exercifes,  as  the  practice  of  good  men  has  joined 
with  it,  prayer,  fc!f-examination,  and  works  of 
charity. 

Seventhly,  Where  a  perfon  has  been  fb  happily 
educated,  as  fcarce  to  have  tranfgrefied  the  bounds  of 
ftrict  moderation,  either  in  eating  or  drinking,  and 
with  refpect  both  to  quantity  and  quality,  or  where 
he  has  corrected  and  brought  back  himfelf  by  due 
Q^2  fc  verity, 


228  Of  the  Rule  of  Life. 

feverity,  fufficiently  continued,  it  is  better  to  pay  a 
regard  to  the  foregoirfg  and  fuch  like  precepts,  only 
to  a  certain  degree,  upon  occasions  of  importance,  and 
without  fcrupulofity  and  rigour  j  and,  in  the  fmall 
inftantaneous  occurrences  of  life,  to  be  directed  by 
the  natural  appetites,  agreeably  to  the  original  inten- 
tion of  the  author  of  nature.  For  anxiety,  folici- 
tude,  and  fcrupulofity,  are  greatly  prejudicial  to  the 
health  both  of  the  body  and  mind,  turn  us  from 
our  natural  and  equitable  judgment  of  things,  aug- 
ment felfifhnefs,  and  difqualify  for  the  practice  of  the 
higheft  duties,  good-will  to  men,  and  complacence 
and  delight  in  God.  The  fcriprure  precept  is  to  eat 
and  drink  to  the  glory  of  God,  not  with  a  folicitude 
about  ourfelves. 

PROP.     LIII. 

70   deduce  practical  Rules    concerning    the    Commerce 
between  the  Sexes. 

THAT  benevolence,  love,  efteem,  and  the  other 
fympathetic  affections,  give  the  chief  value,  and 
higheft  perfection,  to  the  fenfible  pleafures  between 
the  (exes,  is  fufficiently  evident  to  ferious  and  con- 
fiderate  perfons.  It  appears  alfo,  that  thefe  pleafures 
were  intended  by  Providence,  as  a  principal  means, 
whereby  we  might  be  enabled  to  transfer  our  affec- 
tion and  concern  from  ourfelves  to  others,  and  learn 
firft  in  the  fingle  inftance  of  the  beloved  perfon, 
afterwards  in  thofe  of  the  common  offspring,  to  fym- 
pathize  in  the  pleafures  and  pains  of  our  neighbours, 
and  to  love  them  as  ourfelves.  It  follows  therefore, 
that  if  this  great  fource  of  benevolence  be  corrupted, 
or  perverted  to  other  purpofes,  the  focial  affections 
thereon  depending  will  be  perverted  likewife,  and 
degenerate  into  felfifhnefs  or  malevolence.  Let  us 
inquire  in  what  manner  the  ftrong  inclinations  of  the 

fexes 


Of  the  Rule  of  Life.  22$ 

fextcs  to  each  other  may  be  bed  conduced,  fo  as  moft 
to  contribute  to  public  and  private  happinefs,  fo  as 
to  obtain  the  maximum  of  it,  both  from  this  quarter, 
and  from  the  other  parts  of  our  nature,  which  arc 
neceffarily  connected  with  it. 

Fir  ft,  then,    It  is  evident,  that  unreftrained  promif- 
cuous  concubinage  would  produce  the  greateft  evils, 
public  and  private.     By  being  unreftrained,  it  would 
deftroy  the  health   and  the  propagation  of  mankind; 
by  being  promifcuous,  become  ineffectual  to  promote 
love,  and  the  tender  affections,    either  between  the 
perfons  themfelves,    or  towards  their  offspring,    and 
alfo    raife    endlefs    jealoufies   and   quarrels   amongft 
marrkind.     There  has  never  perhaps  been  any  nation 
in  the  world,  where  this  entire  licentioufnefs  has  been 
allowed  ;  the  mifchiefs  which  evidently  follow  from 
all  great  degrees  of  it,  having  always   laid  mankind 
under  fbme  reftraints,  and  produced  fome  imperfect 
regulations   at   leaft,    and    fome   approaches  towards 
marriage.      However,    the  mifery   and  defolation  of 
the  barbarous  nations  of  Africa  and  America,  in  whom 
the  violence  of  paffion,  and  the  degeneracy  of  nature, 
have  almoft  obliterated  the  faint  traces  of  the  patri-- 
archal  religion  j  and  the  many  evils,  public  and  pri- 
vate,  which   attend  all  unlawful  commerce  between 
the  fexes  in  the  more  civilized  countries ;  are  abun- 
dantly  fufficient  to   evince   what   is    affirmed.      The 
lhameful,  loathfome,    and  often   fatal  difeafe,    which 
peculiarly  attends  the  vice  of  lewdnefs,  may  be  con- 
fidered    as    a   moft   unqueftionable   evidence   of   the 
divine  will.     This  difeafe,  with- all  its  confluences, 
would  foon  ceafe  amongft  mankind,  could  they   be 
brought  under  the  reftraints  of  lawful  marriage;  but 
muft  ever  continue,    whilft   licentioufneis   continues. 
And   it  is  perhaps  to  this  difeafe  that  we  owe  the 
prefent  tolerable  ftate  of  things.      Ic  may  be,  that, 
without   this    check,    the    licentioufneis,    which    ha;> 
always  been  obferved  to  follow  improvements  in  arts 

and 


2 jo  Of  tt be  Rule  of  Life. 

and  politcnefs,  and  to  attend  upon  bodies  politic  in 
their  declenfion,  and  which  the  corruption  of  the 
chriftian  religion  in  fome,  and  the  difbelief  of  it  in 
others,  have,  in  a  manner,  authorized,  would  have 
brought  on  utter  diffolutenefs  in  this  weftern  part  of 
the  world,  fuch  as  would  have  been  inconfiftent  with 
the  very  exiftence  of  regular  government.  Nay,  it 
may  be,  that  this  will  ftill  be  the  cafe,  and  that  we 
are  haftening  to  our  period,  through  the  great 
wickednefs  of  the  world  in  this  refpeft  particularly, 
though  our  lives,  as  a  body  politic,  be  fome  what 
prolonged,  by  this  correction. 

Secondly,  Pomifcuous  concubinage  being  thus 
evidently  excluded,  it  comes  next  to  be  inquired, 
whether  the  gofpel  rule  of  confining  one  man  to 
one  woman  during  life,  except  in  the  cafe  of  the 
woman's  adultery,  be  calculated  to  produce  the 
greateft  poflible  good,  public  and  private.  And  here 
we  muft  own  ourfelves  utterly  unable  to  form  any 
exaft  judgment.  It  is  impofllble  to  determine  by  any 
computation,  which  of  all  the  ways,  in  which  mar- 
riage has  been  or  may  be  regulated,  is  moft  conducive 
to  happinefs  upon  the  whole :  this  would  be  too 
wide  a  field,  and  where  alfo  we  could  have  no  fixed 
points  to  guide  us :  juft  as,  in  the  matter  of  civil 
government,  it  is  impofiible  for  us  to  determine, 
what  particular  form,  monarchy,  ariftocracy,  &c. 
or  what  mixture  of  thele,  is  molt  accommodated  to 
human  nature,  and  the  circumftances  of  things. 
Here  therefore  we  feem  particularly  to  want  a  revela- 
tion to  direct  us;  and  therefore  are  under  a  particular* 
obligation  to  abide  by  its  award.  Now  revealed  reli- 
gion commands  us,  in  the  cafe  of  government,  to 
obey  thofe  powers  that  are  actually  eftablifhed,  of 
whatever  kind  they  be,  leaving  that  to  the  children 
of  this  world  to.  difpute ;  and,  in  i^efpecT:  of  mar- 
riage, gives  a  permiflion  to  enter  into  this  ftate  to 
thofe  who  rind  it  requifite,  and  alfo  a  farther  permif- 

fion 


Of  the  Rule  of  Life.  231 

fion   to  divorce   an    adultrefs,    and    marry    another 
woman  j    but  at  the  fame  time  enjoins  the  drifted 
purity  in  our  thoughts,  words,  and  actions ;  and  that 
not  only  in  all  1uch  as  refped  other  perfons  befides 
the  hufband  and  wife,  but  in  every  thing  that  has  a 
tendency  to   heighten    carnal   defire.     Now,   though 
it  does  not  appear,  that  mankind  ever  did,  or  ever 
would,  make  fo  drift  a  rule  for  themfelves ;  yet  this 
rule,  when   made,  approves  itfelf  to  our  judgments. 
The  drifted  purity  and  ufatchfulnefs  over  ourfelves 
are  neceflary,  in  order  to  make  marriage  of  any  kind 
(which   we  lee  by  the  laft  article  to  be  itfelf  necefifary) 
happy,  and  productive   of  private  pleafure  and  com- 
fort, and  of  public  good,  by  the  united   labours   of 
the  married  pair  for  themfelves,  their  offspring,  and 
their   relatives.    'In    the    prelent    imperfect   (late   of 
things,  the  forbidding  to  divorce  an  adultrefs  might 
feem    a   harfh   commandment,    above   the   frailty  of 
our  natures,   as  requiring  the   moft  entire  love  and 
affection,    where   there   are   returns   of    the    greatefl 
contempt  and  averfion,  and  the  greated   violation  of 
what   are   called  juft  rights  and    properties.      Now, 
though  the  gofpel  requires  perfection  of  us  ultimately, 
/.  e.  the  mod  entire  love  in  return  for  the  moft  bitter 
hatred,    and    an    abfolute   difregard   of  all   property 
both  for  ourfelves,  and  for  thofe  whom  we  make  our 
fubftitutes  after  death ;    yet   it   makes  allowance  for 
human  frailty   in  this  eminent   inftance  j   leaving  ir, 
however,  to  every  man,  who  is  arrived  at  a  fufficient 
degree  of  perfection,  to  walk  thereby. 

That  a  greater  liberty  of  divorcing  would  be  lefs 
fuited  vto  produce  good,  public  and  private,  upon 
the  whole,  appears  probable,  becaufe  no  definite 
rule  could  be  given  in  refpeft  of  other  offences,  they 
all  admitting  of  various  degcees ;  and  becaufe  the  pro- 
fpeft  of  divorcing,  or  being  divorced,  would  often 
increafe  breaches,  at  the.  fame  time  that  frequent 
Divorces  would  have  the  word  confequtnces  in  refpeft 

of 


232  Of  the  Rule  of  Life. 

of  children,  and  even  approach  to  promifcuous  con- 
cubinage ;  whereas  the  indiflblubility  of  the  marrriage 
bond,  with  the  affection  to  the  common  offspring, 
often  produce  in  both  parties  the  chriftian  virtues  of 
forbearance,  and  forgivenefs  to  each  other.  It  is 
not  at  all  improbable,  that  wicked  cafuifls,  who  have 
explained  away  fo  many  exprefs  gofpel  precepts, 
would,  by  the  influence  of  princes  and  great  men, 
have  rendered  marriage  almoft  of  no  effect,  by  increa- 
fing  the  liberty  of  divorcing. 

Thirdly,  The  great  fmfulnefs  of  adultery,  forni- 
cation, and  impurity  of  every  kind,  appears  not 
only  from  the  manifeft  and  great  evils  and  miferies  of 
various  forts  attending  them,  the  fhame,  iml;empe- 
rance,  jealoufies,  murders,  &c.  and  from  the  ftrict- 
nefs  of  the  gofpel  precepts,  and  the  practices  of  the 
firft  chriftians  in  this  refpect ;  but  alfo  becaufe  the 
great  fin  of  idolatry  is  reptefented  by,  adultery  and 
fornication  in  the  prophetic  writings ;  and  becaufe  the 
molt  heavy  judgments  are  denounced  againft  thefe 
laft  fins  in  thofe  writings,  when  underftood  both  in 
figurative  and -literal  fenfes.  And  indeed,  as  the 
idolatrous  rites  of  the  heathens  were  generally  accom- 
panied with  abominable  lewdnefs,  fo  thefe  vicious 
pleafures  may  be  confidered  as  one  of  the  groffeft 
kinds  of  idolatry,  as  withdrawing  our  affections  from 
the  true  object,  and  fixing  them  on  a  mere  animal 
pleafure,  on  one  from  the  firft  and  loweft  clafs,  and 
as  worshipping  the  heathen  deities  of  Bacchus  and 
Venus.  It  is  true  indeed,  that  the  purfuits  of  this 
kind  are  feldom  from  the  alone  view  of  bodily  plea- 
fure, the  very  nature  of  our  bodies  not  fuffering  this, 
fince  the  law  of  the  body  mult  transfer  bodily  pleafures 
upon  foreign  objects,  fo  as  to  form  intellectual  plea- 
fures. But  then  the  intellectual  pleafure  accompany- 
ing thefe  purfuits  is  always  a  vicious  one,  generally 
that  of  a  vain  mifchievous  ambition,  which  occafions 

the. 


Of  the  Rule  of  Life.  233 

the  greateft  confufion,  havock,  and  diftrefs,  in  fami- 
lies, and  indeed  in  the  whole  race  of  mankind. 

Fourthly,  It  follows  from  -the  fhame  attending 
thefe  pleafures,  the  organs,  their  functions,  &c.  in 
all  ages  and  nations,  the  account  of  the  origin  of 
this  (hame  in  the  third  chapter  of  Genefis,  the  direc- 
tions concerning  the  uncleannefs  of  men  and  women 
given  in  the  Jewijh  law,  the  rite  of  circumcifion, 
the  pains  of  child-birth,  with  the  account  of  their 
origin  in  the  third  chapter  of  Genefis,  the  ftriclnefs 
required  in  the  Jewifb  priefts,  the  abftinence 
required  in  others  upon  facred  occafions,  the  miracu- 
lous conception  of  Chrift,  his  expreffions  concerning 
marrying,  and  giving  in  marriage,  at  the  times 
of  the  flood,  and  laft  judgment,  his  and  St. 
Paul's  recommendation  of  celibacy,  the  honourable 
mention  of  virginity  in  the  Revelation ,  &c.  that 
thefe  pleafures  are  to  be  confidered  as  one  of  the 
marks  of  our  prefent  fallen  degenerate  ftate.  The 
mortality  of  the  prefent  body,  introduced  by  Adams 
fin,  would  of  courfe  require  fome  fuch  method  of 
propagation  as  now  fubfifts,  though  nothing  of  this 
kind  had  taken  place  before  the  fall ;  and  therefore 
it  may  be,  that  nothing  did,  or  fomething  greatly 
different  from  the  prefent  method.  And  one  may 
deduce  from  hence,  as  well  as  from  the  parallel  obfer- 
vations  concerning  abftinence  in  diet,  and  fading 
(for  the  fimiliar  nature,  and  reciprocal  influence,  of 
the  fenfible  pleafures  juftifies  our  inferences  here, 
made  either  way),  alfo  from  the  ficknefies  and  infir- 
mities of  human  life,  and  particularly  from  thofe  of 
women,  that  great  moderation,  and  frequent  abfti- 
nence, are  requifite.  Nay,  it  even  appears,  that  in 
many  circumftances  marriage  itfelf  is  not  to  be 
approved  ;  but  rather  that  men  and  women,  who  are 
advanced  to  or  paft  the  meridian  of  life,  who  have  a 
call  to  offices  of  religion,  charity,  &c.  who  labour 
under  certain  hereditary  diftempers,  have  relations 

and 


234  Of  the  Rule  of  Life. 

and  dependents  that  are  necefiitous,  &c.  fhould  en- 
deavour to  fubdue  the  body  by  prayer  and  fading. 
However,  great  care  ought  here  to  be  taken  not  to 
Jay  a  fnare  before  any  one. 

If  we  admit  the  doctrine  of  this  lad  paragraph, 
viz.  that  thefe  pleafures  are  only  permitted,  and  that 
they  are  marks  of  our  fallen  ftate,  we  may  perhaps 
be  enabled  thereby  to  caft  fome  light  ipon  the  fcrip- 
ture  hiftory  of  the  Patriarchs  and  Jews.  We  chrif- 
tians  who  live  in  the  more  adult  ages  of  mankind, 
have  drifter  precepts,  and  are  obliged  to  higher  de- 
grees of  fpirituality,  as  we  approach  nearer  to  the 
fpiritual  kingdom  of  Chriftj  and  yet  fome  permiffions 
are  fuitable  to  our  ftate.  'No  wonder  then,  that 
larger  permiffions  were  requifite  in  the  grofs,  cor- 
poreal, infant  ftate  of  mankind,  confidered  as  one 
individual  tending  ever  from  carnality  to  fpirituality, 
in  a  manner  analogous  to  that  of  each  perfon.  How- 
ever, thefe  were  only  permiffions  to  the  Jews  and 
Patriarchs^  not  commands.  It  may  perhaps  be, 
that  while  polygamy  fubfifted  according  to  permif- 
fion,  the  number  of  women  might  be  greater  than 
that  of  men.  This  is  indeed  mere  hypothefis;  but 
fuch  things  deferve  to  be  examined,  as  foon  as 
proper  principles  are  difcovered,  upon  which  to  pro- 
ceed. The  proportional  number  of  men  deftroyed 
by  wars  in  ancient  times,  appears  to  be  much 
greater  than  it  is  now. 

Here  it  may  be  afked,  If  it  be  requifite  in  certain 
perfons  not  to  marry  at  all,  and  in  every  one  to  be 
abftinent,  how  can  it  be  faid,  that  this  rule  of  life 
gives  the  maximum  of  thofe  pleafures  ?  Now,  with 
refpect  to  thofe  who  never  marry,  at  the  fame  time 
devoting  themfelves  really  and  earneftly  to  God,  to 
attend  upon  him  without  diftrac~r.ion,  it  may  be  obfer- 
ved,  that  they  enjoy  the  peculiar  privilege  of  being 
exempted  from  many  of  the  great  cares  and  forrows 
of  this  life ;  and  that  the  prophetical  bleffing  of  the 

barren's 


Of  tbe  Rule  of  Life.  235 

barren's  having  more  children  than  flie  which  hath 
an  hufband,  is  eminently  applicable  to  them.  They 
that  marry,  muft  have  forrow  in  the  flefhj  and  if 
thofe  who  are  under  the  neceffity  of  marrying,  be- 
caufe  they  burn,  humble  themfelves  agreeably  to  this 
experience  of  their  own  weaknels,  they  will  find  mar- 
riage to  be  a  proper  clue  to  lead  them  through  the 
difficulties  and  miferies  of  this  life  to  a  better  ftate. 
But  if  a  perfon,  who  is  likewife  humble,  can  humbly 
hope,  upon  a  fair  examination,  that  he  is  not  under 
this  neceffity,  there  is  no  occafion,  that  he  fhould  take 
this  burden  upon  him.  The  benevolent  and  devout 
affections,  though  wanting  one  fource,  will,  upon 
the  whole,  grow  falter  from  other  caufes ;  and  if  he 
makes  all  with  whom  he  has  any  intercourfes,  all  to 
whom  his  defires,  prayers,  and  endeavours,  can  ex- 
tend, his  fpiritual  children,  ftill  with  all  humility, 
and  diffidence  of  himfelf,  their  fpiritual  ultimate 
happinefs,  through  the  infinite  mercy  of  God,  will 
be  a  fund  of  joy  far  fuperior  to  any  that  is,  and  muft 
be,  tinctured  with  the  defilements  of  this  world,  as 
that  of  natural  parents  cannot  but  be.  As  to  thefe, 
/".  e.  the  perfons  that  marry,  it  is  probable,  that  they 
approach  to  the  maximum  of  the  fenfible  pleafures  much 
more  than  the  difiblute  j  and  if,  in  any  cafe,  they 
do,  for  the  fake  of  religion,  forego  any  part  of  what 
is  permitted,  it  cannot  be  doubted,  but  this  will  be 
repaid  with  ample  intereft  by  fpiritual  pleafures.  But 
this  fubject  is  of  too  nice  and  difficult  a  nature  to  be 
farther  purfued.  Let  thofe  who  need  particular  in- 
formation apply  to  God  for  it;  and  efpecially  let 
them  pray,  that  they  may  join  chriftian  prudence 
with  chriftian  purity  and  holinefs. 

It  may  alfo  be  alked  here,  if  marriage  be  only  per- 
mitted, and  celibacy  preferable  in  the  chrjitian  fenfe 
of  things,  what  becomes  of  the  propagation  and  in- 
creafe  of  mankind,  which  feem  to  have  a  neceflary 
connection  with  the  greateft  public  good  ?  I  anfwer, 

Chat 


236  Of  the  Rule  of  Life. 

that  this  kind  of  cares  is  far  above  us,  and  therefore 
foreign  to  our  proper  bufinefs ;  whereas  the  precept, 
or  admonition  rather,  to  thofe  who  can  receive  it,  is 
plain,  and  ftands  upon  the  authority  of  the  chriftian 
revelation  itfelf,  and  of  the  other  natural  fignatures 
of  the  divine  will  before- mentioned.  I  anfwer  alfo, 
that  this  world  is  a  ruined  world ;  that  it  muft  be 
deftroyed  by  fire,  as  Sodom  was,  perhaps  on  account 
of  our  great  curruption  in  this  refpeft;  fo  that  its  per- 
fection in  this  ftate  of  things  is  impofiible,  and  there- 
fore no  end  for  us,  though  its  correction  and  melio- 
ration be,  as  far  as  we  have  opportunity  j  that  this 
admonition  cannot  be  received  by  all ;  and  therefore 
that  the  few,  by  whom  alone  it  can  be  received,  may 
contribute  more  to  the  increafe  of  mankind  by  their 
promoting  virtue,  and  reftraining  vice,  than  any 
pofterity  of  theirs  could  do;  and  Jaftly,  that,  if  it 
could  be  obferved  by  all,  we  fhould  all  be  near  to 
chriftian  perfection,  i.  e.  to  the  glorious  kingdom  of 
Chrift,  and  the  new  ftate  of  things.  Obfervations 
of  the  fame  kind  may  be  made  upon  all  the  other 
golpel  precepts.  If  thefe  be  kept  in  their  utmoft 
purity  by  a  few  only,  they  feem  to  promote  even 
temporal  happinefs  upon  the  whole  j  and  this  appears 
to  be  the  truth  of  the  cafe,  the  real  fact,  fince  no 
directions  or  exhortations  can  extend  to,  and  prevail 
with,  more  than  a  few,  in  comparifon  of  the  bulk  of 
mankind,  however  good  and  earneft  they  may  be. 
If  all  could  be  influenced  at  once,  it  would  be  ftill 
infinitely  preferable,  becaufe  this  would  be  life  from 
the  dead,  and  the  kingdom  of  rigbteoufnefs.  But  this 
feems  impoffible.  We  need  not  therefore  fear  any 
intermediate  degree.  The  more  chriftian  purity  and 
perfection  prevail,  the  better  muft  it  be  on  all  real 
accounts,  whatever  becomes  of  trade,  arts,  grandeur, 
&c. 

Laftly,  I  cannot  difmifs  this  fubject  without  mak- 
ing   fome    remarks    upon    education.      The   defire.s 

between 


Of  the  Rule  of  Life.  237 

between   the   fexes    are    far   more   violent   than   any 
others;  the  final  caufe  of  which  is   by  writers  very 
juftly  faid  to  be,  that  men  and  women  may  be  com- 
pelled as  it  were,   to  undertake  the  neceffary   cares 
and  labours,  that  attend  the  married   pair,    in   pro- 
viding  for   themfelves,    and    their   offspring.      But 
there  is  reafon  to  believe  from  other  parallel  cafes> 
that  thefe  defircs  are  not  originally  much  difpropor- 
tionate  to  the  end ;  and  that,  if  due  care  was  taken, 
they  would  not  arife  in  youth   much  before  the  proper 
time  to  fet  about  this  end,  before  the  bodies  of  the 
fexes  were  mature,  able  to  endure  labour  and  fatigue, 
and  the  woman  to  undergo  child-birth,  with  its  con- 
fequcnces,  of  nurfing  the  infant,  &c.  and  their  minds 
ripe  for  the  cares  and    forefight   required   in  family 
affairs.     Something  of  this  kind  would  probably  hap- 
pen, whatever  care  the  parents  took  of  the  bodies  and 
minds  of  their  children,    on  account   of  our   fallen 
degenerate  ftate,.  our  ftate  of  trial,  which  appears  in 
all  our  other  bodily  appetites,  and  intellectual  defires. 
But  the  violence  and  unfeafonablenefs  of  thefe  pafiions 
are  fo  manifeft  in  the  generality  of  young  perfons, 
that/one  cannot  but  conclude  the  general  education  of 
youth  to  be  grofsly  erroneous  and  perverted.     And 
this  will  appear  very  evident  in  fact  upon  examina- 
tion.    The  diet  of  children,  and  young  perfons,  is  not 
fufficiently  plain  and  fparingj    which   would    at   the 
fame  time  lay  a  better  foundation  for  health,  and  free- 
dom from  difeafes,  and  put  fome  check  upon  thefe 
pafiions.     They   are  brought  up  in  effeminacy,  and 
neglect  of  bodily  labour,  which  would  prepare  both 
body  and  mind  for  care  and  forrow,  and  keep  down 
carnal  defire.     The  due  culture  of  the  mind,  efpe- 
cially  in  refpect  of  religion,'  is  almoft  univerfally  neg- 
lected; fo  that  they  are  unfit  for  buftnefs,  left  expofed 
to  temptations  through  idlenefs,    and  want  of  em- 
ployment, and  are  deftitute  of  the  chief  armour,  that 
of  religious  motives,  whereby  to  oppofe  temptation. 

Laftly, 


138  Of  the  Rule  of  Life. 

Laftly,  the  converfation  which  they  hear,  and  the 
books  which  they  read,  lewd  heathen  poets,  modern 
plays,  romances,  &c.  are  fo  corrupt  in  this  refpecl, 
that  it  is  matter  of  aftonifhment,  how  a  parent,  who 
has  any  degree  of  fcrioufnefs  (I  will  not  fay  religion) 
himfelf,  or  concern  for  his  child,  can  avoid  fec;ng 
the  immediate  deftructive  confequences,  or  think 
that  any  confederations,  relating  to  this  world,  can 
be  a  balance  to  thefe. 

1 

PROP.     LIV. 

70  deduce  practical  Rules  concerning  the  Hardjhips, 
PainSy  and  UneafineJJes,  that  occur  in  the  daily  Inter- 
courfes  of  Life. 

I  HAVE  already  obferved  in  general,  Prop.  51.  Cor. 
that  a  regard  to  the  precepts  of  benevolence,  piety, 
and  the  moral  fenfe,  affords  us  the  bed  profpeft  for 
avoiding  and  leffening  thefe.  I  will  now  exemplify 
and  apply  this  doctrine  more  particularly. 

Firft,  then,  It  is  evident,  that  luxury,  felf-indul- 
gence,  and  an  indolent  averfion  to  perform  the 
duties  of  a  man's  ftation,  do  not  only  bring  on  grofs 
bodily  difeafes  j  but  alfo,  previoufly  to  this,  are  often 
apt  to  lead  men  into  fuch  a  degree  of  folicitude, 
anxiety,  and  fearfulnefs,  in  minute  affairs,  as  to 
make  them  inflict  upon  themfelves  greater  torments, 
than  the  mod  cruel  tyrant  could  invent.  The  com- 
plaints, which  are  ufually  ftyled  nervous,  are  pecu- 
liarly apt  to  infeft  this  clafs  df  perlbns ;  and  I  need 
not  fay  to  thofe,  who  either  have  themfelves  experi- 
enced them,  or  attended  to  .  them  in  others,  of  how 
grievous  a  nature  they  are.  Now,  though  fomething 
is  to  be  allowed  here  to  natural  conftitution,  and 
hereditary  tendencies,  alfo  to  the  great  injuries  fome- 
times  done  to  the  nervous  fyftern  by  profuie  evacua- 
tions, and  violent  diftempers,  in  confequence  where- 
of 


Of  the  Rule  of  Life.  239 

of  it  may  be  proper  and  neceffary  in  certain  cafes  to 
adminifter  fuch  medicines,  as  are  fuitable  to  the  par- 
ticular fymptoms,  and  temporary  exigencies ;  yet 
there  fcems  to  be  no  way  fo  probable  of  getting  out 
of  this  felf-tormenting  ftate,  this  labyrinth  of  en  or 
and  anxiety,  as  by  prayer  and  refignation  to  God, 
by  charity,  and  taking  upon  one's  felf  the  cares  and 
fears  of  others  according  to  our  rank  and  ftation  in 
life,  eafmg  our  own  burden  thereby,  and  by  con- 
ftant,  laborious,  bodily  exercife,  fuch  particularly  as 
occurs  in  the  faithful  difcharge  of  duty,  with  great 
moderation  in  the  fenfible  pleafures.  Could  the  un- 
happy pcrfons  of  this  fort  be  prevailed  upon  to  enter 
on  fuch  a  courfe  with  courage  and  fteadinefs,  not- 
withftanding  the  pains,  difficulties,  and  uneafineffes, 
which  would  attend  it  at  firft,  all  would  generally 
begin  to  clear  up  even  in  refpect  of  this  world,  (b 
as  that  they  would  regain  fome  tolerable  degrees  of 
health,  fereniiy,  and  even  cheerfulnefs. 

Secondly,  Human  life  is  in  fo  imperfect  and  dif- 
orderly  a  ftate,  on  account  of  the  fall,  that  it  is 
impoflible  to  avoid  all  exceffes,  and  hardfhips  from 
heat,  cold,  hunger,  accidents,  &c.  But  then  thefe 
may  be  rendered  harmlefs  and  eafy  to  a  great  de- 
gree, by  accuftoming  the  body  to  themj  which  the 
conftant  and  faithful  difcharge  of  duty  by  each  perfon, 
in  particular  does,  in  refpect  of  thofe  excefles  and 
hardfhips,  that  are  moft  likely  to  befal  him. 

Thirdly,  External  injuries  fall  much  to  the  (hare 
of  the  imprudent.  Now  prudence  is  a  virtue,  i.  e. 
a  dictate  of  the  moral  fenfe,  and  a  command  from 
God ;  and  imprudence,  agreeably  hereto,  the  manifeft 
offspring  of  fome  vicious  paffion  or  other,  for  the 
moft  parr. 

Fourthly,  Bodily  pains  are  often  inflicted  by  men, 
either  in  the  way  of  public  authority,  or  of  private 
refentment  and  malice.  But  it  is  very  evident,  that 

the 


1 240  Of  the  Rule  of  Life. 

the  benevolent  muft  fare  better  in  this  refpect,  than 
the  malevolent  and  mifchievous. 

Fifthly,  Whatever  evils  befal  a  man,  religion, 
and  the  belief  of  a  happy  futurity,  enable  him  to 
fupport  himfelf  under  them  much  better  than  he 
could  ptherwife  do.  The  true  chriftian  not  only 
ought,  but  is  alfo  able,  for  the  moft  part,  to  rejoice 
in  tribulation.  And  this  is  the  genuine,  ultimate, 
and  indeed  only  perfedt  folution  of  all  difficulties 
relating  to  the  pleafures  and  pains,  both  fenfible  and 
intellectual.  For,  though  it  be  certain,  that  a  bene- 
volent and  pious  man  has  the  faireft  profpecl:  for 
obtaining  fenfible  pleafure,  and  avoiding  fenfible  pain, 
in  geneial,  and  upon  a  fair  balance;  alfo  that  the 
more  wicked  any  one  is,  the  lefs  pleafure,  and  more 
pain,  muft  he  expect;  yet  ftiil  it  will  often  happen, 
that  a  perfon  is  obliged  from  a  fenfe  of  duty,  from 
benevolence,  adherence  to  true  religion,  the  dictates 
of  confcience,  or  a  gofpel  precept  to  forego  plea- 
fures, or  endure  pains,  where  there  is  no  probability, 
that  a  recompence  will  be  made  during  this  life ;  and 
fometimes  it  is  required  of  a  man  even  to  feal  his 
teftimony  with  his  blood.  Now,  in  .thefe  cafes, 
rational  fe  if- inter  eft  has  nothing  left,  which  can  fatisfy 
its  demands,  befides  the  hope  and  expectation  of  a 
happy  futurity ;  but  the  prefcnt  pleafure,  which  thefe 
afford,  is  fome  earned  of  the  thing  hoped  and 
expected  j  ic  is  alfo,  'in  certain  cafes,  fo  great,  as 
to  overpower,  and  almoft  annihilate,  the  oppofite 
pains. 

Here  let  it  be  obferved,  that  as  this  frail  corrup- 
tible body  muft  at  laft  return  to  its  original  duft,  and 
lofe  its  power  of  conveying  pleafure  to  us,  which  it 
does  gradually  for  a  long  time  before  death  from 
mere  old  age ;  fo  it  is  natural  to  expert,  that  the 
maximum  of  its  pleafures  fhould  not  always  be  attain- 
ed, even  by  that  which  is  the  genuine  rule  of  life. 
For  death  is  a  mark  of  cur  prefent  fallen  ftate ;  and 

therefore 


Of  the  Rule  of  Life.  241 

therefore  we  may  have  this  farther  mark  alfo,  that 
the  true  rule,  which,  in  a  paradifiacal  ftate,  would 
have  carried  every  thing  in  its  order  to  perfec- 
tion, will  now  do  it  only  in  the  general  j  (hewing 
us,  firft,  by  its  being  very  general,  that  it  i,?  the 
true  rule  ;  and  fecondly,  by  its  not  being  univerfal 
that  we  have  deviated  from  our  original  make. 

It  may  not  be  amifs  to  add  a  few  words  here  con- 
cerning fleep.  The  analogy  taken  from  the  forego- 
ing rules  teaches,  that  we  ought  not  to  indulge  in 
this  to  the  utmoft,  but  to  break  it  off  a  little  before 
the  natural  inclination  thereto  .totally  expires.  And 
this  pofition  is  remarkably  confirmed  both  by  the 
many  advantages  to  body  and  mind,  which  refulc 
from  rifing  early  ;  and  by  the  fcripture  precepts 
concerning  'watching ;  which,  as  appears  to  me, 
ought  to  be  taken  as  well  in  their  frridly  literal 
fenfe  upon  proper  occafions.,  as  in  their  more  diftan,t 
and  figurative  one. 


.  II.  R  SECT. 


242  Of  the  Rule  of  Life. 


SECT.     III. 

OF  THE  REGARD  DUE  TO  THE  PLEASURES 
AND  PAINS  OF  IMAGINATION  IN  FORM- 
ING THE  RULE  OF  LIFE. 


PROP.     LV. 

Pleafures  of  Imagination  ought  not  to  be  made  a 
primary  Purfuit. 


FOR,   Firft,   It  does  not  appear  that  thofe  who 

devote  themfelves  to  the  ftudy  of  the  polite  arts,  or 

of  fcience,  or  to  any  other  pleafure  of  mere  imagi- 

nation,  as   their   chief  end  and  purfuit,  attain  to  a 

greater  degree  of  happinefs  than  the  reft  of  the  world. 

The  frequent  repetition  of  thefe  pleafures  cloys,  as  in 

other  cafes:  and  though  the  whole  circle  of  them  is 

fo  extenfive,  as  that  it  might,  in  fome  meafure,  ob- 

viate  this   objection  ;   yet   the   human   fancy   is   too 

narrow  to  take  in  this  whole  circle,  and  the  greateft 

virtuofos   do,   in   fact,    feldom   apply   themfelves   to 

more  than  one  or  two  confiderable  branches.  —  The 

ways  in  which   the   pleafures   of  beauty   are  ufually 

generated,  and  transferred  upon   the  feveral  objects, 

are  often  oppofite  to,  and  inconfiftent  with,  one  ano- 

ther;  fo  as  to  mix  deformity   with   beauty,  and  to 

occafion  an  unpleafing  difcordancy   of  opinion,   not 

only  in  different  perfons,  but  even  in  the  fame.     This 

is  evident  from  the  foregoing  hiftory  of  thefe  plea- 

fures, and  of  their  derivation  from  arbitrary  and  acci- 

dental  afibciations,  as  well  as  from  the  obfervation 

of  the  fact  in  real  life.     And  it  is  not  uncommon  to 

fee  men,  after  a  long  and  immoderate  purfuit  of  one 

clafs  t)f  beauty,  natural  or  artificial,  deviate  into  fuch 

by-paths 


Of  the  Rule  of  Life.  243 

by-paths  and  fingularities,  as  that  the  objects  excite 
pain  rather  than  pleafure ;  their  limits  for  excellence 
and  perfection  being  narrow,  and  their  rules  abfurd  -, 
and  all  that  falls  fhort  of  thefe,  being  condemned  by 
them,  as  deformed  and  monftrous. — Eminent  vota- 
ries of  this  kind  are  generally  remarkable  for  igno- 
rance and  imprudence  in  common  necefiary  affairs ; 
and  thus  they  are  expofed  to  much  ridicule  and  con- 
tempt, as  well  as  to  other  great  inconveniences. — The 
fame  perfons  are  peculiarly  liable  to  vanity,  felf-conceir, 
cenforioufnefs,  morolenefs,  jealoufy,  and  envy  j  which 
furely,  are  very  uneafy  companions  in  a  man's  own 
breaft,  as  well  as  the  occafions  of  many  infults  and 
harms  from  abroad.  And  I  think  1  may  add,  that 
fcepticifm  in,  religious  matters  is  alfo  a  frequent 
attendant  here  j  which,  if  it  could  be  fuppofed  free 
from  danger  as  to  futurity,  is  at  lead  very  uncom- 
fortable as  to  the  prefent.  For  as  the  extravagant 
encomiums  beftowed  upon  works  of  tafte  and  genius 
beget  a  more  than  ordinary  degree  of  felf-conceit 
in  the  virtuofo,  Ib  this  felf-conceit,  this  fuperiority 
which  he  fancies  he  has  over  the  reft  of  the  world  in 
one  branch  of  knowledge,  is  by  himfelf  often  fup- 
pofed to  extend  to  the  reft,  in  which  yet  it  is  pro- 
bable that  he  is  uncommonly  ignorant  through  want 
of  application :  and  thus  he  becomes  either  dogma- 
tical or  fceptical ;  the  firft  of  which  qualities,  though 
feemingly  oppofite  to  the  laft,  is,  in  reality,  nearly 
related  to  it.  And,  as  the  fympathetic  and  theopathe- 
tic  affections  are  peculiarly  neceffary  for  underftanding 
matters  of  a  religious  nature  aright,  no  kind  or 
degree  of  learning  being  fufficient  for  this  purpofe 
without  thefe,  if  the  purfuit  of  literature,  or 
fcience,  be  fo  ftrong,  as  to  ftifle  and  fupprefs  the 
growth  of  thefe,  or  to  diftort  them,  religion,  which 
cannot  be  reconciled  to  fuch  a  temper,  will  probably 
be  treated  as  incomprehenfible,  abfurd,  uncertain,  or 
incredible.  —  However,  it  is  difficult  to  reprefent 

R  2  juftly, 


244  Of  the  Rule  of  Life. 

juftly,  in  any  of  the  refpects  here  mentioned,  what 
is  the  genuine  confequence  of  the  mere  purfuit  of 
the  pleafur-es  of  imagination,  their  votaries  being 
alfo,  for  the  mod  part,  extremely  over-run  with  the 
grofs  vice  of  ambition,  as  was  juft  now  obferved. 
But  then  this  does  not  invalidate  any  of  the  forego- 
ing objections,  as  will  be  feen  when  we  come  to 
confider  that  vice  in  the  next  fection. 

Secondly,  It  is  evident,  that  the  pleafures  of  ima- 
gination were  not  intended  for  our  primary  purfuit, 
becaufe  they  are,  in  general,  the  firft  of  our  intel- 
lectual pleafures,  which  are  generated  from  the  fen- 
fible  ones  by  aflbciation,  come  to  their  height  early 
in  life,  and  decline  in  old  age.  1  here  are  indeed 
fome  few  perfons,  who  continue  devoted  to  them 
during  life  j  but  there  are  alfo  fome,  who  remain 
fenfuahfts  to  the  lad  ;  which  fingularities  are,  how- 
ever, in  neither  cafe,  arguments  of  the  defign  of 
Providence,  that  it  fhould  be  fo.  And,  in  general, 
we  may  reafon  here,  as  we  did  above,  in  deducing 
the  inferior  value  of  the  fenfible  pleafures  from  their 
being  the  loweft  clafs.  The  pleafures  of  imagination 
,  are  the  next  remove  above  the  fenfible  ones,  and 
have,  in  their  proper  place  and  degree,  a  great  effi- 
cacy in  improving  and  perfecting  our  natures.  They 
are  to  men  in  the  early  part  of  their  adult  age,  what 
playthings  are  to  children;  they  teach  them  a  love 
for  regularity,  exactnefs,  truth,  fimplicity  ;  they 
lead  them  to  the  knowledge  of  many  important  truths 
relating  to  themfelves,  the  external  world,  and  its 
author;  they  habituate  to  invent,  and  reafon  by 
analogy  and  induction  j  and  when  the  focial,  moral, 
and  religious  affections  begin  to  be  generated  in  us, 
we  may  make  a  much  quicker  progrefs  towards  the 
perfection  of  our  natures  by  having  a  due  ftock,  and 
no  more  than  a  due  ftock,  of  knowledge,  in  natural 
and  artificial  things,  of  a  relifh  for  natural  and  artifi- 
cial beauty.  It  defetves  particular  notice  here,  that 

the 


Of  the  Rule  of  Life.  245 

the  language  ufed  in  refpect  of  the  ideas,  pleafures,  and 
pains  of  imagination,  is  applicable  to  thofe  of  the  mo- 
ral lenfe  with  a  peculiar  fitnefs  and  fignificancy  j  as 
vice  verfa,  the  proper  language  of  the  moral  fenfc 
does,  in  many  cafes,  add  great  beauty  to  poetry,  ora- 
tory, &c.  when  ufed  catachreftically.  And, we  may 
obferve  in  general,  that  as  the  pleafures  of  imagination 
are  manifeftly  intended  to  generate  and  augment  the 
higher  orders,  particularly  thoTe  of  fympathy,  theo- 
pathy,  and  the  moral  fcnfe ;  fo  thefe  laft  may  be  made 
to  improve  and  perfect  thofe,  as  I  fhall  now  endeavour 
to  (hew  under  the  propofuion  that  follows. 

PROP.     LVf. 

The  Purfuit  of  the  Pleafures  of  Imagination  ought  to  be 
regulated  by  the  Precepts  of  Benevolence,  Piety ,  and 
the  Moral  Senfe. 

FOR,  Firft,  Thofe  parts  of  the  arts  and  fciences 
which  bring  glory  to  God,  and  advantage  to  man- 
kind, which  infpire  devotion,  and  inftruct  us  how 
to  be  ufefuj  to  others,  abound  with  more  and 
greater  beauties,  than  fuch  as  are  profane,  mifchie- 
vous,  unprofitable,  or  minute.  Thus  the  ftudy  of 
the  fcriptures,  of  natu/al  hiftory,  and  natural  phi- 
lofophy,  of  the  frame  of  the  human  mind,  &c.  when 
undertaken  and  purfued  with  benevolent  and  pious 
intentions,  leads  to  more  elegant  problems,  and  fur- 
prizing  difcoveries,  than  any  ftudy  intended  for  mere 
private  amufen>ent. 

Secondly,  It  may  be  confidered  as  a  reafon  for 
this,  that  fince  this  world  is  a  fyftem  of  benevolence, 
and  confequently  its  author  the  object  of  unbounded 
love  and  adoration,  benevolence  and  piety  are  the 
only  true  guides  in  our  inquiries  into  it,  the  only 
.keys  which  will  unlock  the  myfteries  of  nature,  and 
clues  which  lead  through  her  labyrinths.  Of  this 

R  3  a" 


246  Of  the  Rule  of  Life. 

all  branches  of  natural  hiftory,  and  natural  philo- 
fophy,  afford  abundant  instances  5  and  the  fame 
thing  may  be  faid  of  civil  hiftory,  when  illuftrated 
and  cleared  by  the  fcriptures,  fo  as  to  open  to  view 
the  fuccefiive  difpenfations  of  God  to  mankind ;  but 
it  has  been  more  particularly  taken  notice  of  in  the 
frame  of  the  human  body,  and  in  the  fymptoms 
and  tendencies  of  diftempers.  In  all  thefe  matters 
let  the  inquirer  take  it  for  granted  previoufly,  that 
every  thing  is  right,  and  the  beft  that  it  can  be, 
<<eteris  mantntibus,  i.  e.  let  him,  with  a  pious  con- 
fidence, feek  for  benevolent  purpofes ;  and  he  will  be, 
always  directed  to  the  right  road,  and,  after  a  due 
continuance  in  it,  attain  to  fome  new  and  valuable 
truth ;  whereas  every  other  principle  and  motive  of 
examination,  being  foreign  to  the  great  plan,  upon 
which  the  univerle  is  conftru6ted,  muft  lead  into 
endlefs  mazes,  errors,  and  perplexities. 

Thirdly,  It  may  be  confidered  as  a  farther  reafon 
of  the  fame  thing,  that  benevolence  and  piety,  and, 
by  confequence,  their  offspring,  the  moral  fenfe,  are 
the  only  things  which  can  give  a  genuine  and  per- 
manent luftre  to  the  truths  that  are  difcovered.  A 
man  with  "the  moft  perfect  comprehenfion,  that  his 
faculties  will  allow,  of  that  infinite  profufion  of  good 
which  overflows  the  whole  creation,  and  of  all  the 
fountains  and  conduits  of  it,  and  yet  having  no  (hare 
of  the  original  fource  from  whence  all  thefe  were 
derived,  having  no  pittance  or  ray  of  the  inexhaufti- 
ble  benevolence  of  the  great  Creator,  no  love  for  that 
boundlefs  ocean  of  love,  or  fenfe  of  duty  to  him, 
would  be  no  more  happy,  than  an  accomptant  is 
rich  by  reckoning  up  millions,  or  a  miler  by  pof- 
fefiing  them. 

Fourthly,  It  may  be  remarked,  that  the  pleafures 
of  imagination  point  to  devotion  in  a  particular 
manner  by  their  unlimited  nature.  For  all  beauty, 
both  natural  and  artificial,  begins  to  fade  and  lan- 

guifli 


Of  the  Rule  of  Life.  247 

guifh  after  a  fliorc  acquaintance  with  it:  novelty  is 
a  never  failing  requifite :  we  look  down,  with  indiffer- 
ence and  contempt,  upon  what  we  comprehend  eafily; 
and  are  ever  aiming  at,  and  purfuing,  fuch  objects  as 
are  but  juft  within  the  compafs  of  our  prefent  faculties 
What  is  it  now  that  we  ought  to  learn  from  this 
difiatisfaction  to  look  behind  us,  and  tendency  to  prefs 
forward  ;  from  this  endlefs  grafping  after  infinity  ?  Is 
it  not,  that  the  infinite  Author  of  all  things  has  fo 
formed  our  faculties,  that  nothing  lefs  than  himfelf 
can  be  an  adequate  object  for  them  ?  That  it  is  in 
vain  to  hope  for  full  and  lading  fatisfadtion  from  any 
thing  finite,  however  great  and  glorious,  fince  it  will 
itfelf  teach  us  to  conceive  and  defire  fomething  ftill 
more  fo  ?  That,  as  nothing  can  give  us  more  than 
a  cranfitory  delight,  if  its  relation  to  God  be  exclu- 
ded ;  fo  every  thing,  when  confidered  as  the  pro- 
duction of  his  infinite  wifdom  and  goodnefs,  will 
gratify  our  utmoft  expectations,  fince  we  may,  in  this 
view,  fee  that  every  thing  has  infinite  ufes  and  ex- 
cellencies ?  There  is  not  an  atom  perhaps  in  the 
whole  univerfe,  which  does  not  abound  with  millions 
of  worlds  j  and,  converfely,  this  great  fyftem  of  the 
fun,  planets,  and  fixed  ftars,  may  be  no  more  than 
a  fingle  conftituent  particle  of  fome  body  of  an  im- 
menfe  relative  magnitude,  &c.  In  like  manner, 
there  is  not  a  moment  of  time  fo  fmall,  but  it  may 
include  millions  of  ages  in  the  eftimadon  of  fome 
beings ;  and,  converfely,  the  largeft  cycle  which  hu- 
man art  is  able  to  invent,  may  be  no  more  than  the 
twinkling  of  an  eye  in  that  of  others,  &c.  The  in- 
finite divifibility  and  extent. of  fpace  and  time  admit 
of  fuch  infinities  upon  infinities,  afcending  and  de- 
fcending,  as  make  the  imagination  giddy,  when  it 
attempts  to  furvey  them.  But,  however  this  be,  we 
may  be  fure,  that  the  true  fyftem  of  things  is  infi- 
nitely more  tranfcendent  in  greatnefs  and  goodnefs, 
than  any  defcripcion  or  conception  of  ours  can 

R  4  make 


248  Of  the  Rule  of  Life. 

make  it;  and  that  the  voice  of  nature  is  an  univcr- 
fal  chorus  of  joy  and  tranfport,  in  which  the  leaft 
and  vileft,  according  to  common"  eftimation,  bear 
a  proper  part,  as  well  as  thofe  whofe  prefent  fupe- 
riority  over  them  appears  indefinitely  great,  and  may 
bear  an  equal  one  in  the  true  and  ultimate  ratio  of 
things.  And  thus  the  confideration  of  God  gives 
a  relifli  and  luftre  to  fpeculations,  which  are  other- 
wife  dry  and  unfatisfaclory,  or  which  perhaps  would 
confound  and  terrify.  Thus  we  may  learn  to  re- 
joice in  every  thing  we  fee,  in  the  bleffings  paft, 
prefent,  and  future;  which  we  receive  either  in  our 
own  perfons,  or  in  thofe  of  others  ;  to  become  par- 
takers of  the  divine  nature,  loving  and  lovely,  holy 
and  happy. 

PROP.     LVII. 

¥0  deduce  fraftical  Rules  concerning  the  Elegancies  and 
Amujements  of  Life. 

BY  the  elegancies  of  life  I  mean  the  artificial 
beauties  of  houfes,  gardens,  furniture,  drefs,  &c. 
which  are  fo  much  ftudied  in  high  life.  There  is  . 
in  thefe,  as  in  all  other  things,  a  certain  middle 
point,  which  coincides  with  our  duty,  and  our  hap- 
pinefs ;  whilft  all  great  deviations  from  it  incur  the 
cenfure  of  vicioufnefs,  or,  at  leaft,  of  unfuitablenefs 
and  abfurdity.  But  it  is  not  eafy  to  determine  this 
point  exactly,  in  the  feveral  circumftances  of  each 
particular  perfon.  I  will  here  fet  down  the  prin- 
cipal reafons  againfl  an  excefs  on  each  hand,  leaving 
it  to  every  perfon  to  judge  for  himfelf  how  far  they 
hold  in  his  own  particular  circumftances. 

We  may  then  urge  againft  the  immoderate  purfuit 
of  the  elegancies  of  life; 

Firft,  That  vanity,    oftentation,    and  the  unlawful 
pleafures  of  property,  of  calling  things  our  own,  are 

almoft 


Of  the  Rule  of  Life.  34.9 

almoft  infcparable  from  the  purfuit  of  thefe  elegan- 
cies, and  often  engrofs  ail  to  themfelves. 

Secondly,  That  the  profufion  of  expence  requifite 
here  is  inconfulent  with  the  charity  due  to  thofe,  that 
are  afflicted  in  mind,  body,  and  eftate. 

Thirdly,  That  the  beauties  of  nature  are  far  fupe- 
rior  to  all  artificial  ones,  Solomon  in  all  his  glory  not 
b&ing  arrayed  like  a  lily  of  the  field,  that  they  are 
open  to  every  one,  and  therefore  rather  reftrain  than 
feed  the  defire  of  property  j  and  that  they  lead  to 
humility,  devotion,  and  the  ftudy  of  the  ways  of 
Providence.  We  ought  therefore  much  rather  to 
apply  ourfelves  to  the  contemplation  of  natural  than 
of  artificial  beauty. 

Fourthly,  Even  the  Beauties  of  nature  are  much 
chequered  With  irregularities  and  deformities,  this 
world  being  only  the  ruins  of  a  paradifiacal  one.  We 
muft  not  therefore  expect  entitle  order  and  perfection 
in  it,  till  we  have  parted  through  the  gate  of  death^ 
and  are  arrived  at  our  fecond  paradifiacal  ftate,  till 
the  heavens  and  earth,  and  all  things  in  them,  be 
made  anew.  How  much  lefs  then  can  we  hope  for 
perfection  in  the  works  of  human  art !  And  yet,  if 
we  ferioufly  apply  ourfelves  to  thefe,  we  fhall  be  very 
apt  to  flatter  ourfelves  with  fuch  falfe  hopes,  and  to 
forget  that  heavenly  country,  the  -defrre  and  expecta- 
tion of  whole  glories  and  beauties  can  alone  carry  us 
through  the  prefent  wilderneis  with  any  degree  of 
comfort  and  joy. 

But  then,  on  the  contrary,  that  fome  attention 
may  lawfully,  and  even  ought  to  be  paid  to  artificial 
beauty,  will  appear  from  the  following  realbns. 

Firft,  Convenience  and  utility  are  certainly  lawful 
ends ;  nay,  we  are  evep  fent  hither  to  promote  thefe 
publicly  and  privately.  But  thefe  coincide,  for  the 
moft  part,  with,  and  are  promoted  by,  fimplicity, 
neatnefs,  regularity,  and  juftnefs  of  proportion,  /'.  e. 
with  fome  of  the  fources  of  artificial  beduty  j  though 

not 


2 5°  Of  the  Rule  of  Life. 

not  with  all  j  fuch  as  grandeur,  profufe  variety, 
accumulation  of  natural  beauties  and  luftres,  and 
fumptuoufnefs. 

Secondly,  The  ftudy  of  artificial  beauty  draws  us 
off  from  the  grofs  fenfual  pleafures ;  refines  and  fpiri- 
tualizes  our  defires ;  and,  when  duly  limited,  teaches 
us  to  transfer  and  apply  our  ideas  of  fimplicity, 
uniformity,  and  juftnefs  of  proportion,  to  the  heart 
and  affeftions. 

Thirdly,  It  .is  neceffary  for  us  in  this  degenerate 
ft  ate,  and  world  of  temptations,  to  be  occupied 
in  innocent  purfuits,  left  we  fail  into  fuch  as  are 
mifchievous  and  finful.  It  is  therefore,  in  its  proper 
place  and  degree,  as  great  charity  to  mankind  to 
employ  the  poor  in  improving  and  ornamenting  ex- 
ternal things,  rewarding  them  generoufly  and  pru- 
dently for  their  labours,  as  to  give  almsj  and  as 
ufeful  to  the  rich  to  be  employed  in  contriving  and 
conducting  fuch  defigns  at  certain  times,  as  to  read, 
meditate,  or  pray,  at  others.  Our  natures  are  too 
feeble  to  be  always  ftrained  to  the  pitch  of  an  active 
devotion  or  charity,  fo  that  we  muft  be  content  at 
fome  intervals  to  take  up  with  engagements  that  are 
merely  innocent,  fitting  loofe  to  them,  and  purfuing 
them  without  eagernefs  and  intention  of  mind.  How- 
ever, let  it  be  well  obferved,  that  there  are  very 
few  upon  whom  this  third  reafon  for  the  purfuit 
of  artificial  beauty  need  be  inculcated;  and  that  I 
prefume  not  at  all  to  interfere  with  thofe  holy  perfons, 
who  find  themfelves  able  to  devote  all  their  talents, 
their  whole  time,  fortunes,  bodily  and  mental  abi- 
lities, &c.  to  the  great  Author  of  all,  in  a  direct  and 
immediate  manner. 

Now  thefe  and  fuch  like  reafons,  for  and  againft 
the  purfuit  of  the  elegancies  of  life,  hold  in  various 
degrees  according  to  the  feveral  circumftances  of 
particular  perfons  j  and  it  will  not  be  difficult  for 
thofe  who  fit  loofc  to  the  world,  and  its  vanities, 

to 


Of  the  Rule  of  Life.  25 1 

to  balance  them  againft  one  another  in  each  cafe,  Ib 
as  to  approach  nearly  to  that  medium,  wherein  our 
duty  and  happinefs  coincide. 

The  practice  of  playing  at  games  of  chance  and 
fkill  is  one  of  the  principal  amufements  of  life  j  and 
it  may  be  thought  hard  to  condemn  it  as  abfolutely 
unlawful,    fince  there  are  particular  cafes  of  perfons 
infirm    in    body   or   mind,    where   it  feems  requifite 
to  draw  them  out   of  themfelves,   by   a   variety  of 
ideas   and   ends   in    view,   which   gently  engage  the 
attention.     But  this  reafon  takes  place  in  very   few 
inftances.     The  general  motives  to  play  are  avarice, 
joined  with  a  fraudulent  intention,  explicit  or  impli- 
cit,   oftentation    of   fkill,    and    fpleen    through   the 
want   of  fome   ferious,   ufeful   occupation.     And    as 
this  practice  arifes  from  fuch  corrupt  fources,  fo  it 
has  a  tendency  »to  increafe  them;  and  indeed  may  be 
confidered  as  an   exprefs    method   of  begetting   and 
inculcating  felf-intereft,   ill-will,  envy,  &c.     For  by 
gaming   a   man    learns    to   purfue   his   own    intereft 
folely  and  explicitly,   and   to   rejoice   at  the  lofs  of 
others,  as  his  own  gain  j  grieve  at  their  gain,  as  his 
own  lofsj  thus  entirely  reverfing  the  order  eftablifh- 
ed  by  Providence  for  fbcial  creatures,  in   which  the 
advantage   of  one   meets   in  the  fame  point  as  the 
advantage   of  another,    and    their  difadvantage  like- 
wife.     Let   the   lofs   of  time,    health,    fortune,    re- 
putation,   ferenity   of   temper,    &c.     be    confidered 
alfo. 

PROP.    LVI1I. 

'To  deduce  practical  Rules  concerning  Mirth,  Wit^  and 
Humour. 

HERE  it  is  necefiary, 

Firil,  To  avoid  all  fuch  mirth,  wit,  and  hu- 
mour, as  has  any  mixture  of  profanenefs  in  it,  /.  e. 
all  fuch  as  leffens  our  reverence  to  God,  and  religious 


252  Of  tbe  Rule  of  Life. 

fubje&s  j  aggrieves  our  neighbour ;  or  excites  cor- 
rupt and  impure  inclinations  in  ourfelves.  Since  then 
it  appears  from  the  hiftory  of  wit  and  humour, 
given  in  the  foregoing  part  of  this  work,  that  the 
grcateft  part  of  what  pafies  under  thefe  names,  and 
that  which  ftrikes  us  mod,  has  a  finful  tendency,  it 
is  neceflary  to  be  extremely  moderate  and  cautious 
in  our  mirth,  and  in  our  attention  to,  and  endeavours 
after,  wit  and  humour. 

Secondly,  Let  us  fuppofe  the  mirth  tc>be  innocent, 
and  kept  within  due  bounds;  ftill  the  frequent  re- 
turns of  it  beget  a  levity  and  diffipation  of  mind, 
that  are  by  no  means  confident  with  that  ferioufnefs 
and  watchfulnefs  which  are  required  in  chriftians,  fur- 
rounded  with  temptations,  and  yet  aiming  at  purity 
and  perfection  j  in  ftrangers  and  pilgrims,  who  ought 
to  have  the  uncertain  time  of  their  departure  hence 
always  in  view.  We  may  add,  tbat  wit  and  humour, 
by  arifing,  for  the  moft  part,  from  fictitious  contrafts 
and  coincidences,  difqualify  the  mind  for  the  purfuit 
after  truth,  and  attending  to  the  ufeful  pra&ical  re- 
lations of  things,  as  has  already  been  obferved  in  the 
hiftory  of  them  j  and  that  the  ftate  of  the  brain  which 
accompanies  mirth  cannot  fubfift  long,  or  return  fre- 
quently, without  injuring  it;  but  muft,  from  the 
very  frame  of  our  natures,  end  at  laft  in  the  oppofite 
ftate  of  forrow,  dejection,  and  horror. 

Thirdly,  There  is,  for  the  moft  j^irt,  great  vain- 
glory and  oftentation  in  all  attempts  after  wit  and 
humour.  Men  of  wit  feek  to  be  admired  and  ca- 
refifed  by  others  for  the  poignancy,  delicacy,  brilli- 
ancy, of  their  fayings,  hints,  and  repartees ;  and  are 
perpetually  racking  their  inventions  from  this  defire  of 
applaufe.  Now,  as  fo  finful  a  motive  muft  defile  all 
that  proceeds  from  it,  fo  the  draining  our  faculties  to 
an  unnatural  pitch  is  inconfiftent  with  that  cafe  and 
equality  in  converfation,  which  our  facial  nature,  and 
a  mutual  defire  to  pleafe,  and  be  pleafed  lequire. 

Fourthly, 


Of  the  Rule  of  Life.  253 

Fourthly,  A  due  attention  being  previonfly  paid 
to  the  foregoing  and  fuch  like  cautions,  it  feems  not 
only  allowable,  but  even  requifite,  to  endeavour  at  a 
ftate  of  perpetual  cheerfulnefs,  and  to  allow  ourfelves 
to  be  amufed  and  diverted  by  the  modeft,  innocent 
pleafantries  of  our  friends  and  acquaintance,  contri- 
buting alfo  ourfelves  thereto,  as  far  as  is  eafy  and 
natural  to  us.  This  temper  of  mind  flows  from  be- 
nevolence and  fociality,  and  in  its  turn  begets  them ; 
it  relieves  the  mind,  and  qualifies  us  for  the  difcharge 
of  ferious  and  afflicting  duties,  when  the  order  of 
Providence  lays  them  upon  us;  is  a  mark  of  upright- 
nefs  and  indifference  to  the  world,  this  infantine 
gaiety  of  heart  being  moft  obfervable  in  thofe  who 
look  upon  all  that  the  world  offers  as  mere  toys  and 
amnfements ;  and  it  helps  to  correct,  in  ourfelves 
and  others,  many  little  follies  and  al3furdities,  which, 
though  they  fcarce  deferve  a  feverer  chaftifement, 
yet  ought  not  to  be  overlooked  entirely. 

PROP.     LIX. 

70  deduce  practical  Rules  concerning  the  Purjuit  of  the 
polite  Arts  -,  and  particularly  of  Mufjc,  Painting^  and 
Poetry. 

I  WILL  here  enumerate  the  principal  ways  in 
which  the  three  fifter  arts  of  mufic,  painting,  and 
poetry,  contribute  either  to  corrupt  or  improve  our 
minds ;  as  it  will  thence  appear  in  what  manner, 
and  to  what  degree,  they  are  allowable,  or  even 
commendable,  and  in  what  cafes  to  be  condemned 
as  the  vanities  and  finful  pleafures  of  the  world,  ab- 
jured by  all  fincere  chriftians. 

Firft,  then,  It  is  evident,  that  moft  kinds  of  mu-  j 
fie,    painting,    and    poetry,    have   clofe   connections 
with  vice,  particularly  with  the  vices  of  intemperance: 
and    lewdnefs ;    that    they    reprefent   them    in    gay, 

pleafing 


254  Of  the  Rule  of  Life. 

pleating  colours,  or,  at  lead,  take  off  from  the  ab- 
horrence due  to  them;  that  they  cannot  be  enjoyed 
without  evil  communications,  and  concurrence  in  the 
pagan  Ihew  and  pomp  of  the  world  ;  and  that  they 
introduce  a  frame  of  mind,  quite  oppofite  to  that 
of  devotion,  and  earned  concern  for  our  own  and 
other's  future  welfare.  This  is  evident  of  public 
diverfions,  collections  of  pictures,  academies  for 
painting,  ftatuary,  &c,  ancient  heathen  poetry,  mo- 
dern poetry  of  moft  kinds,  plays,  romances,  &c. 
If  there  be  any  who  doubt  of  this,  it  muft  be  from 
the  want  of  a  duly  ferious  frame  of  mind. 

Secondly,  A  perfon  cannot  acquire  any  great  (kill 
in  thefe  arts,  either  as  a  critic  or  a  mafter  of  them, 
without  a  great  confumption  of  time :  they  are  very 
apt  to  excite  vanity,  felf-conceit,  and  mutual -flat- 
teries, in  their  votaries ;  and,  in  many  cafes,  the  ex- 
pence  of  fortunes  is  too  confiderable  to  be  recon- 
ciled to  the  charity  and  beneficence  due  to  the 
indigent. 

Thirdly,  All  thefe  arts  are  capable  of  being  de- 
voted to  the  "immediate  fervice  of  God  and  religion 
in  an  eminent  manner ;  and,  when  fo  devoted,  they 
not  onlj  improve  and  exalt  the  mind,  but  are  them- 
felves  improved  and  exalted  to  a  much  higher  de- 
gree, than  when  employed  upon  profane  fubjects  j 
the  d/gnity  and  importance  of  the  ideas  and  fcenes 
drawn  from  religion  'adding  a  peculiar  force  and 
luftrc  thereto.  And,  upon  the  whole,  it  will  follow, 
that  the  polite  arts  are  fcarce  to  be  allowed,  except 

T"'  r  i  i-      •  ,-  ii 

wne  i  conlecrated  to  religious  purpoies  ;  but  that 
here  their  cultivation  may  be  made  an  excellent 
me. tns  of  awakening  and  alarming  o 
and  transferring  them  upon  their  true  objects. 


PROP. 


Of  the  Rule  of  Life.  255 


PROP.     LX. 

To  deduce  praftical  Rules  concerning  the  Purfuit  cf 
Science. 

BY  the  purfuit  of  fcience  I  here  mean  the  in- 
veftigation  of  fuch  truths,  as  offer  themfelves  in 
the  ftudy  of  the  feveral  branches  of  knowledge  enu- 
merated in  the  firft  part  of  this  work ;  philology, 
mathematics,  logic,  hiftory  civil  and  natural,  natural 
philofophy,  and  theology,  or  divine  philofophy. 
Now  here  we  may  obferve, 

Firft,   That    though   the   purfuit   of  truth   be   an 
entertainment  and  employment  fuitable  to  our  rati- 
onal natures,  and  a  duty  to  him  who  is  the  fountain 
of  all  knowledge  and  truth,   yet  we  muft  make  fre- 
quent intervals  and  interruptions;   elfe  the  ftudy  of 
fcience,  without  a  view  to  God  and  our  duty,  and 
from  a   vain   defire   of  applaufe,    will  get  pofleffion 
of  our  hearts,  engrofs  them  wholly,  and  by  taking 
deeper  root  than    the   purfuit   of  vain   amufements, 
become   in   the  end   a   much   more   dangerous  and 
obftinate  evil  than  that.     Nothing  can  eafily  exceed 
the   vain- glory,    felf- conceit,    arrogance,    emulation, 
and  envy,  that  are  found  in  the  eminent  profefibrs  of 
the   fciences,    mathematics,    natural   philofophy,   and 
even  divinity  itfelf.     Temperance  in  thefe  ftudies  is 
therefore  evidently  required,  both  in  order  to  check 
the  rife  of  fuch  ill  paflions,  and  to  give  room  for  the 
cultivation   of  other   efiential    parts   of  our  natures. 
It  is  with  thefe  pleafures  as  with  the  fenfible  ones ; 
our  appetites  muft  not  be  made  the  meafure  of  our 
indulgences  j  but  we  ought  co  refer  all  to  an  higher 
rule. 

Secondly,  When  the  purfuit  of  truth  is  directed 
by  this  higher  rule,  and  entered  upon  with  a  view 
to  the  glory  of  God,  and  the  good  of  mankind, 

there 


256  Of  the  Rpb  of  Life. 

i 

there  is  no  employment  more  worthy  of  our  natures, 
or  more  conducive  to  their  purification  and  perfec- 
tion. Thefe  are  the  wifes  who  in  the  time  of  the 
end  /hall  underftand*  and  make  an  increafe  of  know- 
ledge; who,  by  (ludying  and  comparing  together,  the 
word  and  works  of  God,  mall  be  enabled  to  illuf- 
trate  and  explain  both  ;  and  who,  by  turning  many  to 
right  eoufnefs,  Jtoall  themfelves  Jbine  as  the  Jlars  for  ever 
and  ever. 

But  we  are  not  to  confine  this  ble fling  to  thofe  who 
are  qalled  learned  men,  in  the  ufual  fenfe  of  this 
word.  Devotion,  charity,  prayer,  have  a  wonderful 
influence  upon  thofe  who  read  the  fcriptures,  and 
contemplate  the  works  of  creation,  with  a  practical 
intention  ;  and  enable  perfons  otherwife  illiterate,  not 
only  to  fee  and  feel  the  impoitant  truths  therein  ma- 
nifefted,  for  their  own  private  purpofes,  but  to  preach 
and  inculcate  them  upon  others  with  fingular  efficacy 


v      .and  fuccefs. 


PROP.     LXI. 


To   deduce   practical    Rules    concerning   the    Ignorance, 
Difficulties,    and    Perplexities,     in  •  which    we  find 

curfelves  involved. 

THESE  are  pajns,  which  ought  to  be  referred  to 
the  head  of  imagination,  as  above  noted  ;  and  which 
therefore  require  to  be  confidered  here.  But  it  muft 
ajfo  be  obferved,  that  felf-intereft  has  no  Imall  fhare 
in  increafing  thefe  pains;  our  ignorance  and  per- 
plexity occafioning  the  mod  exquifite  uneafmefs  to 
us  in  thofe  inttances,  where  our  future  happinefs 
and  mifery  are  at  ftake.  Thus,  in  the  difficulties 
which  attend  our  inquiries  into  the  origin  of  evil, 
free-will,  the  nature  of  our  future  exiftence,  the 
degree  and  duration  of  future  punifhment,  and  the 
moral  attributes  of  God,  our  uneafmefs  arifes  not 

only 


Of  the  Rule  of  Life.  257 

only  from  the  darknefs  which  furrounds  thefe  fubjects, 
and  the  jarring  of  our  conclufions,  but  from  the 
great  importance  of  thefe  conclufions.  The  follow- 
ing practical  rules  deierve  our  attention. 

Firft,  To  avoid  all  wrangling  and  contention,  all 
bitternefs  and  cenforioufnefs,  in  fpeaking  or  writing 
upon  thefe  fubjects.  This  is  a  rule  which  ought  to 
extend  to  all  debates  and  inquiries  upon  every  fub- 
ject;  but  it  is  more  peculiarly  requifite  to  be  attended 
to  in  difficult  ones  of  a  religious  nature ;  inafmuch  as 
thefe  ill  difpofitions  of  mind  are  moft  unfuitable  to 
religion,  and  yet  moft  apt  to  arife  in  abftrufe  and 
high  fpeculations  j  alfo  as  they  increafe  the  pains 
confidered  in  this  propofition  by  being  of  a  nature 
nearly  related  to  them,  *.  e.  by  being  attended  with  a 
nearly  related  ftate  of  the  brain. 

Secondly,  We  ought  to  lay  it  down  as  certain,  that 
this  perplexity  and  uneafinefs  commenced  with  the 
fall,  with  the  eating  of  the  fruit  of  the  tree  of  the 
knowledge  of  good  and  evil ;  and  that' it  can  never 
be  entirely  removed  till  our  readmiflion  to  paradife, 
and  to  the  tree  whofe  leaves  are  for  tbe  beating  of 
the  nations.  We  muft  expect  therefore,  that,  though 
humble  and  pious  inquiries  will  always  be  ^attended 
with  fome  fuccefs  and  illumination,  ftill  much  dark- 
nefs and  ignorance  will  remain.  And  the  expecta- 
tion of\this  will  contribute  to  make  us  eafy  under  it. 

Thirdly,  The  fcriptures  give  us  reaibn  to  hope, 
that  this,  as  well  as  the  reft  of  our  evils,  will  be 
removed  in  a  future  ftate.  We  may  therefore,  if  we 
labour  to  lecuce  our  happinefs  in  a  future  ftate,  enjoy, 
as  it  were  by  anticipation,  this  important  part  of  ir, 
that  we  fhall  then  fee  God  and  live,  fee  him,  though  he 
be  invijible,  fee  him  as  he  ii,  and  know  as  we  are 
known. 

Laftly,  Of  whatever  kind  or  degree  our  per- 
plexity be,  an  implicit  confidence  in  the  infinite 
power,  knowledge,  and  goodnefs  of  God,  which  are 

VOL.  II,  S  manifefted, 


Of  the  Rule  of  Life. 

manifefted,  both  in  his  word  and  works,  in  fo  great 
a  variety  of  ways,  is  a  certain  refuge.  If  our  ideas 
of  the  divine  attributes  be  fufficiently  ftrong  and 
practical,  their  greatnefs  and  glorioufnefs,  and  the 
joy  arifing,from  them,  will  overpower  any  gloominefs 
or  difiatisfaclion,  which  a  narrow  and  partial  view  of 
things  may  excite  in  us. 


SECT. 


Of  the  Rule  of  Life.  259 


SECT.     IV. 

OF  THE  REGARD  DUE  TO  THE  PLEASURES  OF 
HONOUR,  AND  THE  PAINS  OF  SHAME,  IN  FORM- 
ING THE  RULE  OF  LIFE. 


PROP.     LXII. 

The  Pleafures  of  Honour  ought  not  to  be  made  a  primary 
Purfuit. 

THIS  may  appear  from  the  following  confederations. 

Firft,  Becaufe  an  eager  defire  of,  and  endeavour 
after,  the  pleafures  of  honour,  has  a  manifeft  ten- 
dency to  difappoint  itfelf.  The  merit  of  actions, 
i.  e.  that  property  of  them  for  which  they .  are  extol- 
led, and  the  agents  loved  and  efteemed,  is,  that  they 
proceed  from  benevolence,  or  fome  religious  or  moral 
confideration  j  whereas,  if  the  defire  of  praife  be 
only  in  part  the  motive,  we  rather  cenfure  than  com- 
mend. But,  if  praife  be  fuppofed  the  greateft  good, 
the  defire  of  it  will  prevail  above  the  other  defir-esj 
and  the  perfon  will  by  degrees  be  led  on  to  vanity, 
lelf-conceit,  and  pride,  vices  that  are  mod  con- 
temptible in  the  fight  of  all.  For  wbojoever  exaltetb 
bimfetf,  Jhall  be  abajed\  and  be  that  bumbleth  bimfelf, 
Jhall  be  exalted. 

Secondly,  What  (hall  be  the  matter  of  the  enco- 
miums, if  praife  be  the  fupreme  good  of  the  fpecits  ? 
What  is  there,  to  which  all  can  attain,  and  which 
all  fhall  agree  to  commend  and  value  ?  Not  exter- 
nal advantages,  fuch  as  riches,  beauty,  ftrength,  &c. 
Thefe  are  neither  in  the  power  of  all,  nor  univer- 
fally  commended.  Not  great  talents,  wit,  faga- 

S  2  city, 


260  Of  the  Ruk  of  Life. 

city,  memory,  invention.  Thefe,  though  more 
the  fubject  of  encomiums,  yet  fall  to  the  lot  of 
very  few  only.  In  fhort,  virtue  alone  is  both  univer- 
fally  efteemed,  and  in  the  power  of  all,  who  are  fu£- 
ficiently  defirous  to  attain  it.  But  virtue  cannot 
confift  with  the  purfuit  of  praife,  much  lefs  with 
its  being  made  a  primary  purfuit.  It  follows  there- 
fore, that  it  ought  not  to  be  made  fuch. 

Thirdly,  If  it  be  faid,  that  thofe  who  enjoy  great 
external  advantages,  or!  are  bleft  with  happy  talents, 
may  perhaps  purfue  praife  with  fuccefsj  I  anfwer, 
that  the  numberlefs  competitions  and  fuperiorities  of 
others,  follies  and  infirmities  of  a  man's  felf,  mif- 
takes  and  jealoufies  of  thofe  from  whom  he  expects 
praile,  make  this  quite  impoffible  in  general.  Nay,  it 
is  evident  from  the  very  nature  of  praife,  which  fup- 
pofes  fomething  extraordinary  in  the  thing  praifed, 
that  it  cannot  be  the  lot  of  many.  So  that  he  who 
purfues  it,  muft  either  have  a  very  good  opinion 
of  himfelf,  which  is  a  dangerous  circumftance  in  a 
feeker  of  praife,  or  allow  that  there  are  many  chan- 
ces againft  him. 

Fourthly,  If  we  recoiled  the  hiftory  of  thefe  plea- 
fures  delivered  above,  we  fhall  fee,  that  though 
children  are  pleafed  with  encomiums  upon  any  advan- 
tageous circumftances  that  relate  to  them,  yet  this 
wears  off  by  degrees ;  and,  as  we  advance  in  life, 
we  learn  more  and  more  to  confine  our  pleafures  of 
this  kind  to  things  in  our  power  (according  to  the 
common  acceptation  of  thefe  words),  and  to  virtue. 
In  like  manner,  the  judicious  part  of  mankind,  i.  e. 
thofe  whole  praife  is  moft  valued,  give  it  not  except 
to  virtue.  Here  then,  again,  is  a  moft  manifeft  fub- 
ferviency  of  thefe  pleafures  to  virtue.  They  not  only 
tell  us,  that  they  are  not  our  primary  purfuit,  or 
ultimate  end,  but  alfo  (hew  us  what  is. 

Fifthly, 


Of  the  Rule  of  Life.  261 

X  « 

Fifthly,  The  eaily  rife  of  thefe  plcafures^  and 
their  declenfion  in  old  age,  for  the  moft  part,  arc 
argunnents  to  the  fame  purpofe,  and  may  be  illuf- 
trated  by  the  fimilar  obfervations  made  on  the  plea- 
fures  of  fenfation  and  imagination,  being  not  fo  ob- 
vious here  as  there. 

Sixthly,  There  is  fomething  extremely  abfurd  and 
ridiculous  in  fuppofing  a  perlbn  to  be  perpetually 
feafting  his  own  mind  with,  and  dwelling  upon,  the 
praifes  that  already  are,  j>r  which  he  hopes  will 
hereafter  be,  given  to  him.  And  yet,  unlefs  a  man 
does  this,  which  befidts  would  evidently  incapa- 
citate him  for  defer ving  or  obtaining  praife,  how 
can  he  fill  up  a  thoufandth  part  of  his  time  with  the 
pleafures  of  ambition  ? 

Seventhly,  Men  that  are  much  commended,  pre- 
fently  think  themfelves  above  the  level  of  the  reft 
of  the  world;  and  it  is  evident,  that  praife  from  in- 
feriors wants  much  of  that  high  relifh,  which  ambi- 
tious men  expecl,  or  even  -that  it  difgufts.  It  is 
even  'uneafy  and  painful  to  a  man  to  hear  himfelf 
commended,  though  he  may  think  it  his  due,  by 
a  perfbn  that  is  not  qualified  to  judge.  And,  in  this 
view  of  things,  a  truly  philofophic  and  religious  mind 
fees  prefcntly,  that  all  the  praifes  of  all  mankind  are 
very  trivial  and  infipid. 

Eighthly,  As  the  defire  of  praife  carries  us  per- 
petually from  lefs  to  larger  circles  of  applauders,  at 
greater  diftances  of  time  and  place,  fo  it  necefiarily 
infpires  us  with  an  eager  hope  of  a  future  life ;  and 
this  hope  alone  is  a  considerable  prefumption  in 
favour  of  the  thing  hoped  for.  Now  it  will  appear 
from  numberlefs  arguments,  fome  of  which  are 

O  ' 

mentioned  in  thefe  papers,  that  every  evidence  for 
a  future  life  is  alfo  an  evidence  in  favour  of  virtue, 
and  of  its  fuperior  excellence  as  the  end  Of  life  j  and 
•vice  ver/a.  The  pleafures  of  ambition  lead  there- 
fore, in-  this  way  alfo,  from  themfelves,  fince  they 
S  3  lead 


262  Of  the  Rule  of  Life. 

lead  to  thofe  of  virtue.  Let  it  be  confidered  farther, 
that  all  reflections  upon  a  future  life,  the  new  fcenes 
which  will  be  unfolded  there,  and  the  difcovery  which 
will  then  be  made  of  the  Jecrets  of  all  hearts,  mud 
caft  a  great  damp  upon  every  ambition,  but  a  vir- 
tuous one ;  and  beget  great  diffidence  even  in  thofe, 
who  have  the  beft  teftimony  from  their  confciences. 


PROP.     LXIII. 

'I'he  Pleajures  of  Honour  may  be  obtained  in  their  greateft 
Degree,  and  higheft  Perfection,  by  paying  a  ftritt  Re- 
gard to  the  Precepts  of  Benevolence,  Piety,  and  the 
moral  Senje. 

THIS  appears,  in  part,  from  what  has  been  deliver- 
ed under  the  laft  propofition ;  but  it  may  be  farther 
confirmed  by  the  following  remarks. 

Firft,  Benevolence,  piety,  and  the  moral  fenfe, 
engage  men  to  obtain  all  fuch  qualifications,  and  to 
perform  all  fuch  actions,  as  are  truly  honourable. 
They  preferve  them  alfo  from  that  oftentation  in 
refpect  both  of  thefe  and  other  things,  which  would 
render  them  ridiculous  and  contemptible.  Indeed 
honour  is  affixed  by  the  bulk  of  mankind,  after 
fome  experience  of  men  and  things,  chiefly  to  acts 
of  generofity,  companion,  public  fpirit,  &c.  i.  e.  to 
acts  of  benevolence,  and  the  encomiums  beftowed 
upon  fuch  acts  are  one  of  the  principal  fources  of  the 
moral  fenfe.  The  maximum  of  honour  muft  there- 
fore coincide  with  benevolence,  and  the  moral  fenfe, 
,and  confequemly  with  piety  alfo,  which  is  clofely 
connected  with  them. 

It  may  be  objected  here,  that  acts  of  direct  piety 
are  not,  in  general,  honourable  in  this  profane  world ; 
but,  on  the  contrary,  that  they  expofe  to  the  charges 

of 


Of  the  Rule  of  Life.  263 

of  enthufiafm,  fuperftition,  and  folly  j  and  this  not 
only  from  the  grofsly  vicious,  but,  in  fomc  cafes, 
even  from  the  bulk  of  mankind.  And  it  muft  be 
allowed,  that  fome  deductions  ought  to  be  made  on 
this  account,  but  then  let  it  be  confidered,  that  it  is 
imppffible  to  obtain  the  applaufes  both  of  the  good 
and  the  bad ;  that,  as  thofe  of  the  laft  fcarce  afford 
pleafure  to  any,  fo  their  cenfuie  need  not  be  feared ; 
and  that  fuch  perfons  as  are  truly  devout,  as  regard 
God  in  all  their  actions,  and  men  only  in  fubordina- 
tion  to  him,  are  not  affected  by  the  contempt  and 
reproaches  of  the  world  j  but,  on  the  contrary,  re- 
joice when  men  revile  them,  and  fpeak  all  manner  of  evil 
againft  them  falfely,  for  the  Jake  of  Chrift.  Let  it  be 
obferved  farther,  that  humility  is  the  principal  of  all 
the  qualifications  which  recommend  men  to  the 
world  j  and  that  it  is  difficult,  or  even  impofiible,  to 
attain  this  great  virtue  without  piety,  without  a  high 
veneration  for  the  infinite  majefty  of  God,  and  a  deep 
fenfe  of  our  own  nothingnefs  and  vilenefs  in  his  fight ; 
fo  that,  in  an  indirect  way,  piety  may  be  faid  to 
contribute  eminently  to  obtain  the  good  opinion  of 
the  world. 

Secondly,  It  is  plain  from  the  above  delivered 
hiftory  of  honour,  as  paid  to  external  advantages,  to 
bodily,  intellectual,  and  moral  accomplishments, 
that  happinefs  of  fome  kind  or  other,  accruing  to  a 
man's  felf,  or  to  the  world  by  his  means,  is  the 
fource  of  all  honour,  immediately  or  mediately.  He 
therefore  who  is  moft  happy  in  himfelf,  and  mod  the 
caufe  of  happinefs  to  others,  muft  in  the  end,  from 
the  very  law  of  our  natures,  have  the  greateft  quan- 
tity of  honourable  afibciations  transferred  upon  him. 
But  we  have  already  fhewn  in  part,  and  fhall  (hew 
completely  in  the  progrefs  of  this  chapter,  that  bene- 
volence, piety,  and  the  moral  fenfe,  are  the  only 
true,  lading  foundations  of  private  happinefs ;  and 
that  the  public  happinefs  arifes  frosn  them,  cannot  be 

S  4  doubted 


264  Of  the  Rule  of  Life. 

doubted  by  any  one.  The  benevolent,  pious,  and 
confcientious  perfon  muft  therefore,  when  duly 
known,  and  rightly  underftood,  obtain  all  the  honour 
which  men  good  or  bad  can  beftow ;  and,  as  the 
honour  from  the  firft  is  alone  valuable,  fo  he  may 
expect  to  receive  it  early,  as  an  immediate  reward, 
and  fupport  to  his  prefent  virtues,  and  an  incitement 
to  a  daily  improvement  in  them. 

Thirdly,  For  the  fame  reafon  that  we  defire  ho- 
nour, efteem,  and  approbation,  from  men,  and 
particularly  from  the  wife  and  good ;  we  mud  defire 
them  from  fuperior  good  beings,  and,  above  all, 
from  God,  the  higheft  and  beft.  Or,  if  we  do  not 
defire  this,  it  muft  arife  from  fuch  an  inattention  to 
the  moft  real  and  important  of  all  relations,  as  can- 
not confift  with  true  happinefs.  Now  a  regard  to 
benevolence,  piety,  and  the  moral  fenfe,  is,  by  the 
confeffion  of  all,  the  fole  foundation  for  obtaining 
this  greateft  of  honours,  the  approbation  of  God. 
We  cannot  indeed  enjoy  this  in  perfection,  whilft 
feparated  from  the  invifible  world  by  this  flefhly 
tabernacle;  but  the  teftimony  of  a  good  confcience 
gives  us  fome  foretafte  and  anticipation  of  it.  How 
vain  and  infipid,  in  refpect  of  this  eternal  weight  of 
glory,  are  all  the  encomiums,  which  all  mankind 
could  beftow  ! 


PROP.    LXIV. 

To  deduce  fraftical  Obfervations  on  the  Nature  of  Humi- 
lity, and  the.  Methods  of  attaining  it. 

HERE  we  may  obferve, 

Firft,  That  humility  cannot  require  any  man  to 
think  worfe  of  himfclf  than  according  to  truth  and 
impartiality :  this  would  be  to  fet  the  virtues  at 
variance  with  each  other,  and  tp  found  one  of  the 

moft 


Of  the  Rule  of  Life.  265 

moft  excellent  of  them,  humility,  in  the  bale  vice  of 
falfehood. 

Secondly,  True  humility  confifts  therefore  in  hav- 
ing right  and  juft  notions  of  our  own  accomplifh- 
ments  and  defects,  of  our  own  virtues  and  vices. 
For  we  ought  not  to  defcend  lower  than  this  by  the 
foregoing  paragraph;  and  to  afcend  higher,  would 
evidently  be  pride,  as  well  as  falfehood. 

Thirdly,  It  follows,  notwithftanding  this  definition 
of  humility,  and  even  from  it,  that  humble  men, 
efpecially  in  the  beginning  of  a  religious  courfe,  ought 
to  be  much  occupied  in  confidering  and  irrpreffing 
upon  themfelves  their  own  mifery,  im perfection,  and 
finfulnefs,  excluding  as  much  as  poffible,  all  thoughts, 
and  trains  of  thought,  of  a  contrary  nature ;  alfo  in 
attending  to  the  perfections  of  others,  and  rejecting 
the  confideration  of  their  imperfections.  For,  fince 
ail  thoughts  which  pleafe  are  apt  to  recur  frequently, 
and  their  contraries  to  be  kept  out  of  fight,  from 
the  very  frame  of -the  mind,  as  appears  from  Prof. 
22,  Cor.  3.  and  ocher  places  of  the  firft  part  of  this 
work,  it  cannot  but  be,  that  all  men  in  their  na- 
tural ftate,  muft  be  proud  j  they  muft,  by  dwelling 
upon  their  own  perfections,  and  the  imperfections  of 
others,  magnify  thefe ;  by  keeping  out  of  view  the 
contraries,  diminifh  them,  i.  e.  they  muft  form  too 
high  opinions  of  themfelves,  and  too  low  ones  of 
others,  which  is  pride:  and  they  cannot  arrive  at 
juft  and  true  opinions  of  themfelves  and  others, 
which  is  humility,  but  by  reverting  the  former  lleps, 
and  imprefling  upon  themfelves,  their  own  imper- 
fection and  vilenefs,  and  the  perfections  of  others, 
by  exprefs  acts  of  volition. 

Fourthly,  A  truly  humble  man  will  avoid  compa- 
ring himfelf  with  others;  and  when  luch  comparifons 
do  arife  in  the  mind,  or  are  forced  upon  it,  he  will 
not  think  himfelf  better  than  others.  I  do  not  mean, 
that  thofe  who  arc  eminent  for  knowledge  or  virtue, 

fhould 


266  Of  the  Rule  of  Life. 

fhould  not  fee  and  own  their  fuperiority,  in  thefe 
refpects,  over  perfons  evidently  ignorant  and  illiterate, 
or  avowedly  vicious.  This  cannot  be  avoided  j  but 
then  this  fuperiority  does  not  minifter  any  food  to 
pride,  and  a  vain  complacence  in  a  man's  own  excel- 
lencies. Nor  do  I  mean,  that  good  men  may  not 
both  humbly  hope,  that  they  themfelves  are  within 
the  terms  of  falvation ;  and  alfo  fear,  that  the  bulk 
of  mankind  are  notj  the  firft  being  a  fupport  to 
their  infant  virtue,  and  a  comfort  allowed  by  God 
in  their  paffage  through  this  wildernefs;  the  laft  a 
great  fecurity  againft  infection  from  a  wicked  world. 
1  only  affirm,  that  every  perfon,  who  is  duly  aware  of 
his  own  ignorance,  as  to  the  iecret  caufes  of  merit 
and  demerit  n  himfelf  and  others,  will  firft  find  him- 
felf  incapable  of  judging  between  individuals ;  and 
then,  if  he  has  duly  ftudied  his  own  imperfections, 
according  to  the  laft  paragraph,  he  will  not  be  apt  to 
prefume  in  his  own  favour. 

Fifthly,  It  is  an  infeparable  property  of  humility, 
not  to  feek  the  applaufes  of  the  world  j  but  to  ac- 
quiefce  in  the  refpect  paid  by  it,  however  difpropor- 
tionate  this  may  be  to  the  merit  of  the  acYion  under 
confideration.  For  the  contrary  behaviour  muft 
produce  endlefs  inquietude,  refentment,  envy,  and 
felf- conceit. 

Sixthly,  It  is,  in  like  manner,  infeparable  frorrt 
true  humility,  to  take  fhame  to  ourfelves  where  we 
have  deferved  it,  to  acquiefce  under  it  where  we  think 
we  have  not,  and  always  to  fufpect  our  own  judg- 
ment in  the  laft  cafe.-  There  is  no  way  fb  fhort  and 
efficacious  as  this  r.o  mortify  that  pride,  and  over- 
weening opinion  of  ourfelves,  which  is  the  refult  of 
our  frame  in  this  degenerate  ftate.  Nay,  we  ought 
even  to  rejoice  when  we  are  meanly  efteemed,  and  de- 
fpifed,  as  having  then  an  opportunity  offered  of 
imitating  him  who  was  meek  and  lowly  in  bearf, 
and  of  finding  reft  to  our  fouls  thereby. 

Seventhly, 


Of  tbe  Rule  of  Life.  267 

Seventhly,  It  may  conduce  to  eradicate  that  ten- 
dency which  every  man  has  to  think  himfelf  a  non- 
pareil, in  fome  refpect  or  other,  to  confider  natural 
productions,  flowers,  fruits,  gems,  &c.  It  would 
be  very  abfurd  to  affirm  of  one  of  thefe,  that  it  was 
a  nonpareil  of  its  kind,  becaufe  it  is  endued  with 
great  beauty  and  luftre  j  much  lefs  therefore  ought 
we  to  fancy  this  of  that  degree  of  beauty,  parts, 
virtue,  which  happens  to  be  our  lot,  and  which  is 
certainly  magnified  beyond  the  truth  in  our  own  eyes, 
from  the  intereft  which  we  have  in  ourfelves. 

Eighthly,  There  is  fcarce  a  more  effectual  method 
of  curbing  oftentation  and  felf-conceit,  than  fre- 
quently to  impofe  upon  one's  felf  a  voluntary  filence, 
and  not  to  attempt  to  fpeak,  unlefs  where  a  plain  rea- 
fon  requires  it.  Voluntary  filence  is,  in  refpect  of 
oftentation  and  felf-conceit,  what  fading  is,  in  refpect 
of  luxury  and  felf- indulgence.  All  perfons,  who 
fpeak  much,  and  with  pleafure,  intend  to  engage 
the  attention,  and  gain  the  applaufe,  of  the  audi- 
ence j  and  have  an  high  opinion  of  their  own  talents. 
And  if  this  daily,  I  may  fay  hourly,  fource  and 
effect  of  vain-glory  was  cut  off,  we  might  with  much 
greater  facility  get  the  victory  over  the  reft.  When 
a  perfon  has,  by  this  means,  reduced  himfelf  to  a 
proper  indifference  to  the  opinions  of  the  world,  he 
may  by  degrees  abate  of  the  rigour  of  his  filence, 
and  fpeak  naturally  and  eafily,  as  occafion  offers, 
without  any  explicit  motive;  juft  as  when  fading, 
and  other  feverities,  have  brought  our  appetites 
within  due  bounds,  we  may  be  directed  by  them  in 
the  choice  and  quantity  of  common  wholefome 
foods. 

Ninthly,  The  doctrine  of  philofophical  free-wifl  is 
the  caufe  and  fupport  of  much  pride  and  felf-con- 
ceit j  and  this  fo  much  the  more,  as  it  is  a  doctrine 
not  only  allowed,  but  even  infifted  upon  and  required, 
and  made  effential  to  the  difti notion  between  virtue 

and 


268  Of  the  Rule  of  Life. 

and  vice.  Hence  men  are  commanded,  as  it  were, 
to  fct  a  value  upon  their  own  actions,  by  efteeming 
them  their  own  in  the  higheft  fcnfe  of  the  words, 
and  taking  the  merit  of  them  to  themfelvcs.  For 
philofophical  free-will  foppofes,  that  God  has  given 
to  each  man  a  fphere  of  action,  in  which  he  does 
not  interpofe ;  but  leaves  man  to  act  entirely  from  him- 
felf,  independently  of  his  Creator ;  and  as,  upon  this 
foundation,  the  aflertors  of  philofophical  free-will 
afcribe  all  the  demerit  of  actions  to  men,  fo  they 
are  obliged  to  allow  men  to  take  the  merit  of  good 
actions  to  themfelves,  i.  e.  to  be  proud  and  felf- 
conceited.  This  is  the  plain  confequence  of  the 
doctrine  of  philofophical  free-will.  How  far  this 
objection  againft  it  over-balances  the  objections 
brought  againft  the  oppofite  doctrine  of  mechanifm, 
I  do  not, here  confider.  But  it  was  neceflary,  in 
treating  of  the  methods  of  attaining  true  humility, 
to  fliew  in  what  relation  the  doctrine  of  free-will 
flood  to  this  fubject. 

But  we  are  not  to  fuppofe,  that  every  man,  who 
maintains  philofophical  free-will,  does  alfo  claim  the 
merit  of  his  good  actions  to  himfelf.  The  fcriptures 
are  fo  full  and  explicit  in  afcribing  all  that  is  good  to 
God,  and  the  heart  of  a  good  man  concurs  fo 
readily  with  them,  that  he  will  rather  expofe  himfelf 
to  any  perplexity  of  underftanding,  than  to  the 
charge  of  fo  great  an  impiety.  Hence  it  is,  that  we 
fee,  in  the  writings  of  many  good  men,  philofophical 
free-will  afierted,  on  one  hand  j  and  merit  difclaimed, 
on  the  other  ;  in  both  cafes,  with  a  view  to  avoid 
confequences  apparently  impious;  though  it  be 
impoffible  to  reconcile  thefe  doctrines  to  each 
other.  However,  this  fubjection  of  the  underftand- 
ing to  the  moral  principle  is  a  noble  inftance  of  hu- 
mility, and  rectitude  of  heart. 

As  the  aflertors  of  philofophical   free-will  are  not 
necefiarily  proud,  fo  the  aflertors  of  the  doctrine  of 

mechanifm  < 


Of  the  Rule  of  Life.  269 

mechanifm  are  much  lefs  necefiarily  humble.  For, 
however  they  may,  in  theory,  afcribe  all  to  God  j 
yet  the  afibciations  of  life  beget  the  idea  and  opi- 
nion of  Jelf  again  and  again,  refer  actions  to  this  felf, 
and  conned:  a  variety  of  applaufes  and  complacen- 
cies with  thefe  actions.  Nay,  men  may  be  proud 
of  thofe  actions,  which  they  directly  and  explicitly 
afcribe  to  God,  /.  <?.  proud,  that  they  are  inftrurrents 
in  the  hand  of  God  for  the  performing  fuch  actions. 
Thus  the  pharifee,  in  our  Saviour's  parable,  though 
he  thanked  God,  that  he  was  no  extortioner,  &c. 
yet  bpafted  of  this,  and  made  it  a  foundation  for 
defpifing  the  publican.  However,  the  frequent 
recollection, 'that  all  our  actions  proceed  from  God; 
that  we  have  nothing  which  we  did  not  receive  from 
him  j  that  there  can  be  no  reafon  in  ourfelves,  why 
he  fhould  felect  one,  rather  than  another,  for  an 
inftrurnent  of  his  glory  in  this  world,  &c.  and  the 
application  of  thefe  important  truths  to  the  various 
real  circumftances  of  our  lives ;  muft  greatly  acce- 
lerate our  progrefs  to  humility  and  felf-anninilation. 
And,  when  men  are  far  advanced  in  this  ftate,  they 
may  enjoy  quiet  and  comfort,  notwithftanding  their 
paft  fins  and  frailties ;  for  they  approach  to  the  para-  I 
difiacal  ftate,  in  which  our  firft  parents,  though  naked, 
were  not  afhamed.  But  the  greateft  caution  is 
requifite  here,  left  by  a  frefh  difobedience  we  come 
to  know  evil  as  well  as  good  again,  and,  by 
defiring  to  be  gods,  to  be  independent,  make  the 
return  of  fhame,  punifliment,  and  myftical  death, 
neceflary  for  our  readmifiion  to  the  tree  of  life. 

Tenthly,  It  will  greatly  recommend  humility  to 
us,  to  confider  how  much  mifery  a  difpofuion  to 
glory  in  our  fuperiority  over  others  may  hereafter  occa- 
fion.  Let  it  be  obferved  therefore,  that  every  finite 
-perfection,  how  great  foever,  is  at  an  infinitely  greater 
diftance  from  the  infinite  perfection  of  God,  than 
from  nothing;  fo  that  every  finite  being  may  have, 

and 


270  Of  the  Rule  of  Life. 

and  probably  has,  infinitely  more  fuperiors  than 
inferiors.  But  the  fame  difpofition,  which  makes 
/  him  glory  over  his  inferiors,  muft  make  him  envy 
his  fuperiors :  he  will  therefore  have,  from  this  his 
difpofition,  infinitely  more  caufe  to  grieve,  than  to 
rejoice.  And  it  appears,  from  this  way  of  confi- 
dering  things,  that  nothing  could,  enable  us  to  bear 
the  luftre  of  the  invifible  world,  were  it  opened  to 
our  view,  but  humility,  felf-annihilation,  and  the 
love  of  God*  and  of  his  creatures,  in  and  through 
'  him. 

Eleventhly,  If  we  may  be  allowed  to  fuppofe  afl 
God's  creatures  ultimately  and  indefinitely  happy, 
according  to  the  third  fuppofition  made  above  for 
explaining  the  infinite  goodnefs  of  God,  this  would 
unite  the  profoundeft  humility  with  the  higheft  grati- 
fication of  our  defires  after  honour.  For  this  makes 
all  God's  creatures  equal  in  the  eye  of  their  Creator  j 
and  therefore,  as  it  obliges  us  to  call  the  vileft  worm 
our  filter,  fo  it  transfers  upon  us  the  glory  of  the 
brighteft  archangel  j  we  are  all  equally  made  to  inherit 
all  t kings y  are  all  equally  heirs  of  God,  and  coheirs 
with  Chrift. 

• 


SECT. 


Of  the  Rule  of  Life.  17 1 


SECT.     V. 

OF  THE  REGARD  DUE  TO  THE  PLEASURES 
AND  PAINS  OF  SELF-INTEREST  IN  FORM- 
ING THE  RULE  OF  LIFE. 


PROP.    LXV. 

"The  Pleqfures  of  Self -inter  eft  eught  not  to  be  made  a 
•primary  Purjuit. 

SELF-INTEREST  is  of  three  kinds,  as  has  been  al- 
ready explained,  viz. 

Firft,  Grofs  felf-intereft,  or  the  purfuit  of  the 
means  for  obtaining  the  pleafures  of  fenfation,  ima- 
gination, and  ambition. 

Secondly,  Refined  felf-intereft,  or  the  purfuit  of 
the  means  for  obtaining  the  pleafures  'of  fympathy, 
theopathy,  and  the  moral  fenfe. 

Thirdly,  National  felf-intereft,  or  the  purfuit  of 
fuch  things,  as  are  believed  to  be  the  means  for 
obtaining  our  greateft  pofiible  happinefs,  at  the  fame 
time  that  we  are  ignorant,  or  do  not  confider,  from 
what  particular  fpecies  of  pleafure  this  our  greateft 
pofiible  happinefs  will  arife. 

Now  it  is  my  defign,  under  this  propofition,  to 
fhew,  that  none  of  thefe  three  kinds  of  felf-intereft 
ought  to  be  cherllhed  and  indulged  as  the  law  of 
our  natures,  and  the  end  of  life;  and  that  even 
rational  felf-intereft  is  allowable,  only  when  it  tends 
to  reftrain  other  purfuits,  that  are  more  erroneous, 
and  deftru&ive  of  our  true  happinefs. 

I  begin  with  the  arguments  againft  grofs  felf- 
intereft. 

Firft, 


Of  the  Rule  of  Life. 

Firft,  then,  We  ought  not  to  purfue  the  means  for 
obtaining  the  pleafures  of  fenfation,  imagination, 
and  ambition,  primarily,  becaufe  thefe  pleafures 
themfclves  ought  not  to  be  made  primary  purfuits, 
as  has  been  fhewn  in  the  three  laft  fedlions.  The 
means  borrow  all  their  luftre  from  the  ends  by 
afibciation ;  and,  if  the  original  luftre  of  the  ends  be 
not  fufficient  to  juftify  our  making  them  a  primary 
purfuit,  the  borrowed  one  of  the  means  cannot.  In 
like  manner,  if  the  original  luftre  be  a  falfe  light, 
an  ignis  fatuusy  that  miflcads  and  feduces  us,  the 
borrowed  one  muft  miflead  and  feduce  alfo.  And 
indeed,  though  we  fometimes  reft  in  the  means  for 
obtaining  the  pleafures  of  fenfation,  imagination,  and 
ambition,  and  defire  riches,  pofieflions  of  other  kinds, 
power,  privileges,  accomplifhments,  bodily  and  men- 
tal, for  their  own  fakes,  as  it  were ;  yet,  for  the 
moft  part,  they  introduce  an  explicit  regard  to  thefc 
exploded  pleafures,  and  confequently  muft  increafe 
the  corruption  and  falfe  cravings,  of  our  minds ; 
and,  if  they  did  not,  their  borrowed  luftre  would 
gradually  languilh,  and  die  away,  fo  that  they  would 
ceafe  to  excite  defire.  It  is  to  be  added,  that,  if' 
they  be  confidered  and  purfued  as  means,  they  will 
be  ufed  as  fuch,  i.  e.  will  actually  involve  us  in  the 
•enjoyment  of  unlawful  pleafures. 

Secondly,  The  treafuring  up  the  means  of  hap- 
pinefs  bears  a  very  near  relation  to  ambition.     Thofe 
who  defire  great  degrees  of  riches,  power,  learning, 
&c.    defire    alfo    that    their    acquifitions   fhould   be 
known  to  the  world.     Men   have  a  great  ambition 
tor-fee  thought  happy,  and  to  have  it  in  their  power 
•  to  gratify  themfelves  at  pleafure;  and  this  oftentatious 
;  defign  is  one  principal  motive  for  acquiring  all  the 
'fuppofed    means   of  happinefs.     The   reafons   there- 
fore,   which    exclude   ambition,    muft   contribute   to 
excJude  felf-intereft  alfo." 

Thirdly, 


Of  tbe  Rule  of  Life.  273 

Thirdly,  Grofs  felf-intereft  has  a  manifeft  ten- 
dency to  deprive  us  of  the  pleafures  of  fympathy,  and 
to  expofe  us  to  its  pains.  Rapacioufnefs  extinguilhes- 
all  fparks  of  good- will  and  generofity>  and  begets 
endlefs  relentments,  jealoufies,  and  envies.  And 
indeed  a  great  part  of  the  contentions,  and  mutual 
injuries,  which  we  fee  in  the  world,  arife,  becaufe 
either  one  or  both  of  the  contending  parties  defire 
more  than  an  equitable  fliare  of  the  means  of  happi- 
nefs.  It  is  to  be  added,  that  grofs  felf-intereft  has  a 
peculiar  tendency  to  incrcafe  itftlf  from  the  conftant 
recurrency,  and  con'fequent  augmentation,  of  the 
ideas  and  defires  that  relate  to  Jelf,  and  the  exclufion 
of  thofe  that  relate  to  others. 

Now  this  inconfiftency  of  grofs  felf-intereft  with 
fympathy  would  be  fome  argument  againft  it,  barely 
upon  fuppofition,  that  fympathy  was  one  neceffary 
part  of  our  natures,  and  which  ought  to  have  an 
equal  fhare  with  lenfation,  imagination,  and  ambi- 
tion ;  but  as  it  now  begins  to  appear  from  the  exclu- 
fion of  thefe,  and  other  arguments,  that  more  than 
an  equal  fhate  is  due  to  fympathy,  the  oppofition 
between  them  becomes  a  (till  ftronger*  argument 
againft  lelf-intereft. 

Fourthly,  There  is,  in  like  manner,  an  evident 
oppofition  between  grofs  felf-intereft,  and  the  plea-^ 
lures  of  theopathy,  and  of  the  moral  fcnfe,  and,  by 
coniequence,  an  infuperable  objection  to  its  being 
made  our  primary  purfuit,  deducibls  from  thefe 
cflential  parts  of  our  nature. 

Fifthly,    Grofs    felf-intereft,    when   indulged,    de- 
vours many  of  the  pleafures  of  lenfation,  and  4HK)ft 
of  thofe  of  imagination  and  ambition,  /.  e.  many  of.* 
the  pleafures  from  which  ic  takes  its  rife.     This  is 
peculiarly  true   and  evident  in  the  love  of  money  j*' 
but  it  holds  alfo,  in  a  certain  degree,  with  refpefit  to" 
the  other  felfifh  purfuits.     It  muft  therefore  deftroy 
itfelf  in  part,  as  well  as  the  pleafures  of  fympathy, 
VOL.  II.  T  theopathy. 


Pf  the  Rule  of  Life. 

theopathy,   and  the   moral   fenfe,    with  the   refined 
felf-intereft  grounded  thereon.     And  thus  it  happens, 
that  in  very  avaricious  perfons  nothing  remains  but 
fenfuality,  fenfual  felfifhnefs,  and  an  uneafy  hanker- 
ing after  money,    which  is  a  more   imperfect  ftate, 
than  that  in  which  they  were  at  their  firit  fetting  off 
in  infancy.     Some  of  the  ftronger  and  more  ordinary 
fenfible  pleafures   and   pains,    with  the   defires   after 
them,  muft  remain  in  the  mod  fordid,  as  long  as  they 
carry  their  bodies  about  with  them,  and  are  fubjected 
'to  the  cravings  of  the  natural  appetites,  and  to  the 
impreffions  of  external  objects.     But  a  violent  paffion 
for    money    gets    the    better   of  all    relifti   for   the 
elegancies  and  amufements  of  life,  of  the  defire  of 
honour,    love,    and   efteem,    and   even  of  many  of 
the  fenfual  gratifications.     Now  it  cannot  be,  that  a 
purfuit  which  is  fo  oppofite  to  all  the  parts  of  our 
nature,  fhould  be  intended  by  the  author  of  it  for  our 
primary  one. 

Sixthly,  Men,  in  treafuring  up  the  means  of  hap- 
pinefs  without  limits,  feem  to  go  upon  the  fuppofi- 
tion,  that  their  capacity  of  enjoying  happinefs  is 
infinite  -,  and  confequently  that  the  (lock  of  happinefs, 
laid  up  for  them  to  enjoy  hereafter,  is  proportional  to 
the  flock  of  means,  which  they  have  amafied  to- 
gether. But  our  capacity  for  enjoying  happinefs  is 
narrow  and  fluctuating;  and  there  are  many  periods, 
during  which  no  objects,  however  grateful  to  others, 
can  afford  us  pleafure,  on  account  of  the  diforder  of 
our  bodies  or  minds.  If  the  theory  of  thefe  papers 
be  admitted,  it  furnifhes  us  with  an  eafy  explanation 
of  $fyis  matter,  by  (hewing  that  our  capacity  for 
receiving  pleafure  depends  upon  our  aflbciations,  and 
upon  the  ftate  of  the  medullary  fubftance  of  the 
brain ;  and  confequently  that  it  muft  fail  often,  and 
•correfpond  very  imperfectly  to  the  objects,  which  are 
ufually  called  pleafurable  ones. 

Seventhly, 


Of  the  Rule  of  Life.  275 

Seventhly,  It  is  very  evident  in  faft,  that  felf- 
interefted  men  are  not  more  happy  than  their  neigh- 
bours, whatever  means  of  happinefs  they  may  poffefs. 
I  prefume  indeed,  that  experience  fupports  the  rea- 
foning  already  alleged;  but,  however  that  be,  it  cer- 
tainly fupports  the  conclufion.  Nay,  one  ought  to 
fay,  that  covetous  men  are,  in  general,  remarkably 
miserable.  The  hardihips,  cares,  fears,  ridicule  and 
contempt,  to  which  they  fubject  themfelves,  appear 
to  be  greater  evils,  than  what  fall  to  the  fhare  of 
mankind  at  an  average. 

Eighthly,  One  may  put  this  whole  matter  in  a 
fhort  and  obvious  light,  thus :  the  purfuit  of  the 
means  of  happinefs  cannot  be  the  primary  one,  be- 
caufe,  if  all  be  means,  what  becomes  of  the  end  ? 
Means,  as  means,  can  only  be  pleafant  in  a  deriva- 
tive way  from  the  end.  If  the  end  be  feldom  or 
never  obtained,  the  pleafure  of  the  means  muft  lan- 
gaifli.  The  intellectual  pleafures,  that  are  become 
ends  by  the  entire  coalefcence  of  the  afibciated  par- 
ticulars, fade  from  being  diluted  with  the  mixture  of 
neutral  circumftances,  unlefs  they  be  perpetually 
recruited.  A  felfilh  expectation  therefore,  which  is 
never  gratified,  muft  gradually  languilh. 

I  come  now,  in  the  fecond  place,  to  (hew  that  re- 
fined felf-intereft,  or  the  purfuit  of  the  means  for  ob- 
taining the  pleafures  of  fympathy,  theopathy,  and  the 
moral  fcnfe,  ought  not  to  be  made  a  primary  purfuit. 

A  perfon  who  is  arrived  at  this  refined  felf-intereft, 
muft  indeed  be  advanced  fome  fteps  higher  in  the 
fcale  of  perfection,  than  thofe  who  are  immerfed  in 
grots  felf-intereft ;  inafmuch  as  this  perfon  muft  have 
overcome,  in  fome  meafure,  the  grofs  pleafures 
of  fenfation,  imagination,  and  ambition,  with  the 
grofs  felf-intereft  thereon  depending,  and  have  made, 
fome  confiderable  progrefs  in  fympathy,  theopathy, 
and  the  moral  fenfe,  before  he  can  make  it  a  queftion 
whether  the  purfuit  of  refined  fe'if-intereft  ought 

T  2  to 


276  .     Of  the  Rule  of  Life. 

to  be  his  primary  purfuit  or  no.  However,  that  it 
ought  nor,  that  this  would  detain  him,  and  even 
bring  him  lower  in  the  fcale  of  perfection,  will  appear 
from  the  following  reafons. 

Firft,  Many  of  the  objections  which  have  been 
brought  againft  grofs  felf-intereft,  retain  their  force 
againft  the  refined,  though  in  a  lefs  degree.  Thus 
refined  felf-intereft  puts  us  upon  treafuring  up  the 
fame  means  as  the  grofs  j  for  the  perfons,  who  arc 
influenced  by  it,  confider  riches,  power,  learning, 
&c.  as  means  of  doing  good  to  men,  bringing  glory 
to  God,  and  enjoying  comfortable  reflections  in  their 
own  minds  in  confequence  thereof.  But  the  defire 
of  riches,  power,  learning,  muft  introduce  ambition, 
and  other  defilement^,  from  the  many  corrupt 
affbciations  that  adhere  to  them.  In  like  manner, 
refined  felf-intereft  has,  like  the  grofs,  a  tendency 
to  deftroy  the  very  pleafures  from  which  it  took  its 
rife,  *'.  e.  the  pleafures  of  fympathy,  theopathy,  and 
the  moral  fenfe  j  it  cannot  afford  happinefs,  unlefs 
the  mind  and  body  be  properly  difpofed ;  it  does 
not,  in  fact,  make  men  happy  j  but  is  the  parent 
of  diffatisfaction,  murmurings,  and  aridity ;  and, 
being  profefledly  the  purfuit  of  a  bare  means, 
involves  the  abfurdity  of  having  no  real  end  in  view. 
It  may  not  be  improper  here  for  the  reader  juft 
to  review  the  objections  made  above  to  grofs  felf- 
intereft. 

Secondly,  Refined  felf-intereft,  when  indulged,  is 
a  much  deeper  and  more  dangerous  error  than  the 
grofs,  becauie  it  flickers  itfelf  under  fympathy,  theo- 
pathy, and  the  moral  fenfe,  fo  as  to  grow  through 
their  protection  \  whereas  the  grofs  felf-intereft,  being 
avowedly  contrary  to  them,  is  often  ftifled  by  the 
increafe  of  benevolence  and  companion,  of  the  love 
and  fear  of  God,  and  of  the  fenfe  of  duty  to  him; 

Thirdly,  It  is  allied  to,  and,  as  it  were,  part  of 
the  foregoing  objection,  which  yet  deferves  a  parti- 
cular 


Of  the  Rule  of  Life.  277 

cular  confederation,  that  the  pride  attending  on  refi- 
ned felf-imereft,  when  carried  to  a  certain  height, 
is  of  an  incorrigible,  and,  as  it  were,  diabolical  nature. 
And,  upon  the  whole,  we  may  obferve,  that  as 
grofs  felf-intereft,  when  it  gets  polTeflion  of  a  man, 
puts  him  into  a  lower  condition  than  the  mere  fenfual 
brutal  one,  in  which  he  was  bornj  ib  refined  felf- 
intereft,  when  that  gets  poflefiion,  deprefles  him  ftill 
farther,  even  to  the  very  confines  of  hell.  However, 
it  is  ftill  to  be  remembered,  that  fome  degree  muft 
arife  in  the  beginning  of  a  religious  courfe;  and  that 
this,  if  it  be  watched  and  refilled,  is  an  argument  of 
our  advancement  in  piety  and  virtue.  But  the  bed 
things,  when  corrupted,  often  become  the  worft. 

I  come  now,  in  the  laft  place,  to  confider  what 
objections  lie  againfb  rational  felf-intereft,  as  our 
primary  purfuit. 

Now  here  it  may  be  alleged,  Firft,  That  as  we 
cannot  but  defire  any  particular  pleafure  propofed  to 
us,  as  long  as  the,  aflbciations,  which  formed  ir, 
fubfilt  in  due  ftrength ;  fo,  when  any  thing  is  be- 
lieved to  be  the  means  of  attaining  our  greateft  poffible 
happinefs,  the  whole  frame  of  our  acquired  nature 
puts  us  upon  purfuing  it.  Rational  felf-intereft  mult 
therefore  always  have  a  necdFary  influence  over 
us. 

Secondly,  It  may  be  alleged,  that  I  have  myfelf 
made  rational  fclf-intereft  the  bafis  of  the  prefent 
inquiry  after  the  rule  of  life,  having  fuppofed  all  along, 
thac  our  greateft  poflible  happinefs  is  the  object  of 
this  rule. 

And  it  certainly  follows  hence,  that  rational  felf- 
intereft  is  to  be  put  upon  a  very  different  footing 
from  that  of  the  grofs  and  refined ;  agreeably  to 
which  the  fcriptures  propofe  general  and  indefinite 
hopes  and  fears,  and  efpecially  thofe  of  a  future 
ftate,  and  inculcate  them  as  good  and  proper 
motives  of  action.  But  then,  on  the  other  hand,  the 

T  3  fcriptures 


ay  3  Of  the  Rule  of  Life. 

fcriptures  inculcate  many  other  motives,  difttn&  from 
hope  and  fear;  fuch  as  the  love  of  God  and  our, 
neighbour,  the  law  of  our  minds,  &c.  i.  e.  the 
motives  of  fympathy,  theopathy,  and  the  moral  fenfe, 
as  explained  in  this  work.  And  we  may  fee  from 
the  reafoning  ufed  in  refpect  of  grofs  and  refined 
ielf-intereft,  that  a  conftant  attention  to  that  which 
is  the  moft  pure  and  rational,  to  the  moft  general 
hopes  and  fears,  would  extinguifh  our  love  of  God 
and  our  neighbour,  as  well  as  the  other  particular 
defires,  and  augment  the  ideas  and  defires,  which 
centre  immediately  and  directly  in  Jelf,  to  a  mon- 
ftrous  height.  Rational  felf-intereft  may  therefore 
be  faid  to  lie  between  the  impure  motives  of  fenfa- 
tion,  imagination,  ambition,  grofs  felf-intereft,  and 
refined  felf-intereft,  on  the  one  hand,  and  the  pure 
ones  of  fympathy,  theopathy,  and  the  moral  fenfe, 
on  the  other;  fo  that  when  it  reftrains  the  impure 
ones,  or  cherifhes  the  pure,  it  may  be  reckoned 
a  virtue  j  when  it  cherilhes  the  impure,  or  damps 
the  pure,  a  vice.  Now  there  are  inftances  of  both 
kinds,  of  the  firft  in  grofsly  vicious  perfons,  of  the 
laft  in  thofe  that  have  made  confiderable  advance- 
ment in  piety  and  virtue.  In  like  manner  the  im- 
pure motives  of  fenfation,  imagination,  &c.  differ 
in  degree  of  impurity  from  each  other  j  and  there- 
fore may  be  either  virtues  or  vices,  in  a  relative 
way  of  fpeaking.  It  feems,  however,  moft  con- 
venient, upon  the  whole,  to  make  rational  felf- 
intereft  the  middle  point;  and  this,  with  all  the  other 
reafoning  of  this  paragraph,  may  ferve  to  fhew,  that 
it  ought  not  to  be  cultivated  primarily.  But  I  (hall 
have  occafion  to  confidcr .  this  matter  farther  under 
the  next  proportion  but  one,  when  I  come  to  deduce 
practical  obfervations  on  felf-intereft  and  (elf-anni- 
hilation. 

It  may  be  reckoned  a  part  of  the  grofs  and  refined 
fdf-interefts,  to  fecure  ourfelves  againft  the  hazards 

of 


Of  the  Rule  of  Life.  279 

of  falling  into  the  pains  of  the  other  fix  clafies,  and 
a  part  of  rational  felf-intereft,  to  provide  againft  our 
greateft  danger  j  and  it  might  be  (hewn  in  like  manner, 
that  neither  ought  thefe  to  be  primary  purfuits. 

PROP.    LXVI. 

A  JlriB  Regard  to  the  Precepts  of  Benevolence,  Piety, 
and  the  moral  Senfe>  favours  even  grofs  Self -inter  eft ; 
and  is  the  only  Method,  by  which  the  refined  and 
rational  can  bejecured. 

HERE  we  may  obferve, 

Firft,  That  fince  the  regard  to  benevolence", 
piety,  and  the  moral  fenfe,  procures  the  pleafures  of 
fenfation,  imagination,  and  ambition,  in  their  great- 
eft  perfection  for  the  moft  part ;  it  muft  favour  grofs 
felf-intereft,  or  the  purfuit  of  the  means  of  thefe. 

Secondly,  This  regard  has,  in  many  cafes,  an 
immediate  tendency  to  procure  thefe  means,  *.  <?. 
to  procure  riches,  power,  learning,  &c.  And 
though  it  happens  fometimes,  that  a  man  muft  fore- 
go both  the  means  for  obtaining  pleafure,  and  plea- 
fure  itfelf,  from  a  regard  to  duty ;  and  happens  often, 
that  the  beft  men  have  not  the  greateft  (hare  of  the 
means ;  yet  it  feems  that  the  beft  men  have,  in  gene- 
ral, the  faireft  profpeft  for  that  competency,  which 
is  moft  fuitable  to  real  enjoyment.  Thus,  in  trades 
and  profefiions,  though  it  feldom  is  obferved,  that 
men  eminent  for  piety  and  charity  amafs  great  wealth 
(which  indeed  could  noc  well  confift  with  thefe  vir- 
tues) j  yet  they  are  generally  in  affluent  or  eafy  cir- 
cumftances,  from  the  faithful  difcharge  of  duty,  their 
prudence,  moderation  in  expences,  &c.  and  fcarce 
ever  in  indigent  ones.  A  fenfe  of  duty  begets  a  de- 
fire  to  difcharge  itj  this  recommends  to  the  world, 
to  the  bad  as  well  as  to  the  good  ;  and,  where  there 

.  T  4  are 


ago  Of  the  Rule  of  Life. 

are  inftances  Apparently  to  the  contrary,  farther  in- 
formation will,  for  the  moft  part,  difcover  fome 
fccret  pride,  negligence,  or  imprudence,  /'.  e.  fome- 
thing  contrary  to  duty,  to  which  the  pei  Ton's  ill  fuc- 
cefs  in  refpcct  of  this  world  may  be  afcribed. 

Thirdly,  A  regard  to  duty  plainly  gives  the  greateft 
capacity  for  enjoyment ;  as  it  fecures  us  againft  thofe 
disorders  of  body  and  mind,  which  render  the  natural 
objefts  of  pleafure  infipid  or  ungrateful. 

Fourthly,  As  to  refined  felf-intereft,  or  the  pur- 
fuit  of  the  means  for  obtaining  the  pleafures  of 
fympathy,  theopathy,  and  the  moral  fenfe,  it  appears 
at  firft  fight,  that  a  due  regard  to  thefe  muft  pro- 
cure for  us  both  the  end,  and  the  means. 

Fifthly,  However  the  grofs  or  refined  felf-imereft 
may,  upon  certain  occafions,  be  difappointed,  the 
rational  one  never  can,  whilft  we  acT:  upon  a  princi- 
ple of  duty.  Odr  future  happinefs  muft  be  fecured 
thereby.  This  the  profane  and  profligate,  as  far  as 
they  have  any  belief  of  God,  providence,  or  a  future 
ftate  (and  I  prefume,  that  no  one  could  ever  arrive 
at  more  than  fcepticifm  and  uncertainty  in  thefe 
things),  allow,  as  well  as  the  devout  and  pious  chrif- 
tiarj.  And,  when  the  rational  felf-intereft  is  thus 
lecured,  the  difappointments  of  the  other  two  be- 
come far  lefs  grievous,  make  far  lefs  impreffion  upon 
the  mind.  He  that  has  a  certain  reverfion  of  an 
infinite  and  eternal  inheritance,  may  be  very  indiffer- 
ent about  prefent  pofieflions. 

PROP.     LXV1I. 

9"0   deduce'  practical  Obfervations   on   Self-intereft   and 
Self-  annihilation. 

SELF-INTEREST  being  reckoned  by  fome  writers 
the  only  ftable  point  upon  which  a  fyftem  of  mo- 
rality can  be  erected,  and  felf-annihilation  by  others 

the 


Of  the  Rule  of  Lift.  281 

the  only  one  in  which  man  can  reft,  I  will  here 
endeavour  to  reconcile  thefe  two  opinions,  giving  at 
the  fame  time  both  a  general  defcription  of  what 
pafles  in  our  progrefs  from  felf-intereft  to  felf-anni- 
hilation,  and  fome  fhort  hints  of  what  is  to  be  ap- 
proved or  condemneid  in  this  practice. 

Firft,  then,  The  vicious  pleafures  of  fenfation,  ima- 
gination, and  ambition,  being  often  very  expenfive, 
are  checked  by  the  grofieft  of  all  the  felf-interefts, 
the  mere  love  of  money;  and  the  principle  upon 
which  men  a6l  in  this  cafe  is  efteemed  one  fpecies 
of  prudence.  This  may  be  tolerated  in  others, 
where  it  is  not  in  our  power  to  infufe  a  better  motive  j 
but,  in  a  man's  felf,  it  is  very  abfurd  to  have 
recourfe  to  one,  which  muft  leave  fo  great  a  defile- 
ment, when  others  that  are  purer  and  ftronger,  rational 
felf-intereft  particularly,  are  at  hand-. 

Secondly,  The  deiire  of  bodily  and  mental  accom-, 
plifhments,  learning  particularly,  considered  as  means 
of  happinefs,  often  checks  both  the  forementioned 
vicious  pleafures,  and  the  love  of  money.  Now 
this  kind  of  felf-intereft  is  preferable  to  the  laft 
indeed ;  but  it  cannot  be  approved  by  any  that  are 
truly  folicitous  about  their  own  reformation  and  puri- 
fication. 

Thirdly,  Grofs  felf-intereft  fomctimes  excites  per- 
fons  to  external  a&s  of  benevolence,  and  even  of  piety ; 
and  though  there  is  much  hypocrify  always  in  thefe 
cafes,  yet  an  imperfect  benevolence  or  piety  is  fome- 
times  generated  in  this  way.  However,  one  cannot 
but  condemn  this  procedure  in  the  higheft  degree. 

Fourthly,  As  refined  felf-intereft  arifes  from  be- 
nevolence, piety,  and  the  moral  fenle;  fo,  converfely, 
it  promotes  them  in  various  ways.  But,  then,  as  it 
likewife  checks  their  gtowth  in  various  other  ways, 
it  cannot  be  allowed  in  many  cafes,  and  is,  upon  the 
whole,  rather  to  be  condemned  than  approved. 
More  favour  may  be  fhewn  to  it,  where  it  reftrains 

the 


282  Of  the  Rule  of  Life. 

the  vicious  pleafures  of  fenfation,  imagination,  and 
ambition. 

Fifthly,  Rational  felf-intereft  puts  us  upon  all  the 
proper  methods  of  checking  the  laft- named  vicious 
pleafures  with  grofs  and  refined  felf-intereft,  and  be- 
getting in  ourfelves  the  virtuous  difpofitions  of 
benevolence,  piety,  and  the  moral  fenfe.  This  part 
of  our  progrefs  is  extremely  to  be  approved,  and 
efpecially  the  laft  branch  of  it. 

Sixthly,  The  virtuous  difpofitions  of  benevolence, 
piety,  and  the  moral  fenfe,  and  particularly  that  of 
the  love  of  God,  check  all  the  foregoing  ones,  and 
feem  fufEcient  utterly  to  extinguifh  them  at  laft. 
This  would  be  perfect  felf-annihilation,  and  refting 
in  God  as  our  centre.  And,  upon  the  whole,  we 
may  conclude,  that  though  it  be  impoffible  to  begin 
without  fenfuality,  and  fenfual  felfifhnefs,  or  to  pro- 
ceed without  the  other  intermediate  principles,  and 
particularly  that  of  rational  felf-intereft  j  yet  we 
ought  never  to  be  fatisfied  with  ourfelves,  till  we 
arrive  at  perfect  felf-annihilation,  and  the  pure  love 
of  God. 

We  may  obferve  alfo,  that  the  method  of  deftroy- 
i°g  fetf>  by  perpetually  fubftituting  a  lefs  and  purer 
felf-intereft  for  a  larger  and  grafter,  correfponds  to 
fome  mathematical  methods  of  obtaining  quantities 
to  any  required  degree  of  exactnefs,  by  leaving  a 
lefs  and  lefs  error  fine  limite.  And  though  abfolute 
exactitude  may  not  be  poflible  in  the  firft  cafe,  any 
more  than  in  the  laft;  yet  a  degree  fufficient  for 
future  happinefs  is  certainly  attainable  by  a  proper  ufe 
of  the  events  of  this  life. 


SECT 


Of  the  Rule  of  Life.  283 

SECT.     VI. 

OF  THE  REGARD  DUE  TO  THE  PLEASURES 
AND  PAINS  OF  SYMPATHY'  IN  FORMING 
THE  RULE  OF  LIFE. 

PROP.     LXVIII. 

fbe  Pleafures  of  Sympathy  improve  thofe  of  Senfation, 
Imagination^  Ambition,  and  Self -inter  eft -,  and  unite 
with  thofe  of  Theopathy,  and  the  moral  Senfe  j  they 
are  felf-confiftent,  and  admit  of  an  unlimited  Extent : 
they  may  therefore  be  our  primary  Purfuit. 

THAT  the  pleafures  of  fympathy  improve  thofe  of 
fenfation,  imagination,  ambition,  and  felf-intereft,  by 
limiting  and  regulating  them,  appears  from  the  four 
laft  feftions. 

Their  union  and  entire  coincidence  with  thofe  of 
theopathy  are  evident,  inafmuch  as  we  are  led  by 
the  love  of  good  men  to  that  of  God,  and  back 
again  by  the  love  of  God  to  that  of  all  his  creatures 
in  and  through  him ;  alfo  as  it  muft  be  the  will  of 
an  infinitely  benevolent  being,  that  we  fhould  culti- 
vate universal  unlimited  benevolence. 

In  like  manner,  they  may  be  proved  to  unite  and 
coincide  with  the  pleafures  of  the  moral  fenfe,  both 
becaufe  they  are  one  principal  fource  of  the  moral 
fenfe,  and  becaufe  this,  in  its  turn,  approves  of  and 
enforces  them  entirely. 

In  order  to  prove  their  unlimited  extent,  let  us  fup- 
pofe,  as  we  did  before  of  fenfation,  that  a  perfon 
took  all  opportunities  of  gratifying  his  benevolent 

defires ; 


284  Of  the  Rule  of  Life, 

defires ;  that  he  made  it  his  fludy,  pleafure,  am- 
bition, and  conftant  employment,  either  to  promote 
happinefs,  or  lefien,  roifery,  to  go  about  doing  good. 

Firft,  then,  It  is  very-plain,  that  fuch  a  perfon 
would  have  a  very  large  field  of  employment.  The 
relations  of  life,  conjugal,  parental,  filial,  to  friends, 
ftrangers,  enemies,  to  fuperiors,'  equals,  inferiors, 
and  even  to  brutes,  and  the  neceffities  of  each,  are 
fo  numerous,  that,  if  we  were  not  greatly  wanting 
in  benevolent  affections,  we  fhould  have  no  want 
of  fit  objects  for  them. 

Secondly,  As  the  occafions  are  fufficient  to  engage 
our  time,  fo  we  may,  in  general,  expect  fuccefs. 
Not  only  the  perfons  themfelves,  to  whom  we  in- 
tend to  do  iervice,  may  be  expected  to  concur,  but 
others  alfo,  in  general ;  inafmuch  as  benevolence 
gains  the  love  and  efteem  of  the  beholders,  has  a 
perfuafivenefs  and  prevalence  over  them,  and  engages 
them  to  co-operate  towards  its  fuccefs.  It  is  very 
neceflary  indeed,  that  all  benevolent  perfons  fhould 
guard  againft  the  fallies  of  pride,  felf-will,  and  paf- 
fion,  in  themfelves,  /.  e.  take  care  that  their  bene- 
volence be  pure ;  alfo  that  it  be  improved  by  piety, 
and  the  moral  fenfe  j  elfe  it  is  probable,  that  they 
will  meet  with  many  difappointments.  But  this  is  no 
argument  againft  the  unlimited  nature  of  benevo- 
lence :  it  only  tends  to  exclude  the  mixture  and  de- 
filement of  ill  difpofitions ;  and  to  fhew  the  neceflary 
connection  of  the  love  of  their  neighbour  with  that 
of  God,  and  with  the  divine  fignature  of  confcience, 
which  I  all  along  contend  for.  When  our  bene- 
volence is  thus  pure,  and  thus  directed,  it  will  fel- 
dom  fail  of  gaining  its  purpofe.  And  yet  difap- 
pointments muft  fometimes  happen  to  the  pureft 
benevolence  j  elfe  our  love  of  God,  and  refignation 
to  his  will,  which  is  the  higheft  principle  of  all, 
could  not  be  brought  to  perfection.  But  then  this 
w'Jl  happen  fo  rarely  as  to  make  no  -alteration  in 

our 


Of  the  Rule  of  Life.  285 

our  reafonings,  with  refpect  to  the  general  ftatc 
of  things ;  which  kind  of  reafoning  and  certainty 
is  all  that  we  are  qualified  for  in  our  prefent  con- 
dition. 

Thirdly,  As  the  benevolent  perfon  may  expect  both 
fufficient  employment  and  fuccefs,  in  general ;  fo  it 
4oes  not  appear  from  the  experience  of  thofe  who 
make  the  trial,  that  the  relifh  for  thefe  pleafures 
languifhes,  as  in  other  cafes  j  but,  on  the  contrary, 
that  it  gathers  ftrength  from  gratification.  We  hear 
men  complaining  frequently  of  the  vanity  and  de- 
ceitfulnefs  of  the  other  pleafures  after  poffeflion  and 
gratification,  but  never  of  thole  of  benevolence, 
when  improved  by  religion,  and  the  moral  fenfe. 
On  the  contrary,  thefe  pleafures  are  greater  in  enjoy- 
ment than  expectation ;  and  continue  to  pleafe  in 
reflection,  and  after  enjoyment.  And  the  foregoing 
hiftory  of  affociation  may  enable  us  to  difcover  how 
this  comes  to  pafs.  Since  the  pleafures  of  bene- 
volence are,  in  general,  attended  with  fuccefs,  and 
are  confident  with,  and  productive  of,  the  feveral 
inferior  pleafures  in  their  due  degree,  as  I  have  already 
fliewn,  and  alfo  are  farther  illuminated  by  the  moral 
and  religious  pleafures,  it  is  plain,  that  they  muft 
receive  freih  recruits  upon  every  gratification,  and 
therefore  increafe  perpetually,  when  cultivated  as  they 
ought  to  be. 

The  felf-confiftency  of  benevolence  appears  from 
the  peculiar  harmony,  love,  efteem,  and  mutual 
co-operation,  that  prevail  amongft  ^benevolent  per- 
fons ;  alfo  from  the  tendency  that  acts  of  benevo-. 
lence,  proceeding  from  A  to  Bt  have  to  excite  cor- 
refpondent  ones  reciprocally  from  B  to  A,  and  fo  on 
indefinitely.  v  We  may  obferve  farther,  that,  when 
benevolence  is  arrived  at  a  due  height,  all  our 
defires  and  fears,  all  our  fenfibilities  for  ourfelves,  are 
more  or  lefs  transferred  upon  others  by  our  love  and 
compaffion  for  them  j  and,  in  like  mannner,  that 

when 


286  Of  the  Rule  of.  Life. 

when  our  moral  fenfe  is  fufficiently  eftablifhed  and 
improved,  when  we  become  influenced  by  what  is  fie 
and  right,  our  imperfect  fenfibility  for  others  lefiens 
our  exorbitant  concern  for  ourfelves  by  being  com- 
pared with  it,  at  the  fame  time  that  compaffion  takes 
off  our  thoughts  from  ourfelves.  And  thus  bene- 
volence to  a  fmgle  perfon  may  ultimately  become 
equal  to  felf-intereft,  by  this  tendency  of  felf-in- 
tereft  to  increafe  benevolence,  and  reciprocally  of 
benevolence  to  leflen  felf-intereft ;  though  felf-intereft 
was  at  firft  infinitely  greater  than  benevolence,  i.  e. 
we,  who  come  into  the  world  entirely  felfifh,  earthly, 
and ,  children  of  wrathy  may  at  laft  be  exalted  to  the 
glorious  liberty  of  the  Jons  of  Gody  by  learning  to 
love  our  neighbours  as  ourfelves :  we  may  learn  to 
be  as  much  concerned  for  others  as  for  ourfelves,  and 
as  little  concerned  for  ourfelves,  as  for  others  j  both 
which  things  tend  to  make  benevolence  and  felf-in- 
tereft equal,  however  unequal  they  were  at  firft. 

And  now  a  new  fcent  begins  to  open  itfelf  to  our 
view.  Let  us  fuppofe,  that  the  benevolence  of  A  is 
very  imperfect  j  however,  that  it  confiderably  exceeds 
his  malevolence ;  fo  that  he  receives  pleafure,  upon 
the  whole,  from  the  happinefs  of  B,  Cy  D,  &c. 
/.  e.  from  that  of  the  fmall  circle  of  thofe,  whom  he 
has  already  learnt  to  call  his  neighbours.  Let  us 
fuppofe  alfo,  that  j?,  C,  D,  &c.  though  affected 
with  a  variety  of  pains,  as  well  as  pleafures,  are 
yet  happy,  upon  the  whole ;  and  that  A,  though  he 
does  not  fee  this  balance  of  happinefs  clearly,  yet 
has  fome  comfortable  general  knowledge  of  it.  This 
then  is  the  happinefs  of  good  men  in  this  prefent 
imperfect  ftate ;  and  it  is  evident,  that  they  are  great 
gainers,  upon  the  whole,  from  their  benevolence. 
At  the  fame  time  it  gives  us  a  faint  conception  of 
^?'s  unbounded  happinefs,  on  fuppofition  that  he 
confidered  every  man  as  his  friend,  his  fon,  his 
neighbour,  his  fecond  felf,  and  loved  him  as  himfeif  •, 

and 


Of  the  Rule  of  Life.  287 

and  that  his  neighbour  was  exalted  to  the  fame  un- 
bounded happinefs  as  himfelf  by  the  fame  unlimited 
benevolence.  Thus  A,  B>  C,  J),  &c.  would  all  be- 
come, as  it  were,  new  fets  of  fenfes,  and  perceptive 
powers,  to  each  other,  fo  as  to  increafe  each  other's 
happinefs  without  limits ;  they  would  all  become 
members  of  the  myftical  body  of  Chrift  ;  all  have  an 
equal  care  for  each  other;  all  increafe  in  love,  and 
come  to  their  full  ftature,  to  perfect  manhood,  by 
that  which  every  joint  Jupplieth  :  happinefs  would  cir- 
culate through  this  myftical  body  without  end,  fo 
as  that  each  particle  of  it  would,  in  due  time,  arrive 
at  each  individual  point,  or  fentient  being,  of  the 
great  whole,  that  each  would  inherit  all  things. 

To  ftrengthen  our  preemptions  in  favour  of  bene- 
volence, as  the  primary  purfuit  of  life,  ftill  more; 
let  it  be  confidered,  that  its  pleafures  lie  open  to  all 
kinds  and  degrees  of  men,  fince  every  man  has  it  in 
his  power  to  benefit  others,  however  fuperior  or  infe- 
rior, and  fince  we  all  ftand  in  need  of  each  other. 
And  the  difference  which  nature  has  put  between  us 
and  the  brutes,  in  making  us  fo  much  more  dependent 
upon,  and  neceflary  to,  each  other  from  the  cradle 
to  the  grave,  for  life,  health,  convenience,  plea- 
fure,  education,  and  intellectual  accomplifhments, 
fo  much  lefs  able  to  fubfift  fmgly,  or  even  in  fmall 
bodies,  than  the  brutes,  may  be  confidered  as  one 
mark  of  the  fuperior  excellence  of  the  focial  pleafures 
to  man.  All  the  tendencies  of  the  events  of  life, 
ordinary  and  extraordinary,  of  the  relations  of  life, 
of  the  foregoing  pleafures  and  pains,  to  connect  us  to 
each  other,  to  convert  accidental,  natural,  inftittited 
aflbciations  into  permanent  coalefcenfes  (for  all  this 
is  effected  by  the  power  of  affociation  fo  much  fpo- 
ken  of  in  thefe  papers),  fo  that  two  ill  men  can  fcarce 
become  known  to  each  other  familiarly,  without 
conceiving  fome  love,  tendernefs,  compaffion, 
complacence  for  each  other,  are  arguments  to  the 

fame 


288  Of  the  Rule  of  Life. 

fame  purptofe.  And  our  love  to  relations  and  friends, 
that  have  particular  failings,  teaches  us  to  be  more 
candid  towards  others,  who  have  the  like  failings. 
At  the  fame  time  it  fhews  the  confiftency  of  bene- 
volence with  itfelf,  and  its  tendency  to  improve  it- 
felf  j  that  we  love,  efteem,  aflift,  and  encourage  the 
benevolent  more  than  others ;  fo  that  a  benevolent 
action  not  only  excites  the  receiver  to  a  grateful 
return,  but  alfb  the  by- dander  to  approve  and 
reward  j  and  the  benevolent  man  receives  an  hun- 
dred fold  even  in  this  world.  But  it  would  be 
endiefs  to  purfue  this.  Benevolence  is  indeed  the 
grand  defign  and  purport  of  human  life,  of  the 
prefent  probationary  flare ;  and  therefore  every  cir- 
cumftance  of  human  life  mud  point  to  it,  directly 
or  indiredly,  when  duly  confidered. 

COR.  i.  Since  benevolence  now  appears  to  be  a 
primary  purfuit,  it  follows,  that  all  the  pleafures  of 
malevolence  are  forbidden,  as  being  fo  many  direct 
hinderances  and  bars  to  our  happinefs.  The  plea- 
fures of  fenfation,  imagination,  ambition,  and  felf- 
intereft,  may  all  be  made  confident  with  benevolence, 
when  limited  by,  and  made  fubjedt  to  it,  at  lead  in 
this  imperfect  date ;  but  thofe  of  malevolence  are 
quite  incompatible  with  it.  As  far  as  malevolence  is 
allowed,  benevolence  mud  be  dedroyed ;  they  are 
heat  and  cold,  light  and  darknefs,  to  each  other. 
There  is,  however,  this  exception  i  that  where  wifh- 
ing  evil  to  fome,  difpofes  us  to  be  more  benevolent 
upon  the  whole,  as  in  the  cafe  of  what  is  called  a 
jud  indignation  againd  vice,  it  may  perhaps  be  tole- 
rable in  the  more  imperfect  kinds  of  men,  who  have 
need  of  this  direction  and  incitement  to  keep  them 
from  wandering  out  of  the  proper  road,  and  to  help 
them  forward  in  it.  But  it  is  extremely  dangerous  to 
encourage  fuch  a  difpofition  of  mind  by  fatire,  in- 
vective, difpute,  however  unworthy  the  opponent 
may  be,  as  thefe  practices  generally  end  in  rank 

malevolence 


O/  the  Rule  of  Life.  289 

malevolence  at  laft.     The  wrath  of  man  worketh  no! 
the  righteoufnefs  of  God. 

COR.   2.  As  we  mud  forego  the  pleafures  of  male- 
volence, fo  we  muft  patiently  and  refolutely  endure 
the  pains  of  benevolence,  particularly  thofe  of  com- 
panion.    But  we  fhall  not  be  lofers  upon  either  of 
thefe  accounts.      The  pleafures  of  the  moral   fenfe, 
\vhich  refult  from  thefe  virtues,  will  in  the   firfl  cafe 
compcnfate  for  what  we  forego,  and  in  the  laft  over- 
balance what  vve  endure.     Befides  which,  mercy  and 
forgivenefs  are  themfelves  pleafures,    and  productive 
of  many  others  in  the  event;  and  companion  gene- 
rally puts  us  upon  fuch   methods,    as  both  make  the 
afflicted  to  rejoice,  arid  beget  in  ourfelves  a  ftronger 
difpofuion    to    rejoice    With    them.       However,    we 
may   learn  from  thefe  two   corollaries,    that   as  our 
paffage  through    the  four  inferior,    and,    as   it  were 
forbidden-,  clafles  of  pleafure  and  pain,  is  not  entire 
felf-denial   and  fufferance,    fo  fome  degrees   of  thefe 
are  neceflary  in  refpetft  of  the  three  fupeiior  clafles. 
.We  muft  weep  with  thofe  that  weep,  as  well  as  rejoice 
with   thofe  that  rejoice.     In  like  manner,    theopathy, 
and  the  moral  fenfe,  are  the  occafions  of  fome  pain, 
as  well  as  of  great  and  lading  pleafure  >  as  will  appear 
hereafter.     Now  all  this  mixture  of  pain  with  plea- 
fure in  each  clafs,  as  alfo  the  difficulty  which  we  find 
in   bringing  the  inferior  clafles  into  a  due  fubordina- 
tion  to  the  fuperior,  are  confequences  and  marks  of 
our  fallen  and  degenerate  ftate, 

COR.  3.  As  benevolence  is  thus  fupported  by 
many  direct  arguments,  fo  there  are  fimilar  and 
oppofite  arguments,  which  fhew  that  malevolence  is 
the  bane  of  human  happinefs;  that  ic  occafions  mi- 
fery  to  the  doer,  as  well  as  to  the  fufferer ;  that  it  is 
infinitely  inconfiftent  with  itfelf,  and  with  the  courfe 
of  nature;  and  that  it  is  impofiible,  that  it  mould 
fubfift  for  ever.  Now  thefe  become  fo  many  indirect 
ones  for  benevolence,  and  for  our  making  it  the 
VOL.  II.  U  fupreme 


290  Of  tie  Rule  of  Life. 

fupreme  pleafure  and  end  of  our  lives.     In  order  to 
make  this  appear  more  fully,  let  us  take  a  furvey  of 
human   life   on    the   reverie   fide   to   that  which  we 
have  before  confidered.     We  (hall  there  fee,  that  in- 
juries are  increafed  in  various  ways  by  reciprocation, 
till  at  laft  mutual  fufferings  oblige  both  parties   to 
defift  ;    that   the   courfe   and   conftitution   of  nature 
give  us  numberlefs  admonitions  to  forbear  j  and  that 
the   hand   of  every    man,   and  the  power   of  every 
thing,  are   againft   the    malevolent  :    fo  that,    if  we 
Ihould  fuppofe  the  beings  A>  B,  C,  Z),  &c.  to  be 
purely  malevolent,  to  have  each  of  them  an  indefinite 
number  of  enemies,  they  would  firft  ceafe  from  their 
enmity  on  account  of  their  mutual   fufferings,   and 
become  purely  felfifh,  each  being  his  own  fole  friend 
and  protector;  and  afterwards,  by  mutual  good  of- 
fices, endear  themfelves  to  each  other ;  fo  that  at  laft 
each  would  have  an  indefinite  number  of  friends,  /.  e. 
be  indefinitely  happy.     This  is  indeed  a  kind  of  fup- 
pofition;   but  its  obvious  correfpondence  with  'what 
we  fee  and  feel   in  real  life,   is   a   ftrong  argument 
both  of  the  infinite  goodnefs  of  God,  and  of  the  con- 
fequent   doctrine  of  the   tendency   of  all   beings  to 
unlimited    happinefs   through   benevolence.     For  the 
beings  A>  B,  C,  D,  &c.  could  no  more  ftop  at  pure 
felfiihnefs,    or   any   other    intermediate    point,    than 
they  could  reft  in  pure  malevolence.     And  thus  the 
arguments,   which  exclude  pure  malevolence,  necef- 
farily  infer  pure  unlimited  benevolence. 


PROP. 


Of  the  Rule  of  Life.  291 


PROP.     LX1X. 

70   deduce  practical   Rules    'for   augmenting   the    bene- 
volent Affections^  and fupprejfing  the  malevolent  ones, 

FOR  this  purpofe  we  ought,  Firft,  Diligently  to 
practife  all  fuch  acts  of  friendship,  gcnerofity,  and 
compaffion,  as  our  abilities  of  any  kind  extend  to ; 
and  rigoroufly  to  refrain  from  all  fallies  of  anger, 
refentment,  envy,  jealoufy,  &c.  For  though  onr 
affections  are  not  directly  and  immediately  fubject 
to  the  voluntary  power,  yet  our  actions  are;  and 
confequently  our  affections  alfo  mediately.  He  that 
at  firft  practifes  ads  of  benevolence  by  conftraint, 
and  continues  to  practife  them,  will  at  lad  have 
afibciated  fuch  a  variety  of  pleafures  with  them, 
as  to  transfer  a  great  inftantaneous  pleafure  upon 
them,  and  beget  in  himfelf  the  affections  from  which 
they  naturally  flow.  In  like  manner,  if  we  abftain 
from  malevolent  actions,  we  fhall  dry  up  the  ill 
paffions,  which  are  their  fources. 

Secondly,  It  will  be  of  great  ufe  frequently  to 
reflect  upon  the  great  pleafures  and  rewards  attending 
on  benevolence,  alfo  upon  the  many  evils  prcfent  and 
future,  to  which  the  contrary  temper  expofes  us. 
For  thus  we  (hall  likewiie  transfer  pleafure  and  pain 
by  affociation  upon  thefe  tempers  refpectively  j  and 
rational  felf-intereft  will  be  made  to  beget  pure  bene- 
volence, and  to  extinguilh  all  kinds  and  degrees  of 
malevolence. 

Thirdly,  It  is  neceflary  to  pray  frequently  and 
fervently  (/'.  e.  as  far  as  we  can  excite  fervour  by  our 
voluntary  powers)  for  others,  friends,  benefactors, 
ftrangers,  enemies.  All  exertions  of  our  affections 
cherifh  them;  and  thofe  made  under  the  more  imme- 
diate fenfe  of  the  divine  attributes  have  an  extraor- 
U  2  dinary 


292  Of  tie  Rule  of  Life. 

dinary  efficacy  this  way,  by  mixing  the  love,  awe, 
and  other  exalted  emotions  of  mind  attending  our 
addreffes  to  God,  with  our  affections  towards  men, 
fo  as  to  improve  and  purify  them  thereby.  Petitions 
for  the  increafe  of  our  benevolence,  and  fuppreffion 
of  our  malevolence,  have  the  fame  tendency. 

Fourthly,  All  meditations  upon  the  attributes  of 
God,  and  particularly  upon  his  infinite  benevolence  to 
all  his  creatures,  have  a  ftrong  tendency  "to  refine 
and  augment  our  benevolent  affections. 

Fifthly,  The  frequent  confederation  of  our  own 
mifery,  helpleffnefs,  finfulnefs,  entire  dependence 
upon  God,  &c.  raifes  in  us  compaffion  for  others,  as 
well  as  concern,  and  earned  defires  and  prayers,  for 
ourfelves.  And  companion  is,  in  this  imperfect 
probationary  ftate,  a  mod  principal  part  of  our  bene- 
volent affections.  .  i  ', 

PROP.     LXX. 

T0-  deduce  praftical  Rules  for  the   Conduft  of   Men 
towards  each  other  in  Society. 

SINCE  benevolence  is  now  proved  to  be  a  primary 
purfuit,  it  follows,  that  we  are  to  direct  every  action 
fo  as  to  produce  the  greareft  happinefs,  and  the  leaft 
mifery,  in  our  power.  This  is  that  rule  of  focial 
behaviour,  which  univerfal  unlimited  benevolence 
inculcates. 

But  the  application  of  this  rule  in  real  life  is 
attended  with  confiderable  difficulties  and  perplexities. 
It  is  impofiible  for  the  mod  fagacious  and  experienced 
perfons  to  make  any  accurate  eftimate  of  the  future 
confequences  of  particular  actions,  fo  as,  in  all  the 
variety  of  circumftances  which  occur,  to  determine 
juftly,  which  action  would  contribute  mod  to  aug- 
ment happinefs  and  leffen  mifery.  We  mud  there- 
fore, indead  of  this  mod  general  rule,  fubditute 
others  lefs  general,  and  fubordinate  to  it,  and  which 

admit 


Of  the  Rule  of  Life.  293 

admit  of  a  more  commodious  practical  application. 
Of  this  kind  are  the  ten  rules  that  follow.  Where 
they  coincide,  we  may  fuppofe  them  to  add  ftrength 
to  each  other ;  where  they  are  oppcfite,  or  feemingly 
fo,  to  moderate  and  reftrain  one  another ;  fo  as  that 
the  fum  total  (hall  always  be  the  bed  direction  in  our 
power  for  promoting  the  happinefs,  and  leffening  the 
mifery,  of  others. 

The  firft  rule  is  obedience  to  the  fcripture  pre- 
cepts in  the  natural,  obvious,  and  popular  meaning 
of  them.  That  this  muft,  in  general,  contribute  to 
public  good,  needs  no  proof:  piety  and  benevolence 
evidently  coincide  here,  as  in  other  cafes.  The  fcrip- 
ture precepts  are  indeed  themfelves,  the  rule  of  life. 
But  then  there  is  the  fame  fort  of  difficulty  in  ap- 
plying them  accurately  to  particular  cafes,  as  in  ap- 
plying the  above-mentioned  mod  general  rule,  by 
means  of  an  eftimate  of  the  confequences  of  actions. 
It  is  impoffible,  in  many  particular  cafes,  from  the 
nature  of  language,  to  determine  whether  the  action 
under  confideration  come  precifely  under  this  or  that 
fcripture  precept,  interpreted  literally,  as  may  appear 
from  the  endlefs  fubtleties  and  intricacies  of  cafuiftical 
divinity.  However,  it  cannot  but  be  that  the  common 
and  popular  application  muft,  for  the  mod  part,  di- 
rect us  to  their  true  intention  and  meaning.  Let  every 
man  therefore,  in  the  particular  circumftances  of  real 
life,  recollect  the  fcripture  precepts,  and  follow  them 
in  their  firft  and  moft  obvious  fenfe,  unlefs  where  this 
is  ftrongly  oppofite  to  fome  of  the  following  rules ; 
which  yet  will  feldom  happen. 

Secondly,  Great  regard  muft  be  had  both  to  our 
own  moral  lenfe,  and  to  that  of  others.  This  rule 
coincides  remarkably  with  the  foregoing.  They  are 
together  the  chief  fupports  of  all  that  is  good,  even 
in  the  moft  refined  and  philofophical,  as  well  as  in 
the  vulgar  j  and  therefore  muft  not  be  weakened,  or 
explained  away. 

U  3  Thirdly, 


294  Of  the  Ruk  °f  Life. 

Thirdly,  It  is  very  proper  in  all  deliberate  actions 
to  weigh,  as  well  as  we  can,  the  probable  confe- 
quences  on  each  fide,  and  to  fuffer  •  the  balance  to 
have  fome  influence  in  all  cafes,  and  the  chief  where 
the  other  rules  do  not  interfere  much,  or  explicitly. 
But  to  be  determined  by  our  own  judgments  as  to 
confluences,  in  oppofition  to  the  two  foregoing 
rules,  or  to  t-hofe  that  follow,  favours  much  of  pride, 
and  is  often  only  a  cloak  for  felf-intereft  and  mali- 
ctoufnefs. 

Fourthly,  The  natural  motions  of  good-will,  com- 
paffion,  &c.  muft  have  great  regard  paid  to  them, 
led  we  contract  a  philofophical  hardnefs  of  heart, 
by  endeavouring  or  pretending  to  aft  upon  higher 
and  more  extenfively  beneficial  views,  than  vulgar 
minds,  the  fofcer  fex,  &c.  Some  perfons  carry 
this  much  too  far  on  the  other  fide,  and  encourage 
many  public  mifchiefs,  through  a  falfe  mifguided 
tendernefs  to  criminals,  perfons  in  diftrefs  through 
prefent  grofs  vices,  &c.  For  the  mere  inftantaneous 
motions  of  good-will  and  compaflion,  which  are 
generated  in  fo  many  different  ways  in  different  per- 
fons, cannot  be  in  all  more  than  a  good  general 
direction  for  promoting  the  greateft  good. 

Fifthly,  The  rule  of  placing  ourfelves  in  the 
feveral  fituations  of  all  the  perfons  concerned,  and 
inquiring  what  we  fhould  then  expect,  is  of  excellent 
ufe  for  directing,  enforcing,  and  retraining  our 
actions,  and  for  begetting  in  us  a  ready,  conftant 
fenfe  of  what  is  fit  and  equitable. 

Sixthly,  Perfons  in  the  near  relations  of  life, 
benefactors,  dependents,  and  enemies,  feem  to  have, 
in  moft  cafes,  a  prior  claim  to  ilrangers.  For  the 
general  benevolence  arifes  from  our  cultivation  of 
thefe  particular  fources  of  it.  The  root  muft  there- 
fore be  cherifhed,  that  the  branches  may  flourifh,  and 
the  fruit  arrive  to,  its  perfection. 

Seventhly, 


Of  the  Rule  of  Life.  295 

Seventhly,  Benevolent  and  religious  perfons  have, 
all  other  circumftances  being  equal,  a  prior  claim  to 
the  reft  of  mankind.  Natural  benevolence  itfelf 
teaches  this,  as  well  as  the  moral  fenfe.  But  it  is 
like  wife  of  great  importance  to  the  public,  thus  to 
encourage  virtue.  Not  to  mention,  that  all  oppor- 
tunities and  powers  become  more  extenfively  benefi- 
cial, by  being  entrufted  with  defervirig  perfons. 

Eighthly,  Since  the  concerns  of  religion,  and  a 
future  ftate,  are  of  infinitely  more  importance  than 
thofe  which  relate  to  this  world,  we  ought  to  be 
principally  folicitous  about  the  eftablifhment  and  pro- 
motion of  true  and  pure  religion,  and  to  make  all  our 
endeavours  concerning  temporal  things  fubfervient 
to  the  precepts  for  teaching  all  nations,  and  for 
carrying  the  everlafting  gofpel  to  the  ends  of  the 
earth. 

Ninthly,  We  ought  to  pay  the  ftricleft  regard  to 
truth,  both  with  refpect  to  affirmations  and  promifes. 
There  are  very  few  inftances,  where  veracity  of 
both  kinds  is  not  evidently  conducive  to  public  goodj, 
and  falfehood  in  every  degree  pernicious.  It  follows 
•therefore,  that,  in  cafes  where  appearances  are  other- 
wife,  the  general  regard  to  truth,  which  is  of  fb 
much  confequence  to  the  world,  ought  to  make 
us  adhere  inviolably  to  it;  and  that  it  is  a  moft  dan- 
gerous practice  to  falfify,  as  is  often  done,  from  falfe 
delicacy,  pretended  or  even  real  officioufnefs,  falle 
fhame,  and  other  fuch  difingenuous-  motives,  or  even 
from  thofe  that  border  upon  virtue.  The  harm 
which  thefe  things  do,  by  creating  a  mutual  diffi- 
dence, and  difpofition  to  deceive,  in  mankind,  is 
exceedingly  great ;  and  cannot  be  counterbalanced 
by  the  prefent  good  effefts,  afligned  as  the  reafons 
for  this  practice.  Yet  ftill  the  degrees  are  here,  as 
in  other  cafes,  fo  infenfible,  and  the  boundaries  fo 
nice,  that  it  is  difficult,  or  even  impoffible,  to  give 
any  exact  rule.  A  direct  falfeuood  feems  fcarce  to 

U  4  admit 


296  Of  the  Rule  of  Life. 

admit  a  toleration,  whatever  be  thrown  into  the  op- 
pofite  fcale ;  unlefs  in  cafes  of  madnefs,  murder  to 
(DC  prevented,  &c.  Equivocations,  concealments, 
pretences,  are  in  general  unjuftifiable  j  but  may 
perhaps  be  fometimes  allowed.  The  wifdom  of  the 
ferpent  joined  to  the  innocence  of  the  dove,  or 
chriftian  prudence  to  chriftiafl  fimplicity  and  cha- 
rity, will  generally  enable  men  to  avoid  all  difficul- 
ties. There  is  fcarce  any  thing  which  does  greater 
violence  to  the  moral  fenfe  in  well  educated  perfons, 
than  difingenuoufnefs  of  any  kind,  which  is  a  ftrong 
argument  againft  it.  Lies  and  liars  are  particularly 
noted  in  the  prophetical  writings,  and  the  great  fin 
of  idolatry  is  reprefemed  under  this  image.  As  to 
falfe  oaths,  affirmative  or  promiffory,  there  feems 
to  be  no  poffible  reafon  fufficient  to  jultify  the  vio- 
lation of  them.  The  third  commandment,  and  the 
reverence  due  to  the  divine  majefty,  lay  an  abfolute 
reftrainr,  here. 

Tenthly,  Obecjience  to  the  civil  magiftrate  is  a 
fubordinate  general  rule  of  the  utmoft  importance. 
It  is  evidently  for  the  public  good,  that  every  mem- 
ber of  a  ftate  mould  fubmit  to  the  governing  power, 
whatever  that  be.  Peace,  order,  and  harmony, 
refult  from  this  in  the  general ;  confufion  and  mif- 
chief  of  all  kinds  from  the  contrary.  So  that  though 
it  may  and  muft  be  fuppofed,  that  difobcdience, 
in  certain  particular  cafes,  will,  as  far  as  the  fingle 
aft,  and  its  immediate  confequences,  are  confidered, 
contribute  more  to  public  good,  than  obedience; 
yet,  as  it  is  a  dangerous  example  to  others,  and 
will  probably  lead  the  peribn  himfelf  into  other  in- 
ftances  of  difobedience  afterwards,  &c.  difobedience 
in  every  cafe  becomes  deftruftive  of  public  happinefs 
upon  the  whole.  To  this  we  may.  add,  that  as 
part  of  our  _  notions  of,  and  regards  to,  the  Deity, 
are  taken  from  the  civil  magiftrate ;  fo,  converfely, 
the  magiftrate  is  to  be  confidered  as  God's  vicegerent 

on 


Of  the  Rule  of  Life.  2-97 

on  earth ;  and  all  oppofuion  to  him  weakens  the 
force  of  religious  obligations,  as  well  as  of  civil 
ones;  and  if  there  be  an  oath  .of  fidelity  and  fub- 
miffion,  or  even  a  bare  promife,  this  will  give  a 
farther  fanclion.  Laftly,  the  precepts  of  the  New 
Teftament  given  under  very  wicked  governors,  and 
the  whole  tenor  of  it,  which  fuppofes  chriftians  to 
have  higher  views,  and  not  to  intermeddle  with 
the  kingdoms  of  this  world,  enjoin  an  implicit 
fubmifiion. 

We  ought  therefore,  in  confeqqence  of  this  tenth 
rule,  to  reverence  all  perfons  in  authority ;  not  to 
pafs  hafty  cenfures  upon  their  a&ions  j  to  make 
candid  allowances  on*  account  of  the  difficulties  of 
government,  the  bad  education  of  princes,  and  per- 
fons of  high  birth,  and  the  flatteries^  and  extraor- 
dinary temptations,  with  which  they  are  furrounded ; 
to  oblerve  the  laws  ourfelves  and  promote  the  ob- 
fervance  of  them,  where  the  penalties  may  be  evaded, 
or  are  found  inefficient ;  to  look  upon  property  as 
a  thing  abfolutely  determined  by  the  laws;  fo  that 
though  a  man  may  and  ought  to  recede  from  what 
the  law  would  give  him,  out  of  compaffion,  gene- 
rofity,  love  of  peace,  view  of  the  greater  good 
to  the  whole,  &c.  yet  he  muft  never  evade,  ftrain, 
or  in  any  way  do  violence  to  the  laws,  in  order  to 
obtain  what  he  may  think  his  own  according  to 
equity;  and  wherever  he  has  offended,  or  is  judged  by 
lawful  authority  to  have  offended,  he  muft  fubmit  to 
the  punilhment,  whatever  it  be. 

Here  two  things  may  be  objected  in  refpect  of  this 
tenth  rule:  Fir  ft,  That  the  duty  to  magiftrates  ought 
to  be  deduced  from  the  origin  of  civil  government. 
Secondly,  That  it  is  lawful  to  refift  the  fupreme 
magiftrate  openly,  in  thofe  "cafes,  where  the  good 
confequences  of  open  refiftance  appear  in  the  ultimate 
refuk  to  overbalance  the  ill  confequences. 

To 


298  Of  the  Rule  of  Life. 

To  the  firft  I  anfwer,  that  we  here  fuppofe  be- 
nevolence to  be  the  rule  of  duty,  public  good  the 
end  of  benevolence,  and  fubmiffion  to  magiftrates 
the  means  of  promoting  the  public  good.  Unlefs 
therefore  fomething  can  be  objected  to  one  of  thefe 
three  pofitions,  the  conclufion,  that  fubmifiion  to 
magiftrates  is  a  duty,  muft  ftand.  It  appears  to  me 
alfo,  that  this  method  of  deducing  obedience  to 
magiftrates  is  much  more  fimple  and  direct,  than  that 
from  the  origin  of  civil  government.  For  the  real 
origin  of  civil  government  having  been  either  the 
gradual  tranfition  and  degeneration  of  parental  pa- 
triarchal authority  (which  being  originally  directed 
by  pure  love,  and  fupported  by  abfolute  authority, 
can  never  be  paralleled  now)  into  fmall  monarchies 
in  the  ancient  world,  of  which  we  know  nothing 
accurately ;  or  the  ufurped  power  of  conquerors  and 
tyrants  j  or  the  delegated  power  of  thofe,  who  in 
difficult  and  factious  times  have  gained  over  the 
minds  of  the  populace  to  themfelves,  and  balanced 
the  interefts  and  ambition  of  particulars  againft  one 
another;  it  feems  that  little  of  ufe  to  public  hap- 
pinefs  can  be  drawn  from  thefe  patterns,  where  the 
perfons  concerned  were  either  very  little  felicitous 
about  pxiblic  happinefs,  or  very  little  qualified  to 
make  a  proper  eftimate  of  the  beft  methods  of 
attaining  it,  or,  laftly,  were  obliged  to  comply  with 
the  prejudices,  and  eftablifhed  cuftoms,  of  an  igno- 
rant head-ftrong  multitude.  The  only  pattern  of 
great  ufe  and  authority  appears  to  be  the  Jewijh  Theo- 
cracy. As  to  the  fictitious  fuppofition,  that  a  fet 
of  philofophers,  with  all  their  natural  rights  about 
them,  agree  to  give  up  certain  of  thefe,  in  order  to 
preferve  the  reft,  and  promote  the  good  of  the 
whole,  this  is  too  large  a  field.  Befides,  public 
good  muft  either  be  made  the  criterion  of  natural 
rights,  and  of  the  obligation  to  give  them  up, 
&c.  which  would  bring  this  hypothefis  to  coincide 

with 


Of  the  Rule  of  Life.  299 

with  the  diredt  obvious  confideracions  above-men- 
tioned ;  or,  if  any  other  criterion  be  afiumed,  the  de- 
terminations will  be  falfe.  This  method  of  reafoning 
has  been  adopted  too  fervilely,  by  the  force  which 
affociation  has  over  the  human  mind,  from  the  tech- 
nical methods  of  extending  human  laws  to  cafes  not 
provided  for  explicitly,  and  particularly  from  the  rea- 
fonings  made  uie  of  in  the  civil  law.  However,  the 
writers  of  this  clafs  have  delivered  many  excellent 
particular  precepts,  in  relation  to  the  duties  both  of 
public  and  of  private  life  j  and  therefore  have  deferved 
well  of  the  world,  notwithftanding  that  their  founda- 
tion for  the  laws  of  nature  and  nations  be  liable  to 
the  foregoing  objections. 

Secondly,  It  is  faid,  that  there  are  certain  cafes, 
in  which  open  refinance  is  lawful.  And  it  mud  be 
owned,  that  where  there  is  no  oaih  of  allegiance,  or 
•where  that  oath  is  plainly  conditional,  cafes  may  be 
put,  where  refiftance  with  all  its  confequences  feems 
more  likely  to  produce  public  good,  than  non-refift- 
ance.  If  therefore  a  man  can  lay  his  hand  upon  his 
heart,  and  fairly  declare,  that  he  is  not  influenced  by 
ambition,  felf-intereft,  envy,  refentment,  &c.  but 
merely  by  tendernefs  and  good-will  to  the  public, 
I  cannot  prefume  to  fay,  that  he  is  to  be  feftrained, 
or  that  chriftianity,  that  perfect  lam  of  liberty,  whofe 
end  is  peace  and  good-will  to  meny  fhould  be  made 
an  obftruction  to  any  truly  benevolent  endeavours, 
where  chriftian  liberty  is  not  made  ufe  of  as  a  cloak 
for  malicioufnejs.  But  thefe  cafes  are  fo  rare,  that  it 
is  needlefs  to  give  any  rules  about  them.  In  public 
difturbances,  when  men's  paflions  are  up,  there  are 
fo  many  violences  on  all  hands,  that  it  is  impoflible 
to  fay,  which  fide  one  would  wilh  to  have  uppermoft; 
only  there  is  always  a  prejudice  in  favour  of  the 
laft  eftablifhment,  becaufe  the  minds  of  the  multitude 
may  be  quieted  foonef  by  getting  into  the  former 

road. 


joo  Of  the  Rule  of  Life. 

road.  Rules  of  this  kincbcan  only  be  fuppofed  to 
relate  to  thofe  that  are  difpofed  to  obey  them,  which 
are  very  few  in  comparifon.  If  one  could  fuppofe, 
that  all  would  obey  implicitly,  no  difturbance  could 
arife;  if  all  difobey,  it  is  infinite  anarchy.  There- 
fore, of  all  the  intermediate  fuppofitions,  thofe  feem 
to  be  the  beft,  in  which  moil:  obey.  In  fhort,  it 
appears  to  be  the  duty  of  a  good  chriftian  to  fit 
frill,  and  fuffer  the  children  of  this  world  to  difpute 
and  fight  about  it  j  only  fubmitting  himfelf  to  the 
powers  in  being,  whatever  they  are  (they  cannot  be 
entitled  to  lefs  regard  than  the  heathen  emperors,  to 
whom  the  apoftles  enjoined  obedience)  for  the  fake 
of  peace  and  quietnefs  to  himfelf  and  others ;  and,  as 
much  as  in  him  lies,  moderating  the  heats  and  ani- 
mofuies  of  parties  againft  each  other.  However,  I 
do  not  mean,  that  thofe  who,  according  to  the  con- 
ftituuon  of  a  government,  have  an  executive  or  le- 
giflative  power  lodged  with  them,  fhould  not  exert  ^t 
with  authority.  As  to  the  cafe  of  oaths,  no  view  of 
public  good  can  ,  be  fufficient  to  fuperfede  fo  facred 
an  obligation.  And  thus  it  is  not  only  allowed  to, 
buc  even  required  of,  a  good  chriftian,  to  be  adive 
in  the  defence  of  an  eftablifhment,  to  which  he  has 
given  an  oath  to  that  purpofe. 

Other  rules,  befides  the  ten  foregoing,  might  be 
afllgned,  or  thefe  expreficd  in  a  different  way.  J 
have  put  down  thofe  which  appear  to  me  to  be,  in 
fad,  the  chief  principles  of  focial  conduct  to  wife 
and  good  men.  They  muft  all  be  fuppofed  to  in- 
fluence and  interpret  each  other.  Let  a  man  only 
divert  himfelf  of  all  felf-regards,  as  much  as  pofiible, 
and  love  his  neighbour  as  himfelf,  and  God  above 
all,  and  he  will  generally  find  fome  point,  and  that 
without  much  difficulty  or  perplexity,  in  which  all 
thefe  rules  unite  to  produce  the  greateil  good,  upon 
the  whole,  to  all  the  perfons  concerned. 

I  proceed 


Of  the  Rule  of  Life.  301 

I  proceed  next  to  confider  briefly  the  feveral 
principal  relations  of  life,  and  the  duties  arifing 
from  them,  according  to  the  foregoing  or  fuch  like 
ruJes. 

The   firft   of  thefe   is   that  of  hufband  and  wife. 
The  loving  our  neighbour  as  ourfelves  begins  here. 
This  is  the  fit  ft  inftance  of  it;  and,  where  this  love 
is  mutual   and   perfect,    there   an   entire   equality  of 
the  two  fexes   takes    place.     The   authority   of  the 
man  is  only  a  mark  of  our  prefent  degenerate  ftate, 
by  reafon  of  which  dominion  muft  be  placed  fome- 
where,  and  therefore  in  the  man,  as  being  of  greater 
bodily  ftrength  and  firmnefs  of  mind.     But  this  is 
that  kind  of  right  or   property,  which  men  are  ob- 
liged to  give  up,  though  women  are  alfo  obliged  to 
acknowledge  it.     Suppofe  the  fexes  to  fhare  all  their 
joys  and  griefs  perfectly,   to  have  an   entire  concern 
for  each  other,  and  efpecially  fbf  each   other's  eter- 
nal  welfare,    and  they  are,   as  it  were,  reinftated  in 
paradife;    and    the  dominion  of  the   man   over  the 
woman,  with   her  fubjection,  and  confequent  reluct- 
ance, can  only  take  place  again  upon  their  mutual 
tranfgreffion.     And  though  in  this  imperfect  ftate  it 
feems  impoflible,  from  the  theory   above  given,  for 
any  one  to  love  another,  in  every  branch  of  defire 
and  happinefs,  entirely  as  himfelf;  yet  there  appear 
to  be  fuch  near  approaches  to  it  in  benevolent,  de- 
vout, married  perfons,  united  upon  right  motives,  as 
to   annihilate    all    confiderable,    or   even    perceptible 
diftinction.     It  is  of  the  utmoft  importance,  that  this 
grand  foundation  of  all  benevolence  be  duly  laid,  on 
account  both  of  public  and  private  happinefs.     The 
chief  or  only  means  of  doing  this  is  religion.     Where 
both  parties  have  it  in  a  high  degree,  they  cannot  fail 
of  mutual  happinefs  i  fcarce,  if  one  have  it:   where 
both  are  greatly  defective  in  this  principal  article,  it 
is  almoft  impofTible  but  diffenfionSj    uneafinefs,  and 
mutual  offences,  (hould  arife. 

The 


302  Of  the  Rule  of  Life. 

The  fecond  great  relation  of  life  is  that  of  parents 
to  children ,  the  principal  duty  of  which  is  the 
giving  a  right  education,  or  the  imprinting  fuch 
aflbciations  upon  the  minds  of  children,  as  may 
conduct  them  fafe  through  the  labyrinths  of  tliis 
world  to  a  happy  futurity.  Religion  therefore  here 
again  appears  to  be  the  one  only  neceffary  thing..  It 
"is  the  defign  of  the  prefent  chapter  to  fhew,  that  it 
contributes  as  certainly  to  give  us  the  maximum  of 
happinefs  in  this  world,  at  lead  the  faired  pro- 
fpect  of  it,  as  to  fecure  it  in  the  next.  So  that  a 
parent  mutt  be  led  to  the  inculcating  virtue  in  every 
view.  The  chief  errors  in  education  are  owing 
to  the  want  of  this  perfuafion  in  a  practical  way ; 
or  to  a  falfe  tendernefs  and  opinion  of  the  parent, 
whereby  he  is  led  to  believe,  or  flatter  himfelf,  that 
his  child's  nature  is  not  fo  degenerate  and  corrupt, 
as  to  require  frequent  corrections  and  reftraints,  with 
perpetual  encouragements  and  incentives  to  virtue 
by  reward,  example,  advice,  books,  converfation, 
&c.  Otherwife  it  would  appear  from  the  hiftory 
of  the  mind,  its  affections  and  pafllons,  before  given, 
that  few  children  would  mifcarry.  Where  due  care 
is  taken  from  the  firft,  little  feverity  would  ordi- 
narily be  necefiary;  but,  in  proportion  as  this  care 
is  neglected  in  the  firft  years,  a  much  greater  degree 
of  care,  with  high  degrees  of  feverity  both  bodily 
and  mental,  become  abfolutely  requifite  to  pre- 
ferve  from  mifery  here  and  hereafter.  We  fee  that 
men  of  the  ordinary  ftandard  in  virtue  are  feldom 
brought  to  a  ftate  of  repentance  and  falvation, 
without  great  fufferings,  both  bodily  and  mental, 
from  difeafes,  fad  external  accidents,  deaths  of 
friends,  lofs  of  fortunes,  &c.  How  then  can  it 
be  fuppofed,  that  children  can  be  brought  into  the 
right  way,  without  analogous  methods,  both  bodily, 
and  mental,  though  gentler  indeed,  in  proportion  as 
the  child's  age  is  more  tender  ?  And  this  ought  to 

make 


Of  tbe  Rule  of  Life.  303 

make  all  affectionate  parents  labour  from  the  earlieft 
dawnings  of  underftanding  and  defire,  to  check  the 
growing  obftinacy  of  the  will ;  curb  all  Tallies  of 
paffion  j  imprefs  the  deepeft,  moft  amiable,  reveren- 
tial, and  awful  apprehenfions  of  God,  a  future  ftate, 
and  all  facred  things ;  reftrain  anger,  jealoufy,  felfifh- 
nefs;  encourage  love,  compaffion,  generofity,  for- 
givenefs,  gratitude  ;  excite,  and  even  compel  to, 
fuch  induftry  as  the  tender  age  will  properly  admit. 
For  one  principal  end  and  difficulty  of  life  is  to 
generate  fuch  moderate,  varying,  •  and  perpetually 
actuating  motives,  by  means  of  the  natural  fenfible 
defires  being  alTociated  with,  and  parcelled  out  upon 
foreign  objects,  as  may  keep  up  a  ftate  of  moderate 
cheerfulnefs,  and  ufeful  employment,  during  the 
whole  courfe  of  our  lives :  whereas  fenfual,  blind, 
an  uninformed  defire  prefles  violently  for  immediate 
gratification,  is  injurious  to  others,  and  deftroys  its 
own  aims,  or,  at  the  beft,  gives  way  only  to  fpleen 
and  diffatisfaction. 

As  to  the  otKer  duties  towards  children,  fuch  as 
care  of  their  prefent  and  future  health  of  body,  pro-  > 
vifion  of  external  neceffaries  and  conveniencies  for 
them,  &c.  they  are  fufficiently  obvious,  and  can 
fcarce  be  neglected  by  thofe,  who  are  truly  folicitous 
about  the  principal  point,  a  religious  education. 

The  duties  of  children  to.  parents  are  fubmiffion, 
obedience,  gratitude  even  to  the  worft.  For  it  can 
fcarce  be  fuppofed,  that  children  have  not  great  ob- 
ligations to  their  parents,  upon  the  whole.  And  as 
the  love  of  parents  to  children  may  ferve  to  give 
parents  a  feeling  conviction  of  the  infinite  benevolence 
of  God  our  heavenly  Father,  fo  the  fubmiffion  of 
children  to  parents  is  the  pattern  of,  and  introduction 
to,  true  religion ;  and  therefore  is  of  infinite  impor- 
tance to  be  duly  paid.  Which  may  ferve  as  an 
admonition  both  to  parents,  to  fhew  themfelves  fie 

vicegerents 


304  Of  the  Rule  of  Life. 

vicegerents  of  God,  and  to  children  to  give  them  the 
refpect  due  to  them  as  fuch. 

As  the  reciprocal  duties  between  parents  and  chil- 
dren are  patterns  of  the  reciprocal  duties  between 
fuperiors  and  inferiors  of  all  kinds ;  fo  the  duties  and 
afFe'clions  between  brethren  and  fitters  are  our  guides 
and  monitors  in  refpec"l  of  equals ;  both  which  things 
are  intimated  in  thefe  and  fuch  like  fcripture  phrafes  j 
intrcat  an  elder  as  a  father y  the  younger  men  as  brethren-, 
love  as  brethren^  &c.  The  feveral  events  of  child- 
hood, the  conjunction  of  interefts,  the  examples  of 
ocheiSj  &c.  irnprefs  upon  us  a  greater  concern,  love, 
companion,  &c.  for  all  perfons  nearly  related  to  us 
in  blood,  than  for  others  in  like  circumftances.  And 
though  the  ultimate  ratio  of  duty  is  to  love  every  man 
equally,  becaufe  we  are  to  love  every  man  as  our- 
felves ;  yet  fince  our  condition  here  keeps  us  in  fome 
degree  the  neceflary  (laves  of  felf-love,  it  follows  that 
neither  ought  we  to  love  all  perfons  equally,  but  our4 
relations,  friends,  and  enemies,  preferably  to  utter 
ftrangers ;  left,  in  endeavouring  to  love  all  equally, 
we  eome  not  to  love  others  more,  but  our  brethren 
lefs,  than  we  did  before. 

The  cleaving  of  our  affections  to  all  with  whom 
we  have  frequent  pleafing  intercourfes,  with  mutual 
obligations,  is  the  foundation  of  friendfliip  ;  which  yet 
cannot  fubfift  long,  but  amongft  the  truly  religious. 
And  great  care  ought  to  be  taken  here,  not  to  have 
men's  perfons  in  admiration,  not  to  efteem  our  friend 
a  nonpareil.  There  is  great  pride  and  vanity  in  this, 
juft  as  in  the  like  opinions  concerning  ourlelves, 
our  children,  pofleffions,  &c.  Such  intimacies,  by 
exalting  one  above  meafure  in  our  love  and  efteem, 
muft  deprefs  others ;  and  they  generally  end  in  jea- 
loufies  and  quarrels,  even  between  the  two  inti- 
mates. All  men  are  frail  and  imperfed,  and  it  is 
a  great  injury  to  any  man,  to  think  more  highly  of 
him  than  he  deferves,  and  to  treat  him  fo.  Our 

regards 


Of  the  Rule  of  Life.  305 

regards  cannot  continue  long  drained  up  to  an  un- 
natural pitch.  And  if  we  confider,  that  we  all  have 
a  proper  bulincfs  in  life,  which  engages  us  in  a 
variety  of  chriltian  actions,  and  confequemly  of 
friendfhips  and  intimacies,  this  peculiar  attachment 
of  one  perfon  to  another  of  the  fame  fex  will  appear 
inconfiftent  with  the  duties  of  life.  Where  the  fexes 
are  different,  fuch  an  attachment  is  either  with  a 
view  to  marriage,  or  elfe  it  becomes  liable  to  ftill 
greater  objections. 

As  to  enemies,  the  forgiving  them,  praying  for 
them,  doing  them  good  offices,  companion  to  them 
as  expofing  themfelves  to  fufferings  by  a  wrong 
behaviour,  the  ienfe  of  our  having  injured  them, 
which  is  generally  the  cafe  more  or  lefs,  &c.  have  in 
generous  and  religious  men  a  peculiar  tendency  to 
excire  love  and  compaflion  for  them. 

The  laft  relation  which  I  (hall  confider  is  that 
of  magistrates,  i.  e.  the  perfons  who  in  each  fociety 
have  the  legiQativc  or  executive  powers,  or  both, 
committed  to  them.  The  duty  arifing  from  this  re- 
lation may  be  diftinguifhed  into  two  branches.  Firft, 
That  towards  the  perfons  over  whom  the  magiftrate 
prefides  j  lecondiy,  that  towards  other  dates. 

In  refpect  of  the  firft,  we  may  at  once  affirm,  that 
the  principal  care  of  a  magiftrate,  of  the  father  of 
a  people,  is  to  encourage  and  enforce  benevolence 
and  piety,,  the  belief  and  practice  of  natural  and 
revealed  religion ;  and  to  difcourage  and  reftrain 
infidelity,  profanenefs,  and  immorality,  as  much  as 
pofiible.  And  this, 

Firft,  Becaufe  the  concerns  of  another  world  are 
of  infinitely  greater  importance  than  any  relating  to 
this ;  fo  that  he  who  wilhes  well  to  a  people,  and 
prefides  over  them  for  their  good,  cannot  but  be 
chiefly  folicitous  and  induftrious  in  this  particular. 
r  Secondly,  Becaufe  even  the  prefent  well- being  of 
ftates  depends  entirely  upon  the  private  virtues  of  the 

VOL.  II.  X  feveral 


306  Of  the  Rule  of  Life. 

feveral  ranks  and  orders  of  men.  For  the  public 
happinefs  is  compounded  of  the  happinefs  of  the 
feveral  individuals  compofing  the  body  politic  j 
and  the  virtues  of  induftry,  temperance,  chaftity, 
meeknefs,  juftice,  generofity,  devotion,  refignation, 
&c.  have  a  tendency  to  promote  the  happinefs 
both  of  the  perfons  that  poflefs  them,  and  of 
others. 

It  will  therefore  be  the  duty  of  the  magiftrate, 
in  making  and  executing  laws,  to  inquire  which 
method  appears  to  be  mod  conducive  to  virtue  in 
the  people,  to  purfue  this  fimply  and  fteadily,  and 
not  to  doubt  but  that  all  the  fubordinate  ends  of  go- 
vernment, as  thofe  of  increafing  the  riches  and  power 
of  the  date,  promoting  arts  and  fciences,  &c.  will 
be  obtained  in  fuch  degrees  as  they  ought,  as  are 
productive  of  real  happinefs  to  the  people,  by  the 
fame  means.  But  where  it  is  doubtful  what  method 
is  mod  conducive  to  virtue,  there  the  fubordinate 
ends  are' to  be  taken  into  consideration,  each  accord- 
ing to  its  value :  juft  as  in  the  cafe  of  felf-intereft 
i,n  individuals  •,  where  benevolence,  piety,  and  the 
moral  fenfe,  are  entirely  filent,  there  cool,  rational 
felf-intereft  may,  and,  as  it  appears,  ought  to  be 
admitted  as  a  principle  of  action. 

As  to  foreign  ftates,  they,  and  confequently  the 
magiftrates  who  prefi4e  over  them,  are  under  the 
fame  obligations,  as  private  perfons  are  in  refpect  of 
each  other.  Thus,  fince  a  private  perfon,  in  order 
to  obtain  his  own  greateft  happinefs,  even  in  this 
world,  muft  obey  the  precepts  of  benevolence,  piety, 
and  the  moral  fenfe,  with  an  abfolute  and  implicit 
confidence  in  them ;  fo  ftates,  i.  e.  their  governors 
or  reprefentatives,  ought  to  deal  with  each  other 
according  to  juftice,  generofity,  charity,  &c.  even 
from  the  mere  principle  of  intereft.  For  the  reafon 
is  the  fame  in  both  cafes.  If  individuals  be  all 
members  of  the  fame  myftical  body,  much  more 

are 


Of  the  Rule  of  Life.  307 

are  ftates,  /.  e.  large  collections  of  individuals.  They 
ought  therefore  to  have  the  fame  care  for  each 
other,  as  for  themfelvesj  and  whoever  is  an  aggref- 
for,  or  injurious,  muft  expect  to  fuffer,  as  in  private 
life.  'They  that  take  the  fword  Jhall  peri/h  by  the 
Jword.  He  that  leadetb  into  captivity  muft  go  into 
captivity.  Babylon  mud  receive  double  for  all  her  in- 
Jults  upon  other  nations,  &c.  All  which  is  verified 
by  obfervation,  both  in  regard  to  private  perfons, 
and  to  ftates,  as  far  as  it  is  reafonable  for  us  to 
expect  to  fee  it  verified,  in  this  our  ignorance  of  the 
real  quantities  of  virtue  and  vice,  and  of  happinefs 
and  mifery.  But  in  all  obfervations  of  this  kind 
we  ought  conftantly  to  bear  in  mind,  that  God's 
judgments  are  unfearcbable,  and  his  ways  paft  finding 
outt  in  particular  cafes,  though  fufficiently  manifeft 
in  the  general  courfe  and  tenor  of  things.  By  the 
laft  he  fhews  us  his  moral  attributes,  his  providence, 
and  his  relation  to  us  as  our  governor;  by  the  firft: 
he  humbles  the  pride,  rafhnefs,  and  felf-  conceit,  of 
human  underftanding. 

It  may  not  perhaps  be  improper  here  to  fay  fome- 
thing  concerning  the  lawfulnefs  of  war.  Now  this 
regards  either  the  magiftrate,  or  the  fubjecl:.  Firft, 
then,  it  is  very  evident,  that  as  private  perfons 
are,  in  general,  prohibited  by  the  law  of  C drift  to 
revenge  themfelves,  refift  evil,  &c.  fo  are  ftates, 
and  confcquently,  magiftrates.  But  then  as  private 
perfons  have,  under  chriftianity,  that  perfeft  law 
of  liberty^  a  power  to  punifti  injuries  done  to  them- 
lelves,  oppoie  violence  offered  to  themfelves,  &c. 
when  their  view  in  this  is  a  finccre  regard  to 
others,  as  affected  by  thefe  injuries  and  violences, 
fo  magiftrates  have  a  power,  and  by  confequence 
lie  under  an  obligation,  of  the  like  kind,  where 
the  real  motive  is  tendernefs  to  their  own  people 
in  a  juft  caufe,  or  a  regard  to  the  general  welfare 
of  their  own  ftate,  and  the  neighbouring  ones.  Se- 

X  a  condly, 


308  Of  tbe  Rule  of  Life. 

i 

condly,  Though  it  feems  entirely  unjuftifiable  for 
private  perfons  to  enter  upon  the  profeflion  of  war 
wantonly,  and  with  a  view  to  riches,  honours,  &c. 
cfpecially  fince  fo  much  violence  and  cruelty,  and  fo 
many  temptations,  attend  this  profeflion  j  yet  where 
a  perfon  is  already  engaged,  and  has  very  urgent 
realbns  reftraining  him  from  withdrawing,  or  receives 
a  particular  command  from  a  lawful  magiftrate,  it 
feems  to  be  allowable,  or  even  his  duty. 


SECT. 


Of  the  Rule  of  Life,  309 


SECT.     VII. 

\ 

OF  THE  REGARD  DUE  TO  THE  PLEASURES 
AND  PAINS  OF  THEOPATHY  IN  FORMING 
THE  RULE  OF  LIFE. 


PROP.    LXXI. 

The  Love  of  God  regulates,  improves,  and  perfetts  all  the 
other  Parts  of  our  Nature,  and  affords  a  Pleafure 
Juperior  in  Kind  and  Degree  to  all  tbe  reft :  it  is  there- 
fore our  primary  Purfuit,  and  ultimate  End. 
/ 

IN  what  manner  the  precepts  of  piety  regulate, 
improve,  and  perfect  the  four  inferior  claffes  of 
pleafure,  viz.  thofe  of  fenfation,  imagination,  am- 
bition, and  felf-intereft,  has  been  (hewn  already  in 
this  chapter.  But  the  precepts  of  piety  are  thofe 
which  teach  us,  what  homage  of  our  affections,  and 
external  actions,  ought  to  be  addreffed  to  the  Deity 
in  a  direct  and  immediate  manner;  and  it  will  ap- 
pear under  the  two  nexc  propofitions,  in  which  the 
affections  and  actions  enjoined  by  piety  are  particu- 
larly confidered,  that  all  thefe  terminate  ultimately 
in  the  Jove  of  God,  and  are  abforbed  by  it :  the 
love  of  God  does  therefore  regulate,  improve,  and 
perfect  all  the  four  inferior  clafies  of  pleafure. 

The  fame  thing  is  evident  with  refpect  to  the 
whole  of  our  natures,  in  a  fhorter  manner,  and  ac- 
cording to  the  ufual  fenfe,  in  which  the  phrafe  of 
the  love  of  God  is  taken.  For  the  perpetual  exertion 
of  a  pleating  affection  towards  a  being  infinite  in 
power,  knowledge,  and  goodnefs,  and  who  is  alfo 
our  friend  and  father,  cannot  but  enhance  all  our 
joys,  and  alleviate  all  our  forrows;  the  fenfe  of  his 

X  3  prefence 


jio  Of  the  Rule  of  Life. 

prefence  and  protection  will  reftrain  all  actions,  that 
are  exceffive,  irregular,  or  hurtful  ;  fupport  and 
encourage  us  in  all  fuch  as  are  of  a  contrary  nature ; 
and  infufe  fuch  peace  and  tranquillity  of  mind,  as 
will  enable  us  to  fee  clearly,  and  act  uniformly.  The 
perfection  therefore  of  every  part  of  our  natures 
muft  depend  upon  the  love  of  God,  and  the  con- 
flant  comfortable  fenfe  of  his  prefence. 

With  refpect  to  benevolence,  or  the  love  of  our 
neighbour,  it  may  be  obfervcd,  that  this  can  never 
be  free  froms  partiality  and  felfifhnefs,  till  we  take 
our  ftation  in  the  divine  nature,  and  view  every 
thing  from  thence,  and  in  the  relation  which  it  bears 
to  God.  If  the  relation  to  ourfelves  be  made  the 
point  of  view,  our  profpect  muft  be  narrow,  and  the 
appearance  of  what  we  do  fee  diftorted.  When  we 
confider  the  fcenes  of  folly,  vanity,  and  mifery, 
which  muft  prefent  themfelves  to  our  fight  in  this 
point ;  when  we  are  difappointed  in  the  happinefs 
of  our  friends,  or  feel  the  refentment  of  our  ene- 
mies j  our  benevolence  will  begin  to  languifh,  and 
our  hearts  to  fail  us  -,  we  (hall  complain-  of  the  cor- 
ruption and  wickednefs  of  that  world,  which  we 
have  hitherto  loved  with  a  benevolence  merely  hu- 
man ;  and  Ihew  by  our  complaints,  that  we  are  ftill 
deeply  tinctured  with  the  fame  corruption  and  wick- 
ednefs. This  is  generally  the  cafe  with  young  and 
unexperienced  perfons,  in  the  beginning  of  a  virtuous 
courfe,  and  before  they  have  made  a  due  advance- 
ment in  the  ways  of  piety.  Human  benevolence, 
though Jweet  in  tbe  mouth,  is  bitter  in  the  belly  -,  and 
the  difappointments  which  ic  meets  with,  are  fome- 
times  apt  to  incline  us  to  call  the  divine  goodnefs  in 
queflion.  But  he  who  is  poflefled  of  a  full  affurance 
of  this,  who  loves  God  with  his  whole  powers,  as 
an  inexhauftible  fountain  of  love  and  beneficence  to 
all  his  creatures,  at  all  times,  and  in  all  places,  as 
much  when  he  chaftifes,  as  when  he  rewards,  will 

learn 


Of  the  Rule  of  Life.  311 

learn  thereby  to  love  enemies,  as  well  as  friends; 
the  finful  and  miferable,  as  well  as  the  holy  and 
happy ;  to  rejoice,  and  give  thanks,  for  every  thing 
which  he  fees  and  feels,  however  irreconcileable,  to 
his  prefent  fuggeftions ;  and  to  labour,  as  an  inftru- 
ment  under  God,  for  the  promotion  of  virtue  and 
happinefs,  with  real  courage  and  conftancy,  knowing 
that  bis  labour  faall  not  be  in  vain  in  the  Lord. 

In  like  manner,  the  moral  fenfe  requires  a  perpe- 
tual direction  and  fupport  from  the  love  of  God,  in 
order  to  keep  it  fteady  and  pure.  When  men  ceafe 
to  regard  God  in  a  due  meafure,  and  to  make  him 
their  ultimate  end,  having  fome  other  end,  beyond 
which  they  do  not  look,  they  are  very  apt  to  relapfe 
into  negligence  and  callofity,  and  to  aft  without  any 
virtuous  principle;  and,  on  the  other  hand,  if  they 
often  look  up  to  him,  but  not  with  a  filial  love  and 
confidence,  thofe  weighty  matters  of  the  law,  they 
tithe  mint,  anife,  and  cumin,  and  fill  themfelves  with 
cndlefs  fcruples  and  anxieties  about  the  lawfulnefs  and 
unlawfulnefs  of  trivial  actions :  whereas  he  who  loves 
God  with  all  his  heart,  cannot  but  have  a  conftant 
care  not  to  offend  him,  at  the  fame  time  that  his 
amiable  notions  of  God,  and  the  confcioufnefs  of  his 
love  and  finccrity  towards  him,  are  fuch  a  fund  of 
hope  and  joy,  as  precludes  all  fcruples  that  are  unwor- 
thy of  the  divine  goodnefs,  or  unfuitable  to  our  pre- 
fent ftate  of  frailty  and  ignorance. 

We  are  next  to  (hew,  that  the  love  of  God  affords 
a  pleafure  which  is  fuperior  in  kind  and  degree  to  all 
the  reft,  of  which  our  natures  are  capable.  Now 
this  will  appear, 

Firft,  Becaule  God  is  light,  and  in  him  there  is  no 
darknefs  at  all-,  becaufe  he  is  love  itfelf,  fuch  love 
as  quite  cafts  out  all  fear.  The  love  and  contem- 
plation of  his  perfection  and  happinefs  will  transform 
us  into  his  likenefs,  into  that  image  of  him  in  which 

X  4  we 


Of  the  Rule  of  'Life. 

we  were  firft  made ;  will  make  us  partakers  of  the 
divine  nature,  and  confequently  of  the  perfection  and 
happinefs  of  it.  Our  wills  may  thus  be  united  to  his 
will,  and  therefore  rendered  free  from  difappoint- 
ments}  we  (hall,  by  degrees,  fee  every  thing  as  God 
fees  it,  *'.  e.  fee  every  thing  that  he  has  made  to  be 
good,  10  be  an  object  of  pleafure.  It  is  true,  that 
all  this,  in  its  perfect  fenfe,  in  its  ultimate  ratio,  can 
only  be  faid  by  way  of  anticipation  :  whilft  we  carry 
ihefe  flefhly  tabernacles  about  with  us,  we  mud  have 
crofles  to  bear,  frailties,  and  thorns  in  the  fielh,  to 
ftruesjle  with.  But  dill  our  ftrenoth  will  at  laft  be 

OO  m        ~J 

made  perfect   through   weaknefs ;    and  fome  devout 
perfons  appear  to   have  been  fo  far  transformed,  in 
this  life,    as   to  acquiefce,  and   even   rejoice,    in   the 
events   of  it,    however   afflicting   apparently,    to   be 
freed  from  fear  and   folicitude,  and  to  receive  their 
daily  bread  with  conftant  thankful nefs,  with  joy  #«- 
Jpeakable,  and  full  of  glory.     ,And  though  the  number 
of  thefe  happy   perfons  has  probably  been  very  fnr»a!l 
comparatively,    though  the   path    be  not  frequented 
and  beaten;  yet  we  may  afiure  ourfelves,  that  it  is 
in  the  power  of  all  to  arrive  at  the  fame  date,  if  their 
love  and  devotion  be  fufficiently  earned.     All  other 
loves,  with  all  their  defilements  and   idolatries,  will 
die  away  in  due  order  and   proportion,  in  the  heart, 
which  yields  itfelf  to  God :  for  they  are  all  impure 
and   idolatrous,  except  when  confidered  as  the   me- 
thods appointed  by  God  to  beget  in  us  the  love  of 
himfelf:  they  all  leave  ftainsj  have  a  mixture  of  evil, 
as  well  as  of  good}  they  muft  all   be   tried  and  puri- 
fied by  the  fire  of  his  love,  and  pafs  thereby  from 
,  human  to  divine. 

.  Secondly,  God  is  our  centre,  and  the  love  of 
him  a  pleafure  fuperior  to  all  the  reft,  not  only  on  ac- 
count of  the  mixture  of  pain  in  all  the  reft,  as  fhewn 
in  the  laft  paragraph,  but  alfo  becaufe  they  all  point  to 
it,  like  fo  many  lines  terminating  in  the  fame  centre. 

When 


Of  the  Rule  of  Life.  313 

When  men  have  entered  fufficiently  into  the  ways  of 
piety,  God  appears  more  and  more  to  them  in  the 
whole  courfe  and  tenor  of  their  lives  ;  and  by  uni- 
ting himfelf  with  all  their  lenfations,  and  intellectual 
perceptions,  overpowers  all  the  pains  j  augments, 
and  attracts  to  himftlf,  all  the  pleafures.  Every 
thing  fweer,  beautiful,  or  glorious,  brings  in  the  idea 
of  God,  mixes  with  it,  and  vaniflies  into  it,  For  all 
is  God's;  he  is  the  only  caufe  and  icality  ;  and  the 
exiftence  of  every  thing  elfe  is  only  the  effect, 
pledge,  and  proof,  of  his  exiftence  and  glory.  Lee 
the  mind  be  once  duly  feafoned  with  this  truth,  and 
its  practical  applications,  and  every  the  moft  indiffer- 
ent thing  will  become  food  for  religious  medita- 
tion, a  book  of  devotion,  and  a  pfalm  of  praife. 
And  when  the  purity  and  perfection  of  the  pleafures 
of  theopathy,  fct  forth  in  the  laft  article,  are  added 
to  their  unlimited  extent,  as  it  appears  in  this,  it 
is  eafy  to  fee,  that  they  mud  be  far  fuperior  to  all  the 
reft  both  in  kind  and  degree.  We  may  fee  alfo,  that 
the  frame  of  our  nature,  and  particularly  its  fubjection 
to  the  power  of  aflbciation,  has  an  obvious  and  necef- 
fary  tendency  to  make  the  love  of  God,  in  fact,  fupe- 
rior to  our  other  affections.  If  we  luppofe  creatures 
fubject  to  the  law  of  aflbciation  to  be  placed  in  the 
midft  of  a  variety  of  pleafures  and  pains,  the  fum 
total  of  the  firft  being  greater  than  that  of  the  laft, 
and  to  connect  God  with  each  as  its  fole  caufe,  pain 
will  be  overpowered  by  pleafure,  and  the  indefinite 
number  of  compound  pleafures  refulting  from  afib- 
ciation  be  at  laft  united  entirely  with  the  idea  of 
God.  And  this  our  ultimate  happinefs  will  be  acce- 
lerated or  retarded,  according  as  we  apply  ourfelves 
more  or  lefs  to  the  cultivation  of  the  devout  af- 
fc&ions,  to  reading,  and  meditation  upon  divine 
fubjects,  to  prayer  and  praife.  Thus  we  lhall  the 
fooner  learn  to  join  with  the  angels,  and  Jpirits  of  juft 
men  made  perfeft,  in  afcribing  power,  and  riches,  find 

wifdom, 


314  Of  the  Rule  of  Life. 

wifdomy  and  Jirength,  and  honour,  and  glory,  and 
bkjfing,  and  every  aflbciated  luftre,  to  their  true 
fountain,  to  God  and  the  Lamb. 

Thirdly,  As  all  the  other  pleafures  have  a  mixture 
of  pain  and  impurity  in  them,  and  are  all  evidently 
means,  not  ends,  fo  are  the  objects  of  them  fre- 
quently taken  from  us;  whereas  no  time,  place,  or 
circumftance  of  life,  can  deprive  us  of,  no  height, 
depth,  oc  creature  of  any  kind,  can  feparate  us  from, 
the  love  of  God.  Our  hearts  may  be  turned  to 
him  in  the  greateft  external  confufion,  as  well  as  in 
the  deepeft  filence  and  retirement.  All  the  duties  of 
life,  when  directed  to  God,  become  pleafures;  and 
by  the  fame  means,  every  the  fmalleft  action  be- 
comes the  difcharge  of  the  proper  duty  of  the  time 
and  place.  Thus  we  may  redeem  our  time,  and 
turn  it  to  the  beft  advantage ;  thus  we  may  convert 
every  fituation  and  event  of  life  into  prefent  comfort, 
and  future  felicity. 

Fourthly,  When  the  love  of  God  is  made  thus  to 
arife  from  every  object,  and  to  exert  itfelf  in  every 
action,  it  becomes  of  a  permanent  nature,  fuitable 
to  our  prefent  frame ;  and  will  not  pafs  into  dead- 
nefs  and  difguft,  as  our  other  pleafures  do  from  re- 
peated gratification. 

It  is  true  indeed,  that  novices  in  the  ways  of  piety 
and  devotion  are  frequently,  and  more  experienced 
perfons  fometimes,  affected  with  fpiritual  aridity  and 
dejection  j  but  then  this  feems  to  be  either  from 
pride,  or  fpiritual  felfifhnefs,  ;'.  e.  from  the  impurity 
of  their  love  to  God.  They  give  themfelves  up 
perhaps  to  raptures,  and  extatic  tranfports,  from 
the  prefent  pleafures  which  they  afford,  to  the  neg- 
lect of  the  great  duties  of  life,  of  charity,  friendfhip, 
induftry ;  or  they  think  themfeives  the  peculiar  fa- 
vourites of  heaven  on  account  of  thefe  raptures ;  and 
defpife  and  cenfure  others,  as  of  inferior  clafies,  in 
the  fchool  of  piety.  Now  thefe  violent  agitations  of 

the 


Of  the  Rule  of  Life.  315 

the  brain  cannot  recur  often  without  pafllng  out  of  the 
limits  of  pleafure  into  thofe  of  pain ;    and  particu- 
larly into  the  mental  pains,  of  morofenefs,  jealoufy, 
fear,  dejection,  and  melancholy.     Both  \  the  gieatnefs 
and  the  famenefs  of  the  plealures  concur,  as  in  other 
cafes,  to  convert  them  into  pains.     But  it  does  not 
appear,  that  thofe  who  feek  God  in  all  his   works, 
and  receive  all    the  pleafures   and    pains    which   the 
order  of  his  providence  offers,  with  thankfulnefs,  and 
fidelity  in'  their  duty,  as  coming  from  his  hand,  would 
either  want  that  variety,  or  that  temperature,  which 
in  our  prefent  ftate  is  neceflary  to  make  the  love  of 
God  a  perpetual  fund  of  joy.     And  it  feemsr  peculi- 
arly proper  to   remark   here,    that   if  the   primitive 
chriftians,  inftead  of  retiring  into  defarts,  caves,  and 
cells,  for  the  cultivation  of  fpeculative  devotion,  had 
continued  to  (hew  forth  and  praftife  the  love  of  God 
by  expofing  themfelves    to  all   fuch   difficulties  and 
dangers,  as  had  arifen  in  the  inceffant  propagation  of 
the  everlafting   gofpel,    to  every  nation,  and  kindred, 
and  tongue,  and  people,  they  would   perhaps  have  re- 
joiced evermore,  even  in  the  greateft  tribulations,  as 
the  apoftles,  and  their  immediate  followers,  who  kepi 
their  firft  love-,  feem-  to  have  done-,  alfo  that  the  pre- 
fent and  future  generations  of  chriftians   can    never 
be  delivered  from   fuperftitious   fears   and   anxieties, 
from  drynefs,    fcrupulofity,    and   dejection,    till    they 
go  into  all  the  world,  and  preach  the  gofpel  to  every 
creature,    according  to  our  Saviour's  laft  command. 
However,  till  this  happy  time  comes,    the   alloy  of 
the  pleafures  of  theopathy  with  pain  ferves  to  remind 
us  of  our  fallen  ftate,    and  of  the  greatnefs  of  our 
fall,  fince  our  primary  and  pureft  pleafures  are  fubject 
to  fuch    an    alloy  j    and   thus,    learning   companion, 
humility,  and  fubmiffion  to  God,  we  (hall  be  exalted 
thereby,  and,  after  we  have  fuffered  a  while,  be  per- 
feRed,  JlabHJhed,  Jirengtbened,  fettled. 

PROP. 


Of  the  Rule  vf  Life. 

' 
PROP.    LXXI1. 

fa  deduce  practical  Rules  concerning  the  'Theepathetic 
Jffefiions,  Faith,  Fear,  Gratitude^  Hope,  Truf, 
Rcjignation,  and  Love. 

OF   FAITH  -IN  GOD. 

THE  firft  of  the  theopathetic  affections  is  faith. 
He  that  cometh  to  God  muft  believe  that  he  is ;  and 
that  he  is  a  reiaarder  of  them  that  diligently  Jeek  him. 
But  this  faith  is  of  very  different  degrees,  even  in  thofe 
who  equally  acknowledge  their  belief  of  the  exiftencc?  of 
God,  and  agree  in  their  expreffions  concerning  his 
nature  and  attributes,  according  as  their  ideas  of 
this  kind  are  more  or  lefs  vivid  and  perfect,  and 
recur  more  or  lefs  frequently  in  the  events  of  life, 
It  is  probable  indeed,  that  no  man,  efpecially  in  a 
chriftian  country,  can  be  utterly  devoid  of  faith. 
The  impreffion  made  upon  us  in  infancy,  our 
converfation  afterwards,  the  books  that  we  read, 
and  the  wonders  of  the  vifible  world,  all  concur 
to  generate  ideas  of  the  power  and  knowledge  of  God 
at  lead,  and  to  excite  fuch  degrees  of  fear,  as  give 
a  reality  to  the  ideas,  and  extort  fo  much  of  aflent, 
that  the  moft  profeffed  atheifts,  did  they  reflect  upon 
what  pafles  in  their  thoughts,  and  declare  it  fin- 
ceiely,  could  not  but  acknowledge,  that  at  certain 
times  they  are  like  the  devils,  who  believe  and  tremble. 
After  thefe  come  the  perfons  who  dare  not  but  own 
God  in  words,  who  have  few  or  no  objections  to 
his  nature  and  attributes,  or  who  can  even  produce 
many  arguments  and  demonftrations  in  favour  of 
them ;  and  yet  put  away  the  thoughts  of  God  33 
much  as  they  are  able.  The  next  degree  is  of  fuch 
as  try  to  Jerve  God  and  mammon  together  in  various 
proportions ;  till  at  lad  we  come  to  thofe,  whofe  heart 
is  perfeff  before  God,  who  love  him  with  all  their 

powers, 


Of  the  Rule  of  Life.  317 

powers,  and  walk  in  bis  prefence  continually.  Now 
this  laft  ftate  of  faith  is  that  which  the  fcripture  puts 
as  equivalent  to  our  whole  duty  :  for  in  this  laft  ftate 
it  comprehends,  arid  coincides  with,  all  the  other 
theopathetic  affections,  when,  they  are  likewife  carried 
to  their  ultimate  perfection.  In  their  firft  rife  they  all 
differ  from  one  another  j  in  their  laft  ftate  they  all 
unite  together,  and  may  be  expreffed  by  the  name  of 
any  fingle  one,  when  fuppofcd  perfect ;  though  the 
moft  ufual,  proper,  and  emphatic  appellation  feems 
to  be  the  phrafe  of  the  love  of  God>  as  before  noted. 
Let  us  now  inquire  by  what  methods  men  may  be 
moft  accelerated  in  their  progrefs  from  the  firft  dawn- 
ings  of  faith  in  infancy  to  its  ultimate  perfection. 

Firft,  then,  An  early  acquaintance  with  the  fcrip- 
tures,  and  the  conftant  ftudy  of  them,  is  the  prin- 
cipal means  whereby  this  faith  is  firft  to  be  gene- 
rated, and  afterwards  improved  and  perfected.  God 
taught  mankind  before  the  flood,  and  for  fome  ages 
afterwards,  his  exiftence,  nature,  and  attributes,  by 
cxprefs  revelation ;  and  therefore  it  cannot  but  be 
the  proper  method  for  begetting  faith  in  children, 
who  are  more  ignorant,  and  unqualified  for  rational 
deductions,  than  adults  in  the  rudeft  ages  of  the 
world,  to  initiate  them  early  in  the  records  of  re- 
ligion. And  though  afterwards  (be  invifible  things 
of  God  may  be  known  by  the  vifible  creation,  yet  the 
miracles  delivered  in.  the  fcriptures  have  a  peculiar 
tendency  to  awaken  the  atrention,  and  to  add  that 
force,  luftre,  and  veneration,  to  our  ideas  of  God, 
and  his  attributes,  which  are  the  caufes  and  con- 
comitants of  afient  or  faith,  according  to  the  theory 
of  thefc  papers.  The  fame  thing  holds  of  the 
prophecies,  precepts,  promifes,  and  threatening*,  of 
the  fcriptures,  in  their  refpective  degrees;  and  it 
feems,  in  a  manner,  impofiible  for  any  one  to  be 
perpetually  converfant  in  them,  without  this  happy 
influence.  All  thofe  perfons  therefore,  who  are  fo 

far 


318  Of  the  Rule  of  Life. 

far  advanced  in  faith,  as  to  cry  out  with  the  father 
of  the  lunatic  in  the  gofpel,  Lord,  I  believe ;  help 
tbou  my  unbelief ,  ought,  in  confequence  of  this  prayer, 
to  apply  themfelves  to  the  daily  ftudy  of,  and  medita- 
tion upon,  the  fcriptures.  To  which  it  is  to  be  added, 
that  as  faith  in  Chrift  is  alto  necefiary,  as  well  as  faith 
in  the  one  God  and  Father  of  all,  and  can  be  learnt  no 
other  way  than  from  the  fcriptures,  we  ought  upon 
this  account  alfo  to  efteem  them  as  the  principal 
means,  which  God  has  put  in  our  power,  for  the 
generation  and  improvement  of  our  faith  :  faith  cometb 
by  bearing^  and  hearing  by  the  word  of  God. 

Secondly,  To  the  ftudy  of  the  word  of  God  muft 
be  joined  that  of  his  works.  They  are  in  pll  things 
analogous  to  each  other,  and  are  perpetual  com- 
ments upon  each  other.  I  do  not  mean,  that  a  man 
muft  be  a  deep  philofopher,  in  order  to  have  faith  in 
God  j  for,  on  the  contrary,  philofophical  refearches, 
when  purfued  from  curiofity  or  ambition,  are  vain 
deceit^  and  lead  people  to  make  Jhipwreck  of  faith.  I 
would  only  recommend  to  every  perfon,  according 
to  his  knowledge  and  abilities,  to  confider  the  works 
of  God  as  his  works  j  to  refer  all  the  power,  wifdom, 
and  goodnefs  in  them,  to  him,  as  the  fole  fountain  of 
thefe ;  and  to  dwell  upon  the  vaftnefs,  the  luftre,  the 
beauty,  the  beneficence,  which  are  obvious  to  vulgar 
as  well  as  philofophic  eyes,  tiH  fuch  time  as  they  have 
raifed  devotion  in  the  heart.  Such  exercifes  would 
greatly  affirt  to  overcome  that  gloominefs  and  fcepti- 
cifm,  which  fometimes  hang  about  our  conceptions 
of  the  invifible  world,  and  by  their  reiterate^  im- 
preffions  generate  the  caufes  of  affent.  We  have 
examples  of  this  in  the  Old  Teftament,  particularly 
in  the  Pfalms  ;  and  the  writers  do  not  feem  to  have 
been  eminent  for  any  peculiar  depth  in  curious  in- 
quiries. Men  of  the  ordinary  ranks  in  life  in  thefe 
I  times  have  as  much  probably  of  the  myfteries  of 

nature 


Of  the  Rule  of  Life.  319 

nature  unfolded  to  them,  as  great  faints  in  ancient 
times ;  fo  that  they  want  nothing  to  enable  them  to 
draw  the  fame  faith  and  devotion  from  the  works  of 
creation,  but  the  fame  earned  defire  to  do  it. 

Thirdly,  An  upright  heart,  and  a  fincere  endea- 
vour to  do  our  whole  duty,  are  necefTary  to  fup- 
port  our  faith,  after  it  is  generated."  While  any  fin 
remains  unconquered,  while  there  are  any  fecret  mif- 
givings,  the  idea  of  God  will  be  fo  uneafy  to  the 
mind,  as  not  to  recur  frequently  j  men  will  feek  for 
refuge  in  vain  amufements  j  and  the  falfe  hopes  of  this 
world  will  exclude  the  real  ones  of  another,  and  make 
religion  appear  like  a  dream.  This  is  the  cafe  with 
far  the  greateft  part  of  mankind  j  they  live  rather  by 
fight  than  faith  j  and  are  not  fufficiently  aware,  that 
a  little  leaven  leavens  the  whole  lump,  and  that  one 
favourite  purfuit  of  this  world  totally  eclipfes  thofe 
glories  of  the  other,  that  fight  of  the  invifible  God, 
which  the  pure  in  heart,  like  Mofes,  are  favoured 
with.  The  fame  partiality  of  our  obedience  and  de- 
votion is  the  caufe,  that  the  writings  of  the  Old  and 
New  Teftaments  do  not  at  once  convince  all,  who 
perufe  them,  of  their  divine  authority,  and  of  the  con- 
fequent  truth  of  revealed  religion.  We  judge  of 
the  frame  of  men's  minds  by  that  of  our  own,  as 
appears  from  the  theory  of  aflbciation  j  and  what- 
ever differs  in  a  great  degree  from  our  own,  puts  on 
the  appearance  of  fomething  romantic  and  incredible. 
This  is  evident  in  the  daily  intercourfes  of  human 
life.  Corrupt  and  defigning  men  put  the  failed 
and  mod  unnatural  conftructions  upon  the  actions  of 
the  bulk  of  mankind,  and  often  deceive  themfelves 
thereby  j  and  the  bulk  of  mankind  are  quite  at  a  lofs 
to  conceive  and  believe  the  poffibility  of  very  hero- 
ical,  generous,  pious  actions.  And  thus  profane  men 
turn  into  ridicule  paflages  in  the  fcriptures,  which 
demand  the  higheft  admiration  and  applaufe  j  and 
men  of  inferior  degrees  of  goodnefs,  though  they 

do 


320  Of  tbe  Ruk  of  Life. 

do  not  affent  to  this,  are  a  little  daggered  at  it.  But 
they  who  will  do  the  will  of  God,  will  loon  perceive 
the  doftrine  of  ihe  fcriptures  to  be  from  him j  they 
who  will  pref>  forward  to  the  perfection  of  Mo/es, 
Daniel^  St.  Peter,  or  St.  Paul,  will  not  only  acquit 
them  readily  of  the  charge  of  enthufiaim  and  impof- 
ture,  but  will  alfo  fee  and  feel  experimentally  fuch 
unqutftjonable  critecions  of  truth,  fuch  a  reality,  in 
their  words  and  actions,  as  will  difpel  all  the  mifts 
of  fcepticifm  and  infidelity,  with  regard  either  to 
natural  or  revealed  religion. 

It  is  much  to  be  wifaed,  that  thefe  things  were  fe- 
rioufly  weighed,  and  laid  to  heart,  by  thofe  half-pious 
perfons,  who  abftain  from  grofs  fins,  and  Jeek,  though 
they  do  not  ftrive,  to  enter  in  at  tbe  fir  ait  gate,  who  are 
not  far  from  the  kingdom  of  God.  Thefe  perfons  might, 
by  a  little  more  attention  to  the  word  #nd  works  of 
God  in  a  practical  way,  and  cafting  away  tbe  fin  that 
does  mofl  eajily  bejet  them,  not  only  arrive  at  that  .full 
ajfurance  of  faith y  which  is  our  greateft  happinefs  in 
this  world,  and  the  earned  of  an  eternal  crown  here- 
after, but  alfo  let  their  light  Jo  Jhine  before  ment  as  that 
they,  feeing  their  good  works,  would  glorify  their  Father^ 
which  is  in  heaven, 

OF   THE   FEAR   OF    GOD. 

The  immediate  confequence  of  faith  in  God,  in 
its.  imperfect  ftate,  is  fear.  And  though  love  does 
arife  alfo,  yet  it  is  faint  and  tranfient  for  a  long 
time,  whereas  the  fear  is  ftrong  and  vivid,  and  re- 
curs generally  with  every  recollection  of  the  divine 
attributes.  The  caufe  of  all  this  is  unfolded  in  thefe 
papers.  For,  fear  being  the  offspring  of  bodily  pain, 
and  this  being  much  more  acute  than  bodily  plea- 
fure,  the  parent  of  love,  it  follows  that  fear  muft, 
in  general,  be  (Ironger  than  love  in  their  nafcent 
ftatc.  The  auguft  ideas  of  infinite  time  and  fpace, 
of  the  glories  of  heaven,  and  the  torments  of  hell, 

of 


Of  the  Rule  of  Life.  321 

of  the  great  works  of  the  creation,  &c.  which  ac- 
company the  idea  of  God,  farther  contribute  to  agitate 
the  mind,  and  to  carry  it  within  the  limits  of  pain 
or  fear.  At  the  fame  time  we  fee,  that  thefe  ter- 
rifying idea$,  when  mixed  with  thofe  which  generate 
love,  and  moderated  by  frequent  recurrency,  and 
other  means,  fo  as  to  fall  back  within  the  limits  of 
pleafure,  mud  greatly  increafe  our  love,  and  other 
pleafing  affections,  exerted  towards  the  Deity.  We 
are  to  inquire  therefore,  both  how  the  fear  of  God 
may  moft  effectually  be  generated,  and  how  it  may 
be  converted  mod  fpeedily  into  love  and  delight  in 
God.  And  the  anfwer  will  be,  that  we  muft  make 
ufe  of  the  means  before  recommended  for  the  gene- 
ration and  increafe  of  faith,  viz.  the  ftudy  of  the 
word  and  works  of  God,  and  a  fincere  endeavour  to 
difcharge  the  whole  of  our  duty. 

That  the  laft  is  neceffary  to  keep  up  the  fear  of 
Godi  may  appear,  inafmuch  as  thofe  who  continue 
to  difbbey,  muft,  by  degrees,  fall  into  infenfibility 
and  callofity  ;  the  fiequent  returns  of  the  ideas  of  guile 
and  fear  make  them  fit  eafier  upon  the  mind,  at  the 
fame  time  that  the  remaining  uneafmefs  keeps  thefe 
ideas,  with  all  their  aflbciates,  out  of  view,  in  a  great 
meafure,  as  has  been  mentioned  already. 

OF  GRATITUDE  TOWARDS  GOD. 

Gratitude  or  thankfulnefs  to  God  arifes  from  the 
recollection  of  benefits  received,  juft  as  that  to  men. 
And  if  we  could  lee  and  feel  practically  and  perpe- 
tually, that  God  is  the  fole  fpring  of  all  action,  our 
gratitude  to  God  would  abforb  all  kinds  and  degrees 
of  it  paid  to  men.  Could  we  alfo  look  with  the 
eye  of  faith  into  futurity,  and  be  convinced  really, 
that  eye  bath  not  Jeent  not  ear  beard,  neither  hath 
it  entered  into  the  heart  of  man  to  conceive,  what  things 
God  has  prepared  for  fuch  as  love  him,  that  all  things 
work  together  for  their  good,  trials  and  afflictions  as 

VOL.  II.  Y  much, 


322  »      Of  the  Rule  of  Life. 

much,  or  more  than  any  thing  elfe,  that  every  crea- 
ture  fhall   love,   and   blefs,  and  praife  God  at  laft, 
and  every  one  partake  of  the  happinefs   of  all  the 
reft,  whilft  yet  we  all,  who  are  thus  heirs  of  an  ex- 
cefs   of  glory,  perfection,   and   happinefs,   are   crea- 
tures   of   yefterday,    called   forth   from   nothing   by 
God's  almighty   word;   if,  farther,  we  confider,  that 
the  Son  of  God  became  flefh,  took  our  infirmities 
and  forrows,  and  at  laft  died  for  us,  God  condefcend- 
ing   thus   to   recommend   and   evidence   his    infinite 
love  to  us ;  our  hearts  could  not  but  overflow  with 
fuch  gratitude,  as  even  to  overpower  our  faith  for  a 
while.     We  mould  then  acknowledge,  that  all  we  are, 
and  have,  and  hope  for,  are  from  him ;  we  mould 
praife  him  for  all  the  bleffings  paft,  prefent,  and  fu- 
ture,  which  we  receive  in  our  own  perfons,   or  in 
thofe  of  our  fellow- creatures ;  and  defire  nothing  fo 
ardently,   as   to  be  admitted  into  his  prefence,  and 
the  fociety  of  thofe  happy  beings,  who  reft  not  day 
and  night,  faying  holy,  holy,  holy,  Lord  God  Almighty, 
which  was,  and  is,  and  is  to  come. 

OF    HOPE    AND    TRUST    IN    GOD,    AND 
RESIGNATION  TO   HIS   WILL. 

Hope  and  truft  in  God  differ  only  in  degree,  the 
laft  being  a  firmer  hope,  and,  as  it  were,  an  affu- 
rance  of  the  favour  of  God  to  ourfelves  in  particu- 
lar j  and  that  he  will  provide  for  all  our  wants. 
Refignation  is  the  fame  hope  and  truft  exerted,  not- 
withftanding  that  prefent  appearances  may  be  contrary 
thereto :  it  is  the  fubmiffion  of  our  own  wills  and 
judgments  to  God's,  with  an  entire  confidence  in  his 
care  and  goodnefs.  Let  us  endeavour  to  place  this 
hope,  truft,  and  refignation,  upon  a  fure  foundation, 
laid  in  the  word  and  works  of  God. 

Firft,  then,  The  fcriptures  give  the  ftrongeft  and 
plaineft  afiurances,  that  all  thole  who  love  and  obey 
God  here,  will  be  admitted  to  pure,  exalted,  and 
eternal  happinefs  at  the  expiration  of  this  life.  If 

therefore 


Of  the  Rule  of  Life.  323 

therefore  our  hearts  do  not  condemn  us,  we  may  have 
this  confidence  in  him  -,  we  may  have  an  entire  hope 
and  truft  in  him,  as  to  the  moft  weighty  of  all 
points,  our  eternal  falvation.  And  though  natural 
reafon  could  not  have  difcovered  this  ineftimable 
hope  to  us,  though  it  was  not  able  to  bring  life  and 
immortality  to  light,  Chrift  being  the  only  Jure  and 
fteadfaft  anchor  of  that  hope,  which  reaches  beyond 
the  veil  of  death  j  yet  it  readily  concurs  with  all  the 
fcripture  declarations  of  ,this  kind,  and  even  affords 
a  comfortable  probability  of  itfelf,  after  we  have  once 
been  enlightened  by  revelation. 

Secondly,  The  fcriptures,  the  voice  of  reafon,  and 
careful  obfervation,  all  concur  to  affure  us,  that  a 
fecret  providence  attends  upon  the  good ;  protects 
and  bleffes  them  in  the  events  of  the  prefent  life, 
ordinary  and  extraordinary ;  delivers  them  in  great 
trials  and  afflictions ;  and  difpofes  every  incident  and 
circumftance  in  fuch  a  manner,  as  they  would  wifh 
and  defire  for  themfelves,  could  they  judge  aright, 
and  take  the  whole  of  things  into  their  view.  Now 
the  full  perfuafion  of  this  would  be  a  moft  endearing 
motive  to  truft  and  confidence  in  God.  For  the 
things  of  this  life,  however  inconfiderable  when  com- 
pared to  thofe  of  another,  do  moft  fenfibly  affect 
even  good  men ;  and,  till  they  can  arrive  at  a  due 
indifference  to  this  world,  it  is  highly  requifite,  that 
they  fhould  turn  their  excefs  of  fenfibility  into  a 
motive  to  gratitude  and  truft. 

Thirdly,  The  afiurance  that  all  our  afflictions 
are  the  chattifements  of  our  heavenly  Father,  and 
equally  productive  of  happinefs  with  the  other  events 
of  our  lives,  as  mentioned  in  the  laft  paragraph, 
enables  us  to  refign  ourfelves.  The  highcft  act  of 
this  kind  is,  for  the  moft  part,  in  the  article  of 
death,  when  we  are  furrounded  with  infirmity,  pain, 
and  darknefs,  and  when  all  inferior  comforts  muft 
be  given  up.  Now  this  theopathetic  affection  of 
Y  2  refignation, 


3  24  Of  the  Rule  of  Life. 

refignation,  though  it  is  in  its  firft  ftate  painful,  and 
difficult  to  corrupt  nature  ;  yet  in  its  progrefs  it 
becomes  eafy,  and  at  laft  affords  the  deepeft  peace 
and  fatisfa&ion.  By  refigning  all,  we  are  delivered 
from  every  anxiety  and  difquietude,  and  enter  upon 
the  next  period  of  our  exiftence,  with  an  impartiality 
and  freedom,  that  qualifies  us  to  enjoy  whatever  the 
order  of  providence  beftows.  And  unlefs  we  were 
exercifed  with  fome  trials  and  temptations  of  this 
kind,  unlefs  our  wills  were  fometimes  difappointed, 
we  fhould  at  laft  be  fwallowed  up  by  mere  wilful- 
nefs,  and  purfue  every  object  of  defire  with  an  un- 
conquerable eagernefs  and  obftinacy  :  we  fhould 
alfo  idolize  ourfelves,  as  the  authors  of  our  fuccefs 
and  bleffings  •,  or,  at  the  utmoft,  fhould  look  no 
farther  than  the  courfe  of  nature,  and  blind  un- 
meaning fate ;  whereas  by  learning  a  ready  com- 
pliance with  the  will  of  God,  however  unexpected, 
we  become  partakers  of  his  happinefs ;  for  his  will 
can  never  be  difappointed. 

Fourthly,  Thofe  perfons  who  believe  the  goodnefs 
of  God,  according  to  the  third  of  the  fuppofitions 
before-mentioned,  i.  e.  who  believe  that  he  will  ad- 
vance all  his  creatures  to  unlimited  happinefs  ulti- 
mately, may  much  more  eafily  refign  themfelves  to 
God,  in  all  refpects,  fpiritual  as  well  as  temporal, 
on  that  account.  But  it  appears,  that  very  pious 
perfons  have  an  entire  resignation,  without  any  dif- 
tinfr.  conception  or  belief  of  this  hypothefis.  They 
know  and  feel,  as  it  were,  that  God  is  infinitely 
good,  and  that  the  judge  of  all  the  earth  muft  do  right ; 
and,  In  this  confidence,  they  leave  the  myfteries 
of  his  providence,  his  unfearchable  judgments,  to 
be  unfolded  in  his  own  time,  preserving  them- 
felves from  difquietude  by  an  humble  religious 
fcepticifm.  But  if  it  fhould  pleafe  God  to  difplay 
the  riches  of  his  mercy  in  the  full  difcovery  and 
eftablifhment  of  the  doclrine  of  univerfal  reftora- 

tion, 


Of  tie  Rule  of  Life. 

tion,  in  the  latter  times,  which  are  now  approaching, 
it  will  become  us  firft  to  receive  it  with  the  higheft 
gratitude,  and  then  to  ufe  it  as  a  means  of  accele- 
rating our  progrefs  towards  the  abfolute  refignation  of 
ourfelves,  and  all  our  fellow-creatures,  into  the  hands 
of  God. 

Fifthly,  As  the  considerations  contained  in  the 
four  laft  paragraphs  may  contribute  to  beget  hope, 
truft,  and  refignation  in  us,  fo  all  the  foregoing 
theopathetic  affe&ions,  and  particularly  gratitude, 
with  all  the  means  of  obtaining  them,  confpire  to 
the  fame  purpofe,  as  will  be  eafily  feen. 

OF  THE  LOVE  OF  GOD. 

The  love  of  God  may  be  confidered  as  the  laft  of 
the  theopathetic  affections,  as  before  remarked ;  for 
they  all  end  in  it,  and  it  is  the  fum  total  of  them  all. 
In  its  firft  rife,  it  muft,  like  all  the  reft  of  them, 
refemble  the  fympathetic  one  of  the  fame  name ; 
and  thus  it  differs  from  the  reft  in  their  firft  rife,  and 
is,  as  it  were,  contrary  to  fear.  In  its  firft  rife  it 
is  often  tinctured  with  fondnefs  and  familiarity,  and 
leans  much  towards  enthufiafm ;  as,  on  the  other 
hand,  the  fear  is  often  at  firft  a  flavifh  fuperftitious 
dread.  By  degrees  the  fear  and  love  qualify  each 
other ;  and,  by  uniting  with  the  other  theopathetic 
affections,  they  all  together  coalefce  into  a  reveren- 
tial, humble,  filial  love,  attended  with  a  peace, 
comfort,  and  joy,  that  pafs  all  belief  of  thofe  who 
have  not  experienced  it;  fo  that  they  look  upon  the 
difcourfes  and  writings  of  thofe  who  have,  to  be 
either  hypocrify,  or  romantic  jargon.  The  book 
of  Pfalms  affords  the  fublimett  and  moft  correct 
expreffions  of  this  kind,  and  can  never  be  too  much 
ftudied  by  thofe  who  would  cherifh,  purify,  and  per- 
fect: in  themfelves  a  devout  frame  of  mind.  And 
this  fingle  circumftance,  exclufive  of  all  other  con- 
fiderattons,  appears  to  me  a  moft  convincing  proof  of 

Y  3  the 


326  Of  the  Rule  of  Life. 

the  divine  authority  of  this  book,  and  confequently 
of  the  reft  of  the  books  of  the  Old  and  New  Tefta- 
ment.  But  they  have  all  the  fame  evidence  in  their 
favour,  in  their  refpective  degrees  ;  they  are  all 
helps  to  beget  in  us  the  love  of  God,  and  tefts 
whether  we  have  it  or  no;  and  he  who  meditates 
day  and  nigbt  in  the  law  of  God,  joining  thereto  the 
practical  contemplation  of  his  works,  as  prefcribed 
by  the  fcriptures,  and  the  purification  of  his  hands 
and  heart,  will  foon  arrive  at  that  devout  and  happy 
ftate,  which  is  fignified  by  the  love  of  God.  I  will 
here  add  fome  practical  conlequences  refulting  from 
what  has  been  advanced  concerning  the  theopathetic 
affections. 

Firft,    then,    Though    an    excefs    of    paflion   of 
every  kind,  fuch  as  is  not  under  the  command  of 
the  voluntary  power,    is  to  be  avoided,  as  danger- 
ous and  finfulj  yet  we  muft  take  care  to  ferve  God, 
with  our  affections,  as  well  as  our  outward  actions ; 
and  indeed,    unlefs   we  do   the   firft,    we   (hall   not 
long  continue  to  do  the  laft,  the  internal  frame  of 
our  minds  being  the  fource  and  fpring,  from  whence 
our  external  actions  flow.      God,    who  gives  us  all 
out  faculties  and  powers,  has  a  right  to  all  j  and  it 
is  a  fecret  difloyalty  and  infidelity,   not  to  pay  the 
tribute  of  our  affections.     They  are  evidently  in  our 
power,  immediately  or  mediately  j   and  therefore  he 
who  goes  to  his  profeflion,    occupation,    or  amufe- 
ments,  with  more  delight  and  pleafure  than  to  his 
exercifes  of    devotion,    his   reading   and   meditation 
upon    divine   fubjects,    and    his  prayers  and  praifes, 
whofe  Joul  is  not  athirjt  for  the  living  God,  and  the 
water  of  life,  may  affuredly  conclude,  that  he  is  not 
arrived   at   the   requifite  degree   of  perfection}    that 
he  (till  hankers  after  mammon,  though  he  may  have 
fome  real  defires,    and  earned   refolutions,    with  re- 
fpect  to  God, 

Secondly, 


Of  the  Rule  of  Life.  327 

Secondly,  Though  this  be  true  in  general,  and  a 
truth  of  the  greateft  practical,  importance ;  yet  there 
are  fome  feafons,  in  which  all  the  theopathetic  af- 
fections, and  many,  in  which  thofe  of  the  delightful 
kind,  are  languid,  and  that  even  in  perfons  that  are 
far  advanced  in  purity  and  perfection.  Thus  the 
enthufiaftic  raptures,  which  often  take  place  in  the 
beginning  of  a  religious  courfe,  by  introducing  an 
oppofite  (late,  difqualify  fome ;  a  Judaical  rigour 
and  exactitude  in  long  exercifes,  bodily  diforders, 
&c.  others,  from  feeling  God  to  be  their  prefent 
joy  and  comfort.  So  that  the  fervours  of  devo- 
tion are  by  no  means  in  exaft  proportion  to  the  de- 
gree of  advancement  in  piety ;  we  can  by  no  means 
make  them  a  criterion  of  our  own  progrefs,  or  that 
of  others.  But  then  they  are  always  fome  prefump- 
tion  i  and  it  is  far  better,  that  they  fhould  have 
fome  mixture  even  of  enthufiafm,  than  not  take 
place  at  all.  As  to  thofe,  who  are  in  the  dry  and 
dejected  (late,  the  fear  of  God  is,  for  the  moft 
part,  fufficiently  vivid  in  them.  Let  them  there- 
fore frequently  recollect,  that  the  fear  of  God  is  a 
fcripture  criterion  and  feal  of  the  elect,  as  well  as 
love.  Let  them  confider,  that  this  trial  muft  be 
fubmitted  to,  as  much  as  any  other,  till  patience 
have  her  perfeR  work ;  that  it  is  more  purifying 
than  common  trials }  that  the  (late  of  fear  is  far 
more  fafe,  and  a  much  ftronger  earneft  of  lalvation, 
than  premature  and  ecftatic  tranfports ;  and  that,  if 
they  continue  faithful,  it  will  end  in  love,  probably 
during  this  life,  certainly  in  another.  Laftly,  That 
no  feeble  minded  perfon  may  be  left  without  com- 
fort, if  there  be  any  one  who  doubts  whether  he 
either  loves  or  fears  God,  finding  nothing  but  dul- 
nefs,  anxiety  and  fcrupulofity,  within  him,  he 
muft  be  referred  to  his  external  actions,  as  the  fureft 
criterion  of  his  real  intentions,  in  this  confufed  and 
diforderly  ftate  of  the  affections  j  and  at  the  fame 

Y  4  time 


328  Of  tie  Rule  of  Life. 

time  admonifhed  not  to  depend  upon  his  external 
righteoufnefs,  which  would  breed  an  endlefs  fcru- 
pulofity,  and  an  endeavour  after  an  ufelefs  exactitude, 
but  to  take  refuge  in  the  mercy  of  God  through 
Jefus  Chrift. 

Laftly,  The  cultivation  of  the  love  of  God  in  our- 
felves  by  the  methods  here  recommended,  and  all 
others  that  fuit  our  (late  and  condition,  with  a  pru- 
dent caution  to  avoid  enthufiafm  on  one  hand,  and 
fuperftidon  on  the  other,  is  the  principal  means 
for  preferving  us  from  dejection  of  every  kind,  and 
freeing  us,  if  we  be  fallen  into  it.  Worldly  for- 
rovvs  mull  by  degrees  die  away,  becaufe  worldly 
defires,  their  fources  will.  And  this  progrefs  will 
be  much  accelerated  by  the  impreffions  of  a  con- 
trary nature,  which  gratitude,  hope,  love  towards 
God,  will  make  upon  the  mind.  As  to  the  de- 
jection, which  relates  to  another  world,  it  generally 
ends,  as  has  been  frequently  remarked  already,  in 
the  oppofite  ftate,  being  its  own  remedy  and  cure; 
but  all  direct  endeavours  after  the  true  and  pure 
love  of  God  muft  afilft.  It  is  much  to  be  wilhed, 
l  that  low-fpirited  perfons  of  all  kinds  would  open 
themfelves  without  referve  to  religious  friends,  and 
particularly  to  fuch  as  have  paffed  through  the  fame 
dark  and  difmal  path  themfelves,  and,  diftrufting 
their  judgments,  would  refign  themlelves  for  a  time 
to  fome  ,perfon  of  approved  experience  and  piety. 
Thefe  would  be  like  guardian  angels  to  them ;  and 
as  our  natures  are  fo  communicative,  and  fufceptible 
of  infection  good  and  bad,  they  would  by  degrees 
infufe  fomething  of  their  own  peaceable,  cheerful, 
and  devout  fpiric  into  them.  But  all  human  fupports 
and  comforts  are  to  be  at  laft  refigned  j  we  muft 
have  no  Comforter,  no  God,  but  one;  and  happy  are 
they  who  make  hade  towards  this  central  point,  in 
which  alone  we  can  find  reft  to  ourjouls. 

SCHO- 


O/  the  Rule  of  Life.  329 

SCHOLIUM. 

If  we  confider  the  love  of  the  world,  the  fear 
of  God,  and  the  love  of  God,  in  the  firft  ratio  which 
they  bear  to  each  other,  it  will  appear,  that  the  love 
of  the  world  is  infinitely  greater  than  the  fear  of  God, 
and  the  fear  infinitely  greater  than  the  love  j  fo  thai 
the  fear  of  God  is  a  middle  proportional  between  the 
love  of  the  world  and  the  love  of  God,  in  the  firft  or 
nafcent  ratio  of  thefe  affections.  In  like  manner,  if 
we  take  their  laft  ratio,  or  that  in  which  the  love  of 
the  world,  and  the  fear  of  God,  vanifh  into  the  love 
of  God,  the  love  of  the  world  will  be  infinitely  lefs 
than  the  fear  of  God,  and  the  fear  infinitely  lefs  than 
the  love ;  fo  that  the  fear  of  God  will  ftill  be  a 
middle  proportional  between  the  love  of  the  world 
and  the  love  of  God.  Let  us  fuppofe  the  fear  of 
God  to  be  a  middle  proportional  between  the  love 
of  the  world  and  the  love  of  God  in  ail  the  interme- 
diate Mates  of  thefe  affections,  from  their  firft  rife  in 
infancy,  till  their  ultimate  abforption  and  evanef- 
cence  in  the  love  of  God,  and  fee  how  this  fuppofition 
will  tally  with  experience,  and  how  each  affection 
varies  in  refpecl:  of  the  other  two.  Call  therefore  the 
love  of  the  world  W,  the  fear  of  God  F,  and  the  love 
of  God  L.  Since  then  W  :  F  :  :  F  :  L,  W  =  Fj>. 

i.,     L 

If  now  F  be  fuppofed  to  remain  the  fame  W  : :  1^  /'.  e. 
every  diminution  of  the  love  of  the  world  will  in- 
creafe  the  love  of  God,  and  vice  verfa ;  fo  that, 
if  the  love  of  the  world  be  nothing,  the  love 
of  God  will  be  infinite,  alib  infinitely  greater  than 
the  fear,  /'.  e.  we  fliall  be  infin^ely  happy.  If, 
on  the  contrary,  the  love  of  the  world  be  greater 
than  the  love  of  God,  the  fear  will  aUb  be 
greater  than  it,  and  our  religion  be  chiefly  anx- 
iety and  fuperftition.  If,  farther,  F,  fuppofed  Hill 
to  remain  the  fame,  be  greater  than  W,  it  is  our 

true.ft 


3  30  Of  the  Rule  of  Life. 

trued  inteteft  to  diminifh  W  as  much  as  we  can, 
becaufe  then  the  gain  in  L  is  far  greater  than  the 
lofs  in  W.  If  L  remain  the  fame,  then  W  =  F  % 
i.  e.  every  increafe  of  W  will  increafe  F  alfo,  i.  e. 
every  increafe  of  the  love  of  the  world  will  increafe 
the  fear  of  God,  which  therefore,  fince  the  love  is 
not  increafed  by  fuppofition,  muft  incline  to  a  fuper- 
ftitious  dread :  as,  on  the  contrary,  if  W  vanifhes, 
F  muft  vanifh  alfo,  /.  e.  the  love  of  the  world  and 
fear  being  both  annihilated,  we  fhall  receive  pure 
happinefs,  of  a  finite  degree,  from  the  love  of  God. 
If  W  remain  the  fame,  then  F*  :  :  L,  i.  e.  every 
acceffion  made  to  the  fear  of  God  will  be  the  caufe 
of  a  greater  acceffion  to  the  love,  and  every  ac- 
ceffion to  the -love  the  caufe  of  only  a  lefs  accef- 
fion to  the  fear,  /.  e.  we  fhall  be  gainers  upon  the 
whole  by  all  motives  either  to  the  fear  or  love 
of  God,  lofers  by  all  contrary  motives.  For  if  F 
be  fuppofed  even  infinite,  L  will  be  infinite-infinite, 
*.  e.  will  abforb  it  infinitely ;  and  if  F  be  infinite- 
limal,  L  will  be  infinito-infinitefimal,  /'.  e.  we  fhall 
become  mere  felfifh  worldlings  which  is  the  cafe 
with  thofe  practical  atheifts,  who  fucceed  in  their 
endeavours  to  put  God,  and  a  future  ftate,  out 
of  their  thoughts,  that  they  may  give  themfelves  up 
to  this  world.  W  now  occupies  the  place  of  L, 
and  extinguifhes  both  F  and  it,  i.  e.  felf  and  the 
world  are  their  God.  Upon  the  whole,  it  follows 
from  this  fpeculation  concerning  the  quantities 
W,  F,  and  L,  that  W  ought  to  be  diminifhed,  and 
F  and  L  to  be  increafed,  as  much  as  poffible, 
that  fb  W  may  be  indefinitely  lefs  than  F,  and  F 
indefinitely  lefs  than  L,  *.  e.  we  ourfelves  indefinitely 
happy  in  the  love  of  God,  by  the  previous  anni- 
hilation of  felf  and  the  world.  And  it  may  not 
perhaps  be  quite  unufeful  to  have  reprefented 
this  moft  important  of  all  conclufions,  with  the 
fteps  that  lead  to  it,  in  this  new  and  compendious 
light.  PROP. 


Of  the  Rule  of  Life.  331 


PROP.     LXXIII. 

To  deduce  praflical  Rules  concerning  ibe  Manner  of 
exfrejjing  the  tbeopathetic  Affections  by  Prayer,  and 
other  religious  Exercifes. 

THERE  cannot  be  a  more  fatal  delufion,  than  to 
fuppofe,  that  religion  is  nothing  but  a  divine  phi- 
lofophy  in  the  foul;  and  that  the  foregoing  theo- 
pathetic  affections  may  exift  and  flourifh  there, 
though  they  be  not  cultivated  by  devout  exercifes  'and 
expreffionb.  Experience,  and  many  plain  obvious 
reafons,  fhew  the  falfehood  and  mifchievous  tendency 
of  this  notion ;  and  the  theory  of  thefe  papers  may 
furnifh  us  with  other  reafons  to  the  fame  purpofe,  of 
a  deeper  and  more  fubtle  nature.  It  follows  from 
this  theory,  that  no  internal  difpofitions  can  remain 
long  in  the  mind,  unlefs  they  be  perpetually  nourilhed 
by  proper  aflbciations,  i.  e.  by  fome  external  acts. 
This  therefore  may  be  confidered  as  a  ftrong  argu- 
ment for  frequent  prayer. 

But,  Secondly,  Though  God  be  in  himfelf  infinite 
in  power,  knowledge,  goodnefs,  and  happinefs,  i.  e. 
acquainted  with  all  our  wants,  ready  and  able  to 
fupply  them,  and  incapable  of  change  through  our 
entreaties  and  importunities ;  yet,  as  he  reprefents 
himfelf  to  us  both  *in  his  word  and  works  in  the 
relation  of  a  father  and  governor,  our  afTociated 
nature  compels  us,  as  it  were,  to  apply  to  him  in  the 
fame  way  as  we  do  to  earthly  fathers  and  governors ; 
and,  by  thus  compelling  us,  becomes  a  reafon  for  fo 
doing.  If  God's  incomprehenfible  perfection  be  fup- 
pofed  to  exclude  prayer,  it  will  equally  exclude  all 
thoughts  and  difcourfes  concerning  him ;  for  thefe  are 
all  equally  fhorc  and  unworthy  of  him  j  which  is  direct 
atheifm. 

Thirdly, 


33  2  Of  the  Rule  of  Life. 

Thirdly,  Though  the  hypothefis  of  mechanifm 
may  feem  at  firft  fight  to  make  prayer  fuperfluous 
and  ufelefs  -,  yet,  upon  farther  confideration,  it  will  be 
found  quite  otherwife.  For  if  all  things  be  conducted 
mechanically,  i.  e.  by  means ;  then  prayer  may  be 
the  means  of  procuring  what  we  want.  Our  ignorance 
of  the  manner  in  which  things  operate,  is  not  the 
lead  evidence  againft  their  having  a  real  operation. 
If  all  be  conduced  mechanically,  fome  means  muft 
be  made  ufe  of  for  procuring  our  wants.  The  ana- 
logy of  all  other  things  intimates,  that  thefe  means 
muft  proceed  in  part  from  man.  The  analogy  taken 
from  the  relations  of  father  and  governor  fuggefts 
prayer.  It  follows  therefore,  according  to  the  mecha- 
nical hypothefis,  that  prayer  is  one  of  the  principal 
means,  whereby  we  may  obtain  our  defires. 

Fourthly,  If  all  thefe  reafons  were  fet  afide,  the 
prefiing  nature  of  fome  of  our  wants  would  extort 
'prayers  from  us,  and  therefore  juftify  them. 

Fifthly,  In  like  manner,  the  theopathetic  affec- 
tions, if  they  be  fufficiently  ftrong,  will  break  forth 
into  prayers  and  praifes,  as  in  the  authors  of  the 
Pfalmsy  and  other  devout  perfons. 

Laftly,  The  fcriptures  direct  and  command  us  to 
pray,  to  fray  always ,  in  every  thing  to  give  thanks ; 
and  fupport  the  foregoing  and  fuch  like  reafons  for 
prayer  and  praife.  And  this  removes  all  doubt  and 
fcruple,  if  any  fhould  remain  from  the  infinite  nature 
and  majefty  of  God.  We  may  be  fatisfied  from  the 
fcriptures,  that  we  have  the  privilege  to  pray,  to  ex- 
pofe  all  our  wants,  defires,  joys,  and  griefs,  to  our 
Creator;  and  that  he  will  hear  us,  and  help  us. 

As  to  the  time,  manner,  and  requifites  of  prayer, 
we  may  make  the  following  obfervations. 

Firft,  That  words  are  of  great  ufe  in  the  moft 
private  prayer,  becaufe  of  the  aflbciations  transferred 
upon  them,  and  which  therefore  they  excite  in  the 

mind. 


Of  the  Rule  of  Life.  333 

mind.  But  then,  as  there  are  internal  fentiments  and 
combinations  of  thefe,  to  which  no  words  can  corre- 
fpond,  we  muft  not  confine  the  noble  privilege  of 
prayer  and  praife  to  our  languages,  which  are  the  off- 
fpring  of  the  confufion  at  Babel.  There  are  there- 
fore proper  feafons  and  occafions  for  mental  prayer, 
for  the  tendency  and  afpiration  of  the  heart  to  God 
without  words,  as  well  as  for  vocal  prayer.  And 
indeed  all  private  vocal  prayer  feems  to  admit  of  and 
require  mental  prayer,  at  ihort  intervals,  in  order  to 
fix  our  attention,  and  exalt  our  affections,  by  giving 
fcope  to  the  fecondarily  automatic  workings  of  a  de- 
vout heart. 

Secondly,  Forms  of  prayer,  compofed  by  perfons 
of  a  devout  fpirit,  arc  of  ufe  to  all  at  certain  times, 
for  affifting  the  invention,  and  exciting  fervency ; 
and  in  the  beginning  of  a  religious  courfe  they  feem 
to  be  neceflary,  as  they  certainly  are  for  children. 
But  it  would  be  a  great  hindrance  to  the  growth 
and  perfection  of  our  devotion,  always  to  keep  to 
forms.  The  heart  of  every  particular  perfon  alone 
knows  its  own  bitternefs,  its  defires,  guiir,  fears, 
hopes,  and  joys  j  and  it  will  be  impoflible  to  open 
ourfelves  without  referve,  and  with  a  filial  love  and 
confidence  in  God,  unlefs  we  do  it  of  ourfelves,  in 
fuch  words  as  the  then  prefent  (late  of  mind,  when 
under  a  vigorous  fenfe  of  the  divine  prefence,  (hall 
fuggeft. 

Thirdly,  A  regularity  as  to  the  times  of  private 
devotion  helps  to  keep  perfon*  fteady  in  a  religious 
courff,  and  to  call  them  off  again  and  again  from 
purfuing  and  fetting  their  hearts  upon  the  vanities  of 
the  world.  And  we  may  affirm  in  paiticular,  that 
the  morning  and  evening  facrifice  of  private  prayer 
and  praife  ought  never  to  be  difpenfed  with,  in  ordi- 
nary cafes,  not  evrn  by  perfons  far  advanced  in  the 
ways  of  piety.  It  feems  alfo  very  confonant  to  the 
true  fpirit  of  devotion,  to  have  fet  hours  of 

prayer 


334  Pf  the  Rule  of  Lift. 

prayer  in  the  courfe  of  the  day,  as  memorials  and 
means  of  begetting  this  fpirit,  which,  however, 
cannot  be  obferved  by  the  bulk  of  the  world  with 
exactnefs.  Laftly,  It  will  be  of  great  ufe  to  ac- 
cuftom  ourfelves  to  certain  ejaculations  upon  the 
various  particular  occafions,  that  occur  in  the 
daily  courfe  of  each  perfon's  bufmefs  and  profef- 
fion.  It  is  true  indeed,  that  all  thefe  rules  are  of 
the  nature  of  Judaical  rites  and  ceremonies  ;  but 
then  let  it  be  confidered,  that  even  in  chriftian  coun- 
tries every  man  muft  be  a  Jew  in  effect,  before  he 
can  arrive  at  chriftian  liberty,  and  be  able  to  wor- 
fliip  God  in  fpirif,  and  in  truth,  and  indeed  in  order 
to  arrive  thither.  Times,  forms,  and  rules  of  devo- 
tion, are  fchool-mafters  that  ferve  to  bring  us  to 
Chrift.  As  for  thofe  perfons  who  are  fo  far  advanced, 
as  to  walk  with  God  continually,  who  fanclify  the 
minuted  actions  by  a  perpetual  dedication  of  them 
to  God,  I  do  not  prefume  to  inftrucY  them.  'Their 
anointing  teaches  them  all  things. 

Fourthly,  The  matter  of  our  prayers  muft  be  dif- 
ferent, according  to  the  ftate  that  we  are  in  ;  for  in 
prayer  we  ought  always  to  lay  our  real  cafe,  what- 
ever it  be,  before  God.  Confeffion  of  fins,  and  petition 
for  graces,  are  the  mod  ufeful  and  requifite  for  young 
penitents,  and  muft  always  have  a  confiderable  fhare 
in  thofe  who  are  farther  advanced.  But  when  the 
heart  overflows  with  joy  and  gratitude  to  God,  and 
tender  love  to  others,  which  is  more  frequently  the 
cafe  with  thofe,  who  have  kept  their  firft  love  for 
fome  time,  it  is  eafy  to  fee,  that  praife  and  inter- 
cefiion  muft  be  moft  natural  and  fuitable.  Temporal 
wants  ought  not  to  be  forgotten.  We  are  to  acknow- 
ledge God  in  every  thing;  confider  him  as  our  father, 
and  only  friend,  upon  all  occafions  j  place  no  con- 
fidence in  our  own  wifdom  or  ftrength,  or  in  the 
courfe  of  nature ;  have  moderate  defires,  and  be 
ready  to  give  up  even  thefe.  Now  prayer,  with 

exprefs 


Of  tbe  Rule  of  Life.  33$ 

cxprefs  acts  of  refignation,  in  refpect  of  external 
things,  has  a  tendency  to  beget  in  us  fuch  difpofi- 
tions.  However,  I  do  not  extend  this  to  fuch  per- 
fons  as  are  refigned  to  God  in  all  things,  temporal 
and  fpiritual,  for  themfelves  as  well  as  for  others, 
who  defiring  nothing  but  that  the  will  of  God  may 
be  done,  fee  alfb  that  it  is  done,  acquiefce  and  rejoice 
in  it. 

Fifthly,  Prayer  muft  always  be  accompanied  by 
faith,  /'.  e.  we  muft  not  only  look  up  to  God,  as  our 
fole  refuge,  but  as  an  effectual  one.  He  that  be"- 
lieves  the  exiftence  and  attributes  of  God  really  and 
practically,  will  have  this  entire  confidence,  fb  as  to 
be  affured  that  the  thing  defired  of  God  will  be 
granted,  either  precifely  as  defired,  or  in  fome  way 
more  fuitable  to  his  circumftances ;  an  act  of  refig- 
nation being  here  joined  to  one  of  faith.  How  far 
our  Saviour's  directions,  concerning  faith  in  prayer, 
are  an  encouragement  and  command  to  expect  the 
precife  thing  defired,  is  very  doubtful  to  me.  How- 
ever, we  may  certainly  learn  from  his  example,  that 
refignation  is  a  neceffary  requifite  in  prayer;  that 
we  ought  always  to  fay,  Nevertbelejs  not  my  w;7/, 
but  thine  be  done. 

Sixthly,  Public  prayer  is  a  neceffary  duty,  as  well 
as  private.  By  this  we  publicly  profefs  our  obedience 
to  God  through  Chrift  j  we  excite  and  are  excited  by 
others  to  fervency  in  devotion,  and  to  chriftian  be- 
nevolence j  and  we  have  a  claim  to  the  promife  of 
Chrift  to  thofe  who  are  affembled  together  in  his 
name.  The  chriftian  religion  has  been  kept  alive, 
as  one  may  fay,  during  the  great  corruption  and 
apoftafy,  by  the  public  worfhip  of  God  in  churches ; 
and  it  is  probable,  that  religious  affemblies  will  be 
much  more  frequent  than  they  now  are,  whenever  it 
(hall  pleafe  God  to  put  it  into  the  hearts  of  chriftians 
to  proceed  to  the  general  converfion  of  all  nations. 
We  ought  therefore  to  prepare  ourfelves  for,  and 

haften 


336  Of  the  Rule  of  Life. 

haften  unto,  this  glorious  time,  as  much  as  pofllble, 
by  joining  together  in  prayers  for  this  purpofe  -,  and 
Jo  much  the  more,  as  we  fee  the  day  -approaching. 

Laftly,  Family  prayer,  which  is  fomething  be- 
tween the  public  prayers  of  each  church,  and  the 
private  ones  of  each  individual,  muft  be  necetfary, 
fince  thefc  are.  The  fame  reafons  ate  eafily  applied. 
And  I  believe  it  may  be  laid  down  as  a  certain  faft, 
that  no  mafter  or  miftrefs  of  a  family  can  have  a 
true  concern  for  religion,  or  be  a  child  of  God,  who 
does  not  take  care  to  worfhip  God  by  family  prayer. 
Let  the  oblei  vation  of  the  fact  determine. 


SECT. 


Of  tbe  Rule  of  Life.  337 


SECT.     VIII. 

OF  THE  REGARD  DUE  TO  THE  PLEASURES  AND 
PAINS  OF  THE  MORAL  SENSE  JN  FORMING  THE 
RULE  OF  LIFE. 

PROP.     LXX1V. 

The  moral  Senfe  ought  to  be  made  the  immediate  Guide 
of  our  Aftions  on  all  Judden  Emergencies ;  ^and  there- 
fore its  Pleafures  may  be  confidered  as  making  Part 
of  our  primary  Purfuit. 

IN  deducing  rules  for  focial  conduct  above,  I  laid 
down  the  moral  fenfe  as  one,  which  ought  to  have 
great  influence  in  the  mod  explicit  and  deliberate 
actions.  Now  this  is,  in  fome  meafure,  fufficient 
to  prove,  that  its  pleafures  make  part  of  our  primary 
purfuit.  I  here  propofe  to  (hew,  that  the  moral 
fenfe  ought  not  only  to  have  fome,  but  the  fole 
influence,  on  emergent  occafionsj  and  this  will  be 
a  farther  recommendation  of  its  pleafures. 

That  the  moral  fenfe  is  fuch  an  immediate  guide, 
will  appear  for  the  following  reafons. 

Firft,  Becaufe  it  offers  itfelf  in  the  various  occur- 
rences of  life,  at  the  fame  time  producing  its  cre- 
dentials. For  it  warns  us  beforehand,  and  calls  us  to 
account  afterwards  j  it  condemns  or  acquits  j  it  re- 
wards by  the  pleafures  of  felf-approbation,  or  pu- 
nifhes  by  the  pains  of  felf- condemnation.  It  appears 
theiefoie  with  the  authority  of  a  judge,  and  alfb  of 
one  who  knows  the  hearts;  and,  by  confequence,  it 
claims  to  be  God's  vicegerent,  and  the  forerunner 

VOL.  II.  Z  of 


338  Of  tie  Rule  of  Life. 

of  the  fentence  which  we  may  hereafter  expect  from 
him. 

Secondly,  The  moral  fenfe  is  generated  chiefly  by 
piety,  benevolence,  and  rational  felf-intereft ;  all 
which  are  explicit  guides  of  life  in  deliberate  actions. 
Since  therefore  thefe  are  excluded  on  fudden  occa- 
fions,  through  the  want  of,  time  to  weigh  and  deter- 
mine, it  feems  highly  reafonable  to  admit  the  moral 
fenfe,  which  is  their  offspring,  and  whofe  dictates  are 
immediate,  for  their  fubftitute. 

Thirdly,  The  greatnefs,  the  permanency,  and  the 
calm  nature  of  the  pleafures  of  the  moral  fenfe,  with 
the  horrors,  and  conftant  recurrency,  of  the  fenfe 
of  guilt,  are  additional  arguments  to  mew,  that 
thefe  pleafures  and  pains  were  intended  for  the  guides 
of  life,  and  the  pleafures  for  a  primary  purfuit. 

Fourthly,  The  mechanical  generation  of  the  plea- 
fures and  pains  of  the  moral  fenfe  may  by  fome  be 
thought  an  objection  to  the  reafoning  here  ufed; 
but  it  will  appear  otherwife,  upon  due  confideration. 
For  all  the  things  which  have  evident  final  caufes, 
are  plainly  brought  about  by  mechanical  means  j  fo 
that  we  may  argue  either  way,  viz.  either  from  fee- 
ing the  mechanical  means,  to  the  exiftence  of  a  final 
caufe,  not  yet  difcovered  j  or  from  the  exiftence  of  a 
final  caufe,  to  that  of  the  mechanical  means,  not  yet 
difcovered.  Thus  a  perfon  who  fhould  take  notice, 
that  milk  always  appeared  in  the  breads  of  the  dam 
at  the  proper  feafon  for  the  young  animal,  might 
conclude  that  this  was  effected  mechanically  j  or,  if 
he  firft  faw,  that  milk  muft  be  brought  mechanically 
into  the  breafts,  foon  after  the  birth  of  the  young,  he 
might  conclude,  that  this  milk  would  be  of  fome  ufej 
and,  from  a  very  little  farther  recollection,  might 
perceive  that  it  was  for  the  nourilhment  of  the  new- 
born animal.  In  like  manner,  if  any  one  fees,  that 
a  power,  like  that  of  confcience,  muft  be  generated 
in  the  human  mind,  from  the  frame  of  it,  compared 

with 


Of  the  Rule  of  Life.  339 

with  the  imprefiions  made  upon  it  by  external  objects, 
he  may  be  afiured,  that  this  power  muft  have  fome 
ufe  i  and  a  very  little  reflection  upon  the  divine 
attributes,  and  the  circumftances  of  rrankind,  will 
ihew  that  its  peculiar  ufc  muft  be  that  of  a  guide 
and  governor. 

If  we  could  fuppofe  the  moral  fenfe  to  be  either 
an  inftinct  imprefled  by  God,  or  the  neceflfary  refult 
of  the  eternal  reafons  and  relations  of  things,  in- 
dependent of  afTociation,  it  ought  (till  to  be  confidered 
as  a  guide  of  life.  For  fince  the  favourers  of  each 
of  thefe  fuppofitions  maintain,  that  the  moral  fcnfe 
is  entirely  coincident  with  the  precepts  of  benevolence 
and  piety  ;  it  muft,  according  to  them,  be  made  their 
fubftitute  upon  emergent  occafions. 

PROP.     LXXV. 

« 

70  deduce  practical  Rules  for  the  Regulation  and  Im- 
provement of  the  moral  Senfe. 

THERE  are  three  things  principally  necefiary  in  the 
conduct  of  the  moral  fenfe.  t  irft,  That  it  extend 
to  all  the  actions  of  moment,  which  occur  in  the 
intercourles  of  human  life  j  and  be  a  ready  monitor 
to  us  dn  fuch  occafions.  Secondly,  That  it  fhould 
not  defcend  to  minute  and  trifling  particulars  j  for 
then  it  would  check  benevolence,  and  turn  the  love 
of  God  into  a  fupeiftitious  fear.  And,  Thirdly, 
That  its  informations  be  in  all  cafes  agreeable  to 
piety  and  benevolence,  whofe  fubftitute  it  is. 

Now  it  will  be  eafily  feen,  that,  for  the  right  con- 
duct of  our  moral  fenfe  in  all  thefe  particulars,  it 
will  be  neceflary  for  us  to  be  much  employed  in  the 
practical  ftudy  of  the  fcriptures,  and  of  the  writings 
of  good  men  of  all  denominations,  in  obferving  the 
living  examples  of  fuch,  in  calling  ourfelves  to 
account  frequently,  in  prayer,  and  other  exercifes  of 

Z  2  devotion, 


Qf  the  Rule  of  Life. 

devotion,  in  endeavouring  to  convert  all  the  fympa- 
thetic  and  theopathetic  affections  into  the  love  of 
God,  in  aiming  at  a  truly  catholic  and  charitable  fpi- 
rit,  and  in  walking  faithfully,  according  to  the  dic- 
tates of  benevolence,  piety,  and  the  moral  fenfe, 
fuch  as  they  are  at  prefent.  For  to  him  that  bath 
Jhall  be  given,  and  be.  jhall  have  abundance.  Some 
of  thefe  directions  are  more  particularly  fuited  to 
correct  one  defect  in  the  moral  fenfe,  fome  ano- 
ther; but  they  will  all  confpire  in  purifying  and 
perfecting  it. 


General 


Of  the  Rule  of  Life.  341 


General  COROLLARIES  to  the  loft  SEVEN 
SECTIONS. 

COR.  i.  WE  may  now,  by  reviewing  the  feven 
laft  fecYions,  judge  how  much  the  chriftian  mora- 
lity is  fuperior  to  the  pagan,  in  fublimity  and  purity. 
The  pagan  morality  was  comprehended  under  the 
four  cardinal  virtues  of  prudence,  juftice,  fortitude, 
and  temperance ;  and  thefe  were  fo  explained  and 
under  flood  by  the  pagans,  as  to  omit  many  necef- 
fary  chriftian  virtues,  and  allow,  or  even  recom- 
mend fome  great  enormities.  I  will  clafs  a  few 
particulars  of  this  kind  under  the  refpeclive  heads  of 
fenfation,  imagination,  ambition,  felf-intereft,  fym- 
pathy,  theopathy,  and  the  moral  fenfe. 

The  pagan  virtue  of  temperance  prohibited  all 
grofs  excefles  in  eating  and  drinking,  and  many  acts 
of  lewdnefs.  But  it  fell  far  fhort  of  the  chriftian 
precepts,  in  regard  to  the  external  actions  j  and 
feems  no  ways  to  have  extended  to  the  regulation 
of  the  thoughts. 

The  pagan  fortitude  enjoined  great  patience  and 
perfeverance  in  difficulties,  pains,  and  dangers.  But 
it  was,  in  part,  founded  in  pride  i  and  fo  was  oppo- 
fite  to  the  chriftian  fortitude,  whofe  ftrength  lies  in 
its  weaknefs,  in  a  diffidence  in  ourfelves,  and  confi- 
dence in  God.  And  how  much  the  chriftian  was 
fuperior  in  degree,  as  well  as  kind,  may  appear  from 
the  examples  of  the  martyrs  and  confeffors  in  the 
primitive  times,  who  were  of  all  ranks,  profeflions, 
ages,  and  fexes,  and  of  innumerable  private  perfons 
in  the  prefent,  as  well  as  all  pad  ages  of  the  church, 
who  are  able  to  rejoice  in  tribulation,  and  to  do  all 
things,  through  Chrift  that  ftrengcheneth  them. 
They  do  not  make  a  fhew  of  themfelves  to  the 
world  i  that  would  be  oftentation,  and  vain-glory*. 

Z  3  but 


34*  Of  the  Rule  of  Life. 

but  thofe  who  defire  to  be  animated  by,  and  to  imi- 
tate, fuch  living  examples,  may  find  them  in  every 
chriftian  country  in  the  world. 

As  to  the  pleafures  of  imagination,  there  feems  to 
have  been  no  reftraint  laid  upon  them  by  the  pagan 
morality.  Curiofity,  and  the  ftudy  of  the  arts  and 
fciences  for  their  own  fakes,  were  even  recommended. 

Ambition  was,  in  like  manner,  efteemed  virtuous; 
and  many  kinds  and  degrees  of  humility  were  treated 
with  reproach  and  contempt. 

Grofs  felf-intereft  was  allowed  in  a  much  greater 
degree  by  the  pagans,  than  it  is  amongft  chriftians. 
The  pagans  fcarce  knew  what  refined  felf-intereft  was; 
and  they  did  not  at  all  apprehend,  that  any  objection 
lay  againft  rational  felf-intereft,  or  that  a  purer  motive 
to  action  was  neceflary. 

Trieir  benevolence  was  chiefly  a  love  of  relations, 
benefactors,  and  their  country.  They  fell  far  (hort 
of  univerfal  unlimited  benevolence,  equal  to  felf- 
'  love ;  and  they  allowed,  and  even  recommended, 
taking  vengeance  on  enemies,  as  an  heroic,  noble 
action. 

As  to  the  theopathetic  affections  of  faith,  fear, 
gratitude,  hope,  truft,  resignation,  and  love,  with 
the  expreflions  of  thefe  in  prayer  and  praife,  they 
knew  nothing  of  them  in  general.  Polytheifm,  and 
impure  notions  of  their  deities,  had  quite  depraved 
and  ftarved  all  their  theopathetic  affections.  They 
were  deftitute  of  love,  and  their  fear  was  fuper- 
ftition. 

Laftly,  The  confequence  of  all  this  muft  be,  and 
accordingly  was,  a  proportional  imperfection  in  the 
moral  fenfe.  It  was  deficient  'in  moft  things,  erro- 
neous in  many,  and  neealefsly  fcrupulous  in  fome.  It 
occupied  the  place  of  the  Deity  ;  for  the  beft  amongft 
the  pagans  idolized  the  innate  fenfe  of  honefty,  and 
the  independent  power  of  the  mind,  the/e)J/us  banefti> 
and  the  ™  lp'  fifuv. 

I  do 


Of  the  Rule  of  Life.  343 

I  do  not  deny  but  that  fome  heathen  moralifts 
may  now  and  then  have  exprefled  themfelves  in  a 
manner  fuperior  to  what  I  have  here  defcribed.  But 
I  fpeak  of  the  general  tenor  of  their  writings,  and 
defire  that  may  be  compared  with  the  general  tenor 
of  the  fcriptures,  of  the  fathers,  and  of  the  chriftian 
divines  of  all  ages. 

COR.  2.  By  a  like  review  of  the  feven  laft  fe&ions, 
we  may  difcern  more  clearly  and  fully  the  relative 
nature  of  the  virtues  and  vices,  which  has  been  al- 
ready taken  notice  of;  and  thus  both  learn  to  be 
more  candid  and  charitable  in  our  judgments  on  the 
actions  of  others,  and  more  earneft  and  unwearied 
after  perfection  in  ourfelves. 

COR.  3.  Since  it  now  appears  fully,  that  the  plea- 
fures  and  pains  of  the  four  firft  claffes  are  to  be 
fubjected  to  thofe  of  the  three  laft,  i,  e.  the  plea- 
fures  of  thofe  foregone,  and  the  pains  accepted ; 
whereas  the  pleafures  of  thefe  are  to  be  chofen,  and 
the  pains  avoided ;  I  will  here  give,  in  one  view, 
Ibme  principal  motives  to  engage  us  thus  to  regulate 
our  affections  and  actions. 

Firft,  then,  The  great  compofure  and  peace  of 
mind,  which  thofe  perfons  enjoy,  who  make  bene- 
volence, piety,  and  the  moral  fenfe,  the  rule  of 
their  lives,  is  a  ftrong  inducement  to  us  to  imitate 
their  example.  As  we  defire  to  learn  all  other  arts 
from  thofe  who  practife  them  in  the  greateft  perfec- 
tion, fo  ought  we  the  art  of  living.  The  perfons 
in  whom  this  peace  is  moft  obfervable,  were  the  au- 
thors of  the  books  of  the  Old  and  New  Teftaments ; 
and  thefe  books  may  be  diftinguiflied  from  all  other 
books  by  this  remarkable  circumftance,  that  the 
authors  appear  to  have  been  quite  free  from  this  dif- 
fatisfaction,  doubt,  care,  and  fear,  which  are  fo  ob- 
vious in  the  difcourfes  an<:l  writings  of  other  perfons. 
However,  the  fame  thing  appears,  in  a  lefs  degree, 
in  the  difcourfes  of  all  good  men,  even  heathens  -,  as 

24  in 


344  Of  *be  R^  °f  Life. 

in  the  difcourfes  of  Socrates  preferved  by  Plato  and 
Xencphon-,  and  may  be  obferved  in  the  conduct  and 
behaviour  of  all  fuch,  by  thofe  who  are  converfant 
with  them.  Eminently  pious  and  benevolent  perfons 
feem  to  be  in  pofiefiion  of  fome  great  fecret,  fome 
catholicon,  or  philofopher's  ftone.  They  pafs  through 
life,  unhurt,  as  to  the  peace  of  their  minds,  by  the 
evils  of  it  j  and  find  abundant  matter  for  praile  and 
thankfgiving  to  God  in  it.  All  which  appears  to  be 
owing  to  their  being  guided  by  the  true  principle 
of  action. 

Secondly,  Death  is  certain,  and  necefifarily  attended 
with  many  terrifying  affociations  j  and  a  future  ftate 
muft,  even  upon  the  flighted  prefumption  of  its  re- 
ality, be  a  matter  of  the  greateft  concern  to  all  think- 
ing perfons.  Now  the  frequent  recurrency  of  thefe 
fears  and  anxieties  muft  imbitter  all  guilty  pleafures, 
and  even  the  more  inrtocent  trifling  amufements ; 
which,  though  not  glaringly  oppofite  to  duty,  are 
yet  befides  it,  and  foreign  to  it.  And  thus  men  live 
in  bondage  all  their  lives  through  the  fear  of  death ; 
more  fo  than  they  are  aware  of  themfelves  (for  men 
often  neglect  the  fair  examination  of  themfelves,  fb 
much  as  not  to  know  their  real  ftate,  though  obvious 
enough  upon  a  due  inquiiy);  and  ftill  much  more 
fo,  than  they  own  and  exprefs  to  others.  But  nothing 
can  deliver  men  from  this  great  evil,  befides  entire 
rectitude  of  heart.  While  there  is  a  confcioufnefs 
of  any  wilful  failure,  of  any  unfairnefs,  of  prevarica- 
tion with  God,  or  a  defire  and  defign  to  deceive 
one's  felf,  the  terrors  of  religion  rage  with  greater 
fury  than  in  a  ftate  of  utter  negligence,  and  dif- 
regard  to  duty.  A  man  cannot  reft,  while  he  is 
double-minded,  while  he  drives  and  hopes  to  ferve 
God  and  mammon  together;  but  muft  either  go  for- 
ward in  order  to  obtain  true  lafting  peace,  Qr  back- 
ward to  infatuate  and  ftupefy  himfelf.  And  this 

helps 


Of  the  Ride  of  Life.  345 

helps  us  to  account  for  the  foregoing  obfervation  on 
the  behaviour  of  truly  good  men. 

Thirdly,  It  appears  from  the  very  frame  of  our 
natures,  that  we  are  not  qualified  for  any  great  de- 
grees of  happinefs  here,  nor  for  an  uninterrupted 
continuance  of  any  degree,  nor  for  the  frequent 
returns  of  any  particular  pleafure,  bodily  or  men- 
tal. From  all  which  it  will  follow,  that  a  general 
hope,  mixed  with  the  cares,  fears,  and  forrows  of 
compaffion  and  contrition,  is  the  only  pleafure,  that 
is  attainable,  lading,  or  fuitable  to  our  prefent  cir- 
cumftances. 

Fourthly,  Befides  the  fears  relating  to  death,  and 
a  future  ftate,  all  perfons  who  ferve  the  world,  muft 
have  very  great  ones  in  refpect  of  the  things  of  the 
world.  A  man  muft  be  crucified  to  the  world,  before 
his  heart  can  be  at  eafe  concerning  its  pleafures, 
honours,  and  profits.  And  as  our  pains  are,  in 
general,  more  exquifite  than  our  pleafures  j  fo  is 
fear,  worldly  fear,  the  offspring  of  the  firft,  greater 
in  degree,  than  worldly  hope,  the  offspring  of  the 
laft ;  and,  if  it  recurs  often,  will  overbalance  it ;  and 
muft  make  a  great  deduction,  upon  all  fuppofitions. 
Now  devotion  to  God,  though  it  does  leffen  the 
hopes  of  this  world,  as  well  as  the  fears ;  yet  it 
feems  to  lefien  the  fears  in  a  much  quicker  ratio ; 
however,  it  certainly  takes  off  their  edge,  and  leaves 
fo  much  hope  and  pleafure,  as  to  be  a  foundation  for 
the  duty  of  thankfulnefs  to  God. 

Fifthly,  An  upright  heart  is  neceflary  to  our  hav- 
ing a  real  influencing  fenfe  and  conviction  of  the 
divine  amiablenefs  and  benevolence,  and,  conie- 
quently,  to  our  peace  and  comfort.  When  any  dread, 
or  flavifh  fear,  attends  the  conception  of  the  divine 
nature,  a  man  can  never  think  htmlelf  fafe  j  but  will 
always  have  anxieties  and  mifgivings.  And  our 
ideas  of  God  muft  always  be  thus  tainted  with  fu- 
perftition,  whatever  our  theory  be,  if  our  hearts  be 

not 


346  Of  the  Rule  of  Life. 

not  right  before  him.  We  fhall  weakly  and  wick- 
edly fuppofe  and  fear,  that  he  is  Jucb  a  one  as  we  our- 
fehes  are,  whatever  declarations  we  make,  whatever 
demonftrations  we  pofiefs,  to  the  contrary.  And  as 
this  cannot  but  caft  a  gloom  upon  the  whole  courfe 
of  nature  to  the  wicked,  fo  the  contrary  perfuafion 
is  the  principal  fource  of  joy  and  comfort  to  the 
good.  They  do  in  earneft  believe  God  to  be  their 
friend  and  father;  they  love  him  with  a  fincere, 
though  imperfect  love ;  and  are  eafily  led,  from  the 
confcioufnefs  and  inward  feeling  of  this,  to  confider 
him  as  pure  and  infinite  love.  And  all  thefe  four 
laft  obfervations,  put  together,  but  efpecially  that  of 
this  paragraph,  account  for  the  facts  mentioned  in 
the  firft. 


SECT. 


Of  tbe  Rule  of  Faith.  347 

SECT.     IX. 

OF    THE    RULE    OF    FAITH. 

PROP.     LXXVI. 

70  inquire  what  Faitb  in  natural  and  revealed  Religion^ 
or  in  the  Canicular  Tenets  of  Cbriftian  Churches,  is 
veceffary  for  ifa  Purification  and  Perfection  of  our 
Natures, 

HAVING  now  (hewn,  that  benevolence,  piety,  and 
the  moral  fenfe,  are  to  be  the  guides  of  life,  and  the 
compafs  by  which  we  are  to  fleer  our  courfe  through 
the  difficulties  and  dangers  of  this  mixed,  imperfect 
ftate,  it  remains  that  we  inquire,  whether  there  be 
any  rule  of  faith,  refulting  or  diftincl:  from  the  forego- 
ing rule  of  life,  that  is  necefiary  to  our  prefent  duty, 
or  future  falvation. 

Firft,  then,  Since  piety  is  part  of  the  foregoing 
rule  of  life,  it  is  evident,  that  no  one  can  comply 
with  this  rule,  unlefs  he  be  a  fincere  deift  at  leaft, 
/.  e.  unlefs  he  believe  the  exiftence  and  attributes  of 
God,  his  providence,  a  future  ftate,  and  the  rewards 
and  punifhments  of  it. 

Secondly,  The  evidence  for  the  chriftian  religion 
feems  to  be  fo  clear  and  flrong  in  all  chriftian  coun- 
tries, and  that  with  refpect  to  all  ranks  and  conditions 
of  men,  that  no  perfon,  who  is  previoufly  qualified 
by  benevolence,  piety,  and  the  moral  fenfe,  in  the 
manner  defcribed  in  the  feven  laft  fections,  can  refufe 
his  afifent  to  it.  This  I  take  to  be  a  plain  matter 
of  obfervation,  fupported  by  the  univerfal  teftimony 
of  thofe  perfons,  that  attend  to  it ;  meaning  by  the 
chriftian  religion,  the  belief  of  the  divine  miflion  of 
Mojes  and  the  prophets,  of  Chrift  and  his  apoftles, 

or 


348  Of  the  Rule  of  Faith. 

or  the  truth  of  the  fcriptures.  Whoever  therefore 
conducts  himfelf  by  the  foregoing  rule,  muft  be- 
lieve revealed  religion,  as  well  as  natural,  if  born  in 
a  chriftian  country.  All  unbelievers,  where  there  is 
fo  much  evidence,  I  had  almoft  faid  all  doubters, 
feem  to  be  culpable  in  a  very  high  degree. 

Thirdly,  As  faith  in  Chrift  is  the  refult  of  a  right 
difpofition  of  mind  in  chriftian  countries;  fo  is  this 
right  difpofition,  in  its  turn,  the  refult  of  believing 
in  Chrift ;  and  they  increale  one  another  reciprocally 
without  limits.  And  though  fome  perfons  in  the 
heathen  world  were  conducted  to  great  degrees  of 
benevolence,  and  uprightnefs  of  mind,  and  even  to 
fome  degrees  of  piety ;  yet  were  thefe  perfons  ex- 
ceedingly rare,  and  the  degrees  far  inferior  to  what 
is  ordinarily  to  be  found  in  chriftian  countries. 
This  therefore  is  a  ftrong  proof  of  the  neceffity  of 
faith  in  revealed  religion.  All  things  elfe  being 
alike,  the  perfon  who  believes  in  Chrift  will  become 
fuperior  to  him  who  does  not,  in  proportion  to  the 
vigour  of  his  faith.  Which  is  alfo  a  plain  and  co- 
gent reafon,  why  thofe,  that  are  already  chriftians, 
fhould  labour  to  the  utmoft  of  their  abilities  in  con- 
verting the  barbarous  nations,  even  though  their 
prefent  ignorance  of  revealed  religion  be  excufable 
in  them.  But  there  is  far  more  reafon  to  alarm  and 
awaken,  if  pofiible,  thofe  who  dilbeiieve  in  the  midft 
of  light  and  evidence,  the  loft  Jbeep  of  the  houfe  of 
Ifraely  fince  they  not  only  want  thefe  motives  and 
afliftances  to  perfection,  but  are  guilty  of  great  pre- 
varication and  unfairnefs  with  themfelves,  and  fhut 
their  eyes  againft  the  light,  becaufe  their  deeds  are 
evil.  If  any  unbeliever  thinks  this  cenfure  too  fe- 
vere,  let  him  examine  his  own  heart.  Is  he  pre- 
vioufly  qualified  by  love  to  God,  and  to  all  the 
world,  by  a  fmcere  regard  for,  and  obfervance  of, 
natural  religion  ?  Is  he  chafte,  temperate,  meek, 

humble, 


Of  the  Rule  of  Faith.  349 

humble,  juft,  and  charitable  ?  Does  he  delight  in 
God,  in  contemplating  his  providence,  praying  to 
him,  and  praifing  him  ?  Does  he  believe  a  future 
ftate,  and  expect  it  with  hope  and  comfort  ?  Is  he 
not  fo  fond  of  the  praife  of  men,  or  fo  fearful  of 
•  cenfure  and  ridicule,  as  to  be  afhamed  to  own 
Chrift  ?  If  the  chriftian  religion  be  true,  it  muft  be 
of  great  importance;  and,  if  of  great  importance, 
it  is  a  duty  of  natural  religion  to  inquire  into  it. 
The  obligation  therefore  to  examine  ferioufly  fubfifts 
in  fome  degree,  as  long  as  there  is  any  evidence  for, 
any  doubt  of,  the  truth  of  revelation.  For,  if  true, 
it  muft  be  of  importance,  whether  we  fee  that  im- 
portance or  not.  He  who  determines,  that  it  is  of 
no  importance,  determines  at  once,  that  it  is  falfe. 
But  it  is  too  evident  to  all  impartial  obfervers,  that 
thofe  who  disbelieve,  or  affecl:  to  disbelieve,  have  nt>t 
made  a  ferious  accurate  inquiry ;  fuch  a  one  as  they 
would  make  about  a  worldly  concern  of  moment; 
but  content  themfelves,  and  endeavour  to  perplex 
others,  with  general  objections,  mixed,  for  the  moft 
part,. .with  ridicule  and  raillery,  things  that  are  ma- 
nifeft  hinderances  in  the  fearch  after  truth.  How- 
ever, this  may  be  perhaps,  too  fevere  a  cenfure, 
in  refpecl:  of  ibme ;  nay,  we  ought  not  to  condemn 
any,  but  to  confider,  that  to  their  own  mafter  they 
ft  and  or  fall. 

Fourthly,  A  nominal,  or  even  a  real,  but  merely 
hiftorical  and  fpeculative  faith,  is  quite  infufficient, 
and  falls  infinitely  fhort  of  that  which  the  foregoing 
rule  of  duty  requires.  And  yet  it  is  of  fome  pro- 
bable ufe  to  be  reckoned  among  the  number  of  be- 
lievers, though  a  man  be,  for  the  prefenr,  inatten- 
tive j  becaufe  fuch  a  one  lies  more  in  the  way  of 
conviction  and  influence  j  and  is  free  from  that  great 
objection  and  difficulty  to  human  nature,  a  relucl- 
ance  to  change  even  a  nominal  opinion.  As  to  the 
perfon,  who  has  a  real,  hiftorical,  fpeculative  faith, 

i.  e. 


350  Of  the  Rule  of  Faith. 

L  e.  who  fees  that  the  Old  and  New  Teftaments 
have  the  fame  and  in  many  refpects  greater  eviden- 
ces for  their  truth  and  genuinenefs,  than  other 
books  univerfally  allowed,  who  is  ready  to  acknow- 
ledge this,  and  to  give  reafons  for  it  of  the  fame  kind 
with  thofe  that  are  admitted  in  fimilar  cafes,  he 
pofiefies  one  of  the  principal  requisites  for  genera- 
ting the  true,  practical,  internal  faith,  that  overcomes 
the  world  \  and  if  he  be  not  withheld  by  pride  and 
felf-conceit,  fo  as  to  reft  in  this  hiftorical  faith,  as 
fufficient  of  itfelf,  will  make  much  quicker  advances, 
cateris  paribus,  towards  the  true  living  faith,  than  a 
perfon  deftitute  of  the  hiftorical  one.  For  the  true 
Jiving  faith  is  that  vivid  fenfe  and  perception  of  God, 
our  Saviour,  a  future  ftate,  and  the  other  related 
ideas,  that  make  them  appear  at  once  as  realities, 
and  become  powerful  and  inftantaneous  motives  to 
action.  But  it  is  very  evident,  that  an  hiftorical 
faith  muft,  by  imprefling  and  uniting  thefe  ideas 
during  the  time  that  they  are  confidered,  and  re- 
flected upon,  produce  the  effects,  the  reality,  above- 
defcribed,  in  the  fame  manner  as  the  interefted  love 
of  God  does  at  laft  generate  the  pure  difinterefted 
love.  And  the  calamities  and  forrows  of  human 
life  will  be  much  more  likely  to  ftrike  him  who 
is  pofiHTed  of  an  hiftorical  faith,  than  a  perfon  igno- 
rant of  the  fubject. 

It  muft,  however,  be  acknowledged,  that  the  real 
practical  faith  is  by  no  means  in  exact  proportion  to 
the  hiftorical.  Perfons  of  good  difpofirions,  of  hum- 
ble minds,  who  pray  -without  ceafing^  who  have 
been  much  afflicted,  &c.  have  irr.prefiions  of  the 
religious  kind  excited  in  them  with  more  vigour  and 
facility  than  others.  Yet  ftill  no .  man  can  have 
the  practical  faith  without  fome  degree  of  the  hif- 
torical ;  and  thofe  who  have  little  of  the  hiftorical 
are  liable,  to  be  fhakr n,  to  be  turned  about  by  every 
wind  of  doffrinej  and  to  be  carried  into  extravagan- 
cies 


Of  the  Rule  of  Faith.  351 

cies  by  the  zeal  without  knowledge.  What  God  bath 
joined  together •,  let  no  man  put  afunder.  It  is  the 
duty  of  every  man,  whether  he  have  the  practical 
faith  or  not,  to  inquire,  to  read  the  fcriptures,  and 
to  meditate  thereon;  the  neceflary  confequence  of 
which  is  an  increafe  of  the  hiftorical  faith.  It  is 
alfo  the  duty  of  every  chriftian  to  give  a  reafon  for 
his  faith,  to  preach  the  gofpel  (for  true  chriftians  are 
a  nation  of  priefts  in  this  fenfe)  ;  which  cannot  be 
done  without  fome  knowledge  of  the  hiftorical  evi- 
dences. Admitting  therefore,  that  mere  internal  faith 
(if  fuch  a  thing  be  poflible)  did  fuffice  to  all  other 
purpofes,  it  will,  however,  be  defective  in  this  one 
moft  neceflary  duty  of  the  chriftian  life.  Though  a 
mere  good  example  will  do  much  good,  yet  the  fame 
good  example,  accompanied  with  knowledge,  and  a 
rational  faith  will  do  more. 

Fifthly,  It  feems  entirely  ufelefs  to  all  good  pur- 
pofes, to  the  promotion  of  piety  and  benevolence, 
in  the  prefent  ftate  of  things,  to  form  any  creeds, 
articles,  or  fyftems  of  faith,  and  to  require  an  afienc 
to  thefe  in  words  or  writing.  Men  are  to  be  influ- 
enced, even  in  refpect  of  the  principal  doctrines  of 
God's  providence,  a  future  ftate,  and  the  truth  of 
the  fcriptures,  by  rational  methods  only,  not  by  com- 
pulflon.  This  feems  acknowledged  on  all  hands. 
Why  then  fhould  harfher  methods  be  ufed  in  things 
of  confefledly  lefs  importance  ?  It  is  true,  that  ma- 
giftrates  have  a  power  from  God  to  inflict  punifh- 
ment  upon  fuch  as  difobey,  and  to  confine  the  natural 
liberty  of  acting  within  certain  bounds,  for  the  com- 
mon good  of  their  fubjects.  But  all  this  is  of  a  na- 
ture '  very  foreign  to  the  pretences  for  confining 
opinions  by  difcouragements  and  punifhments. 

Thofe  who  believe  neither  natural  nor  revealed 
religion  practically,  will  be  held  by  no  reftraints ; 
.they  will  appear  to  confent  to  any  thing,  juft  as  their 

interelt 


35  a  Of  the  Rule  of  Faith. 

intereft  leads  them.  And  this  is  the  cafe  of  a  great 
part  of  the  fubfcribers  .in  all  chriftian  communities. 
They  have  a  mere  nominal  farth  only,  at  the  time  of 
fubfcribing,  not  even  a  fpeculative  or  hiftorical  one: 
or  if  they  have  any  degree  of  ferioufnefs,  and  good 
imprefiions,  they  muft  do  proportional  violence  to 
thefe  by  performing  a  religious  aft  out  of  a  mere 
inteiefted  view. 

'  If  the  perfon  be  an  earned  believer  of  natural 
religion,  but  an  unbeliever  in  refpect  of  revealed 
(to  fuppofe  this  poffible  for  argument's  fake),  he  will 
not  attempr  any  office  in  the  chriftian  miniftry. 
However,  he  ought  not  to  be  deprived  of  civil 
privileges,  whilft  fo  many  wicked  nominal  chriftians 
are  fuffered  to  enjoy  them. 

Suppofe  the  perfon  required  to  fubfcribe  to  be  a 
fpeculative  hiftorical  believer,  why  fhould  his  future 
inquiries  be  confined  ?  How  can  he  inquire  honeftly, 
if  [hey  be  ?  How  can  a  perfon  be  properly  qualified 
to  ftudy  the  word  of  God,  and  to  fearch  out  its 
meaning,  who  finds  himfelf  previoufly  confined  to 
interpret  it  in  a  particular  manner  ?  If  the  fubjecl: 
matter  of  the  article  be  of  great  importance  to  be 
underftood  and  believed,  one  may  prefume,  that .  it 
is  plain,  and  needs  no  article;  if  of  fmall  importance, 
why  Ihould  it  be  made  a  teft,  or  infifted  upon  ? 
If  it  be  a  difficult,  abftrufe  point,  no  one  upon 
earth  has  authority  to  make  an  article  concerning 
it.  We  are  all  brethren  ;  there  is  no  father,  no 
matter,  amongft  us ;  we  are  helpers  of,  not  lords 
over,  each  other's  faith.  If  we  judge  from  other 
branches  of  learning,  as  natural  philofophy,  or  phy- 
fic,  we  fhall  there  find,  that  the  pure  evidence  of 
the  things  themfelves  is  fufficient  to  overcome  all 
oppofition,  after  a  due  time.  The  doctrines  of  gra- 
vitation, of  the  different  refrangibility  of  the  rays 
of  light,  of  the  circulation  of  the  blood,  &c.  can 
never  be  believed  to  any  ufeful  practical  purpofe,  till 

they 


Of  the  Rule  of  Faith.  .353 

they  be  examined  and  underftood  j  and  thofe,  who 
now  believe  them,  affirm,  that  this  is^all  that  is  ne- 
cefiary  for  their  uni venial  reception.  If  they  fhould 
be  miftaken  in  this,  free  examination  would  be  fo 
much  the  more  requifite. 

The  apoftles'  creed  is  fo  plain  and  clear,  except  in 
the  three  articles  concerning  the  defcent  of  Chrift 
into  hell,  the  holy  catholic  church,  and  the  com- 
munion of  faints,  that  no  one  who  believes  the 
truth  of  the  fcriptures,  can  hefitate  about  it ;  not 
even  how  t6  interpret  the  three  forementioned  arti- 
cles, in  a  fenfe  agreeable  to  the  fcriptures.  Ic  is 
quite  ufelefs  therefore  to  require  an  afienc  even  to 
thefe  articles.  As  to  the  metaphyfical  fubtleties, 
which  appear  in  the  fubfequent  creeds,  they  can  at 
bed  be  only  human  interpretations  of  fcripture  words ; 
and  therefore  can  have  no  authority.  Words  refer 
to  words,  and  to  grammatical  and  logical  analogies, 
in  an  endlefs  manner,  in  thefe  things;  and  all  the 
real  foundation  which  we  have  is  in  the  words  of 
fcripture,  and  of  the  mod  ancient^vriters,  confidered 
as  helps,  not  authorities.  It  is  fufficient  therefore, 
that  a  man  take  the  fcriptures  for  his  guide,  and 
apply  himfeif  to  them  with  an  honeft  heart,  and 
humble  and  earneft  prayer ;  which  things  have  no 
connection  with  forms  nnd  fubfcriptions. 

Nay,  it  feems  needlefs,  or  enfnaring  to  fubfcribe 
even  to  the  fcriptures  themfelves.  If  to  any  parti- 
cular canon,  copy,  &c.  enfnaring,  becaufe  of  the 
many  real  doubts  in  thefe  things.  If  not,  it  is  quite 
fuperfluous  from  the  latitude  allowed.  Yet  ftill  it 
appears  to  me  incontestable,  that  no  careful  impartial 
inquirer  can  doubt  of  the  great  truths  of  the  fcrip- 
tures, fuch  as  the  miraculous  birth,  life,  death, 
refurredtion  and  afcenfion  of  Chrift,  &c.  or  of  the 
practical  confequences  thence  arifing ;  and  furely  it 
cannot  be  neceflfarily  requifite,  that  a  man  fhould 
believe  more  than  thefe. 

VOL.  II.  A  a  For, 


354  Of  the  Rule  of  Faith. 

For,  Laftly,  Let  us  fuppofe  the  perfon  required  to 
afient,  or  fubfcribe,  to  be  a  real  earneft  believer. 
It  can  fcarce  be  fuppofed,  that  fuch  a  perfon  mould 
afient  to  any  fet  of  articles,  fo  as  honeftly  to  affirm, 
that  he  would  choofe  to  exprefs  his  own  fenfe  of 
the  fcripture  language  in  thefe  words.  To  drain 
either  the  fcriptures,  or  the  articles,  muft  be  a  very 
ungrateful  talk  to  an  ingenuous  man ;  and  perhaps 
there  may  be  fo  wide  a  difference  in  fome  inftances 
in  his  opinion,  that  no  ftraining  can  bring  them 
together.  And  thus  fome  of  the  moft  earneft  be- 
lievers are  excluded  from  the  chriftian  miniftry,  and 
from  certain  common  privileges  of  fociety,  by  a 
method,  which  fuffers  nominal  wicked  chriftians  to 
plfs  without  difficulty. 

If  it  be  objected,  that,  unlefs  preachers  fubfcribe, 
they  may  teach  different  doctrines ;  I  anfwer,  that 
they  do  this,  though  they  do  fubfcribe ;  and  that 
in  the  moft  important  practical  points.  If  the  fcrip- 
tures cannot  yet  produce  a  true  unity  of  opinion 
on  account  of  our  prefent  ignorance,  and  the  weak- 
nefs  and  wickednefs  of  our  natures,  how  mould 
articles  do  this  ?  Men  can  put  as  different  fenfes 
upon  articles,  as  upon  texts,  and  fo  difpute  without 
end.  Which  evidently  appears  to  have  been  the 
cafe  in  the  primitive  church.  Every  decifion,  as 
foon  as  fettled,  became  the  fource  of  a  new  divi- 
fion  between  perfons,  who  yet  ftill  agreed  to  the 
foregoing  decifion  in  words ;  rill  at  laft  the  whole 
efficacy  and  fpirit  of  chriftianity,  was  loft  in  mere 
verbal  difputes.  But  the  beft  anfwer  is,  that 
preachers  ought  entirely  to  Confine  themfelves  to 
practical  fubjects,  the  defcriptions  of  the  virtues 
and  vices,  with  the  motives  for  and  againft  each, 
the  directions  to  attain  the  virtues,  and  avoid  the 
vices ;  and  this  in  all  the  various  real  circumftances 
of  human  life.  Learned  inquiries  have  their  ufe 
undoubtedly  j  but  they  are  much  better  communi- 
cated 


Of  the  Rule  of  Faith.  355 

cated  to  the  learned  world  by  the  prefs,  than  to  a 
mixed  afiembly  by  the  pulpit.  It  is  a  kind  of  fa- 
crilege  to  rob  God's  flock  of  the  nourifhment  due 
to  them  from  public  preachings,  and,  in  its  ftead,  to 
run  out  upon  queftions,  that  minifter  no  profit  to 
the  hearers,  at  lead  to  far  the  greateft  part. 

As  to  the  prefs,  fince  all  other  men  have  the 
liberty  of  conveying  their  thoughts  to  the  public  that 
way,  it  is  furcly  unfitting,  that  the  minifters  of  the 
golpel  fhould  be  deprived  of  it.  And,  indeed,  to 
lay  any  reftraints,  looks  like  diftrufting  the  caufe. 
There  is  undoubtedly  a  very  bad  ufe  made  of  the 
prefs,  and  woe  to  thoje  by  whom  offences  come  to  the 
little  ones  that  believe  in  Chrift  !  But  it  is  to  be 
hoped  and  prefumed,  that  the  power  of  the  wicked  to 
do  harm  is  not  equal  to  the  power  of  the  good  to 
do  good,  in  this  or  any  other  fuch  neutral  method 
of  communicating  infection  good  and  bad  to  the 
public.  This  would  be  to  prefer  barbarity  and 
ignorance  to  the  inftru&ion  and  civilization  of  man- 
kind. Learning,  arts,  and  improvements  of  all 
kinds,  are  fubfervient  both  to  good  and  bad  pur- 
pofes  j  and  yet  ftill  the  balance  is  probably  on  the 
fide  of  good  upon  the  whole,  fince  God  is  all  power- 
ful, all  wife,  and  all  good.  Thefe  attributes  muft 
-ever  turn  the  fcale  to  their  own  fide,  finitely  in 
every  finite  portion  of  time,  infinitely  in.  infinite 
time.  We  need  not  fear  therefore,  but  that  true 
knowledge  will  at  laft  be  incieafed  and  prevail,  that 
the  wife  and  good  will  underftand,  the  wicked  be 
filenced  and  converted,  and  the  church  of  Chrift  fill 
the  whole  earth.  It  is  a  great  infult  offered  to  the 
truths  of  religion,  to  fuppofc  that  they  want  the 
lame  kind  of  afliftance  as  impoftures,  human  pro- 
jecls,  or  worldly  defigns.  Let  every  man  be  al- 
lowed to  think,  fpeak,  and  write,  freely  ;  and  then 
the  errors  will  combat  one  another,  and  leave  truth 
unhurt, 

A  a  2  Sixthly, 


356  Of  the  Rule  of  Faith. 

Sixthly,  Though  creeds,  articles,  &c.  ieem  to 
have  no  ufe  now,  but  even  to  be  prejudicial  to  the 
caufe  of  truth  in  themfelves ;  yet  it  may  be  ne- 
cefiary  to  fubmit  to  fome  forms  of  this  kind  in  cer- 
tain cafes;  at  Jeaft,  it  no  ways  becomes  a  chriftian 
to  declaim  againfl  them  in  violent  terms,  or  oppofe 
them  with  bitternefs,  but  merely,  in  a  plain  difpaf- 
fionate  way,  to  reprefent  the  truth  of  the  cafe,  fo 
as  by  degrees  to  draw  men's  zeal  from  thefe  leflfer 
matters,  and  transfer  it  upon  greater,  Let  not  him 
that  eateth,  dejpife  him  that  eateth  not  ;  and  let  not 
him  which  eateth  not,  judge  him  that  eateth.  There 
may  be  good  relative  reafons  in  both  cafes.  And 
it  may  be,  and  probably  is  the  truth,  that  in  the 
early  ages  of  the  church,  whilft  chriftians  were  Ju- 
daizers,  entangled  in  externals,  grofs  in  their  con- 
ceptions, '  &c.  thefe  forms  were  necefiary,  extern 
manentibus.  But  now  they  grow  old,  and  feem  ready 
to  die  away,  and  to  give  place  to  the  worlhip  of 
God  in  Jpirit,  and  in  truth  ;  in  which  there  is  no 
Papift,  Proteftant,  Lutheran,  Cahinift',  Trinitarian, 
Unitarian,  Myjlic,  Methodift,  &c.  but  all  thefe  dif- 
tincfaons  are  carried  away  like  the  chaff  of  the  fum- 
mer  threfliing-fioors.  We  are  all  chriftians,  we 
received  this  denomination  in  apoftolic  times,  and 
ought  to  feek  no  other..  Only  let  us  take  care  to 
depart  from  iniquity,  to  have  the  true  feal,  of  God 
in  our  foreheads,  not  the  mark  of  the  bead.  The 
real  coriverfion  of  the  heart  from  the  idolatrous  wor- 
fhip  of  pleafure,  honour,  and  profit,  of  fenfation, 
imagination,  ambition,  and  felf-intereft,  to  lerve 
the  living  God,  is  the  only  thing  of  importance; 
circumcifion  and  uncircumcifion  are  eqMly  nothing.  Let 
every  man  abide  in  the  Jame  calling  wherein  he  was 
called.  Only*  where  a  plain  aft  of  infincerity  is 
required,  this  approaches  to  the  cafe  of  eating  in  the 
idol's  temple,  and  gives  great  offence  to  others. 

Seventhly, 


Of  the  Rule  of  Faitb.  35? 

Seventhly,  If  we  examine  the  doctrines  which  are 
chiefly  contefted  among  chriftians  by  the  oppofite 
parties,  it  will  appear,  that  the  difputes  are,  in  great 
meafure,  verbal,  and  proceed  from  men's  not  know- 
ing the  true  nature  and  ufe  of  words.  Thus,  if  we 
confider  the  doctrine  of  infallibility,  the  nature  of 
words  fhews  at  once,  that  this  could  be  of  no  ufe, 
fince  the  decifions  of  the  infallible  judge  muft  be 
exprefled  in  words,  and  confequently  be  liable  to  be 
mifunderftood  by  fome  or  other  of  the  readers,  for 
the  fame  reafons  as  the  fcriptures  are. — To  fay  that 
Chrift's  body  and  blood  are  in  the  bread  and  wine 
fo  as  that  the  fenfible  qualities  of  one  become  the 
fcnfible  qualities  of  the  other,  would  be  to  appeal 
to  the  fenfes  for  afient,  where  they  inftantly  reject 
the  propofition.  To  fay  that  Chrift's  myftical  or 
glorified  body  is  prefent  in  fome  way  or  other,  is 
what  no  one  can  deny,  becaufe  nothing  is  really 
affirmed.  The  words  feem  to  coalefce  into  a  verbal 
truth  j  but  when  we  attempt  to  realize  the  pro- 
pofition, it  vanilhes.  The  fcripture  expreffions  con- 
cerning the  myftical  body  of  Chrift,  and  his  union 
with  the  church,  contain  within  them  fome  mod 
important  and  wonderful  truths  undoubtedly,  but 
they  are  yet  fealed  up  from  us.— -In  the  difputes 
concerning  the  trinity  and  incarnation  of  Chrift,  if 
the  words  per/bn,  Jubftance,  nature,  &c.  be  ufed  as 
in  other  cafes,  or  any  way  defined,  the  mod  expref* 
contradictions  follow  :  yet  the  language  of  the 
fcriptures  is  mod  difficult,  fublime,  and  myfterious, 
in  refpect  of  the  perfon  of  Chrift ;  fo  that  one  can- 
not fall  fhort  of  paying  all  that  honour  to  Chrift, 
which  the  moft  orthodox  believe  to  be  required. — 
As  to  the  doctrine  of  the  fatisfaction  of  Chrift,  it 
appears  that  he  has  done  all  for  us  that  one  being 
can  do  for  another;  and  that  it  would  be  a  moft 
unjuftifiable  and  narrow  way  of  exprefling  ourfelves, 
to  confine  the  benefits  received  from  Chrift  to  that 

A  a  3  of 


Of -tie  Rule  of  Faith. 

of  mere  example.  But  the  firft  and  mod  literal 
fenfe  of  the  words  facrifice,  redemption,  &c.  when 
realized,  is  evidently  impoffible ;  and  we  do  not 
feem  to  be  able  to  give  any  better  general  fenfe  to 
thefe  words,  than  by  faying,  that  they  fignify,  that 
the  fuffeiings  of  one  being  are,  by  the  order  of 
God,  made  the  means  of  happinefs  to  another.  To 
adopt  the  ideas  of  debt,  wrath  of  God,  &c.  in  a 
ftrid:  fenfe,  is  anthropomorphitifm. The  in- 
troduction of  new,  unfcriptural,  technical  terms 
feems  fcarce  juftifiable,  unlefs  as  far  as  one  chrif*- 
tian  brother  may  thereby  endeavour  to  make  the 
harmony  and  analogy  of  the  fcripture  language  to 
itfelf,  and  to  the  courfe  of  nature,  more  evident 
to  another.  But  this  is  all  private  interpretation. 
And  it  often  happens  in  thefe  cafes,  that  an  hy- 
pothefis  is  taken  up  haftily,  in  order  to  reconcile 
the  fcripture  to  itfelf,  like  thofe  philofophical  ones, 
which  are  not  drawn  from  a  number  of  concur- 
ring facts,  but  merely  accommodated  to  a  few  par- 
ticular appearances, 


CHAP. 


Of  the  Expectations  of,  &c.  359 


CHAP.     IV. 

Of  the  EXPECTATIONS  of  MANKIND,  here  and  here- 
after, in  CONSEQUENCE  of  their  OBSERVANCE  or 
VIOLATFON  of  the  RULE  of  LIFE. 


SECT.     I. 

OF   THE   EXPECTATIONS   OF    INDIVIDUALS 
•IN   THE    PRESENT    LIFE. 

PROP.     LXXVII. 

//  is  probable,  that  moft  or  all  Men  receive  more 
Happinejs  than  Mifery  in  their  PaJJage  through  the 
prejent  Life. 

SOME  evidences  for  this  propofition  have  been 
given  above,  where  ic  was  alleged  as  one  of  the  proofs 
of  the  goodnefs  of  God.  Here  we  may  confider  it, 
both  as  deducible  from  thofe  evidences,  and  from 
the  goodnefs  of  God,  previoufly  eftabliflied  upon 
independent  principles. 

For  if  we  fuppofe  God  to  be  both  infinitely  bene- 
volent, and  the  fole  caufe  of  all  things  j  if,  farther, 
the  relative  appellations  of  governor,  friend,  and 
father,,  may  with  propriety  be  made  the  foundation 
of  our  inquiries  into  his  difpenfations  in  general  (all 

A  a  4  which 


360  Of  the  Expectations  of 

which    I    have  endeavoured   to   prove   above) ;    we 
can  fcarce   fuppofe,  but  that  the  remarkable  period 
of  our  exigence,  which  commerces  at  our  birth,  and 
ends  with  the  death  of  the   body,    which    we    then 
brought  into  the  world  with  us,  will,  upon  the  whole, 
afford  us  more  pleafure  than 'pain.     This  is,  at  lead,, 
our  firft  and  moft  natural  preemption,  in  the  view 
of  things  here  confidered.     However,  it  nnuft  always 
be  remembered,    that  we  are   not   proper  judges  of 
fuch  high  fpecu'lations ;  and  that  an  over- balance  of 
milery  in  this  life,  or  any  other,  is  perfectly  confident 
with  the  infinite  goodnefs   of  God,    even  according 
to  our  ways  of  reafoning,  upon  fuppofuion  that  all 
his  creatures  become  happy  upon  the  whole  at  laft, 
finitely  or  infinitely. 

I  choofe  therefore  to  reft  this  propofition  chiefly 
upon  certain  intimations,  and  indirect  evidences 
thereof,  which  are  fcattered  up  and  down  in  the  fcfip- 
tures.  Such  are  the  blefiing  of  God  conferred  upon 
all  his  creatures  at  their  creation,  his  covenant  with 
them  all  at  the  flood,  the  precepts  to  all  to  praife 
him,  the  mention  of  his  being  loving  to  every  man, 
of  remembering  mercy  in  judgment,  not  being  extreme 
to  mark  what  is  dene  ami/s,  &c.  Thefe  are  no  direct 
proofs  of  the  propofition  here  advanced  j  but  they 
leave  fuch  impreffions  of  love  and  mercy  upon  the 
mind,  and  feem  intended  to  put  us  into  fuch  a  way 
of  thinking  and  reafoning,  as  lead  to  it.  They 
afford  therefore  fome  prefumption  in  its  favour,  fince 
nothing  contrary  thereto  is  to  be  found  any  where 
either  in  the  word  or  works  of  God. 

The  murmurings,  and  bitter  outcries,  of  men  in 
a  (late  of  fuffering,  are  mx  more  an  evidence  againft 
this  propofition,  than  the  extravagant  mirth,  and 
chimerical  hopes,  of  unexperienced  perfons,  during 
health  and  profperity,  are  for  it.  Neither  of  thefe 
take  in  the  whole  of  the  cafe. 

PROP- 


Individuals  in  the  prejtni  Life.  361 


PROP.     LXXVIII. 

The  Balance  cannot  be  much  in  Favour  even  of  tbe  moft 
happy,  during  tbe  frefent  Life, 

FOR,  Firft,  This  is  agreeable  to  the  general  ex- 
perience of  mankind.  It  is  obvious,  that,  life  is 
chequered  with  good  and  evil  in  fuch  degrees  and 
varieties,  as  that  the  firft  cannot  prevail  much. 
Agreeably  to  this,  the  experienced  and  difpafiionate, 
in  reviewing  their  pad  life,  will  at  lead  affirm,  that 
the  happinefs  has  not  greatly  exceeded  the  mifcry. 
And  indeed  the  difficulty  of  proving  the  Aforegoing 
propofition  is  a  very  fufficient  evidence  for  this. 

Secondly,  The  diforderly  ftate  of  the  external 
world,  and  the  imperfection  of  our  bodies,  with 
their  tendency  to  corruption,  do  not  permit,  that 
happinefs  fhould  much  exceed  mifery  in  the  prefent 
life  j  and  may  be  confidered  as  the  efficient  inftru- 
mental  caufe  of  this.  Bodily  pain  muft  in  many  cafes 
be  impreffed  upon  us  by  external  objects  -,  both  this, 
and  bodily  pleafure,  Jay  the  foundation  for  intellectual 
pains,  and  for  irregular  paflions,  which  lead  back 
again  to  pain,  bodily  and  mental;  our  bodies  muft 
return  to  dud,  and  every  manifeft  approach  thereto 
muft  be  attended  with  fuffering :  and  the  unknown 
internal  ftructure  of  the  brain,  the  great  inftrument 
of  fenfe. and  thought,  is  fuch,  as  fubjeds  us,  from 
innumerable  fecret  unavoidable  caufes,  to  pafs  into 
the  limits  of  pain.  All  which  is  only  faying  in  other 
words,  that  we  are  fallen  creatures. 

Thirdly,  In  our  prefent  circumftances,  all  other 
things  remaining  as  they  are,  it  is  requifite  for  us  not 
to  have  any  great  over-balance  of  happinefs  in  this 
life ;  and  this  may  be  confidered  as  the  final  caufe. 

For 


362  Of  the  Expectations  of 

For  we  may  hope,  by  this  perpetual  mixture  of 
milery  with  our  happinefs,  to  be  the  fooner  and  the 
more  perfectly  freed  from  that  felf-love,  grofs  or 
refined,  which  every  kind  and  degree  of  happinefs, 
even  the  mod  fpiritual,  contributes  to  generate  in  us; 
and  to  make  the  greater  progrefs  in  learning  the  virtues 
of  benevolence,  companion,  humility,  fear  of  God, 
fubrniflion  to  his  will,  earned  application  to  him, 
faith,  hope,  love  towards  him. 

Fourthly,  The  whole  tenor  of  the  fcriptures 
fhews  both  in  a  direct  and  indirect  way,  that  we 
ought  not,  cannot  expect  any  great  or  lading  hap- 
pinefs in  this  life. 

We  ought  therefore,  whenever  falfe  flattering 
hopes,  with  relation  to  our  future  condition  in  this 
life,  rife  up  to  view  in  our  imaginations,  and  tempt 
us,  indantly  to  reject  them  -,  and,  in  the  language 
of  the  fcriptures,  to  rejoice  as  though  we  rejoiced  not  j 
to  remember  that  we  are  ftr angers  and  pilgrims  here, 
that  we  only  dwell  in  tabernacles,  have  no  continuing 
city,  but  expeft  one  to  come,  the  New  Jerufalem,  of 
which  we  are  denizens,  where  our  treafure  and 
hearts  ought  to  be.  The  bed  and  mod  religious 
perfons  ought  to  expect,  and  even  to  defire  this 
daily  bread  of  forrow  and  affliction,  this  bleffednejs 
of  thofe  that  mourn,  and  to  watch  and  pray  againd 
the  temptations  of  profperity,  led  the  day  of  death 
fhould  come  upon  them  unawares,  as  a  thief  in  the 
night,  while  they  are  eating  and  drinking,  marrying 
and  giving  in  marriage. 

COR.  We  might  fhew,  by  a  like  method  of  rea- 
foning,  that  if  the  mifery  of  this  life  fhould,  in 
certain  cafes,  outweigh  the  happinefs,  it  cannot, 
however,  do  this  in  any  great  degree.  There  mud, 
from  the  nature  of  our  frame  and  circumdances 
here,  be  many  intervals  of  eafe,  cheer fulnefs,  and 
even  pofitive  pleafure.  Dejection  and  defpondency 
are  therefore  as  unfuitable  to  our  prefent  fituation, 

as 


Individuals  in  the  prefent  Life.  363 

as  a  vain  confidence,  and  foolifh  hope,  of  uninter- 
rupted happmefs.  We  may  learn  alfo  hence  not  to  be 
terrified  at  any  felf-deni'als  or  fufferings  for  the  fake  of 
religion,  exclufively  of  thofe  arguments,  which  fliew 
in  a  direct  way,  that  religion  promotes  our  prefent 
happinefs,  as  'well  as  our  future.  Our  very  natures 
prevent  the  long  continuance  of  exquifite  mifery. 
Mifery  by  continuance  declines,  and  even  pafles  into 
happinefs  j  and  theie  muft  be,  in  every  date  of  long 
continuance,  the  frequent  intervention  of  grateful 
fenfations  and  ideas. 


PROP.     LXX1X. 

• 

Virtue  has  always  the  fair  eft  Profyefty  even  in  this  Life  $ 
and  Vice  is  always  expofed  to  the  greateft  Hazards. 

THIS  has  been  the  bufinefs  of  the  laft  chapter  to 
fhew.  But  it  is  a  truth,  which  is  fufficiently  evident 
from  common  obfervation.  Particular  acts  of  virtue 
and  vice  often  fail  of  their  due  reward  and  puniih- 
menr,  if  we  take  in  no  more  than  a  fmall  period  of 
time  after  the  a<5t  is  performed.  But  then,  if  we 
take  in  the  indefinite  extent  of  this  life,  and  eftimate 
the  natural  expectations,  it  can  fcarce  be  doubted, 
but  that  every  act  of  virtue  is  our  greateft  wifdom, 
even  in  refpect  of  this  world,  every  act  of  vice  our 
greateft  folly.  Now  this  general  tendency  of  virtue 
and  vice  respectively  may  be  confidered  as  the  prin- 
cipal evidence,  which  the  light  of  nature,  not  fub- 
tilized  or  refined  by  deep  fpeculations,  affords  for  the 
moral  character  of  the  Deity.  The  rewards  which 
the  courfe  of  nature  beftows  upon  virtue  in  general, 
and  the  fairnefs  of  the  profpect  which  it  affords  to 
the  virtuous,  Ihew  that  the  virtuous  are  acceptable  to 
the  Deity ;  and  we  may  conclude  for  like  reafons, 
that  vice  is  odious  in  his  fight. 

PROP. 


Of  *be  Expectations  of 


PROP.    LXXX. 

' 

does  not  Jeem  at  all  probable,  that  Happinefs  is  exaftly 
proportioned  to  Virtue  in  the  prejent  Life. 


FOR,  Firft,  Thofe  who  fuffer  martyrdom  for  the 
fake  of  religion  cannot  be  faid  to  receive  any  reward 
in  this  life  for  this  their  lad  and  greateft  act  of 
fidelity. 

Secondly,  Many  good  men  are  exercifed  with 
fevere  trials,  purified  thereby,  and  removed  into 
another  date  in  the  courfe  of  this  purification,  or 
foon  after  it.  Difeafes  which  end  in  death,  are  a 
principal  means  of  fuch  purifications. 

Thirdly,  There  are  frequent  inftances  of  perfons 
free  indeed  from  grofs  vices,  but  void  of  great  virtues, 
who  from  a  favourable  conjuncture  of  circumftances 
io  this  world,  fuch  as  we  may  fuppofe  attended 
the  'rich  man  in  the  parable,  fare  fumptuoufly 
every  day>  and  live  in  a  date  of  comparative  eafe  and 
pleafure. 

Fourthly,  The  fame  thing  feems  to  hold  in  certain 
rare  inftances,  even  of  very  vicious  perfons ;  and  one 
might  almoft  conjecture,  that  Providence  expofes 
fome  inftances  of  this  kind  to  view  in  a  notorious 
manner,  that  the  apparent  inequality  of  its  difpen- 
fations  here,  in  a  few  cafes,  and  the  argument  for  a, 
future  ftate  thence  deducible,  may  make  the  greater 
impreffion  upon  us. 

The  reader  may  obferve,  that  this  propofition  is  not 
contrary  to  the  foregoing  j  and  that  the  foregoing 
muft  be  eftabliftied  previoufly,  before  we  can 
draw  an  argument  for  a  future  ftate  from  this, 
and  the  moral  character  of  the  Deity,  put  toge- 
ther. 

It 


Individuals  in  tbf  prefent  Life.  365 

It  is  "to  be  obferved  alfo  of  the  reafoning  made 
ufe  of  under  all  the  four  propofitions  of  this  fedion, 
that  it  is  rather  probable,  and  conclufive,  in  a  general 
way  only,  than  demonftrative  and  precife.  How- 
ever, the  probability  and  precifion  are  as  great  as 
is  necefiary  in  praflical  matters.  The  pra&ical 
inferences  would  remain  the  fame,  though  thefe 
were  lefs. 


SECT. 


366  Of  the  Expectation  of  Bodies  Politic 

.      3   sri,  r 

SECT.     II. 

OF  THE  EXPECTATION  OF  BODIES  POLITIC,  THE 
JEWS  IN  PARTICULAR,  AND  THE  WORLD  IN 
GENERAL,  DURING  THE  PRESENT  STATE  OF 
THE  EARTH. 

PROP.     LXXXI. 

//  is  probable,  that  all  the  prejent  civil  Governments  will 
be  overturned. 

THIS  may  appear  from  the  fcripture  prophecies, 
both  in  a  direct  way,  *'.  e.  from  exprefs  pafiages  i 
fuch  as  thofe  concerning  the  deftrucYion  of  the  image, 
and  four  beafts,  in  Daniel ;  of  Chrift's  breaking  all 
nations  with  a  rod  of  irony  and  dajhing  them  in  pieces 
like  a  potter's  vejfel,  &c.  and  from  the  fupremacy 
and  univerfal  extent  of  the  fifth  monarchy,  or  king- 
dom of  the  faints,  which  is  to  be  fet  up. 

We  may  conclude  the  fame  thing  alfo  from  the 
final  reftoration  of  the  Jews,  and  the  great  glory 
and  dominion  promifed  to  them,  of  which  I  fliall 
fpeak  below. 

And  it  adds  fbme  light  and  evidence  to  this,  that 
all  the  known  governments  of  the  world  have  the 
evident  principles  of  corruption  in  themfelves.  They 
are  compofed  of  jarring  elements,  and  fubfift  only 
by  the  alternate  prevalence  of  thefe  over  each  other. 
The  fplendour,  luxury,  felf-intereft,  martial  glory, 
&c.  which  pafs  for  efientials  -in  chriftian  govern- 
ments, are  totally  oppofite  to  the  meek,  humble, 
felf-denying  fpirit  of  chriftianity  j  and  whichfoever  of 
thefe  finally  prevails  over  the  other,  the  prefent 

form 


during  the  prefent  State  of  the  Earth.         367 

form  of  the  government  muft  be  diflblved.  Did 
true  chriftianity  prevail  throughout  any  kingdom 
entirely,  the  riches,  ftrength,  glory,  &c.  of  that 
kingdom  would  no  longer  be  an  object  of  attention 
to  the  governors  or  governed  j  they  would  become  a 
nation  of  priefts  and  apoftles,  and  totally  difregard 
the  things  of  this  world.  But  this  is  not  to  be  ex- 
pected :  I  only  mention  it  to  fet  before  the  reader  the 
natural  confequence  of  it.  If,  on  the  contrary,  worldly 
wifdom  and  infidelity  prevail  over  chriftianity,  which 
feems  to  be  the  prediction  of  the  fcriptures,  this 
worldly  wifdom  will  be  found  utter  foolifhnefs  at  laft, 
even  in  refpect  of  this  world  j  the  governments, 
which  have  thus  loft  their  cement,  the  fenfe  of  duty, 
and  the  hopes  and  fears  of  a  future  life,  will  fall  into 
anarchy  and  confufion,  and  be  entirely  diflblved. 
And  all  this  may  be  applied,  with  a  little  change, 
to  the  Mahometan  and  Heathen  governments.  When 
chriftianity  comes  to  be  propagated  in  the  countries 
where  thefe  fubfift,  it  will  make  fo  great  a  change 
in  the  face  of  affairs,  as  muft  fhake  the  civil  powers, 
which  are  here  both  externally  and  internally  oppofite 
to  it  j  and  the  increafe  of  wickednefs,  which  is  the 
natural  and  neceflary  confequence  of  their  oppofition, 
will  farther  accelerate  their  ruin. 

The  diflblution  of  ancient  empires  and  republics 
may  alfo  prepare  us  for  the  expectation  of  a  diflblu- 
tion of  the  prefent  governments.  But  we  muft  not 
carry  the  parallel  too  far  here,  and  fuppofe  that  as 
new  governments  have  arifen  out  of  the  old  pnes, 
refembling  them  in  great  meafure,  fubfifting  for  a 
certain  time,  and  then  giving  place  to  other  new 
ones,  fo  it  will  be  with  the  prefent  governments. 
The  prophecies  do  not  admit  of  this  j  and  it  may  be 
eafily  feen,  that  the  fituation  of  things  in  the  great  world 
is  very  different  from  what  it  has  ever  been  before. 
Chriftianity  muft  now  either  be  proved  true,  to  the 
entire  conviction  of  unbelievers  j  or,  if  it  be  an  im- 

pofture, 


368  Of  the  Expectation  of  Bodies  Politic 

pofture,  it  will  Toon  be  detected.  And  whichfoever 
of  thefe  turns  up,  muft  make  the  greateft  change  in 
the  face  of  affairs.  1  ought  rather  to  have  faid,  that 
the  final  prevalence  and  eftablifhment  of  chriftianity, 
which,  being  true,  cannot  but  finally  prevail,  and  be 
eftablifhed,  will  do  this.  But  it  may  perhaps  be  of 
fome  ufe  juft  to  put  falfe  fuppofitions. 

How  near  the  diffolution  of  the  prefent  govern- 
ments, generally  or  particularly,  may  be,  would  be 
great  rafhnefs  to  affirm.  Chrift  will  come  in  this 
ferrfe  alfo  as  a  thief  in  the  night.  Our  duty  is 
therefore  to  watch,  and  to  pray  j  to  be  faithful  fte- 
wards  j  to  give  meat,  and  all  other  requifices,  in  due 
feafon,  to  thofe  under  our  care ;  and  to  endeavour 
by  thefe,  and  all  other  lawful  means,  to  preferve  the 
government,  under  whofe  protection  we  live,  from 
diffolution,  feeking  the  peace  of  it,  and  fubmitting  to 
every  ordinance  of  man  for  the  Lord's  fake.  No 
prayers,  no  endeavours  of  this  kind,  can  fail  of  having 
ibme  good  effect,  public  or  private,  for  the  prefer- 
vation  of  ourfelves  or  others.  The  great  difpenfa- 
tions  of  Providence  are  conducted  by  means  that  are 
either  fecret,  or,  if  they  appear,  that  are  judged  feeble 
or  inefficacious.  No  man  can  tell,  however  private 
his  ftation  may  be,  but  his  fervent  prayer  may 
avail  to  the  falvation  of  much  people.  But  it  is  more 
peculiarly  the  duty  of  magiftrates  thus  to  watch  over 
their  fubjects,  to  pray  for  them,  and  to  fet  about  the 
reformation  of  all  matters  civil  and-ecclefiaftical,  to 
the  utmoft  of  their  power.  Good  governors  may 
promote  the  welfare  and  continuance  of  a  ftate,  and 
wicked  ones  muft  accelerate  its  ruin.  The  facred 
hiftory  affords  us  inftances  of  both  kinds,  and  they 
are  recorded  there  for  the  admonition  of  kings  and 
princes  in  all  future  times. 

It  may  not  be  amifs  here  to  note  a  few  inftances 
of  the  analogy  between  the  body  natural,  with  the 
happinefs  of  the  individual  to  which  it  belongs,  and 

the 


during  the  prefeni  State  of  the  Earth.          369 

the   body   politic,    compofed   of   many    individuals, 
with  its  happinefs,  or  its  flourifhing  ftate  in  refpect 
of  arts,  power,  riches,  &c.     Thus  all  bodies  politic 
feem,  like  the  body  natural,  to  tend  to  destruction 
and  diftblution,    as   is   here  affirmed,    through   vices 
public  and  private,    and    to   be  refpited  for  certain 
intervals,  by  paitial,  imperfect  reformations.     There 
is  no  complete  or  continued  feries  of  public  happi- 
nefs on  one  hand,  no  utter  mifery  on  the  other ;  for 
the  diflblutictn  of  the  body  politic  is  to  be  confidered 
as  its  death.     It  feems  as  romantic  therefore  for  any 
one  to  project  the  fcheme  of  a  perfect  government  in 
this  imperfect  ftatc,  as  to  be  in  purfuit  of  an  univerfal 
remedy,  a  remedy  which  Ihould  cure  all  diftempers, 
and   prolong   human   life   beyond   limit.      And    yet 
as    temperance,     labour,    and    medicines,    in    fome 
cafes,    are  of  great  ufe   in    preferving   and  reftoring 
health,    and    prolonging    life;    fo    induftry,    juftice, 
and  all  other  virtues,    public   and  private,    have  an 
analogous  effect  in  refpect  of  the  body  politic.     As 
all   the   evils,    which    individuals   fuffer  through  the 
infirmity  of  the  mortal  body,  and  the  diforders  of  the 
external  world,  may,  in  general,  contribute  to  increafe 
their   happinefs  even    in   this   life,    and    alfo   are   of 
great  ufe  to  others ;  and  as,  upon  the  fuppofition  of 
a  future  ftate,  death   itfelf  appears  to  have  the  fame 
beneficial  tendency   in  a  more  eminent  degree  than 
any   other   event   in   life,    now  confidered  as  indefi- 
nitely prolonged ;  fo  the  diftreffes  of  each  body  politic 
are  of  great  ufe  to  this  body  itfelf,  and  alfo  of  great 
ufe  to  all  neighbouring  dates ;   and  the  diflblutions 
of  governments   have    much    promoted   the   know- 
ledge of  true  religion,  and  of  ufeful  arts  and  fciences, 
all  which  feem,  in  due  time  and  manner,  intended  to 
be  entirely  fubfervient  to  true  religion  at  laft.     And 
this  affords  great  comfort  to  benevolent  and  religious 
perfons,    when  they  confider  the  hiftories  of  former 
VOL.  II.  B  b  times, 


370          Qf  the  Expectation  of  Bodies  Politic 

times,  or  contemplate  the  probable  confequenccs  of 
things  in  future  generations. 

PROP.    LXXXII. 

//  is  probable,  that  the  prefent  Forms  of  Church  Govern- 
ment will  be  dijflbhed. 

THIS  propofition  follows  from  the  foregoing. 
The  civil  and  ecclefiaftical  powers  are  fo  interwoven 
and  cemented  together,  in  all  the  countries  of  cbrif- 
tendom,  that  if  the  firft  fall,  the  laft  muft  fall  alfo. 

But  there  are  many  prophecies,  which  declare  the 
fall  of  the  ecclefiaftical  powers  of  the  chriftian  world. 
And  though  each  church  feems  to  flatter  itfelf  with 
the  hopes  of  being  exempted  j  yet  it  is  very  plain, 
that  the  prophetical  characters  belong  to  all.  They 
have  all  left  the  true,  pure,  fimple  religion;  and 
teach  for  doctrines  the  commandments  of  men. 
They  are  all  merchants  of  the  earth,  and  have 
fet  up  a  kingdom  of  this  world,  abounding  in 
riches,  temporal  power,  and  external  pomp.  They 
have  all  a  dogmatizing  fpirir,  and  persecute  fuch  as 
do  not  receive  their  own  mark,  and  worfhip  the 
image  which  they  have  fet  up.  They  all  neglect 
Chrift's  command  of  preaching  the  gofpel  to  all 
nations,  and  even  that  of  going  to  the  loft  jheep  of  the 
houfe  of  Ifrael,  there  being  innumerable  multitudes  in 
all  chriftian  countries,  who  have  never  been  taught 
to  read,/  and  who  are,  in  other  refpefls  alfo,  deftitute 
of  the  means  of  faving  knowledge.  It  is  very  true, 
that  the  church  of  Rome  is  Babylon  the  greaty  and 
the  mother  of  harlots,  and  of  the  abominations  of  the 
earth.  But  all  the  reft  haye  copied  her  example, 
more  or  lefs.  They  have  all  received  money,  like 
Gebazi-,  and  therefore  the  leprofy  of  Naaman  will 
cleave  to  them,  and  to  their  feed  for  ever.  And 
this  impurity  may  be  confidered  not  only  as  juftify- 
ing  the  application  of  the  prophecies  to  all  the 

chriftian 


during  the  prejent  State  of  tie  Earth.          371 

chriftian  churches,  but  as  a  natural  caufe  for  their 
downfal.  The  corrupt  governors  of  the  feveral 
churches  will  ever  oppofe  the  true  gofpel,  and  in  fo 
doing  will  bring  ruin  upon  themfelves. 

The  deftruftion  of  the  temple  at  Jerufalem,  and 
of  the  hierarchy  of  the  Jews,  may  likewife  be  con- 
fidered  as  a  type  and  prefage  of  the  deftruction 
of  that  Judaical  form  of  rites,  ceremonies,  and 
human  ordinances,  which  takes  place,  more  or  lefs, 
in  all  chriftian  countries. 

We  ought,  however,  to  remark  here, 

Firft,  That  though  the  church  of  Chrift  has  been 
corrupted  thus  in  all  ages  and  nations,  yet  there 
have  been,  and  will  be,  in  all,  many  who  receive 
the  feal  of  God,  and  worfliip  him  in  fpirity  and  in 
truth.  And  of  thefe  as  many  have  filled  high  fta- 
tions,  as  low  ones.  Such  perfons,  though  they 
have  concurred  in  the  fupport  of  what  is  contrary 
to  the  pure  religion,  have,  however,  done  it  inno- 
cently, with  refpect  to  themfelves,  being  led  thereto 
by  invincible  prejudices. 

Secondly,  Neverthelefs,  when  it  fo  happens,  that 
perfons  in  high  ftations  in  the  church  have  their 
eyes  enlightened,  and  fee  the  corruptions  and  de- 
ficiences  of  it,  they  muft  incur  the  prophetical  cen- 
fures  in  the  higheft  degree,  if  they  ftill  concur,  nay, 
if  they  do  not  endeavour  to  reform  and  purge  out 
thefe  defilements.  And  though  they  cannot,  accord- 
ing to  this  propofition,  expect  entire  fuccefs ;  yet 
they  may  be  bleffed  with  fuch  a  degree,  as  will 
abundantly  compenfate  their  utmoft  endeavours,  and 
rank  them  with  the  prophets  and  apoftles. 

Thirdly,  As  this  corruption  and  degeneracy  of 
the  chriftian  church  has  proceeded  from  the  fallen 
(late  of  mankind,  and  particularly  of  thofe  nations 
to  whom  the  gofpel  was  firft  preached,  and  amongft 
whom  it  has  been  fmce  received  j  ib  it  has,  all  other 
things  being  fuppofed  to  remain  the  fame,  fuited  our 
B  b  a  circumftances, 


372  Of  the  Expectation  of  Bodies  Politic 

circumftances,  in  the  beft  manner  poffible,  and  will 
continue  to  do  fo,  as  long  as  it  fubfifts.  God  brings 
good  out  of  evil,  and  draws  men  to  himfelf  in  fuch 
manner  as  their  natures  will  admit  of,  by  external 
pomp  and  power,  by  things  not  good  in  themfelves, 
and  by  fome  that  are  profane  and  unholy.  He 
makes  ufe  of  fome  of  their  corruptions,  as  means 
of  purging  away  the  reft.  The  impurity  of  man- 
kind is  too  grofs  to  unite  at  once  with  the  ftric~t 
purity  of  the  gofpel.  The  Roman  empire  firft,  and 
the  Goths  and  Vandals  afterwards,  required,  as  one 
may  fay,  fome  fuperftitions  and  idolatries  to  be 
mixed  with  the  chriftian  religion  j  elfe  they  could 
not  have  been  converted  at  all. 

Fourthly,  It  follows  from  thefe  confiderations, 
that  good  men  ought  to  fubmit  to  the  ecclefiaftical 
•powers  that  bey  for  confcience  fake,  as  well  as  to 
the  civil  ones.  They  are  both  from  God,  as  far  as 
refpeds  inferiors.  Chrift  and  his  apoftles  obferved 
the  law,  and  walked  orderly,  though  they  declared 
the  deftruction  of  the  temple,  and  the  change  of 
the  cuftoms  eftablifhed  by  Mojes.  Both  the  Babylo- 
nians y  who  deftroyed  Jerufalem  the  firft  time,  and 
the  Romans y  who  did  it  the  fecond,  were  afterwards 
deftroyed  themfelves  in  the  mort  exemplary  man- 
ner. And  it  is  probable,  that  thofe  who  lhall  here- 
after procure  the  downfal  of  the  forms  of  church- 
government,  will  not  do  this  from  pure  love,  and 
chriftian  charity,  but  from  the  moft  corrupt  mo- 
tives, and  by  confequence  bring  upon  themfelves, 
in  the  end,  the  fevered  chaftifements.  It  is  there- 
fore the  duty  of  all  good  chriftians  to  obey  both 
the  civil  and  ecclefiaftical  powers  under  which  they 
were  born,  /'.  e.  provided  difobedience  to  God  be 
not  enjoined,  which  is  feldom  the  cafe ;  to  promote 
fubje&ion  and  obedience  in  others ;  gently  to  reform 
and  rectify,  and  to  pray  for  the  peace  and  profperity 
of,  their  own  Jerufakm. 

PROP. 


during  the  frejent  Stale  of  the  Earth.          373 

PROP.     LXXXIII. 

//  is  probablet  that  the  Jews  will  be  reftored  to  Palsftine. 

THIS  appears  from  the  prophecies,  which  relate 
to  the  reftoration  of  the  Jews  and  IJraelites  to  their 
own  land.  For, 

Firft,  Thefe  have  never  yet  been  fulfilled  in  any 
fenfe  agreeable  to  the  greatnefs  and  glorioufnefs  of 
them.  The  peace,  power,  and  abundance  of  blefs- 
ings,  temporal  and  fpiritual,  promifed  to  the  Jews 
upon  their  return  from  captivity,  were  not  beftowed 
upon  them  in  the  interval  between  the  reign  of 
Cyrus,  and  the  deftrucYion  of  Jerujalem  by  'Titus -y  and 
ever  fince  this  deftruftion  they  have  remained  in  a 
defolate  (late. 

Secondly,  The  promifes  of  reftoration  relate  to 
the  ,ten  tribes,  as  well  as  the  two  of  Judah  and 
Benjamin.  But  the  ten  tribes,  or  IJraelites,  which 
were  captivated  by  Salmanefer,  have  never  been 
reftored  at  all.  There  remains  therefore  a  reftora- 
tion yet  future  for  them. 

Our  ignorance  of  the  place  where  they  now  lie 
hid,  or  fears  that  they  are  fo  mixed  with  other  na- 
tions, as  not  to  be  diftinguifhed  and  feparated,,  ought 
not  to  be  admitted  as  objections  here.  Like  objec- 
tions might  be  made  to  the  refurreftion  of  the  bo- 
dy ;  and  the  objections  both  to  the  one,  and  the 
other,  are  probably  intended  to  be  obviated  by  Eze- 
kiel's  prophecy  concerning  the  dry  bones.  It  was 
one  of  the  great  fins  of  the  Jews  to  call  God's  pro- 
mifes in  queftion,  on  account  of  apparent  difficul- 
ties and  impofiTibilities;  and  the  Sadducees,  in  particu- 
lar, erred  concerning  the  refurrecYion,  becaufe  they 
knew  not  thefcriptures,  nor  the  power  of  God.  How- 
ever, it  is  our  duty  to  inquire,  whether  the  ten 

B  b  3  trites 


374          Of  the  Expectation  of  Bodies  Politic 

tribes  may  not  remain  in  the  countries  where  they 
were  firft  fettled  by  Salmanefer,  or  in  fome  others. 

Thirdly,  A  double  return  feems  to  be  predicted 
in  feveral  prophecies. 

Fourtfily,  The  prophets  who  lived  fince  the  re- 
turn from  Babylon,  have  predicted  a  return  in  fimi- 
lar  terms  with  thofe  who  went  before.  It  follows 
therefore,  that  the  predictions  of  both  muft  relate  to 
fome  restoration  yet  future. 

Fifthly,  The  reftoration  of  the  Jews  to  their 
own  land  feems  to  be  predicted  in  the  New  Tefta- 
ment. 

To  thefe  arguments,  drawn  from  prophecy,  we 
may  add  fome  concurring  evidences,  which  the  pre- 
fent  circumftances  of  the  Jews  fuggeft. 

Firft,    then,    The  Jews  are  yet  a  diftinct  people 

from    all    the    nations    amongft   which   they   refide. 

They  feem  therefore  referved  by  Providence  for  fome 

i  fuch  fignal  favour,  after  they  have  fuffered  the  due 

chaftifement. 

Secondly,  They  are  to  be  found  in  all  the  coun- 
tries of  the  known  world.  And  this  agrees  with 
many  remarkable  paflfages  of  the  fcriptures,  which 
treat  both  of  their  difperfion,  and  of  their  return. 

Thirdly,  They  have  no  inheritance  of  land  in  any 
country.  Their  poffeffions  are  chiefly  money  and 
jewels.  They  may  therefore  transfer  themfelves 
with  the  greater  facility  to  Pal<eftine. 

Fourthly,  They  are  treated  with  contempt  and 
harfhnefs,  and  fometimes  with  great  cruelty,  by  the 
nations  amongft  whom  they  fojourn.  They  muft 
therefore  be  the  more  ready  to  return  to  their  own 
land. 

Fifthly,  They  carry  on  a  correfpondence  with 
each  other  throughout  the  whole  world ;  and  con- 
fecjiiently  muft  both  know  when  circumftances  be- 
gin to  favour  their  return,  and  be  able  to  concert 
meafures  with  one  another  concerning  it. 

Sixthly, 


during  the  prejent  State  of  the  Earth.          375 

Sixthly,  A  great  part  of  them  fpeak  and  write 
the  Rabbinical  Hebrew,  as  well  as  the  language  of 
the  country  where  they  refide.  They  are  therefore, 
as  far  as  relates  to  themfelves,  actually  poflefled  of 
an  univerfal  language  and  character  ;  which  is  a 
circumftance  that  may  facilitate  their  return  beyond 
what  can  well  be  imagined. 

Seventhly,  The  Jews  themfelves  ftill  retain  a 
hope  and  expectation,  that  God  will  once  more  re- 
flore  them  to  their  own  land. 

COR.  i.  May  not  the  two  captivities  of  the 
Jews,  and  their  two  reftorations,  be  types  of  the 
firft  and  fecond  death,  and  of  the  firft:  and  fecond 
refurrections  ? 

COR.  2.  Does  it  not  appear  agreeable  to  the 
whole  analogy  both  of  the  word  and  works  of 
God,  that  the  Jews  are  types  both  of  each  indivi- 
dual in  particular,  on  one  hand,  and  of  the  whole 
world  in  general,  on  the  other  ?  May  we  not  there- 
fore hope,  that,  at  lead  a/ter  the  fecond  death, 
there  will  be  a  refurredion  to  life  eternal  to  every 
man,  and  to  the  whole  creation,  which  groans,  and 
travails  in  pain  together,  waiting  for  the  adoption, 
and  glorious  liberty,  of  the  children  of  God  ? 

COR.  3.  As  the  downfal  of  the  Jewijh  Hate  un- 
der Titus  was  the  occafion  of  the  publication  of  the 
gofpel  to  us  Gentiles,  fo  our.downfal  may  contribute 
to  the  reftoration  of  the  Jews,  and  both  together 
bring  on  the  final  publication  and  prevalence  of  the 
true  religion;  of  which  I  (hall  treat  in  the  next 
proposition.  Thus  the  type,  and  thing  typified, 
will  coincide ;  the  firft  fruits,  and  the  lump,  be  made 
holy  together. 


B  b  4  PROP. 


37  6  Of  the  Expectation  ef  Bodies  Politic 

PROP.    LXXXIV. 

Tie  Chriftian  Religion  will  be  preached  to,  and  received 
by,  all  Nations. 

THIS  appears  from  the  exprefs  declarations  of 
Chrift,  and  from  many  of  his  parables,  alfo  from 
the  declarations  and  predictions  of  the  apofties,  and 
particularly  from  the  revelation.  There  are  likewife 
numberlefs  prophecies  in  the  Old  Teftament,  which 
admit  of  no  other  fenfe,  when  interpreted  by  the 
events  which  have  fince  happened,  the  coming  of 
ChrHt,  and  the  propagation  of  his  religion. 

The  truth  of  the  chriftian  religion  is  an  earned 
and  prefage  of  the  fame  thing,  to  ail  who  receive  it. 
For  every  truth  of  great  impoitance  muft  be  difcuf- 
fed  and  prevail  at  laft.  The  perfons  who  believe  can 
fee  no  reafons  for  their  own  belief,  but  what  muft 
extend  to  all  mankind  by  degrees,  as  the  diffufion  of 
knowledge  to  all  ranks  and  orders  of  men,  to  all 
nations,  kindred,  tongues,  and  people,  cannot  now 
be  flopped,  but  proceeds  ever  with  an  accelerated 
velocity.  And,  agreeably  to  this,  it  appears  that  the 
number  of  thofe  who  are  able  to  give  a  reafon  for 
their  faith  increafes  every  day. 

But  it  may  not  be  amifs  to  fet  before  the  reader 
in  one  view  fome  probable  prefumptions  for  the 
univerfal  publication  and  prevalence  of  the  chriftian 
religion,  even  in  the  way  of  natural  caufes. 

Firft,  then,  The  great  increafe  of  knowledge,  lite- 
rary and  philofophical,  which  has  been  made  in  this 
and  the  two  lafl  centuries,  and  continues  to  be 
made,  muft  contribute  to  promote  every  great  truth, 
and  particularly  thofe  of  revealed  religion,  as  juft 
now  mentioned.  The  coincidence  of  the  three  remark- 
£ble  events,  of  the  reformation,  the  invention  of  print- 
ing, and  the  reftoration  of  letters,  with  each  other, 
in  time,  deferves  particular  notice  here. 

Secondly, 


during  the  prefent  State  of  tbe  Earth.          377 

Secondly,  The  commerce  between  the  feveral  na- 
tions of  the  world  is  enlarged  perpetually  more  and 
more.  And  thus  the  children  of  this  world  arc 
opening  new  ways  of  communication  for  future 
apoftles  to  fpread  the  glad  tidings  of  falvation  to  the 
uttermoft  parts  of  the  earth. 

Thirdly,  The  apoftafy  of  nominal  chriftians,  and 
objections  of  infidels,  which  are  fo  remarkable  in 
thefe  days,  not  only  give  occafion  to  fearch  out  and 
publiih  new  evidences  for  the  truth  of  revealed 
religion,  but  alfo  oblige  thofe  who  receive  it,  to  pu- 
rify it  from  errors  and  fuperftitions ;  by  which  means 
its  progrefs  amongft  the  yet  heathen  nations  will 
be  much  forwarded.  Were  we  to  propagate  religion, 
as  it  is  now  held  by  the  feveral  churches,  each  perfon 
would  propagate  his  own  orthodoxy,  lay  needlefs  im- 
pediments and  {tumbling  blocks  before  his  hearers, 
and  occafion  endlefs  feuds  and  diflfenfions  amongft  the 
new  converts.  And  it  feems  as  if  God  did  not  in- 
tend that  the  general  preaching  of  the  gofpel  fhould 
be  begun,  till  religion  be  difcharged  of  its  incum- 
brances  and  fuperftitions. 

Fourthly,  The  various  fects  which  have  arifen 
amongft  chriftians  in  late  times,  contribute  both  to 
purify  religion,  and  alfo  to  fet  all  the  great  truths 
of  it  in  a  full  light,  and  to  fhew  their  practical  im- 
portance. 

Fifthly,  The  downfal  of  the  civil  and  ecclefiaftical 
powers,  mentioned  in  the  81  and  82  propofitions, 
muft  both  be  attended  with  fuch  public  calamities, 
as  will  make  men  ferious,  and  alfo  drive  them  from 
the  countries  of  cbriftendom  into  the  remote  parts  of 
the  world,  particularly  into  the  Eaft  and  Weft  Indies ; 
whither  confequently  they  will  carry  their  religion 
now  purified  from  errors  and  fuperftitions. 

Sixthly,  The  reftoration  of  the  Jews,  mentioned 
in  the  laft  propofition,  may  be  expected  to  have  the 
greateft  effect  in  alarming  mankind,  and  opening 

their 


378     .      Of  the  Expectation  of  Bodies  Politic 

their  eyes.  This  will  be  fuch  an  accomplifhment  of 
the  prophecies,  as  will  vindicate  them  from  all  cavils. 
Befides  which,  the  careful  furvey  of  False/line,  and 
the  neighbouring  countries,  the  ftudy  of  the  Eaftern 
languages,  of  the  hiftories  of  the  prefent  and  ancient 
inhabitants,  &c.  (which  muft  follow  this  event)  when 
compared  together,  will  caft  the  greateft  light  upon 
the  fcriptures,  and  at  once  prove  their  genuinenefs, 
their  truth,  and  their  divine  authority. 

Seventhly,  Mankind  feem  to  have  it  in  their  power 
to  obtain  fuch  qualifications  in  a  natural  way,  as,  by 
being  conferred  upon  the  apoftles  in  a  fupernaturai 
one,  were  a  principal  means  of  their  fuccefs  in  the 
firft  propagation  of  the  gofpel. 

Thus,  as  the  apoftles  had  the  power  of  healing 
miraculoufly,  future  miflionaries  may  in  a  fliort 
time  accornplifh  themfelves  with  the  knowledge  of  all 
the  chief  practical  rules  of  the  art  of  medicine.  This 
art  is  wonderfully  fimplified  of  late  years,  has  re- 
ceived great  additions,  and  is  improving  every  day, 
both  in  fimplicity  and  efficacy.  And  it  may  be 
hoped,  that  a  few  theoretical  pofitions  well  afcertained, 
with  a  moderate  experience,  may  enable  the  young 
practitioner  to  proceed  to  a  confiderable  variety  of 
cafes  with  fafety  and  fuccefs. 

Thus  alfo,  as  the  apoftles  had  the  power  of  fpeak- 
ing  various  languages  miraculoufly,  it  feems  poflible 
from  the  late  improvements  in  grammar,  logic,  and 
the  hiftory  of  the  human  mind,  for  young  perfons, 
by  learning  the  names  of  vifible  objects  and  actions  in 
any  unknown  barbarous  language,  to  improve  and 
extend  it  immediately,  and  to  preach  to  the  natives 
in  it. 

The  great  extenfivenefs  of  the  Rabbinical  Hebrew, 
and  of  Arabic,  of  Greek  and  Latin,  of  Sclavonic  and 
French,  and  of  many  other  languages,  in  their  refpec- 
tive  ways,  alfo  of  the  Chineje  character,  ought  to  be 
taken  into  confideration  here. 

And 


during  the  prejent  State  of  the  Earth.          379 

And  though  we  have  not  the  gift  of  prophecy,  yet 
that  of  the  interpretation  of  prophecy  feems  to  in- 
creafe  every  day,  by  comparing  the  fcriptures  with 
themfelves,  the  prophecies  with  the  events,  and,  in 
general,  the  word  of  God  with  his  works. 

To  this  we  may  add,  that  when  preachers  of  the 
gofpel  carry  with  them  the  ufeful  manual  arts,  by 
which  human  life  is  rendered  fecure  and  comfortable, 
fuch  as  the  arts  of  building,  tilling  the  ground,  de- 
fending the  body  by  fuitable  clothing,  &c.  it  cannot 
but  make  them  extremely  acceptable  to  the  barbarous 
nations  i  as  the  more  refined  arts  and  fciences,  ma- 
thematics, natural  and  experimental  philofophy,  &c. 
will  to  the  more  civilized  ones. 

And  it  is  an  additional  weight  in  favour  of  all 
this  realbning,  that  the  qualifications  here  confi- 
dered  may  all  be  acquired  in  a  natural  way.  For 
thus  they  admit  of  unlimited  communication,  im- 
provement, and  increafe ;  whereas,  when  miraculous 
powers  ceafe,  there  is  not  only  one  of  the  evidences 
withdrawn,  but  a  recommendation  and  means  of 
admittance  alfo. 

However,  far  be  it  from  us  to  determine  by  anti- 
cipation, what  God  may  or  may  not  do  !  The  natu- 
ral powers,  which  favour  the  execution  of  this  great 
command  of  our  Saviour's,  to  preach  the  gofpel  to 
all  nations,  ought  to  be  perpetual  monitors  to  us  to 
do  fo ;  and,  as  we  now  live  in  a  more  adult  age  of 
the  world,  more  will  now  be  expected  from  our 
natural  powers.  The  Jews  had  ibme  previous  no- 
tices of  Chrift's  firft  coming,  and  good  perfons 
were  thereby  prepared  to  receive  him  j  however,  his 
appearance,  and  entire  conduct,  were  very  different 
from  what  they  expected  ;  fo  that  they  flood  in  need 
of  the  greateft  docility  and  humility,  in  order  to 
become  difciples  and  apoftles.  And  it  is  probable, 
that  fomething  analogous  to  this  will  happen  ac 
Chrift's  fecond  coming.  We  may  perhaps  fay,  that 

fome 


380          Of  the  Expe flatten  of  Bodies  Politic 

fome  glimmerings  of  the  day  begin  already  to  fhine 
in  the  hearts  of  all  thofe,  who  ftudy  and  delight  in 
the  word  and  works  of  God. 


PROP.     LXXXV. 

//  is  not  probable,  that  there  will  be  any  pure  or  com- 
plete Happinefs,  before  the  Deftruftion  of  this  World 
by  Fire. 

THAT  the  reftoration  of  the  Jews,  and  the  uni- 
verfal  eftablifhment  of  the  true  religion,  will  be  the 
caufes  of  great  happinefs,  and  change  the  face  of 
this  world  much  for  the  better,  may  be  inferred 
both  from  the  prophecies,  and  from  the  nature  of 
the  thing.  But  ftill,  that  the  great  crown  of  glory 
promifed  to  chriftians  muft  be  in  a  ftate  ulterior  to 
this  eftablifhment,  appears  for  the  following  reafons. 

Firft,  From  the  exprefs  declarations  of  the  fcrip- 
tures.  Thus  St.  Peter  fays,  that  the  earth  muft  be 
burnt  up,  before  we  are  to  expect  a  new  heaven, 
and  new  earth,  wherein  dwelkth  rigbteoufnefs ;  and  St. 
Paul,  that  flejh  and  blood  cannot  inherit  the  kingdom  of 
God-,  the  celeflial,  glorious  body,  made  like  unto 
that  of  Chrift,  at  the  refurrection  of  the  dead,  being 
requifite  for  this  purpofe. 

Secondly,  The  prefent  diforderly  ftate  of  the 
natural  world  does  not  permit  of  unmixed  happinefs  ; 
and  it  does  not  feem,  that  this  can  be  rectified  in 
any  great  degree,  till  the  earth  have  received  the 
baptifm  by  fire. 

But  I  prefume  to  affirm  nothing  particular  in 
relation  to  future  events.  One  may  juft  afk,  whether 
Chrift's  reign  of  a  thoufand  years  upon  earth  does 
not  commence  with  the  univerfal  eftablifhment  of 
chriftianity  ;  and  whether  the  fecond  refurre&ion,  the 

new 


during  the  prejent  State  of  tbe  Earth.          381 

new  heavens,  and  new   earth,  &c.  do  not   coincide 
with  the  conflagration. 

One  ought  alfo  to  add,  with  St.  Peter,  as  the  prac- 
tical confequence  of  this  propofition,  that  the  diflb- 
lution  of  this  world  by  fire  is  the  ftrongeft  motive 
to  an  indifference  to  it,  and  to  that  holy  converfation 
and  godlinefs,  which  may  fit  us  for  tbe  new  heavens, 
and  new  earth. 


SECT. 


382  Of  a  Future  State. 


SECT.     III. 

OF  A  FUTURE  STATE  AFTER  THE  EXPIRATION 
OF  THIS  LIFE. 

PROP.    LXXXVI. 

It  is  frobable  from  the  mere  Light  of  Naturey  that  there 
will  be  a  future  State. 

I  DO  not  here  mean,  that  mankind  in  ancient  times 
did  difcover  a  future  (late,  and  reafon  themfelves 
into  it.  This,  I  apprehend,  is  contrary  to  the  fact, 
a  future  date  having  been  taught  all  mankind  by 
patriarchal  revelations  before  or  after  the  flood. 
Nor  do  I  mean,  that  men  could  have  done  this  with- 
out any  afliftance,  primarily  or  fecondarily,  from 
revelation,  and  by  mere  unaffifted  reafon.  This  is 
a  problem  of  too  deep  a  nature  to  be  determined 
conclufively  j  or,  if  it  can,  we  ihall  determine  for 
the  oppofite  fide,  as  it  fcems  to  me,  as  foon  as  our 
knowledge  of  the  powers  of  the  human  mind  is  ar- 
rived at  a  fufficient  height.  My  defign  is  only  to 
fhew,  that  the  works  of  God  are  fb  far  opened  to  us 
in  the  prcfent  age,  that,  when  the  queftion  concern- 
ing a  future  ftate  is  put,  we  ought  to  determine  for 
the  affirmative,  though  the  authority  of  his  word  be 
not  taken  into  confideration.  Here  then  I  obferve, 

Firft,  That  it  is  not  poffible  to  produce  any  evi- 
dence againft  a  future  ftate ;  fo  that  the  probability 
for  it  muft  at  lead  be  equal  to  that  againft  it,  /.  e.  to 
the  fraction  -*-,  if  we  fpeak  according  to  the  precife 
language  ufed  in  the  doctrine  of  chances.  We  are 
apt  indeed  to  conclude,  that,  becaufe  what  we  fee 
is,  fo  what  we  fee  not,  is  not;  and  confequently  that 

there 


Of  a  future  State.  383 

there  is  no  future  ftate,  i.  e.  we  make  our  ignorance 
of  the  means  by  which  our  exiftence  is  preferved  after 
death,  and  of  the  manner  in  which  we  are  to  exift, 
an  argument  againft  it.  But  this  is  utterly  incon- 
clufive.  Our  ignorance  is  a  nothing,  and  therefore 
can  be  no  foundation  to  go  upon  j  and  we  have  every 
day  inftances  of  the  miftakes  which  reafoning  from 
it  would  lead  us  into.  If  there  be  really  a  future 
ftate,  it  feems  very  pofiible,  that  its  connection  with 
other  realities  in  this  ftate  may  afford  preemptions 
for  it ;  and  that  it  does  fo,  I  fhall  fhew  in  the  para- 
graphs that  follow :  but,  if  there  be  no  future  ftate, 
this  non-entity  cannot  have  any  properties  or  con- 
nections, upon  which  to  creel:  an  argument  for  it. 
We  muft  therefore,  previoufly  to  all  probable  argu- 
ments for  a  future  ftate,  own  that  we  are  ignorant 
whence  we  came,  and  whither  we  go  j  and  that  our 
not  being  able  to  penetrate  into  the  dark  regions 
beyond  death,  were  that  ablblutely  the  cafe,  would 
not  be  an  evidence,  that  there  is  nothing  in  thofe 
regions.  That  we  can  both  penetrate  thither,  and 
difcover  fomething  in  thefe  regions,  is  my  next 
bufinefs  to  fhew.  For, 

Secondly,  The  fubtle  nature  of  fenfation,  thought, 
and  motion,  affords  fome  pofitive  preemptions  for  a 
future  ftate.  The  connection  of  thefe  with  matter, 
and  their  dependence  on  it,  are  perhaps  more  fully 
feen  in  the  foregoing  account  of  vibrations  and  aflb- 
ciation,  than  in  any  other  fyftem  that  has  yet  been  pro- 
duced. However,  there  remains  one  chafm  ft  ill,  viz. 
that  between  fenfation,  and  the  material  organs,  which 
this  theory  does  not  attempt  to  fill  up.  An  imma- 
terial fubftance  may  be  required  for  the  fimpleft 
fenfation  i  and,  if  fo,  fince  it  does  not  appear  how 
this  fubftance  can  be  affected  by  the  diffolution  of 
the  grofs  body  at  death,  it  remains  probable,  that  ic 
will  fubfift  after  death,  /'.  e.  that  there  will  be  a  \ 
future  ftate. 

Or 


384  Of  a  future  State. 

Or  if  we  take  the  fyftem  of  the  materialifts,  and  fup- 
pofe  matter  capable  of  fenfation,  and  confequently  of 
intellect,  ratiocination,  affection,  and  the  voluntary 
power  of  motion,  we  mult,  however,  fuppofe  an 
elementary  infinitefimal  body,  in  the  embryo,  capa- 
ble of  vegetating  in  utero,  and  of  receiving  and  re- 
taining fuch  a  variety  of  impreffions  of  the  external 
world,  as  correfponds  to  all  the  variety  of  our  fen- 
fations,  thoughts,  and  motions ;  and,  when  the 
fmallnefs  and  wonderful  powers  of  this  elementary 
body  are  confidered  in  this  view,  it  feems  to  me,  that  * 
the  depofition  of  the  grofs  cruft  at  death,  whick 
was  merely  inftrumental  during  the  whole  courfe  of 
life,  is  to  be  looked  upon  as  having  no  more  power 
to  deftroy  it,  than  the  accretion  of  this  cruft  had  a 
ihare  in  its  original  exiftence,  and  wonderful  powers ; 
but,  on  the  contrary,  that  the  elementary  body  will 
(till  fubfift,  retain  its  power  of  vegetating  again,  and, 
when  it  does  this,  fliew  what  changes  have  been 
made  in  it  by  the  imprefjions  of  external  objects  here ; 
i.  e.  receive  according  to  the  deeds  done  in  the  grofs 
body,  and  reap  as  it  has  fowed. 

Or,  if  thefe  fpeculations  be  thought  too  refined, 
we  may,  however,  from  the  evident  inftrumentality 
of  the  mufcles,  membranes,  bones,  &c.  to  the  ner- 
vous fyftem,  and  of  one  part  of  this  to  another, 
compared  with  the  fubtle  nature  of  the  principle  of 
fenfation,  thought,  and  motion,  infer  in  an  obvious 
and  popular,  but  probable  way,  that  this  principle 
only  lofes  its  prefent  inftrument  of  action  by  death. 
And  the  reftitution  of  our  mental  and  voluntary 
powers,  after  their  ceffation  or  derangement  by  fleep, 
apoplexies,  maniacal  and  other  disorders,  prepares 
for  the  more  eafy  conception  of  the  poflibility  and 
probability  of  the  fame  thing  after  death.  As 
therefore,  before  we  enter  upon  any  difquifitions  of 
this  kind,  the  probability  for  a  future  Itate  is  juft 
equal  to  that  againft  it,  /'.  e.  each  equal  to  the 

fraction 


Of  a  Future  State.  385 

fraction  '.*-  j  fo  it  feems,  that  the  firft  ftep  we  take, 
though  it  be  through  regions  very  faintly  illuminated, 
does,  however,  turn  the  fcale,  in  fome  meafure,  in 
favour  of  a  future  ftate;  and  that,  whether  the  prin- 
ciple of  thought  and  action  within  us  be  confidered 
in  the  moft  philofophical  light  to  which  we  can  attain, 
or  in  an  obvious  and  popular  one. 

Thirdly,  The  changes  of  fome  animals  into  a 
different  form,  after  an  apparent  death,  feem  to  be 
a  ftrong  argument  of  the  forementioned  power  of 
elementary  animal  bodies ;  as  the  growth  of  vegeta- 
bles from  feeds  apparently  putrefied  is  of  a  like  power 
in  elementary  vegetable  bodies.  And  all  thefe  phe- 
nomena, with  the  renewals  of  the  face  of  nature, 
awaking  from  deep,  recovery  from  difeafes,  &c. 
feem  in  the  vulgar,  moft  obvious,  and  moft  natural 
way  of  coniidering  thefe  things,  to  be  hints  and 
preemptions  of  a  life  after  the  extinction  of  this. 

Fourthly,  The  great  defire  of  a  future  life,  with 
the  horror  of  annihilation,  which  are  obfervable  in  a 
great  part  of  mankind,  are  prefumptions  for  a  future 
life,  and  againft  annihilation.  All  other  appetites  and 
inclinations  have  adequate  objects  prepared  for  them  ; 
it  cannot  therefore  be  fuppofed,  that  this  fum  total 
of  them  all  fhould  go  ungratified.  And  this  argu- 
ment will  hold,  in  fome  meafure,  from  the  mere 
analogy  of  nature,  though  we  ihould  not  have 
recourfe  to  the  moral  attributes  of  Godj  but  ic 
receives  great  additional  force  from  confidering  him 
as  our  father  and  piotector. 

If  it  be  faid,  that  this  defire  is  factitious,  and  the 
neceflary  effect  of  ftlf-love;  I  anfwer,  that  all  our 
other  defires  are  factitious,  and  deducible  from  felf- 
iove,  alfoj  and  that  many  of  thofe  which  are  gran- 
ted proceed  from  a  felf-love  of  a  grofler  kind. 
Befides,  felf-love  is  only  to  be  deftroyed  by,  and  for 
the  fake  of,  the  love  of  God,  and  of  our  neigh- 
bour. Now  the  ultimate  prevalency  of  thefe  is  a  rHll 
VOL.  II.  C  c  ftronger 


386  Of  a  Future  State. 

ftronger  argument  for  a  future  life,  in  which  we 
may  firft  love  God,  and  then  our  neighbour  in  and 
through  him. 

Fifthly,  The  pain  which  attends  the  child  during 
its  birth  or  paflage  into  this  world,  the  feparation 
and  death  of  the  placenta,  by  which  the  child  re- 
ceived its  nourilhment  in  utero,  with  other  circum- 
ftances,  refemble  what  happens  at  death.  Since 
therefore  the  child,  by  means  of  its  birth,  enters 
upon  a  new  fcene^has  new  fenfes,  and,  by  degrees, 
intellectual  powers  of  perception,  conferred  upon  it, 
why  may  not  fomething  analogous  to  this  happen  at 
death  ?  Our  ignorance  of  the  manner,  in  which  this 
is  to  be  effected,  is  certainly  no  preemption  againft 
it  j  as  all  who  are  aware  of  the  great  ignorance  of 
man,  will  readily  allow.  Could  any  being  of  equal 
underftanding  with  man,  but  ignorant  of  what  hap- 
pens upon  birth,  judge  beforehand  that  birth  was  an 
introduction  to  a  new  life,  unlefs  he  was  previoufly 
informed  of  the  fuitablenefs  of  the  bodily  organs  to 
the  external  world  ?  Would  he  not  rather  conclude, 
rhat  the  child  muft  immediately  expire  upon  fo  great 
a  change,  upon  wanting  fo  many  things  neceflary 
to  his  fubfiftence,  and  being  expofed  to  fo  many 
hazards  and  impreflions  apparently  unfuitable  ?  And 
would  not  the  cries  of  the  child  confirm  him  in  all 
this  ?  And  thus  we  may  conclude,  that  our  birth  was 
even  intended  to  intimate  to  us  a  future  life,  as  well 
as  to  introduce  us  into  the  prefenr. 

Sixthly,  It  would  be  very  difibnant  to  the  other 
events  of  life,  that  death  fhould  be  the  laft  j  that 
the  fcene  fhould  conclude  with  fuffering.  This  can 
fcarce  be  reconciled  to  the  beauty  and  harmony  of 
the  vifible  world,  and  to  the  general  prepollency  of 
pleafure  over  pain,  and  fubferviency  of  pain  to  plea- 
lure,  before-mentioned.  All  the  evils  of  life,  of 
which  we  are  judges,  contribute  fome  way  to  improve 
and  perfect  us.  Shall  therefore  the  laft  which  we 

fee, 


Of  a  Future  State.  387 

fee,  and  the  greateft  in  our  apprehenfions,  quite  ex- 
tinguifh  our  existence  ?  Is  it  not  much  more  likely, 
that  it  will  perfect  all  fuch  as  are  far  advanced,  and 
be  a  fuitable  correction  and  preparatory  to  the  reft  ? 
Upon  fuppofition  of  a  future  eternal  life,  in  which 
our  happinefs  is  to  arife  from  the  previous  annihila-  t 
tion  of  ourfelves,  and  from  the  pure  love  of  God, 
and  of  our  neighbour,  it  is  eafy  to  fee  how  death 
may  contribute  more  to  our  perfection,  than  any 
other  event  of  our  lives  ;  and  this  will  make  ic 
quite  analogous  to  all  the  others.  But  that  our 
lives  fhould  conclude  with  a  bitter  morfel,  is  fuch 
a  fuppofition,  as  can  hardly  confift  with  the  benevo- 
lence of  the  Deity,  in  the  moft  limited  fenfe,  in 
which  this  attribute  can  be  afcribed  to  him. 

Seventhly,  All  that  great  apparatus  for  carrying 
us  from  body  to  mind,  and  from  felf-love  to  the 
pure  love  of  God,  which  the  doftrine  of  aflbciation 
opens  to  view,  is  an  argument  that  thefe  great  ends 
will  at  laft  be  attained ;  and  that  all  the  imper- 
fect individuals,  who  have  left  this  fchool  of  bene- 
volence and  piety  at  different  periods,  will  again 
appear  on  the  ft  age  of  a  life  analogous  to  this, 
though  greatly  different  in  particular  things,  in 
order  to  refume  and  complete  their  feveral  remaining 
tafkb,  and  to  be  made  happy  thereby.  If  we  reafon 
upon  the  defigns  of  Providence  in  the  moft  pure  and 
perfect  manner,  of  which  our  faculties  are  capable, 
i.  e.  according  to  the  moft  philofophical  analogy,  we 
fhall  be  unavoidably  led  to  this  conclufion.  There 
are  the  moft  evident  marks  of  defign  in  this  appa- 
ratus, and  of  power  and  knowledge  without  limits 
every  where.  What  then  can  hinder  the  full  ac- 
complifhment  of  the  purpofe  defigned  ?  The  con- 
fideration  of  God's  infinite  benevolence,  compared 
with  the  profpect  of  happintfs  to  refult  to  his  crea- 
tures from  this  defign,  adds  great  ftrength  to  thfc 
argument. 

C  c  2  Eighthly, 


388  Of  a  Future  State> 

Eighthly,    Virtue   is,   in   general,    rewarded   here, 
and    has    the    marks    of   the    divine    approbation ; 
vice,    the   contrary.     And   yet,    as   far   as   we   can 
judge,  this  does   not  always  happen  i   nay,  it  feems 
to   happen   very   feldom,    that   a   good   roan    is   re- 
warded here  in  any  exact  proportion  to  his   merit, 
or  a  vicious  man  puniflied  exactly  according  to  his 
demerit.     Now  thefe  apparent  inequalities  in  the  dif- 
penfations  of  providence,   in  fubordinate  particular^, 
are   the   ftrongeft   argument  for  a    future    ftate,    in 
which  God  may  fhew  his  perfect  juftice  and  equity, 
and    the   confiftency   of  all    his   conduct  with   itfelf. 
To  fuppofe  virtue  in  general  to  be   in   a   fuffering 
ftate,   and   vice   in    a   triumphant   one,   is   not  only 
contrary  to  obvious  facts,  but  would  alfo,  as  it  ap- 
pears to  me,  deftroy  all  our  reafoning  upon  the  di- 
vine  conduct.     But   if  the   contrary    be   laid   down 
as  the  general  rule,  which  is  furely  the  language  of 
fcripture,  as  well  as  of  reaibn,   then    the  exceptions 
to  this  rule,  which  again  both  fcripture  and  reafon 
atteft,    are   irrefragable   evidences  for   a  future  ftate, 
in  which  things  will  be  reduced  to  a  perfect  unifor- 
mity.    Now,  if  but  fo  much  as  one  eminently  good 
or  eminently  wicked  perfon  can  be  proved  to  furvive 
after  the  paflage  through  the  gulph  of  death,  all  the 
reft   muft  be  fuppofed  to  furvive  alfo  from    natural 
analogy.     The  cafe  of  martyrs  for  religion,  natural 
or  revealed,  deferves  a  particular  confederation  here. 
They  cannot  be  faid  to  receive  any  reward  for  that 
laft  and-  greateft  act  of  obedience. 

Ninthly,  The  voice  of  confcience  within  a  man, 
accufing  or  excufing  him,  from  whatever  caufe  it 
proceed,  fupernatural  imprefllon,  natural  inftinct, 
acquired  aflbciations,  &c.  is  a  prefumption,  that 
we  fhall  be  called  'hereafter  to  a  tribunal  ;  and 
that  this  voice  of  confcience  is  intended  to  warn 
and  direct  us  how  to  prepare  ourfelves  for  a  trial 

at 


Of  a  Future  State.  389 

at  that  tribunal.  This,  again,  is  an  argument, 
which  analogy  teaches  us  to  draw  from  the  rela- 
tion in  which  we  (land  to  God,  compared  with 
earthly  relations.  And  it  is  a  farther  evidence  of 
the  juftnefs  of  this  argument,  that  all  mankind 
in  all  ages  feem  to  have  been  fenfible  of  the  force 
of  it. 

Tenthly,  The  general  belief  of  a  future  ftate, 
which  has  prevailed  in  all  ages  and  nations,  is  an 
argument  of  the  reality  of  this  future  ftate.  And 
this  will  appear,  whether  we  ctinfider  the  efficient 
or  the  final  caufe  of  this  general  belief.  If  it  arofe 
from  patriarchal  revelations,  it  confirms  the  fcrip- 
tures,  and  confequently  eftablifhes  itfelf  in  the  man- 
ner to  be  explained  under  the  next  propofuion. 
If  it  arofe  from  the  common  parents  of  mankind 
after  the  flood,  it  appears  at  leaft  to  have  been  an 
antediluvian  tradition.  If  mankind  were  led  into  it 
by  fome  fuch  reafons  and  analogies  as  the  foregoing, 
its  being  general  is  a  prefuraption  of  the  juftnefs  of 
thefe  reafons.  The  truth  of  the  cafe  appears  to  be, 
that  all  thefe  things,  and  probably  fome  others,  con- 
curred (amongft  the  reft,  apparitions  of  the  dead, 
or  the  belief  of  thefe,  dreams  of  apparitions,  and 
the  feeming  paflage  to  and  from  another  world  du- 
ring deep,  the  body  being  alfo,  as  it  were,  dead  at 
the  fame  time)  \  and  that,  as  the  other  parts  of  the 
fimple,  pure,  patriarchal  religion  degenerated  into 
fuperftition  and  idolatry,  fo  the  doctrine  of  a  fu- 
ture ftate  was  adulterated  with  fictions  and  fables,  as 
we  find  it  among  the  Greeks  and  Remans,  and  other 
pagan  nations.* 

As  to  the  Jews,  their  high  opinion  of  themfelves 
on  account  of  the  covenant  made  with  their  father 
Abraham^  and  repeated  at  Sinai,  which  in  its  firft 
and  literal  fenfe  was  merely  temporal,  contributed 
probably  to  make  the  more  grofs  and  carnal  amongft 
them  overlook  the  doctrine  of  a  future  ftate,  as  at- 
C  c  3  tcfted 


390  Of  a  Future  State. 

tefted   either   by    reafcn    or    tradition.      But    when 
their   captivity    by  Nebuchadnezzar,   and  other  cala- 
mities,   rendered  this  world   contemptible  and  bitter 
.to   them,    many,   as   the   Pharifees   and   EJJenes,  had 
recourfe  in  earneft  to  this  great  fource  of  comfort ; 
whilft  others,  adhering  fervilely  to  the  letter  of  the 
law,    expected    only    temporal    profperity    under    a 
victorious  Meffiah,     However,  it  ig  not  to  be  doubt- 
ed,   but   that,    before   this,   good    Jews,  particularly 
fuch  as  did,  or   were  ready  to  lay   down   their  lives 
for   the    fake   of  religion,    had.  the   fupport   of  this 
belief;   and  it  appears  to  me,  that   there  are  many 
things    in   the   Old    Teftament,    which    both    fhew, 
that  the  doctrine  of  a  future  ftate  was   the  current 
opinion  among  the  Jews ;  and  alfo  that  it  was   at- 
tended with  far  lefs  expectations,  than  amongft  chrif- 
tians  ;    whence   it   might   eafily   be   overlooked   and 
neglected   by   carnal  minds,  as  above  noted.     Their 
hearts  were   fet  upon  temporal  profperity,  for  them- 
felves  confidered  feparately,  for  their  nation,  for  their 
pofterity  :  all  which  we  muft,  however,  fuppofe  to  be 
more  fuitable  to  their   other   circumftances,    and   to 
thofe  of  the  world  in   general,    when  the   whole  of 
things    is    taken    into    confideration,     than    if    they 
had  had  more  full  and  magnificent  expectations  after 
death.      .'• 

As  to  the  final  caufes  of  the  belief  of  a  future 
ftate  amongft  mankind,  if  we  fuppofe,  that  thefe 
are  either  the  better  regulation  of  ftates,  and  the 
public  happinefs,  or  the  private  happinefs  of  each 
individual,  they  would  be  flrong  arguments  for  the 
divine  benevolence,  and  confequently  for  a  future 
ftate ;  even  though  it  be  fuppofed,  that  the  efficient 
caufe  was  only  the  invention  of  thofe  men,  who 
faw  that  this  doctrine  would  be  ufeful  publicly  and 
privately.  For  God  muft,  at  leaft,  have  permitted 
this;  according  to  the  doctrine  of  thefe  papers,  muft 
have  cauled  it. 

But, 


Of  a  Future  State.  391 

But,  without,  entering  into  this  examination  of 
the  efficient  or  final  caufes,  we  may  affirm,  that 
the  mere  general  prevalence  of  the  doctrine  of  a 
future  ftate  is  of  itfelf  a  ftrong  prefumption  of  its 
truth.  If  it  be  true,  it  is  natural,  /.  e.  analogous  to 
orher  things,  to  fuppofe  that  we  fhould  have  fome 
general  expectation  of  it,  juft  as  in  other  cafes, 
where  we  are  nearly  concerned ;  alfo  that  as  man- 
kind advance  in  knowledge  and  fpirituality  by  the 
advanced  age  of  the  world,  this  doctrine  fhould 
be  more  and  more  opened  to  them.  Now  this  is  the 
fact;  the  doctrine  of  a  future  ftate  has,  from  the 
firft  memory  of  things  in  the  poftdiluvian  world, 
been  thus  perpetually  opened  more  and  more. 
Therefore,  e  converfo,  it  is  probable,  that  the  doc- 
trine itfelf  is  true. 

It  may  be  objected  to  fome  of  the  arguments  here 
alleged  for  a  future  dare,  that  they  are  applicable 
to  brutes  j  and  therefore  that  they  prove  too  much. 
To  this  we  may  anfwer,  that  the  future  exiftence  of 
brutes  cannot  be  difproved  by  any  arguments,  as 
far  as  yet  appears :  let  therefore  thofe  which  favour 
it  be  allowed  their  due  weight,  and  only  that.  There 
are,  betides  thofe  common  to  all  animals,  many 
which  are  peculiar  to  man,  and  thofe  very  forcible 
ones.  We  have  therefore  much  ftronger  evidence 
for  our  own  future  exiftence  than  for  that  of  brutes  ; 
which,  again,  is  a  thing  very  analogous  to  our  cir- 
camftances.  It  is  fomething  more  than  mere  cu- 
riofity,  that  makes  benevolent  perfons  concerned 
for  the  future  welfare  of  the  brute  creation  ;  and  yet 
they  have  fo  much  to  do  nearer  home,  for  them- 
felves,  and  their  relatives,  by  way  of  preparation  for 
a  future  ftate,  that  it  would  be  a  great  mifufe  of 
time  to  dwell  upon  fuch  foreign  fpeculations. 

The  doctrine  of  transmigration  may  be  confi- 
dered  as  an  argument  for  the  future  exiftence  of 
all  animals  in  one  view ;  though  a  moft  pernicious 

C  c  4  corruption 


392  Of  a  Future  State. 

corruption  of  the  practical  doctrine  of  a  future  ftate 
in  another. 

It  may  farther  be  objected  to  fome  part  of  the 
foregoing  reafoning,    that   the   deftruction   of  vege- 
tables in  fo  many  various  ways,  that  few,  relatively 
fpeaking,  come  to  perfection,  with  the  many  irregu- 
larities of  the  natural  world,    Ihews   that  God  does 
not,    in  fact,   bring  all   his  works  to  perfection.     I 
anfwer,    that  if  vegetable  life  be  not  attended  with 
fenfction   (and  we  do  not  at  all  know,    that  it  is), 
this,  with  infinite  other  phenomena  of  a  like  kind, 
may  be  no  irregularity  at  all.     The  inanimate  world 
may,  according  to  the  prefent  conftitution  of  things, 
however  irregular  that  may  feem  to  us,  ferve,  in  the 
beft  poffible  manner,    to  promote  the  happinefs   of 
the  animate.      We  are  apt  to  eftimate  maturity  in 
natural  productions  according  to   very  narrow  rela- 
tive  confiderations.      But,    in    truth,    that    herb   or 
fruit  is   mature,  which  has  anfwered   its  end  in  re- 
fpect  of  animal  life,  the  fupport,   for  inftance,  of  a 
peculiar  fet  of  infects ;  and,  if  the  particles  of  inani- 
mate matter  thus  pafs  through  the  bodies  of  vege- 
tables and  animals  in  an  endlefs  revolution,  they  may 
perform  all   the  offices  intended  by  God :  or  he  may 
have  fitted  them  for  infinite  other  ufes  and  offices,  of 
which  we  know  nothing. 

But  if  vegetables  have  fenfation,  which  may  in- 
deed be  a  fpeculation  very  foreign  to  us,  but  is 
what  we  cannot  difprove,  then  vegetables  may  be 
provided  for  in  the  fame  manner  as  animals.  Or, 
if  we  fuppofe  the  argument  to  fail  here,  ftill  ani- 
mals, i.  e.  thofe  allowed  by  all  to  be  fo,  may  live 
hereafter,  though  no  vegetables  do  identically,  and 
few  according  to  the  ordinary  courfe  of  propagation 
by  their  feeds  or  (hoots :  or  the  argument  may  fail 
in  refpect  of  brute  animals,  and  extend  to  man 


alone. 


PROP. 


Of  a  Future  State.  393 


PROP.     LXXXVII. 

Cbriflian  Revelation  gives  us  an  abfolute  dffurance 
of  a  future  State. 


THAT  the  reader  may  fee  more  fully  the  degree 
of  evidence  afforded  by  the  fcriptures  to  this  mod 
important  do&rine,  I  will  here  make  the  following 
obfervations. 

Firft,  then,  A  future  (late  is  the  plain  and  exprefs 
doflrine  of  the  New  Teftament,  in  the  obvious 
and  literal  fenfe  of  the  words.  It  refts  therefore 
upon  the  authority  of  the  revelation  itfelf.  Hence 
all  the  miracles  of  Chrift  and  his  apoftles,  and,  by 
confequence,  of  Mqfes  and  the  prophets,  all  the  pro- 
phecies of  the  fcriptures,  whofe  accomplifhment  is 
already  part,  and  vifible  to  us,  become  pledges  and 
atteftations  of  the  truth  of  this  doflrine.  We  can- 
not fuppofe,  that  God  would  have  given  fuch  powers 
and  evidences,  as  mud  neceflarily  propagate  and 
eftablifli  this  doclrine,  was  it  not  true.  For  this  is  the 
grand,  and,  as  we  may  fay,  the  only  do&rine  of  the 
New  Teftament,  and  even  of  the  Old,  when  inter- 
preted by  the  New,  as  it  ought  to  be. 

And,  as  this  is  the  mod  convincing  evidence 
even  to  philofophical  perfons,  fo  it  is  almoft  the 
only  one  which  can  affecl:  and  fatisfy  the  vulgar. 
But  indeed  what  refource  can  any  man  have  in 
things  above  his  capacity,  befides  refting  on  thofe 
who  have  evidently  more  power,  knowledge,  and 
goodnefs,  than  himfelf,  who  have  worked  miracles, 
foretold  things  to  come,  preached  and  praflifed 
righteoufnefs  ? 

All  the  miracles  of  both  the  Old  and  New  Tefta- 
ment were  performed  by  Chrift  in  effect,  /.  e.  by  his 
power  and  authority.  He  therefore  muft  be  able 

to 


394  Of  a  Future  State. 

to  preferve  us  from  perifhing  utterly ;  and  the  pre- 
dictions of  future  dates  in  this  world,  which  God 
gave  to  him,  and  he  to  his  fervant  John  and  others, 
both  before  and  after  his  coming,  fhew  by  their 
accomplilhment,  that  all  his  other  predictions,  and 
efpecially  'the  great  one  of  a  refurrection  to  life 
eternal,  will  alfo  be  accomplifhed  in  due  time. 

Secondly,  The  perfons  brought  back  to  life  again 
in  the  Old  and  New  Teftaments,  and,  above  all, 
the  refurredlion  of  Chrift  himfelf,  have  a  great  ten- 
dency to  ftrengthen  the  foregoing  argument,  and 
to  remove  all  our  doubts,  fears,  and  jealoufies, 
concerning  the  reality  of  a  future  ftate.  The  fame 
may  be  faid  of  the  hiftories  of  Enoch  and  Elijah^ 
and  of  the  appearance  of  Mofes  and  Elijah  at  Chrift's 
transfiguration.  As  there  are  no  footfteps  back 
again  from  the  grave  to  life,  our  imagination  daggers, 
and  our  faith  dands  in  need  of  a  fenfible,  as  well  as 
a  rational  fupport. 

Thirdly,  The  great  readinefs  of  the  prophets  and 
apodles,  and  of  other  good  Jews  and  Chriftians  after 
iheir  example,  to  fuflfer  death  for  the  fake  of  their 
religion,  is  a  fingular  comfort  and  encouragement 
to  us.  -We  are  fure  from  hence,  that  they  believed 
a  future  date  themfelves;  and  they  could  not  but 
know  whether  or  no  they  had  the  power  of  work- 
ing miracles,  had  feen  Chrift  after  his  death,  had 
received  divine  communications,  &c.  They  mud 
therefore  have  been  poffefled  of  thefe  undeniable 
evidences  for  a  future  ftate  j  they  could  neither 
be  deceived  themfelves  in  this  matter,  nor  deceive 
others. 

Fourthly,  The  whole  hidory  and  inditutions  of 
the  Jewijh  people,  when  interpreted  by  chridianity, 
are  types  and  prophecies  of  a  future  ftate.  And 
here  the  Old  and  New  Teftaments  confirm  and 
illuftrate  each  other  in  the  dronged  manner :  and 
the  Old  Tedament,  when  interpreted  by  the  New, 

becomes 


Of  a  Future  State'. 

becomes  entirely  fpiritual,  and  equally  expreflive, 
with  the  New,  of  the  doctrine  of  a  future  (late.  It 
may  be  obferved  of  the  Pfa/ms  particularly,  that  the 
fpritual  interpretation  is  to  us,  in  the  prefent  times, 
more  eafy  and  natural  upon  the  whole,  than  the 
literal  and  temporal  one. 

Fifthly,  If  we  compare  what  was  advanced  above, 
concerning  the  elementary  infinitefimal  body,  with 
the  fcripture  doctrine  of  the  refurrection  of  the  body, 
and  particularly  with  St.  Paul's  account  of  it,  i  Cor. 
xv.  there  will  appear  fuch  a  harmony  and  coinci- 
dence between  the  evidences  from  reafon  and  thofe 
from  fcripture,  as  will  greatly  confirm  both. 

PROP.     LXXXVIII. 

<?he  Rewards  and  Punijhments  of  a  future  Life  will  far 
exceed  the  Happinefs  and  Mifery  of  this,  both  in  De- 
gree and  Duration. 

HERE  1  will  firft  confider  the  fuggeftions  of  the 
light  of  reafon  -,  fecondly,  the  declarations  of  the 
fcriptures. 

Firft,  then,  As  man  appears,  according  to  the 
light  of  reafon,  to  be  in  a  progreflive  ftate,  it  may  be 
conjectured,  or  even  prefumed,  that  the  rewards  and 
punifhments  of  a  future  life  will  exceed  that  happi- 
nefs  and  mifery,  which  are  here,  the  natural  conle- 
quences  of  virtue  and  vice.  However,  the  light  of 
reafon  is  not  clear  and  certain  in  this  point :  neither 
can  it  determine,  whether  the  happinefs  and  mifery 
of  the  next  life  will  be  pure  and  unmixed,  or  no.  It 
may  indeed  fhew,  that  each  man  will  receive  accord- 
ing to  his  deferts;  but  then,  fince  there  is  no  pure 
virtue  or  vice  here,  fince  alfo  there  may  be  room 
for  both  virtue  and  vice  hereafter,  the  rewards  and 
punifhments  of  the  next  life  may  fucceed  each  other 
at  fliorc  intervals,  as  in  the  prefent :  or,  if  "we  adopt 

the 


396  Of  a  Future  State. 

the  mechanical  fyftem  throughout,  then  we  can  only 
hope  and  prefume,  that  God  will  ultimately  make 
the  happinefs  of  each  individual  to  outweigh  his  mi- 
fery,  finitely  or  infinitely ;  and  (hall  be  entirely  un- 
certain, whether  or  no,  at  the  expiration  of  this  life, 
we  fhall  pafs  into  another,  in  like  manner,  che- 
quered with  happinefs  and  mifery :  and  thus  one  of 
the  principal  motives  to  virtue  and  piety  would  be 
loft. 

It  is  true  indeed,  that  the  heathens  had  their  Ely^ 
fium  and  Tartarus  j  but  then  thefe  doctrines  were 
probably  the  corrupted  remains  of  fome  tradition- 
ary revelation  j  and  fo  contribute  to  ftrengthen  the 
real  doctrine  of  the  Scriptures  on  this  head,  which 
I  am  to  fet  forth  in  the  next  place. 

The  fcriptures  then  reprefent  the  ftate  of  the  good 
hereafter,  as  attended  with  the  pureft  and  greateft 
happinefs  j  and  that  of  the  wicked  as  being  exqui- 
fitely  and  eternally  miferable.  And  though  the  word? 
tranflated  eternal  and  for,  ever,  in  the  Old  and  New 
Tettaments,  do  not  feem  to  ftand  for  an  abfolute  me- 
taphyfical  infinity  of  duration,  as  we  now  term  it,  yet 
they  certainly  import  a  duration  of  a  great  relative 
length,  and  may  import  any  long  period  of  time, 
(hort  of  an  abfolute  eternity.  The  fcriptures  there- 
fore, in  their  declarations  concerning  the  degree  and 
duration  of  future  rewards  and  punifhments,  lay  be- 
fore us  the  ftrongeil  motives  to  obedience;  fuch  as, 
if  duly 'confidered,  would  roufe  and  alarm  our  hopes 
and  fears,  and  all  our  faculties,  to  the  utfnoft ; 
excite  to  the  moft  earned  prayers ;  and  mortify  in- 
ftantly  to  the  things  of  this  world. 

Now,  though  reafon  cannot  difcover  this  to  us, 
or  determine  it  abfolutely,  as  juft  now  remarked -, 
yet  it  approves  it,  when  difcovered  and  determined 
previoufly.  At  lead,  it  approves  of  the  pure  and 
indefinite  happinefs  of  the  good,  and  acquiefces  in 
the  indefinite  punifhment  of  the  wicked.  For  we 

always 


Of  a  Future  State.  397 

feem  ready  to  expect  a  ftate  of  pure  holinefs  and  hap- 
pinefs  from  the  infinite  perfection  of  the  Deity ;  and 
yet  the  prefent  mixture  of  happinefs  with  mifery,  and 
of  virtue  with  vice,  alfo  any  future  degree  of  vice 
and  mifery,  may  be  reconciled  to  infinite  perfection 
and  benevolence,  upon  fuppofition  that  they  be  finally 
overpowered  by  their  oppofites :  or,  if  we  confuk  the 
dictates  of  the  .moral  fenfc  alone,  without  entering 
into  the  hypothefis  of  mechanifm,  the  pure  mifery  of 
the  wicked,  under  certain  limitations  as  to  degree 
and  duration,  may  be  reconciled  to  the  mercy  of 
God,  and  will  be  required  by  his  juftice.  But  the 
moral  fenfe  was  certainly  intended  to  warn  us  con- 
cerning futuricy. 

It  will  not  be  improper  here  to  remark,  that  the 
fcriptures  favour  our  fiift  notions  concerning  pure  vir- 
tue and  happinefs,  by  the  mention  of  a  paradifiacal 
ftate,  as  the  original  one,  in  which  man  was  placed  j 
and  by  reprefenting  our  future  happinefs,  as  a  refto- 
ratron  to  this  ftate.  They  take  notice  therefore  of 
that  greateft  of  all  difficulties,  the  introduction  of  evil 
into  the  works  of  an  infinitely  benevolent  Being; 
and  by  afcribing  it  to  fin,  the  thing  which  is  mod 
oppofite  to  God,  raife  an  expectation,  that  it  mult  be 
entirely  overcome  at  laft. 


PROP.     LXXXIX. 

//  is  probable,  that  the  future  Happinejs  of  the  Good 
will  be  of  a  fpiritual  Nature  j  but  the  future  Mifery 
of  the  Wicked  may  be  both  corporeal  and  mental. 

THESE  are  points  in  which  the  fcriptures  have 
not  been  explicit.  It  is  therefore  our  duty  to  beware 
of  vain  curiofity,  and  to  arm  ourfelves  with  a  deep 
humility.  We  arc  not  judges,  what  degree  of  know- 
ledge is  moft  fuited  to  our  condition.  That-  there 


398  Of  a  Future  State. 

will  be  a  future  ftate  at  all,  has  not  been  difcovered, 
with  certainty,  to  a  great  part  of  mankind  j  and  we 
may  obferve  in  general,  that  God  conceals  from  us 
all  particular  things  of  a  diftant  nature,  and  only 
gives  us  general  notices  of  thole  that  are  near;  and 
fometimes  not  even  fo  much  as  this,  where  a  pecu- 
liar duty,  or  defign  of  providence,  requires  other- 
wife.  However,  as  we»  are  obliged  to  read  and  me- 
ditate upon  the  fcriptures,  to  examine  our  own  na- 
tures, and  to  compare  them  with  the  fcriptures,  we 
feem  authorized  to  make  fome  inquiry  into  this  high 
and  interefting  point. 

Now  it  appears  from  the  foregoing  theory \  as 
well  as  from  other  methods  of  reafoning,  that  the 
love  of  God,  and  of  his  creatures,  is  the  only  point, 
in  which  man  can  reft;  and  that  the  firft,  being  ge- 
nerated by  means  of  the  laft,  does  afterwards  purify, 
exalt,  and  comprehend  it.  Jn  like  manner,  the 
fcriptures  place  our  ultimate  happinefs  in  finging 
praifes  to  God,  and  the  Lamb ;  in  becoming  one 
with  God,  and  members  of  Chrift,  and  of  each 
other  j  which  phrafes  have  a  remarkable  agreement 
with  the  foregoing  deductions  from  reafon :  and  we 
feem  authorized  to  conclude  from  both  together;, 
that  the  future  happinefs  of  the  blefled  will  confift 
,  in  contemplating,  adoring,  and  loving  God ;  in 
obeying  his  commands  j  and,  by  fo  doing,  minifter- 
ing  to  the  happinefs  of  others ;  rejoicing  in  it,  and 
being  partakers  of  it. 

It  feems  probable  alfo,  both  from  fome  paflages 
of  the  fcriptures,  and  from  the  analogy  of  our  natures, 
that  our  attachments  to  dear  friends  and  relations, 
for  whom  we  are  not  to  for  row  as  they  that  have  no 
hope,  and  our  efteem  and  affection  for  eminently 
pious  perfons  in  former  ages,  for  Abraham^  Ifaac> 
and  Jacob,  and  the  Jpirits  of  other  juft  men  made 
•perfeft,  will  ftill  fubQft  on  our  arrival  at  the  true 
mount  Sion,  and  the  heavenly  Jerujalem. 

It 


Of  a  Future  State.  399 

It  may  be  conje&ured  farther,  that  the  glorified 
body  will  not  be  capable  of  pleafures  that  may  be 
called  corporeal,  in  the  faine  fenfe  as  the  prefent 
bodily  pleafures  are  j  but  only  fe/ve  as  the  eye  and 
ear  do  to  fpiritual  religious  perfons,  i.  e.  be  a  mere 
inftrument  and  inlet  to  the  refined  pleafures  of  bene- 
volence and  piety. 

Is  it  not  probable,  that  this  earth,  air,  8$c.  will 
continue  to  be  the  habitations  of  the  bleffed?  It  feems 
to  me,  that  a  very  wonderful  agreement  between 
philofophical  difcoveries,  and  the  fcriptures,  will  ap- 
pear hereafter.  Some  inftances,  and  many  hints,  of 
this  agreement  may  be  feen  in  Mr.  Whiftorfs  works. 
Only  let  us  always  remember,  that  we  muft  think 
and  fpeak  upon  the  things  of  another  world,  much 
more  imperfe&ly  than  children  do  concerning  the 
pleafures,  privileges,  and  occupations  of  manhood. 

With  refpe<5t  to  the  punilhments  of  the  wicked  in 
a  future  date,  we  may  obferve,  that  thele  may  be 
corporeal,  though  the  happinefs  of  the  blefied  fhould 
not  be  fo.  For  ienfuality  is  one  great  part  of  vice, 
and  a  principal  fource  of  it.  It  may  be  neceflary 
therefore,  that  actual  fire  fhould  feed  upon  the  ele- 
mentary body,  and  whatever  elfe  is  added  to  it  after 
the  refurreftion,  in  order  to  burn  out  -the  ftains  of 
fin.  The  elementary  body  may  alfo  perhaps  bear 
the  action  of  fire  for  ages,  without  being  deftroyed, 
like  the  caput  mortuum  or  terra  damnata,  of.  the 
chemifts.  Kor  this  terra  damnata  remains  after  the 
calcination  of  vegetable  and  animal  fubftances  by  in- 
tenfe  and  long  continued  fires.  The  deftru&ion  of 
this  world  by  fire,  fpoken  of  both  in  the  fcripcures, 
and  in  many  profane  writings,  the  phenomena  of 
comets,  and  of  the  fun  and  fixed  ftars,  thofe  vaft 
bodies  of  fire,  which  burn  for  ages,  the  great  quan- 
tity of  fulphureous  matter  contained  in  the  bowels  of 
the  earth,  the  defl.rticYion  of  Sodom  and  Gjomorrab  by 
fire  and  brimftone,  alluded  to  in  the  New  Teftament, 

the 


400  Of  a  Future  Stale. 

the  reprefcntation  of  future  punifhment  under  the 
emblem  of  the  fire  of  Gehenna,  and,  above  all,  the 
exprefs  pafifages  of  fcripture,  in  which  it  is  declared, 
that  the  wicked  (hall  be  punifhed  by  fire,  even  ever- 
lafting  fire,  confirm  this  poficion  concerning  the 
corporeal  nature  of  future  punifhment,  as  well  as 
give  light  to  one  another. 

The  fame  confiderations  confirm  the  long  dura- 
tion of  future  punifhment.  For  if  the  earth  be  fup- 
pofed  to  be  fct  on  fire,  either  by  the  near  approach 
of  a  comet,  or  by  fome  general  fermentation  in  its 
own  bowels,  juft  as  the  deluge  was  caufed  partly  by 
waters  from  the  heavens,  partly  by  thofe  of  the 
great  deep,  it  may  burn  for  many  revolutions,  either 
in  a  planetary  or  a  cometary  orbit ;  and  thefe  may  be 
the  ages  of  ages,  fpoken  of  in  the  dpocalypfe.  Far- 
ther, if  the  duration  of  Chrift's  reign  upon  earth 
for  a  thoufand  years  be  eflimated,  as  interpreters 
have  with  apparent  reafon  eflimated  other  durations 
in  the  prophetical  writings,  by  putting  a  day  for  a 
year,  then  will  this  reign  continue  for  360,000 
years.  And  fince  it  appears  tcrrbe  previous  to  the 
purtifhment  in  the  lake  of  fire,  arid  limited,  whereas 
that, punifhment  is  to  endure  for  ages  of  ages,  that  is, 
for  an  indefinitely  long  period  of  time,  one  may 
perhaps  conjecture,  that  this  punilhment  is  to  be  of 
longer  duration  than  the  reign  of  Chrift  upon  earth 
for  360,000  years.  But  thefe  things  are  mere  con- 
jectures. God  has  not  been  pleafed  to  difcover  the 
kind,  degree,  or  duration  of  future  punifhment  in 
explicit  terms.  However,  the  facred  writings  con- 
cur every  where  with  the  voice  of  reafon  in  alarm- 
ing us  to  the  utcnoft  extent  of  our  faculties,  left  we 
come  into  that  place  of  torment.  The  punifhments 
threatened  to  the  body  politic  of  the  Jews  have  fallen 
uponv  it  in  the  heavieft  and  moft  exemplary  manner. 
The  Jews,  confidered  as  a  body  politic,  have  now 
been  in  a  ftate  of  fuffering,  without  any  interval 

of 


Of  a* Future  State.  401 

of  relaxation,  for  almoft  fevcnteen  hundred  years ; 
during  which  time  they  have  been  like  Cain  the  elder 
brother,  who  flew  Abel>  becaufe  he  was  more  righte- 
ous than  himfelf,  and  his  facrifice  more  acceptable 
than  his  own,  fugitives  and  vagabonds  over  the  face 
of  the  earth :  they  have  been  perfecuted  and  flain 
every  where,  having  the  indelible  mark  of  circum- 
cifion  fet  upon  them,  to  which  they  ftill  adhere  moft 
tenacioufly,  and  which  has  been  a  principal  means  of 
preventing  their  apoftatizing  from  their  own  religion, 
after  they  grow  up  to  adulc  age.  And  this  may  ferve 
as  a  type  and  evidence  of  the  certainty  and  greatnefs 
of  future  punifhrrwrnt,  fhewing  that  it  will  be  greater, 
and  more  lading,  than  human  forefight  could  poffibly 
have  conjectured ;  juft  as  their  final  reftoration  feems 
to  prefage  the  final  redemption  and  falvation  of  the 
moft  wicked.  And  'therefore,  according  to  that 
earneft  and  affectionate  admonition  of  our  Saviour, 
He  that  bath  ears  to  bear,  let  him  hear. 

But  if  the  punifhments  of  another  world  fhould  be 
corporeal  in  fome  meafure,  there  is  ftill  the  greateft 
reafon  to  believe,  that  they  will  be  fpiritual  alfo;  and 
that  by  felfiftinefs,  ambition,  malevolence,  envy, 
revenge,  cruelty,  profanenefs,  murmuring  againft 
God,  infidelity,  and  blafphemy,  men  will  become 
tormentors  to  themfelves,  and  to  each  other;  de- 
ceive, and  be  deceived  ;  infatuate,  and  be  infatuated  j 
fo  as  not  to  be  able  to  repent,  and  turn  to  God,  till 
the  appointed  time  comes,  if  that  fhould  ever  be. 

But  we  are  not  to  fuppofe,  that  the  degree,  pro- 
bably not  the  duration  of  future  punifliment,  corpo- 
real or  mental,  will  be  the  fame  to  all.  It  may  alfo 
perhaps  be,  that  there  may  be  fome  alleviating  cir- 
cumftances,  or  even  fome  admixture  of  happinefs. 
Only  the  fcriptures  do  not  authorize  any  fuch  con- 
jectures ;  and  therefore  we  ought  to  proceed  with  the 
utrnoft  caution,  left  we  lead  ourfelves  or  others  into 
a  fatal  miftake.  And  indeed,  if  the  happinefa  of 

Voi,.  II.  D  d  the 


4O2  Of  a  Future  State. 

the  blefled  be  pure  and  unmixed,  as  the  fcriptures 
feem  to  declare,  and  reafon  to  hope,  then  may  the 
mifery  of  the  wicked  be  unmixed  alfo.  Neverthe- 
lefs,  fince  the  goodnefs  of  God  has  no  oppofite, 
analogy  does  not  here  require  that  conclufion 

PROP.     XC. 

//  Jeems  -probable^  that  the  Soul  will  remain  in  a  State 
of  Inactivity,  though  perhaps  not  of  Infenfibility,  from 
Death  to  the  Refurreffion. 

SOME  religious  perfons  feem  to  fear,  left  by  allow- 
ing a  ftate  of  infenfibility  to  fucceed  immediately 
after  death,  for  fome  hundreds,  or  perhaps  thoufands 
of  years,  the  hopes  and  fears  of  another  world  fhould 
be  lefiened.  But  we  may  affirm,  on  the  contrary, 
that  they  would  be  increafed  thereby.  For  time, 
being  a  relative  thing,  ceafes  in  refpect  of  the  foul, 
when  it  ceafes  to  think.  If  therefore  we  admit  of  a 
ftate  of  infenfibility  between  death  and  the  refur- 
rection,  thefe  two  great  events  will  fall  upon  two 
contiguous  moments  of  time,  and  every  man  enter 
directly  into  heaven  or  hell,  as  foon  as  he  departs 
out  of  this  world,  which  is  a  moft  alarming  confider- 
ation. 

That  the  foul  is  reduced  to  a  ftate  of  inactivity 
by  the  depofition  of  the  grofs  body,  may  be  con- 
jectured from  its  entire  dependence  upon  the  grofs 
body  for  its  powers  and  faculties,  in  the  manner  ex- 
plained in  the  foregoing  part  of  this  work.  It  feems 
from  hence,  that  neither  the  elementary  body,  nor 
the  immaterial  principle,  which  is  generally  fuppofed 
to  prefide  over  this,  can  exert  themfelves  without  a 
fet  of  luitable  organs.  And  the  fcriptures  of  the 
New  Teftament,  by  fpeaking  of  the  refurrection  of 
the  body  as  fynonymous  to  a  future  life,  favour  this 
conjecture.  There  are  alfo  many  paflages  in  the  Old 

Teftamenr, 


Of  a  Future  State.  403 

Teftament,  and  fome  in  the  New,  which  intimate 
death  to  be  a  ftate  of  reft,  filence,  deep,  and 
i nativity,  or  even  of  infenfibility.  However,  there 
are  other  paffages  of  fcripture,  which  favour  the 
oppofite  conjecture.  It  feems  alfo,  that  motion, 
and  confequently  perception,  may  not  ceafe  entirely  in 
the  elementary  body  after  death  j  juft  as  in  the  feeds 
of  vegetables  there  is  probably  fome  fmall  inteftine 
motion  kept  up,  during  winter,  fufficient  to  preferve 
life,  and  the  power  of  vegetation,  on  the  return  of 
the  fpring.  And  thus  the  good  may  be  in  a  ftate  of 
reft,  tranquillity  and  happinefs,  upon  the  whole 
rather  pleafant  than  painful,  and  the  wicked  in  a  con- 
trary ftate.  Some  imperfectly  good  perfons  may  alfo 
receive  what  remains  of  the  necefiary  purification, 
during  the  interval  between  death  and  the  refur- 
rection.  And,  upon  the  whole,  we  may  guefs,  that 
though  the  foul  may  not  be  in  an  infenfible  ftate,  yet 
it  will  be  in  a  paflive  one,  fomewhat  lefembling  a 
dream ;  and  not  exert  any  great  activity  till  the  refur- 
rection,  being  perhaps  roufed  to  this  by  the  fire  of 
the  conflagration.  For  analogy  feems  to  intimate, 
that  the  refurrection  will  be  effected  by  means  ftriftly 
natural.  And  thus  every  man  may  rife  in  his  own 
order,  agreeably  to  the  words  of  St.  Paul. 

However,  let  it  be  remembered,  that  all  our  notions 
concerning  the  intermediate  ftate  are  mere  conjectures. 
It  may  be  a  ftate  of  abfolute  infenfibility  on  one  hand* 
or  of  great  activity  on  the  other.  The  fcriptures  are 
not  explicit  in  this  matter,  and  natural  reafon  is  utterly 
unequal  to  the  tafk  of  determining  in  it.  I  have  juft 
hinted  a  middle  opinion,  as  being  more  plaufible  per- 
haps than  either  extreme.  Such  inquiries  and  difqui- 
fitions  majr  a  little  awaken  the  mind,  and  withdraw  it 
from  the  magical  influences  of  this  world  :  and,  if  the 
children  of  this  world  find  a  pleafure  and  advantage 
in  ruminating  upon  their  views  and  defigns  in  it,  much 
more  may  the  children  of  another  world,  by  making 
that  the  fubject  of  their  meditations  and  inquiries. 

D  d  2  S  F.  C  T 


404  Of  tbe  'Terms  of  Salvation. 

SECT.     IV. 

OF  THE   TERMS   OF   SALVATION. 


WE  have  feen  in  the  foregoing  fection  the  greatnefs 
of  the  rewards  and  punifliments  of  a  future  life.  Now 
this  is  a  point  of  infinite  importance  to  us  to  be  prac- 
tically and  duly  considered.  It  is  of  infinite  practi- 
cal importance  to  come  within  the  terms  of  falvation 
at  the  day  of  judgment.  Though  all  God's  creatures 
fhould  be  made  happy  at  laft  indefinitely,  yet  ftill 
there  is  in  the  way  in  which  we  do,  and  muft,  and 
ought  to  conceive  of  thefe  things,  an  infinite  practical 
difference,  whether  at  the  refurrection  we  enter  into 
the  new  Jerufalem,  and  tbe  kingdom  of  heaven,  or  whe- 
ther we  be  caft  into  tbe  lake  of  fire,  wbofe  Jmoke  af- 
cendetb  up  for  ever  and  ever.  Let  us  inquire  therefore, 
what  are  the  terms  of  falvation  after  this  (hort  life  is 
ended,  *.  e.  what  degree  of  purity  and  perfection  is 
required  of  us  here,  in  order  to  be  refcued  from  the 
miferies  of  another  world,  and  advanced  into  the  glo- 
rious manfions  of  the  blefied. 


PROP.     XCI. 

//  follows  from  tbe  foregoing  'Theory  of  our  intellectual 
Pleajures  and  Pains,  that  the  Bulk  of  Mankind  are 
not  qualified  for  pure  unmixed  Happinefs. 

FOR  the  bulk  of  mankind  are  by  no  means  fo  far 
advanced  in  felf-annihilation,  and  in  the  love  of  God, 
and  of  his  creatures  in  and  through  him,  as  appears, 
from  the  tenor  of  the  foregoing  obfervations,  to  be 
required  for  the  attainment  of  pure  happinefs.  There 

are 


Of  the  Terms  of  Salvation.  405 

are  few,  even  in  chriftian  countries,  that  fo  much  as 
know  what  the  true  religion  and  purity  of  the  heart 
is ;  at  leaft,  that  attend  to  it  with  care  and  earneft- 
nefs,  and  in  pagan  countries  ftill  fewer  by  far.  How 
exceedingly  few  then  muft  that  little  flock  be,  whofe 
wills  are  broken  and  fubjefted  to  the  divine  will, 
who  delight  in  happinefs  wherever  they  fee  it,  who 
look  upon  what  concerns  themfelves  with  indiffer- 
ence, and  are  perpetually  intent  upon  their  Father's 
bufinefs,  in  any  proper  fenfe  of  thefe  words !  And 
as  experience  (hews  us,  that  men' are  not  carried  from 
worldly-mindednefs  to  heavenly -mindednefs,  nor  ad- 
vanced from  lower  degrees  of  the  laft  to  higher  in 
general,  but  by  pafiing  through  pain  and  forrow  j  fo 
there  is  the  greateft  reafon  from  the  mere  light  of 
nature  to  apprehend,  that  the  bulk  of  mankind 
muft  fuffer  after  death,  before  they  can  be  qualified 
for  pure  and  fpiritual  happinefs.  If  what  we  have 
felt  here  does  not  cure  us  of  fenfuality,  felfifhnefs, 
and  malevolence,  there  is  the  greateft  reafon  from 
analogy  to  apprehend,  that  feverer  punifhments  will 
be  applied  hereafter  for  that  purpofe. 


PROP.     XCII. 

It  follows  from  the  Declarations  of  tbe  Scriptures,  /bat 
tbe  Bulk  of  Mankind  are  not  qualified  for  tbe  Man- 
feons  of  the  Blejfed. 

FOR,  according  to  the  fcriptures,  the  gate  that 
leadctb  to  life  is  ftrait,  and  there  are  few  who  find  if, 
even  though  they  Jeek  to  enter  in.  The  righteouf- 
nefs  of  the  Scribes  and  Pharifees,  of  the  formal 
profefibrs,  who  yet  are  no  adulterers,  extortioners, 
&c.  will  nor  be  in  any  wife  fufficient.  Many  are 
catted,  and  but  few  chofen-,  and,  agreeably  hereto, 
the  firft  fruits,  which  are  a  fcripture  type  of  the 

D  d  3  chofen 


406  Of  the  Terms  of  Salvation. 

chofen  or  cleft,  are  fmall  in  comparifon  of  the 
lump.  In  like  manner,  the  Jews  are  few  in  com- 
parifon of  the  Gentiles;  the  144,000  in  compa- 
rifon of  all  the  tribes  ;  the  Ifraelites,  in  compari- 
fon of  all  Mraham\  feed  ;  Elijah,  and  the  7000 
in  comparifon  of  the  priefts  and  worfhippers  of  BaaL 
Thus  alfo  Noah,  and  his  family,  alone,  were  pre- 
fcrved  at  the  deluge;  and  of  the  Ifraelites  a  rem- 
nant only  is  faved,  whilft  the  reft  are  rejected.  And 
the  reafon  of  this  fmallnefs  of  the  cleft,  the  thing 
here  typified,  appears  from  the  conditions.  For 
we  muft  take  up  our  crofs  daily,  hate  father  and 
mother,  and  even  our  own  lives ,  elfe  we  cannot 
be  Chrift's  difciples.  We  cannot  ferve  God  and 
mammon  together.  We  muft  feek  the  kingdom  of 
God,  and  his  righteoufnefs,  firft ;  hunger  and  thirft 
after  it ;  and  leave  all  to  follow  Chrift.  We  muft 
be  born  again,  i.  e.  have  quite  new  difpofitions, 
and  take  pleafure  in  works  of  piety  and  charity, 
as,  we  formerly  di<3  in  fenfual  enjoyments,  in  ho- 
nour and  profit;  we  muft  be  transformed  by  the 
renewal  of  our  minds,  walk  according  to  the  fpi- 
rit,  have  our  hearts  in  heaven,  'and  do  all  to  the 
glory  of  God.  We  muft  pray  always;  rejoice  in 
tribulation ;  count  all  things  as  dung  in  compari- 
fon of  the  knowledge  of  Chrift,  and  him  crucified ; 
clothe  the  naked,  feed  the  hungry,  vifit  the  fick, 
preach  the  gofpel  in  all  nations.  If  there  be  ftrife 
or  vain-glory,  fchifms  or  divifions,  amongft  us,  we 
are  ftill  carnal.  If  there  be  wrath,  clamour,  evil- 
fpeaking,  covetoufnefs,  we  cannot  inherit  the  king- 
dom of  God.  If  we  govern  not  our  tongues;  we 
deceive  ourfelves ;  our  religion  is  vain.  The  luft 
of  the  flelh,  the  luft  of  the  eye,  and  the  pride 
of  life,  are  inconfiftent  with  the  love  of  the  Father, 
i.  e.  with  happinefs,  with  freedom  from  tormenting 
fear.  Though  we  give  all  our  goods  to  feed 
the  poor,  and  our  bodies  to  be  burnt,  even  fuffer 

martyrdom, 


Of  the  forms  of  Salvation.  407 

martyrdom,  it  profiteth  nothing,  unlefs  we  have 
that  charity,  that  love,  which  feeketh  not  her  own, 
but  rejoiceth  in  the  truth,  &c.  /.  e.  unlefs  we  become 
indifferent  to  ourfelves,  and  love  God,  and  his  truth, 
glory,  and  goodnefs,  manifefted  in  his  creatures, 
alone.  This  world,  with  the  bulk  of  its  inhabitants, 
is  all  along  in  fcripture  reprefented  as  doomed  to  de- 
ftruflion,  on  account  of  the  degeneracy,  idolatry,  wick- 
ednefs.,  which  every  where  prevail  in  it.  The  true 
Jews  and  chriftians  are  a  feparate  people,  in  the  world, 
not  of  the  world,  but  hated  and  perfecuted  by  it, 
becaufe  they  fhine  as  lights  in  the  midft  of  a  crooked 
and  perverfe  generation,  which  cannot  bear  the  light, 
&c.  &c.  for  it  would  be  endlefs  to  transcribe  texts 
to  this  purpofe.  If  a  man  has  but  courage  to  fee  and 
acknowledge  the  truth,  he  will  find  the  fame  doctrine 
exprefled  or  implied  in  every  part  of  the  Bible. 

PROP.    XCIII. 

70  apply  the  foregoing  Doftrine,  as  well  as  we  can,  to 
the  real  Circumftances  of  Mankind. 

HERE  we  may  obferve,  Firft,  That,  left  the  bed 
of  men,  in  confidering  the  number  and  greatnefs  of 
their  fins,  and  comparing  them  with  the  purity  of 
the  fcripture  precepts,  and  the  perfection  of  God, 
ihould  not  dare  to  look  up  to  him  with  a  filial 
truft  and  confidence  in  him,  left  their  hearts  Ihould 
fail,  Chrift  our  Saviour  is  fent  from  heaven,  God 
manifeft  in  the  fleih,  that  whofoever  believeth  in 
him  fhould  not  perilh,  but  have  everlafting  life  j 
that,  though  our  fins  be  as  fcarlet,  they  fhould  by 
him,  by  means  of  his  fufferings,  and  our  faith,  be 
made  as  white  as  wool ;  and  the  great  punifhmenr, 
which  muft  otherwife  have  been  inflicled  upon  us 
according  to  what  we  call  the  courfe  of  nature,  be 
averted.  Faith  then  in  Chrift  the  righteous  will  fup- 

D  d  4  ply 


408  Of  the  Terms  of  Salvation. 

ply  the  place  of  that  righteoufnefs,  and  finlefs  per- 
fection, to  which  we  cannot  attain. 

Secondly,  And  yet  this  faith  does  not  make  void 
the  law,  and  ft  net  conditions,  above  defcribed ;  but, 
on  the  contrary,  eftablifhes  them.     For  no  man-  can 
have  this  faith  in  Chrift,  but  he  who  complies  with 
the  conditions.     To  have  a  fenfe  of  our  fins,  to  be 
humble  and   contrite,    and  in  this  ftate  of  mind  to 
depend  upon  Chrift  as  the  mediator   between    God 
and   man,  as  able  and   willing  to  fave  us,  which  is 
true  faith,    argues  fuch  a  difpofition,   as  will  fhew 
itfelf  in  works.     And  if  our  faith  falls  fliort  of  this, 
if  it  does  not  overcome  the  world,   and   fhew  itfelf 
by    works,    it   is   of    no   avail  j    it   is   like   that   of 
the   devils,    who   believe    and    tremble.      Men   muft 
labour  therefore  after  this  faith  as  much  as  after  any 
other   chriftian  grace,    or   rather   as   much   as   afar 
all  the  others;    elfe  they  cannot  obtain  it.      For  it 
contains  all  the  other  chriftian  graces  j  and  we  can 
never  know,  that  we  have  it,  but  by  our  having  the 
chriftian  graces,  which  are  its  fruits. 

Thirdly,  Hence  it  follows,  that  a  mere  affurance, 
or  ftrong  perfuafion,  of  a  man's  own  falvation,  is 
neither  a  condition,  nor  a  pledge  of  it.-  The  faith 
above  defcribed  is-,  and  fo  are  all  other  chriftian  graces, 
Jove,  fear,  truft,  repentance,  regeneration,  &c.  when 
duly  advanced  and  improved,  fo  as  to  beget  and 
perfect  each  other.  But  there  is  great  reafon  to 
fear,  both  from  the  foregoing  theory  of  the  human 
mind,  and  from  plain  experience,  that  fuch  a 
ftrong  perfuafion  may  be  generated,  whilft  men 
continue  in  many  grofs  corruptions ;  and  that  efpe- 
cially  if  they  be  firft  perfuaded,  that  this  ftrong 
perfuafion  or  affurance  of  falvation  is  a  condition 
and  pledge  of  it,  and  be  of  fanguine  tempers.  For, 
if  they  be  -of  fearful  and  melancholy  ones,  a  contrary 
effect  may  be  expected.  All  this  appears  from  the 
foregoing  theory  of  affent  and  difient.  Eager  de- 
fires 


Of  the  Terms  of  Salvation.  409 

fires  are  attended  with  hope  in  the  fanguine,  the  vain- 
glorious, and  the  felf-conceited ;  and  this  hope,  as  it 
increafes,  becomes  a  comfortable  affurance  and  per- 
fuafion,  drawing  to  itfelf  by  degrees  the  inward  fen- 
timents,  that  attend  upon  affent.  On  the  contrary, 
eager  defires  in  the  fcrtipulous,  fuperftitious,  and 
deje<5led,  end  in  fear  and  diffent.  But  if  this  dejec- 
tion fhould  pafs  into  the  oppofite  ftate,  then  the 
anxious  diffidence  may  at  once,  as  it  were,  pafs  into 
its  oppofite,  a  joyful  perfuafion. 

But  the  chief  thing  to  be  obferved  here  is,  that  the 
fcriptures  no  where  make  an  affurance  of  falvation  the 
condition  or  pledge  of  it.  Unlefs  therefore  it  could 
be  (hewn  to  be  included  in  faith,  love,  fear,  and  other 
fcripture  conditions,  the  doctrine  of  affurance,  as  it 
feems  to  be  taught  by  fome  perfons,  cannot  be  jufti- 
fied  by  the  fcriptures.  But  all  the  chriftian  graces 
may  exift  without  an  explicit  affurance  of,  or  even 
reflection  upon,  a  man's  own  falvation ;  and  fear,  in 
particular,  does  not  admit  of  this  affurance.  At  the1 
fame  time  it  ought  to  be  remembered,  that  all  acts 
of  faith,  k>ve,  truft,  gratitude,  exercifed  towards  God, 
leave  peace  and  comfort  in  the  mindj  and  that  the 
frequent  meditation  upon  the  joys  of  another  life,  as 
our  hope  and  crown,  will  excite  us  powerfully  to 
obedience.  We  ought  therefore  to  labour  and  pray 
moft  earneftly  for  the  perpetual  increafe  of  the  hope 
of  falvation  j  yet  waiting  patiently  for  it,  if  it  fhould 
be  delayed  through  bodily  indifpofition,  or  any  other 
caufe. 

Fourthly,  If  it  be  afked,  where  the  privilege  and 
advantage  of  faith  lies,  fince  works  are  neceffary  alfo, 
according  to  the  foregoing  account  of  it;  I  anfwer, 
Firft,  That  the  righteoufnefs  and  fufferings  of  Chrift, 
with  our  faith  in  them,  are  neceffary  to  favc  us 
from  our  fins,  to  enable  us  to  perform  our  im- 
perfect righteoufnefs  j  and,  Secondly,  That  faith 
is  propofed  by  the  fcriptures  as  the  means  appoint- 
ed 


4io  Of  tbe  Terms  of  Salvation. 

ed  by  God  for  rendering  imperfect  righteoufnefs 
equivalent,  in  his  fight,  to  perfect,  and  even  of 
transforming  it  into  perfect,  as  foon  as  we  are  freed 
from  that  body  of  flefh  and  death,  which  wars 
againft  the  law  of  our  minds.  And,  as  faith  thus 
improves  righteoufnefs,  fo  every  degree  of  righteouf- 
nefs is  a  proportional  preparative  for  faith ;  and,  if 
it  does  not  produce  faith,  will  end  in  felf- righteouf- 
nefs, and  Satanical  pride. 

Fifthly,  If  it  be  alleged,  in  favour  .of  the  doctrine 
of  juftification  by  faith  alone,  and  exclufively  of 
works,  that  if  the  greateft  finner  Ihould,  in  the 
midft  of  his  fins  and  impieties,  flop  at  once,  and, 
with  a  deep  fenfe  of  them,  earneftly  defire  forgivenefs 
of  God  through  Chrift,  firmly  believing  in  him  as 
his  faviour,  we  cannot  fuppofe,  that  God  would 
reject  him ;  I  anfwer,  that  this  deep  fenfe  of  fin, 
this  earned  prayer,  and  firm  belief,  are  things  not 
to  be  attained  in  a  fhort  fpace  of  time3  according  to 
the  ufual  courfe  of  nature.  A  finner  cannot  be  flop- 
ped at  all  in  the  career  of  his  fins,  but  by  fufferingj 
and  there  may  indeed  be  a  degree  of  fuffering  fo 
great,  as  to  work  the  due  contrition  in  any  given 
fhort  interval  of  time,  according  to  the  courfe  of 
nature.  But  it  does  not  appear  from  experience, 
that  an  effectual  reformation  is  generally  wrought 
in  great  finners  by  common  calamities,  nor  even  by 
very  fevere  ones;  though  the  fuffering,  one  may 
hope,  is  not  loft ;  but  will  here  or  hereafter  manifeft 
its  good  effects.  However,  fome  few  there  are, 
who,  recovering  from  a  dangerous  ficknefs,  or  other 
great  affliction,  Ihew  that  their  change  of  mind  was 
of  a  permanent  nature ;  that  they  were  made  new 
creatures-,  and  that  they  had  a  real  practical  faith, 
fufficient  to  overcome  the  world,  generated  in  them. 
Now,  fuch  a  faith,  though  it  have  not  time  to 
evidence  itfelf  by  works,  will  undoubtedly  be  ac- 
cepted 


Of  the  'Terms  of  Salvation.  411 

cepted  by  God ;  fince  he  knows,  that  time  alone  is 
wanting. 

Sixthly,  It  will  be  aflced  then,  What  are  we  to 
do  for  thofe  unhappy  perfons,  who  have  neglected 
to  make  ufe  of  the  means  of  grace  in  due  time,  and 
who  are  feized  by  fome  fatal  difeafe  in  the  midft  of 
their  fins  ?  I  anfwer,  that  we  miift  exhort  them  to 
ftrive  to  the  utmoft,  to  pray  that  they  may  pray 
with  faith,  with  earneftnefs,  with  humility,  with 
contrition.  As  far  as  the  dying  finner  has  thefe  gra- 
ces, no  doubt  they  will  avail  him*  either  to  alleviate 
his  future  mifery,  or  to  augment  his  happinefs. 
And  it  feems  plainly  to  be  the  do&rine  of  the  fcrip- 
tures,  that  all  that  can  be  done,  muft  be  done  in 
this  life.  After  death  we -enter  into  a  moft  durable 
(late  of  happinefs  or  mifery.  We  muft  here,  as 
in  all  other  cafes,  leave  the  whole  to  God,  who 
judgeth  not  as  man  judgeth.  Our  compaffion  is  as 
imperfect,  and  erroneous,  as  our  other  virtues,  efpe- 
cially  in  matters  where  we  ourfelves  are  fo  deeply 
concerned.  The  greateft  promifes  are  made  to  fer- 
vent prayer.  Let  therefore  not  only  the  dying  per- 
fon  himfelf,  but  all  about  him,  who  are  thus  moved 
with  compaffion  for  him,  fly  to  God  in  this  fo  great 
diftrefs ;  not  the  lead  devout  figh  or  afpiration  can 
be  loft.  God  accepts  the  widow's  mite,  and  even 
a  cup  of  cold  water,  when  beftowed  upon  a  difciple 
and  reprefentative  of  Chrift.  And  if  the  prayer, 
love,  faith,  &c.  either  of  the  finner  himfelf,  or  of 
any  one  elfe,  be  fufficiently  fervent,  he  will  give 
him  repentance  unto  falvation.  But  how  fhall  any 
of  us  fay  this  of  ourfelves  ?  This  would  be  to 
depend  upon  ourlelves,  and  our  own  abilities,  inftead 
of  having  faith  in  Chrift  alone. 

Thefe  awakening  confiderations  may  be  thought 
to  lead  to  deTpair.  But  the  defpair  arifing  from  them 
appears  to  be  infinitely  fafer,  than  that  cnthufiaftic 
faith,  or  rather  preemption,  which  is  fometimes 

the 


412  Of  the  Terms  of  Salvdtion. 

the  confequence  of  the  doctrine  of  juftification  by 
faith  alone.  If  indeed  a  man's  defpair  Ihould  make 
him  neglect  God  in  his  lad  moments,  put  away 
the  thoughts  of  his  fins,  and  harden  himfelf  in  a 
carelefs  ftupidity  with  refpect  to  his  future  condition, 
this  would  be  the  word  ftate  on  this  fide  the  grave. 
But  it  is  evident,  that  the  foregoing  confiderations, 
have  no  fuch  tendency.  Where  a  man  is  fo  terrified, 
that,  like  David,  his  heart  fails  him,  or,  like  the 
publican,  he  dares  not  look  upj  that  he  does  not 
think  himfelf  worthy  of  the  high  title  of  the  child 
of  God,  or  of  admiffion  into  the  kingdom  of  heaven, 
all  thefe  emotions,  all  the  agonies  of  this  kind  of 
defpair,  have  a  great  tendency  to  better  him,  to 
purify  and  perfect  him,  to  humble  him,  to  break 
his  ftubborn  will ;  and,  though  he  mould  not  be  able 
to  pray  but  by  the  groanings  that  are  unutteralley 
God,  who  knows  the  mind  of  the  fpirit,  which  is 
now  working  in  him  a  repentance  not  to  le  relented 
oft  i.  e.  if  thefe  groanings  be  fufficiently  earneft,  will 
accept  him.  If  they  fall  fhort  of  the  gofpel  terms, 
whatever  thefe  be,  he  will,  however,  be  beaten  with 
fewer  ftripes.  And  it  muft  be  remembered,  that 
the  queftion  is  not  whether  a  man  (hall  die  here 
in  apparent  peace,  fo  as  to  comfort  the  friends  and 
by-ftanders  under  their  alarming  fenfe  of  fear  for 
themfelves,  and  compafiion  for  him,  but  whether  he 
fhall  awake  in  joy  or  torment.  The  defpair,  which 
arifes  from  a  fear,  left  our  remaining  difpofition  to 
fin  be  fo  great,  our  faith  and  love  fo  weak,  and  our 
prayer  fo  languid,  as  that  we  do  not  come  up  to 
the  gofpel  terms,  is  no  offence  againft  the  divine 
goodriefs.  We  are  to  eftimate  this  goodnefs  in  its 
particular  manifeftations  by  God's  promifes  atone,- 
and  to  do  other  wife,  would  be  to  open  a  doof  to 
all  vvickednefs,  and  lead  ourfelves  into  the  moft  fatal 
miftakes.  The  fcriptures  declare  in  the  moft  exprefs 
terms,  that  works  are  neceffary  to  falvation.  Faith 

is 


Of  the  'Terms  of  Salvation.  413 

is  nevcr^  faid  to  be  effectual,  when  not  attended  by 
works;  but,  on  the  contrary,  the  true  faith  is  em- 
phatically characterized  by  its  producing  works.  This 
faith  is  itfelf  a  work,  as  much  as  any  other,  the  caufe 
and  the  effect  of  the  others,  all  proceeding  from  one 
univerfal  caufe  through  Chrift.  How  then  can  we 
flatter  ourfelves,  that  a  mere  ftrong  perfuafion  or 
aflurance  of  falvation,  of  the  application  of  Chrift's 
merits  to  a  man's  felf  in  particular,  will  be  of  any 
avail  ?  Efpecially  fince  it  is  evident,  from  the  nature 
of  the  mind,  that  fuch  a  perfuafion  may  be  generated 
in  a  wicked  man;  and  alfo  from  experience,  that  it 
is  fometimes  found  in  fuch. 

I  have  here  endeavoured  to  treat  this  moft  impor- 
tant fubject  with  the  greateft  fidelity,  and  regard  to 
truth.  God's  ways  are  indeed  infinitely  above  our 
ways,  i.  e.  infinitely  more  merciful  in  reality,  ulti- 
mately, than  we  can  exprefs  or  conceive.  But  all 
the  threatenings  of  the  fcriptures  have  been  fulfilled 
hitherto,  as  well  as  the  promifes.  There  is  no  peace  to 
the  wicked.  The  faith,  which  removeth  mountains, 
availeth  nothing  without  charity.  Not  be  that  faitb 
unto  Chrift,  Lord,  Lord,  i.  e.  merely  applies  to  him 
for  mercy  and  afiiftance,  but  be  that  doth  the  will  of 
God,  Jhall  enter  into  the  kingdom  of  heaven.  And 
we  muft  not,  we  cannot,  explain,  away  thefe  exprefs 
paflages. 

As  in  the  body,  fo  in  the  mind,  great  and  lading 
changes  are  feldom  wrought  in  a  (hort  time ;  and  this 
the  hiftory  of  affociation  Ihews  to  be  the  neceffary 
confequence  of  the  connection  between  body  and 
mind.  And  yet  he  who  made  the  blind  to  fee,  the 
lame  to  walk,  the  deaf  to  hear,  the  lepers  clean,  and 
the  maimed  whole,  by  a  word,  can  as  eafily  perform 
the  analogous  things,  the  antitypes,  in  the  mind. 
But  then  it  is  to  be  obferved,  that  the  bodily  changes 
by  miracles  were  not  made  by  our  Saviour,  except 
in  confequence  of  previous  changes  in  the  mind. 

And 


414  Of  the  Terms  of  Salvation. 

And  thus  indeed  to  him  that  hath  Jhall  be  given,  and 
he  Jball  have  more  abundantly.  Love,  faith,  fear, 
-prayer,  will  carry  men  on  in  a  very  rapid  progrefs. 
But  then  the  work  of  regeneration  is  already  ad- 
vanced in  them.  It  is  of  infinite  confequence  not 
to  lay  a  (tumbling- block,  or  rock  of  offence,  in  our 
own  way,  or  in  that  of  other's ;  not  to  break  the  leaft 
commandment,  or  teach  others  Jo  to  do.  Let  us  not  be 
deceived,  God  is  not  mocked ;  what  a  man  Joweth,  that 
Jhall  he  alfo  reap.  Indignation  and  wrath,  tribulation 
and  anguijh,  muft  come  upon  every  Joul  of  man  that 
does  evil,  upon  every  child  of  difobedience. 

Seventhly,  It  follows  from  the  purity  of  the  fcrip- 
ture  precepts,  that  even  the  better  fort  of  chriftians 
may  be  under  confiderable  uncertainties  as  to  their 
own  ftate ;  and  that  in  many  cafes,  as  a  man  grows 
better,  and  confequently  fees  more  diftindlly  his  own 
impurity,  he  will  have  greater  fears  for  himfelf,  and 
perhaps  think,  that  he  grows  worfc.     Now  the  final 
caufe  of  this  is  undoubtedly,  that  we  may  make  our 
calling  and  election  fure,  and  left  he  that  thinketh  he 
ftandeth  fhpuld  fall.     And  yet,  as  wicked  perfons,  let 
them  endeavour  ever  fo  much  to  ftupefy  themfelves, 
muft  have  frequent  forebodings  of  the  judgment  that 
will    be   paft   upon    them    at  the  laft  day  j  fo  good 
perfons  will  generally  have  great  comforts  in  the  midft 
of  their  forrows.     The  fcripture  promifes  are  fo  gra- 
cious and  unlimited,  the  precepts    for   loving   God, 
and  rejoicing  in  him,  fo  plain  and  exprefs,  and  the 
hiftories  of  God's  mercies  towards  great  finriers,  and 
the  great  fins  of  good   men,    ate  fo  endearing,  that 
whoever  reads  and  meditates  upon  the  fcripture  daily, 
will  find  light  Jpring  up  to  him  in  the  midft  of  dark- 
nefs ;   will  hope   againft   hope,  i.  e.  will  hope  for  the 
mercy  of  God,    though   he  has    the  greateft  doubts 
and  fears  in   relation  to  his  own  virtue,  faith,  love, 
hope  j  and   fly   to  him,  as  his  father  and  favious,  for 
that  very  reafon.     This  will  beget  earnett  and   in- 

cefTant 


Of  the  forms  of  Salvation.  415 

ceflant  prayer,  a  perpetual  care  not  to  offend,  and 
a  reference  of  all  things  to  God.  When  fuch  a  per- 
fbn  furveys  his  own  actions,  and  finds  that  he  does  in 
many  inftances  of  thought,  word,  and  deed,  govern 
himfelf  by  the  love  and  fear  of  God,  by  a  fenfe  of 
duty,  by  the  gofpel  motives  of  future  reward  and 
punilhment,  &c.  thefe  are  to  him  evident  marks, 
that  the  fpirit  of  God  works  with  his  fpirit  j  he  is 
encouraged  to  have  confidence  towards  God ;  and 
this  confidence  fpurs  him  on  to  greater  watchfulnefs 
and  earneftnefs,  if  he  does  not  dwell  too  long  upon 
it.  When,  on  the  other  hand,  he  finds  many  un- 
mortified  defires,  and  many  failings  in  his  belt  words 
and  actions,  with  fome  grofs  neglects  perhaps,  or 
even  fome  commiffions,  this  terrifies  and  alarms  him ; 
adds  wings  to  his  prayers,  and  zeal  to  his  endea- 
vours. And  it  is  happy  for  us,  in  this  world  of 
temptations,  to  be  thus  kept  between  hope  and  fear. 
Not. but  that  very  good  perfons,  who  have  been  con- 
ftant  and  earneft  for  a  long  courfe  of  time,  who 
have  paffed  through  fevere  trials,  who  live,  as  the 
firft  chriftians  did,  in  perpetual  apprehenfions  of 
fufferings  and  death,  or  who,  like  their  bleffed  Lord 
and  Matter,  go  about  doing  good,  and  preaching 
the  gofpel  to  the  poor,  may  be  always  favoured  with 
the  fight  of  the  promifed  land ;  and  feveral  of  thefe 
may  date  the  rife  of  this  happy  date  from  fome  re- 
markable point  in  their  lives.  But  there  is  great 
danger  of  being  impofed  upon  here  by  the  wonderful 
ftibtleiy  of  the  natural  operations  of  the  mind. 
When  a  man  begins  to  fancy,  that  an  inward  fenti- 
ment,  much  or  long  defired  by  him,  fuch  as  the  af- 
furance  of  his  falvarion,  has  happened  or  will  happen 
to  him,  this  impofes  upon  his  memory  by  imper- 
ceptible degrees  in  one  cafe  j  and  begets  the  fenti- 
ment  itfelf,  the  affurance,  in  the  other.  Such  a 
factitious  affurance  can  therefore  be  no  evidence  for 
itfelf.  It  is  a  mental  affection,  of  the  fame  kind  with 

the 


4i 6  Of  the  Terms  of  Salvation. 

the  reft  j  and  can  lefs  be  depended  upon,  as  a  teft, 
than  plain  actions.  Mere  ideas,  and  internal  feel- 
ings, muft  be  lefs  certain  marks  of  the  prevailing, 
permanent  difpofition  of  our  hearts,  than  the  tenor 
of  our  actions,  which  is  the  natural  and  neceffary 
fruit  of  it.  And  we  ought  to  judge  of  ourfelves  by 
our  fruits,  as  well  as  of  thofe  who  pretend  to  be  pro- 
phets. A  good  tree  cannot  bring  forth  evil  fruity  nor 
an  evil  tree  good  fruit.  Here  we  may  lay  our  foun- 
dation, as  upon  a  rock.  When  indeed  this  perfua- 
fion,  or  affurance,  is  the  refult  of  an  earned  impartial 
examination  into  our  fruits,  and  of  our  confcience  not 
condemning  us,  it  may  reafonably  afford  confidence 
towards  God ;  becaufe  our  confcience  was  intended 
by  God  to  inform  us  of  our  ftatej  as  appears  both 
from  fcripture  and  reafon.  But  a  conftant  abfolute 
affurance,  /.  e.  appearance  thereof  (for  it  can  be  no 
more,  till  we  have  efcaped  all  the  hazards  of  this 
life,  and  our  judge  has  paffed  his  fentence  upon  us 
in  another),  may  be  dangerous  even  to  good  men, 
and  render  them  by  infenfible  degrees  fecure,  neg- 
lectful of  neceffary  duties,  and  felf-conceited.  How- 
ever, fince  a  hope,  free  from  all  anxious  fears,  feems 
to  be  often  given  by  God  as  a  comfort  in  great 
trials,  and  a  reward  for  behaving  well  under  fuch, 
and  perfevering  faithfully,  as  I  obferved  juft  now ; 
we  have  the  greateft  encouragement  to  do  and  to 
fuffer  every  thing  that  God  requires  of  us,  to  be 
fervent  t  in  fyirit>  Jerving  the  Lord,  to  watch  and  pray 
always*  &c.  fince  we  may  expect  to  obtain  this 
hope  thereby,  and  in  it  an  hundred  fold  for  all  that 
we  give  up  in  this  world,  as  well  as  everlafting  life 
in  the  world  to  come. 

And  though  it  be  proper  to  comfort  religious  -per- 
rons under  bodily  or  mental  diforders,  which  fill  their 
minds  with  difproportionate  fears  and  fcruples,  by  in- 
forming them,  that  a  folicitude  about  our  falvation  is 
the  fure  means  of  obtaining  it ;  that  this  affliction  is  to 

be 


Of  the  Terms  of  Salvation.  417 

be  endured  with  patience,  and  confidence  in  God,  as 
much  as  any  other ;  that  it  is  attended  with  the  fame 
advantages  as  common  afflictions,  and  alfo  with  fome 
peculiar  to  itlelf,  fuch  as  putting  us  upon  a  thorough 
examination  of  our  hearts;  and  that  this  ievere 
chaftening  in  the  prcfent  world  is  the  ftrongeft  mark, 
that  we  are  loved  by  God,  and  therefore  (hall  be  faved 
in  the  world  to  comej  yet  the  fame  perfons  are  to 
be  admonifhed,  that  a  great  degree  of  fearfulnefs 
and  fcrupulofity  often  proceeds  from  fome  felf-deceit 
and  prevarication  at  the  bottom.  There  is  probably 
fome  fecret  fin,  fome  fin  that  circumvents  them  more 
eafily  and  frequently  than  the  reft,  of  which  they 
may  not  perhaps  be  fully  aware,  and  yet  about  which 
they  have  great  fufpicions  and  checks,  if  they  would 
hearken  to  them  fully  and  fairly.  They  ought  there- 
fore, with  all  earneftnefs  and  honefty,  to  defire  God 
to  try  and  examine  them,  and  to  feek  the  ground  of 
their  hearts  $  and,  in  confequence  of  this  prayer,  to 
let  about  it  themfelves  in  the  prefence  of  God.  And 
if  this  be  neceflary  for  the  fcrupulous  and  feeble- 
minded, even  for  the  children  of  God,  how  much 
more  for  the  carelefs,  voluptuous,  profane  world ! 
How  ought  they  to  be  alarmed  and  exhorted  to  hear 
the  voice  of  wifdom  in  the  prefent  life,  during  the 
accented  time,  left  fear  come  upon  them  as  defolation, 
and  definition  as  a  whirlwind! 

Laftly,  We  may  obferve,  that  as  undue  confidence 
Jeads  to  fecurity,  and  confcquently  to  fuch  fins,  as 
deftroy  this  confidence,  unlefs  we  be  fo  unhappy,  as 
to&e  able  to  recal  the  internal  feeling  of  this  confi- 
dence without  fufficient  contrition ;  and  as  the  difpro- 
portionate  fearfulnefs,  which  i*  its  oppofite,  begets 
vigilance,  and  thus  deftroys  itfelf  alfo;  whence  per- 
fons in  the  progrefs  of  a  religious  courfe  are  often 
pading  from  one  extreme  to  another ;  fo  it  is  difficult 
for  ferious  perfons,  in  thinking  or  fpeaking  about  the 
terms  of  lalvation,  to  reft  in  any  particular  point ; 
•VOL.  II.  E  e  they 


4i  8  Of  the  Terms  of  Salvation. 

they  are  always  apt  to  qualify  the  lad  decifion,  what- 
ever it  be,    either  with  fome  alarming  caution,    or 
comfortable    fuggeftion,    left    they    fliould    miflead 
themfelves  or  others.     This  is  part  of  that  obfcurity 
and  uncertainty,  which  is  our  chief  guard  and  fecurity 
in  this  ftate  of  probation,  and  the  daily  bread  of  our 
fouls.     Let  me  once  more  add  this  neceflary  obfer- 
vation,  viz.    that  future  eternal  happyiefs   is  of  in- 
finitely more  weight  than  prefent  comfort}  and  there- 
fore that  we  ought  to  labour   infinitely  more   after 
purity  and  perfection,    than  even  after  fpiritual  de- 
lights.    We  are  only  upon  our  journey  through  the 
wildernefs  to  the  land  of  Canaan ;  and,  as  we  cannot 
want  manna  from  day  to  day  for  our  fupport,  it  is  of 
little  concernment,  whether  we  have  more  delicious 
food.     Let  u^  therefore  hunger  and  tbirft  after  right  e- 
oujnefs  itfelf ;  that  fo  we  may  firft  be  filled  with  it,  and 
afterwards,    in   due   time,    may    obtain   that  eternal 
weight  of  glory,  which  will  be  the  reward  of  it. 


SECT. 


Of  tbe  final  Happinefs  >  &c.  4*9 


S  E  C  T.     V. 

OF  THE  FINAL  HAPPINESS  OF   ALL   MANKIND  IN 
SOME  DISTANT  FUTURE  STATE. 

PROP.     XCIV. 

//  is  probable  from  Reafon  that  all  Mankind  will  fa 
made  bappy  ultimately. 

FOR,  Firft,  It  has  been  obferved  all  along  in  the 
courfe  of  this  work,  that  all  the  evils  that  befal  either 
body  or  mind  in  this  ftate,  have  a  tendency  to  im- 
prove one  or  both.  If  they  fail  of  producing  a 
peculiar,  appropriated  intermediate  good  effect,  they 
muft,  however,  neceffarily  contribute  to  the  annihi- 
lation  of  that  Jelf,  carnal  or  fpiritual,  grofs  or  re- 
fined, which  is  an  infuperable  bar  to  our  happinefs 
in  the  pure  love  of  God,  and  of  his  works.  Now, 
if  we  reafon  at  all  concerning  a  future  ftate,  it  muft 
be  from  analogies  taken  from  this  j  and  that  we 
are  allowed  to  reafon,  that  we  are  able  to  do  it  with 
fome  juftnefs,  concerning  a  future  ftate,  will  appear 
from  the  -great  coincidence  of  the  foregoing  natural 
arguments  for  a  future  ftate,  and  for  the  rewards  and 
punifhmems  of  it,  with  what  the  fcriptures  have  deli- 
vered upon  the  fame  heads ;  alfo  becaufe  a  fimilar 
kind  of  reafonings  in  refpect  of  the  future  ftates, 
which  fucceed  in  order  from  infancy  to  old  age,  is 
found  to  be  juft,  and  to  afford  many  ufeful  directions 
and  predictions.  We  ought  therefore  to  judge,  that 
the  evils  of  a  future  ftate  will  have  the  fame  ten- 
dency, and  final  caufe,  as  thofe  of  this  life,  viz.  to 
meliorate  and  perfect  our  natures,  and  to  prepare 
them  for  ultimate  unlimited  happinefs  in  the  love 
ef  God,  and  of  his  works. 

K  e  2  Secondly 


420  Of  the  final  Happinefs 

Secondly,  The  generation  of  benevolence,  by  the 
natural  and  necefTary  tendency  of  our  frames,  is  a 
ftrong  argument  for  the  ultimate  happinefs  of  all 
mankind.  It  is  inconfiftent  to  fuppofe,  that  God 
fhould  thus  compel  us  to  learn  univerfal  unlimited 
benevolence ;  and  then  not  provide  food  for  it.  And 
both  this  and  the  foregoing  argument  feem  conclufive, 
though  we  fhould  not  take  in  the  divine  benevolence. 
They  are  both  fupported  by  the  analogy  and  uni- 
formity apparent  in  the  creation,  by  the  mutual 
adaptations  and  correfpondencies  of  things  exifting  at 
different  times,  and  in  different  places :  but  they 
receive  much  additional  force  from  the  confideration 
of  the  goodnefs  of  God,  if  that  be  firft  proved  by 
other  evidences ;  as  they  are  themfelves  the  flrongeft 
evidences  for  it,  when  taken  in  a  contrary  order  of 
reafoning. 

And  as  the  benevolence  of  one  part  of  the  creation 
is  thus  an  argument  for  the  happinefs  of  the  other ; 
fo,  fince  benevolence  is  itfelf  happinefs,  a  tendency 
to  learn  it  in  any  being  is  alfo  an  argument  for  his 
own  happinefs.  And,  upon  the  whole,  fince  God 
has  commanded  hisf  beloved  fons,  the  good,  to  love 
and  compaflionate  every  being,  that  comes  within 
their  cognizance,  by  the  voice  of  their  natures 
fpeaking  within  them,  we  cannot  fuppofe,  that  thefe 
his  favourites  (to  fpeak  according  to  prefent  ap- 
pearances, and  our  necefTary  conceptions,  which 
with  this  caution  is  juftifiable)  will  fail  of  their 
proper  reward  in  the  gratification  of  this  their 
benevolence. 

Thirdly,  The  infinite  goodnefs  of  God  is  an  ar- 
gument for  the  ultimate  happinefs  of  all  mankind. 
This  appears  without  any  particular  difcuflion  of 
this  attribute.  But  it  may  not  be  amifs  for  the 
reader  juft  to  review  the  evidences  for  it  above 
exhibited,  and  their  tendency  to  prove  the  ultimate 
happinefs  of  all  God's  creatures. 

Fourthly, 


of  all  Mankind.  42  \ 

Fourthly,  The  infinite  happinefs  and  perfection 
of  God  is  an  argument  for,  and,  as  it  were,  a 
pledge  of,  the  ultimate  happinefs  and  perfection  of 
all  his  creatures.  For  thefe  attributes,  being  infinite, 
muft  bear  down  all  oppofition  from  the  quarters  of 
mifery  and  imperfection.  And  this  argument  will 
be  much  ftronger,  if  we  fuppofe  (with  reverence  be 
it  fpoken !)  any  intimate  union  between  God  and 
his  creatures ;  and  that,  as  the  happinefs  of  the  crea- 
tures arifes  from  their  love  and  worfhip  of  God,  fo 
the  happinefs  of  God  confifts,  ihews  itfelf,  &c.  (for 
one  does  not  know  how  to  exprefs  this  properly)  in 
love  and  beneficence  to  the  creatures.  As  God  is 
prefent  every  where,  knows  and  perceives  every 
thing,  he  may  alfo,  in  a  way  infinitely  fuperior  to  our 
comprehenfion,  feel  every  where  for  all  his  creatures. 
Now,  according  to  this,  it  would  feem  to  us,  that  all 
muft  be  brought  to  ultimate  infinite  happinefs,  which 
is,  in  his  eye,  prefent  infinite  happinefs. 

Fifthly,  The  impartiality  of  God,  in  refpect  of  all 
his  creatures,  feems  to  argue,  that,  if  one  be  made 
infinitely  happy  upon  the  balance,  all  xvill  be  made 
fo.  That  benevolence,  which  is  infinite,  muft  be 
impartial  alfo ;  muft  look  upon  all  individuals,  and 
all  degrees  of  happinefs,  with  an  equal  eye;  muft 
ftand  in  a  relation  of  indifference  to  them  all.  Now 
this  is  really  fo,  if  we  admit  the  third  of  the  foregoing 
fuppofitions  concerning  the  divine  benevolence.  If 
all  individuals  be  at  laft  infinitely  happy  upon  the 
balance,  they  are  fo  at  prefent  in  the  eye  of  God,  /.  c. 
he  is  perfectly  impartial  to  all  his  creatures.  And 
thus  every  intermediate  finite  degree  of  mifery, 
how  great  foever,  may  be  confident  with  the  impar- 
tiality of  God.  But  to  fuppofc,  before  the  creatures 
A  and  B  exiftcd,  that  A  was  made  by  God  to  be 
eternally  happy,  and  B  made  to  be  eternally  miferablc, 
feems  as  irreconcilable  to  God's  impartiality,  as  to 
bis  benevolence.  That  both  fhould  be  made  for 

E  e  3  eternal 


Of  the  final  Happinefs 

eternal  and  infinite  happinefs,  one  to  enjoy  it  in  one 
way,  the  other  in  another,  one  by  patting  through 
much  pain,  the  other  by  paffing  through  little  or 
perhaps  none,  one  by  an  acceleration  in  one  period 
of  his  exiftence,  the  other  in  another,  &c.  &c.  is 
perfectly  confident  with  God's  impartiality ;  for,  the 
happinefs  of  each  being  infinite  at  prefent  in  the 
eye  of  God,  his  eye  muft  regard  them  equally.  And, 
even  in  the  eye  of  finite  beings,  if  ^'s  happinefs 
feems  lefs  than  J5's,  in  one  refpect,  becaufe  A pafles 
through  more  pain,  it  may  feem  greater  in  another, 
becaufe  he  arrives  at  greater  degrees  of  it  in  lefs 
time.  But  this  is  all  appearance.  Different  finite 
beings  form  different  judgments  according  to  their 
different  experiences,  and  ways  of  reafoning.  Who 
therefore  fhall  be  made  the  ftandard  ?  Not  the  inferior 
orders  certainly.  And,  if  the  fuperior,  we  lhall 
not  be  able  to  reft,  till  we  conclude,  that  all  that  ap- 
pears to  all  finite  beings,  is  falle  and  delufivej 
and  that  the  judgment  of  the  infinite  being  is  the 
only  true  real  judgment.  Now  I  have  endeavoured 
to  fhew,  according  to  the  method  of  ultimate  ratios, 
how,  allowing  the  third  fuppofition  concerning  the 
divine  goodnefs,  all  individuals  are  equally  happy  in 
the  eye  of  God.  And  thus  the  impartiality  of  God 
is  vindicated,  according  to  the  truth  and  reality  of 
things,  in  the  judgment  of  his  own  infinite  under- 
flandingv 

Sixthly,  All  the  foregoing  reafoning  feems  to  be 
fomewhat  more  fhort  and  clear  upon  the  hypo- 
thefis  of  Qiechanifm  >  but  it  is  not  invalidated  by  that 
of  free-will.  For  free-will  muft  be  confidered  as 
the  production  of  infinite  power,  and  therefore  as 
being  fuited  to  the  reft  of  the  divine  attributes, 
his  benevolence,  happinefs,  and  impartiality,  and 
to  all  the  methods,  by  which  God  conduces  men  to 
benevolence  and  happinefs.  Or,  if  the  hypothefis  of 
free-will  be  a  bar  to  the  foregoing  reafonings  in 

their 


of  all  Mankind.  4*3 

their  full  extent,    it  cannot,    however,    account   for 
mifery  updn  the  whole,  much  lefs  for  eternal  mifery. 
To  fuppofe   that   God   wills   and    defires   the   hap- 
pinefs  of  all  his  creatures,  and  yet  that  he  has  given 
them  a  power,  by  which  many  of  them  will,  in  fact, 
make   themfelves   eternally   miferable,    alfo   that   he 
forefees  this  in  general,  and  even  in  each  particular 
cafe,    is    either   to   fuppofe   God   under   fome   fatal 
neceflity  of  giving  fuch  a   power;    or   elfe   to  take 
away  his  unlimited  benevolence  in  reality,  after  that 
it  has  been  allowed  in  words.     If  therefore  God  has 
<*iven  men  free-will  in  fuch  a  meafure,  as  that  they 
may    bring    upon    themfelves   finite  'mifery   thereby 
in  the  prefent  ftate,  or  in  any  future  intermediate  one, 
we  muft,  however,  fuppofe  it  to  be  fo  reftramed,  as 
that  it  fhall  not  occafion  infinite  and  eternal  mifery. 
*be  caufe  of  the  caufe  is  alfo  the  canje  of  the  thing  caufed-, 
which  is  furely  as  evident  in  the  application  of  it  to 
the  prefent  fubjedt,  as  in  any  other  inftance,  where 
it  cannot  be  applied. 

Seventhly,  There  are  many  obvious  and  undeni- 
able arguments,   taken   from   the   relative  attributes 
of  God,  which  firft  exclude  the  eternal  mifery  of  his 
creatures,  and  then  eftablifh  their  ultimate  happmefs 
by  neceflary,  or,  at  leaft,  by  probable  confequence. 
Thus  the  whole  tenor  of  nature  reprefents  God  to 
us  as  our.  creator,    preferver,    governor,  friend,  and 
father.      All   ages  and  nations  have  fallen  into  this 
language;  and  it  is  verified  every  day  by  the  won- 
derful   beauty,    harmony,    and    beneficence,    mani- 
fefted  in  the  works  of  the  creation,  and  particularly 
in    the    exquifue   make  of  our   bodies   and   minds. 
Shall   then   a  Creator   who   is   a  friend   and  father, 
create  for  eternal  infinite   mifery  ?      Can  any  inter- 
mediate fuppofuions,    free-will,    perverfenefs,   rcpro- 
batenefs,  &c.  reconcile  and  unite  extremds  io  utterly 
difcordant?     Will  he  preferve  an   exiftence,    which 
ceafes  to  afford  happinefs,   and  can  now  only  pro- 
E  e  4  <*ucc 


424  Of  the  final  Happinefs 

duce  mifery  without  end  ?  Will  not  the  governor 
a.nd  judge  of  all  the  earth  do  right  ?  In  whatever 
manner  fin  be  eftimated,  it  muft  be  finite,  becaufe 
it  is  the  work  of  a  finite  mind,  of  finite  principles  and 
paffions.  Tq  fuppofe  therefore  a  (inner  to  be  abfo- 
lutely  condemned  to  infinite  irreverfible  mifery,  on 
account  of-  the  finite  fins  of  this  life,  feems  molt 
highly  injurious  to  the  juftice  of  God.  And  to  fay, 
that  this  infinite  irreverfible  mifery  is  not  merely  the 
confequence  of  the  fins  of  this  life,  but  alfo  of  thole 
tp  be  committed  in  another,  is  to  give  a  power  of 
repenting,  and  becoming  virtuous,  as  well  as  of 
finning,  in  another  life  j  whence  the  fentence  might 
be  reverfed,  contrary  to  the  fuppofition. 

The  word  man  of  thofe  who  go  to  heaven,  and 
the  beft  of  thofe  who  go  to  hell,  feem  to  us,  if  we 
will  reafon  upon  thefe  fubjects,  as  we  do  upon  others, 
to  differ  but  by  an  infinitefimal  difference,  as  one  may 
fay ;  and  yet  the  reward  of  the  firft,  being  eternal, 
however  fmall  in  each  finite  portion  of  time,  muft 
at  laft  become  infinite  in  magnitude;  and  the  punifh- 
ment  of  the  laft  in  like  manner.  There  would  there- 
fore be  a  double  infinite  difference  in  the  reward 
and  punimment,  where  the  virtue  and  vice  caufing 
thefe  refpeclively,  have  only  an  infinitely  finall  one. 
To  fay,  that,  in  fuch  cafes,  the  rewards  and  punifh- 
ments  of  another  life  may  be  fo  conducted  by  a  mix- 
ture of  happtnefs  and  mifery  in  each,  as  that  the 
balance  fhall  not  become  ultimately  infinite  in  either, 
is  to  take  away  all  hopes  and  fears  relating  to  a 
furure  ftate,  /'.  e.  morally  and  practically  to  take  away 
the  ftate  itfelf. 

Again,  can  it  be  fuppofed,  that  an  infinitely  mer- 
ciful Father  will  caft  off  his  fon  utterly,  and  doom 
him  to  eternal  mifery,  without  farther  trials  than 
what  this  life  affords  ?  We  fee  numberlefs  inftances 
of  perfons  at  prefent  abandoned  to  vice,  who  yet, 
according  to  all  probable  appearances,  might  be 

reformed 


of  all  Mankind.  425 

reformed  by  a  proper  mixture  of  corre&ion,  inftruc- 
rion,  hope,  and  fear.  And  what  man  is  neither 
able  nor  willing  to  do,  may  and  muft,  as  fhould 
feem,  be  both  poflible  to  God,  and  adually  effected 
by  him.  He  muft  have  future  difcipline  of  a  feverer 
kind  for  thofe  whom  the  chaftifements  of  this  life 
did  not  bring  to  themfelves.  Yet  (till  they  will  all 
be  fatherly  chaftifements,  intended  to  amend  and 
perfect,  not  to  be  final  and  vindictive.  That  the 
bulk  of  finners  are  not  utterly  incorrigible,  even 
common  obfervation  (hews ;  but  the  hiftory  of  affo- 
ciation  makes  it  ftill  more  evident  j  and  it  feems  very 
repugnant  to  analogy  to  fuppofe,  that  any  finners, 
even  the  very  worft  that  ever  lived,  (hould  be  fo, 
Ihould  be  hardened  beyond  the  reach  of  all  fuffering, 
of  all  felfifhnefs,  hope,  fear,  good-will,  gratitude, 
&c.  For  we  are  all  alike  in  kind,  and  do  not  differ 
greatly  in  degree  here.  We  have  each  of  us  paflions 
of  all  forts,  and  lie  open  to  influences  of  all  forts ; 
fo  as  that  the  perfons  A  and  B,  in  whatever  different 
proportions  their  intellectual  affections  now  exift, 
may,  by  a  fuitable  fee  of  impreflions,  become  here- 
after alike. 

Thefe  and  many  fuch  like  reafonings  muft  occur 
to  attentive  perfons  upon  this  fubjeft,  fo  as  to  make 
it  highly  unfuitable  to  the  benevolence  of  the  Deity, 
or  to  the  relations  which  he  bears  to  us,  according 
to  the  mere  light  of  nature,  that  infinite  irreversible 
mifery,  to  commence  at  death,  fhould  be  the  punifh- 
ment  of  the  fins  of  this  life.  And,  by  purfuing  this 
method  of  rcafoning,  we  fhall  be  led  firft  to  exclude 
mifery  upon  the  balance,  and  then  to  hope  for  the 
ultimate  unlimited  happinefs  of  all  mankind. 


PROP. 


426  Of  the  final  Happinefs 

PROP.     XCV. 

//  is  probable  from   the  Scriptures,    that  all  Mankind 
will  be  made  ultimately  happy. 

IN  confidering  the  doflrine  of  the  fcriptures  upon 
this  head,  it  will  firft  be  requifite  to  Ihew,  that  the 
texts  alleged  to  prove  the  abfolutely  eternal  and  irre- 
verfible  mifery  of  the  wicked  in  another  life,  may 
juftly  be  interpreted  in  a  different  fenfe. 

Now  the  Greek  words  tranflated  eternal,  everlajl- 
ing,  and  for  ever,  in  the  New  Teftament,  do  not  by 
derivation  (land  for  an  abfolute  eternity,  neither  are 
they  always  ufed  in  this  fenfe  in  the  New  Teftament, 
the  Septuagint,  or  pagan  authors.  The  fame  may 
be  faid  of, the  correfponding  Hebrew  words.  It  is 
true  indeed,  that  they  generally  reprefent  a  long  du- 
ration j  and  this  is  fometimes  limited  by  the  context, 
or  nature  of  the  fubjedb,  fometimes  not.  Now, 
according  to  this  interpretation,  the  punilhments  of 
the  wicked  will,  be  of  great  duration,  fuppofe  of 
one  or  more  long  ages  or  difpenfations.  But  one 
might  rather  conclude  from  the  words  of  the  origi- 
nal, if  their  derivation  be  confidered,  that  they  will 
end  at  the  expiration  of  fome  fuch  long  period,  than 
that  they  will  be  abfolutely  eternal. 

If  it  be  faid,  that  the  eternity  of  God  is  exprefied 
by  the  fame  words  j  I  anfwer,  that  here  the  na- 
ture of  the  fubjecl:  gives  a  fenfe  to  the  words,  where- 
of they  are  otherwifc  incapable.  It  may  be  urged  in 
like  manner,  that  the  duration  of  future  rewards 
is  exprefled  by  the  fame  words ;  but  then  the  ab- 
folute eternity  of  this  duration  is  not  perhaps  dedu- 
cible  at  all  from  thefe  or  any  other  words.  We 
muft  in  this  entirely  refer  ourfelves  to  the  bounty 
and  benevolence  of  our  Creator,  and  depend  upon 
him  for  all  our  expectations.  Befides,  the  nature 
of  the  fubjecl:  differs  widely  here.  To  fuppofe  the 

mifery 


of  all  Mankind.  427 

mifery  of  the  wicked  to  be,  in  every  refpeft,  equal 
and  parallel  to  the  happinefs  of  the  good,  is  quite 
contrary  to  the  general  tenor  of  the  fcriptures  j  and 
looks  like  fetting  up  the  Manuhean  doctrine  of  two 
oppofite  infinite  principles,  a  doctrine  every  where' 
condemned  in  effect,  though  not  in  exprefs  words, 
both  by  the  Old  and  New  Teftament.  We  may 
add,  that  the  happinefs  of  the  good  is  alfo  denoted 
in  fcripture  by  incorruption,  indiflblubility,  &c.  as 
well  as  by  the  words  applied  to  the  punilhments  of 
the  wicked. 

The  words  of  our  Saviour,  where  their  worm  dieth 
not,   and  their  fire   is   not   quenched,  are  thought  by 
fome   to   be  a   ftrong    argument    fot    the    abfolute 
eternity  of  future  punifhment.     But  as  thefe  words 
are  taken  from  Ij'aiab,  and  allude  to  the  punifhment 
of  the   malefactors,    whofe  carcafes  were  fuffered  "to 
rot  upon  the  ground,  or  burnt  in  the  valley  of  Hin- 
num,   they   appear  to  he  too  popular  and  figurative 
to  juftify  fuch  an  interpretation.     And  yet  they  feem 
plainly  intended  to  declare  the  very  long  duration  of 
future  punifhment ;   and  that,  as  the  worms,  which 
feed  upon  a  putrefied  body,  or  the  fire,  which  burns 
it  in  this  world,  do  themfelves  come  to  a  certain  and 
known    period,    the   mifery   of  another   world,    and 
the  fire  of  hell,  will  have  no  definite  one ;  but  con- 
tinue till  they  have  confumed  the  fin  and  guilt  which 
feed  them.     In  this  way  of  interpretation,  the  pafiage 
under  confideration  would  agree  with  that  concerning 
the  payment  of  the  laft  farthing.  . 

Our  Saviour's  expreffion  concerning  Judas,  viz. 
that  it  had  been  good  for  him,  that  he  had  not  b$en 
born,  cannot  indeed  be  alleged  for  the  proof  of  the 
eternity  of  future  punifhment}  but  it  feems  to  op- 
pofe  the  fuppofition  of  the  ultimate  happinefs  of 
.all.  However,  this  expreffion  may  be  popular  and 
proverbial  ;  or  it  may  perhaps  denote,  that  his  laft 
agonies,  or  his  fufferings  in  another  world,  fhould 

out  weigh 


428  Of  the  final  Happinefs 

outweigh  all  his  preceding  happinefs,  or  fome  way 
admit  of  an  interpretation  confident  with  the  propo-. 
ficion  under  confideration.  For  it  does  not  appear  to 
be  fufHciently  clear  and  precife  for  an  abfolute  dif- 
proof  of  it.  We  may  add,  that  as  every  man,  who 
at  his  death  falls  Ihort  of  the  terms  of  falvation, 
whatever  thefe  be,  crucifies  tbe  Son  of  God  afreflj,  ac- 
cording to  the  language  of  St.  Paul-,  fo  he  will  have 
reafon,  according  to  his  then  necefiary  conceptions, 
to  wifh  with  Judas, ,  that  he  had  never  been  born. 
O  that  they  were  wife,  that  they  under/food  this,  that 
they  would  confider  their  latter  end ! 

Now,  as  the  words  of  the  New  Teftament  do 
not  necelfarily  infer  the  abfolute  eternity  of  punifh- 
ment ;  fo  the  general  tenor  of  rcafoning  there  ufed, 
with  numberlefs  pafiages  both  of  the  Old  and  New 
Teftaments,  concerning  the  mercy  of  God,  his  rea- 
dinefs  to  forgive,  &c.  favour  the  contrary  opinion. 
And  this  is  a  farther  reafon  for  interpreting  thefe  texts 
of  an  indefinitely  long  duration  only;  and  that  ef- 
pecially  if  the  Imall  number  of  them,  and  the  in- 
finite importance  of  the  doctrine,  which  they  are  fup- 
pofed  to  contain,  be  alfo  taken  into  confideration. 

To  the  fame  purpofe  we  may  obferve,  that  there 
is  nothing  in  all  St.  Paul's  Epiftles,  from  whence  the 
abfolute  eternity  of  future  punimment  can  be  at  all 
inferred,  except  the  words,  everlafting  deftruflion 
from  the  prefence  of  our  Lord,  i  Theff.  i.  9.  though 
the  Epiftles  to  the  Romans  and  Hebrews  are  both  of 
them  general  fummaries  of  the  chriftian  religion, 
and  though  he  fpeaks  in  both  of  future  punifhment. 
Iq  the  Epiftle  to  the  Romans,  he  fays,  'Tribulation 
and  anguijh  (not  eternal  tribulation)  fliall  be  upon 
every  foul  of  many  that  doth  evil;  alfo  that  the  wa- 
ges of  fm  is  death,  not  eternal  death,  or  eternal 
punilhment;  whereas  tbe  gift  of  God  is  eternal  life. 
In  the  Epiftle  to  the  Hebrews,  he  afks,  of  how  much 
forer  punifhment  than  temporal  death,  an  apoftatc 

is 


ef  all  Mankind.  429 

is  to  be  thought  worthy  ?     Which  teems  not  likely 
for  him  to  do,  had  he  believed  it  eternal.     In  like 
manner,  there  is  nothing  of  this  kind  in  St.  Luke's 
Gofpel,   or   his   ASts   of  the   Ap files,    in    St.   John's 
Gofpel,   or  his  Epiftles,   or  in   the   Epiftles   of  St. 
James,  St.  Peter,  or  St.  Jude.     And  yet  good  men 
now,  who  believe  the  eternity  of  punifhment,  fcarce 
ever  fail  to  infill  upon  it  moft  earneftly  in  their  dif- 
courfes  and  exhortations.     For,   if  it  be  a  doctrine 
of  the  chriftian  religion,    it  is  fo  efiential  a  one,  as 
that  it  could  not  have  been  omitted  by  any  infpired 
writer,   nor  fail  to  have  been  declared  in  the  moft 
exprefs  terms,  which  certainly  cannot  be  faid  of  any 
of  the  texts  alleged  to  prove  the  eternity  of  puniih- 
ment.     The  words  tranflated  eternal,   and  for  ever, 
muft  have  been  ambiguous  to  the  Jews,  i.  e.  to  the 
firft  chriftiansj   and    the   figurative   exprefiion,   their 
worm   dietb   not,    &c.    is   far    lefs   determinate    than 
many  phrafes,  which  our  Saviour  might  have  cho- 
fen,  had  it  been  his  intention  to  denounce  abfolutely 
eternal  mifery. 

To  this  we  may  add,  that  it  does  not  appear 
from  the  writings  of  the  moft  ancient  fathers,  that 
they  put  fuch  a  conftruction  upon  the  words  of 
the  New  Teftament ;  and  the  omuTion  of  this  doc- 
trine in  the  ancient  creeds  fhews,  that  it  was  no 
original  doctrine,  or  not  thought  eflential  j  which  yet 
could  not  be,  if  it  was  believed;  or  that  many 
eminent  perfons  for  fome  centuries  were  of  a  contrary 
opinion.  And  indeed  the  doftrine  of  purgatory,  a$ 
now  taught  by  the  papifts,  feems  to  be  a  corruption 
of  a  genuine  doctrine  held  by  the  ancient  fathers 
concerning  a  purifying  fire. 

It  may  perhaps  be,  that  the  abfolute  eternity  of 
punifhment  was  not  received,  till  after  the  intro- 
duction of  metaphyfical  fubtleties  relating  to  time, 
eternity,  &c.  and  the  ways  of  exprefling  thefe,  i.  e. 

not 


4jo  Of  the  final  Happinefs 

not  till  after  the  pagan  philofophy,  and  vain  deceit, 
had  mixed  itfelf  with  and  corrupted  chriftianity. 

Still  farther,  it  does  by  no  means  appear  to  be  con- 
fbnant  to  the  nature  of  the  chriftian  religion  to  in- 
terpret the  New  Teftament  in  a  ftric~l  literal  manner, 
or  adhere   to   ph rates   in   oppofition   to   the   general 
tenor  of  it.     Our  Saviour  in  many  places  appeals  to 
the   natural    equitable    judgments    of    his    auditors. 
The  evangelifts  and  apoftles  all  enter  into  the  reafons 
of  things  j  the  gofpels  are  fhort  memoirs  ;  the  epif- 
tles  were  written  to  friends,  and  new  converts ;  and 
the  nature  of  fuch   writings  mult  be  very  different 
from  that  of  a  precife  determinate  law,  fuch  as  that 
of  Mofes,    or   the  civil  law   of  any  country.     And 
indeed   herein   lies   one   material    difference    between 
the  rigid  Jewi/b  difpenfation,  and  the  chriftian,  which 
laft  is  called  by  St.  James  the  perfeft  law  of  liberty. 
From  all  which  it  follows,  that  we  are  rather  to  follow 
the  general  tenor,   than  to  adhere  to  particular  ex- 
preffion*.     And  this  will  appear  ftill  more  reafonable, 
when  it  is  confidered,  that  we  are  yet  but  novices 
in  the  language  of  the  Old  and  New  Teftaments, 
the  relations  which  they  bear  to  each  other,  and  their 
declarations  concerning  future  events. 

Another  argument  againft  interpreting  the  paffages 
above  referred  to,  in  the  fenfe  of  abfolutely  eternal 
mifery,  is,  that  there  are  many  other  paffages,  whofe 
ftricl:  and  literal  fenfe  is  contrary  thereto.  And  in 
fuch  a  cafe  it  feems,  that  the  infinite  g&bdnefs  of 
God,  fo  many  ways  declared  in  the  fcriptures,  mud 
foon  turn  the  fcale.  For  the  fcriptures  muft  be 
made  confident  with  themfelves  j  and  the  veraciy 
and  goodnefs  of  God  feem  much  rather  to  oblige 
him  to  perform  a  promife,  than  to  execute  a  threat- 
ening. I  will  mention  a  few  paffages,  fome  of  which 
it  may  be  obferved  even  eftablifti  the  contrary  doc- 
trine of  the  ultimate  happinefs  of  all  mankind. 

Thus 


of  all  Mankind.  431 

Thus  the  mod  natural,  as  well  as  the  moft  ftri& 
and  literal  fenfe  of  the  words,  As  in  Adam  all  die, 
Jo  in  Cbrift  {hall  all  be  made  alive,  is  the  ultimate 
happinefs  of  all  the  children  of  Adam,  of  all  man- 
kind. God's  mercy  is  declared  to  endure  for  ever ; 
and  he  is  faid  not  to  keep  bis  anger  for  ever :  which 
expreffiofls,  in  their  firft  and  moft  obvious  fenfe, 
are  quite  inconfiftent  with  the  abfolute  eternity 
of  punifhment.  Our  Saviour  fays,  that  the  perfon 
who  is  not  reconciled  to  his  brother  Jhall  not  be  dif- 
charged  till  he  has  paid  the  laft  farthing ;  which  in- 
timates, that  there  is  a  time  when  he  will  be  dif- 
charged.  In  like  manner  the  debtor,  who  owed  his 
lord  ten  thoufand  talents,  is  delivered  over  to  the 
tormentors,  till  he  pay  thefe.  To  fay  that  he  can 
never  pay  them,  becaufe  as  we  have  all  our  faculties 
from  God,  fo  we  can  merit  nothing  from  God, 
is  to  embrace  the  mechanical  hypothefis,  which, 
in  the  judgment  of  all,  muft  be  utterly  inconfiftent 
with  the  eternity  of  punilhment.  For,  if  a  man 
cannot  have  merit,  he  cannot  have  demerit.  To 
fuppofe  a  creature  any  way  brought  into  being  upon 
fuch  terms  as  to  be  only  capable  of  demerit,  feems 
moft  highly  injurious  to  the .  attributes  of  God,  by 
whatever  means  this  be  effected,  the  fall  of  our 
firft  parents,  or  any  other. 

Again,  God  in  judgment  remembers  mercy.  This 
is  faid  in  general ;  and  therefore  it  ought  not  to  be 
confined  to  the  judgments  of  this  world.  And  to 
do  fo,  when  all  the  pleafures  and  pains  of  this  world 
are  every  where  in  the  New  Teftament  declared 
unworthy  of  our  regard  in  comparifon  of  thofe  of 
another,  is  highly  unsuitable  to  the  goodnefs  of  God. 
But  indeed  this  cannot  be  done  without  departing 
from  the  moft  obvious  literal  fenfe.  The  fame  may 
be  faid  of  the  paffages,  God  is  not  extreme  to  mark 
what  is  done  amife ;  that  he  is  loving  to  every  man ; 
that  his  mercy,  his  tender  mercy,  is  over  all  bis 
works,  &c.  Can  it  be  faid  with  any  appearance  of 

truth 


432  Of  the  final  Happinefs 

truth,  that  God  will  give  an  infinite  overbalance  of 
mifery  to  thofe  beings  whom  he  loves. 

It  may  very  well  be  fuppofed,  that  though  the 
punifhments  of  a  future  (late  be  finite?  yet  this  mould 
not  be  declared  in  fo  many  words  in  the  fcriptures. 
For  fuch  a  procedure  would  be  analogous  to  the  gra- 
dual opening  of  all  God's  difpenfations  of  mercy. 
Mankind  in  their  infant  ftate  were  not  able  to  re- 
ceive fuch  kind  of  nourifhmentj  neither  are  all  per- 
haps yet  able.  But,  if  future  punifhments  be  ab- 
folutely  eternal,  it  is  hard  to  conceive  why  this 
fhould  not  have  been  declared  in  the  mod  exprefs 
terms,  and  in  many  places  of  fcripturej  alfo  how 
there  fhould  be  fo  many  paflages  there,  which  are 
apparently  inconfiftent  therewith. 

There  remains  one  argument  more,  and  of  great 
weight  in  'my  opinion,  againft  interpreting  any  paf- 
fages  of  fbripture  fo  as  to  denounce  abfolutely  eternal 
mifery.  This  is,  the  declarations  of  the  fcriptures 
concerning  the  fmallnefs  of  the  number  of  the  elect, 
and  the  great  difficulty  of  entering  in  at  the  ftrait 
gate,  already  taken  notice  of.  To  fuppofe  future 
punifliments  to  be  abfolutely  eternal,  is  to  fup- 
pofe, that  the  chriftian  difpenfation  condemns  far 
the  greater  part  of  mankind  to  infinite  mifery  upon 
the  balance,  whilft  yet  it  is  every  where  declared  to 
be  a  difpenfation  of  mercy,  to  be  glory  to  God,  and 
good-will  to  men ;  which  is  a  great  apparent  incon- 
fiflency.  And  indeed,  unlefs  the  doctrine  of  abfo- 
lutely eternal  punifhment  be  taken  away,  it  feems 
impracticable  to  convince  the  world  of  the  great 
purity  and  perfection  required  by  the  gofpel  in  order 
to  our  entrance  into  the  kingdom  of  heaven.  If 
there  be  no  punifhment  in  a  another  (late,  befides 
what  is  abfolutely  eternal,  men  of  very  low  degrees 
of  virtue  will  hope  to  efcape  this,  and  confequently 
to  efcape  with  impunity  :  whereas,  if  there  be  a  purg- 
ing fire,  into  which  all  the  wicked  are  to  be  caft,  to 

remain 


of  all  Mankind.  .    433 

remain  and  fuffer  there  according  to  their  demerits, 
far  beyond  what  men  generally  fuffer  in  this  life ; 
and  if  there  be  only  few,  that  are  admitted  to  hap- 
pinefs  after  the  expiration  of  this  life,  without  fuch 
farther  purification ;  what  vigour  and  earnettnefs 
iliould  we  ufe  to  efcape  fo  great  a  punifhment,  and 
to  be  of  the  happy  number  of  thofe,  whofe  names 
are  written  in  the  book  of  life  ! 

This  may  fuffice  to  (hew,  that  the  abfolute  eter- 
nity of  future  punimment  cannot  be  concluded  from 
the  fcriptures.  We  are  next  to  inquire  what  evi- 
dences they  afford  for  the  ultimate  happinefs  of  all 
mankind.  I  have  already  mentioned  fome  patla- 
ges,  which  favour  this  doctrine;  but  1  intend 
now  to  propofe  two  arguments  of  a  more  general 
nature. 

Firft,  then,  It  may  be  obferved,  that  the  fcriptures 
give  a  fanction  to  moft  of  the  foregoing  argu- 
ments, taken  from  the  light  of  nature,  for  this  doc- 
trine, by  realbning  in  the  fame  manner.  Thus  the 
punifhments  of  the  Jews  and  others  are  reprefented 
as  chaftifements,  *'.  e.  a$  evils  tending  to  produce  a 
good  greater  than  themfelves.  Our  benevolence  to 
our  children  is  reprefented  by  Chrift,  as  an  argu-, 
ment  of  the  infinitely  greater  benevolence  of  God 
our  heavenly  father.  God  promifes  to  make  Abra- 
ham happy  by  making  his  pofterity  happy,  and 
them  happy  by  making  them  the  inftruments  of 
happinefs  to  all  the  nations  of  the  earth  (which  they 
are  ftill  to  be  probably  in  a  much  more  ample 
manner,  than  they  have  ever  yet  been).  Now  this 
fhews,  that  the  happinefs,  intended  for  us  all,  is 
the  gratification  of  our  benevolence.  The  good- 
nets  of  God  is  every  where  reprefented  as  prevailing 
over  his  feverity  j  he  remembers  good  actions  to 
thoufands  of  generations,  and  punifhes  evil  ones  only 
to  the  third  and  fourth.  Not  a  fparrow  is  forgotten 
before  him ;  he  giveth  to  all  their  meat  in  due 

VOL.  II.  F  f  feafon; 


434    -  ®f  t 

feafon ;  pities  us,  as  a  father  does  his  children  ;  and 
fets  our  fins  as  far  from  us,  as  heaven  is  from 
earth,  &c.  All  which  kind  of  language  furely  im- 
plies both  infinite  mercy  in  the  forgivenefs  of  fin, 
and  infinite  love  in  advancing  his  purified  children. 
We  are  all  the  offspring  of  God,  and,  by  confe- 
quence,  agreeably  to  other  phrafes,  are  heirs  of  all 
things,  heirs  of  God,  and  coheirs  with  Chrift,  members 
of  the  myjlical  body  of  Chrift,  and  of  each  other,  i.  e. 
we  are  all  partakers  of  the  happinefs  of  God,  through 
his  bounty  and  mercy.  God  is  the  God  of  the  Gen- 
tiles, as  well  as  of  the  Jews-,  and  has  concluded 
them  all  in  unbelief,  only  that  he  might  have  mercy  upon 
all.  And,  in  general,  all  the  arguments  for  the  ulti- 
mate happinefs  of  all  mankind,  taken  from  the 
relations  which  we  bear  to  God,  as  our  creator,  pre- 
lerver,  governor,  father,  friend,  and  God,  are  abun- 
dantly attefted  by  the  fcriptures. 

Secondly,  There  are  in  the  fcriptures  fome  argu- 
ments for  the  ultimate  reftoration  and  happinefs  of 
all  mankind,  which  now  feem  fufficiently  full  and 
flrong,  and  which  yet  could  not  be  underftood  in 
former  ages ;  at  leaft  we  fee,  that,  in  fact,  they 
were  not.  Of  this  kind  is  the  hiftory  of  the  Jewifh 
ftate,  with  the  prophecies  relating  thereto.  For  we 
may  obferve,  that,  according  to  the  fcriptures,  the 
body  politic  of  the  Jews  muft  be  made  flourishing 
and  happy,  whether  they  will  or  no,  by  the  feverities 
which  God  inflicts  upon  them.  Now  the  Jewijh  ftate, 
as  has  been  already  remarked,  appears  to  be  a  type  of 
each  individual  in  particular,  on  one  hand  •,  and  of 
mankind  in  general  on  the  other. 

Thus,  alfo,  it  is  foretold,  that  Chrift  will  Jubdue 
all  things  to  himfelf.  But  fubje&ion  to  Chrift,  accord- 
ing to  the  figurative  prophetic  ftyle  of  the  fcriptures, 
is  happinefs,  not  merely  fubjeclion  by  compulfion, 
like  that  to  an  earthly  conqueror.  Agreeably  to  this, 
all  things  are  to  be  gathered  together  in  one  in  Chrift, 

both 


of  all  Mankind.  435 

both  thofe  which  are  in  heaven,  and  thofe  on  earth : 
and  St.  John  faw  every  creature  in  heaven,  in  earth, 
under  the  earth,  and  in  the  Jea3  and  all  that  were  in 
them,  prat/ing  God. 

The  prayer  of  faith  can  remove  mountains ;  all 
things  are  poffible  to  it  j  and,  if  we  could  fuppofe 
all  men  defective  in  this  article,  in  praying  with 
faith  for  the  ultimate  happinefs  of  mankind,  furely 
our  Saviour  muft  do  thisj  his  prayer  for  his  cru- 
cifiers  cannot  furely  fail  to  obtain  pardon  and  happi- 
nefs for  them. 

We  are  commanded  to  love  God  with  our  whole 
powers,  to  be  joyful  in  him,  to  praife  him  ever  more, 
not  only  for  his  goodnefs  to  us,  but  alfo  for  that  to 
all  the  children  of  men.  But  fuch  love  and  joy,  to 
be  unbounded,  prefuppofe  unbounded  goodnefs  in 
God,  to  be  manifefted  to  all  mankind  in  due  time  j 
elfe  there  would  be  fome  men,  on  whofe  accounts 
we  could  not  rejoice  in  God.  At  the  fame  time,  the 
delay  of  this  manifeftation  of  God's  goodnefs,  with 
the  feverity  exercifed  towards  particulars,  in  their 
progrefs  to  happinefs,  beget  fubmififjon,  refignation, 
fear  and  trembling,  in  us,  till  at  laft  we  come  to  that 
•perfeEf  love  that  cafts  out  fear. 

It  may  perhaps  be,  that  the  writers  of  the  Old  and 
New  Teftaments  did  not  fee  the  full  meaning  of  the 
glorious  declarations,  which  the  holy  fpirit  has  de- 
livered to  us  by  their  means ;  juft  as  Daniel,  and  the 
other  prophets,  were  ignorant  of  the  full  and  precife 
import  of  their  prophecies,  relating  to  Chrift.  Or 
perhaps  they  did ;  buc  thought  it  expedient,  or  were 
commanded,  not  to  be  more  explicit.  The  chriftian 
religion,  in  converting  the  various  pagan  nations  of 
the  world,  was  to  be  corrupted  by  them  •,  and  the 
fuperftitious  fear  of  God,  which  is  one  of  thefe  cor- 
ruptions, may  have  been  necefiary  hitherto  on  account 
of  the  reft.  But  now  the  corruptions  of  the  true 
religion  begin  to  be  difcovered,  and  removed,  by  the 
F  f  2  earned 


436  Qf  tie  final  Happinefs 

earneft  endeavours  of  good  men  of  all  nations  and, 
fects,  in  thefe  latter  times,  by  their  comparing  Jpi- 
ritual  things  with  Jpiritual. 

How  far  the  brute  creation  is  concerned  in  the 
redemption  by  Chrift,  may  be  doubted  j  and  it  does 
not  feem  to  be  much  or  immediately  our  bufinefs  to 
inquire,  as  no  relative  duty  depends  thereon.  How- 
ever, their  fall  with  Adam,  the  covenant  made  with 
them  after  the  deluge,  their  ferving  as  facrifkes  for 
the  fins  of  men,  and  as  types  and  emblems  in  the 
prophecies,  their  being  commanded  to  praife  God 
(for  every  thing  that  hath  breath  is  thus  commanded, 
as  well  as  the  Gentiles),  feem  to  intimate,  that  there 
is  mercy  in  {lore  for  them  alfo,  more  than  we  may 
expect,  to  be  revealed  in  due  time.  The  Jews 
confidered  the  Gentiles  as  dogs  in  comparifon  of 
themfelves.  And  the  brute  creatures  appear  by  the 
foregoing  hiftory  of  affociation  to  differ  from  us  in 
degree,  rather  than  in  kind. 

It  may  be  obje6led  here,  that,  if  this  opinion  of 
the  ultimate  happinefs  of  all  mankind  be  true,  it  is 
not,  however,  proper  to  publifh  it.  Men  are  very 
wicked,  notwithstanding  the  fear  of  eternal  punifh- 
ment ;  and  therefore  will  probably  be  more  fo,  if  that 
fear  be  removed,  and  a  hope  given  to  the  moft 
wicked  of  attaining  everlafting  happinefs  ultimately. 
I  anfwer,  Firft,  That  this  opinion  is  already  publilhed 
fo  far,  that  very  few  irreligious  perfons  can  be  fuppo- 
fed  to  believe  the  contrary  much  longer :  or,  if  they 
do  believe  absolutely  eternal  punifhment  to  be  the 
doctrine  of  the  fcriptures,  they  will  be  much  induced 
thereby  to  reject  revealed  religion  itfelf,  It  feems 
therefore  to  be  now  a  proper  time  to  inquire  candidly 
and  impartially  into  the  truth.  The  world  abounds 
fo  much  with  writers,  that  the  mere  opinion  of  a 
fingle  one  cannot  be  fuppofed  to  have  any  great 
weight.  The  arguments  produced  will  themfelves 
be  examined,  and  a  perfon  can  now  do  little  more 

than 


of  all  Mankind.  437 

than  bring  things  to  view  for  the  judgment  of  others. 
The  number  of  teachers  in  all  arts  and  fciences  is  fo 
great,  that  no  one  amongft  them  can  or  ought  to 
have  followers,  unlefs  as  far  as  he  follows  truth. 

But,  Secondly,  It  does  not  feem,  that  even  the 
motives  of  fear  are  leffened  to  confiderate  perfons,  by 
fuppofing  the  fire  of  hell  to  be  only  a  purifying  one. 
For  it  is  clear  from  the  fcriptures,  that  the  punifh- 
ment  will  be  very  dreadful  and  durable.  We  can 
fet  no  bounds  either  to  the  degree  or  duration  of  it. 
They  are  therefore  practically  infinite. 

Thirdly,  The  motives  of  love  are  infinitely  en- 
hanced by  fuppofing  the  ultimate  unlimited  happinefs 
of  all.  This  takes  off  the  charge  of  enthufiafm  from 
that  noble  exprefiion  of  fome  myftical  writers,  in 
which  they  refign  themfelves  entirely  to  God,  both 
for  time  and  eternity.  This  makes  us  embrace  even 
the  moft  wicked  with  the  mod  cordial,  tender, 
humble  affe&ion.  We  pity  them  at  prefent,  as 
'veffels  of  wrath  j  yet  live  in  certain  hopes  of  rejoicing 
with  them  at  laftj  labour  to  bring  this  to  pafs,  and 
to  haften  it;  and  confider,  that  every  thing  is  good, 
and  pure,  and  perfect,  in  the  fight  of  God. 


Ff3  CON- 


CONCLUSION. 


I   HAVE  now  gone  through    with    my    obferva- 
tions    on    the    frame,    duty,    and    expectations    of 
MAN,    finifhing  them   with  the  doctrine  of  ultimate, 
unlimited  happinefs  to  all.     This  doctrine,  if  it  be 
true,  ought  at  once  to  difpel  all  gloominefs,  anxiety, 
and    forrow,    from    our   hearts ;    and  raife  them   to 
the   higheft  pitch  of  love,    adoration,   and  gratitude 
towards    God,     our    mod    bountiful    creator,    and 
merciful  father,    and  the   inexhauftible  fource  of  all 
happinefs  and  perfection.      Here  felf-intereft,    bene- 
volence, and  piety,  all  concur  to  move  and  exalt  our 
affections.     How  happy  in  himfelf,  how  benevolent 
to  others,  and  how  thankful  to  God,  ought  that  man 
to  be,  who  believes  both  himfelf  and  others  born  to 
an  infinite  expectation  !    Since  God  has  bid  us  rejoice, 
what  can  make  us  forrowful  ?    Since  he  has  created  us 
for  happinef-,  what  mifery  can  we  fear  ?     If  we  be 
really  intended  for   ultimate  unlimited  happinefs,    it 
is  no  matter  to  a  truly   refigned  perfon,    when,   or 
where,  or  how.     Nay,  could  any  of  us  fully  conceive, 
and  be  duly  influenced  by,  this  glorious  expectation, 
this  infinite  balance  in  our  favour,  it  would  be  fuffi- 
cient  to  deprive  all  prefent  evils  of  their  (ling  and 
bitternefs.      It  would  be  a  fufficient  anfwer  to  the 
wofcvtto  KOXOV,  to  all  our  difficulties  and  anxieties  from 
the  folly,  vice,  and  mifery,  which  we  experience  in 
Qurfelves,  and  fee  in  others,  to  fay,  that  they  will  all 

end 


CONCLUSION.  439 

-end  in  unbounded  knowledge     vim*,  jgtajPJ; 
nefs;    and  that  the  propefi  «   e^m  impetfea 

But,  alas  !  this  «  fahilft  we  continue  en- 

to  the  bulk  of  mankmd.    WhUft  we    o 


make   a   right  eftunat      o  ^          attraaion, 

point  of  view,    till  we  get  clear  o,   t  ^  ^ 

U  magic  .nBuences  of  the  ea  rth.  r.Qus 

lows,  that  this  dodnne    towev,  " 
in  itfelf,  in  the  eye  of  a 


it 

feveral    evidences, 
our  felf-intereft 
proportion  to 
u,  and  jom 


onnea.ons 


the  Utm°ft 
the    u- 


trembling.                                      h  abounds,    our 

with   which   the   world   every   ^  n  for  others> 

hearts  cannot  but  melt  wu*  i  co   ^  '  {     the 

for  the  ^7"  *Wea1nPorder  to  fi  the,;  for  pure 

expiration  of  this  l.fe,  in  «der  t  rf  fen_ 


440  CONCLUSION. 

love  of  God,  and  his  works.  When  we  confider 
farther,  that  God  has  mercy  on  whom  he  will,  and 
hardens  whom  he  will,  and  that  we,  with  all  our 
pleafures  and  pains,  are  abfoJute  nothings  in  compa- 
rifon  of  him,  we  muft,  like  St.  John  again,  fall  down 
at  his  feet  dead  with  aftonifliment.  And  yet  we 
need  not  fear  •,  from  the  inftant  that  we  thus  hum- 
bly ourfelves,  he  will  lay  his  hand  upon  us,  and 
exalt  us ;  he  has  the  keys  of  death  and  hell,  in  every 
pofiible  fenfe  of  thofe  words.  > 

There  is  alfo  another  confideration,  which,  though 
of  lefs  moment  than  the  foregoing,  is  yet  abun- 
dantly fufficient  to  move  the  compaflion  of  the  good, 
and  alarm. the  fears  of  the  wicked  i  1  mean  the  tem- 
poral evils  and  woes,  which  will  probably  fall  upon 
the  nominally  chriftian  ftates  of  thefe  weflern  parts, 
the  chriftian  Babylon,  before  the  great  revolution 
predicted  in  the  fcriptures,  before  the  kingdoms  of 
this  world  become  the  kingdoms  of  our  Lord,  and 
of  his  Chrift.  Thefe  evils  will  be  brought  upon  us 
by  our  excefs  of  wickednefs,  juft  as  the  deluge  was 
upon  the  old  world,  and  the  deitruclion  of  Sodom 
upon  us  lewd  inhabitants,  through  theirs  9  they  may 
alfo  be  fomewhat  delayed,  or  alleviated,  by  reform- 
ations public  or  private,  even  partial  and  tempo- 
rary ones.  I  will  therefore  make  a  few  Ihort  re- 
marks concerning  fuch  things,  as  feem  more  parti- 
cularly to  call  for  the  attention  of  the  prefent  chrif- 
tian world  j  at  leaft  of  thofe  good  Philadelphiam^ 
who  are  defirous  to  keep  themfelves  and  others  from 
that  hour  of  temptation,  which  is  coming  upon  us 
all.  My  remarks  muft  be  fuppofed  to  relate  chiefly 
to  this  kingdom;  to  be  fuggefted  by  what  occurs  in 
it ;  and  to  be  calculated,  as  far  as  my  poor,  but  fin- 
cere  and  earned  endeavours  can  have  any  weight, 
to  ftein  for  a  while  that  torrent  of  vice  and  impiety, 
which  feem  ready  to  fwallow  us  up,  and,  if  pof- 
fible,  to  protract  the  life  of  the  body  politic.  But  I 

prefume, 


CONCLUSION.  441 

prefume,  that  the  refemblance  between  all  the  Hates 
of  chrtftendom  is  fo  great  in  all  the  points  here  con- 
fidered,  that  the  practical  confequences  are  the  fame 
upon  the  whole. 

There  are  fix  things,  which  feem  more  efpecially 
to  threaten  ruin  and  diflblution  to  the  prefent  dates 
of  chrift  endow. 

Firrt,  The  great  growth  of  atheifm  and  infidelity, 
particularly  amongft  the  governing  part  of  thefe 
Hates. 

Secondly,  The  open  and  abandoned  lewdnefs, 
to  which  great  numbers  of  both  fexes,  efpecially 
in  the  high  ranks  of  life,  have  given  themfelves 
up. 

Thirdly,  The  fordid  and  avowed  felf-intereft, 
which  is  almoft  the  fole  motive  of  action  in  thofe 
who  are  concerned  in  the  adminiftration  of  public 
affairs. 

Fourthly,  The  licentioufnefs  and  contempt  of 
every  kind  of  authority,  divine  and  human,  which 
is  fo  notorious  in  inferiors  of  all  ranks. 

Fifthly,  The  great  worldly-mindednefs  of  the 
clergy,  and  their  grofs  neglects  in  the  difcharge  of 
their  proper  functions. 

Sixthly,  The  careleflhefs  and  infatuation  of  parents 
and  magiftrates  with  refpect  to  the  education  of 
youth,  and  the  confequent  early  corruption  of  the 
rifmg  generation. 

All  thefe  things  have  evident  mutual  connections 
and  influences  -,  and,  as  they  all  fcem  likely  to  in- 
creafe  from  time  to  time,  fo  it  can  fcarce  be  doubted 
by  a  confiderate  man,  whether  he  be  a  religious 
one  or  no,  but  that  they  will,  fooner  or  later,  bring 
on  a  total  diflblution  of  all  the  forms  of  government, 
that  fubfift  at  prefent  in  the  chriftian  countries  of 
Europe.  I  will  note  down  fome  of  the  principal  facts 
of  each  kind,  and  fhew  their  utter  inconfiftency  with 

the 


442  CONCLUSION. 

the  welfare  of  a  body  politic,  and  their  neceflary 
tendency  to  anarchy  and  confufion. 

I  begin  with  the  atheifm  and  infidelity  which  pre- 
vail fo  much  among  the  governing  part  of  thefe  weft- 
ern  kingdoms.  That  infidelity  prevails,  efpecially 
in  thefe  kingdoms,  will  readily  be  acknowledged  by 
all.  But  the  fame  perfons,  who  treat  the  chriftian 
religion,  and  its  advocates,  with  fo  much  fcorn,  will 
probably,  fome  of  them  at  leaft,  profefs  a  regard  to 
natural  religion  •,  and  it  may  feem  hard  to  queftion 
their  fincerity.  However,  as  far  as  has  occurred  to 
my  obfervation,  thefe  perfons  either  deceive  them- 
felves,  or  attempt  to  deceive  others,  in  this.  There 
appears  in  them  no  love  or  fear  of  God,  no  con- 
fidence in  him,  no  delight  in  meditating  upon  him, 
in  praying  to  him,  or  praifing  him,  no  hope  or  joy 
in  a  future  ftate.  Their  hearts  and  treafures  are 
upon  this  earth,  upon  fenfual  pleafures,  or  vain 
amufements,  perhaps  of  philofophy  or  philology, 
purfued  to  pafs  the  time,  upon  honour  or  riches. 
And  indeed  there  are  the  fame  objections,  in  general, 
to  natural  religion  as  to  revealed,  and  no  ftronger 
evidences  for  it.  On  the  contrary,  the  hiftorical  and 
moral  evidences  for  the  general  truth  of  the  fcriptures, 
which  thefe  perfons  deny,  are  more  convincing  and 
fatisfa&ory  to  philofophical  as  well  as  to  vulgar 
capacities,  than  the  arguments  that  are  ufually 
brought  to  prove  the  exiftence  and  attributes  of  God, 
his  providence,  or  a  future  ftate :  not  but  that  thefe 
laft  are  abundantly  fufficient  to  fatisfy  an  earned  and 
impartial  inquirer. 

If  now  there  really  be  a  God,  who  is  our  natural 
and  moral  governor,  and  who  expefts,  that  we  mould 
t  regard  him  as  fuch,  thofe  magiftrates  who  care  not 
to  have  him  in  their  thoughts,  to  fuffer  him  to 
interfere  in  their  fcheme  of  government,  who  fay  in 
tbeir  hearts,  there  is  no  God,  or  wifh  it,  or  even 
bid  open  defiance  to  him  (though  I  hope  and  believe 

this 


CONCLUSION.  443 

this  laft  is  not  often  the  cafe),  cannot  profper;  but 
muft  bring  down  vengeance  upon  themfelves,  and 
the  wicked  nations  over  whom  they  prefide.  In 
like  manner,  if  God  has  fent  his  beloved  fon  Jefus 
Chrift  to  be  an  example  to  the  world,  to  pMe  for 
it,  and  to  govern  it,  it  cannot  be  an  indifferent 
thing  whether  we  attend  to  his  call  or  no.  The 
neglect  of  revealed  religion,  efpecially  in  perfbns  of 
authority,  is  the  fame  thing  as  declaring  it  to  be 
falfe;  for,  if  true,  the  neglect  of  it  is,  as  one  may 
fay,  high  treafon  againft  the  majefty  of  heaven. 
He  that  honours  not  the  Son,  cannot  honour  the 
Father,  who  hath  fent  him  with  fufficient  creden- 
tials. And  accordingly,  if  we  confider  the  fecond 
pfalm  as  a  prophecy  relating  to  Chrift,  which  it  cer- 
tainly is,  thofe  kings  and  magiftrates,  who  rife  up 
againft  God  and  his  Chrift,  intending  to  fhake  off  the 
reftraints  of  natural  and  revealed  religion,  muft  expeft 
to  be  broken  in  pieces  like  a  potter's  vefiel.  Since 
they  will  not  kifs  the  Son,  and  rejoice  before  him  with 
reverence,  they  muft  expeft,  that  he  will  rule  over  them 
with  a  rod  of  iron. 

Nay,  we  may  go  farther,  and  affirm,  that  if  there 
were  no  fatisfactory  evidence  for  natural  or  revealed 
religion,  (till  it  is  the  intereft  of  princes  and  govern- 
ors to  improve  that  which  there  is  to  the  beft  ad- 
vantage. The  happinefs  of  their  people,  their  own 
intereft  with  them,  their  power,  their  fafety,  their 
all,  depend  upon  it.  Neither  is  this  any  intricate, 
far  fetched,  or  doubtful  pofition,  but  a  truth  which 
lies  upon  the  furface  of  things,  which  is  evident  at 
firft  fight,  and  undeniable  after  the  moft  thorough 
examination.  So  that  for  governors  to  render  re- 
religion  contemptible  in  the  eyes  of  their  fubje&s, 
by  example  or  infinuation,  and  much  more  by  di- 
rectly ridiculing  or  vilifying  it,  is  manifeft  infatua- 
tion; it  is  feeing  without  perceiving,  and  hearing 
without  underftanding,  through  the  grofihefs  and 

carnality 


444  CONCLUSION. 

carnality  of  their  hearts.      And  it  may  be  part  gf 
the  infatuation  predi&ed  to  come  upon  the  wicked 
in   the  latter  ages  of  the  world.     For  then  the  wick- 
ed Jhall  do  wickedly )  and  none  of  the  wicked  Jhall  up- 
derjland. 

Religion  is  often  faid  by  unbelievers*  to  have  been 
the  invention  of  wife  law- givers,  and  artful  politi- 
cians, in  order  to  keep  the  vicious  and  head-ftrong 
multitude  in  awe.  How  little  does  the  practice  of 
the  prefent  times  fuit  with  this !  The  adminiftrators 
of  public  affairs  in  the  prefent  times  are  not  even 
wife  or  artful  enough  to  take  advantage  of  a  pure  reli- 
gion, handed  down  to  them  from  their  anceftors,  and 
which  they  certainly  did  not  invent;  but  endeavour 
to  explode  it  at  the  manifeft  -hazard  of  all  that  is 
dear  to  them.  For  mankind  can  never  be  kept  in 
fubjection  to  government,  but  by  the  hopes  and 
fears  of  another  world  j  nay,  the  exprefs  precepts, 
promifes,  and  threatenings  of  the  gofpel  are  requifite 
for  this  purpofe.  The  unwritten  law  of  nature  is 
too  pliable,  too  fubtle,  and  too  feeble ;  a  difhoneft 
heart  can  eafily  explain  it,  or  its  motives,  away ; 
and  violent  paflions  will  not  fuffer  it  to  be  heard ; 
•whereas  the  precepts  of  revealed  religion  are  abfolute 
and  exprefs,  and  its  motives  alarming  to  the  higheft 
degree,  where  the  fcriptures  are  received  and  con- 
fidered,  in  any  meafure,  as  they  ought  to  be. 

The  Greek  and  Roman  philofophy  and  morality 
was  not  indeed  equal  to  ours ;  but  we  may  have 
a  fufficient  fpecimen  from  thence,  how  Jittle  very 
good  dodtrines,  when  taught  without  authority,  are 
able  to  check  the  growing  corruption  of  man- 
kind. Had  not  chriftianity  intervened  at  the  declen- 
fion  of  the  Roman  empire,  and  put  a  (lop  to  the 
career  of  vice,  the  whole  body  politic  of  the  civili- 
zed nations  of  that  empire,  muft  have  been  difibived 
from  the  mere  wickednefs  and  corruption  of  its  ie- 
veral  parts.  And  much  rather  may  the  fame  come 

upon 


CONCLUSION.  44J 

upon  us,  if  after  fuch  light  and  evidence  we  caft  off 
the  restraints  and  motive?  of  revealed  religion 

I  would  not  be  underftood  to  fpeak  hire  'to  thofe 

of0"!'  w    ;  arC  .Ie8a"y  the  S°vernors  °f  'he  "a  io,  „ 
f  Anftendem,  ,,  e.  who  have  .         jcu,  ™ 

or  execute  power  vefted  in  them  by  the  conll   u 
S°r  CU  " 


ountries 


Ifoto     ,|  u  ountres 

alfo  to  all  fuch  as  by  their  eminence  in  any  way, 
«ir   learning,   the.r   t.tles,    their   riches,   &c.    draw 

mTnd°f  \    'I1™',  And-  "  reems  re1uifi« 
"'"d  the  two  learned  profeflions  of  law  and  phyfic 

hat  though  they  are  no  ways  qualified  to  judSS 
" 


t 


v  , 

euy,  ,.  e.  w,,    te  {ame  attention  and  impar- 
t.al,ty    as  they  would  do  a  matter  of  law  or  pZ. 
ic    where  ,,  ,s  their  intereft  to  form  a  right  judL 
ment  (,„  whlch  cafe   hcre  feems  w  ^  no  |         g 

ey  wHl  determine  for  it);  yet  the  illiterate  part  o 
mankind  w,ll  eaf.ly  catch   the  infedion   fron/then 
on  account  of  the.r   general,  confufed  reputation  of 
bemg  learned,  and  by  means  of  the  plaufible  wayl 
of  harangumg  and  defcanting  upon  topics,  to 


A    j  '  Df  lhelr  educations  and  profeffions 

come'rH^11"11"  ^  a"fnd  t0  «  °r  «E  £y  £ 
e  the  feclucers  of  mankind,  and  rocks  of  offence 

to  the  weak  and  ignorant,  and  load  themfelves  with 
the   gu,lt  of  other  men's  fins.     This  camion  is  fo 
much    the    more    neceffary,    as   it   is   common    for 
young  ftudents  ,n  thefe  profeffions  ,o  lift  ,hem?cl  e 
on  the  fide  of  .rrehg.on,  and   become  nominal  infi. 
dels   of  comle,  and   from   falhion,   as  it  were  : 
w,thout  pretending,  as  indeed  there  cou|d  be  no  rea 
lonable  preft-nce,   to  have  examined  into  the  meri-s 

or    the    cauitf.     Which    blind    and    imr»li^Mf   A:^u    • 
»u     ur   j     •  aiiu    niipiicit    taitn    in 

tCuH   h  '    JVne   ^   n°C   kn°W'   What  or   whom, 
would   be  moft   unaccountable   in   thofe   who   profef 
infidelity,    tvere    it  nor,    that    this    is    in   every  c 
'ftance  a  comraditfion  to  itfelf,  and  rnuft   be  fo,  on 

account 


446  CONCLUSION. 

account    of   the    wilful    infatuation    from   which   it 
arifes. 

I  will  now  fhew  briefly  how  the  prevalence  of  in- 
fidelity increafes,  and  is  increafed  by,  the  other  evils 
here  mentioned.  That  it  opens  a  door  to  lewd- 
nefs,  cannot  be  doubted  by  any  one  j  and  in'deed  the 
ftrictnefs  and  purity  of  the  chriftian  religion,  in  this 
refpect,  is  probably  the  chief  thing,  which  makes 
vicious  men  firft  fear  and  hate,  and  then  vilify  nd 
oppofe  it.  The  unwritten  law  of  nature  cannot  fix 
precife  bounds  to  the  commerce  between  the  fexes. 
This  is  too  wide  a  field,  as  I  have  obferved  above j 
and  yet  it  highly  approves  of  chaftity  in  thought, 
word,  and  deed.  If  therefore  men  reject  only  re- 
vealed religion,  great  libertinifm  muft  enfue ;  but 
if  they  reject  natural  alfo,  which  is  generally  the 
cafe,  we  can  expect  nothing  but  the  moft  abandoned 
difiblutenefs. 

As  to  felf- inter  eft,  we  may  obferve,  that  thofe 
who  have  no  hopes  in  futurity,  no  piety  towards 
God,  and  confequently  no  fblid  or  extenfive  bene- 
volence towards  men,  cannot  but  be  engrofled  by 
the  moft  fordid  and  groveling  kind,  that  which  refts 
in  prefent  pofleflions  and  enjoyments.  And,  con- 
verfely,  when  fuch  a  felf-intereft  has  taken  root,  they 
muft  be  averfe  to  religion,  becaufe  it  opens  diftant 
and  ungrateful  views  to  them,  and  inculcates  the 
pure  and  difinterefted  love  of  God,  and  their  neigh- 
bour j  to  them  an  enthufiaftic  and  impoflible 
project. 

In  like  manner  infidelity  muft  difpofe  men  to  fhake 
off  the  yoke  of  authority,  to  unbounded  licentiouf- 
nefs  ;  and  reciprocally  is  itfelf  the  natural  confe- 
quence  of  every  degree  of  licentioufnefs.  Thofe 
who  do  not  regard  the  fupreme  authority,  can  be 
little  expected  to  regard  any  of  his  vicegerents  j  thofe 
who  do  not  fear  God,  will  not  honour  the  king.  If 
the  infatuation  of  princes  was  not  of  the  deepeft  kind, 

they 


CONCLUSION.  447 

they  could  not  but  fee,  that  they  hold  their  domini- 
ons entirely  by  the  real  chriftianity  that  is  left  amongft, 
us  j  and  that,  if  they  do  fucceed  in  taking  away  this 
foundation,  or  weakening  it  much  farther,  their  go- 
vernments muft  fall,  like  houfes  built  upon  fand. 
Befides  the  great  influence  which  chriftianity  has  to 
make  men  humble  and  obedient,  it  is  to  be  confidered, 
that  our  anceftors  have  fo  interwoven  it  with  the  con- 
ftitutions  of  the  kingdoms  of  Europe,  that  they  muft 
ftand  or  fall  together.  Chriftianity  is  the  cement  of 
the  buildings. 

It  is  alfo  evident^  that  the  infidelity  of  the  lahy 
muft  have  an  ill  effect  in  refpect  of  the  clergy.  Many 
of  thefe  muft  be  the  fons  of  infidels,  thruft  into  the 
church  by  their  parents  for  fubfiftence,  or  with  a 
view  to  great  honours  and  profits  j  and  muft  carry 
with  them  a  deep  tincture  of  the  corruption  and  in- 
fidelity, which  they  imbibed  in  their  infancy  and 
youth.  And  it  is  not  lefs  evident,  that  the  worldly- 
mindednefs  and  neglect  of  duty  in  the  clergy  is  a 
great  fcandal  to  religion,  and  caufe  of  infidelity  j  the 
chief  probably  after  the  impatience  of  reftraint  in 
refpect  of  chaftity  in  the  laity.  It  is  alfo  to  be  con- 
fidered, that  unbelieving  magiftrates  will  have  little 
regard  to  the  piety  of  the  perfons,  whom  they  pro- 
mote to  the  higheft  ftations  of  the  church,  but  rather 
to  their  flattery,  fubferviency,  and  apparent  political 
ufefulnefs. 

Laftly,  As  to  the  perverted  education  of  youth, 
atheifm  and  infidelity  are  both  the  caufe  and  effect 
of  this  in  fo  obvious  a  manner,  that  it  feems  fuper- 
fluous  to  enlarge  upon  it. 

The  lewdnefs  which  I  have  mentioned  above,  as 
a  fecond  caufe  of  the  future  diflblution  of  thefe 
weftern  kingdoms,  is  now  rifen  to  fuch  a  height, 
as  almoft  to  threaten  utter  confufion.  Men  glory  in 
their  fhame,  and  publicly  avow  what  in  former  ages 
was  induftrioufly  concealed.  Princes  arc  juftly  charge- 
able 


448  CONCLUSION. 

able  with  a  great  part  of  this  public  guilt.  Their 
courts  will  imitate  them,  in  what  is  bad  at  leaftj 
and  be  led  on  thereby  from  one  degree  of  fhamelefs- 
nefs  to  another.  The  evil  increafes  gradually;  for 
neither  courts,  nor  private  perfons,  become  quite 
profligate  at  once ;  and  this  may  make  fome  almoft 
perfuade  themfelves,  that  the  prefent  times  are  not 
worfe  than  the  preceding.  The  fins  of  this  kind  are, 
for  the  moft  part,  joined  with  idolatry  in  the  pro- 
phetical writings,  and  made  the  types  thereof.  So 
that  the  open  and  avowed  practice  of  them  is  an 
open  renunciation  of  our  allegiance  to  God  and 
Chrift;  and,  agreeably  to  this,  is,  as  has  been  ob- 
ferved  above,  the  principal  caufe  why  fo  many 
perfons  reject  revealed  religion.  But  if  we  renounce 
our ,  allegiance  and  covenant,  we  can  be  no  longer 
under  the  protection  of  God. 

The  grofs  felf-intereft,  which  is  now  the  principal 
motive  in  moft  marriages  in  high  life,  is  both  a 
caufe  and  confequence  of  this  iibertinifm.  The 
fame  may  be  obferved  of  the  great  contempt,  in 
which  marriage  is  held,  and  which  almoft  threatens 
promifcuous  concubinage  among  the  higher  ranks, 
and  the  profeiTed  unbelievers. 

As  to  the  clergy,  if  they  neglect  to  admonifh 
princes  and  great  men  through  fear,  and  fervile  in- 
tereft,  a  great  part  of  the  national  guilt  will  lie  at 
their  doors;  and,  if  they  become,  in  general,  infect- 
ed with  this  vice  (which  indeed  is  not  the  cafe  now; 
but  may  perhaps  hereafter,  as  all  things  grow  worfe), 
it  will  foon  be  the  entire  fubverfion  of  the  external 
form  of  church  government;  however  certain  it  be, 
that  the  church  of  thofe,  who  worjhip  God  injpirit, 
and  in  truth,  will  prevail  againft  the  gates  of 
hell. 

The  third  great  evil  likely  to  haften  our  ruin  is 
the  felf-intereft,  which  prevails  fo  much  amongft 
thofe,  to  whom  the  adminiftration  of  public  affairs 

is 


CONCLUSION.  449 

is  committed.  It  Teems  that  bodies  politic  are  in  this 
particular,  as  in  many  others,  analogous  to  indivi- 
duals, that  they  grow  more  felfifb,  as  they  decline. 

As  things  now  are,  one  can  fcarce  expect,  that, 
in  any  impending  danger,  thofe  who  have  it  in  their 
power  to  fave  a  falling  ftatc,  will  atiempt  it,  unlefs 
there  be  fome  profpcfb  of  gain  to  themfelves.  And, 
while  they  barter  and  caft  about  for  the  greateft  ad- 
vantages to  themfelves,  the  evil  will  become  paft 
remedy.  Whether  or  no  it  be  poflible  to  adminifter 
public  affairs  upon  upright  and  generous  principles, 
after  fo  much  corruption  has  already  taken  place, 
may  perhaps  be  juftly  queftioned.  However,  if  it 
cannot  be  now,  much  lefs  can  it  be  hereafter ;  and 
if  this  evil  increafes  much  more  in  this  country,  there 
is  reafon  to  fear,  that  an  independent  populace  may 
get  the  upper  hand,  and  overfet  the  (late.  The 
wheels  of  government  are  already  clogged  fo  much, 
that  it  is  difficult  to  tranfaft  the  common  neceflary 
affairs,  and  almoft  impoffible  to  make  a  good 
law. 

The  licentioufnefs  of  inferiors  of  all  ranks,  which 
is  the  fourth  great  evil,  runs  higher  in  this  country 
perhaps, "than  in  any  other.  However,  the  infedion 
will  probably  fpread.  The  inferiors  in  other  coun- 
tries cannot  but  envy  and  imitate  thofe  in  this  j 
and  that  more  and  more  every  day,  as  all  mu- 
tual intercouries  are  enlarged.  The  felf-intereft  juft 
fpoken  of  contributes  greatly  to  this  evil,  the  in- 
folence  of  the  populace  againft  one  party  of  their 
fuperiors  being  fupported,  and  even  encouraged,  by 
the  other,  from  interefted  views  of  difplacing  their 
oppofites.  Let  it  be  obfervcd  alfo,  that  the  laity 
of  high  rank,  by  ridiculing  and  infulting  their  fu- 
periors in  the  church,  have  had  a  great  fhare  in 
introducing  the  fpirit  of  univerfal  difobedience,  and 
contempt  of  authority,  amongft  the  inferior  orders, 
in  this  nation. 

VOL.  II.  G  g  The 


450  CONCLUSION. 

The  wicked  and  notorioufly  falfe  calumnies,  which 
are  fpread  about  concerning  the  royal  family  by 
the  difaffe&ed  party  in  this  country,  may  be 
ranked  under  this  evil.  Thofe  who  fcruple  to  take 
the  oaths  required  by  the  prefent  government,  ought 
at  leaft  to  feck  the  peace  of  the  country,  where  they 
live  in  peace,  and  the  quiet  enjoyment  of  their 
poffeffions.  However,  the  crime  of  fuch  as  take 
the  oaths,  and  ftill  vilify,  is  much  greater,  and  one 
of  the  higheft  offences  that  can  be  offered  to  the 
divine  Majefty. 

That  worldly-mindednefs,  and  neglect  of  duty, 
in  the  clergy,  muft  haften  our  ruin,  cannot  be  doubt- 
ed. Thefe  are  the  fait  of  the  earth,  and  the  light 
of  the  world.  If  they  lofe  their  favour,  the  whole 
nation,  where  this  happens,  will  be  coverted  into 
one  putrid  mafs  j  if  their  light  become  darknefs,  the 
whole  body  politic  muft  be  dark  alfo.  The  dege- 
neracy of  the  court  of  Rome,  and  fecular  bifhops 
abrpad,  are  too  notorious  to  be  mentioned.  They 
almoft  ceafe  to  give  offence,  as  they  fcarce  pretend 
to  any  funcTion  or  authority,  befides  what  is  tempo- 
ral. Yet  ftill  there  is  great  mockery  of  God  in  their 
external  pomp,  and  profanation  of  facre'd  titles ; 
which,  fooner  or  later,  will  bring  down  vengeance 
upon  them.  And  as  the  court  of  Rome  has  been  at 
the  head  of  the  great  apoftafy  and  corruption  of  the 
chriftian  church,  and  ieems  evidently  marked  out 
in  various  places  of  the  fcriptures,  the  fevered  judg- 
ments are  probably  referved  for  her. 

But  I  rather  choofe  to  fpeak  to  what  falls  under 
the  obfervation  of  all  ferious,  attentive  perfons  in 
this  kingdom.  The  fuperior  clergy  are,  in  general, 
ambitious,  and  eager  in  the  purfuit  of  riches  j  flat- 
terers of  the  great,  and  fubfervient  to  party  intereft ; 
negligent  of  their  own  immediate  charges,  and  alfo 
of  the  inferior  clergy,  and  their  immediate  charges. 
The  inferior  clergy  imitate  their  iuperiors,  and,  in 

general, 


CONCLUSION. 

general,  take  little  more  care  of  their  parifhes,  than 
barely  what  is  neceffary  to  avoid  the  cenfure  of  the 
law.  And  the  clergy  of  all  ranks  are,  in  general, 
either  ignorant;  or,  if  they  do  apply,  it  is  rather 
to  profane  learning,  to  philofophical  or  political 
matters,  than  to  the  ftudy  of  the  fcriptures,  of  the 
oriental  languages,  of  the  fathers,  and  ecclefiaftical 
authors,  and  of  the  writings  of  devout  men  in  dif- 
ferent ages  of  the  church.  I  fay  this  is,  in  general, 
the  cafe,  i.'e.  far  the  greater  part  of  the  clergy  of 
all  ranks  in  this  kingdom  are  of  this  kind.  But 
there  are  fome  of  a  quite  different  character,  men 
eminent  for  piety,  facred  learning,  and  the  faithful 
difcharge  of  their  duty,  and  who,  it  is  not  to  be 
doubted,  mourn  in  fecret  for  the  crying  fins  of  this 
and  other  nations.  The  clergy,  in  general,  are  alfo 
far  more  free  from  open  and  grofs  vices,  than  any 
other  denomination  of  men  amongft  us,  phyficians, 
lawyers,  merchants,  foldiers,  &c.  However,  this 
may  be  otherwife  hereafter.  For  it  is  faid,  that  in 
.  fome  foreign  countries  the  fuperior  clergy,  in  others 
the  inferior,  are  as  corrupt  and  abandoned,  or  more 
fo,  than  any  other  order  of  men.  The  clergy  in 
this  kingdom  feem  to  be  what  one  might  expect 
from  the  mixture  of  good  and  bad  influences  that 
affect  them.  But  then,  if  we  make  this  candid  allow- 
ance for  them,  we  muft  alfo  make  it  for  perfons  in  v 
the  high  ranks  of  life,  for  their  infidelity,  lewdnefs, 
and  fordid  felf-intereft.  And  though  it  becomes  an 
humble,  charitable,  and  impartial  man,  to  make  all 
thefe  allowances;  yet  he  cannot  but  fee,  that  the 
judgments  of  God  are  ready  to  fall  upon  us  all  for 
thefe  things;  and  that  they  may  fall  firft,  and  with, 
the  greatelt  weight,  upon  thofe,  who,  having  the 
hiMieft  office  committed  to  them  in  the  fpiritual  king- 
do^  of  Chrift,  neglecl  it,  -and  are  become  mere  mer- 
chants of  the  earth,  and  Jhepherds,  that  feed  them- 
fehes,  and  not  their  focks. 

G  g  2  How 


452  CONCLUSION. 

How  greatly  might  the  face  of  things  be  changed 
in  this  kingdom,  were  any  number  of  the  fupefior, 
or  even  of  the  inferior  clergy,  to  begin  to  difcharge 
their  refpective  functions  with  true  chriftian  zeal, 
courage,  and  fidelity  !  The  earneftnefs  of  fome 
might  awaken  and  excite  others,  and  the  whole 
lump  be  leavened.  At  lead,  we  might  hope  to 
delay  or  alleviate  the  miferies,  that  threaten  us. 
Why  are  not  all  the  poor  taught  to  read  the  Bible, 
all  inftrucled  in  the  church  catechifm,  fq  as  to  have 
fuch  principles  of  religion  early  inftilled  into  them, 
as  would  enable  them  to  take  delight  in,  and  to 
profit  by,  the  Bible,  and  practical  books  of  reli- 
gion ?  Why  are  not  all  the  fick  vifited,  the  feeble- 
minded comforted,  the  unruly  warned  ?  And  why 
do  not  minifters  go  about,  thus  doing  good,  and 
feeking  out  thofe  who  want  their  affiftance  ?  Why 
do  not  the  fuperior  clergy  inquire  into  thefe  things, 
punifh  and  difcourage  all  negligent  parifli  minifters, 
reward  and  promote  thole  that  are  pious  and  dili- 
gent ?  Let  thofe  worthy  clergymen,  who  lament  the 
degeneracy  of  their  own  order,  inform  the  public 
what  is  practicable  and  fitting  to  be  done  in  thefe 
things.  I  can  only  deliver  general  remarks,  fuch  as- 
occur  to  a  by- (lander. 

There  are  great  complaints  made  of  the  irregu- 
larities of  the  methodifts,  and,  I  believe,  not  with- 
out reafon.  The  fureft  means  to  check  thefe  irregu- 
larities is,  for  the  clergy  to  learn  from  the  metho- 
difts what  is  good  in  them,  to  adopt  their  zeal,  and 
concern  for  loft  fouls  :  this  would  foon  unite  all 
that  are  truly  good  amongft  the  methodifts  to  the 
clergy,  and  difarm  fuch  as  are  otherwife.  And  if 
the  methodifts  will  hearken  to  one,  who  means  fm- 
cerely  well  to  all  parties,  let  me  entreat  them  to  reve- 
rence their  fuperiors,  to  avoid  fpiritual  felfimnefs, 
and  zeal  for  particular  phrafes  and  tenets,  and  not 
to  fow  divifions  in  parifties  and  families,  but  to  be 

peace- 


CONCLUSION.  453 

peace-makers,  as  they  hope  to  be  called  the  children 
of  God.  The  whole  world  will  never  be  converted, 
but  by  ihofe  who  are  of  a  truly  catholic  fpirit.  Let 
me  entreat  all  parties  as  a  fincere  friend  and  lover 
of  all,  not  to  be  offended  with  the  great,  perhaps 
unjuftifiable  freedom,  which  1  have  ufed,  but  to 
lay  to  heart  the  charges  here  brought,  to  examine 
how  far  thty  are  true,  and  reform  wherever  they 
are  found  to  be  fo. 

If  the  ftate  of  things  in  this  and  other  nations  be, 
in  any  meafure,  what  I   have  above  defcribed,  it  is 
no   wonder,    that    the    education    of    youth    fhould 
be  grofsly  perverted  and  corrupted,  fo  that  one   may 
juftly   fear,  that  every  fubfequent  generatian  will  ex- 
ceed  that   which    went  before  it  in  degeneracy   and 
•wickednefs,    till    fuch    time    as   the    great  tribulation 
come.      Vicious   parents   cannot   be   fenfible   of  the 
importance  and  neceffity  of  a  good  and  religious  edu- 
cation, in  order  to  make  their  children  happy.     They 
rnuft  corrupt  them  not  only  by  their  examples,  but 
by  many  other  way»,  direct  as  well  as  indirect.     As 
infidelity  now  fpieads   amongft  the  female   fex,  who 
have  the  care  of  both  fexes  during  their  infancy,  it 
is  to  be  feared,   that   many   children  will  want  the 
very  elements  of  religion  ;  be  quite  ftrangers  to  the 
fcriptures,  except  as  they  fomeurnes  hear  them  ridi- 
culed; and   be  favages  as  to  the  internal  man,  as  to 
their  moral  and  religious  knowkdge  and  behaviour  j 
and  be  diftinguifhed  from  them  chiefly  by  the  feeble 
reftraints  of  external  politeneis   and  decorum.     It  is 
evident   from    common    obfervation,    and    more    fo 
from    the    foregoing   theory,    that   children    may    be 
formed  and   moulded  as  we  pleafe.     When  therefore 
they   prove  vicious   and   miferable,    the  guilt  lies  at 
our  doors,  as  well   as   theirs ;  and,  on  the  contrary, 
he  who  educates   a  fon,    or  a  daughter,   in  the  ways 
of  piety    and    virtue,   confers  the  higheft  obligation 
both  upon  his  child,  and  upon  the  rifing  generation ; 

and 


454  CONCLUSION. 

and  may  be  the  inftrument  of  falvation,  temporal  and 
eternal,  to  multitudes. 

There  are  two  things  here,  which  deferve  more 
particular  attention,  viz.  the  education  of  the  clergy, 
and  that  of  princes. 

As  to  the  firft,  one  cannot  but  wonder,  how  it 
is  pofiible  for  the  many  ferious  and  judicious  clergy- 
men, who  have  the  care  of  youth  in  public  fchools 
and  univerfities,  to  be  fo  negligent  of  the  principal 
point,  their  moral  and  religious  behaviour  j  and  that 
efpecially  as  the  regulation  of  this  would  make  all 
other  parts  of  education  go  on  with  fo  much  more 
eafe  and  fuccefs :  how  fchool- matters  can  (till  perfift 
in  teaching  lewd  poets  after  the  remoftrances  of  pious 
men  againft  this  practice,  and  the  evident  ill  confe- 
quences :  how  the  tutors  in  the  univerfities  can  per- 
mit fuch  open  debauchery,1  as  is  often  pra&ifed  there  : 
and  how  facred  learning,  which  furely  is  the  chief 
thing  for  fcholars  intended  for  the  chriftian  miniltry, 
can  be  allowed  fo  fmall  a  (hare  of  time  and  pains, 
both  in  fchools,  and  in  the  univerfities.  But,  as  I 
faid  before  of  the  clergy  in  general,  let  thofe  fchool- 
mafters  and  -tutors*  who  have  religion  at  heart, 
fpeak  fully  to  this  point.  I  lhall  fubmit  my  own 
judgment  in  both  cafes,  entirely  to  the  better  judg- 
ment of  pious  men,  that  are  coverfant  in  thefe 
things. 

As  to  the.  education  of  princes,  the  cafe  is  every 
thing  but  defperate ;  fo  that  one  could  fcarce  think 
of  mentioning  it,  were  it  not  for  the  great  change 
in  the  face  of  things,  which  would  immediately  en- 
fue,  if  but  fo  much  as  one  fovereign  prince  would 
fet  afide  all  felf-regards,  and  devote  himfelf  entirely 
to  the  promotion  of  religion,  and  the  fervice  of 
mankind.  1  do  not  at  all  mean  to  intimate,  that 
princes  are  woi  fe  than  other  men,  proper  allowances 
being  made.  On  the  contrary,  I  fuppofe  they  are 
juft  the  fame.  And  they  have  an  undoubted  right 

to 


CONCLUSION.  455 

to  the  greated  candour,  and  compaffion  from 
their  fubjedh,  on  account  of  the  extraordinary  diffi- 
culties and  temptations,  with  which  they  are  befet, 
as  well  as  to  the  mod  profound  reverence,  and  en^ 
tire  obedience. 

Thefe  are  my  real  and   earned   fentiments   upon 
thefe   points.     It   would   be   great  rafhnefs  to  fix  a 
time  for  the  breaking  of  the  ftorm  that  hangs  over 
pur  heads,  as  it  is  blindnefs  and  infatuation  not  to  fee 
it;  not  to  be  aware,  that  it  may  break.     And  yet 
this  infatuation  has  always,  attended  all,  falling  dates. 
The  kingdoms  of  Judab^  and  Ifrael,  which   are  the 
types  of  all  the  red,  were  thus  infatuated.     It,  may 
be,    that    the   prophecies   concerning  Edom,   -Moab, 
Ammon,  Tyre,  Egypt y  &c.  will  become  applicable  to 
particular  kingdoms  before  their  fall,  and  warn  the 
good  to  flee  out  of  them.     And  chriftendom,  in  ge- 
neral, feems  ready  to  aflame  to  itfelf  the  place  and 
lot  of  the  Jews,  after  they  had  rejected  their  Mefliah 
the  faviour  of  the  world.     Let  no  one  deceive  him- 
felf  or   others.       The  prefent   circumdances   of  the 
world   are   extraordinary    and   critical,    beyond   what 
has  ever  yet  happened.     If  we  refufe  to  let  Chrid 
reign   over   us,    as   our   redeemer   and   faviour,    we 
mud  -be   (lain   before  his   face,   as   enemies,   at   his 
fecond  coming. 


END  OF  DR.  HARTLEY'S  WORK. 


WARRINGTON, 
W.  Eyres,  Printer,  Horfe-Market. 


A  ~ 

jtiRiT  Y 


This  boo! 


•m  \RV 


I  mm  MI*     |U         mil     |H     111  l|  |     I     |  |  |          || 

3   1158  00248  4 


A    001  427  062    3 


UNIVERSITY  OF  CALIFORNIA  LIBRARY 

Los  Angeles 


c. 

Ini      ' 


FEB 


LD-UR1S 


APR  2  5  1989 


REC'O  LD-URL 
MAY  0  6  'SI 

Jim  1  2  1991 


MAY  o  i  2003